“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potentie testes, divitia felicitatis

humanz :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex economia in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum\ituque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Liyyzvs.

“Quel que soit le prineipe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le ¢hef-d’@uvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations,’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

« f/pyy s - - « AD... The sylvan powers

Obey owwswumons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

2 S ALERE ; FLAMMAM,

a se ee

CONTENTS OF VOL, XV.

EIGHTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER 85.

Page

I, Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XXXVII. By Prof. M‘inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.RS., &e.

SUL RE aa ae a ae ie

Il. Four new Delias and anew Ornithoptera from the Angi Lakes,

Arfak Mountains, North New Guinea, coll. Messrs. Pratt & Sons.

By J. J. Jorcry, F.LS., and A. Noakus, F.E.S. (Plates 1V.-VI.). 59

III. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera—XV. By Row ann E.

eo ne Eres eo a

IV. On the British Species of Haliplus, Latreille, related to Hali-

plus ruficollis, De Geer, with some Remarks upon H. fulvicollis,

Krichson, and H. fur cats, Seidlitz. By Frank BaALFour-Brownp,

M.A. (Oxon. et Cantab.), F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Entomology

in the Department of Zoology, Univ ersity of Cambridge. (Plates

ENS EDs get Se Widsa's | sewn dinisiee vot ene

V. A Collection of Fishes from Lagos.. By C. Tare Reean, M.A. 124

VI. Ants from North and Central Australia, collected by G. F.

fro tare ed, by W. C! Cuawiry, B.A ooo foe ee eens

VIL. Notes on Emballonura, with Descriptions of new Species.

2 OSES ee) De ee

VIIL. The Pyenogonida collected by the ‘ Gauss’ in the Antarctic

Regions, 1901-3.—Preliminary Report. By T. V. Hopeson .... 141

IX. On the Swamp-Rats (Otomys) of East Africa. By Guy

US ee ey EP ee a eee 149

X. Two new Species of Leuconve. By OLpFieLD THOMAS 170

XI. Notes on and Descriptions of Delias. By the Hon. WALTER

aPaITRERE EMS Cet SeeE TEEN Gh ah. nt wed oie aetna ee nate aes 172

180

iv CONTENTS.

Page

NUMBER 86,

XII. The Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri, Williston { Diptera,

Blepharoceride). By Huen Scott, M.A. (Cantab.), F.LS., F.ES.,

Curator in Entomology in the University of Cambridge. Witha

Description of the Female of the same Species, by C. G. Lams,

M.A., B.Sc., Clare College, Cambridge. (Plates IX.-XI.) ...... 181

XIII. Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Sierra Leone.

By G. A. BouLencer, FLR.S. 2. cc. ccc ee eee teens isn a ee 202

XIV. Notes on Carides. By L. A. Borrapaire, M.A., Lecturer

on Zoology in the University of Cambridge; Fellow, Dean, and

secturer of Selwyn College .... 0520 sae etic e te ee cess se see eee 205

XV. New Dragonflies (Odonata) of the Subfamily Lzbelluline

from Sierra Leone, W. Africa. By Dr. F. Ris, Rheinau, Switzer-

| SRR oe SOcee Sire Mtoe treet ee See . 213

XVI. Description of a new Indian Scorpion (Charmus indicus,

op. a) By STaniay Hrear oii oo. ys. ss. . cis ss ee ee 224

' XVII. On Bats of the Genera Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, and Pipi-

sirellus,. By QLpFIELD THOMAS 2) 5.55956 25 22000» oes) eee 225

XVIII. Ants from North and South-West Australia (G. F. Hill,

Rowland Turner) and Christmas Island, Straits Settlements.—

Panta By W.C. Ceawiey, B.A. oo. s s.cs <- + cs ea 232

XIX. Report on the Annelida Polycheta collected in the North

Sea and adjacent parts by the Scotch Fishery Board Vessel

‘Goldseeker.—Part IV. Goniadide to Spionide. By James W.

Prypr, M.A., Walker Trust Research Scholar, Gatty Marine

Laboratory, St. Andrews, and now 2nd Lieut. in the “ Black Watch.” 239

XX. Note on the Mouth-parts in a Species of Polyplax (Anoplura)

and on the Relationship between Anoplura and Mallophaga. By

Bruce F. Cummines, British Museum (Natural History) ...,.... 256

ASSO IAN GUNCAB EY: ss sins bs cielo n os <uth ole pv abel = pel er 260

NUMBER 87.

XXI. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXV. By T.D. A.

C@cxERELL, University of Colorado ...3.54.+..0s6ss soup eee 261

XXII. Notes on the Tabanide of the Australian Region. By

([JERTRUDE EICARDO §...........502508"ns9 #i pe en 270

XXIII. Notes on Degeneration in the Teeth of Oxen and Sheep.

By J. Witrrip Jackson, F.G.S. (Assistant-Keeper, Manchester

WEIL CREE C RED tirs cunsescace Gee Pe he are 291

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

XXIV. New Species of Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. By

J. J. Joicey, F.L.S., F.E.S., and G. Ta.sor, F.E.S. (Plate XII). 295

XXYV. Upper Silurian Foraminifera of Gothland. By Joun

mmira. (Piste SLID. cic. ee OE Ee Soe OE Eee Pee 301

XXVI. The Holotype of Ammothea carolinensis, Leach (Pyeno-

Se LO AEIEAN, DSCs foci ae vicina dinies dogs veces 310

XXVII. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—V. By

TD PS EAS Ve ar D0 OAS a OM Dis 315

XXVIII. Notes on the Apide (Hymenoptera) in the Collection

of the British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By

CeovenENe Mma DRO WALDO, MOA cpt cbc tee nescence sleeves 325

XXIX. A new Shrew of the Genus Blarinella from Upper Burma.

DWE CRT IDT TIDE ELOINUA DIE ota ce eet pnt ey d'e cc hic #48 yee wees cme 335

Ree O Ic MEIEEUNE Copacs cells ces irat sec ccies cs vcevcdeuens 337—340

NUMBER 88,

XXX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXVI. By T. D, A.

Ceercnern miversity of Colorada. 2.2.5. fee cece sce e neces 341

XXXI. On some of the External Characters of Cynogale bennettii,

Gray. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Zoological

nclcumancatdema, (Plata NEV) 6. sony oecle oe sin + ile cle cleesiaces 351

XXXII. On the Genera Lglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, Turri-

tellopsis, and Tachyrhynchus. By Epa@ar A. Smirn, 18.0. ...... 360

XXXII. A Parasitic Oligochete, and other Inhabitants of the

Gill-chambers of Land-crabs. By H. A. Bayiis, B.A. .......... 378

XXXIV. The Penis-bone, or “Baculum,”’ as a Guide to the

Classification of certain Squirrels. By OLpFirLD THomas ...... 383

XXXV. On some Pteropine Bats from Vulcan and Dampier

Islands, off the N.E. Coast of New Guinea. By OLtpriritp THomas. 387

XXXVI. On some Australian Malacodermide and Curculionide

collected by Mr. G. E. Bryant. By Arruur M. Lra............ 389

XXXVII. The Geographical Races of Citellus fulvus. By

Se ea EE COMER ole Sa sind ehardt bp dled a nleloa ded pqenslys 42]

—__—

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER 89.

Page

XXXVIII. Notes on the Coleopterous Family Dermestide, and

Descriptions of some new Forms in the British Museum. By

CSE UTEY ST tides PAs aT 6) Ge Lie Dt A Boe 495

XXXIX. On some Australian Malacodermide and Curculionide

collected by Mr. G. E. Bryant. By Arraur M. Lra............ 452

XL. New Oriental Pentatomoidea. By E. Bererora, C.M.Z.S. 481

XLI. Notes on the Genus Nyctophilus. By OLpFreLp THomas . 493

XLII. On a minute Shrew from Lake Baikal. By OLpFretp

MAS ae oe cece Pe oN, 6c ae SESE RL EER Vic sialelis c/e-annke k CEE Oe 499

XLIII. Notes on Costa Rican Heterocera described in the

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.” By W.Scuavs...... 501

XLIV. A few undescribed Rhynchota. By W. L. Distant.... 503

XLV. On the African Shrews belonging to the Genus Crocidura.

ered MEM oi. os io bE Gus shines date ix ae 0 Hie ae SRC 507

XLVI. On a small Collection of Symphyla from Algeria. By

SA RD 9, coAGNATA, BOLLS... 0s pace eke eka ee aes 520s eee tee 527

NUMBER 90.

XLVII. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LXVII. By

T. D. A. CocKEREL‘, University of Colorado ............0.00.. 529

XLVIIT. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—X VI. By RowLanp

aeeeeens 80005 SIS. |. AONE usa see ees oe snes 5 ohare 537

XLIX. On Three new Bats obtained by Mr. Willoughby Lowe

an the Sudan. By OLDFIELD THOMAS .....2. 000. cece een cccees 559

L. On the African Shrews belonging to the Genus Crocidura.—II.

By Guy Doitiman....... an oes ich ¥ diem ain neh Rip hie oe kee ee 562

—— LL Notes on Bats of the Genus Coleuwra. By OLDFIELD

MRO RU Eh.) So. oa vse a dese sha eee EN okie pee eee 576

LIL. Note on British Fossil Species of Apodemus. By Martin

PRESUME OM Ca gs ne pss 5s 5:5. 0.5 opines wh phe Me hee MR SRRE etl eke 580

LUI. The Holotype of Nymphon gracilipes, Miers (Pycnogonida).

Sev ore AAEMAR, LSC... oe ee ae ' Bee i ie ee ) 584

LIV. Brief Descriptionsof new Thysanoptera.—VI. By RicHarp

EE Ss oe! 0 2 + 0:5 08 ays eee 1 ge 588

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..........ccceeeeees 598, 599

Index eee eene COCO VS Cfo 0 VBS Cees Ce eOROT SFE O00 CUD es 6 So oe 8 ese e's 600

PLATES IN VOL. XV.

PLATE T.

Ti. | Terebellide, Cheetopteridee, etc.

ERT:

IV.

Vv.» New Delias and a new Ornithoptera.

Vil

VIL Species of Haliplus.

—_——-

X.} Paltostoma schineri.

Dah

XII. New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea

XIU. Gothland Foraminifera,

XIV. Cynogale bennettii,

Vii

’

ERRATA,

Page 56, after line 1, the description refers to Macrocheta clavicornis. :

58, in the description of Plate III., fig. 5 refers to Pregeria, is

___ rest of the figs. (6-9) refer to Macrocheta clavicornis, te

———-:184, line 26, for Eur. read Em.

186, line 22, for Myrmosphyma read Myrmophyma.

THE ANNALS

‘ AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES. }

G6 ceesseeeeeeeess DEF litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circttm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel, 1,

No. 85. JANUARY 1915.

I.—WNoles from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

—No. XXXVII. By Prof. M‘Inrosx, M.D., LL.D.,

PRS.) Xe:

[Plates I-III .]

Additions to and Remarks on the British Spronide and Cirratulide,

viz. on Spio martinensis, Mesnil, Nervudes longirostris, De Quatre-

fages, N. tridentata, Southern, Polydora ceca, CErsted, Aonides

paucibranchiata, Southern, Chetozone alata, Southern, C. killariensis,

Southern, and Macrocheta clavicornis, Sars.

. On the British Terebellide.

On the Terebellide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Poreupine’ in 1869 and 1870,

and by the ‘ Knight Errant’ in 1882.

On the Chetopteride, Amphictenide, aud Ampharetide dredged in

the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves in 1871-73.

On the Ampharetide and Terebellide dredged by Canon A. M. Norman

off Norway.

6. On the Occurrence of one of the Pisionide at St. Andrews.

1. Additions to and Remarks on the British Spionidee and

Cirratulide.

‘ue careful researches of Mr. Southern, especially on the

West Coast of Ireland, a region so rich in rarities, has

resulted in several additions to the above families, as well

as to others. Thus Syio martinensis, Mesnil, las heen

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 1

2 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

procured on both shores of Ireland, a form in which the

head has arounded median lobe projecting in front, supported

by two lateral (peristomial) lobes. Two or four eyes occur

at the posterior border, a short median tentacle on the pro-

stomium, and a median ridge ends posteriorly in a short

process. The body is like that of a typical Spio, is about

38cm. long and 1-2 mm. broad, with 85 to 90 segments

(Mesnil), ending in a dorsal anus with four foliaceous

cirri, The colour is of a salmon-tint, with red lines from

the blood-vessels, and dark brown pigment in transverse

rows on the segments. The first foot bears a ventral

tuft of finely tapered bristles with very narrow wings,

aud a large branchia which overlaps that of the opposite

side. At the tenth foot (PI. I. fig. 6) the ventral

lamella is elongated vertically, its upper margin being

deepest, and separated by a narrow cleft from the dorsal

lamella, which fuses with the edge of the branchia. The

bristles are typical. Winged hooks appear on the eleventh

foot, and they have a bold curve at the junction of shaft

and neck, then diminish upward to the main fang, which is

long, sharp, and comes off at more than a right angle with

the neck. A single spike occurs on the crown above it.

1n the thirty-first ‘* Notes” in the ‘Annals’* for February

1909, some remarks were made on “a form apparently

falling under the Nerinides of Mesnil,”’ from the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ Expedition of 1870, and which had long been named

Scolecolepis, H. This form, as Mr. Southern f truly says,

is not a JVerinides, and differs from two species of Nerinides

which he has been fortunate in securing on the West Coast

of Ireland, viz. Nerinides longirostris, De Quatrefages f, as

more clearly described by De St. Joseph §, and Nerinides

tridentata, Southern. The former, which reaches 10 cm. in

length and 8 mm. in breadth, at first sight mimics Nerine

folivsa, Sars, yet differs in having a branchia on the first

segment besides a dorsal and a ventral setigerous process

with bristles. The head is acutely pointed and has a median

ridge or keel, running back to the third segment, with four

eyes in a square; whilst the perstomial segment bears a

pair of short golden-yellow tentacles, each with a ciliated

groove. Hooks with a single spike above the main fang

appear in the ventral division between the thirty-third or forty-

fifth segment, and are accompanied by a few wingless bristles.

* Ser. 8, vol. iii. p. 175.

+ Proc. R. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi. no. 47, p. 97. I am indebted to

Mr. Southern for kindly forwarding examples of his new and rare forms.

t Annel. i. p. 444, and previously in 1843 (Mag. Zool.).

§ Ann. Sc. nat. 7¢ sér, t. xvil. p. 74, pl. iv. figs. 86-90.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 3

The feebly winged bristles persist in the dorsal division to the

posterior end, but no hooks accompany them. In the last

twelve or thirteen segments the branchiz diminish and dis-

appear. The second species, N. /ridentata, is smaller (1 inch),

with two pairs of eyes arranged nearly in a transverse line

on the spindle-shaped head, and a pair ‘of short, thick , deep

chocolate tentacles. The first setigerous segment carries

only a ventral tuft of capillary bristles, and thus differs from

the foregoing with a branchia on the first foot, as it also does

in the presence of winged hooks with two spikes above the

main fang on the fifteenth segment ventrally. Branchie

commence on the second foot. Mr. Southern observes that

this species frequents laminarian roots, whereas N. longi-

rostris is found in clean sand.

Another form, Po/ydora ceca, Qrsted, which some have

confounded w ith Polydora fluva, has been procured from

diverse localities on English, Scottish, and Irish shores. In

geueral aspect it resembles P. flava, but is distinguished by

the presence of stout acicular bristles in the dorsal division

of the foot from the twenty-fifth segment in front of the anal

“sucker” backward. he sti ‘ong br ‘istles of the fifth segment

resemble those of P. flava, with a bold hook at the tip and

no spur.

Mr. Southern records Polydora giardi, Mesnil, a form with

a spur below the terminal hook of the great bristles of the

fifth segment. The examination of a minute example has

not proved the necessity for including it as yet as a separate

species.

Aonides paucibranchiata, Southern, a small form from the

West Coast of Ireland, differs from the common Aonides

oxycephala, Sars, in having only ten or eleven pairs of

branchiz instead of 22-23 pairs. The tail has four cirri,

whereas in 4. oxycephala the caudal region has dorsaily two

short conical lobes, and ventrally eight smaller conical cirri.

As the result of Mr. Southern’s special attention to the

Cirratulide in the rich region of the West Coast of Ireland,

two new species of Chetozune lave been found, viz. C. alata

and C. killariensis, both very small species; yet both were

found mature. The former has a conical head and a pair of

deeply-placed eyes. The tentacles are large, and each is

accompanied by a lateral cirrus. Capillary bristles occur in

all the dorsal tufts, the shorter forms with flattened tips.

Hooks appear ventrally in the twenty-first segment, and

capillary bristles are always present in the ventral division.

The conical head of Chetozone killariensis is devoid of eyes,

and the tentacles and their lateral cirri are present in front

of the first bristled segment. Anus dorsal, with a ventral

4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

lobe beneath. In the anterior and middle regions of the

body both dorsal and ventral divisions of the foot have only

capillary bristles. Hooks appear ventrally on the fifty-sixth

segment and dorsally on the sixty-first (Southern). The

dorsal hooks resemble flattened bristles with hooked tips.

2. On the British Terebellide.

In Dr. Johnston’s ‘ Catalogue of Non-Parasitical Worms

in the British Museum,’ twelve species of Terebellids are

entered, but four of these refer only to two species, viz.

Terebella littoralis and Terebella conchilega to the common

Lanice conchilega, and T. nebulosa aud T. tuberculata to

T. nebulosa, Mout. On the other hand, it is possible that

his Terebella constrictor includes two species. In addition

to the forms mentioned, Dr. Jolimston’s list comprised

Amphitrite cirrata, Amphitrite johnstoni, Nicolea venustula,

Leprea textrix, N. maculata, Thelepus cincinnatus, and

Terebellides streimi.

In his well-known ‘ Annulata Polychzta’ of Spitzbergen,

Greenland, Iceland, and Scandinavia, Malmgren in 1867

recorded thirty-one species; but several are synonymous,

so that there were really about twenty-eight—not, after all,

a great number from an area so extensive, and one that had

been so frequently searched by skilful zoologists.

The rich and comparatively unexplored region of the west

of Ireland, so far as regards Polychets, has lately produced,

by the broad views of the Irish Fisheries’ Department and

in Mr. Southern’s skilful and energetic hands, no less than

twenty species of Terebellids, or double the number entered

in the ‘ Catalogue of the British Museum.’ Several of these

are additions to the British Fauna, and will be dealt with on

a future occasion.

In the present preliminary notice of this important

family from British waters, the number approaches that of

Malmgren from the more extended northern area, and

it is probable that future researches will make additions

to the list; indeed, several forms are at present under

consideration.

The first British species is Amphitrite cirrata, O. F. Miiller,

which ranges from Devon to Shetland. The cephalic plate is

comparatively adherent, for the dorsal collar is limited, and

the edge externally bends over into that of the supra-oral fold,

the whole plate being more limited than usual. A sub-

oral fold occurs within, and externally is the lower lip on

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5

the ventral border—the dorso-lateral continuation of the lip

bearing the first group of branchiz. ‘The tentacles have the

normal structure and a deep groove. Thesegment following

the foregoing has no distinct shield, the auterior edge

ventrally forming a free border and ending laterally on each

side in a rounded free flap. A second free anterior rim

follows, also ending laterally in a rounded flap, opposite the

second branchia. Inthe middle line is a large shield, which

sometimes indents the segment behind it. Opposite the third

branchia and the first bristle-tuft is a third rounded external

flap, which passes further dorsalward than the othertwo. It

abuts on a narrower shield than the one in front.

The body is enlarged anteriorly and gradually tapered

posteriorly to the terminal anus. Dorsally it is rounded,

ventrally are about ten to twelve shields anteriorly, and

then a median groove passes to the posteriorend. Seventeen

pairs of vertical flattened setigerous processes occur ante-

riorly, the first being in a line with the last branchial tuft.

The bristles are dull golden and in two series—a longer and

shorter ; the former are deeply inserted, have shafts nearly of

uniform diameter throughout, and have comparatively short

tapering tips with wings which are broad at the commeice-

ment, but taper off distally. The condition of the tip,

however, is variable, apparently from injury, since many are

short with short and broad wings and tips that taper little,

the result, in all probability, of injury and repair. ‘he

shorter series has winged and tapering tips, though a few at

the edge present short (broken ?) tips with broad wings. A

minute papilla occurs on the ventral side of the setigerous

process, from the second to the eighth bristled segment.

Moreover, just below the papilla a little flap is developed at

the dorsal end of each hook-row, and sloping backward

behind it from the first bristled segment (which has no

hooks) to the last, where, however, it is less distinct. No

hooks occur opposite the first bristle-bundle ; a single row

is present on the next foot, and for several feet thereafter,

but the eighth has two rows. The hooks have in lateral

view about four teeth above the main fang, and the posterior

outline curves forward to the crown and has a projecting

process of the base inferiorly. ‘The base has a gentle curve,

slopes from behind downward and forward, and an eminence

occurs on the anterior curve below the main fang. Strie

pass from the teeth on the crown to the posterior border

of the neck. The broad ridges for the hooks are large

in the bristled region, but thereafter they diminish to

short lamellz, and then to low ridges toward the tail. The

6 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

posterior hooks have smaller (shorter) bases, and the posterior

outline is less curved toward the crown

The second species is Amphitrite figulus, Dalyell*, not

uncommon in British waters as well as in more northern seas.

Its cephalic region differs from that of A. cirrata in the

great development of the fold in front of the tentacles,

which forms an arch over the mouth. At its outer edge, on

each side, it bends backward to become continuous with the

broad dark brownish fold behind the tentacles, which, how-

ever, in this form is limited in extent, for the median

portion is narrow. This structure of the posterior fold is

characteristic. The mass of grooved and frilled tentacles

springs from the hollow between these arches, and forms a

centre of very active functions during the life of the animal,

their colour then being pale orange or pink. The projecting

dorsal portion of the arch or lip is dark brown inferiorly.

Many cells and granules occur in their interior. Below

the dorsal arch is the mouth, and beneath is a globular

process followed by the lower lip, whlch is separated by

a groove on each side from the folds or arches. Behind

the lower lip ventrally is a well-marked collar with a

crenated anterior border stretching completely across the

ventral surface in the line of the first branchia. It has a

rounded free edge dorso-laterally, and a median and two

smaller crenations at its posterior border; and these probably

usher in the change seen in the next ring, which has a distinct,

though sma!l, median scute or pad.

The body is 6-8 inches in length, enlarged in front and

tapering toward the pesterior end, as usual in the family.

The segments number from ninety to a hundred, and of these

twenty-four bear bristles—the first being opposite the third

or last pair of branchie, The dorsum anteriorly-is, in the

preparations, tessellated somewhat as in Scalibregma, each

of the two rings in the segments being crossed antero-

posteriorly by folds which cut the ring into narrow spaces.

On the ventral side of the second branchia is a papilla, the

forerunner of the setigerous process which follows in the

next segment. Moreover, below each setigerous process is

a small papilla, as in A. cirrata, but these continue over

sixteen segments instead of the few in A. cirrata. The

bristle-tuft is situated at the posterior part of one ring, whilst

the following ring lies between the bristle-tufts. This

arrangement, however, extends only over thirteen or fourteen

rings, viz. from the Otteryat between the second and third

* A, brunnea of Stimpson ?

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 7

branchize backward. Then the rings are marked by trans-

verse furrows, each being thus divided into two, whilst

further backward, as the space between the bristles increases,

into a larger number of rings. In some cases the posterior

lamellze for the hooks are asymmetrical, an intermediate

Jamella occurring on one side only. The posterior segments

show less regularity i in their narrow transverse dorsal furrows.

Posteriorly “the body diminishes and ends in a terminal

anus.

Behind the first distinct scute or ventral shield already

mentioned in connection with the mouth is a narrow elon-

gated one, followed by thirteen others, those immediately

succeeding the very narrow oue gradually though slightly

increasing in antero-posterior diameter to the eleventh or

twelfth, whilst the last three or four are rudimentary, being

rounded or shield-shaped median elevations, gradually dis-

appearing to end in a moniliform and somewhat elevated

median ventral ridge, which by-and-by is lost in the groove

posteriorly.

The branchiz are three in number, of a fine dark red

colour, and slightly mottled under a lens. They coil and

twist actively under examination. The first is the largest,

the third the smallest. Each springs from a cylindrical

base, which soon divides dichotomously, though occasionally

a small tuft of three short filaments may be found on the

main stem of the first branchia. The terminal branches are

long and tapering, and in life these give the aspect of gills

formed of simple filaments. Each filament is env eloped in

a transparent structureless cuticle, whilst the centre is

marked by coherent granular tissue arranged in a close

series of transverse rows, so as to give the ‘whole a finely

barred aspect. No distinct longitudinal fibres are apparent,

though in some a longitudinal canal is seen, In the basal

region are many large compound bodies, the “ blood-

globules ” of Williams.

A small conical papilla situated in the groove close to the

exterior of the second pair of branchiz marks the com-

mencement of the setigerous processes, though it has no

bristles, and it is in a line with the second post-oral fold—in

the centre of which is the first small shield or scute. The

first bristle-tuft is opposite the last branchia, only a short

interval separating it from the base of the organ. It springs

from a setigerous papilla at the dorsal edge of the ridge for

the hooks. The bristles form a vertical row of considerable

depth, and in structure agree with the succeeding tufts,

no rudimentary forms marking the commencement of the

8 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

series, as in various groups. Each tuft consists of a longer

series with stout, straight, and long shafts, the free portion

of which is slightly diminished in diameter toward the

commencement of the winged tip, which is finely tapered

and curved. The tips of the bristles are directed upward

and backward in their normal condition. The shorter series

consists of those with shorter and less tapered winged tips

which have an accessory terminal blade carried at an angle

to that beneath, and is broad at the base and tapered to a

slender, slightly curved tip. Such a bristle approaches that

of certain Sigaiionide, such as Sthenelais jeffreysi. The

structure of these bristles remains the saine from the first

tuft to the last, but the setigerous processes increase 1n

prominence in their progress backward.

No hooks or their homologues occur in the ridge running

downward from the first bristle-tuft, and the ridge itself is

intermediate in character. The ridge from the second pair

of bristles presents a Jateral border and a median linear

elevation containing the single row of hooks, the ridge

terminating ventrally in a rounded border at some distance

from the ventral shield, the ridges which follow gradually

approaching the ventral scutes or shields until, at the eighth,

they touch. The third ridge has a double row of hooks, but

they appear to be less regular than those which follow. As

arule, the ridges for the hooks are longest in front, and

diminish a little toward the twenty-fourth bristle-bundle.

Each leaves the setigerous process as a slightly flattened

ridge with an anterior, a median, and a posterior fillet, the

median bearing the rows of hooks. On the cessation of the

bristles the thick and rather long ridge for the hooks

increases in prominence and presents a free edge dorsally

and ventrally. It diminishes in depth while increasing in

prominence posteriorly. The rows of hooks in life are

terminated ventrally by a brownish speck. In the posterior

processes the hooks are in a single row.

‘The hooks, which commence at the second bristle-tuft and

continue to the posterior end, differ from those of A cirrata

in the less oblique base, and in the curves of the anterior

outline below the great fang. Usually four teeth occur in

lateral view on tlie crown above the fang, but when examined

in front the crown appears to have several transverse rows.

The next and third form resembles very closely Amphitrite

grenlandica, Malmgren, and is found both on the British

and Canadian shores. ‘The branchiz are slightly branched,

and arise by a short stem, which breaks up iato a number of

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 9

simple branches. The hooks approach those of A. cirrata,

but have different curves, with two teeth above the main

fang.

Another British species, Amphitrite afinis, Malmgren, the

fourth form, bas been found on various parts of the coast,

and will be alluded to more particularly under the forms

dredged by the ‘ Porcupine.’

Amphitrite gracilis, Grube (Physela scylla (Sav.), De

Quatrefages), the fifth form, is chiefly a southern type which

also extends to Ireland. The dorsal cephalic collar forms a

small crenated rim posteriorly, and passes downward at each

side to join the lower edge of the supra-oral arch. The ten-

tacles which take origin from it are numerous and have the

typical grooved structure. They are of a pale cream-colour

and partly translucent. Its front edge terminates in a

prominent spout-shaped arch over the mouth, the sides

inferiorly sloping obliquely to their attachment. The lower

lip is formed by a transverse fold, and within it is a small

tongue-like fold or eminence. No eyes are visibie in the

preparation behind the cephalic collar.

The body bas a hundred and twenty to a hundred and

forty-six segments, and is characterized by its great propor-

tional length, aud slenderness posteriorly, as well as by its

pale cream-colour here and there enlivened by the blood-

vessels and the brownish-red specks posteriorly. The

enlarged anterior end has further a close series of transverse

ridges, which have a minutely tessellated appearance from

isolated glandular masses arranged transversely. These

glands have, besides the granules, clear refracting cells and

globules. The separation of the Jongitudinal dorsal muscular

fibres in this region also increases the tessellated aspect.

Behind the bristled region the body gradually narrows and

ends in a slender tail with a terminal anus surrounded

by marginal papille. The dorsal surface is convex, the

ventral flattened anteriorly and grooved posteriorly. The

glandular shields or plates in front are about twelve in

number, with a few (three or four) additional small median

processes. Behind the region of the shields is a median

groove with a prominent ridge on each side. At first lateral,

these ridges gradually pass to the mid-ventral line, forming

posteriorly a raised belt with a median fissure, then widen a

httle toward the tail, where the papille for the hooks occur

in the line of each moniliform ridge, and gradually diminish

as the tip is reached. Whilst the segments in front have

10 Prof M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

several narrow rings dorsally—giving a finely ribbed aspect

to the surface,—the narrow posterior region has only the

segment-junction separating each smooth segment.

Behind the lower lip is apparently a segment with a

narrow ventral shield. The next bears the first and larger

pair of branchiz, each springing from a short stalk which

rapidly gives off four main divisions ; these split up after a

brief course into a sub-dichotomously divided tuft with

comparatively short terminal branches—the whole forming

adense arbuscle. The second and smaller pair is on the

next segment and has a similar structure. Occasionally a

specimen has three branchiz on one side and two on the

other, the third being a small independent stem behind the

second.

Ventralward of the second branchial stalk is a small

conical papilla which represents the first setigerous process,

though it has no bristles. The next setigerous process has

a well-developed tuft of bristles, which are pale, translucent,

rather brittle, and in two groups; the longer forms have

long, straight, deeply inserted shafts, which are nearly

cylindrical to the commencement of the wings, from which

they taper to a delicate point. The wings have a charac-

teristic expansion at the base, and are narrow distally and

show no serrations. The shorter bristles have peculiarly

curved, tapering, serrated tips without distinct rings.

Whilst the two setigerous processes behind the branchize

remain isolated and simple, the third presents two processes,

viz. the setigerous and an antero-veutral papilla, and this

continues in the six subsequent feet. The following (from

the tenth) setigerous processes, which are somewhat conical,

though antero-posteriorly flattened, remain simple, and the

first (tenth) of this (posterior) series has a small papilla

below it at the end of the hook-row. ‘There are twenty

pairs of bristle-tufts.

The first hooks oecvr opposite the third setigerous

process, that is, the second behind the branchie, and they

occupy the summit of the elevated ridge which extends from

the bristle-tuft downward to the ventral groove, and cover

in short the external aspect of the ventral longitudinal

muscles. They are in a single row in the first six segments,

but the rest are in a double row, and this continues to the

commencement of the last thirty. After the cessation of

the bristles the uncinigerous processes form transverse

crescents in each segment, gradually, however, becoming

smaller until on the siender terminal region in front of the

tail they form a series of papille, so that the ventral ridge

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 11

on each side is moniliform. The first hooks are distinguished

by the great size of the main fang, which has a crown of

small hooks above it—about three being usually visible in

lateral view, and by the comparatively small size and oblique

nature of the base, which has above its dorsal angle an

abrupt incurvation, whilst on its anterior edge it has a sharp

point, for the attachment of a tendon, and a gentle incur-

vation beneath it. The modified form of these early hooks

is indicated by the imperfect condition of those at the end

of the row. By-and-by they form a double row and

assume the typical condition in which the great fang is pro-

portioually less, the base less elongated, its lower edge more

eonyex, and the curve below the point on the anterior edge

less pronounced. About four small hooks are visible above

the great fang in lateral view.

Polymnia nesidensis, Delle Chiaje, the sixth representative,

is a smaller species than Terebella nebulosa and of a firmer

consistence, which is found on both shores of Great Britain

and Ireland. The cephalic region has a less developed

dorsal collar than in 7. nedbulosa, and it is not usually folded

backward as in the species mentioned, and, moreover, no eyes

are present in many of the preparations. The upper lip in

front of this forms a large frilled process, and the lower lip

is also prominent. A median tongue-like process lies above

and internal to the latter. In extreme protrusion of the

mouth-parts some have the lower lip folded backward

ventrally with a smaller and larger fold above it, whilst in

others the lower lip projects downward aud outward as a

eyathiform process marked by a fold at each side.

The body is comparatively small as compared with

T. nebulosa, is convex and smooth dorsally, deeply grooved

ventrally from the ventral shields almost to the tip of the

tail, which in perfect examples has two longer median and

two lateral cirri on the ventral surface, the rest of the vent

being crenated or with short papille. The groove abuts on

two rounded lateral ridges, probably marking the ventral

longitudinal muscles, and bearing the elevations or lamelle

for the hooks. ‘The segments are two-ringed. Two segments

following that bearing the lower lip have a lamella at their

outer edges ventrally, and are opposite the first and second

branchiz. The anterior, indeed, often stands out as a frill

on the front edge of the shield. In all, about sixteen shields

are present ventrally, aud they bear traces of the two-ringed

condition of the segments generally. They are narrow and

transversely elongated in front, broad and_ transversely

shortened posteriorly.

12 Prot. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The branchiz are three in number, the anterior being the

largest, the second and third regularly diminishing. In

proportion to the size of the body they are somewhat larger

than in 7. nebulosa and they have a stiffer outline. They

are dichotomously branched, and have very short terminal

divisions —a_ distinctive feature when contrasted with

T. nebulosa.

The setigerous processes are seventeen in number, the

first occurring close to the base of the last branchiz. The

bristles are long, translucent, slightly yellowish, and finely

tapered, and, as usual, in two series, a shorter and longer.

In the latter the wings are narrow and indistinct, in the

former they are broader and easily recognized, but they do

not proceed to the finely tapered extremity of the bristle.

A curvature of the tip occurs at the winged region. Little

difference exists between the first bristles and the last, except

in the fewer number as contrasted with the middle groups.

The rows of hooks commence on the second bristled

segment, and they are comparatively short to the seventh

bristle-bundle, the last ten of the region being longer.

Moreover, whilst they form a single row in front, they are

arranged in a double row posteriorly (eleven to twenty

segments, Marenzeller), the great fang in each pointing to a

median line between the rows. Behind the bristles the

hooks are borne on an uncinigerous process or lamella, and

form shorter rows than in front. These lamella have a

concave distal margin anteriorly, but posteriorly the tip is

bifid, and the processes diminish much toward the tip of

the tail.

The hooks somewhat resemble those of Polymnia nebulosa

in general form, but are readily distinguished by the presence

of a second tooth above the great fang and the somewhat

shorter base.

In Polymnia nebulosa, Montagu, the seventh species, which

is found on both sides of Scotland, England, and Ireland,

the cephalic region is distinguished by the great size of the

upper collar or arch, and by its frilled inward curve at each

lower edge. Its upper surface is somewhat flattened, that

is to say, only a shallow groove is present, the mass of

tentacles springing from the posterior half near the rim.

These tentacles are pale orange in life and spotted with

white, so as to give them a barred appearance, and their

movements are remarkable, for not only do they aid in the

construction of the tube, but hoist the animals up the per-

pendicular side of a glass vessel or in any direction, and are

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 13

continually moving as a series of complex threads. All are

deeply grooved. When the annelid is hidden amongst

shells and tufts of Ceramium, the long spreading tentacles

resemble independent Nemerteans, and in large examples

stretch nearly afoot from the body. Below the mouth is a

transversely elongated fold, and then the broad lower lip

which ceases at the dorsal fold on each side.

Behind the dorsal collar are a large number of dark

pigment-spots, the so-called eyes. ‘These are generally con-

cealed by the posterior fold of the collar. In a small yariety

met with under stones between tide-marks at St. Peter Port,

Guernsey, they are both numerous and distinct, and,

moreover, rema‘n in spirit. They form, in a large Lrish

example, a conspicuous brown band below the collar,

Body 9-10 inches or more in length and as thick as the

little finger behind the bristles, ‘soft and mobile, with

numerous (60-90) narrow segments, the anterior region

being enlarged and the posterior tapered to a comparatively

large terminal anus with a crenate margin. Though the

dorsum, as a rule, is convex, the preparations are generally

marked by a slight median groove anteriorly. Ventrally,

a deep median groove runs from one end to the other. in

large examples the swollen anterior end is tessellated, whilst

in the smaller this is less evident.

Each segment consists of two rings, one at the bristle-

tuft and one in front of it dorsally, and these are continued

ventrally, the groove in the ridge for the hooks being

opposite the brisile- tuft, and only a narrow space occurring

between them (the ridges). Posteriorly, the segments are

more definitely marked, the broader division containing the

lamella for the hooks, a narrow ring being in front of it.

Then the two rings are only indic ated laterally above the

lamellz for the hooks, and finally, for some distance at the

tail, each segment is undivided, and, moreover, the segmeiits

become more and more minute as they approach the last,

which is broader than those in front of it and las a minutely

erenate margin. ‘The ventral surface in this region is con-

siderably diminished, whilst the dorsal arch is increased.

The ventral glandular shields are narrow and long in front,

broader and shorter from side to side from the fifth back-

ward, and they often present a median precess laterally in

front of the point of contact of the hook-row. They are

usually fourteen or fifteen in number, the anterior narrow

shields being ridged (two-ringed), the posterior flattened.

Occasionally an abnormality occurs in the arrangement of

the two rings anteriorly, the broad posterior ring ceasing

like a fold in the middle line.

14 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The branchiz are three in number on each side, and have

a dull red colour spotted with white. ‘The first pair are

about 1 in. long in large specimens, and arise from the

second body-segment, w Inch has a spout-like fold at each

side. The main stem is often unbranched for some distance,

whilst in others (large) a small branch or two occur close to

the base. The whole organ is sub-dichotomously divided,

the short terminal divisions giving a character to the mass,

which appears to form a dense arbuscle. In many of the

divisions the branches spring from one side only, but this

does not appear to hold in the distal divisions. The ring at

the base of the first branchia trends evenly away from it to the

frill near the external margin of the mouth. A small papilla

sometimes occurs close to the base of the second branchia,

it may be only on one side; whilst ventralward the anterior

fillet of the segment has a free process like a flat papilla.

Close to the outer base of the third branchia is the first

setigerous papilla, and a short distance ventralward is a

similar free flattened process to that described on the

previous segment.

In young examples the branchize are comparatively simple,

though the terminal divisions correspond in general struc-

ture witb that of the adult, and in a small ieee variety

from St. Peter Port, Guernsey, the branchiz are likewise less

bushy, though the terminal branches are typical.

The setigerous processes are seventeen in number, com-

mencing, as indicated, at the third branchia and continuing

for sixteen segments thereafter. Each is a somewhat

flattened papilla with the bristles arranged in a vertical row

in the centre. ‘The first tufts of bristles are smaller, the

bristles themselves shorter, but they show two groups, as in

the posterior, viz.,a shorter series without evident wings,

and a longer series also without evident wings, and with

slightly curved and tapered tips. In the middle of the

bristled region the longer pale golden bristles have stout

striated shatts of nearly equal diameter, and tapering tips

with wings. Many of these seem to have been broken in

life, and ‘show regenerated (?) tips. The striz at the com-

mencement of the wings are oblique. The shorter bristles

are more translucent, aud have either no wings on the free

portion or very narrow ones.

The hooks commeuce on the segment behind that de-

scribed as having the triangular fold in a line with the last

branchia—that is, they occur in the segment behind the

branchiz. At first they are in a single row, but posteriorly

in this region they form an alternate double row along the

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 15

centre of the ridges, which pass in front from the bases of

the setigerous papillie to the edge of the ventral scutes, and

behind these almost to the mid-ventral line. With the

cessation of the bristles a change ensues, for the hooks are

now borne on a prominent lamella—slightly crescentic or

scoop-shaped,—and placed laterally at the posterior edge of

each segment, which still consists of two rings. ‘Ihese

lamelle diminish in size posteriorly, becoming minute to-

ward the tip of the tail, and on them the hooks form

a close series in a single row. The hooks are distinguished

by their elongated basal region, which has a median con-

vexity, then curves upward at the anterior edge, which has

a small process for the ligament. A process occurs on the

anterior margin about its middle, a double curve meeting at

this point. The large fang is well developed, and has only

a single tooth above it in a lateral view. The posterior

margin has a deep incurvation. The hooks vary chiefly in

the shape of the basal region.

The next and eighth form, Lanice conchilega, Pallas, is

everywhere distributed on the sandy shores of Britain.

The cephalic region is distinguished by its comparatively

small dorsal collar, the rim, however, expanding at each

side into a great lateral flap which in some almost meets its

fellow of the opposite side in the mid-ventral line behind

the lower lip, its outlme in this region forming a V. In

others, the union of the lateral regions is more complete

ventrally, some fusing so as to form a continuous band with

only a slight concavity in front, thus probably indicating

the normal condition as a complete ventral web, the median

gap being due to accidents. A marked characteristic is the

disposition of the anterior margin of the tentacular surface,

for it is contracted into a frilled spout-like border sur-

rounding the mouth—except in violent protrusion. Within

the aperture are two folds, an outer smaller and an inner

larger tongue-like fold. Cunningham and Ramage consider

the large lower lip ani the absence of eyes characteristic of

Lanice as contrasted with Teredella.

The tentacles have the usual grooved structure, and form

a dense mass of mobile organs. In the centre of the living

tentacle under pressure a pale band of muscular fibres pro-

ceeds from the base to the tip. The other parts of the wall

appear to consist of an inextricable series of muscular fibres

—longitudinal, transverse or circular, aud oblique. In the

interior of the tentacles are numerous cells, but whether

free or adherent is not evilent, though they do not separate

16 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

on laceration of the wall. They are slightly yellowish, and

to some extent refract the light. In its native habitat the

tentacles are partially protected in extrusion by entering

the hollow processes of the fringe of the tube.

The three branclize form conspicuous and finely-branched

tufts on each side, the first pair being the largest. All are

sub-dichotomously branched, and the terminal divisions are

fiue, so as to give the arbuscles a characteristic appearance.

Moreover, they also have a whorled aspect towards the tip.

The ultimate divisions are translucent, and have obscure

longitudinal striz, with cells aud granules in the wall. The

first pair is situated on the narrow segment immediately

behind the collar, and a trace of which is seen in front of

the glandular ventral shield.

The long body is moderately dilated anteriorly, and gently

tapered to the tail, at the tip of which is the terminal anus

surrounded by a series of marginal papille. The segments

are numerous, v1z., from two hundred to two hundred and

eighty. The dorsum is rounded, the ventral surface grooved

throughout—often with a central ridge,—except the auterior

shields, which extend from the lower lip almost to the ter-

mination of the bristles. This glandular surface is divided

into segments—generally two in each body-segmeut—by

transverse furrows. Posteriorly it becomes narrow and ends

in the median groove about the last bristle-bundle. Besides,

a glandular belt occurs at each side iu the line of the bristle-

bundles, after the manner of the corresponding belt in the

Maldanide, and it is continued backward considerably

behind the bristles.

The first segment is very narrow, and is enveloped laterally

by the free collar of the next segment. It bears the first

pair of branchie, and forms a narrow rim in front of the

glandular ventral shields. The next has a greatly developed

anterior lamella or collar, which stretches from the edge of

the ventral shield almost to the second branchia—thus

forming the second process of this kind on each side. The

following segment has the third branchia and the first

bristle-tuft, but bears no hooks. The bristles are bound

firmly together in flattened fascicles and slope outward or

obliquely upward and outward, and have a pale golden hue.

The bristles have a pale base, a shaft with fine striz in-

ternally, and a tapering tip with a double wing, the latter

being obliquely striated. The first tuft is smaller and the

translucent tips less defiuitely formed than those which.

follow, but the structure is essentially the same. The second

series of bristles in each tuft is considerably longer than in

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrcws. 17

the previous forms (e. g., 7. nesidensis), the tips almost

reaching the commencement of the wings of the distal serics.

Dr. Williams states that the number of bristle-bundles ou

each side is sixteen, but he had probably omitted the first.

In transverse section the central region of the Lristle

presents the aspect of severed fibres.

From each setigerous process an elongated and somewhat

elliptical eminence, having a double row of golden hooks

along the centre, passes ventrally. Each has a stout base

which narrows upward to the curved neck, above which are

the great fang and two teeth on the crown—in a diminishing

series in lateral view. Curved striz extend downward from

the small teeth on the crown. The basal part of the hook is

marked by radiating striz. Inthe anterior hooks the third

tooth on the crown is less distinct than in the postertor.

In front view two teeth occur in the middle of the crown. The

double rows are so arranged that the hooks lie back to back

with the fangs pointing outward. The one set may, by

fixing, arrest the egress of the animal, and the other may, in

the same way, stop ingress. In some of these rows, sixty-six

hooks occur on one side and sixty-seven on the other, and in

a second sixty-two and sixty-four respectively, so that the

combined effect must be considerable. The rows are some-

what longer in front, and the first (opposite the second

bristle-tuft) has only a single series of hooks. The anterior

rows also have the glandular wedge which dorsally envelops

the bristle-tuft, and has its apex about the middie of each

interspace. By-and-by, however, this glandular tissue

diminishes into a narrow longitudinal belt between the last

six bristle-tufts, the shortened eminence for the hooks

touching the base of the bristles. With the cessation of

the bristles, the rows of hooks are confined to the lateral

uncinigerous lamellz, which continue to the posterior end,

gradually diminishing in size as the slender tail is reached,

‘The lateral glandular belt is also continued from the bristled

region backward between the hook-lamells, but stops short

of the tail. On these uncinigerous processes the hooks form

a sipgle row along the anterior edge, and at one end of the

row a series of imperfect hooks make a curve, those least

developed having only a striated main fang, whilst those

touching the complete series show a crown above the

fang, the base of the hook being absent. ‘The minute

processes on the tail have few hooks.

The ninth representative, Loimia gigantea, Montagu

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 2

18 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

(meduse, Savigny), is a southern one from the shores of

Devon and neighbouring areas.

The cephalic lobe presents a small and inconspicuous

dorsal collar, which at each side bends down to disappear in

the general plate, and without joining the supra-oral arch,

which is fan-shaped and projects little. The space between

the latter and the cephalic collar is occupied by the grooved

tentacles. From the outer border of the cephalic region

a large lamella arises and passes with a slight median

excavation entirely across to the other side—forming thus

a great post-oral platform. A differentiation on each side

occurs in the form of a curved line, which extends from

the segment-junction posteriorly obliquely forward and

outward, thus marking off a central and more flexible region

and two stiffer lateral regions. The great development of

this post-oral flap is characteristic of the species.

The body has the typical Terebellid outline—enlarged in

front, and tapering gradually to the posterior end, at which

is the terminal anus. It is rounded dorsally, flattened

ventrally in front and slightly so posteriorly.

The segment succeeding that bearing the post-oral lamella

carries the first pair of branchiz, but is not distinguishable, in

the sole example available, from the next segment either

dorsally or ventrally, though it may represent in the dorsal

region part of the segment in front.

The following segment, carrying the sceond pair of gills,

has a broad fan-shaped flap at each side about midway

between the gill and the ventral scute ; whilst the following,

or fourth, segment bears the third branchia and the first

bristle-bundle, The ventral scutes in the example are not

separated by the deep furrows so characteristic in other

forms, but appear to be nearly continuous from the anterior

broad scute to the narrow median ridge about the eleventh

bristle-tuft. All the segments are marked by narrow

rings.

The branchiz are comparatively small, distinctly sepa-

rated, and with short stems, the usual gradation occurring

from the first to the third. They are distinguished from all

the others by their very finely-branched terminal divisions.

The main stem and its subdivisions are short, so that the

entire organ in each case projects proportionally little. It

is dichotomously divided. The branchie of the Mediter-

ranean so-called L. meduse, though also furnished with fine

terminal ramuscles, are more lax in branching, the separate

divisions being longer.

Seventeen pairs of prominent setigerous processes occur

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 19

anteriorly, and the bristles are directed outward and back-

ward. Each consists of a flattened brush, with the edges

dorsal and ventral, of pale golden bristles, the tips of which

are in two series, a longer and a shorter. Each bristle

slightly dilates above its pale bulb to near the origin of the

wings, when it tapers to a fine point. The wings are of

moderate breadth, and cease before reaching the delicately-

tapered tip. The bristles of the shorter series have the

same structure, but their shafts are more slender. They

extend about as far as the commencement of the wings of

the longer series. No noteworthy difference between the

first and the last tuft occurs.

The rows of hooks commence at the second bristle-tuft,

and are long in front, diminishing in length backward to

the ninth or tenth, and again increasing at the fourteenth

setigerous process—that is, behind the median frill, which

succeeds the scutes,—only a brief space separating the long

rows in the mid-ventral line, and the same condition is found

at the fifteenth. At the sixteenth and seventeenth setigerous

processes the rows are shorter, as also is the mid-ventral

space between them. The uncinigerous lamelle which

succeed are almost ventral in position, being separated only

by the narrow ventral surface (Montagu’s dorsum), and they

continue to the posterior end (absent in the example).

Double rows of hooks occur from the seventh to the sixteenth.

The hooks have a long anterior border, with four or five

teeth in diminishing series above the great fang, making

five or six in all, and there is no process on the edge of the

base beneath the main fang. The posterior outline is boldly

convex (opposite the teeth), curving inward to a notch which

separates the irregularly convex base. Several strize pass

obliquely from the upper teeth to the posterior border. The

posterior hooks are somewhat less, and the curves of the

posterior outline and base slightly vary. The foregoing

hooks (Pl. II. fig. 5) differ from those of the Mediterrauean

species (PI. II. fig. 6), which have a process on the edge of

the base beneath the main fang, and the curvatures also differ.

If this form represents Savigny’s L. medusa, then the British

species should be called L. gigantea, Montagu.

In the ubiquitous Nicolea venustula, Montagu, the tenth

species, the cephalic collar forms a small rim dorsally, and

behind it is a row of distinct eye-spots. The anterior border

makes a spout-shaped aperture by forming an arch over the

mouth, which, seen from the dorsum, narrows a little in

front, whilst in lateral view it slopes from above downward

20 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and backward. The tentacles are numerous, and have the

median groove so characteristic of such organs. Ventrally

the dorsal collar terminates, in spirit-preparations, in a short

edge.

The body is enlarged in front, though in the small speci-

mens this is slightly marked, and tapers to a moderately

slender tail, at the tip of which is the anus. The segments

vary from forty to fifty-five. The dorsal surface is rounded,

the ventral with thirteen shields in front, and the median

line thereafter is marked by a deep groove.

The branchiz are two in number, and var y much according

to the age of the specimen, young forms having only short

stalks without divisions, whereas adults have the branchiz

well developed and more or less dichotomously divided—with

short terminal branches. The anterior gill is the larger.

All intermediate forms occur between the one stage and the

other. The best-developed branchiz occur in those from

deep water, e. g. 80 fathoms off North Unst, Shetland, the

jirst pair having a comparatively long stalk before splitting

into the terminal tuft. The disproportion between this and

the second pair is marked, the latter being a short process

with only a few divisions.

On each side are fifteen bristle-bundles, consisting of

translucent bristles with shafts which slightly diminish

toward the upper end, where the narrow wings commence

and continue on the somewhat long and finely tapered tips

for a considerable distance, disappearing, however, on the

hair-like extremity. The tufts differ, e.g. from those of

Amphitrite gracilis, in being single, no shorter series

occurring as in other types. ‘The first bristle-bundle occurs

behind the second branchia, and it has no apical appendage,

but the two following have on the dorsal side of the seti-

gerous process, and continuous with it, a lanceolate process —

like the branchia of Aricia.

The hooks present a single tooth above the main fang,

though in some traces of a second appear in lateral view.

The base is somewhat small in proportion to the crown and

neck, and its lower edge is evenly convex. The process on

the anterior edge curves upward, so as to make a narrow

gulf below the great fang, and the edge beneath it is

coucave. The posterior or dorsal edge has only a slight

indentation before joining the base. A series of striations

pass from the crown down the posterior part of the neck.

In the widely-distributed Pista cristata, O. F. Miller, the

eleventh species, the cephalic plate has a thick dorsal collar

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 21

and the margin passes externally and ventrally to join the

anterior fold, though it does not run evenly into it, a notch

or a fold separating it from the raised anterior fold, which

sometimes has a median projection with symmetrical lateral

curves, or in others slight frills. This anterior or supra-oral

fold does not project so far forward as in many Terebellids,

and it sometimes shows an inner fold over the mouth. The

pale orange tentacles seem to be of moderate length and

grooved, but are somewhat more slender and tapered than

in ordinary erebellids. Below the mouth is a well-

developed tongue-like process, which pushes the rim of the

first segment backward when it projects, and ventrally it has

a narrow rim.

The body is comparatively short, and in the preparations

is less dilated anteriorly than in the ordinary Terebellidl.

It tapers posteriorly to a slender tail with a terminal anus,

which has four large rounded papillz, two dorsal and two

slightly more prominent ventral. Dorsally the body is

rounded, ventrally flattened at the shields in front, and then

grooved throughout the rest of its extent. Anteriorly

behind the dorsal collar the setigerous papille approach the

median line, where a bifid process occurs in front of them,

and from the sides of the divisions the branchial stem

originates—not always in the same place, for in some tlie

right branchia springs antero-laterally in regard to the

right process, whilst the left branchia arises behind and to

the left of the left process. The free margin of the first

segment forms a continuous fold ventrally, which ends

dorso-laterally in a rounded free flap, and a process is con-

tinued dorsally beneath its edge to the representative of the

setigerous process, which lies immediately behind the bifid

cone formerly mentioned. The next segment ventrally

has a large free lateral flap on each side, whilst the median

is differentiated iuto a narrow scute. The following seg-

ment has a still larger lateral flap, which stretches further

outward and upward and almost touches the base of the

branchial stalk in the preparation. It thins off toward the

narrow scute in the mid-ventral line. Laterally it ensheaths

the lamella in front of it.

The ventral scutes are about seventeen in number, besides

four or five small terminal median scutes, and after them a

median groove with a raised line continues to the posterior

end. Behind and above the third and fourth bristle-tufts

a smoothly-rounded process or long papilla occurs, and in

some two are found behind the fourth. In the Irish

examples they are clavate. Occasionally a smaller papilla

oecurs behind the fifth.

22 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The branchia on each side arises by a long trunk in the

line of the second large lateral flap (third segment) and

quite on the dorsum. The distal region is finely branched,

the whole forming a whorled arbuscle so characteristic of

the genus. Occasionally a third and smaller stem springs

from the segment in front, and its branches have the same

arrangement. In an example from Shetland two large

branchize of different sizes sprang from the second segment,

and two smaller, also of different sizes, arose from the third.

In some the whorled condition is conspicuous in tier after

tier leading to the somewhat truncate tip. It is noteworthy

that the branchiz cling to segments 2 and 38.

The next segment (fourth) bears a setigerous process and

a ridge, but no hooks are present. As indicated, the

anterior setigerous processes are dorsal in position, but

they soon become lateral. Those in front and rear are less

permanent than the median processes. ‘The pale golden

longer bristles have nearly cylindrical shafts, the proximal

ends being narrowed only for a short distance, and they are

finely striated, whilst the distal ends are curved, tapered,

and soon end in a fine point, the sides of the tip having

well-marked wings. ‘The tip is curved and directed dorsally

and posteriorly—that is, the convexity is in front. The

shorter bristles have little more than the tips projecting

uniformly beyond the surface of the skin, and they show

the same form and curvature of the tip.

The hooks commence opposite the second setigerous pro-

cess—that is, the fifth segment—as a single row, and the

ridges leave a considerable interval between them and the

scutes. The rows remain uniserial till the ninth or tenth,

when a biserial arrangement occurs. The hooks have a

rather short, stout, main fang, with three or four teeth

above it in Jateral view, and oblique striz from these to the

posterior outline of the neck. The curve below the main

fang is slightly angular and wide, whilst the median process

on the anterior outline forms a short cone with a broad base,

the line then trending at a different angle downward. The

posterior outline is nearly straight, very slightly convex,

then it bends outward at the point of attachment of the

ligament, which passes off above the lower margin of the

base, and thus the appearance of the hook is diagnostic.

The basal region is comparatively deep, and has a process at

its anterior and inferior angle. The long ridges for the

hooks cease with the bristles, and thereafter uncinigerous

processes project from the posterior border of each segment,

the glandular tissue forming a belt between them. Pos-

teriorly the processes bear a single row of hooks.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 23

Pista cretacea, Grube, the twelfth species, is readily

distinguished, amongst other characters, by the peculiar

hump on the posterior outline of the hook just above the

base. It comes from the south-west of Ireland and other

regions in deep water,

The Hebridean example of Scione maculata, Dalyell (?), the

thirteenth form, has the cephalic region so injured that all

that can at present be said about it is that it appears to

correspond with that of allied Terebellids.

Body apparently about 2} to 3 inches in length, and of

the typical outline. In spirit it had at first a reddish-brown

appearance, and was everywhere speckled with white, with

the exception of the ventral scutes.

The number of the pale golden bristle-bundles is unknown.

The shafts are nearly cylindrical till near the end, where

they are slightly narrowed below the wings. ‘The tip is

gently tapered to a fine extremity, and furnished with a

narrow wing on each side.

The hooks are distinguished by the straightness of the

posterior border and by the presence of only a single tooth

above the large fang, which stands nearly at a right angle

to the posterior outline, The anterior outline below the

great fang is not elongated, and has the process for the

ligament about its midile, the edge beyond it having a

slight incurvation, The basal region is deep and com-

paratively short in contrast with that of Teredbella nebulosa,

another form haying only a single tooth above the great

fang, The inferior outline is convex, with a slight sinuosity

at either end. On the whole, the general outline of the hook

approaches that of Pista cristata, while materially differing

in detail,

The southern Leprea lapidaria, L., the fourteenth species,

has on the cephalic plate a well-marked dorsal rim, which

curves laterally to become continuous with the highly-arched

supra-oral fold, often thin anteriorly. It bears numerous

slightly-grooved tentacles, which also differ from those of

many other forms in adhering after preparation. They are

pale yellow in life, with the red blood-vessel in the centre.

‘The buccal process or “ tongue” inferiorly often projects as

a smoothly-rounded mass obscuring the rim of the segment

behind it. The structure of the cephalic region of this

inhabitant of fissures in rocks does not differ materially

from those which dwell in tubes, except that the lingual

process or boss is large and that the tentacles show ouly

a slight groove at the base, and it seems to disappear from

24 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the rounded distal region, which is tapered and ends in

a slight knob.

The body is comparatively short and firm and has the

typical shape—enlarged in front and tapered posteriorly,

whilst the dorsal surface is smoothly rounded to the level of

the ridges for the hooks, and the ventral surface is marked

by a deep groove behind the scutes. Anteriorly the dorsum

is minutely striated transversely, and behind the branchize

it is finely tessellated after the manner of Scalibregma.

On the ventral surface are about twelve central shields,

which are of a brighter red than the rest of the body, and

behind them a white median stripe (marking the nerve-cord )

is continued to the tip of the tail, where it blends with the

pale hue of the region. The first segment, with its rim

behind the lower lip, is whitish, and each scute has a trans-

verse whitish streak at its posterior border. The ridges for

the hooks are somewhat paler than the general surface, and

five of the anterior ridges have a glandular white patch

between them and the bristle-tufts ; indeed, each setigerous

process has a glandular patch in front and behind. The

dorsum throughout is dull brownish, inclining to purple in

its native site, and merging into orange-brown near the

tip of the tail, ‘at which the anus is surrounded with small

but distinct papillee (six to eight, De St. Joseph).

The branchiz are three in fananiber on each side, the first

the largest and the third the least. Each arises by a short

stem, which dividessomewhat dichotomously, but the terminal

divisions are both dichotomously and pinnately divided, the

whole having the aspect of a finely branched bush. In life

they have a pale whitish-pink hue.

Two ridges run from the ventral scutes eaten the first

branchia; but they are devoid of hooks and bristles. The

first bristle-bundle is borne by the setigerous process opposite

the second branchia. The pale golden bristles form two

groups, a shorter and a longer. “The former have nearly

cylindrical shafts up to a slight narrowing below the wings,

which are minutely dora at the edge, followed by a

slight enlargement as the wings arise. After tapering con-

siderably the axis ends in a translucent knife-blade tip, the

base of which is thickened into a process representing the

termination of the axis, and the rest is flattened out to form

the terminal blade, which tapers somewhat suddenly from

the broad base to a fine hair-like extremity, the edge opposite

the process having a thickened rim, wile: the other is

minutely serrated. °Malm gren’s artist has not very accurately

interpreted the basal part 7

* Annul. Polych. tab, xiii. fig, 69 B.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 25

The posterior bristles are brittle, and few remain after

capture. They have the same structure, but the knife-edge

process at the tip is shorter and the serrations of the edge

longer and coarser.

From first to last the setigerous processes are closely

associated with the ridges for the hooks, and indeed form

part of them, finishing, as it were, the dorsal end by a

pointed process. Anteriorly the process is nearly transverse,

but by-and-by it slopes backward, especially posteriorly,

where the bristles pass from its posterior and upper angle.

The hooks commence on the ridge, passing from the first

bristle-tuft ventrally toward the shields (fifth segment,

De St. Joseph), and the succeeding ridges gradually increase

in prominence until they are conspicuous latero-ventrally.

The first row is single, but at the eleventh a double row

occurs, and this continues a considerable distance, but on

the small posterior ridges only a single row is found. The

typical hook has a large main fang and three teeth above it,

the posterior margin is nearly straight, its distal end curving

to the crown, and its basal bending outward to form a

process of the base. The latter is of moderate length,

convex inferiorly, and with a sinuosity in front. The curve

beneath the great fang is abrupt and ends in a prominent

process, and below it a curve goes to the anterior prow. Al-

though only three teeth are observed above the great fang

in profile, numerous teeth appear when the crown is viewed

from above. In the first row of hooks the bases are altered,

the anterior prow being prolonged, and the sinus above the

bases posteriorly being more pronounced than in the typical

hook. Anteriorly the outer edge of the groove for the

hooks is free, so that it sometimes resembles a papilla.

From the Zetlandie seas comes Laphania boecki, Malm-

gren, the fifteenth form, in which the cephalic lobe is so

little developed that at first sight it has some resemblance to

a Maldanid. The dorsal collar, however, is present, and

the plate passes obliquely forward to make a fairly firm arch

over the mouth. From the surface of the plate spring a

series of moderately elongated grooved tentacles. A small

tongue-like process lies in the pit below the mouth, whilst

the lower lip is thick and curved.

The body is slightly dilated anteriorly, remains for some

distance of nearly the same diameter, and then gently tapers

to the tail. In the preparations the anterior end is generally

curved ventrally so as to resemble a Maldanid—as, indeed,

the firmness, the ventro-lateral ridges, and the posterior

segmentation also do. It is rounded dorsally, flattened

26 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

ventrally anteriorly, and grooved posteriorly, where the seg-

ments are marked by deep dorsal furrows. Following the

buccal are two somewhat narrow segments, each having a

setigerous process, and a glandular ventral scute or belt.

Ten scutes follow, the last separated by an interval. Then

the median ventral groove continues to the posterior end.

Seventeen setigerous processes occur on each side carrying

pale golden bristles, and they are conical when viewed from

the dorsum, obliquely truncated at the tip when viewed

laterally. ‘They commence on the third segment. The

bristles are in two series, a longer and a shorter. The

former are long, slender, translucent bristles, the free part

being apparently cylindrical to the commencement of the

wings, but the shaft is actually slightly enlarged till it almost

reaches its base in the tissues. The tip 1s comparatively

short, finely tapered, and the wings are distinct. The shorter

forms have shafts very slightly less than the foregoing, and

only their ends project beyond the skin, the wings com-

mencing at once and dilating into broad expansions, whilst

the short but finely tapered tip is carved at an angle.

The rows of hooks commence on the seventh setigerous

segment, though in the form examined it was on the eighth

counting from the first (small) setigerous papilla. The

anterior hooks somewhat resemble those of Pista cristata,

with three or four teeth above the main fang, a posterior

outline convex toward the crown, then a hollow, and a pro-

jection above the posterior long ligament, The deep base is

convex inferiorly, and the anterior outline has a process

under the mainfang. The figure of Malmgren is incomplete,

though it is correct as far as it goes ; that of Ssolowiew is

not well finished.

The crowns of the posterior hooks are higher than those in

front, and are more nearly in accordance with Malmgren’s

figure, five or six small teeth being above the main fang,

and the posterior basal process is represented only by a short

fragment.

In the widely distributed Thelepus cincinnatus, O. Fabricius,

the sixteenth species, the dorsal cephalic collar is well-

marked, and has posteriorly a series of eye-specks, whilst

the external rim passes downward to the ventral surface and

joins the lower edge of the supra-oralarch, A comparatively

short space thus intervenes between the two sides ventrally,

a space which is occupied by the inner tongue-shaped process

and the short fillet of the post-oral segment. ‘The supra-

oral arch is moderately prominent, but limited in extent, and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 27

often forms a small spout-shaped process. ‘The anterior

surface of the cephalic plate is occupied by the tentacles,

which are of a pale flesh-colour or orange with or without

red specks. They are long, powerful, and marked here and

there with whitish opacities probably from the peritoneal

corpuscles, which roll backward and forward in their interior.

In some examples they are of a deeper hue than those of

Terebella nebulosa, probably from the presence of the reddish

specks. These mobile organs are grooved throughout, and

are sometimes flattened in a spathulate manner and again

contracted and richly crenate. Under the structureless

cuticle is the cellulo-granular hypoderm, then follow the fine

but tough non-striated muscular fibres, circular and longi-

tudinal. In life the slender vermiform tentacles coil and

twist in every direction, now showing nodular enlargements

and again extending into a uniform thread as before, or

actively wriggling as if each were endowed with independent

life. Each granular tentacle, when separated from its

attachment to the cephalic plate, coiled itself in spasmodic

jerks or gently unfolded. By their aid, as in other Tere-

bellids, the annelid pulls itself upward on the perpendicular

wall of a glass vessel, The tentacles at the ventral angle of

the cephalic plate are small and short.

The body is typical of the Terebellids—viz., enlarged

anteriorly and tapered gently therefrom to the posterior

end, where the anus, surrounded by about a dozen papille,

is terminal. It is rounded dorsally and more or less rugose

or warty in old and large specimens anteriorly, rounded also

anteriorly on the ventral surface, then flattened and slightly

grooved, the groove continuing almost to the posterior end,

The segments are distinctly marked throughout, the anterior

presenting dorsally four transverse lines, and the longer and

narrower posterior segments a larger number, ‘The ventral

scutes (glandular thickenings) are well developed, and can be

distinguished as such as far back as the thirtieth bristle-

bundle. Moreover, a thick glandular coat invests the body

laterally—enveloping the tori and the setigerous processes in

each segment. In large examples from the Arctic seas the

anterior scutes are rugose transversely and cut into various

folds in each segment,

The feet are represented by setigerous processes and tori

uncinigeri. ‘The first setigerous process arises dorso-laterally

below the second series of branchig, and the others follow

in succession at the posterior part of each segment, the

glandular investment of the region passes above it and forms

a finished edge dorsally. The succeeding processes gradually

28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

incline to the lateral region, and posteriorly to the ventro-

lateral region. The bristles form a vertical fan in each

process—narrow at the base and spreading out distally.

Moreover, they are arranged in two alternating series—a

longer and a shorter, the tips of the latter only projecting

beyond the surface. They are shorter than those of Lanice

conchilega and less slender, and the wings are more distinct.

Each bristle has a pale base, gently dilates into the widest

part of the shaft, then forms a “nearly cylindrical and slightly

narrower region to the wings, after which it tapers to a

slender curved tip. The wings are narrow both anteriorly

and posteriorly, where the bristles are shorter. As Grube and

Marenzeller point out, the bristles do not, as Malmgren

observes, go to the posterior end, a considerable number of

the terminal segments being devoid of them. Thus, in an

example from Balta about forty of the posterior segments

had no bristles. As the tufts of bristles decrease, the un-

cinigerous processes become more distinct. In imperfectly

preserved specimens the cuticle falls off and the bristles

cling to it by their tips, probably from the enlargement

caused by the wings, but the edges of the wings may ‘also be

concerned.

The branchiz form two tufts of simple filaments on each

side, arising from a transverse ridge in each case on the

second and third segments, the anterior ridge being the

longer, passing also farther down the side (ventrally) and

with more numerous filaments, which are often prettily

waved in a spiral manner when the animal is at rest. They

are of a pale straw or deep orange colour with a red streak

in the centre from the blood-vessel which is most distinct

immediately after a contractile wave of the body drives the

fluid forward. As they arise from two segments they can

scarcely be called ‘one pair,” as in the ‘Catalogue of the

British Museum.’ In a young example, half an inch in

length, these organs formed two distinct groups on each

side, the first containing two or three filaments of different

lengths, the posterior only one. They are enveloped in a

transparent structureless cuticle, and the hypoderm has finer

cells and granules than the tentacles. Longitudinal and

circular muscular fibres are also present. ‘The branchize

seem to vary in different races, and some of the largest from

the Arctic seas have short thick filaments.

The bristle-tufts range from thirty to forty-one or even

fifty-three (Marenzeller ) and i in transverse section the bristles

are somewhat ovate, sometimes approaching a short or blunt

ellipse.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 29

The first row of hooks is on the fifth segment, the first

two elevations being devoid of them. On the fifth the row

is at the posterior part of the segment at some distance

ventrally from the setigerous process. They increase a

little in length after the first, and remain nearly the same

for a considerable distance, gradually, however, becoming

elevated so that about the twenty-fifth prominent unci-

nigerous processes are formed, and posteriorly they stand

out like the “feet” of caterpillars. Toward the tip of the

tail they diminish on the narrow segments, and incline

ventrally so that those of opposite sides approach, and they

cease at the last segment. Inan example from St. Andrews

the uncinigerous processes are irregular posteriorly, being

crowded on one side and scantily distributed—even with

blanks—on the other, probably from injury. The hooks

are arranged in a single row throughout and are smaller

than those of Lanice conchilega, but more numerous—no less

than one hundred and thirty-seven occurring in a row

anteriorly, but posteriorly the number diminishes. Each

hook in lateral view presents a single tooth above the great

fang, though occasionally a minute third is visible. The

posterior outline is short and has a dimple, whilst the base

is elongated and convex inferiorly. The anterior outline

(below the great fang) is smooth and often slightly convex,

and merges into the prow (anterior part of the base), which

is prolonged as a stout process with a slightly dilated tip,

so as to resemble a stud. The occasional occurrence of a

second tooth above the great fang brings the Heterophenacia

renouardi of Marion*, from Marseilles, nearer this species.

Thelepus triserialis, Grube, the seventeenth form, is a

southern annelid, in which the cephalic collar and the arrange-

ment of the parts of the anterior end are similar to those

of the foregoing species, but no pigment-specks remained in

the preparations behind the collar, though in life they were

present.

A distinction, however, immediately appears in the bran-

chial region, the surface of which is more extensive, tlie

filaments more numerous and moreslender. Moreover, they

arise from three segments, viz., the second, third, and

fourth. The first and largest a a transversely elongated

row of filaments on segment | 2, its outer edge passing

ventrally considerably below the first bristle-tuft behind it.

The second springs from the dorsum of the third segment

* Revue des Sc. nat. t. iv.. March 1876.

30 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

within (z. e. dorsad to) the first bristle-tuft, and is smaller,

whilst the third, which is somewhat larger, arises on the

dorsum opposite the second bristle-tuft. The first pair is

widest apart, the third pair most nearly approach each other.

The body generally resembles that of the foregoing form,

but is often smaller, and the dorsal and ventral surfaces,

glandular scutes, and plates do not materially differ. The

bristle-tufts range from thirty-three to forty, the posterior

region, in one of forty segments, being devoid of them, as

in T. cincinnatus. It tapers posteriorly to a slender tail,

and the uncivigerous processes seem to go on to the tip,

thus differing from those of J. cincinnatus. The anus

appears to have a papillose margin.

The first bristle-tuft arises opposite the second branchia,

and, as mentioned, is above the level of the first branchia,

and the setigerous processes are continued along the dorso-

lateral region to the posterior region, as in Thelepus cincin-

natus, where they cease. The setigerous processes are

vertically flattened in front and throughout the greater part

of their course, but posteriorly they diminish to conical

papillz. ‘The anterior bristles appear to be somewhat shorter

than in 7. cincinnatus, but are similarly arranged in two

series, a longer and a shorter. The wings in both are

slightly broader than in 7. cincinnatus, both sets of bristles

being proportionally shorter and thicker. They increase in

length in the middle of the body, but posteriorly diminish

both in size and number, especially before ceasing, yet re-

taining the same arrangement as regards shorter and longer

series. ‘The wings in the terminal bristles are narrow.

All the bristles have a pale golden hue, and, whilst the first

few sets of bristles are directed outward, the majority slope

outward and backward—the terminal tufts, however, in the

preparations, projecting outward or even slightly forward.

The rows of hooks commence on a fillet on the fifth

segment (that is, opposite the third bristle-tuft, at the pos-

terior part of the segment), and they slightly increase in

length to the fifteenth series, when a gradual diminution

occurs, the rows, moreover, by-and-by being elevated on

processes, and, instead of being nearly straight, they are

convex forward about the twenty-fourth, and this arrange-

ment appears to be retained in the longer posterior uncini-

gerous processes, where they occur on the anterior face of

the tip. As the bristles diminish and disappear, the uncini-

gerous processes increase in prominence, and are ventro-

lateral in position. Finally, they are minute toward the

tip of the tail. The hook is similar (generally) to that of

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 31

T. cincinnatus, yet differs in detaiJ. Thus it is proportionally

larger, the base longer, the stud at the anterior end of the

base (prow) has a different angle to the outline, is truncated

at the tip, and the process beneath is more prominent,

though there are variations in this respect ; moreover, traces

of a second tooth on the crown above the great fang are

common.

The cephalic lobe in the eighteenth species, Grymea bairdi,

Malmeren, is truncate in lateral view, a feature due to the

flattened arch of the supra-oral fold, which in many Tere-

bellids forms a spout- or hood-like projection. The surface

of the cephalic plate, from which the tentacles arise, is thus

nearly vertical. The dorsal collar presents no eye-specks in

the preparations, and curves downward to join the supra-

oral fold externally and ventrally. The tentacles agree

with those of Thelepus, being well developed and having a

deep groove with frilled margins.

The general outline of the body agrees with that in

Thelepus, though the details differ. It is enlarged anteriorly

and tapered posteriorly, no example, however, being com-

plete. The’ dorsal surface is rounded and smoother than

in Thelepus, the ventral surface flattened and posteriorly

slightly grooved. Anteriorly are ten or eleven glandular

ventral shields, which may be wrinkled in the preparations,

and the outer edges of which touch the rows of hooks. A

glandular belt accompanies the setigerous region, but it is

not so pronounced dorsally as to form anteriorly the defi-

nite edge as in Thelepus, though posteriorly it is well defined.

The ventral surface behind the shields is more thinly

coated with the glandular tissue, and a thickened median

ridge continues for some distance backward.

The Norwegian examples appear to be smaller than ours.

Though Thelepus triserialis agrees with Grymea bairdi

in having three pairs of branchiz, yet their arrangement in

connection with the bristle-tufts differs. In the present

form a branchial tuft of several filaments occurs on the

anterior edge of the second segment, but its attachment is

above the line of the first setigerous process, which is like-

wise on the second segment. Behind is a second tutt of

branchiz with fewer filaments, and which is in a line with

the first setigerous process of the left side, whilst on the

right it is opposite the second setigerous process. The third

is a prominent group of about six filaments opposite the

third bristle-tuft. The individual filaments are similar to

those of Thelepus, though in some they are longer, and the

32 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

first set arises from a transverse ridge, which, however, does

not pass externally below the line of the bristles as in

Thelepus. On the whole, the area covered by the branchize

is longer antero-posteriorly than in Thelepus.

No more distinctive feature between Grymea and Thelepus

exists than the great size of the setigerous process and the

length of the bristles. The first setigerous process occurs

on the second segment, and it is slightly shorter than those

which follow,whilst in the region of the shields the processes

form long lamellz with slightly expanded tips set obliquely

like the blades of a series of oars, the ventral edges of

which are curved and split for the extended line of pale

golden bristles. Moreover, when the process is removed, a

distinct twist like the blade of a propeller occurs in all the

pencils of bristles, a condition closely connected with the

functions of the bristle-tufts. As in Thelepus, the seti-

gerous processes spring from the posterior part of each

segment, and are dorso-lateral in position. Two ranges of

bristles occur in each tuft, a longer and a shorter, the Jatter

alternating with the former. The longer bristles have

nearly cylindrical shafts inserted deeply in the tissues, but

they taper from the surface distally, so that where the narrow

wings commence considerable diminution has occurred,

and they taper after a second expansion to very fine, hair-

like, curved points. The shorter forms are much more

slender, but they also taper to hair-like points and have

narrow wings. ‘The dorsal edge of each fascicle is bounded

by three or four strong bristles without the intervening

shorter and more slender forms, whereas the ventral edge

has shorter and more slender forms.

The number of bristle-tufts is about thirty-two, and the

region behind has only uncinigerous lamelle. The posterior

bristles present a broad, almost flag-like wing.

The first row of hooks commences opposite the fourth

bristle-tuft, that is, in a corresponding position to that of

T. triserialis, though in the latter it is the third setigerous

process. The rows are somewhat shorter than in Thelepus,

and they are sooner elevated on ridges, indeed at the eighth

or ninth a distinct lamella is apparent, and at the twenty-

fifth it forms a fan-shaped flap with the single row of hooks

in a curved line on the anterior face of the edge. The first

row of hooks is distinguished by the apparent length of the

base, but this is due to its narrowness. The typical hook

has two distinct teeth above the main fang, the posterior

outline is deeply indented, the anterior outline (below the

great fang) has a peculiar stud which leaves it at an obtuse

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 33

angle, whilst the prow is continued beyond it to end in a

process for a ligament, and the base is convex inferiorly

aud has a process at the end of the posterior outline.

The cephalic region of the generally distributed Poly-

cirrus aurantiacus, Grube, the nineteenth form, has even more

voluminous folds than in Freutho, the plate being frilled

anteriorly as well as forming the two broad folds posteriorly.

Moreover, dorsally is an indication of a collar in the shape

of a smoothly rounded ridge, the whole being occasionally

spread as a wide border to the oral region, which thus

assumes the form of a shallow funnel. The entire outer

surface gives origin to the dense series of dull yellow ten-

tacles, which form a seething mass of threads—slender,

flattened, and fusiform. Each tentacle extends even to a

greater degree than in the red variety, becoming paler when

stretched, though still retaining a trace of the yellow hue.

Their extensibility and elasticity are remarkable, and the

thinnest strand presents a minutely cellular appearance with

a central streak. ‘The smaller and shorter tentacles occupy

as usual the edges of the posterior lobes, so that when the

flaps are adpressed they are close to the fissure leading to

the mouth. In the red variety the tentacles form an inex-

tricable mass in a vessel—enclosing other annelids, fragments

of shells, Balani, and mud. When much stretched the tip,

which is generally the widest part, is pinkish, the attenuate

region below it being pale, and the intermingling of these

hues, especially against a dark background, is striking.

A specimen of moderate size can stretch its tentacles

three or four inches, the processes being dilated at the tip,

but of extreme tenuity toward the base, and the corpuscles

of the coelomic fluid are observed in the centre.

When viewed from the dorsum the slight dorsal collar

runs on each side and bends downward behind the pro-

jecting fold of the anterior arch, and it sometimes happens

that a median fold in front divides the tentacles into two

symmetrical series after the manner of Phoronis.

Instead of the single large post-oral scute of Hreutho,

Polycirrus has a tongue-shaped median glandular process,

the edges of which are free, and the anterior border runs

smoothly forward to the mouth. In one example this

process is bifid posteriorly, whilst a small area is cut off

anteriorly, the whole being symmetrical. It may represent

the first scute.

The body resembles that of Hreutho, and, like it, is in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 3

34 Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes from the

the preparations almost always coiled, only the tail is

generally more tapered than in the genus mentioned, It is

rounded dorsally and often dilated anteriorly, grooved ven-

trally, and terminating posteriorly in the anus, which may

have a simple crenate margin, though it generally shows a

more prominent ventral papilla, occasionally a smaller dorsal

papilla, or both a dorsal and a ventral, or, in the case of a

red example, with two dorsal papilli or flaps and a ventral.

Probably much depends on the condition of the region with

regard to reproduction. In the preparations dilatations

occur dorsally, both in the region of the scutes and, when

this part is contracted, in the region behind.

The ventral scutes commence with the median tongue-

shaped one already mentioned, and laterally are two small

scutes on each side, each of which abuts on a bristle-process

(first and second). Each of these has its inner edge bevelled

by the encroachment of the median scute. Six pairs of

scutes follow. for the deep median furrow separates the

respective sides. A rounded glandular scute of small dimen-

sions is conspicuous on several of the succeeding segments,

which have a longer antero-posterior diameter than those

in front. A glandular belt also envelops each bristle-tuft

anteriorly, and is continued, though less distinctly, pos-

teriorly, where the uncinigerous processes are more evident

than the setigerous. In the large northern variety from the

Hebrides and Shetland the glandular thickening at each

bristle-tuft is in some developed ventrally in the preparations,

so that four rows of scutes appear to be present.

The pale golden bristles slope outward and backward

from sctigerous processes of considerable length anteriorly,

which are bifid dorsally, the longer process being posterior,

and the margin curves inward ventrally. The setigerous

processes become smaller in their progress posteriorly, and

cease before reaching the tail, the process itself showing

only the longer posterior papilla, the shorter being indis-

tinguishable. The number of the setigerous processes seems

to he variable, ranging from thirty-five to sixty, and, whilst

the anterior are conspicuous, the posterior are not easily

observed. The translucent pale golden bristles are in two

groups, a longer and a shorter. They are widest at the

pale base, and gradually diminish distally, where they taper

to a fine point, which is curved. The longer and stronger

bristles are dorsal, the shorter and Jess robust ventral. The

shorter forms are much more slender, their tapering tips

alone projecting beyond the surface.

The uncinigerous processes commence on the ninth

Gatlty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 35

setigerous segment as a low elevation with a short row of

hooks, which in outline differ from the typical forms in

the middle of the body, insofar as the base is shorter and

proportionally thicker, and a considerable elevation occurs

on the anterior outline beneath the main fang. The typical

forms have an elongated base slightly turned up at the

prow, a posterior outline deeply indented above the basal

process, an anterior outline with a slight projection below

the great fang, and a somewhat convex inferior (basal) out-

line. The main fang is proportionally large in comparison

with the neck and the tooth above it is of moderate size.

A feature of these hooks is that whilst in lateral view the

prow is narrowed toward the point, in a view from above the

end of the prow is flattened and chisel-shaped. The unci-

nigerous processes, which are somewhat prominent poste-

riorly, continue to the end. The row of hooks is on the

anterior face of the tip. In the large northern variety from

Shetland and the Hebrides the base of the hook is somewhat

thicker posteriorly.

Dorsally the cephalic plate in the twentieth species,

Polycirrus elisabethe, M‘Intosh, arises in front of a pro-

minent ring somewhat crescentic anteriorly and apparently

continuous with the post-oral segment. The supra-oral

frill is similar to that of P. aurantiacus, but its lateral folds

differ, the boss or projection caused by them being farther

forward and more conspicuous, and in the preparation the

median fissure runs to the anterior border and forms a spout-

like projection there. The tentacles have a similar structure,

and form a mass like that of the common species. When

extended the cephalic plate forms a wide and frilled margin

to the funnel-shaped oral region, and the median scute is

smoothly rounded ventrally.

The body has a similar outline to that of P. aurantiacus,

but the species is smaller, and the posterior margin finely

tapered, the edges being serrated by the uncinigerous pro-

cesses, whilst the anus has two dorsal papille and a more

prominent mid-ventral papilla. The surface is rounded

dorsally and grooved ventrally. Anteriorly the mid-ventral

shield is proportionally larger than in P. aurentiacus, and

is somewhat lozenge-shaped in form, the anterior angle

being carried forward to the mouth. Behind it is a narrow

fillet followed by seven pairs of conspicuous glandular scutes

and a series of smaller which follow. Glandular extensions

occur laterally at each setigerous process. The segments

are marked by narrow rings as in the former species, So

36 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

far as could be observed, the general arrangement and number

of the setigerous and uncinigerous processes agree with

those of P. aurantiacus.

The anterior setigerous processes, which commence on

the second segment, appear to have a slightly longer posterior

papilla dorsally than in the former species, but the bristles

are similarly arranged in a longer and shorter series, the

latter being more numerous ventrally. The bristles are

devoid of wings, are translucent pale golden, and in lateral

view present a slight enlargement before tapering to the

delicate tip, which is slightly curved. The shorter forms

have a more attenuate hair-like tip, and also present a trace’

of an enlargement below it. The posterior bristles are

shorter, more slender, and fewer in number in the small

tufts.

The uncinigerous processes commence about the ninth

bristled segment, and occur in a single row. Anteriorly

the hooks are small, have a much shorter base than in

P. avrantiacus, and the inferior outline rises into a con-

vexity behind the slender prow, while posteriorly it juts into

a process. ‘Two or three teeth occur above the main fang,

and a distinct process projects from the anterior outline

jnst beneath it. The depth of the base posteriorly and its

abrupt slope to the prow give a character to the hook.

Comparatively few seem to be in each row.

The twenty-first form, Ereutho smitti, Malmgren, is

another extensively distributed species in which the cephalic

region is characterized by the absence of a distinct dorsal rim,

the smooth spout-like supra-oral fillet passing forward in the

median line, and, each side bending downward, forms a

broad rounded flap at the ventral edge, the arrangement

being symmetrical. The external margin curves outward

and upward—almost to the dorsa! edge,—then doubles

sharply backward es a fillet and ceases. When the neck is

viewed from the dorsum these fillets are conspicuous on each

side. From the entire surface of this cephalic plate arise

tlhe dense mass of bright yellow tentacles which form in-

extricable coils both in life and in spirit, and from the

edges of the lateral flaps are many small filaments. They

are mobile grooved organs capable of endless changes—

now flattened aud again rounded, coiled and twisted in

various ways, or again corrugated and wrinkled. The body

is pulled along by these organs which move like linear

Nemerteans over the glass. The tentacles in lifeshow a pale

central streak under a leus, and their sides are dotted with

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 37

minnte yellow granules. The small tentacles at the margin

of the cephalic lobes keep constantly coiling, aud the animal

soon covers itself in a glass vessel with debris of various

kinds, and through the meshes of its cover the long deiicate

tentacles everywhere emerge. ‘These tentacles are ciliated

on the ridges and their muscular fibres form meshes, and

though no cireular coat is apparent the oblique and con-

necting fibres would to a large extent supplant them. From

the nature of the parts no prominent veutral lip is prescut,

but the narrow part of the first glandular ventral scute

glides under the ventral flaps of the cephalic piate and ruus

into the smooth surface which trends as a shallow groove

forward to the mouth.

The body is more or less dilated anteriorly, sometimes

being largely distended, and it tapers posteriorly to the tail,

which in the preparations is by no means slender, though in

life it is often much more attenuate. It is rounded dorsally,

grooved ventrally, and bas numerous segments, 50-88 or

more. Posterior ly it terminates in a creuate anus, the

central papilla ventrally being the most prominent. Occa-

sionally the anus is carried outward ou a small process or

appendix, but such may be due to regeneration. Auteriorly

are thirteen pairs of setigerous processes, and behind these

about seventy or more uncinigerous processes, which occupy

the ventro-lateral region.

The segment behind the mouth has a single large glandular

ventral scute, narrow in front and broad and rounded pos-

teriorly. Then a narrow belt follows, its lateral regious

expanding to include the second setigerous processes.

Thereafter a median band with a central line passes longi-

tudinally backward, cutting tle scutes into pairs in every

segment, and of these seven or eight are distinct, each

marked by transverse lives. The segments of the posterior

region have a deep furrow in the preparations dividing them

into two, and each of these is again subdivided into three

narrow rings.

Viewed from the dorsum each setigerous process is

dorsally bifid, a feature better marked in the smaller than in

the larger examples, and the bristles issue between the

liubs. ‘The first setigerous process has a considerably louger

apterior cirrus thau those which follow, the posterior process

being smaller. In the middle of the body the anterior

process is shorter aud thicker and the posterior process is

more distinct, whilst the last setigerous process im one has a

rounded boss on the tip of the thick, short, autei.or process,

and the posterior is at a greater distance from it and smaller

38 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

than in the middle of the series. From this bifid region the

tip is curved downward and inward. ;

The bristles are in two groups, a longer and a shorter

series. The former are pale golden slender bristles with

shafts that are more slender than their pale bases and

taper distally to the curved wingless tip. In the shorter

series only the curved tips, which are more slender than the

foregoing, project beyond the surface. The margin from

which the bristles issue slopes inward as it passes ventrally,

and the fascicle has a twist as in Grymea.

The first uncinigerous process occurs asa slightly elevated

ridge at the posterior part of the segment following the

last bristle-bundle, and the succeeding processes gradually

increase in prominence until they form bosses or papille,

like the feet of caterpillars, along the ventro-lateral region

of the body to the tail, the terminal processes being small

and closely arranged. The single row of hooks lies on

the anterior face of the tip. The anterior hooks show a

considerably longer base than that in Malmgren’s figure,

the anterior outline, below the main fang, having a slight

convexity about its middle, whilst at its junction with the

posterior outline a distinct shoulder occurs. The main fang

is large and acute, and the tooth above it is of considerable

size, though not so large as in Malmgren’s figure. The

inferior outline of the base is slightly convex behind the

middle, but generally shows an*inflection in its progress

towards the prow. ‘The posterior hooks retain the main fea-

tures just mentioned, though the base is somewhat shorter

and a trace of another tooth occurs in some on the crown.

The twenty-second species is Polycirrus tribullata, M‘Intosh,

dredged by J. G. Jeffreys, 90 fathoms off N. Unst, June and

July 1867.

The cephalic region, lips, and tentacles are of the usual

Polycirrid character; no ventral plates occur, only a

somewhat raised central line. This form has a very ex-

ceptional structure, even more so than Lysilla loveni, for

neither bristles nor hooks could be observed in the single

example. ‘The skin hasa minutely granular aspect under the

lens. ‘Three very well-marked, circular, flattened processes

existed on each side on the sixth, seventh, and eighth seg-

ments, but no bristle or hook was present. Each consisted

of an elevated ring externally with a papilla in the centre.

Two minute papillz were visible on the segments (one on

each) in front, but only a trace of an elevation on those

behind. Each segment anteriorly was two-ringed.

Gatly Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 39

From the Zetlandic seas comes the twenty-third form,

Lysilla loveni, Malmgren, In this the cephalic plate passes

forward from a small dorsal collar and is thrown into various

folds, the edges of which appear to be somewhat thinner than

in Polycirrus, and hence show a more elegantly frilled

margin. Ventrally the plate forms a broad flap fixed later-

ally, but with the inner edge (and flap) free. The surface

is covered with numerous clavate and grooved tentacles, but

the ventral flaps have clusters of more minute filiform ones.

‘The mid-ventral region behind the mouth has a large and

prominent tongue-shaped process — smoothly continuous

with the oral surface anteriorly, where it is fixed ; it is free

and somewhat conical posteriorly. In lateral view it forms,

indeed, a spout-like process at right angles to the body with

an elevation (glandular) in the centre.

The body is enlarged anteriorly and marked by the two

Jateral rounded bands, minutely tuberculated and ringed,

the largest tubercles or papillz being on the ventral surface

of the longitudinal bands. The segments are not distinctly

defined, except by the setigerous processes in front ; but

Malmgren states that the posterior region (absent in tlie

British example) presented about twelve deep sulci. He

gives the length of 30-50 mm., and the width of the tumid

anterior region as 5-6 mm., that of the posterior part 2-

2°5 mm., and the latter, though minutely ringed, is smooth.

Six setigerous processes occur anteriorly in the groove,

though no bristles are visible under a lens. Each consists of

a slightly conical process with a curved tip, and presenting a

white streak in the interior due to the bristles, which consist

of a single closely arranged fascicle of simple translucent

bristles, which curve distally in conformity with the outline

of the process and end within the tissues at the tip. Except

for stiffening the setigerous processes, these bristles are thus

devoid of function.

In Trichobranchus glacialis, Malmgren, the twenty-fourth

form, the cephalic lobe differs from that of Polycirrus in its

redueed condition. Dorsally it has a groove separating it

from the first segment, and is provided with two eye-spots,

the lobe then projecting forward as two symmetrical rounded

bosses flanked on each side by a translucent free flap. Irom

the surface springs a dense series of tentacles—filiform and

fissiform. The filiform are pale pink in colour and—like the

larger, clavate, grooved, red-streaked ones—keep up a con-

tinuous movement. The translucent lateral flaps are devoid

of tentacles. The distinction between the three groups of

40 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

appendages is distinct in some preparations. The brancinz

are coiled, the posterior small tentacles filiform, whilst the

larger are clavate and grooved. The mouth opens in the

centre above a line joining the attachments of the trans-

Jucent lateral flaps, and in a groove between the two

prominent anterior bosses.

The body is Terebeiliform in appearance, about an inch

in length, enlarged anteriorly, and tapered posteriorly to

terminate in an anus with two cirri. It is rounded dorsally,

grooved ventrally, and has about seventy segments. The

mouth opens anteriorly at the furrow between the bosses,

the translucent lateral flaps curving inward to be attached

on each side. Ventrally is the tumid and streaked lower

lip which forms the couspicuously truncated anterior end.

‘The grooves generally show a symmetrical arrangement, a

broad median belt passing down ‘the centre, flanked by two

or three stripes on each side, the ventral ends being split.

‘The second segment forms a continuous ring dorsally and

ventrally, and sometimes projects forward dorsally, so as to

ensheath the posterior cephalic edge and the eyes. It Lears

dorsally the first branchia on each side, a single thick and

proportionally long filament tapered distally—distinguished

by the bright red central vessel and often by the spiral con-

dition. The third and fourth segments also bear a pair of

gills, which readily fall off in the preparations.

The short setigerous processes, which have oblique tips,

commence on the sixth segment and are fifteen in number.

Kach tuft has two series, a longer and a shorter. The longer

bristles are pale golden, one half free and one half inserted

in the tissues, the shafts dilating a little from the base, then

remaining cylindrical till the commencement of the very

narrow wings, which have minute strize directed outward and

upward, after which they taper to a fine hair-like curved tip.

They thus appear to represent the first stage of the develop-

ment of wings on a bristle. The bristles slope outward and

backward in the preparations, but are directed forward in

life, the convexity of the terminal curve being in the same

direction ; the shorter forms often alternate with the longer,

and their number corresponds nearly with that of the longer,

viz., six in each tuft. ‘here is also a slight gradation in the

size of the longer bristles from the dorsal to the ventral

edge.

Below each bristle-tuft is a row of hooks with elongated

curved shafts, which increase from the base upward to the

shoulder above which the neck is distinctly narrowed, the

lead again expanding so as to resemble with the main ‘fang

See ol

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 41

abird’s head. Above the main fang the rounded crown has a

series of four smaller teeth. This kind of hook is charac-

teristic of the bristle-bearing segmeuts.

A series of vertically flattened uncinigerous lamellae occur

on the succeeding segments, and some are broader at the tip

than the base. They bear at their apices a row of minute

avicular hooks, having short, broad, basal processes with a

convex inferior outline, a posterior outline in which a deep

sinus occurs above the basal process, and an anterior outline

which in some has a trace of a process beneath the main

tooth. The latter is of moderate size, but the teeth above

it are proportionally large, so that this hook does not

present the disproportion between the first and succeeding

teeth present in the long anterior hooks. In lateral view

four or five teeth occur above the great fang, and in reality

they form arounded crown with their points curved obliquely

downward, Malmgren, while noting the distribution of the

hooks from front to rear, does not sufficiently define the

structure of the posterior hooks.

As widely distributed is the twenty-fifth species, Tere-

bellides stroemi, Sars, in which the cephalic region is almost

as blunt asin Trichobranchus, though the great elevation of

the frilled cephalic plate is characteristic, since it rises from

a slight collar high above the dorsal outline and has a boldly

folded margin, the two sides meeting in the middle line

inferiorly, and "forming a spout-shaped “channel, the sides of

which behind the mouth in some are thickened. The cephalic

plate thus has the surfaces directed anteriorly and posteriorly,

instead of dorsally and ventrally as in Polycirrus and other

forms. The edges of the plate posteriorly give origin to

the tentacles, which are of a pale flesh-colour, grooved, often

spoon-shaped, and, though not stretching much, coil actively

in every direction.

The ‘body i is enlarged in front and gently tapers to the

tail, which is by no means slender, It is smoothly rounded

ou the dorsum and only in well-preserved examples are the

lines of the segments indicated. On the other hand, the

ventral surface presents anteriorly the bold glandular belts,

the representatives of the scutes of other members of the

family. Besides, a great glandular semicircular lamella is

placed immediately behind the spout-shaped fold of the

cephalic plate and separates the oral from the succeeding

region, and is evidently of great physiological importance.

A narrow glandular ring follows, the convex central region

being in some separated by furrows from the lateral regions,

42 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

which diminish as they go outward. <A broader ring, the

second body-segment, which bears the branchiz dorsally, then

follows, the central region of which is likewise marked off by

two furrows from the lateral regions, This ring is partly

overlapped by the broad glandular. belt, which stretches from

side to side of the next segment and clasps the setigerous

process at each side. [our similar ventral belts follow, dimin-

ishing as they go, and then the succeeding belts are narrow,

separated by increasing breadths of non-glandular tissue.

Further, an almond-shaped area beneath each setigerous

process is differentiated, and on this the hooks appear on

the sixth bristled segment, and thereafter it becomes the

uncinigerous process.

The branchiz arise from the second and third segments by

short, somewhat bulky, and fluted stems, which are flattened

autero-posteriorly. ‘Tue two main divisions are dorsal, each

having a smooth basal process directed backward and a

fusiform dorsal region composed of Jamellz, which from the

stem backward abut on the smooth basal process, whilst

the lamelle of the portions in front of the stem are fixed to

a median ventral band. ‘These lamellz are highly vascular,

the vessels or channels forming a close series of arches from

twelve to eighteen in number along each leaflet, the free

margin of w hich is crenate. The posterior branchiv are much

smaller, but they also have a basal trunk to which the lamellz

are attached. ‘The lamell are more or less conical, having a

distinct apex to which ‘the vascular channels point, and thus

they are more or less straight and nearly vertical. A coagu-

lated fusiform mass occurred in the basal trunk of one. In

the tube the branchie are turned forward with the basal

region, the smaller pair uppermost and the lamelle next

the dorsum.

The first setigerous group commences on the second seg-

ment, at the upper or lateral edge of the ventral glandular belt,

and below it is a slightly curved elevation with the convexity

anterior. Seventeen setigerous processes follow. Each is

short and stout, with a slightly bevelled tip grooved for the

bristles. ‘The first and second are smaller, aud they slightly

diminish posteriorly. ‘The pale golden bristles have long

and nearly cylindrical shafts, a little narrowed at the

proximal end and distally tapering to a somewhat stiff

curved tip, which ends in a hair-like point. The tip has

narrow but distinct wings. The bristles appear to be in a

single series—the stouter dorsal and the more translucent

and slender ventral in position.

The rows of hooks commence on the sixth segment and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 43

continue to the posterior end. In the bristled segments

anteriorly they occur on slightly elevated ridges a short

distance below the setigerous processes, with the exception

of the first which is close to the base of the process. The

ridges become more prominent before the bristles cease. The

rows are often conspicuous from their brownish colour. The

golden hooks of the first row not only diverge in position,

but in structure, for they are larger aud longer, have trans-

lucent shafts which dilate a little above the base, and again

gradually diminish to the neck which is curved backward,

the tip being bent at a little more than a right angle and

tapered to a sharp point—slightly turned up in some. The

second series shows hooks of the normal outline, besides

others imperfectly formed—with shorter shafts, and slightly

curved bifid tips,—a distal longer and another shorter process

at a distance below it. The typical hook has a long, slightly

curved, finely-striated shaft, which is slender at the base,

dilates gradually in its progress to the shoulder, near which

it diminishes, the neck then being bent a little backward, the

enlarged crown having four teeth above the main fang, which

is powerful and sharp.

The uncinigerous processes become more prominent on

slightly flattened lamell with wider truncated tips behind

the bristled region, and attain their maximum about the

twentieth before the end, and gradually diminish backward.

In this region the hooks are all ef one kind, and essentially

different from those in the anterior region. Each hook has

a convex posterior region with a deep dimple above the base,

three large teeth above the main fang, the anterior outline

presents a slight process below the main fang, and the base

is convex inferiorly and short, the somewhat abrupt anterior

outline making but a short process. The importance of the

form and of the functions of hooks are well illustrated in

this species, which has no less than three kinds.

3. On the Terebellidze dredged by H.M.S. ¢ Porcupine’ in

1869 and 1870, and by the ‘ Knight Errant’ in 1882.

A variety of Amphitrite cirrata was procured in 690 fathoms

at Station 3, 1870, and various rare 'l'erebellids from depths

ranging from 160 to 358 fathoms. Pista cristata, O. F. M.,

was dredged at Stations 2 and 6 (Atlantic), 1870, and 7hele-

pus cincinnatus from 81 fathoms off Cape Finisterre and 795

fathoms at 17 6 (Atlantic), Laphania boecki in 567 fathoms ;

whilst Trichobranchus glacialis, Malmgren, occurred at

Station No. 3 (Atlantic), 1870, and Terebellides stroemi,

44 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Sars, eight miles off Cape Sagres in 45 fathoms, off Cape

Guardia, and nine miles off Cape Finisterre in 81 fathoms,

Amphitrite afinis, Malmgren, which extends from Ireland

(Southern) into the Atlantic, where it was dredged by the

‘Knight Errant’ at Station 11, 23rd August, 1882, in 555

fathoms. There is a well-marked dorsal collar without eye-

specks in the preparation, and which laterally folds round to

join the supra-oral plate, which is somewhat scoop-shaped

and only moderately prominent. The tentacles appear. to be

normal. The body is typical, so far as it goes, and rounded

dorsally, whilst ventrally are twelve distinct shields and

several rudimentary ones posteriorly. Behind the mouth is

a transverse shield, which dorsally joins the smooth region

behind the collar. Two segments with ventral shields follow,

the dorsal edge of the first passing to the base of the first

branchia, whilst the dorsal edge of the second falls short of

its branchia. A still larger gap separates the first bristle-

tuft of the next segment trom the third branchia. Behind

the shields a deep groove occupies the ventral median line.

The branchize are three in number, proportionally small,

and with short and rather thick terminal divisions. The

first has a short stem, which splits, each branch carrying

a few short filaments, some with bifid tips. The second is a

little less, and the third is again still less. Both sides are

alike. There are seventeen pairs of bristle-tufts, the first

commencing opposite the third branchia. The bristles are

pale golden, the shaft being deeply inserted in the tissues,

only a short free portion occurring below the wings,

which are narrow and soon cease, the translucent tip

beyond being flattened like a long knife-blade, boldly serrated

at the edge, and tapered into a very long hair-like tip. One

or two shorter forms occur amongst the others, but

apparently uo regular series as in other genera, and they are

probably developing long bristles. In these little of the

winged region projects beyond the surface, and the flattened

blade beyond is occasionally split into spikes. Amongst

the bristles are long curved forms with narrow wings and

finely tapered tips.

The hooks (PI. LIT. fig. 2), when fully developed, form a

double row, the large fang facing that of the opposite hook.

The base is comparatively small and the crown and neck

large. The crown presents in lateral view three teeth above

the main fang, which is long and sharp. ‘The posterior

border is convex and a marked heel occurs as it joins the

base. The curve below the main fang has a median process,

and beyond it is an abrupt bend, whilst the anterior process

Gatly Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 45

or prow is rounded and blunt, strie pass from the small

teeth on the crown along the posterior part of the neck.

The cephalic region presents a broad horseshoe-fold over

the mouth—continuous at its outer and inferior edge with

the larger collar which bounds the tentacular area posteriorly.

A deep groove, wide in the middle and tapered at each

side, is thus formed. Below the mouth is a short fold

bounded by the first-mentioned horseshce-arch at each side,

and ventral to this a broader band or lip.

The body has a normal shape, viz. enlarged anteriorly and

then gradvally tapering to the posterior end. There are

seventeen pairs of bristle-bundles, which commence on the

fourth segment and extend to the twenty- first. The winged

tips do not show serrations under a power of 350. Each of

the three branchiz arises from a single basal portion, and

extends as simple slightly curled filaments therefrom, tle

tips being slightly tapered. They seem to be considerably

shorter than those of Amphitrite cirrata,O. F. M. Twelve

ventral shields or plates oceur in front, the first being im-

mediately behind the posterior labial process, and a “ridge

(marking the nerve-cord) is continued from the last along

the ventral groove to the posterior end.

Marenzeller describes the colour of the body as reddish

grey, brownish in front, and pale posteriorly. Tentacles

streaked and punctated with brown. In the ex camples from

the ‘ Porcupine’ brownish pigment still remained anteriorly

at the cephalic folds and between the ventral slnelds. The

bristles issue from an elevation at the dorsal edge of the

ridge for the hooks, and they form a vertical series in each

tuft. Moreover, six small papille (third to ninth) occur im-

mediately beneath them, and situated at the posterior border

of the ridge for the hooks.

The hooks differ from those of A. cirrata in the shorter

and less oblique base, which thus forms a different angle

with the crown. Four teeth occur above the main fang, as

in A. cirrata. The elevations or pads for the hooks are long

in front, stretching from the dorsal bristle-tufts almost to

the ventral groove. Behind the bristled region they form

small but prominent lamellw along each lateral region, and

there is little difference in structure between the anterior

and posterior hooks. The former are in a double row, the

latter form a single series.

This differs from A. cirrata in the position of the papille

at the anterior setigerous processes, and in the absence of

the adjoining flap at the dorsal end of the rows of hooks.

Laphania boecki, var. hystricis, was dredged in the Expe-

46 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

dition of 1870 at No. 1 in 567 fathoms, and has sixteen

pairs of bristles. The cephalic lobe has no dorsal collar,

and the plate arches over the mouth, a series of the usual

grooved tentacles arising from its surface. It differs from a

Canadian Laphania in having a free ventro-lateral flap or

collar at each side of the cephalic plate. Behind this, on

the dorsum, another collar occurs on the succeeding seg-

ment, and it attains its maximum depth laterally—ceasing

as it reaches the ventral surface.

The body is only slightly enlarged in front, and tapers

gently to the posterior end with its terminal anus. The

dorsum is rounded, the anterior ventral region flattened,

and the rest grooved posteriorly. The number of segments

is over thirty, but the example is incomplete. Eleven or

twelve ventral scutes seem to be present.

Sixteen pairs of bristle-bundles occur anteriorly, each

having comparatively few bristles issuing from the somewhat

conical process. The longer bristles are translucent, shorter

than in the other form, and with a comparatively short,

winged, tapering, terminal region. The tips have a slight

curvature. The shorter forms have only their tips projecting,

and their wings do not seem to be broader than those of

the longer bristles, and just a trace of a curvature oceurs at

the tip. The first setigerous process is on the third segment.

The number of the bristle-tufts agrees with Malmgren’s

Scione, but the hooks so closely resemble those of La-

phania boecki that further investigation is necessary.

The rows of hooks appear to commence with the bristles,

and anteriorly their outlme (PI. I. fig. 12) approaches that

of Pista cristata, though they are considerably smaller. The

crown has at least five teeth above the main fang, the

anterior outline has a prominent median process with an

indentation below it and the prow is rounded. The pos-

terior outline has an eminence above the ligament, and the

inferior outline of the base is slightly convex. From the

hook of Pista cristata it is distinguished by its smaller size,

the shape of the crown, and the increased number of teeth

above the main fang, by the greater bulk of the base in the

hook of P. cristata, and by the difference in the anterior

outline—chiefly caused by the deeper inflection below the

median process. The posterior hooks are smaller, have a

proportionally larger crown, a more uniform anterior outline,

and do not usually show the powerful ligament at the pos-

terior end of the base.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 47

4. On the Chetopteride, Amphictenide, and Ampharetidie

dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, by

Dr. Whiteaves in 1871-73.

The Cheetopterids are represented only by fragments of a

Spiochetopterus, probably 8S. typicus, Sars, from No. 9, 1873.

The Amphictenide include Cistenides hyperborea, Malmgren,

dredged in 100-212 fathoms off Anticosti in 1871 and more

abundantly on Orphan Bank, Nos. 9 and 16, 1873. This

form is distinguished by the dark colour of the paleole

and their number—viz. twelve to fourteen, though occasion-

ally fifteen may be present,—by their greater breadth than in

Lagis, and though the tips are finely tapered they are more

rigid than those of Lagis koreni, by the peculiarly blunt,

almost knob-like, condition of the fringes of the veil, and by

the presence of seventeen pairs of bristle-bundles. One of

the most characteristic features anteriorly is the oral veil,

which, instead of ceasing laterally in a line with the anterior

cirrus, passes downward and backward as a broad sheath,

which envelops most of the oral tentacles like a broad funnel,

as in Cistenides granulata, a form characteristic of the waters

of Greenland. This has similar papille on the margin of the

veil, but only nine or ten paleolz in its crown. The anterior

and posterior bristles closely resemble those of Lagis koreni,

though, on the whole, the stronger anterior (simple) bristles

have broader shafts in the latter. The caudal hooks of the

Canadian species are less tapered at the neck, the curve

of the terminal hook less marked, and the point in the

British form is also often sharper. One of the most

distinctive features, however, is the structure of the minute

hooks (Pl. II. fig. 7) on the lamellw of the feet, which,

instead of having six teeth in a continuous row above the

minute series of four inferiorly, have but three in increasing

size, The process beneath the third usually has three teeth

at the tip, as shown by Malmgren, but sometimes four occur,

and occasionally only two—apparently from injury. The

grooye below this process is figured by Malmgren as bluntly

and smoothly rounded, but it really shows from above down-

ward a convexity and then a concavity, with a small hook-

like tip. The shaft diminishes even more rapidly than in

Lagis koreni. The anal process has three or four lobes on

its dorsal margin behind the hooks, and thus differs from

that of Lagis koreni, which has a papilla on the tip of these

processes,

Stalked Infusoria occur in numbers on the paleol,

48 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The tubes (PI. I. figs. 1 & 2) of C. hyperborea present a

slight curvature and taper to rather an acute point, and

they are large, from 60-70 mm. in length and 8-9 mm. in

breadth at the wide end. They do not exhibit the exquisite

masonry of Lagis koreni, presenting uct only a rougher

external surface, but an excess of cement hides defects in the

joints. The tubes, however, are firm and serviceable, and

all are of a dark brownish hue, probably in keeping with

their surroundings. The smaller tubes show greater neat-

ness and recularity i in their construction, and the cement is

confined to the joints—indeed, the larger tubes vary amongst

themselves in this respect.

This species has a wide range, having been found in Spitz-

bergen, Finmark, and Sweden, as well as in Canada and

Greenland. On the other hand, Cistenides granulata, L.,

its near ally, does not occur in Dr. Whiteaves’ collections ;

yet it is common in Greenland, its tube (Pl. I. figs. 3

& 4) havi ing fewer sand-grains in a transverse row than in

C. hyper borea though interesting, much weight need not be

attached to this feature, which depends on the size of the

grains. It is recognized by the comparatively few paleolz in

its crown (9-10) ; a velar process a little less developed ven-

trally than in. hyper bor ea, but with similar marginal papillee ;

whilst the hooks, which are not figured by Malmeren, show

three teeth, which i increase In size from above downward asin

C. hyperborea; but the process beneath them has no evident

spikes or they are very indistinct, and the prow below has

a similar double curve to that of ‘the Canadian species. In

this form also the anal valve (dorsal) is considerably longer

than in C. hyperborea or Lagis koreni, and it projects as a

flattened conical process beyond the ventral edge. The

margin of the process also is more distinctly fimbriate than

in the allied forms. The tube (Pl. I. figs. 1 & 2) has

a slight curvature, and, as a rule, the grains are coarser than

in C. hyperborea, but the cement is neatly adjusted at the

cpposing edges. It is tapered to a fairly fine point

posteriorly.

Amongst the Ampharetidz is Sabellides borealis, Sars, which

was not ‘unfrequently procured off Cape Rosier Lighthouse

in 1871 and at Stations 35 and 36, 1873.

The cephalic region (Pl. I. figs. 7 & 8) is characterized

by its firm shield- -shaped plate, “which is sloped to a blunt

point in front and is sometimes pigmented. On viewing

the snout from the ventral surface, a series of distinct eyes

occurs as a band on the anterior border of the fold at the

base of the conical snout. Moreover, blackish pigment

Gatly Murine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 49

tints the prominent parts of the lips, which form a curved

frilled band on each side of the mouth. The branchiz are

four on each side, attached to the dorsum of the third seg-

ment, and two somewhat in front of the other two. The y

are proportionally small tapering organs and quite smooth.

It has laterally a process of the peristomial segment, which

also bounds it behind. Ventrally is the mouth, which has a

fleshy lip on each side, whilst anteriorly the dorsal surface

of these bears the tentacles, which vary much in length

in different examples, apparently from their condition

as regards reproduction. ‘Ihe base is the thickest part of

each, and it is smooth at first, then the organ tapers to

the free end, which is in the preparations somewhat clavate

and more finely granular than the rest. The processes or

“cilia”’ gradually increase in length, forming conspicuous

organs till within a short distance of the tip, which is free

from them. ach is a translucent process of hypoderm

with a central axis or rod, the outline presenting a slight

eulargement at the base and again at the tip, especially i in

those toward the distal end of the series. The translucent

hypoderm of these processes is granular and slightly streaked

at the enlarged terminal part, which also occasionally shows

} alpocils in the preparations, but whether due to the action

of the preservative fluid or otherwise is unknown. The

axial fibre is structureless and is brittle.

The function of these peculiarly armed tentacles appears to

be of aspecial character, as the central axis in each “ cilium ”

shows. ‘Ihe body is elongated, very little narrowed in front,

but considerably tapered posteriorly, where it ends in a tail,

laving two cirri of moderate length placed ventrally on each

side of an anus, which in some presents a slightly crenate

margin. The dorsum is smoothly rounded throughout, and

the ventral surface is also convex anteriorly, whilst the

boldly marked glandular thickening of the segments gives

a character to the region, which is nearly co-extensive with

the bristled segments, and thereafter a median groove passes

backward to the tail. The thickened ventral surfaces of tlie

anterior segments show aslight differentiation of the median

line, which, in contraction, is curved backward and by-and-

by is somewhat elevated, and thus is in contrast with the

fully extended example.

The anterior region has fourteen pairs of setigerous pro-

cesses, the first of which is dorsal in position, being situated

just external to the branchiz of its side, and the next three

gradually slope to the side along which the rest lie. Each

tuft consists of a series of longer translucent bristles, having

ann. &@ Mag. N. Uist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 4

50 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

cylindrical shafts (Pl. II. fig. 2) and slightly curved

winged tips, which taper to a fine point. ‘The widest part

of the bristle seems to bea little above the commencement of

the wings. Besides the main bristles of each tuft a shorter

series of winged forms (PI. II. fig. 3) occur between them,

little more than the tips with the wings projecting beyond

the surface. The brisiles retain the same structure through-

out, the curvature of the tips only showing variation.

The anterior hooks commence at the third bristle-bundle,

being attached toa slight ridge, which, as the hooks approach

more closely to the setigerous process, posteriorly becomes

asmall lamella. The hooks form a single row and nearly

correspond in structure (PI. I. figs. 9 & 10) with those figured

by Malmgren, viz., having a slightly sinuous crown with a

peak for the ligament at the posterior angle and five teeth

in lateral view, the last being broad and short. The prow

is smoothly rounded, and the notch between it and the tooth

is wide internally and differs from Malmgren’s figure.

So far as can be observed, the number of the posterior

Jamellz for the hooks is twelve. They are flatteved and

somewhat irregularly conical next the bristled region, but

soon develop au elongated dorsal cirrus or filament, which

continues to the posterior end. The hooks of this region

(Pl. I. fig. 11) are considerably smaller than those of the

anterior region, have a proportionally broader crown and

only four teeth in lateral view. The prow is proportionally

larger and the posterior outline more convex.

The tube is composed of fine mud and is comparatively

soft. ‘To the exterior are attached filaments of reddish alge

and patches of Cellepora. The tube is considerably longer

than the body of the animal.

The Terebellide dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence com-

prise Amphitrite cirrata, O. F. M., off Port Hood, Cape

Breton, Amphitrite, A. B., off Cape Rosier Lighthouse, whilst

a form near A. grenlandica was found off Port Hood. Te-e-

bella figulus, Dalyell, was met with between Cape Rosier and

Cape Gaspé in 1872. Thelepus cincinnatus, O. Fabr., was

dredged in numbers on Orphan Bank, and in 100-200

fathoms off Anticosti in 1871, and at No. 8, 1872. ‘he

widely distributed Pis/a cristata, O. F. M., was met with on

stony ground in 75-100 fathoms between Cape Rosier and

Cape Gaspé. A Polycirrus was dredged in 170 fathoms

on the same ground. Lanassa nordenskiéldi, Malmgren,

occurred off Cape George, Nova Scotia, and in various

hauls elsewhere. <Artacama canadensis, a form near Malm-

Gatly Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 51

gren’s A. proboscidea, was met with in Gaspé Bay and other

localities in 80 fathoms, and the ubiquitous Trichobranchus

glacialis, Malmgren, off Port Hood, and Terebellides stroemi,

Sars, in 100 to 212 fathoms off Auticosti, off Pugwash,

Nova Scotia, and other places.

Several examples of Lanassa nordenskiildi. Malmgren,

occurred off Cape George, Nova Scotia, in 1873, and a frag-

ment at No. 6 the previous year, Those from Cape George

were in thick and rather long tubes of brownish clayey mud,

which presented a smooth inner lining, but no perceptible

membrane, and as they had not been specially attended to after

capture had decayed. The cephialic lobe has scarcely a trace

of a collar dorsally and is small, its inferior lip forming an

arch over the mouth. From its surface a series of grooved

tentacles arise. Neither eyes nor branchize are present.

The body is elongated, but, as no complete example has been

found, the number of segments isunknown, probably from forty

to seventy. Itis enlarged anteriorly and tapered posteriorly

to a terminal crenate vent. ‘The dorsal surface is rounded

and with minutely tuberculated bands in front ; whilst the

ventral surface, also flattened in the region of tlie shields in

front, is grooved posteriorly, The first three bands of

tubercles are narrower than the succeeding, and give a

character to this region of the dorsum. A deep groove runs

along each side of the body above the ventral longitudinal

muscles behind the anterior region.

Fifteen pairs of setigerous processes occur anteriorly, viz.

from the fourth to the nineteenth. They are conical when

viewed from the dorsum, the tips being flattened aud

obliquely truncated, so that the dorsal edge projects most.

They bear long pale golden bristles, the tips being curved

backward, and they occur in two series, a longer and

shorter, the stronger and longer of the former being dorsal,

the shorter being ventral. ach bristle (Pl. II. fig. 8)

has a translucent, faintly striated, flattened shaft, the

narrowed baseof which is often enlarged at theend. The free

portion is slightly narrowed from the surface of the skin to

the origin of the very narrow wings, and then the tip is

tapered to a fine translucent hair-like point. The shorter

forms have only the winged tip free, aud they probably indi-

cate a reserve-serics.

The first row of hooks is opposite the second bristle-

bundle, and the others occupy a similar position throughout

the bristled region, being in a single row to the seventh and

in a double row thereafter to the fourteenth. Behind the

52 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

bristles the uncinigerous rows become slightly more promi-

nent, and soon form conspicuous ventro-lateral processes

almost to the tip of the tail. The hooks, which are uniform

in structure throughout (PI. II. fig. 9), are characterized by

the elevated crowns, with four or five sharp teeth above the

great fang, a convex dorsal outline and a deep incurvation

above the base, the posterior angle of which has a well-

marked process ; the inferior outline is convex, whilst below

the great fang isa prominent process from which the outline

slopes to the prow.

Artacama canadensis, sp. n., is not uncommon in water of

some depth in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Hitherto the genus

has been found chiefly in northern latitudes, such as Spitz-

bergen and Norway, and has not been met with in the British

area. It is distinguished by its bulbous and symmetrically

rugose buccal region, from which the everted proboscis in

some cases projects as a papillose globular mass with a con-

spicuous cone at the apex. The cephalic plate is peculiar,

for itis produced posteriorly into two lobes, rounded distally,

whilst its ventral margin forms a frilled funnel, considerably

elevated above the mouth, though the arrangement of the

parts corresponds with species in which the mouth is in the

central part of the frills ventrally. The plate has a distinct

dorsal collar.

The body is enlarged anteriorly, the snout being somewhat

bulbous, and tapered posteriorly to a slender tail with a

terminal anus. It is rounded dorsally, flattened and grooved

ventvally, and the segments are distinctly marked, the

auterior having two rings and the posterior three in a large

example. Right of the anterior segments, ventrally, have

wide glandular belts, and thereafter are five central glandular

shields. In a small example with a complete posterior end

the terminal segments appeared to be only two-ringed, and

finally only a single riug characterized the nine or ten

segments.

The branchize are in three groups on the second, third, and

fourth segments, and their filaments are smaller than in such

as Thelepus. Wach springs from a central point, from which

the twenty or more filameuts diverge, and when torn they

adhere by their bases.

The anterior region bears seventeen pairs of setigerous

processes, which are flattened lamelle with oblique distal

edges, the dorsal being the most prominent, whilst the

anterior lip projects beyond the surface. ‘They bear two

series of pale golden bristles, viz. a longer and a shorter.

ee ee

Gatlty Marine Laboratory, St, Andrews. 53

The longer (PI. II. fig. 10) have finely striated shafts, which

slightly diminish to the origin of the wings, the tapering tip

having a well-marked curve, which in the preparations has

the convexity forward. The edges of the wings seem to be

minutely serrated. In the shorter series (Pl. II. fig. 11)

the tips only project beyond the surface, and the wings are

proportionally broader. The presence of the thin auterior

lamellz in these setigerous processes is noteworthy. <A

papilla under the middle branchial tuft indicates the com-

mencement of the series, though it bears no bristles.

The anterior rows of hooks, which commence on the second

setigerous segment, are comparatively long, those toward

the end of the bristled region nearly reaching the elevated

mid-ventral line. A change occurs after the cessation of

the bristles, for, instead of sessile rows of hooks, uncini-

gerous processes are developed beneath a foliaceous lamella

after the manner of a Phyllodocid. These lamelie gradually

diminish posteriorly, and are minute in the caudal region.

The first uncinigerous process and lamella are smaller than

those which succeed. At the fourth the uncinigerous lobe

is somewhat tongue-shaped with the hook on the dorsal con-

vexity, the shorter inferior curve being bare. ‘The lamella

is large and reniform, being fixed by its pedicle at the

hilus. The minute hooks (PI. III. fig. 3) have the same

structure both anteriorly and posteriorly, viz., a proportion-

ally large great fang, with five or six teeth in lateral view

above it, so that the crown is large, the posterior outline is

convex with a deep dimple above the base, which is short and

convex inferiorly, whilst the anterior outline has a process

heneath the great fang, the prow presenting no peculiarity.

These hooks differ so much from those figured by Malmgren

that further observations are necessary to ascertain the

relationships of the Canadian form.

5. On the Ampharetide and Terebellidee dredged by

Canon A. M. Norman off Norway.

The Ampharetide occurred at various stations, from 33 to

44, and ranging to 210 fathoms, and they included Ampha-

rete grubei, Malmgren, Amphicteis gunneri, Sars, Sabellides

octocirrata, Sars, Melinna cristata, Sars, M. elisubethe,

M‘Intosh, and Amage auricula, Malmgren.

Amongst the interesting Terevellids are a form near

Amphitrite grayi, Malmgren, Terebella danielsseni, Malmgren,

;

54 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Nicolea venustula, Montagu, Pista cristata, O. F. M., The-

lepus cincinnatus, O. Fabr., Grymea bairdi, Malmgren,

Lysilla loveni, Malmgren, and the following.

Amea trilobata, Sars.

Dredged in 130 fathoms off Sponholmere, Lervig, Norway,

in 1879.

The cephalic lobe has a well-marked and crenate dorsal

collar which is continuous with the post-oral fold on the

ventral surface, the whole being thrown into various folds.

A smal! tongue-shaped process lies in the centre below the

mouth, whilst over it is the large, thin, fan-shaped flap so

characteristic of the species. ‘l'o judge from Malmgren’s

figures, the parts seem to vary much according to their

condition on preservation. From the surface of the cephalic

lobe pass off numerous grooved tentacles, the general appear-

ance being such as to cause Sars to place it under the genus

Polycirrus.

‘he body is much inflated anteriorly, and, in the present

example, chiefly ventrally, and it tapers posteriorly to the

tail, which is absent, but which does not seem to be much

attenuated in Malmgren’s figure. The dorsal surface is

rounded and, at first sight, smooth, but is really minutely

papillose. The ventral surface in the example is largely

distended, projecting considerably on each side of the seti-

gerous processes. ‘The surface of the distended region is

more distinctly papillose than the dorsal surface, whilst

in the median line are five or six small shields, the last

trending into the broad median line, which behind the

swollen region passes into the ventral groove, which, with

the two lateral sulci above the ventral longitudinal muscles,

divides the body into three main regions—a dorsal and two

ventro-lateral. The alimentary canal is distended with mud

containing sand-grains, a few spicules of sponges, and com-

paratively few nutritive particles.

On each side anteriorly are ten pairs of long, flattened,

setigerous processes, bevell.d at the tip; but no bristles are

visible, even underalens. The first has a distinct and some-

what ovoid dor-al lobe, into which the very fine hair-like

tips of the bristles go, and a few project beyond the tip.

The rest, which are equally fine, appear beyond the edge

of the bevelled region beneath. Though so few project

beyond the tip, many occupy the process itself, and they are

of considerable length and arranged in groups. The pro-

cesses which follow have similar bristles, but the terminal

ee ee

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 55

Jobe is less marked. Only the translucent hair-like tips

project beyond the surface. Behind the setigerous region a

part occurs in which no processes are present, and then in

the groove above the ventral longitudinal muscles on each

side is a minute process containing nine or ten bristle-like

uncini (PI. IIT. fig. 4) with tapered shafts and ends, on each

of which Malmgren figures a minute hook. In the example

from Lervig only the first of the series is present, but,

though the tip is sharp, no curvature could be made out, so

that some uncertainty remaius.

6. On the Occurrence of one of the Pisionide at St. Andrews.

The publication by Mr. Southern of the successful results

of the Irish Fisheries Investigations in the group of the

Polychzts of the Clare Island district directs attention again

to this remarkable type. Pisiune, from Valparaiso, was

originally placed by its discoverer, Grube*, after Ozy-

dromus, then included in the Phyllodocidz, whilst Levinsen t

thought it approached the Polynoide. Ehlers ¢, again, who

added a new species to the list, gave the family wide rela-

tionships, viz., most nearly with the Aphroditidz, but also

with the Nephthydide, Hesionidz, Syllide, and Glyceride.

Recently Mr. Southern § has recorded a form for which he

has made a new genus, viz., Pregeria (the species being

P. remota), the chief differences from Pisione being, he

states, the reduction of the head, the backward position of

the eyes, the unmodified dorsal cirrus of the second bristled

segment (this appendage in Pisione performing the functions

of a tentacular cirrus), and the absence of the genital

papilla. How far some of these differences may be due to

the minuteness and immaturity of the Irish forms can only

at present be conjectured. The present note has been made

from the fact that, when engaged with the fauna of St. An-

drews in 1863, a sketch was made (Pl. ILI. fig. 5) of an

example apparently closely allied to Mr. Southern’s, though

the globular cirri are not indicated, and the eyes seem to be

differently arranged ; but in a minute and imperfectly deve-

loped form considerable latitude is necessary, especially as

only a single softened example was obtained in the Bay.

So far as can be observed the relationships already claimed

* Annul. Gstediana, p. 17 (sep. copy), 1857.

+ Kara-Havets Ledorme, p. 6 (sep. copy), 1886.

t Polychet. magellan. Chilen. p. 60, Taf. vi. figs. 1-18.

§ Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi. no. 47, p. 60, pls, vii. & viii.

fig. 15, a-H.

56 Prof. M‘Iutosi’s Notes from the

are reasonable, and the list might also include the Sphzero-

doridz. The surface-papillz (PI. IIT. fig. 6) clesely resemble

those of the Chloreemide, and the jointed bristles with the

bifid tip are not unknown in that family. The end of the

shaft is dilated and minutely striated (Pl. III. fig. 8), and

the whole organ is thin and fragile. The bristles are

minutely spinose (Pl. ILI. fig. 9), a character which may be

larval.

_In the Irish example the long bristles are minutely

spinose (PI. ILI. fig. 9) and by no means stiff, and they appear

to be longest posteriorly. The specimen hid fairly large ova.

The peculiar hooks are disproportionately large and are

translucent (PI. IIL. fig. 7). The flattened shaft is narrowed

at the base (origin), slightly dilates as it goes upward, and

ends in a broad, slightly oblique, articular margin, which is

not quite smooth. Toward the upper part the shaft is finely

and obliquely striated. The terminal piece is of consider-

able Jength, bluntly pointed inferiorly, where the membranous

attachment fixes it, and slightly narrowed distally, the tip

being curved hke a hook, and a secondary process appearing

beneath. The nearest, perhaps, is the bristle of Stylerioides

arcuosa, though it also approaches the outline of several of

the Sigalionide.

This species was introduced by the elder Sars* in 1835

uuder the name of Nais clavicornis. He describes it as half

an jnch in length and as having thirty-six segments in its

rounded body, which was slightly tapered anteriorly and

more distinctly posteriorly. The head has two eyes and a

pair of tentacles, whilst the succeeding region has four pairs.

‘The surface of the body is densely papillose, and a series of

tufts of long bristles flank the sides. Posteriorly, moreover,

peculiar jointed hook-like bristles occur. The capillary

bristles were shorter in front, attained considerable length

about the sixth and eighth feet, and then diminished in

length posteriorly. He procured it near lloréen.

Grube, in his ‘ Familien der Anneliden’ ft (1851), gave the

Nais clavicornis of Sars the generic title of Macrocheta, and

placed it in his family Amytidea in a heterogeneous assem-

blage, including Polysostrychus, Cirsted, Amytis, Savigny,

Polynice, Saviguy, Plectocharis, Ehreuberg, and others.

Langerhaus { (1880) included M. clavicornis, which he

had not infrequently found at Madeira, under the Cirra-

* ‘Beskrivelser og Jagtlagelser,’ p. 64, pl. ix. fig. 24, a-d.

+ P. 64.

} Zeitschr. f. wiss Zvol. Bd. xxxiv. p. 95, Taf. i. fig. 7.

Gatlty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 57

tulea rather than under the Syllids. It has capillary dorsal

and jointed ventral bristles. The author alludes to its rela-

tionship with Acrocirrus frontifilis of Marion and Bobretzky.

Ue characterizes the genus thus :—Cirratulids with lateral

branchiz in several anterior segments ; a pair of antennie

on the head. Peristomium without appendages. His ex-

amples ranged from 0°75 to 1:0 em. and hal thirty-two seg-

ments. Head and first six segments with brown corpuscles

in the skin, and the body covered with small papillie.

Head with a median process anteriorly, two clavate anteune,

and four eyes arranged ina curve from side to side, the larger

being external. Segments 2 to 5 with long, slightly club-

shaped branchiz. Dorsal bristles begin on the fourth seg-

ment (of the body), and the ventral division has jointed

hooks. Anal segment rounded, without appendages. Pro-

boscis unarmed. Eggs brownish yellow.

Caullery and Mesnil* (1898), who received a specimen

0°60 mm, long, collected by Langerhaus, from Marenzeller,

point out that the long bristles are spinose and much

resemble the temporary bristles of the pelagic larve of

Spionids and Sabellariaus. They think it a pelagic animal

and similar to the genera Tharyx and Chetozone, and,

further, as a fixed epitokous form. Acrocirrus (A. froniifilis

and A. validus) present anaiogous features. On the other

hand, Ledon sexoculata, Webster and Benedict, has in the

dorsal division of each foot capillary bristles 0°60 mm. long ;

they point out the identity of the hooks with those of

Acrovcirrus.

Mr. Southern +, to whom I am indebted for an examination

of the annelid, considers that its systematic affinities are

at present not clearly recognized. fle adds, “ that the rela-

tion to the Syllide is very slight, whilst that to the Cirratu-

lidze is not so pronounced as Caullery and Mesnil maintain.”

He procured examples in Blacksod Bay in weeds from rock-

pools, in Laminarian roots, and with weeds in 1-4 fathoms ;

and by the dredge in Clew Bay and Ballynakill Harbour in

a few fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Prare I.

vg. 1. Tube of Cistenides hyperborea, Malmgren. Enlarged.

‘y. 2. Portion of the same, still further enlarged, to show the grains,

nineteen to twenty-two of which occur at the wider end.

* Annales Univ. Lyon. fase. xxxix. p. 130.

¢ Proc. Roy. Irish Acad, vol. xxxi. no. 47, p. 120,

=a!

KOO ®W “J fon) or io co oe

Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

. Tube of Cystenides granulata, L. Enlarged.

. Portion of the wider end, which has about fourteen sand-grains

in a transverse line. Enlarged.

. Tenth foot of Spiv martinensis, Mesnil. xX Zeiss, oc. 2, obj. A.

. An imperfect twentieth foot, to show the arrangement of the

bristles and hooks. X oc. 2, obj. A.

. Sabellides borealis, Sars, from the dorsum. Enlarged under a

lens.

. Lateral view of the same. Ditto.

. Anterior hook. oc. 4, obj. F, with draw-tube.

. Smaller form with slight variation. Ditto.

. Posterior hook. Ditto.

. Laphania boecki, var. hystricis. Anterior hook. X oe. 4, obj. F.

PuatTE II.

. Anterior bristle of Sabellides borealis, Sars. X oc. 4, obj. D.

. Longer anterior bristle of Laphania boecki, var. hystricis. oc. 4,

obj. D, + 2 in draw-tube.

. Shorter bristle with broad tip. x oc. 4, obj. D, with full draw-

tube.

- Hook of Amphitrite near grayi, Malmgren. xX oc. 4, obj. D,

with draw-tube.

. Hook of Loimia gigantea, Montagu, from 8. England. x oc. 4,

obj. D.

. Hook of Loimia meduse from Naples. x oc. 4, obj. D, with 2

in draw-tube.

- Hook of Cistenides hyperborea,Malmgren. x oc. 4, obj. F, with

draw-tube.

. Anterior bristle of Lanassa nordenskiéldi, Malmgren. x oc. 4,

obj. A.

. Hook. xX oc. 4, obj. D. ;

. Longer anterior bristle of Artacana canadensis. x oc. 4, obj. D.

. Shorter bristle. Ditto.

PuatTE III.

Anterior bristle of Amphitrite near grenlandica, Malmgren.

x oc. 2, obj. D.

. Hook of Amphitrite affinis, Malmgren. oc. 2, obj. D.

. Hook of Artacama canadensis. X oc. 4, obj. F, with draw-

tube.

. Stout bristle (“ hook”) of Amea trilobata, Sars. X oc. 4, obj. D.

. Outline of a softened example of Macrocheta clavicornis, Sars,

from St. Andrews Bay (1863). Magnitied.

. Portion of the body-wall, to show the papilla. oc. 4, obj. A.

. Jointed hook-like bristle. x oc. 4, obj. D.

. Upper end of shaft of hook-like form, with fine strie in a large

example. X oc. 4, obj. D.

. Portion of a bristle, indicating its minutely spinous condition.

x oc. 4, obj. F, with draw-tube.

i | Ri i in ee be i ee ee) | EOL

~~ J

a Mere he.

’

On new Delias and Ornithoptera from New Guinea, 59

J1.—Four new Delias and a new Ornithoptera from the Angi

Lakes, Arfale Mountains, North New Guinea, coll. M:ssrs.

Pratt & Sons. By J. J. Joiwcey, F.L.S., and A. Noakes,

F.E.S.

[Plates IV.-VL]

Delias nigropunctata, Joicey & Noakes. (PI. IV.)

Fore wing: ground-colour white, with black apex reaching

to cell, and narrow on the costa to thorax. Posterior wings:

black border shading to black dusting to anal angle ; very

similar to heroni, Kenrick.

Fore wing underside as above, with five yellow spots from

apex to vein 0.

Posterior wing underside : ground-colour blackish, fringed

white, six deep black marginal spots, double black patel in

cell, and tliree from the cell to the anual angle, yellow spot on

a white ground at the base.

Two ¢ ¢ in the Joicey Coll.

Delias fulginosus, ab. 2 ochraceus, Joicey & Noakes.

(Pl. IV.)

Fore wings: ground-colour yellow dusted with black,

apex black with five yellow spots. Posterior wings light

yellow, darker near the base; submarginal band blackish with

bright yellow streaks intercepting. Underside similar to

type, kenricki, which has black fore wings, whereas “ ochra-

ceous”’ differs by a wide discal yellow band.

Five 2 ? in the Joicey Coll., one in Kenrick’s collection.

Ornithoptera joicey?, sp. n., Noakes & Talbot.

(Pls. 1V. & V.)

This very distinct species is allicd in general coloration to

goliath, titan, and supremus, whilst in certain characters it

shows relationship to rothschidi,

3. Upperside—Markings as in supremus, but on the fore

wing the green is strongly tinged with gold. At the lower

edge of the costal band, about midway between the base of

vein 6 and distal margin, there projects a short spur. The

first two spots of the discal patch, which are situate in

cellules 4 and 3, are smaller than in supremus, being more

invaded proximally by the black ground-colour. Some

scattered scales in cellule 5 connect the first spot of the

discal patch with the spur of the costal patch. Hind wing:

the distal margin is more rounded than in the allied forms

and the wing a little smaller; there is a tendency for the

60 Messrs. J. J. Joicey ana A. Noakes on new

abdominal fold to be narrower. The black discal margin is

as narrow as in ¢itan, the markings on its proximal’edge, the

spots in 4, 5, and 6, and the veins, are golden-green; there

is some black powdering on the spots.

Underside.—As in supremus, but more golden. Fore wing:

the spots in 2 and 8 are joined, forming a black bar; the

spots in 3 and 4 are of about equal size. There is some

gold scaling on the black inner margin below La. Hind

wing: this exhibits more relationship to rothschildd in the

presence of a black patch, where the abdominal fold appears

to show through in le, about midway between base and

distal margin ; also in the shape of the preecostal cell, which

is shorter and broader than in supremus, and in the shorter

preecostal spur. The affinity with rothschildi is particularly

observed in the abdomen, which bears large black lateral

patches on each segment, extending ventrally on the

joints.

9. U,perside—Fore wing: ground-colour black. A

grey patch in cell near its end, four long grey-white patches

between cell and apex in cellules 5-8, their proximal ends

pointed ; the distal ends of those in 7 and 8 are nebulous, of

those in 5 and 6 well defined. ‘The patch in 5 is almost eut

in two by a square-shaped spot of the ground-colour. A

small spot below in 4, two long spots in 3 close together, an

oblong patch in 2, a small rounded spot below vein 2, a sub-

marginal row of five spots, two in 16 and the others in 2-4.

All the spots grey-white powdered with black scales.

Hind wing: basal half of wing to just beyond cell black ;

distal half golden, heavily sealed with black, paler near bases

of cellules 3 and 4. About midway between cell and distal

margin a series of seven rounded spots; the first in le is

anteriorly joined to the black ground-colour, A narrow

black distal margin.

Underside.—¥ ore wing as above. Hind wing as above,

but the yellow distal half is not scaled with black. Abdomen

yellow dusted with black, especially on the first three seg-

ments. Basal half of each segment laterally clothed with

black hair, which becomes long and more extensive on the

ventral surface. This peculiar character shows relationship

with rothschild:.

Length of fore wing, g 86 mm., ¢ 110 mm.

‘This species is on the whole smaller than supremus.

In the ¢ the intensity of the golden colour is variable,

some being more green than others. Inthe 2 the markings

are variable, and in some specimens the spots are much

reduced; the spot in cellule 5 of the subapical patch is less

it Ra ts

————

Delias and Ornithoptera from Nw Guinea. GL

variable than others. On the hind wing the golden colour

varies to grey-white, but is always more or less permanent

in cellule 7 and at the distal margin. On the abdomen

the extent of black hair is also variable.

The length of fore wing ranges from 64 mm. to 92 mm.

in the @, and from 91 mm. to 1LO mm. in the ¢.

Types: a d anda ? from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains,

6000 ft., Dutch New Guinea, Jan.—Feb., 1914, collected by

Messrs. A. C. and F. Pratt. A series from the same locality

during March 1914.

Delias heroni, var. albo-oculatus, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 1.)

The ¢ upperside is similar to heront, Ken., except that

the black margin is slightly wider on the hind wing, the

black spot at the end of cell underneath showing quite

plainly on the upperside.

Underside.—F rout wings as in heroni. Lower wings:

ground-colour white, very narrow black border widening at

the abdomen, the yellow costal patch at base larger than in

heront, edged with black, the spot on centre deep black ;

anal angle, two round yellow spots and two long ones.

? (Pl. VI. tig. 2).— Markings the same as g, the black

being less deep and slightly more extended and the ground-

colour cream,

Six 2 2 anda quantity of g ¢.

Delias caroli, ab. flava. (PI. VI. fig. 3.)

3. Upperside.—Similar to carol, Ken., except that there is

a yellow patch showing on the margin of hind wing.

Underside—TVop wing the same as caroli. Lower wing :

instead of red, as in carold, there is a bright yellow row of

marginal spots, also there are two small yellow spots at the

anal angle,

The following four Delias are 2? 2 of described gg, and

the description of the 2 9 may be of use to collectors. ‘I'he

collections of Rothschild, Kenrick, and Baker, we believe, all

contain the 9 ¢; the ¢ ¢ are figured in the Aun. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. iv. no. 21, pls. vi. & vii. (1909) :—

D. heroni, ? (Pl. VI. fig. 4)—Almost the same as Ken-

rick’s g, except that the black of the 2 is much duller

and more diffused and the ground-colour is cream,

instead of white as in the ¢ gf, with three yellow spots

in the apex,

D. diveyt, 2 (PI. VI. fig. 5).— Both upper and under

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

wings are similar to the ¢. The apical patch is cut

more square than the g, with two small yellow apical

spots ; ground-colour light yellow. Lower wing: ground-

colour deep yellow, showing the black of reverse side

through, giving it a bluish appearance.

Underside of hind wing: the large round central spot

deep yellow, the abdominal fold dotted with yellow.

D. bothwelli, 2 (Pl. VI. fig. 6).—Similar to the g; the

black of fore wing encircles the white slightly more

than in the ¢, two yellow spots at the apex. Lower

wing: ground-colour cream; black border from the

top shading off to the middle, from there to the anal

angle dusky blue, showing the underside red, streak

through. Underside of lower wing light yellow ; abdo-

minal fold deep yellow, very like the gg.

D. jordani, 2 (Pl. VI. fig. 7)—Closely resembles the ¢,

but the black apical patch is slightly larger and more

defined than in the @. Lower wings cream with black

margin, slightly wider than the ¢, and all the reverse

markings showing through; three dull apical yellow

spots. Underside of fore wing the same as in the g;

underside only differs in the 2 by the black spur in the

middle of wing being shorter, leaving a more defined

white discal band.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

‘ig. 1. Delias heron’, var. albo-oculatus, 3.

Fig. 2. ” ” ”

Fig.3. ,, caroli, ab. flava, 3.

Fig.4. ,, heron, 9.

Fig. 5. ” dixey?, 2 .

Fig.6. ,, bothwelli, 9.

Fig.7. 4, gordani, 2.

Il1.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XV.

By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

New Australian Crabronide.

Tue material for the present paper was partly collected by

myself on a recent expedition to Tasmania and Australia.

I am also indebted to Dr. Hamlyn-Harris, of the Queensiand

Museum, and Mr. Lea, of the South-Australian Museum,

for the supply of specimens, several of which have proved to

be novelties.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 63

Key to the Australian Genera of the

Front produced into a lamella projecting between

the antenne ; second and third cubital cells

each receiving a recurrent nervure; cubitus

of the hind wing originating before the trans-

verse median nervure

Front without a lamella; first and third cubital

(Turner) : January.

cells each receiving a recurrent nervure, some-

times the second recurrent interstitial with

the second transverse cubital nervure ; cubi-

tus of hind wing interstitial with the trans-

verse median nervure

a A ee eo ok a

Ampulicine.

Dolichurus, Ltr.

Aphelotoma, Westw.

Dolichurus carbonarius, Sm.

Dolichurus carbonarius, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 303 (1869). 2.

Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (du Boulay) ; Mackay, Q.

Kuranda, Q. (Turner) ; May to July.

This seems to be the only Australian species of the genus.

I took it in considerable numbers at Kuranda in 1913; the

males, which were much the commonest, running on foliage,

the females mcst often in loose bark at the foot of large

trees.

Key to the Species of Aphelotoma.

2S.

1. Legs wholly bright ferruginous............ A, tasmanica, Westw.

Legs black, sometimes partly fusco-ferru-

OS eR Ee ee ee Pee oe pee 2.

. Clypeus and antennz black

Second recurrent nervure received by the

PRINT CCTAPSEREE COLL Ss oi he a avg ores ewe

Second recurrent nervure interstitial with the

second transverse cubital neryure

& O19 @ é' 6

Clypeus and six basal joints of antenne pale

FORE OUINS 5 oe ch twit oh dx dink ee es

. Pronotum rugose; dorsal segments 3-5

covered with short golden pubescence ..

Pronotum almost smooth, opaque; dorsal

segments shining, without conspicuous

pubescence ve. is chet.

dd.

Abdomen bright ferruginous red ..........

Abdomen black, sometimes with bronze sheen,

Vronotum rugose, with a small spine on each

side at the anterior angles ............

Pronotum almost smooth, without a spine at

the anterior angles .......

. Femora black ; third dorsal segment covered

with golden pubescence ..............

Femora bright ferruginous; third dorsal

segment without pubescence

A, striaticollis, Turn.

A. affinis, Turn.

A, auriventris, Turn.

A, aterrima, Turn.

= rufiventris, Turn.

A. aterrima, Turn.

A. auriventr.s, Turn,

A, tasmanica, Westw.

64 Mr. R. Ee. Turner on Fosserial Hymenoptera.

Aphelotoma tasmanica, Westw.

Aphelotoma tasmanica, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., Journ, of Proce.

p. 13 (1840). 9.

Hab. Tasman’s Arch; February. Eaglehawk Neck ;

March. Victoria.

Taken running on dead Eucalyptus-logs in which old

beetle-holes were numerous. Although of considerably

smaller size, this wasp bears a considerable resemblance to

ants of the genus Myrmecia, especially M. esuriens, Fabr ,

and another species with red legs, Myrmecia pilosula, Sm.

When alarmed the wasp often picks up a fragment of dead

stick or leaf, which it carries in its mandibles, thus increasing

the resemblance to the ant. Aphelotoma auriventris, 'Turn.,

a species with a wide range in the southern half of Australia,

also bears a considerable likeness to Myrmecia mandibularis,

Sm., though the difference in size is very great; I have

never seen this species or any of the Queensland species of

Aphelotoma carrying anything in their mandibles. The

Tasmanian species is cousiderably larger than any other of

the genus.

I have not seen males from Tasmania or females from

Victoria, and it is possible that the Victorian males belong

to a different species, the pronotum being more coarsely

rugose and the first recurrent nervure interstitial with the

first transverse cubital nervure.

Aphelotoma auriventris, Turn.

A phelotoma auriventris, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. List. (7) xix. p, 269

(1907).

Hab. Grampian Hills, Victoria ; Kangaroo Island, 8.A.;

Yallingup, S.W. Australia.

Aphelotoma affinis, Turn.

Aphelotoma affinis, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 341 (1910). 9.

This is nearer to striaticol/is than to any other species,

but may be distinguished by the colour of the clypeus and

antenne aud by the somewhat finer sculpture of the pro-

notum and median segment. Jt is possible that it may

prove to be a variety of that species.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Possorial Hymenoptera. 65

Subfamily Sexecryx.

Chlorion (Proterosphex) rhodosoma, sp. n.

2. Rufo-ferruginea ; capite nigro, argenteo-piloso, clypeo, scapo

flagelloque articulo primo rufo-ferrugineis; alis flavo-hyalinis,

apice late infuscatis, venis basi ferrugineis, apice fuscis.

Long. 18-20 mm.

9. Clypeus very feebly convex, longer than broad, with a

small shallow emargination in the middle of the apical

margin, the angles of the emargination produced into short

blunt teeth. Inner margins of the eyes converging slightly

towards the clypeus. Second joint of the flagellum nearly

twice as long as the third, the first and second combined

about equal in length to the third and fourth. Scuteilum

and postscutellum flat, without sulci or tubercles; median

segment with a shallow median sulcus, transversely rugose-

striate, the transverse ridges not very distinct and irregular,

numbering ten or twelve. Petiole about equal in length to

the second joint of the hind tarsus. Basal joint of the fore

tarsi with a comb of six long spines.

Hab. Cue, Western Australia (Brown) ; Cunderdin, S.W.

Australia (Mrs. Lundy).

This is very nearly related to rugifer, Kohl, but differs con-

spicuously in the colour of the thorax, legs, and wings. In

rugifer there are more spines on the basal joint of the fore

tarsi, the transverse ridges on the median segment are fewer,

and there seems to be some difference in the length of the

antennal joints and petiole.

It is quite possible that both this and C. darwiniensis,

Turn., are both local forms of rugifer. C. darwiniensis has

the thorax and median segment black as in rugifer, but the

legs are red, the third abscissa of the radius is shorter than

in rhodosoma, there is a distinct sulcus on the seutellum, and

the petiole is a little shorter.

Chilorion (Proterosphex) basilicus, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; tegulis, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque brunneo-rufis ; alis

flavo-hyalinis, apice late infumatis ; capite, thorace segmentoque

mediano dense aureo-pubescentibus,

Long. 36 mm.

?. Clypeus convex, with a very fine median carina, second

joint of the flagellum nearly as long as the third and fourth

combined. Scutellum and postscutellum divided by a longi-

tudinal sulcus, which is deeper on the scutellum than on

Ann. d: May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 5

66 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

the postscutellum. Tlead, thorax, and median segment

covered with dense golden pubescence, which becomes thin

on the vertex, the dise of the mesonotum, and the scutellum.

Petiole as long as the third joint of the hind tarsus. Basal

joint of the fore tarsi with nine long spines. Third abscissa

of the radius scarcely more than half as long as the first.

Scutellum convex.

Hab. N. Queensland, probably from the Cape York

Peninsula.

Allied to vestitus, Sm., but may be easily distinguished

by the colour of the legs and by the much greater size, in

which points it approaches staudingeri, Grib., from New

Guinea.

Subfamily Parzavruryz.

Cerceris calida, sp. nu.

2. Flava; capite fascia lata inter oculos, antice utrinque ad an-

tennarum basin producta, mesonoto fasciis tribus longitudinalibus,

segmento mediano area basali linea angusta basali lineaque longi-

tudinali mediana, segmentis dorsalibus tertio quartoque basi in

medio late, quintoque basi anguste nigris; petiolo fascia lata

longitudinali, segmento secundo macula basali flava, area pygidiali

pedibusque posticis pallide ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, cellula

radiali infuscata, venis ferrugineis ; flagello pallide ochraceo.

¢. Femine similis, segmento mediano area basali tota nigra.

Long., 2 7, d 6mm.

- 2. Clypeus with the median lobe broader at the base

than long, narrowed towards the apex, slightly porrect at the

apex, the margin broadly and shallowly emarginate. An-

tennz inserted nearly half as far again from the anterior

ocellus as from the base of the clypeus, the frontal carina

short, but high and pointed between the antenne; second

joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third ; meso-

pleurze without spines or tubercles ; basal area of the median

segment smooth, with a longitudinal sulcus and a few large

punctures at the extreme base and on the sides ; postscutellum

smooth ; the head, thorax, and abdomen coarsely and closely

punctured. Petiole longer than broad, distinctly broader

at the base than at the apex; pygidial area elongate-ovate,

narrowly truncate at the apex.

3g. Petiole nearly twice as long as the breadth at the

base ; median lobe of the clypeus longer than broad.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland; May.

This is nearest to predura, Turn., but, in addition to the

oe ee hae

Mr. R, E. Turner on Fossorial I1ymenoptera. 67

great difference in colour, the slightly porrect clypeus, the

slightly broader pygidial area, and the shorter petiole are

quite sufficient distinctions.

Subfamily Arpacriy-x.

Key to the Genera of the Arpactine.

1. Cubitus of hind wing originating before the

transverse median nervure ; antenne clavate ;

feng, taret very lone ai gi wsiced ce xed «p's (00 Ammatomus, Costa.

Cubitus of hind wing originating beyond the

transverse median nervure ; ‘antennee not

clavate ; hind tarsi not unusually long

2, First recurrent nervure received close to the

apex of the first cubital cell; second near

the apex of the second cubital cell ........ Miscothyris, Sm.

Both recurrent nervures received by the second

SUERED ORLL «le aT ACORN r5 od lev ns bis 0 v's Arpactus, Jur.

Key to the Australian Species of Ammatomus.

22.

Second dorsal segment ferruginous, with a

yellow band on the apical margin ...... A. decoratus, Handl.

( =ornatus, Sm.).

Second dorsal segment wholly black ........ A, icariotdes, Turn.

Genus Miscotuyris, Sm.

Miscothyris, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 307 (1869).

Clitemnestra, Spin. Gay. Hist. fis. Chile, vi, p. 341 (1851) (nec

Dana).

Clytemnestra having been used by Dana for Crustacea in

1847, it cannot be used here.

I cannot see that Smith’s genus is distinct from Spinola’s,

the tubercle on the second ventral segment of the male

being almost the only good character for separation. The

statement of Ashmead that the anterior tarsi in the female

of Miscothyris are without a comb is entirely erroneous.

As L.understand the genus, it would include Handlirsch’s

groups bipunctatus, chilensis, and thoracicus. The type of

Clitemnestra is gayi, Spin. The genus is only represented

in America and Australia, Handlirsch includes it in

Gorytes in his revision of that genus, but I think it is more

convenient to treat it as a separate genus.

I have not seen M. megalophthalmus, Handl., but, according

to Handlirsch, both recurrent nervures are received by the

second eubital cell, though in other points it is nearly

68 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

related to thoracicus, Sm. The male only is described, and

the locality given “ Australia.”

Key to the Australian Species of Miscothyris.

Pie

1. Second joint of flagellum slender, more

than twice as long as the third; abde-

men black, banded with orange; hind

tibiee swollen and strongly serrate .... MM. thoracicus, Sm.

Second joint of flagellum not slender,

never more than half as long again as

the third; abdomen not marked with

orange; hind tibiz not swollen ...... 2.

2. Hind tibie serrate; abdomen ferruginous,

with an obscure yellow spot on each

side of the second segment .......... M. sanguinolentus, Turn.

Hind tibie spinose ; abdomen more or less

a Satie Fes go sth sees pcs sp mea 3.

3. Pronotum and fourth dorsal segment

entirely black, scutellum wholly yellow ;

second joint of flagellum almost equal

IOURO DINED sos ck cecek bors segreeiee eee M. lucidulus, Turn,

Pronotum and fourth dorsal segment with

yellow bands, scutellum mostly black :

second joint of the flagellum nearly half

as long again as the third ............ M. duboulayt, Turn.

Miscothyris duboulayi, Turn.

Gorytes duboulayi, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 496 (1908). 9.

Clytemnestra duboulayi, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 58

(1912).

Hab. N.W. Australia (Du Boulay). Probably from

Nicol Bay.

A variety from Rutherglen, Victoria, is distinguished by

the entire absence of the ferruginous colour on the abdomen

and by the black femora. The yellow markings on the

abdomen are the same as in the type, but the yellow band

on the fourth dorsal segment is continuous. This species

may be distinguished from /ucidulus, Turn., by the longer

second joint of the flagellum, which is nearly half as long

again as the third, not nearly equal as in Jucidulus, and by

the much smaller facets of the eyes in front. ‘The dis-

tribution of the yellow markings is also very different.

Key to the Australian Species of Arpactus.

2 9.

1. Eyes not convergent towards the

clypeus .......... RS eS 2.

Eyes strongly convergent towards the

PUPEUN ED ri cNamnedoiy ess 3 0 ves vane

—— es

) Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 69

' 2. First abdominal segment not constricted

Pg ae See erence 3.

First abdominal segment constricted at

Chie MGM Gentiles tsar perce cen. A, secernendus, Turn,

; 3. Second ventral segment angular at the

: base; black, the second abdominal

eB os oe a a A, rubrosignatus, Turn,

{ Second ventral segment not angular at

the base; otherwise coloured ..,,..., A, rufomictus, Turn.

4, Basal area of median segment smooth .. 5,

Basal area of median segment coarsely

BESIRTO «5 cin © diy RVR 6 A de is wo ps 6,

5. Basal half of second dorsal segment

Coe RE En org PRED SEE Ba A, ciliatus, Handl.

Second dorsal segment wholly black.... A. perkinst, Turn.

. Second dorsal segment marked with

GIGNEG OF YONOW «occ. sce ~swcare ces 7

Second dorsal segment wholly black 8

. Three basal dorsal segments broadly

banded with orange at the apex .... A. tarsatus, Sm.

(=r)

“J

Three basal dorsal segments with inter-

rupted yellow bands at the apex ;

8. Scutellum, postscutellum, and bands of

the abdomen bright orange.........

Scutellum and postscutellum black ;

bands of the abdomen yellow and

, obesus, Turn,

. chrysozonus, Turn.

RMBET MON cre ood tees a's ac Gra Ga tress ay A, bellicosus, Sm,

3d,

1. Basal area of the median segment

EUIMNNE atta lies # a loccig <4; dn» & arois's A, ciliatus, Hand,

Basal area of the median segment

WEEE Cae sited We ees co six se 20 2,

2. The two subapical joints of the flagellum

at least more or less arched beneath,

and subtubereulate or spinose at the

apical angles; ventral segments 4-6

without long cilje ...4..c0¢e+¢ ed 005 3,

The two subapical joints of the flagellum

not arched or subtuberculate beneath ;

ventral segments 4-6 usually with long

: Ge! ieee tN ss cos Poactscsp ae 5,

3. Apical joint of the flagellum with a spine

te at the base; abdomen black with yel-

re low bands, first segment broad ,..... 4,

: Apical joint of the antenne without a

spine; abdomen with the two basal

segments mostly orange ; first segment

MIN sisi icc, to's -g ea S A. spinicornis, Turn,

4. Abdominal fasciea continuous, ‘and on the

five basal segments .......,... A, spryi, Turn.

Abdominal fasciz broadly interrupted,

and on the three basal segments only.. 4. obesus, Turn,

5. Scutellum more or less VotigtdhuiDielly

oo. a rs vo eee 6.

70 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

6. Second dorsal segment entirely black .. A. bellicosus, Sm.

Second dorsal segment banded with

orange or yellow .........esseeeees z.

7. Three basal dorsal segments with broad

orange fascize; mesonotum coarsely

punctured-rugose .............eeee A. tarsatus, Sm.

Basal dorsal segment ferruginous, se-

cond with an interrupted yellow fascia ;

mesonotum sparsely punctured ...... A, pretiosus, Turn,

8 Abdominal segments, except the third,

with narrow yellow apical fascie .... 9.

Abdominal segments with broad orange

fascize or almost entirely orange .... 10.

9. Flagellum black .......e.seeeeeeeees A, frenchit, Turn.

Flagellum ferruginous..............+- A, consuetipes, Turn.

10. Postscutellum longitudinally striated ;

ventral segments 4-6 without cilie of

long hairs .........++.. hobs eels .. <A. cygnorum, Turn.

Postseutellum punctured; ventral seg-

ments 4-6 with ciliz of long hairs.... 4. aurantiacus, Turn,

Mr. Durrant has pointed out to me that the name Arpactus,

Jur., has priority for the genus over Gorytes, Latr., which

must sink as a synonym.

Arpactus bellicosus, Sm.

Gorytes bellicosus, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (3) i. 2, p. 55

(1862). @.

Gorytes dizonus, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, civ. p. 873

(1895). ¢.

I have no doubt that these are identical, as Handlirsch

suggests.

In addition to this species and ciliatus, Handl., the four

following species may be included in the group :—

1. Arpactus frenchii, Turn.

Gorytes frenchii, Turn. Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 501 (1908). ¢.

This differs from Handlirsch’s characters in not having

the apical joint of the flagellum curved. The fourth and

fifth ventral segments have ciliz of long hairs near the

apex. The fore tarsi have a few short but distinct spines ;

intermediate tibize with two strong apical spines. ‘This

species is nearer to Jellicosus than to ciliatus. The type is

from Victoria, but I have seen a specimen taken near

Sydney.

In bellicosus the yellow apical bands are on the first and

third segments, not on the second; in frenchii on the first

and second, not on the third.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 7]

2. Arpaclus perkinsi, Turn.

Gorytes perkinsi, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p.57 (1912). 9.

As noticed in the description, this is near ciliatus, but

there is no orange on the second dorsal segment and much

more on the third. There are two strong spines at the

apex of the intermediate tibiz.

3. Arpactus tarsatus, Sm.

Gorytes tarsatus, Sm, Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 866 (1856). ¢.

Gorytes evimius, Sm. Trans, Ent. Soc. London, (8) i. p. 65 (1862). 9.

As Handlirsch points out, these are undoubtedly sexes of

one species, The ciliz on the fourth and fifth ventral seg-

ments are well developed ; the apical joint of the antenne

is curved ; fore tarsi not ciliated; intermediate tibiz with

one long apical spur, the second spur more slender and not

more than half as long.

4. Arpactus cygnorum, Turn.

Gorytes cygnorum, Turn. Proe. Zool. Soc. London, p. 500 (1908). ¢.

The apical joint of the antenne is not curved; fore tarsi

not ciliate; intermediate tibize with one long apical spine,

the second spine very short and slender; hind tibiz with a

few spines on the outer margin. The ciliz on the ventral

segments are not present in tliis species, possibly the long

hairs may have been rubbed off.

In other points the species agrees well with the characters

of the group, and is undoubtedly closely related to the other

species.

Arpactus aurantiacus, sp. n.

dé. Niger; elypeo, antennis, genis, pronoto, callis humeralibus,

lateribus dorsuli, mesopleuris antice, tegulis, scutello, post-

scutello, segmento mediano, lateribus et linea mediana nigris,

abdomine, segmento primo dorsali apice anguste tertioque

dimidio basali nigris, pedibusque aurantiacis; alis flavo-hyalinis,

venis ferrugineis,

Long. 17 mm,

¢. Eyes convergent towards the clypeus, separated at

the base of the antenne by a distance equal to the length of

the second joint of the flagellum, which is about half as long

again as the third; apical joints of the flagellum missing.

Posterior ocelli more than half as far again from each other

as from the eyes; front slightly concave, a longitudinal

a |

2 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera.

sulens reaching the anterior ocellus. Head and thorax

rather sparsely punctured ; mesopleure very sparsely punc-

tured, the sternal carina not well defined as in other species

of the ciliatus group; the transverse groove at the base of

the scutellum foveolate, but narrow and ill defined in the

middle ; basal area of the median segment very finely and

closely obliquely striated, divided by a deep longitudinal

sulcus, the sides of the segment coarsely punctured-rugose.

First abdominal segment short and not very strongly nar-

rowed to the base, ventral segments 4-6 with ciliz of long

fulvous hairs, seventh dorsal segment not very small, very

broadly rounded at the apex. Fore tarsi distinctly ciliated,

intermediate tibize with two strong apical spines, hind tibiz

spinose. Second abscissa of the radius very short, about

one-tenth of the length of the third; first transverse cubital

nervure sharply bent outwards near the cubitus, emitting

from the bend a scar which reaches to the base of the stigma ;

both recurrent nervures received by the second cubital cell ;

cubitus of hind wing interstitial with the transverse median

nervure.

Hab. Ankertell, W. Australia (Brown).

Type from South Australian Museum.

In most points this fine species closely resembles ciliatus,

but differs in the position of the cubitus of the hind wiug,

which is interstitial ; in ciliatus and perkinsi, however, the

cubitus is much nearer to the transverse median neryure

than in bellicosus and other species of the group. Other

structural points distinguishing this species from ciliatus

are the lesser development of the sternal carina, the sculpture

of the enclosed area of the median segment, and the much

greater development of the second spine of the intermediate

tibia. I have only seen the female of ciliatus in which both

of these spines are developed, but Handlirsch could only see

one well-developed spine in the male, and in several species

of the group tie second spine is much reduced or almost

obsolete in the male.

Arpactus chrysozonus, sp. 0.

2. Nigra; clypeo, scapo flagelloque articulo primo flavis ; pronoto

postice, callis humeralibus, tegulis, mesonoto angulis posticis,

scutello, postscutello macula magna transversa, segmento dorsali

primo dimidio apicali, tertio quartoque fascia lata apicali, seg-

mento sexto, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque aurantiacis; alis

hyalinis, area costali late infuscata, venis nigris.

Long. 13 mm.

¢. Eyes converging towards the clypeus, separated at

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 73

the base of the antenne by a distance nearly equal to twice

the length of the scape, third joint of the flagellum almost

equal to the second. Posterior ocelli as far from the eyes

as from each other. Head and thorax very finely and

closely punctured, mesopleurz horizontally striated on the

upper portion, finely punctured on the lower portion, the

carine as in ciliatus; the transverse groove at the base of

the scutellum foveolate, but very narrow and _ indistinct

in the middle. Median segment coarsely longitudinally

striated, less coarsely on the basal area than elsewhere.

Abdomen very finely punctured, the basal segment short,

about half as broad at the apex as the second segment ;

pygidial area elongate-triangular, very narrowly truncate at

the apex. Fore tarsi very strongly ciliate, the apical joint

much swollen, the pulvilli large ; hind tibize spinose ; inter-

mediate tibiz with two strong apical spines, the one much

longer than the other. Second abscissa of the radius very

short, not more than one-eighth of the length of the third,

cubitus of the hind wing originating at a distance beyond

the transverse median nervure slightly exceeding the length

of that nervure.

Hab. Brisbane (Hacker); October. From the Queens-

land Museum.

This is closely allied to perkinsi and ciliatus, but the

sculpture of the median segment is very different,

Arpactus spryi, sp. n.

¢. Niger; scapo, flagello articulo primo, pronoto postice, callis

humeralibus, segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 linea transversa apicali,

femoribus anticis apice subtus, tibiisque anticis et intermediis

macula basali flavis; tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque

ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis,

Long. 9 mm.

¢. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex; eyes strongly

convergent towards the clypeus, separated at the base of

the antenne by a distance about half as great again as the

length of the scape ; posterior ocelli much farther from each

other than from the eyes. Apical joint of the flagellum

very strongly curved, with asmall spine at the base, scarcely

longer than the penultimate ; joints 8-11 slightly produced

at the apical angle, but not sufficiently to form a spine.

Pronotum narrow and transverse; mesopleure with a

distinct vertical carina in front, the mesosternum separated

from the mesopleure by a carina, the upper part of the

mesopleure horizontally striated, the lower part rugulose,

74 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Mesonotum shallowly punctured; a distinct foveolate

transverse groove at the base of the scutellum. Scutellum

and postscutellum closely longitudinally striated; basal

area of median segment strongly obliquely striated, the

sides of the segment coarsely rugose. Abdomen narrowed

at the base, the first segment about half as broad at the

apex as the second, seventh dorsal segment small, broadly

rounded at the apex ; second ventral segment not angular

at the base. Ventral segments without ciliz of long hairs.

Fore tarsi not ciliated, intermediate tibiz with one long

apical spine, the second spine very short and slender, hind

tibiz feebly serrate. Second abscissa of the radius very

short, about one quarter of the length of the third, first

transverse cubital nervure bent sharply outwards near the

cubitus and emitting inwards a short spurious vein, both

recurrent nervures received by the second cubital cell far

apart. Cubitus of the hind wing originating at a distance

beyond the transverse median nervure about half as great

again as the length of that nervure.

Hab. Mordialloc, Victoria (Spry).

This belongs to the ciliatus group, differing from most

species of that group in the structure of the antenne and

in the absence of long ciliz on the ventral segments.

Arpactus obesus, sp. n.

¢. Niger; scapo subtus, pronoto linea utrinque ; segmentis dorsali-

bus primo tertioque fasciis apicalibus interruptis, secundo macula

apicali utrinque, femoribus anticis subtus, tibiis anticis, tibiis

intermediis et posticis basi, tarsis anticis, tarsisque intermediis et

posticis articulis 4 basalibus dimidio basali flavis; alis hyalinis,

venis fuscis.

2. Mari similis; segmentis dorsalibus tertio quartoque fascia con-

tinua apicali, quinto macula parva flavis ; flagello subtus fusco-

ferrugineo.

Long., d 7mm., 2? 8 mm.

3. Eyes convergent towards the clypeus, separated at

the base of the antenne by a distance more than half as

great again as the length of the scape ; apical joint of the

flagellum strongly curved, no longer than the penultimate,

which is subtuberculate at the base. Posterior ocelli nearly

twice as far from each other as from the eyes; a small

tubercle between the antennz; a shallow frontal sulcus

reaching the anterior ocellus. Head and thorax punctured,

the groove at the base of the scutellum foveolate ; post-

scutellum longitudinally, basal area of the median segment

—

Mr. R. BE. Turner on Fossorial [Tymenoptera. 75

obliquely striated, dorsal surface of the median segment

coarsely obliquely striated at the sides, not distinctly mar-

gined; mesopleure horizontally striated on the upper,

obliquely on the lower portion, First abdominal segment

short and broad, fully half as broad at the apex as the

second segment, ventral segments without cilia. Fore tarsi

not ciliate, intermediate tibize with two apical spines, one

distinctly longer than the other, hind tibiz feebly serrate at

the apex. Neuration as in spryi, but the second abscissa of

the radius is very short, not more than one-eighth of the

length of the third.

?. Second ventral segment not angular at the base;

pygidial area elongate-triangular. Apical joint of fore tarsi

very large and stout as in most females of the group.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia ; December.

This is nearest to spryi, but differs in the lesser develop-

ment of the characters of the apical joints of the flagellum,

in the tubercle between the antenne, in the sculpture of

the scutellum, and in the colour of the legs and abdomen.

The second cubital cell is also shorter on the radius in the

present species.

Arpactus pretiosus, sp. n.

¢. Niger; clypeo, scapo subtus, segmento dorsali secundo fascia

apicali in medio anguste interrupta, femoribus anticis subtus

tibiisque anticis supra flavis ; tarsis intermediis et posticis flavo-

maculatis; scapo subtus, segmento abdominali primo, tegulis,

tibiis intermediis et posticis basi tarsisque ferregineis; alis

hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 7°5 mm.

¢. Eyes convergent towards the clypeus, separated at

the base of the antenne by a distance nearly half as great

again as the length of the scape ; apical joint of the flagellum

distinctly but not strongly curved, a little longer than the

penultimate. Head and thorax punctured ; a frontal sulcus

reaching the anterior ocellus ; the suture at the base of the

scutellum foveolate ; mesopleurz horizontally striated on the

upper part, obliquely rugose-striate on the lower, the carinz

as in ciliatus. Scutellum finely longitudinally rugose-striate ;

postscutellum and basal area of the median segment more

coarsely longitudinally striated; dorsal surface of the median

segment coarsely reticulate at the sides and distinctly margined.

Abdomen very finely and closely punctured, the first segment

short, fully half as broad at the apex as the second segment ;

the ciliz at the apex of the fourth and fifth ventral segments

76 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

long. Fore tarsi not ciliated ; intermediate tibize with only

one distinct apical spine; hind tibiz serrate. Neuration as

in spryi, but the second abscissa of the radius is a little

longer, and the branch from the first transverse cubital

nervure is ouly faintly indicated.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia ; January.

One male only taken.

This is another species of the ci/iatus group.

Arpactus spinicornis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; clypeo, scapo, flagello articulo primo, pronoto linea

transversa, callis humeralibus, tegulis, segmentis dorsalibus primo

secundoque, secundo macula magna nigra, pedibusque aurantiacis ;

flagello articulis 2-11 dimidio apicali subtus albis; alis sub-

hyalinis, venis nigris,

Long. 10 mm.

¢. Eyes convergent towards the clypeus, separated at

the base of the antenne by a distance greater than the

length of the scape; second joint of the flagellum distinctly

longer than the third, apical joints strongly curved, a little

longer than the penultimate, the tenth and eleventh joints

strongly produced at the apex beneath into blunt tubercles,

the four preceding joints similarly but much less strongly

produced; posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from each

other as from the eyes. Head and thorax finely and rather

sparsely punctured; the transverse groove at the base of

the scutellum distinct and foveolate, scutellum and post-

scutellum strongly longitudinally striated; basal area of

median segment strongly obliquely striated, the remainder

of the median segment coarsely rugose ; mesopleure finely

obliquely striated on the lower portion, more strongly hori-

zontally striated on the upper portion, the vertical carina

and sternal horizontal carina distinct as in ciliatus. First

abdominal segment much narrowed to the base, as long as

the second secment, less than half as wide at the apex as the

second segment ; abdomen sparsely punctured, ventral seg-

ments without long ciliz, seventh dorsal segment rounded.

Neuration as in spryi, but the cubitus of the hind wing is

separated from the transverse median nervure by a distance

equal totwice the length of that nervure. Fore tarsi not

ciliated ; only one spine at the apex of the intermediate

tibie.

Hab. Beverley, S.W. Australia (Du Boulay).

Type from South Australian Museum.

The species belongs to the ciliatus group ; but, as in some

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial [ymenoptera. 77

of the other species of the group, the cilia of long hairs on

the ventral segments is missing. The first abdominal seg-

ment is much ‘Jonger and more slender than in any other

species of the group except consuetipes. The antennal

structure resembles spryi, but the peculiarities are rather

more developed than in that species.

Arpactus consuetipes, sp. 0.

dé. Niger; antennis, tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferru-

gineis; pronoto linea transversa, callis humeralibus, scutello

macula parva, segmentisque abdominalibus primo, secundo, quarto

quintoque fasciis angustis apicalibus flavis; segmentis duobus

apicalibus pallide ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 9 mm.

¢. Eyes very strongly convergent towards the clypeus,

separated at the base of the antennz by a distance not quite

equal to the length of the scape. Apical joint of the fla-

gellum longer than the penultimate, very feebly curved.

Mesopleure horizontally striated on the upper portion. A

transverse foveolate groove at the base of the scutellum ;

postscutellum and basal area of the median segment coarsely

longitudinally striated, the dorsal surface of the median

segment on the sides rugose, separated from the sides of the

segment by distinct carina, the sides of the segment rugose-

striate. First abdominal segment narrowed to the base, at

the apex only one-third of the breadth of the apex of the

second segment. Fourth and fifth ventral segments with

distinct apical ciliz. Fore tarsi not ciliated ; intermediate

tibize with two equal apical spines; hind tibize moderately

spinose. The neuration is similar to spryi, but the spurious

vein branching from the first transverse cubital nervure is

not clearly defined, and on one side the first transverse

cubital nervure is incomplete, not reaching the radius.

Hab. New South Wales.

Received from Mr. C. French.

This belongs to the ci/iatus group ; the first abdominal

segment is more slender than in other species of the group.

Arpactus rubrosignatus, sp. n.

2. Nigra; segmento abdominali secundo rubro, apice anguste

nigro; alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis, venis nigris, stigmate

ferrugineo.

Long. 10 mm.

9. Eyes not convergent towards the clypeus, their inner

78 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

margins almost parallel. Antenne rather long, the third

joint of the flagellum a little longer than the second. Poste-

rior ocelli farther from each other than from the eyes.

Head and thorax very finely and closely punctured, the

transverse groove at the base of the scutellum broad and

foveolate. A distinct vertical carina from the prothoracic

tubercles not quite reaching the sternum; mesopleure

finely punctured. Basal area of the median segment well

defined, with very strong longitudinal striz ; the sides of

the dorsal surface irregularly and coarsely striated, the sides

of the segment finely obliquely striated. First abdominal

segment not at all constricted at the apex, the second seg-

ment not more than half as broad again at the apex as the

first ; second ventral segment angular at the base ; abdomen

opaque, very finely and closely punctured ; pygidial area

elongate, not very broad. Fore tarsi distinctly, but not

strongly ciliated, hind tibiz smooth. Third abscissa of the

radius nearly half as long again as the second, both recurrent

nervures received by the second cubital cell, first transverse

cubital nervure not branched ; cubitus of hind wing origi-

nating at a distance beyond the transverse median nervure

not quite equal to the length of that nervure.

Hab. Between Yallingup and Busselton, 8.W. Australia ;

September.

Except in the somewhat more strongly ciliated fore tarsi

and the rather narrow pygidial area, this species does not

differ appreciably in structure from the European mystaceus,

Linn.

Arpactus secernendus, sp. 0.

9. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo apice, antennis, pronoto linea trans-

versa, Callis humeralibus, tegulis, segmentis abdominalibus primo

sextoque, pedibusque ferrugineis; segmentis 2-5 dorsalibus et

ventralibus fascia angusta apicali fusco-ochracea; alis hyalinis,

venis ferrugineis.

Long. 9 mm.

9. Eyes not converging towards the clypeus, antenne

inserted as far from each other as from the eyes, the second

joint of the flagellum no longer than the third. Clypeus

narrowly transversely depressed on the apical margin, poste-

rior ocelli a little farther from each other than from the

eyes. Head and thorax finely and closely punctured, a

vertical carina from the pronotal tubercles not extending to

the sternum ; a deep foveolate groove at the base of the

scutellum ; basal area of the median segment smooth, with a

- oe eee PT ee

Mr. R. &. Turner on Pussorial [Tymenoptera. 79

deep longitudinal sulcus, the rest of the segment coarsely

and irregularly striated. Abdomen closely’ and minutely

punctured ; the first segment narrowed to the base and

somewhat constricted at the apex, not quite half as broad at

the apex as the second segment; third, fourth, and fifth

segments clothed with fine yellowish hairs ; pygidial area in

the form of a slightly elongate triangle, shining and sparsely

punctured. Fore tarsi rather feebly ciliated, hind tibize

smooth, pulvilli small. Second abscissa of the radius about

one-third of the length of the third; first transverse cubital

uervure sharply bent outwards near the cubitus, but not

emitting a scar or nervure inwards ; cubitus of hind wing

separated from the transverse median nervure by a distance

equal to about half the length of that nervure.

Hab. 8.E. Australia.

This is near the mystaceus group in most characters, but

differs in the form of the first abdominal segment and of the

second yentral segment, which is not angular at the base.

In these characters it also departs further from the group

than rudrosignatus, to which in most structural points it is

closely allied. A. rufomixtus, Turn., is nearest to this

species, but differs in the form of the first abdominal

segment.

Arpactus constrictus, Sm.

Gorytes constr ictus, Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn, Soc. iii. p. 160 (1859). ¢ 9.

? Gorytes vagus, Sm. 1. c. p. 161 (1859). Q.

Handlirsch considers from the descriptions that these are

merely colour-varieties of one species. This is very probably

correct, but I have not seen typical constrictus, which is

from Aru, There is a female specimen of vagus from Ké in

the British Museum. It belongs to the group stenopygus,

Handl., having the pygidial area very narrow, otherwise

azreeing well with the mystaceus group.

Subfamily Nyssonrzwz.

Key to the Australian Species of Nysson (Acanthostethus).

od.

1, Seventh dorsal segment with more than

two apical spines .........eeseeeee- 2.

Seventh dorsal segment with two apical

REI a ca oss’, «2 «s/s atten dale

2. Seventh dorsal segment with a row of tive

acute apical spines .....sseeseee0.. WN. nudiventris, Turn.

80 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Seventh dorsal segment with three apical

RIBBOS oar v Oo une aes Rak his ss + fie 3.

3. Ventral segments 2-4 with an apical fringe

of long ‘hairs ..... eevee wey etm 4,

Ventral segments without a fringe of long

Raths cht LAS cue ob nix DhiSaN tacks w Ph N. saussure’, Handl.

4, Abdominal segments 3-6 with a spine on

each side at the apical angles......... 5.

Abdominal segments 3-6 without spines

at the apical angles ................ N. mysticus, Gerst.

5. Dorsal surtace of median segment much

shorter than scutellum; basal dorsal

BEPINCNL AUK = hibk neu nis creo > sie se N. merens, Turn.

Dorsal surface of median segment about

as long as scutellum ; basal dorsal seg-

MGNGLEPFUSINONS | 5. nukes Rivets dieeierels 6.

6. Basal area of median segment coarsely

longitudinally striated ; second recur-

rent nervure interstitial. Length7 mm. JN. confertus, Turn.

Basal area of median segment ‘finely ob-

liquely striated ; second recurrent’ ner-

vure received before the first transverse

cubital nervure. Length 4-5 mm. .. WN. minimus, Turn.

. Median segment with a blunt tubercle on

each side of the tr uncation, below the

“J

large spines of the apical angles with N. punctatissimus, Turn,

Median segment without tubercles below

the spines of the apical angles ...... 8.

8. Segments 38-5 with a distinct spine on

‘each side at the apical angles; ventral

segments 2-5 with an apical fringe of

long BONS ifr, eo eee ek tess ...... LV. obbteratum, Dura:

Segments 3-5 without spines .......... 9.

9. Ventral segments 2-5 with an apical fringe

LAGU NATE Oo ceo ones pods scents N. gilberti, Turn.

Ventral segments without a fringe of long

SSA aah st Fat ys 10.

10. Basal abdominal segment red .......... NV. spiniger, Turn.

Basal abdominal segment black ........ NV. tasmanicus, Turn,

Po.

1. Sixth dorsal segment serrate at the sides,

with three or four teeth ; segments 3-5

with acute spines on each side at the

apical angles 23%. +ascer ee Mere arya Sue EL Bete

Sixth dorsal segment not serrate; seg-

ments 3-5 without spines .......... 3

2. Enclosed area of median segment with

about five longitudinal carine........ N. nudiventris, Turn.

Enclosed area of median segment without

distinct striw or carine ......... . LN, brisbanensis, Turn.

8. Median segment with a short blunt tu-

bercle on each side of the truncation

below the spines of the apical angles... punctatissimus, Turn.

Median segment without tubercles “below

the spines of the apical angles ...... 4.

Mr. R. Kk. Turner on Fossorial l/ymenoptera. 81

4. First abdominal segment ferruginous.... 5.

First abdominal segment black ........ N. tasmanicus, Turn,

5. Dorsal surface of the median segment

much shorter in the middle than the

SOUSA Sy ee oe weld sss ove 6.

Dorsal surface of the median segment

about as long in the middle as the

MAUR ceeeiatat keene occu ... WN. gilberti, Turn.

6. Pronotum ferruginous ; length 8mm... N. mysticus, Gerst.

Pronotum black; length 46mm....... N. spiniger, Turn.

Nysson (Acanthostethus) nudiventris, sp. 1

dé. Niger; mandibulis, antennis, pedibus segmentoque abdominali

primo ferrugineis; segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 fascia angusta

apicali utrinque flava ; alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis ; segmento

dorsali septimo apice quinquedentato,

2. Mari similis, segmentis 2-5 apice et lateribus ferrugineis ;

segmento sexto dorsali serrato.

Long., ¢ 5'5, 2 65 mm.

3. Head and thorax coarsely rugose, dorsal area of the

median segment coarsely longitudinally striated, abdomen

closely punctured. Apical joint of the flagellum scarcely

curved, longer than the penultimate. Abdominal segments

3-5 ae an acute spine on each side at the apical angles ;

seventh dorsal segment with five apical spines, the three

middle spines long and even, the outer spine on each side

much shorter. Second recurrent nervure interstitial with

the first transverse cubital nervure, second cubital cell

pointed on the radius.

?. Dorsal surface of the median segment much shorter

than the scutellum, the basal area with about five longi-

tudinal carine. Abdominal segments 3-5 with an acute

spine on each side at the apical angles ; ; sixth dorsal segment

rounded, the sides serrate, with three teeth on each side.

Hind tibiae almost mnooths Second ventral segment not

angular at the base. Second cubital cell with a very short

petiole.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia ; December.

A pair taken on Leptospermum blossom.

The male has no fringe of long hairs on the ventral

segments.

Nysson (Acanthostethus) brishanensis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis, pedibus, tegulis segmentisque

abdominalibus primo sextoque ferrugineis, segmentis dorsalibus

1-5 fascia apicali continua flava; alis hy alinis ; ; Segmento dorsali

sexto serrato.

Long. 6°5 mm.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 6

82 Mr. R. E. Turner on Lossorial []ymenoptera.

@. Head and thorax rugose, abdomen closely punctured ;

basal area of median segment irregularly and rather finely

reticulate ; sixth dorsal segment rugose. Clypeus without

carine, very shallowly emarginate at the apex, the angles

of the emargination very feebly produced. Median segment

much shorter than the scutellum. Second ventral segment

convex, not angular at the base; segments 3-5 with a spine

on each side at the apical angles; sixth dorsal segment

rounded, serrate at the sides, with at least four teeth on each

side. Hind tibiz almost smooth. Second recurrent nervure

interstitial with the first transverse cubital nervure ; second

cubital cell petiolate.

Hab. Brisbane ; January (Hacker). From the Queensland

Museum.

This is near nudiventris, but the sculpture of the median

segment differs ; also the shape of the pygidium and the

number of teeth on the sides.

Nysson (Acanthostethus) confertus, sp. 0.

¢. Niger; flagello basi subtus, scapo apice, tegulis, abdomine

segmento primo, segmentis 2-7 linea transversa apicali, pedi-

busque ferrugineis ; segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 macula transversa

apicali utrinque flava ; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 7 mm.

¢. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex,

the angles of the emargination produced into short spines,

Apical joint of the flagellum slightly curved, hollowed be-

neath and scarcely longer than the penultimate. Head,

thorax, and abdomen closely punctured, the punctures on

the abdomen becoming gradually finer from the base ; basal

area of the median segment coarsely longitudinally striated,

the dorsal surface of the median segment as long as the

scutellum. Ventral segments 2-4 with an apical fringe of

long whitish hairs, segments 38-5 with a small spine on each

side at the apical angles; seventh dorsal segment with three

spines at the apex, the middle one blunt and subtriangular.

Second recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse

cubital nervure, second cubital cell with a short petiole.

Hab, Cairns, Queensland (Dodd).

1 do not think that this can be the male of drisbanensis,

owing to the much longer median segment, the difference in

the sculpture of the median segment,and the much finer

puncturation, .

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 83

Nysson (Acanthostethus) minimus, sp. n.

d. Niger; mandibulis, scapo, flagello articulis tribus basalibus,

pronoto, tegulis, segmentis abdominalibus subtus, segmento

dorsali primo, nonnumquam nigro-maculato, segmentis 2~7 linea

transversa apicali, pedibusque ferrugineis ; segmentis dorsalibus

1-4 macula transversa utrinque flava; alis hyalinis, venis

fuscis.

Long. 4-5 mm.

¢. Coarsely punctured, the abdomen very finely and

closely punctured, with large scattered punctures on the

basal segment and on the second ventral segment, dorsal

surface of the median segment as long as the scutellum, the

basal area irregularly obliquely striated. Clypeus widely

emarginate at the apex, the angles of the emargination not

produced into distinct teeth. Ventral abdominal segments

2-4 with a fringe of long hairs at the apex, segments 3-5

with a spine at the apical angle on each side, seventh dorsal

segment with three apical teeth, the middle one blunt and

broad. The apical joint of the flagellum is rather strongly

curved and hollowed beneath, longer than the penultimate.

Second recurrent nervure received by the first cubital cell

very near the apex; second cubital cell small, with a short

petiole.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland (Dodd) (G. Turner) ;

March.

This is near confertus, but differs in the sculpture of the

median segment and the neuration.

Nysson ( Acanthostethus) merens, sp. n.

3. Niger; mandibulis basi pedibusque ferrugineis ; antennis

fuscis apice ferrugineis; tegulis fusco-ferrugineis; segmentis

dorsalibus primo secundoque linea apicali brevi utrinque flava;

alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis ; segmento dorsali septimo apice

obtuse trideutato.

Long. 6°5 mm.

¢. Head and thorax coarsely punctured-rugose, abdomen

closely and rather shallowly punctured ; basal area of

median segment irregularly longitudinally striated, the

surface of the posterior truncation finely longitudinally

striated in the middle, rugose on the sides. Apical joint of

the flagellum conical, nearly twice as long as the penultimate.

Median segment much shorter in the middle than the

scutellum. Segments 3-5 with a distinct spine on each

side at the apical angles; seventh dorsal segment broad,

84 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial I/ymenoptera.

tridentate at the apex, the middle tooth very blunt, and

almost more of an angular apex to the segment than a tooth.

Hind tibie feebly serrate. Second recurrent nervure inter-

stitial with the first transverse cubital nervure, second

cubital cell petiolate, the petiole extremely short.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia ; January.

In colour this resembles ¢asmanicus, but is distinguished

by the spines on segments 3-5 and the shape of the seventh

dorsal segment. ‘There is also a fringe of long hairs on the

apex of ventral segments 2—5 in the present species, but not

in fasmanicus.

Nysson (Acanthostethus) gilberti, sp. n.

©. Nigra; mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, flagello articulis duobus

basalibus, tegulis, segmento dorsali primo dimidio basali, segmento

sexto, pedibusque ferrugineis; segmento mediano angulis apicali-

bus segmentisque dorsalibus linea angusta apicali aureo-pilosis ;

alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

¢. Femine similis, segmentis dorsalibus primo secundoque linea

apicali angusta flava.

Long., 2 8mm., ¢ 7 mm.

@. Clypeus almost truncate at the apex, with an acute

spine on each side. Head and thorax coarsely punctured ;

basal segment of the abdomen strongly, the other segments

rather finely punctured ; pygidial area rugulose. Median

segment as long in the middle as the scutellum, the basal

area coarsely but irregularly longitudinally striated. Second

ventral segment not angular at the base. Second recurrent

nervure received close to the apex of the first cubital cell,

not quite interstitial with the first transverse cubital

nervure ; second cubital cell with a short petiole. Hind

tibiz feebly serrate.

¢. Seventh dorsal segment with an apical spine on each .

side, the space between the spines very feebly rounded ;

third to fifth segments without spines at the apical angles ;

segments 2-5 with an apical fringe of long hairs ; second

recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital

nervure ; second cubital cell pointed, not petiolate.

Hab. Cairns, N. Queensland (Turner); December to

February.

I think I have associated the sexes rightly, the slight

differences in the neuration do not appear to be of specific

im portance.

The female is the type.

Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoplera. 85

Nysson (Acanthostethus) tasmanicus, sp. n.

2. Nigra, opaca, dense punctata; mandibulis pedibusque rufo-

testaceis ; segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 macula transversa laterali

utrinque flavidula ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 6 mm.

? . Clypeus broadly and shallowly emarginate at the apex.

Antenne inserted as near to the eyes as to each other,

gradually thickened to the apex, the apical joint nearly twice

as long as the penultimate. Eyes separated at the base of

the clypeus by a distance equal to about twice the length of

the scape, strongly divergent towards the vertex, the poste-

rior ocelli half as far again from the eyes as from each other.

Head closely and rather finely punctured, clothed with short

silver pubescence ; a strong longitudinal carina on the front

between the antenna, not reaching halfway to the anterior

ocellus. Thorax rather more coarsely punctured than the

head ; median segment irregularly rugose-striate, the poste-

rior angles produced into stout spines and clothed with

silver pubescence. Abdomen closely punctured, but Jess

coarsely than the thorax, second ventral segment more

coarsely punctured, apical dorsal segment broadly triangular

and punctured-rugose. Second cubital cell pointed, some-

times distinctly petiolate, second recurrent nervure inter-

stitial with the first transverse cubital nervure. Hind tibiz

almost smooth, with a few very short spines.

Hab. Mount Wellington, 2300 ft.; Haglehawk Neck,

S.E. Tasmania. February.

Near A. punctatissimus, Turn., but differs in the form of

the clypeus, the fiuer puncturation, and the smoother hind

tibiz.

‘The male is very similar to the female, it has the seventh

dorsal segment broadly truncate at the apex, with a spine at

each of the apical angles. ‘There is no fringe of long hairs

on the ventral segments.

Subfamily Crapronive.

Key to the Australian Species of Rhopalum,

oo:

1. First abdominal segment shorter than the

second . arte & a/c eae ee, eee

First abdominal segment as long as or

longer than the second ...4.. 00 pen S&S,

2. Head very large; eyes nearly as far from

the posterior margin of the head as

from each other ......eeeeeeeeeess BR. macrocephalus, Turn.

10,

Head not unusually large; eyes more

than twice as far from each other as

from the posterior margin of the head.

. Hind tibiz not perceptibly spinose ....

Hind tibiz more or less spinose

. Pronotum rounded at the angles; inter-

mediate femora yellow; abdomen

marked with ferruginous . Sere

Pronotum transverse, angles well de-

fined ; abdomen and intermediate

femora GK Pak Bore td. cathe eee ont

Abdomen wholly black

. Spines of hind tibie strong; petiole dis-

tinctly longer than the second segment

Spines of hind tibiz feeble ; petiole equal

in length to the second segment er

. Pronotum transverse, the angles well

ENE Resto ele Sia es ares alata e's fe foto ei

Pronotum rounded at the angles ......

.Wings fusco-hyaline; a very broad de-

pression from the i inner margin of the

eye nearly reaching the posterior

ocelli; basal area of median segment

finely and closely punctured ........

Wings hyaline, iridescent; a narrow

suleus from the inner margin of the

eye to the posterior ocelli; basal area

of median segment rugose

oS » Sie 69.0 sh

. With a broad “depression from the inner

margin of the eye nearly reaching the

posterior ocelli ............

Without a depression from the inner

margin of the eye towards the poste-

ls | ae ae eee

Median segment with a longitudinal

sulcus; recurrent neryure received be-

yond three- -quarters from the base of

thewenbital.cell .....2% . baneinceReeeee

Median segment without a sulcus; re-

current nervure received at about

three-fifths from the base of the cubi-

Paige See. hee eee :

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera,

R. frenchii, Turn.

R. tenuiventre, Turn.

R. eucalypti, Turn.

lod

R. tricolor, Sm.

R. tricolor imbelle, Turn.

R. leptospermi, Turn,

RR. cygnorum, Turn.

10.

R. littorale, Turn.

R. alicia, Turn.

LR. varitarse, Turn.

Rhopalum macrocephalus, sp. un.

©. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, scapo, flagello articulo primo,

tuberculis humeralibus, tegulis, coxis anticis subtus, trochanteri-

bus, femoribus anticis intermediisque,

tibiis tarsisque anticis

et intermediis, tibiisque posticis basi flavis; segmentis abdomin-

alibus margine apicali et subtus fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis,

venis nigris,

Long. 6 mm.

9. Head shining, very large, longer than broad; the

Mr. R. E. Turner on Possorial Hymenoptera. 8?

posterior ocelli nearly as far from each other as from the

eyes, more than twice as far from the posterior margin of

the head as from each other ; eyes separated at the base

of the clypeus by a distance about equal to half the length of

thescape. Thorax narrower than the head; the pronotum

depressed, strongly rounded at the angles; mesonotum

shining, microscopically punctured, without a sulcus.

Median segment smooth, with a shallow and xather indis-

tinct median sulcus, a narrow transverse foveolate groove at

the base. First abdominal segment a little shorter than the

second, the apical half somewhat swollen, but not forming a

conspicuous node. Hind tibiz swollen, with three or tour

short spines on the outer margin near the apex. Recurrent

nervure received a little before two-thirds from the base of

the cubital cell.

Hab. Caloundra, near Brisbane; September. On tree-

trunks. (From Queensland Museum.)

There is no distinct depression between the inner margin

of the eves and the posterior ocelli. The species is easily

distinguished by the great length of the head behind the

eyes.

thopalum frenchii, Turn,

Crabro (Rhopalum) frenchii, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 526

(1908). Q.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2300 ft.; January to April.

Eaglehawk Neck ; February.

Also from Victoria; a single specimen taken at Yallingup

S.W. Australia.

Taken burrowing in a bank by the roadside on Mt. Wel-

lington, also on a Eucalyptus log at Kaglehawk Neck ; the

specimen at Yallingup was taken on a live Jarrah tree.

The male has the petiole longer and less clavate than the

female. ‘The spines on the hind tibiz are almost obsolete.

Rhopalum leptospermi, sp. un.

Q. Nigra; scapo, femoribus anticis et intermediis, femoribus

posticis subtus, tibiisque anticis flavis; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis

nhigris.

d. Feminez similis ; tarsis ochraceis, articulo apicali nigro,

Long., 2 14 mm., d 11 mm.

?. Clypeus slightly produced at the apex and shallowly

emarginate, the angles of the emargination forming short

triangular teeth. Kyes separated at the base of the clypeus

by a distance equal to about one-third of the length of the

88 Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

scape ; posterior ocelli more than half as far again from the

eyes as from each other, a little nearer to the posterior

margin of the head than to the eyes; a broad oblique de-

pression from the inner margin of the eyes not reaching the

posterior ocelli. Front strongly concave and shining, the

rest of the head and thorax subopaque. Pronotum trans-

verse, with a distinct dorsal surface, the angles well defined,

not rounded, without a sulcus. Mesonotum without a

suleus ; a narrow, transverse, crenulated line at the base of

the median segment, the triangular area of the median

segment well defined and divided by a longitudinal sulcus.

First abdominal segment nearly half as long again as the

second, a little swollen at the apex, the second segment

about three times as wide at the apex as the first. Fifth

dorsal segment thickly clothed with very delicate golden-

brown pubescence ; pygidial area sparsely punctured at the

base, smooth at the apex. Recurrent nervure received

beyond three-quarters from the base of the cubital cell, at

a distance from the apex scarcely exceeding the length of

the transverse cubital nervure. Hind tibize swollen on the

apical half, strongly spinose.

¢. As in the female; but the depressions on the inner

margin of the eyes are much smaller, and the second abdo-

minal segment is distinctly longer and more slender in

proportion to the first.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia ; October and November.

Warren River, S.W. Australia (W. D. Dodd).

I took the male in some numbers on Leplospermum blossom,

but the only female was taken from an Asilid fly. Mr. Dodd

took two females on the Warren River, but no males.

Rhopalum cygnorum, sp. 0.

©. Nigra; scapo, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque anticis, femoribus

tibiisque intermediis subtus, tarsis intermediis, tuberculisque

humeralibus flavis; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris ;

flagello subtus brunneo.

Long. 5 mm.

2. Eyes separated from each other at the base of the

clypeus by a distance nearly equal to half the length of the

scape ; posterior ocelli far apart, farther from each other

than from the eyes or from the posterior margin of the head ;

a narrow oblique sulcus running from the inner margin of

the eyes to the posterior ocelli. Head finely and closely

punctured ; thorax shining, almost smooth. Pronotum

transverse, with a distinct dorsal surface, the angles well

Mr. R. EB, Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 89

defined, not rounded ; mesonotum without a sulcus. Tri-

angular area at the base of the median segment coarsely

rugose, not divided by a sulcus. Tirst abdominal segment

longer than the second, very slender at the base, swollen at

the apex; the second segment about four times as wide

at the apex as the first. Pygidial area sparsely punctured.

Recurrent nervure received just before two-thirds from the

base of the cubital cell. Hind tibiae moderately spinose.

Hab. King’s Park, Perth, W. Australia.

One female taken on Eucalyplus blessom.

Rhopalum variitarse, sp. 0.

2. Nigra, nitida; scapo subtus, tibiis anterioribus supra, tarsis

anterioribus intermediisque, articulo apicali excepto, tarsisque

posterioribus articulis tribus intermediis flavis; alis hyalinis,

venis nigris.

Long. 8 mm.

Clypeus with a carina from the base to the middle, covered

with white pubescence. Eyes separated at the base of the

antennee by a distance equal to about one-third of the

length of the scape. A broad longitudinal groove on the

inner margin of the eyes, level with the anterior ocellus.

Posterior ocelli a little farther from each other than from

the anterior ocellus, a little farther from the eyes than from

each other, with a short longitudinal sulcus between them.

Mesonotum subcarinate in the middle, basal area of the

median segment smooth and shining, without a median

groove. First abdominal segment as long as the second,

slender at the base, the apical half strongly swollen; second

segment broadened from the base; fifth segment sparsely

covered with grey pubescence ; pygidial area shining,

sparsely punctured, elongate-triangular. Hind tibize much

swollen towards the apex, armed on the outer side with a

row of small spines. Radial cell broadly truncate at the

apex, transverse cubital nervure joining the radius close to

one-third from the base of the radial cell, the recurrent

nervure received just beyond the middle of the cubital

cell.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2300 ft.; January. Eaglehawk

Neck ; February.

Allied to the New Zealand species R. albipes and R. per-

forator, Sm., but differs from both in the less spinose tibia

and in other details of structure and colour. The tarsi are

coloured as in the male of albipes, Sm., but in that species

the female differs from the male in this point.

90 Mr. R. E. Tarner on Fossorial [1ymenoptera,

Rhopalum eucalypti, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; scapo subtus, tarsis anticis intermediisque, tibiis anticis

intermediisque supra, tibiisque posticis subtus albido-flavis; alis

hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris.

Long. 6°5 mm,

Clypeus without a carina, shallowly emarginate at the

apex, the angles of the emargination forming very short

teeth. Eyes separated at the base of the antenne by a

distance equal to about three-quarters of the length of the

scape; no broad groove on the inner margin of the eye level

with the anterior ocellus, but a narrow shallow suleus runs

from the eye to tbe posterior ocelli, which are as far from

each other as from the eye. Dorsal surface of the median

segment smooth and shining, with a rather obscure median

sulcus and a few very short striz at the base. Petiole longer

than the second segment, the apical third moderately

swollen; second segment slender, fully twice as long as the

apical breadth ; pygidial area triangular, not very sharply

defined. Hind tibiz swollen towards the apex, without

spines. Radial cell broadly truncate at the apex ; trans-

verse cubital nervure joining the radius at two-fifths from

the base of the radial cell; recurrent nervure received at

about three-fifths from the base of the cubital cell.

Hab. Eaglebawk Neck ; March.

Taken on a dead Eucalyptus log.

This is a more slender species than variitarse, and is

without the groove on the inner margin of the eye and the

spines on the hind tibiz. ‘The eyes are much farther apart

on the front, in this character more nearly approaching

frenchii, from which it is easily distinguished by the long

petiole.

Rhopalum alicia, sp. n.

2. Nigra, subnitida; scapo, tuberculis humeralibus, femoribus

anticis intermediisque apice, tibiis basi, tarsisque articulo apicali

excepto albido-flayis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

¢. Femine similis.

Long., 2 12. gd 9mm.

@. Eyes separated at the base of the clypeus by a distance

equal to about two-thirds of the length of the scape. Poste-

rior ocelli nearly half as far again from the eyes as from each

other, a little farther from the eyes than from the posterior

margin of the head ; a broad oblique depression reaching

from the inner margin of the eye almost to the posterior

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 91

ocelli ; a short longitudinal sulcus between the posterior

ocelli. Pronotum strongly rounded at the angles, with a

short median longitudinal sulcus ; a shallow almost obsolete

suleus reaching from the anterior margin of the mesonotum

to tlhe middle. A narrow, transverse, crenulated furrow at

the base of the postscutellum, and another at the base of

the median segment ; a distinct longitudinal sulcus running

from the base to the apex of the median segment. First

abdominal segment distinctly longer than the second, the

apical half moderately swollen, half as wide at the apex as

the apex of the second segment, Pygidial area coarsely

punctured-rugose at the base, with a median carina, smooth

and shining at the apex. Hind tibiz swollen and strongly

spiuose. Kecurrent nervure received just beyond three-

quarters from the base of the enbital cell, at a distance from

the apex of the cell scarcely equal to the length of the trans-

verse cubital nervure.

¢. The male has the head less produced behind the eyes,

the posterior ocelli being ouly a little farther from the poste-

rior margin of the head than from each other; the depres-

sions between the eyes and the posterior ocelli are much

smaller aud the abdomen much more slender.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia; October and November.

Taken burrowing in sand, the males flying low over the

sand.

Nearly related to R. variitarse from Tasmania, but differs

in the presence of a sulcus on the median segment, in the

position of the recurrent nervure, aud in the sculpture of the

pygidial area.

Rhopalum littorale, sp. n.

9. Nigra; scapo subtus, tibiis anticis extus, tarsisque anticis et

intermediis, articulo apicali excepto albido-flavis ; alis hyalinis,

iridescentibus, venis nigris.

Long. 6 mm.

?.. Eyes separated at the base of the clypeus by a distance

equal to about one-quarter of the length of the scape. Pos-

terior ocelli as far from each other as from the eyes, and

about the same distance from the posterior margin of the

head ; a short longitudinal sulcus between the posterior

ocelli. A narrow groove along the inner margin of the eyes,

but no broad depression running towards the _ posterior

ocelli. Pronotum depressed, without a distinct dorsal

surface, rounded at the angles; mesonotum without a sulcus,

Median segment with a transverse crenulated line at the

92 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

base, the triangular area divided by a longitudinal sulcus.

First abdominal segment about equal in length to the

second, the apical half rather strongly swollen ; pygidial area

smooth and shining at the apex. Recurrent nervure received

just before two-thirds from the base of the cubital cell, at a

distance from the apex almost equal to twice the length of

the transverse cubital nervure. Hind tibiz swollen and

spinose,

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia ; November.

This is near R. frenchii, but the petiole is longer and the

colour of the legs different. It is also a much larger species.

Rhopalum tricolor, Sm.

Crabro tricolor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 894 (1856). g.

Crabro (Rhopalum) militaris, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 523

(1908). 3. |

Crabro (Rhopalum) tricclor, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 524

(1908). Qo.

Smith’s type is lost, but from a long series of Tasmanian

specimens | have ne doubt there is only one species, and that |

militaris, Turn., is quite a usual form of the species, the

form identified by me as ¢ricolor being a dark colour-variety

found in the mountain-districts of New South Wales and

Victoria.

Hab, Eaglehawk Neck; February. Mt. Wellington,

2200 ft. ; January.

Also from S.E. Australia. A closely allied form is common

in S.W. Australia, but differs in the slightly shorter petiole,

in the almost obsolete spines of the hind tibie, and im the

slightly nearer approach to each other of the posterior ocelli.

For this form I propose the name Rhopalum tricolor iméelle,

subsp. n.

R. tricolor was taken freely on Leptospermum, also

burrowing in sandy banks.

Crapro (subgenus Solenius).

I use the name Solenius in a wider sense than Ashmead.

The Australian species of Crabro do not fall well into

Ashmead’s genera, which were founded without the study of

any large exotic collection. The species included here in

Solenius fall into more than one group of species, but in all

the female has the mandibles tridentate, a supraorbital fovea,

and a carina on the mesopleure before the intermediate

coxe. C. tridentatus and tasmanicus have the clypeus very

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal [ymenoptera. 93

differently formed from the others, the mandibles less dis-

tinctly tridentate, and a spine on the anterior femora of the

male ; the second jomt of the flagellum is also very long.

C. ordinarius, manifestatus, bivittatus, and neglectus form

another group nearly related to the last; whilst C. con-

globatus and cinclus have the male antenne normal and no

carina on the clypeus. In the two latter species and in

hebetescens the tooth on the inner side of the mandibles

near the base is well developed, which, so far as I can see, is

not the case in the other species.

Key to the Australian Species of Crabro (Solenius).

i. Cl ypeua with) @ CATING |. oc ee ees ess td

Clypeus without a carina................ 8

With an orange or yellow band, entire or

interrupted, on the base of the second

OPES) ROGMOBG Fi i aF Lis ee de hes ws 3

Without an orange or yellow band on the

second dor sal ¢ segment aS sae de ett fic

3. Clypeus produced into a strong porrect tooth

at the apex, with a tooth on each side at

CU | CE a ae aot eee 4, a

Ciypeus not produced into a porrect tooth,

lateral angles without teeth .......... 5.

4, Transverse band of second dorsal segment

orange, broad, and entire; three apical

SORIOGINIA GLARE... 5/6 s.0 si5 sla ae ete ie vs C. tridentatus, Sm.

Transverse band of secoud dorsal segment

yellow, narrow, and interrupted; basal

half of fourth dorsal segment yellow;

two apical segments black ..... gota oth C. tasmanicus, Sm

Fourth dorsal segment with a transverse

orange or yellow band at the base .... 6.

Fourth dorsal segment entirely black...... C. manifestatus, Turn,

6. Band of the second segment orange and

broad ; scutellum and postscutellum en-

tirely RIE Ceo, oe oe, C. bivittatus, Turn.

Band of the second segment yellow and nar-

row; scutellum with a yellow spot at

the basal angles, postscutellum with a

transverse yellow MOOG) 2. Agee nc waiy it C. ordinarius, Turn.

7. Second dorsal segment entirely black...... C. mackayensis, Turn,

Vive basal dorsal segments with lateral

MO UALG AOOUD: o:n a cmsis Hook adisnnie Viale na 3 C. hebetescens, Turn.

8. Clypeus with a small semicircular trunen-

tion at the slightly porrect apex; ante-

rior angles of pronotum pointed ; three

apical dorsal segments orange ........ C. cinctus, Turn.

Clypeus without an apical truncation, not

porrect; anterior angles of pronotum

obtuse; three apical dorsal segments

oo SKC O Wee edi veer ees C. conglobatus, Turn

94 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial [ymenoptera.

dc.

1. Basal joints of the flagellum not normal, at

least with a notch between the second

and third joints beneath; clypeus with .

a longitudinal carina ...............: 2.

Basal joints of the flagellum normal; cly-

peus without a carina..... eke Wate s ons! he

2, Anterior femora with a spine beneath neur

ae Oe ae es es Pc 5.

Anterior femora without a spine.......... 4.

3. Transverse band of second dorsal segment

orange, broad, and entire ............ C. tridentatus, Sm.

Transverse band of second dorsal segment

yellow, narrow, and interrupted ...... C. tasmanicus, Sm.

4, Fourth dorsal segment banded with yellow

ot ed Seer ercr 5.

Fourth dorsal segment wholly black ...... C. manifestatus, Turn.

5. Scutellum and postscutellum wholly black .

Scutellum with yellow spots at the basal

angles; postscutellum with a transverse

yellow band 2... .c55 Vs iGb. dome C. ordinarius, Turn,

6. Transverse band of second dorsal segment

broad and entire ».:7J2x.1oio. eee’ & C. bivittatus, Turn.

Transverse band of second dorsal segment

narrow and interrupted .............- C. neglectus, Sm.

a |

. Second joint of the flagellum no longer than

the third; band on the second dorsal

segment broad and entire; third wholly

ROK ss voices co's sedieehs PUD Este C. cinctus, Turn,

Second joint of the flagellum much longer

than the third; band on the second

dorsal segment narrow and interrupted ;

third with a narrow transverse band on

PREMERA. Spica cee hh kes teh C. conglobatus, Turn.

The males of C. mackayensis and C. hebetescens are

unknown, as is also the female of C. neglectus.

Crabro (Solenius) neglectus, Sm.

Crabro neglectus, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 249 (1868). ¢.

I have not included this species in the key to the females,

because it is known only in the male sex. It seems to be

most nearly allied to bivittatus, but the orange bands at the

base of the second and fourth dorsal segments are narrow

and that on the second interrupted; the angles of the pro-

notum are also more distinctly pointed and the first abdo-

minal segment is broader and shorter.

Pr - a Fee —-

Mr, R. BE. Turner on Fossorial L/ymenoptera. 95

Crabro (Solenius) tasmanicus, Sm.

Crabro tasmanicus, Sm, Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 425 (1856). ff (as 2).

This is in my opinion the Tasmanian race of C. tri-

dentatus, Sm., the differences being mainly in colour. The

orange colour, so conspicuous in Australian Aculeates, and

of which C. ¢éridentatus is a good example, does not seem to

be indigenous in Tasmania, being confined in that island to

one or two large Psammocharid such as Priocnemis bicolor,

Fabr., and to the bee Hyleoides concinnus, Fabr., which are

probably stragglers from the mainland, where they are

common species.

Crabro (Solenius) manifestatus, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; scapo, pronoto, scutello macula utrinque angulis

basalibus, segmentoque dorsali secundo dimidio apicali flavis ;

flagello basi, callis humeralibus, tegulis pedibusque ferrugineis ;

alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

¢. Femine similis; aurantiaco haud flavo-variegatus ; scutelli

maculis duplicatis.

Long., 2 11, ¢ 7 mm.

9. Clypeus with a carina from the base to the apex, not

produced or dentate at the apex ; eyes separated at the base

of the clypeus by a distance equal to about one-third of the

length of the scape; front concave, not margined above ;

second joint of the flagellum as long as the first and third

combined. Posterior ocelli farther from each other than

from the eyes, and farther from the posterior margin of the

head than from each other; a short suleus on each side

along the inner margin of the eyes near the summit. Head

very minutely, thorax more distinctly punctured ; anterior

angles of the pronotum acute ; scutellum with a crenulate

transverse furrow at the base; enclosed area of the median

segment no longer than the scutellum, divided by a longi-

tudinal groove, obliquely striated, coarsely at the sides, less

distinctly in the middle, with a transverse crenulate furrow

at the base. Abdomen opaque, minutely and very closely

punctured, pygidial area elongate ; posterior tibiz serrate.

‘Transverse cubital nervure received just beyond the middle

of the radial cel!, recurrent nervure received at a distance

from the apex of the cubital cell equal to about half the

length of the transverse cubital nervure.

6. Third joint of the flagellum excised at the base be-

neath ; sculpture of the basal area of the median segment

irregularly rugose ; transverse cubital nervure received just

96 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera,

before the middle of the radial cell, recurrent nervure re-

ceived at a distance from the apex of the cubital cell equal to

the length of the eubital nervure.

Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia; February.

The female is the type. I am not sure that these are

sexes of the same species, owing to the difference in colour

and in the sculpture of the median segment. The female is

nearest to bivittatus, Turn., but differs in the sculpture of

the median segment, in the absence of a band on the fourth

dorsal segment, and in the yellow instead of orange

markings.

Crabro (Solenius) serenus, sp. n.

9. Nigra; scapo, pronoto fascia utrinque, callis humeralibus,

mesopleuris antice macula magna, mesonoto macula parva utrin-

que angulis anticis, scutello macula utrinque, postscutello linea

transversa, segmento mediano maculis 4 magnis, anguste sepa-

ratis, segmento dorsali primo macula curvata utrinque, secundo

macula transversa utrinque, tertio macula parva obscura utrinque,

femoribus anticis macula apicali, tibiisque anticis externe basi

flavis; alis fusco-hyalinis, apice obscure czrulescentibus, venis

nigris.

Long. 12 mm.

2. Mandibles tridentate, the inner tooth short ; clypeus

with a carina from the base branching in the middle and

enclosing an elongate-triangular apical area, the angles of

the area produced into short teeth, a short tooth on each

side near the outer angles of the clypeus. Eyes separated

at the base of the antennz by a distance slightly exceeding

half the length of the scape, the second joint of the flagellum

as long as the first and third combined. Front between the

eyes concave ; posterior ocelli about equidistant from the

eyes and from each other, farther from the posterior margin

of the head than from each other; a broad groove along the

inner margin of the eyes near the summit. Pronotum with

the anterior margin slightly raised and produced into minute

spines at the anterior angles. Head and thorax minutely

punctured, subopaque; basal area of median segment

smooth, divided by a crenulate longitudinal furrow, the sides

of the segment smooth and opaque. First abdominal seg-

ment gradually broadened from the base, longer than the

second, the apex about two-thirds of the breadth of the apex

of the second segment. Pygidial area very narrow. Hind

tibize serrate.

Hab. Api, New Hebrides ; May (W. W. Froggatt).

’. =a5

On the British Species of Haliplus. 97

IV.—On the British Species of Haliplus, Latreille, related

to Haliplus ruficollis, De Geer, with some Remarks upon

II. fulvicollis, Hrichson, and H. fureatus, Setdlitz. By

Frank Batrour-Browne, M.A. (Oxon. et Cantab.),

F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Entomology in the Depart-

ment of Zoology, University of Cambridge.

[Plates VII. & VIII.)

THE group of species which I have referred to as_ being

related to Haliplus ruficollis, De G., includes seven British

forms, of which only three were known in our islands until a

few years ago. The group isa very difficult one, as is evi-

denced by the fact that three attempts have been made upon

it, without, however, altogether satisfactory results.

The first attempt was made by Gerhardt (8 and g) *, who

separated six mid-European species, relying chiefly upon the

sculpture and upon the lineation and markings of the elytra.

He also divided the species into two groups, according as

the prosternum was grooved or flat. Three years later,

Wehncke (22) drew up another analytical table in which he

included eleven species, but he relied upon the same characters

as Gerhardt had done.

Four years ago Edwards (5) distinguished the Britannic

species of the group, using, in addition to the previous

authors’ characters, the form of the edeagus and its accessory

lobes. Until his paper appeared five species had been

passing with British coleopterists under A. ruficollis and

H, fluviatilis, and of these Edwards separated all except one.

Had he taken more advantage of his discovery of the edeagal

character—which is the only absolutely reliable specific

one,—he might have been saved from a number of errors

into which he fell. However, he did not use it for distin-

guishing all his species, but relied rather upon other characters

which are somewhat variable. Several statements made by

him are, contrary to the observations of the earlier authors,

and in attempting to work out my material with the aid of

his paper I found it unsatisfactory.

His description of the elytral puncturation of the female of

Hl. rujicollis differs, as to the extent of that puncturation,

from Gerhardt’s, who first observed it, and from that of all

the succeeding authors (most of whom probably copied

Gerhardt), and Edwards explains this by assuming that they

* See Bibliography, p. 122.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv.

98 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

had not seen what he was able to see. ‘he same difference

of opinion occurs with regard to the sculpture of the female

of H. fulvicollis, Er., which Edwards describes as having the

elytra finely punctured across the apex and along the distal

half of the suture, while the continental authors all describe

it as having the elytra impunctate.

With regard to the difficulty of using the paper, Edwards

describes the edeagophore in six out of his seven species,

saying nothing about it in //. heydeni; but, although in five

of these it is obviously a character of systematic importance,

in L/. fulvicollis he describes it as similar to that in ZZ. rufi-

collis—a statement which, if correct, would to my mind reduce

the former from specific rank. Asa matter of fact, Edwards

uever saw 17, fulvicollis, as I shall show later on.

Edwards figures the male armature in three species of the

seven, but I found in working ont my material that I had

dissected out six different types without coming across one

which agreed accurately with any of his figures.

These points, and several other details to which I shall

vefer in due course, induced me to undertake a re-investi-

gation of the group, and, with that end in view, I have

collected several thousands of small //alipli in various parts

of the British Islands *. Through the kindness of several

friends I have also seen a large number of other British

specimens, and I have seen some continental ones also

* I should perhaps explain my method of collecting and how I

satistied myself as to the specific identity of the females. I collected a

number of specimens of small Halipli from some particular spot, and a

collection from any one place was kept separate from a collection from

any other place, the specimens usually being placed at once in tubes of

alcohol, each tube being registered under a number. Thus, in the course

of afew hours’ collecting, I might have eight to ten collections, some

containing two or three specimens, others containing fifty or a hundred—

the contents of each tube being a sample from some one pond, lake,

ditch, or other type of habitat. The contents of each tube were later

overhauled, males being separated from females and identified by the

eedeagus, and then attempts were made to allocate the different females.

If, as sometimes, I got a large collection containing only one species of

male, the probability was that at least the majority of the females be-

longed to that same species and it was thus possible to associate females

with one type of elytral sculpture, form of thoracic strize, or other

secondary character, with a certain type of male. This was again

checked by comparing other collections and finding that, as a rule, a

particular type of female was associated with one type of male.

But, although I speak of “ females of a particular form,” as if seven

types of female could be separated at a glance and only required to be

allocated to the seven types of male, the matter is not really an easy one

for the very reason that the characters used are variable, and thus

females have been much more difficult to distinguish than the papers of

the three authors mentioned would indicate.

British Species of Haliplus, 99

through the kindness of several entomologists, Captain Sainte

Claire Deville of Paris, Dr. Everts of ’s Gravenhage, and the

late Herr Ganglbauer of Vienna. Herr Reitter of Paskau

and Herr Schulz of Hamburg have also supplied me with

specimens which have been useful.

It is after working through all this material that I have

come to the conclusion that tle only entirely reliable character

for separating the seven species of the group is the form of

the xdeagus, and that, although the other characters referred

to are useful in allocating an individual to a particular species,

they not infrequently contradict one another, so that in some

cases it is extremely difficult to come to a decision at all in

the case of the females.

Apparently these characters and others which I find even

less useful are not universally variable, as Roberts (16), for

instance, who has written a long paper on North American

Haliplids, says that * the structural characters most useful in

separating the species are the form and markings, such as

depressions, margins, &c., of the prosternal process, meta-

sternum and coxal plates, as well as the shape and structure

of the parts of the upper surface of the body,” and he further

lays stress upon the value of maculation, but this specially

applies to the genus Peltodytes, as he mentions that in Hali-

plus variation in colour-markings is not at all uncommon.

I will now discuss the value of the chief characters which

have been used in separating the species.

GENERAL Form.

A character upon which Edwards lays some stress is the

general form of the insect, and this involves the shape of the

thorax and the outline of the elytra. Now there is no doubt

that the general form is decidedly useful as a guide in

separating the species, although the differences are more

apparent than real, but it is usually possible to allocate

individuals to one of two categories as laid down by that

author.

HH. ruficollis, heydeni, and most nomax have the thorax

apparently more than twice as broad as long and with the

sides strongly convergent in front and the elytra are usually

evidently widest before the middle. . apicalis, fluviatilis,

nomow var. browneanus, wehnekei, and immaculatus usually

have a thorax which appears longer in proportion to its width,

with the sides less strongly convergent in front, while the

elytra are usually widest in the middle, except in the case

of var. browneanus which is a member of the other group as

to this last character.

100 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

Camera-lucida drawings show that the thorax of fH. ruji-

collis, heydeni, and nomaz is slightly wider in proportion and

that the sides are slightly more convergent, but it is sur-

prising how slight in reality these differences are.

With regard to the form of the elytra I have spent much

ime in trying to make camera-lucida drawings of the different

species, but I found that the drawing seldom resembled the

model, and that even minute changes in the position of the

insect—slight raising of the anterior or posterior end—gave

an entirely different result in the drawing. ‘There is, how-

ever, in spite of the impossibility of figuring it, some

difference, perhaps in curvature of surface and light reflection,

which is quite indefinable, but which is useful.

But variations in form occur within a species, and the

members of one group approach and sometimes even overlap

those of the other. /. nomax, for instance, seems to be

specially variable and some individuals are evidently widest

across the middle of the elytra. H. ruficollis and wehneker

also vary somewhat, so that caution is necessary in making

use of this character.

THE ELYTRAL STRIZ.

Edwards divides the species into two groups according

as “the dark lines 1-4 [are] unequal in width, distinctly

widened on the disc, 5-7 interrupted at the base, in the

middle, and at the apex, and often confluent,” or “ 1-4 of

uniform width throughout, 5-7 less decidedly or not at all

interrupted,” and in this character I find some variation,

especially as regards /7/. wehnckei and also in H. nomax which

was unknown to Edwards.

It is often very difficult to determine the females of

HH. wehnekei as distinct from those of H. ruficollis, but males

of the former not infrequently show elytral lineation of the

same type as that described for the latter, and females, which,

on the majority of characters, belong to the former, even more

frequently on this character should belong to the latter. In

Il, nomaz the majority would belong to the “ruficollis”

section, but some have a clear lineation which would place

them with the “‘wehncker” section, and in this species at

least the extent to which the black overflows the lines and

runs into patches varies greatly in different localities.

In all the species there seems to be a tendency for the

black lines to break up, but itis, I think, rarest in £1. apicalis

and H, immaculatus. ‘This character is not therefore of great

value in separating the species, although as an indicator it is

frequently useful.

British Species of Haliplus. 101

Tue PUNCTURATION OF THE ELYTRA IN THE FEMALE.

Apparently Gerhardt was the first to discover differences

in the extent to which the elytra of the females of the

different species are covered with a very fine puncturation,

and he mentions that in //. ruficollis the apical half of the

elytra is thus punctured*. Now Edwards found that in

11, ruficollis the elytra are entirely punctate and consequently

assumed that Gerhardt, Wehncke, and others were wrong.

Bedel (2) had already said that he could find * outres les

trois types séparés par M. Gerhardt, toutes les nuances de

transition dans la forme générale, la coloration fonciére,

le dessin des élytres et la force de Ja ponctuation,” but

Kdwards assumed that he also was wrong,

After examining large numbers of specimens I have

satisfied myself that, although in the majority of females of

British and Lrish ruficol/ts the elytra are completely punctate

as described by Edwards, specimens occur in which, at the

base, they are impunctate, even under high magnification

(x 172), and I have seen a few specimens in which the

puncturation is even more reduced and confined to the

extreme apex. Of the French specimens sent me_ by

Captain Ste, Claire Deville, almost all were impunctate on

the basal half of the elytra, The Dutch specimens sent me

by Dr. Everts were more like our own, but semipunctate

ones were not scarce, while none of the specimens sent me

from Austria by the late Herr Ganglbauer or by Herr Reitter

were completely punctate and a few were identical in punc-

turation with those referred to by Edwards as /7/, fulvicollis.

Both Ganglbauer and Reitter sent me as L/. ruficollis

female specimens which were quite impunctate, and in such

cases, but for their larger size, | am unable to say why they

should not be described as H. heydeni, as I can find no

reliable distinctive character between the females of these

two species! In one or two of these impunctate “ ruficollis ”’

* Edwards finds fault with Newbery (14) for describing the elytra

as “alutaceous,” and says “ the latter term, which I understand to

express the condition found on the interspaces of the thorax of certain

species of Laccobius, t, e. covered with minute cracks like mud or

mosaic..,..” No species of Laceobius with which I am acquainted

has the thorax covered with “minute cracks.” In Z. alutaceus, for

instance, the thorax is covered with extremely fine and close puncturation

quite similar to that found on the elytra of the females of most of the

Halipli. The word ‘alutaceous” may apparently mean either “the

colour of buff leather” or “ leathery, coriaceous,” so that Thomson pre-

sumably misapplied it in naming ZL. alutaceus, using it in the same sense

as it was afterwards used by Bedel and Newbery,

102 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

there is, at the extreme apex of the elytra, a mere trace of

puncturation only to be found under very high magnification

and by careful manipulation of the light, but I find a similar

trace in a small specimen sent me by Edwards as H. heydeni,

and which I certainly regard as such.

Although therefore it is not correct to describe H. rufi-

collis as dimorphic, as suggested by Bedel—since all inter-

mediate stages seem to exist between the extremes,—we may

perhaps describe the completely punctate female as the

‘insular’? form and the one in which the fine puncturation

is reduced as the “ continental”? form, and it is interesting

to note that, so far, the only specimens of the continental

form which I have seen from the British Islands are from

the south-east of England (Cambridge, Surrey, and Kent

Kast).

From what has been said, it is quite clear that very little

reliance is to be placed upon the elytral puncturation for

determining the females of H. ruficollis, and, unfortunately,

it is not only this species which is variable in this character.

Edwards describes the females of H. wehnckez as having the

apical half of the elytra finely punctured and the basal half

impunctate—and in many cases this is no doubt correct, but it

is not always so. A few specimens taken by me in brackish

pools by the River Bann, near Coleraine, Co. Derry, are, all

except one, very faintly punctured to the base of the elytra.

I determined these specimens, first, on the ground that only

male wehncked occurred in these pools, and, secondly, on the

general form, which is typical of the “ wehncker”’ group as

opposed to the “ ruficollis” group. Again in sixteen out of

eighteen female wehncket taken in one spot in the Lagan

Canal, near Belfast, the elytra are punctured to the base,

although the puncturation is in some cases extremely fine.

Nineteen male wehnckez occurred in this collection, and no

male ruficollis, and, excepting in the character of elytral

puncturation, the females do not in the least suggest

ruficollis.

In collections made in the River Spey and in some drains

in the Aviemore district (Inverness East), very faint punctu-

ration can be seen at the base of the elytra of most of the

wehnckei females and a few are strongly punctured through-

out.

I could give a number of other examples to show that the

puncturation of the elytra of females of H. wehnckei tends to

vary in our islands, in some cases covering only the apical

half, in others covering the whole of tle elytra, and there

are all grades between the extremes. My knowledge of con-

British Species of Haliplus. 103

tinental specimens is limited to one or two specimens, and

the species appears to be somewhat scarce. I have a note

concerning one specimen from the collection of Captain Ste.

Claire Deville, ‘© 9 H. wehncket. Determined on general

form only. On the first look at this specimen it appeared to

be impunctate, but, by the aid of high magnification (x 172),

I make out extremely fine puncturation at the apex of the

elytra, this extending halfway up but only along the external

borders,”

So far as I know, the females of H/. nomaw are always

completely punctate, even in the “browneanus” variety, which

is, according to its at present known distribution, entirely

confined to south-eastern England and is therefore possibly

the ‘continental ”’ form of the species.

Iam now satisfied that the females of HY. iémmaculatus,

although normally having impunctate elytra, sometimes have

slight puncturation. I have several specimens which on the

majority of characters agree with typical immaculatus females,

but are more or less punctate, this puncturation in most cases,

but not in all, being confined to the extreme apex of the

elytra.

All females of H. apicalis, so far as I know, have thie

elytra completely punctate and all females of H. fulvicollis,

which is not a British species, are quite impunctate, so that

in these two species this female character may be as invariable

as in H7. nomaw.

With regard to H, fluviatilis, I gather that Edwards

regards the female as always having the elytra completely

punctate, though he only says “ the females of this species

exhibit the elytral puncturation very clearly, the surface

in some examples being appreciably dull” (5, p. 8). Both

Gerhardt and Wehncke refer to the female of this species as

having the posterior half of the elytra finely punctured, and

it is surprising that Edwards should have passed over this

statement, especially after having emphasized the fact that

tle puncturation in those specimens he examined was such as

to make the individuals dullin appearance. After examining

a large number of British and Irish speeimens, I have only

found two in which the puncturation on the dise of the elytra

was at all weak: it was there, right to the base, but it was

faintly marked. One of the specimens eame from the river

Nith (Kirkeudbrightshire) and the other from the River Cam

(Cambridgeshire). I have seen only a few continental speci-

mens—a series sent me by Captain Ste. Claire Deville from

France, of which eight were females, and of these six at least

(I neglected to note the other two) have the elytra impunctate

104 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

on the dise, even when examined under high magnification

(x 172). A few specimens from Silesia sent me by Herr

Ganglbauer were similarly sculptured. It seems, therefore,

that there are “ insular” and “ continental” types of female

in this species also.

THE PROSTERNUM.

The sculpture of the prosternum was relied upon by

Gerhardt, who separated H. rujicollis, heydeni, borealis, and

tmmaculatus, as having a grooved or channelled prosternum,

from H. fluviatilis and fulvicollis, as having a flat one. He

did not attempt to distinguish between the four species with

grooved prosternum on any peculiarities of the grooving, and

Wehncke similarly carries the matter no farther. Reitter (15,

p. 2038, footnote) points out that the separation of species on

the ground of grooved or flat prosternum often fails, and

mentions that in HZ. holsaticus, Scriba, the male has a flat and

the female a grooved prosternum. He mentions that Seidlitz

and Ganglbauer have both avoided using the form of the

prosternum as a specific character, but he himself describes

its nature in several species.

Fig. 1. .

VW ( =e

| \

pes

( ( :

ON 1 GSE AS hae

The prosternum undoubtedly varies considerably in its

shape in all the species, and is also somewhat variable in

sculpture ; but it is, nevertheless, sometimes useful as addi-

tional evidence in determining a species, if it is used with

caution. The grooving or channelling varies from a slight

depression in the anterior narrow part to a long, shallow,

narrow channel to the posterior end, and there is also

a further modification produced by the widening out of

this channel. We might describe four degrees of grooving.

The first is the minimum type; in the second the groove

British Species of Haliplus. 105

extends from half to two-thirds of the way back along the

middle line, while in the third it extends right to the poste-

rior end. The fourth is the extreme development of the

groove where it widens out, leaving nothing but a narrow

ridge on either side, and practically the whole width of the

prosternum is depressed. After an examination of a large

number of specimens, [ have drawn up the following descrip-

tions of the prosternum :—

H. apicalis—The prosternum is sparsely covered with

large punctures, but closely covered with fine and very

distinct ones. The grooving is of the fourth type ; the two

raised margins posteriorly are very slight and the groove is

very “ flat-bottomed,” sometimes being so shallow that the

side-ridges are almost obsolete. The fine puncturation gives

the prosternum a somewhat dull appearance, which is a fairly

reliable characteristic for this species.

H. fluviatilis—The prosternum is flat, with sometimes a

tendency to grooving in the anterior narrow part (7. e. type 1,

see fig. 1 on opposite page), where the large punctures are

irregular in shape and give a corrugated appearance. ‘The

“‘ process” or posterior region has large punctures, scattered

and so far apart that the whole surface appears smooth and

shining.

H. nomax.—T'he prosternum is sometimes very faintly

channelled throughout (type 3), but often the insect has to

be turned round in all directions, so as to get the correct

illumination to see this. Often the channelling is of type 2.

In both g and 9? large scattered punctures occur, and the

interspaces are filled with fine puncturation ; but this seldom,

if ever, causes the prosternum to appear in any way dull.

H. wehnckei.—The prosternum is shining and with large

scattered punctures. Usually of type 3, though many

examples of type 2 occur and some specimens are of type 1,

Occasionally the width of the groove is increased, so that

type 4 is approached. Among the large punctures is a very

feeble fine puncturation in both g¢ and 2. If, however, the

groove is deep, the fine puncturation is usually distinct in it,

H. ruficollis—The prosternum and its puncturation are

much the same as in 1, wehnekei, but type 1 is, perhaps, the

most usual. Type 2, however, is not uncommon, and type 3

occurs, this apparently being more common on the continent.

H. heydeni.—So far as my experience of this species goes,

I can find no difference as to the prosternum between it and

H. ruficollis.

H. immaculatus.—Tlie prosternum usually distinctly chan-

nelled throughout its length, and sometimes the posterior part

106 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

of the groove is so widened that it spreads over the whole or

most of the width of the expanded part (type 4). In both g

and @ the surface is thickly covered with large punctures,

the interspaces being filled with smaller punctures, so that

the whole has a rough and slightly dull appearance. These

punctures are so thickly placed that they produce irregular

depressions, the tendency being for these depressions to lie

across the prosternum in the wider part.

H. fulvicollis is not, so far as I know, a British species, and

I have only become acquainted with it because Edwards

included it in his paper, and I therefore obtained specimens

from two or three sources on the continent. It is really a

very distinct species, not likely to be confused with any of

ours. The prosternum is quite smooth, shining, and flat,

except in the extreme anterior region, where there is a short

groove (type 1). There is no fine puncturation, and the

large scattered punctures are not so large as in other species.

This description is drawn up after examination of between

twelve and twenty specimens, so that, perhaps, there are

variations as in our own species. When I received these

specimens I also received several labelled “‘ fulvicollis, var.

Surcatus.”

H. furcatus of Seidlitz is, however, a quite distinct species,

as will be shown later on. The prosternum is of type 4;

the lateral ridges are well marked, and the central region is

slightly convex, so that a depressed line runs down each side

below the lateral ridge. A few larger punctures are scattered

about, and in the depressed margins there is a faint trace of

fine puncturation,

In all the British species there is in the metasternum, just

behind where it touches the prosternum, a shallow pit, but in

both A. fulvicollis and H. furcatus there is a slightly raised

median ridge separating two pits (vide Pl. VIL, fig. 10).

THe PROTHORACIC STRL® AND SCULPTURE OF THE THORAX.

In all the species of the “ ruficollis”” group there is, at the

base of the thorax on either side, about halfway between the

side-border and the median line, a small stria, the length and

form of which, associated with the sculpture of the interstitial

space, has been used to assist in distinguishing the different

species. Gerhardt, in his fuller diagnoses of the species,

says of HH. ruficollis “thorace ... ad basin utrinque im-

presso,” and of H. heydent and tmmaculatus “ad basin

utrinque delucide impresso,” while of LH. fulvicollis he says

‘ad basin utrinque lineola impresso,” Wehncke says that

British Species of Ualiplus. 107

in both ZZ, ruficollis and heydeni the thoracic stris are about

one-third the length of the thorax ; of //. wehncket he says

that there is a semicircular pit inside each stiia, while he

mentions that in 77. schaumiz, Schilsky, the stris are short

and deep. Reitter (15) uses the presence or absence of a

transverse depression of the thorax between the striz as a

systematic character, H. ruficullis having no such depression,

while its varieties—multipunctatus and heydeni—liave it, the

former variety being distinguished from the latter by having

the striw straight instead of curved. He speaks of 1. wehneket

as having an interstrial depression. Ganglbauer (7) also

lays some stress upon these characters, describing them in

each species and variety.

I have found the stria of some use as an aid in determining

some of the species, but the presence or absence of a depres-

sion between them seems quite useless. In //. ¢mmaculatus

the striz are short and incurved, while in //. wehnckei, noma,

and apicalis they are long and practically straight. In

H, rujicollis and heydeni, however, although usually short

and almost straight, they are sometimes distinctly incurved.

On this character, therefore, it is often easy to confuse

H, ruficollis and immaculatus, on the one hand, and J/. rujfi-

collis and wehnckei on the other. In //. fluviatilis the strix

are usually very short, sometimes scarcely more than a rather

large puncture, but occasionally longer ones occur,

Tue CHARACTERS OF THE MALE.

1. The Anterior Tarsi and Tarsal Claws.

Apparently Edwards was the first author to recognize any

differences in the claws of the anterior tarsi of certain species

of the group ; but he only mentioned them in the case of two

species, HH, ruficollis and heydenit. According to the cha-

racter of the claws our species can be separated into two

groups—/H/. heyden?, apicalis, and nomax, having the pair

equal or subequal, and //. ruficollis, wehneket, aud immacu-

latus, having them distinctly unequal. £Z. fluviatil’s should

probably belong to the first group, but the difference between

the two is more noticeable than in nomaz, for instance,

though much less than in ruficollis.

The form of the claw-bearing segment is useful for distin-

guishing A. immaculatus, in which it is normally short and

rather thick, from wehneket and rujficollis, in which it is

normally long and therefore thinner in appearance.

If the claws are removed and examined under high magni-

108 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

fication (x 600), it will be seen that the two differ from one

another in one respect. The anterior or inner claw is smooth

on its concave side, while the other bears two or more teeth

in two series side by side. At first I thought that the

number of teeth in these series was going to give another

definite specific character, but either they break off very

readily or else the number varies within the species. [

imagine, however, that H. noma (including its var. browne-

anus, Which even in this character agrees with it) has usually

longer and more distinct teeth in each series than the others,

there being either three or four on each side.

2. The Median Tursi,

The form of the basal segment of the median tarsus varies

somewhat in the different species, but it is of use for separating

off Hl. immaculatus and nomawz from the others, since in these

two species the posterior edge is markedly concave or excised

instead of being practically straight, The excision is much

more marked in nomax than in immaculatus, but any con-

fusion there might be between these two species on this

character is avoided by reference to the anterior tarsal claws.

3. The Aldeagus and its External or Accessory Lobes.

Edwards is the only author who has used the form of the

edeagus as a specific character, but he failed to make full

use of his discovery. ‘The zdeagus with its accessory lobes

readily separates all our British species, and it also makes it

quite clear that 7. furcatus of Seidlitz is a good species, and

not a mere variety of /. fulvicollis of Kvichson.

The edeagophore in the Haliplids is a very peculiar strue-

ture, and, although in the different species the form differs

considerably, all the forms are built upon one type, as is, of

course, to be expected within a genus. Sharp (1g) gives a

drawing and short description of the zedeagophore of /Z. fulvus,

F., but this happens to be one of the simpler types, and 1

will therefore give a general description of the structure with

the aid of a diagram,

The eedeagophore consists of the edeagus—or penis, as it

used to be called—and two side-lobes, and the whole apparatus

is bilaterally asymmetrical and flattened from side to side,

The two side-lobes, external or accessory lobes, differ from

one another, one being, as Edwards describes it, “ merely a

concave scale, usually oblong or subtriangular, with a

rounded apex.” The shape of this “scale” varies somewhat

British Species of Haliplus. 109

in the different species, but there is occasionally a small tuft

of a few stiff hairs at or near the apex. This lobe is plenti-

fully supplied with muscles, which run into it at right angles

to its base.

The other lobe varies greatly in shape, being quadrilateral

in some species and triangular in others, but even in the

quadrilateral-shaped ones the base is always broader than

the opposite side and the shape is rather that of a triangle

of which one side has a slight bend in it. One of the basal

angles of this lobe is greater than a right-angle, while the

other is acute, and at this latter the lobe is attached to the

base of the wedeagus. he side of the lobe running up from

the angle of attachment is usually somewhat excised, and is

always, so far as I know, fringed for at least part of its length

with stiff hairs. At the extremity of the lobe there is usually

a tuft of stiff hairs, which Edwards described as a “long

curved spine ”’ (5, p. 2).

Diagrammatic sketch of sedeagus, with the “tongue” (4) moved out of

position, to show the my TE (d') in which it lies, and also to

show the opening of the ductus ejaculatorius (f). a=main lobe;

ce=the “hood”; d=the saccular region, with its “ wing” (d'); e=

the thin wall of the ductus; g=the groove in the “ tongue,” with

the continuing groove on the main lobe (g’).

The wdeagus itself (see fig. 2) is a peculiar structure, its

chief peculiarity lying in the fact that itis asymmetrical. Itis

a strongly curved chitinous organ into which passes the ductus

ejaculatorius, but this tube opens about halfway back along

the organ upon what is really its left side, the opening being

110 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

protected by an elongated, more or less pointed, chitinous

“tongue” (b), which lies forward along the side of the main

lobe and in a groove (i) specially shaped for it. On the

outer face of this “tongue” is a groove (g), which com-

mences sometimes near the apex and sometimes about halfway

back, according to the species, and extends backward beyond

the base of the tongue and down the dorsal aspect of the

eedeagus to its base (g').

On the side of this tongue or immediately posterior to it is

a curious mass of material (d@), which in several species partly |

bulges outwards to form a small “ wing” (d'). This pale- |

coloured material is apparently an expansible sac and is |

easily distinguished from the dark surrounding chitin. I

imagine that it is in the wall of the ductus, and capable of

being bulged outwards, perhaps in the passage of the sperma-

tophore (4). The groove already referred to, on the outside of r

the tongue, passes immediately dorsal to this saccular region.

On the right side of the edeagus there is in some species

a thin membrane which I have called the ‘‘ hood” (c). It 3

arises some way behind the apex of the main lobe, and varies

considerably in extent. Sometimes it reaches nearly to the

base of the edeagus, and stands up merely asa flat mem-

branous structure (e. g., H. ruficollis, heydeni), and in one

case (7. immaculatus) it folds right over the convexity of the

cedeagus, so as to shut ina considerable portion of the right

side of it. In some cases this hood is reduced to a minute

lobe (e. g., LH. nomax), and in others it is entirely absent.

I have mentioned that Sharp’s figure of the edeagus of

HT. fulvus represents one of the simpler types, and we can

trace various stages in complexity in the different species.

The simplest types have no “ hood” and no “ saccular region,”

e. g., H. apicalis and fluviatilis. HH. nomax has the merest

trace of a hood, but possesses an elaborate saccular membrane.

HH. wehnckei has a larger and quite distinct hood and a well-

marked saccular membrane. 7. ruficollis and heydeni have

both structures better developed, and H. immaculatus has a

well-marked saccular region and the highest development of

hood.

The male armature of Huliplus is built upon exactly the

same general lines as that of Dytiscus, which has been

described by various authors. Berlesé (3, p. 320) calls the

main lobe the ‘‘ hypophallus” and the tongue the “ epi-

phallus.” Blunck (4) speaks of them as the “ penis” and ,

covering-piece (‘‘ Deckapparat”’?), while Sharp (19) calls

them “median lobe”? and ‘membranous tongue.” In

Dytiscus, however, the whole armature is fairly symmetrical,

British Species of Haliplus. 111

and the two accessory lobes (parameres or periphallic lobes)

are alike, and the edeagus itself is deeply channelled along

its convex side, the “tongue” lying over this median

channel. On the upperside of the tongue and along its

median line is a distinct ridge, and I imagine that, in the

asymmetrical flattening of the whole apparatus in the Hali-

plids, this ridge has become bent over so as to form the lip of

the groove which runs along the outer face of this tongue.

In a state of rest the edeagus with its accessory lobes lies

on its side within the last abdominal segments, the concavity

of the edeagus being towards the left side of the insect, and

the scale-like lobe lies above the edeagus and the other

below. It is difficult, except by comparison of the armature

with other and regular types, such as Hydrophilus, to realize

the orientation of the parts, but by such comparison it be-

comes evident that the curvature of the edeagus has necessi-

tated its being varied from its normal position, and that, in a

state of rest, it lies upon its left side, the concave edge being

the true dorsal side of the organ. When protruded the whole

armature turns on its axis through an angle of 90°, so that

the dorsal side becomes ventral and the left accessory lobe

lies on the right side ; then, by the bending of the region

immediately behind the accessory lobes, the whole armature

is bent downwards and forwards, so that the dorsal side once

more becomes uppermost as it enters the vagina of the female.

THE BRITANNIC SPECIES,

1. H. apicalis, ‘Thomson, is, I believe, identical with

A, striatus, Sharp.

This species was first described in 1867, and no mention

is made of it by Sharp in his description of striatus in 1869,

Presumably he did not know Thomson’s species. In his

description Sharp remarks the resemblance between his

species and H, fluviatilis, and points out that if this latter

species is merely a variety of J/. ruficollis, then LH. striatus is

only another variety. No one had at that time worked at

the Haliplide, so that very little was known about them,

and it seems that many subsequent authors have had no

knowledge of Sharp’s species beyond his description of it,

and have accepted the suggestion that it may be a varietal

form. Ganglbauer (7), for instance, disregarding the work

of Gerhardt and Welncke, includes not only striatus, but

also wehncket and immaculatus, as varieties of ruficollis.

Reitter (15, p. 204) describes striatus as an aberration ot

112 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

HT, fluviatilis, gives its distribution as including “ Prussia,

Pomerania, Silesia, and Moravia,’ and says it is “ not rare.”’

Reitter apparently knew Thomson’s species, because he sent

me Norwegian specimens of it, and he must therefore have

meant something else by striatus. Zaitzev (23) describes

striatus as a variety of /luviatilis, and says that it occurs in

the St. Petersburg district; but he makes no mention of

apicalis.

Only two authors, so far as I am aware, have in any way

connected the two names. Seidlitz (17) mentions “ striatus,

Wehncke,” and in a footnote says that striatus, Sharp, is not

determinable, as the description dates from a time when only

two or three species of the rujicollis group were separated ;

and this although the types are in existence and the author

is still living! In the range of this species Seidlitz includes

Sweden, but he adds a note in which he says that the Swedish

specimens were sent as LZ. apicalis, Thomson, but are without

the characteristics which Thomson attributes to that species.

I can find nothing in Thomson’s description which does

not apply to Sharp’s species and nothing in Sharp’s deserip-

tion which will not suit Thomson’s species; but, apart

altogether from these descriptions, the specimens sent me as

apicalis both by Ganglbauer and by Reitter, and which came

from Borkum Island, Norway (Christiania and Tromsé), and

Sweden, agree in every respect with my examples of H. stria-

tus, which agree with specimens of this latter both in

Dr. Sharp’s collection and in that of the late Wm. Lennon,

of Dumfries, who also took the species in the original

locality.

The other author who associates the two names is Lucas

von Heyden (10), who actually gives striatus as a synonym

of apicalis !

Of course, I have not seen Thomson’s type-specimens, and

am only relying upon Scandinavian specimens received from

two independent sources.

In the Britannic area H. apicalis is confined to coastal

waters and is practically a brackish-water species. Thomson

says that he took it in brackish water. If Heyden’s identi-

fication is correct, a single specimen has occurred inland at

Frankfurt, and it is quite possible that the species may occur

normally inland on the continent, as other species, which with

us are confined to brackish water, are found under better

conditions on the mainland of Europe (e. g., Laccophilus

variegatus, Germ., Calambus parallelogrammus, Ahr., Phil-

hydrus maritimus, Thoms., &c.).

The species is apparently very local in our islands, though

————— |

British Species of Haliplus. 113

IT expect that it is more widely distributed than the records

indicate. The only Irish locality is in Co. Down, where it

occurs fairly commonly in pools on the salt-marsh at Killough.

The only Scottish records are for Dumfries and Kirkcudbright,

while the Euglish records are for Durham, Yorks N.E.,

Norfolk E., Suffolk E., Kent W., and Hants §S., and

Warwick, where it is described as being “local and rare at

Knowle,” probably erroneausly (6).

With regard to the characters for determining the species,

I have drawn up a short summary, which may be useful,

although, as I have already said, the species are very difficult

to distinguish except by examining the male armature.

General Summary of Characters.—

(1. General form long and rather parallel-sided.

2. Thorax not more than twice as broad as long; the sides practi-

cally straight.

3. Thoracic striw long and straight.

A.< 4, Elytra with the black lines usually not spreading into patches ;

lines not usually broken,

. Prosternum flat, with a tendency to be slightly concave ; some-

what dull in appearance, owing to closely-set fine punctura-

L tion amid scattered large punctures.

}1. Ant. tarsal claws almost equal in length.

* )2. Basal segment of median tarsus not excised on posterior side.

1. Elytra covered with fine puncturation.

With regard to wdeagal characters, the figures show all

that is necessary. Note the narrow triangular form of tlie

left accessory lobe, with its dorsal edge slightly concave and

fringed with a row of fine stiff hairs, which row extends to

the blunt apex and ends in a small tuft. Edwards wrongly

describes and draws this lobe as without the hairs. The

side of the tongue shows a thin chitinous patch slightly

creased longitudinally. Possibly this is of similar use to the

more elaborate saccular region of the more complex types.

2. H. fluviatilis, Aubé.

This species is almost confined to running water, and is, in

fact, the most typically “ river species” of the “ ruficollis”

group. It is superficially, perhaps, the most easily distin-

guished species, which, however, is not saying very much,

It is fairly widely distributed throughout the Britannic area,

and also on the continent, and, as we have seen, the female

shows variations with regard to the fine puncturation of the

elytra. The species is recorded from most parts of Ireland

and England, but there is, so far, no Welsh record, and it

seems to be absent from Scotland north of Stirling, I failed

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 8

114 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

to find it in Fife, Forfar, Inverness E., Perth Mid, or any of

the western islands I have worked, and it did not oceur in

the Isle of Man. Continental records range from Norway

and Siberia to the Mediterranean district ; but, in view of

the general confusion which has existed as to the ruficollis

group, they require confirmation.

General Summary of Characters.—

(1. General form rather long, but not parallel-sided. Elytra widest

about the middle.

2. Thorax not more than twice as broad as long, the sides almost

straight.

3. Thoracic strize usually very short; little more than large oblong

punctures.

4, Elytra with the black lines spreading in such a way that, from a

. short distance, dark bands alternating with light ones appear

to run obliquely from the shoulders to the median suture, one

such dark band being at extreme base, another reaching the

median suture about halfway back, and a third about halfway

between that and the apex.

. Prosternum shining, with slight tendency to bulge in median

line; large punctures scattered, and at most only a trace of

L fine puncturation.

| 1. Ant. tarsal claws subequal, the difference between the two being

d. distinct but not great.

2. Basal segment of median tarsus not excised on posterior side.

1. Elytra usually covered with fine puncturation in Britannic speci-

mens, but rarely smooth on the disc. Continental specimens

+ appear to be usually impunctate in the anterior part of the

elytra.

As to edeagal characters, note the similarities between the

edeagus in this species and in H. apiealis—and the diffe-

rences! Compare also the left accessory lobe in the two

species.

3. H.nomax, mihi, Ent. Month. Mag. ser. 2, xxu. p. 153

(1911).

I discovered this species when examining my material

after the publication of Edwards’s paper, and its existence

naturally contributed largely to my difficulties in identifying

the different species with that paper. Shortly after my

publication of a short note (1), Sharp (20) separated off

another form, which he named browneanus, and which he

considered, and still considers, a distinct species. He has

endeavoured to convince me of the fact, but, after long con-

sidering the matter, and not without some misgivings,

because of his vastly greater experience, I have preferred to

regard it as a variety of my species. Whereas I regard

striatus as a mere synonym of apicalis, I regard browneanus

British Species of Haliplus. 115

as sufficiently distinct to be called a variety, and my chief

reason for not separating it as a species is that in the form of

the edeagus and its accessory lobes the two are identical.

Now all the other species of this group are to be distinguished

on the wdeagal characters, and nomax aud browneanus cannot

therefore be regarded as of the same standing towards one

another as either of them is to any of the other species. If

they are to be regarded as separate species, they must form a

distinct genus or subgenus apart from the others, and there

is not sufficient justification for this.

H. noma is, so far as is at present known, a northern and

western form occurring in the following counties and vice-

counties :—JZreland: Antrim, Down, and Carlow. Scotland:

Clyde Isles (Arran and Bute), Renfrew, Lanark, Ayr, and

Kirkeudbright. Hngland: I have seen a ¢ of the species

from Ledsham, Cheshire, taken by W. HE. Sharp, but that

was before “ browneanus” had been separated, and I do not

know to which form it belonged. Otherwise there is, so far,

no English record for the type.

It is a lake-species, found most abundantly in May and

June, but continuing to occur until August or even Sep-

tember, chiefly in the more stony parts. It, however, also

oecurs—though never abundantly—in rivers and canals

where stony conditions may be absent, but where otherwise

some lake conditions exsist, such as large volume of well-

oxygenated water and equable temperature.

The variety has so far only occurred in Bucks and East

Anglia (Cambridge and Norfolk E.), where it seems to be

almost confined to rivers and broad drains of slow-moving

water, though I found it the dominant Haliplid in one or two

large and deep ponds in an old clay-pit near Cambridge.

H, noma varies somewhat in general form, usually being

widest a little behind the shoulders; but in some cases the

elytra are almost parallel for some distance back, while in

others the widest point is about halfway back. The var.

browneanus is apparently less variable, the form being widest

a little behind the shoulders and more acute at the apex than

in normal nomaz. The thorax is slightly longer in propor-

tion to its width, and the sides are less strongly convergent

anteriorly than in the type. ‘The insect is rather smaller

than most nomav, and is rather more brightly coloured,

owing to the dark elytral lines being narrower and the

ground-colour pale yellow instead of testaceous. The usual

elytral marking both in noma and the variety reminds one

of fluviatilis more tlian of any other species.

In both the type and the variety the basal segment of the

116 Mr. F. Balfour- Browne on the

median tarsus of the ¢ is strongly excised in the posterior

margin, but in browneanus the segment is rather narrower,

though this is variable and not a_ reliable distinction.

Dr. Sharp tells me that ‘in dbrowneanus the tip of the first

joint [of the median tarsus of the g ] comes off at a more

abrupt angle, the second and third joints are less dilated, and

the fourth is shorter” ; but, after drawing a number of

examples with camera lucida, I am quite unable to appreciate

these differences.

General Summary of Characters.—

(1. General form variable, usually with elytra widest a little behind

the shoulders.

. Thorax not more than twice as broad as long, the sides more or

less straight, more convergent anteriorly in nomaz, less in

AJ browneanus.

*“\ 3. Thoracic strie usually long and straight.

4, Elytra with black lines sometimes spreading and irregular and

sometimes nearly regular. The most usual marking is not

unlike that of HZ. fluviatilis, the form of which species distin-

& cuishes it from this.

1, Ant. tarsal claws practically equal.

3 2

25 ae

Basal segment of median tarsus with posterior side strongly

excised.

Elytra apparently always in Britannic specimens completely

covered with fine puncturation.

]

As to xedeagal characters, note the smallness of the “ hood,”

which is almost absent, and the well-developed saccular

region and its * wing.”

4, H. wehnckei, Gerh.

This species was first recognized as British by Newbery (14),

who, however, identified it as H. ¢émmaculatus, Gerh., an

error which was corrected by Edwards. In our islands this

species has an extensive range, from the Hebrides in the

north to the extreme south of England ; and, although there

are at present many gaps in its recorded distribution, these

will no doubt be filled up in the course of time. Like H. fluvi-

atilis, wehnckei occurs freely in running water, but, unlike it,

it is, especially in the north and west, a lake-species, and is

usually, according to my experience, the most abundant

species of the group in those districts.

I have taken it in the north-east and south-east of Ireland

(Derry, Antrim, Down, Armagh and Wicklow, Wexford,

Waterford, and Kilkenny) and in Westmeath, and have

seen specimens from Mayo W. In Scotland I have taken it

in the Outer Hebrides (Lewis), Inverness E., Lanark, Ren-

frew, Ayr, and Kirkcudbright, and have seen specimens

British Species of Haliplus. 117

from Stirling and Edinburgh. It occurred in the Isle of

Man, and in England it has occurred in Chester, Gloucester E.,

Devon N. and 8., Hants 8., Isle of Wight, Kent E., Herts,

Cambs, Norfolk E. and W., and Suffolk W.

General Summary of Characters.—

(1. General form: elytra usually widest about halfway back and

showing a more or less regular curve from shoulders to apex.

2. Thorax not more than twice as broad as long, and the sides more

A.¥ or less straight.

3. Thoracic strie usually long and straight.

4, Elytra with the black lines seldom spreading into patches of

A. colour, seldom broken, and usually of fairly regular width.

(1. Ant. tarsal claws unequal, both curved to apex, especially the

short inner or anterior claw (cf. H. rujficollis).

2. Apical segment of ant. tarsus rather long (cf. H. rujicollis and

HH, immaculatus).

3. The three basal segments of ant. tarsus with pads of hairs fine

and inconspicuous (cf. H. rujficollis).

(4. Basal segment of median tarsus not excised on post. side,

1. Elytra in most Britannic specimens having fine puncturation in

apical half only, but the character varies, as a fair number of

individuals are faintly punctured to the base.

The wdeagus of this species is easily recognized by the

great breadth of the main lobe at its apex and by the shape

of the ‘ hiood.”” There is no “ wing,” and the saccular region

is not so large as in LZ. ruficollis.

5. H. ruficollis, De Geer.

This species has been recorded for most of the counties

and vice-counties, but the records refer to different members

of the ruficollts group. Even among the records for the

species published since the appearance of Edwards’s paper,

there is seldom anything to indicate whether the authors have

seen the paper and whether they are aware of the possibilities.

I have therefore, in recording its distribution, only included

records in cases where I have either taken specimens myself

or seen specimens, except in the case of Gloucester E.,

whenee Edwards records it.

There are no Scottish records north of Stirling and Cantire,

except for the Outer Hebrides and Inverness (Kast), and the

species was by no means common in either of these districts.

lt has occurred in Cantire, Arran, Stirling, Renfrew, Lanark,

Ayr, Edinburgh, Dumfries, and Kirkcudbright. In Ireland

it has been taken in Derry, Antrim, Armagh, Cavan,

Mayo W., Carlow, Kilkenny, Wexford, and Waterford, and

in England in Yorks Mid W., Lancs §., Chester, Salop,

Gloucester E., Oxford, Devon §., Hants 8., Isle of Wight,

1138 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

Hunts, Cambs, Norfolk E., Suffolk E. and W., Middlesex,

Surrey, Sussex E., and Kent E. and W. It also oceurs in

the Isle of Man.

H. ruficollis is a typical pond-species and becomes rare in

peaty districts, so that it may well be absent from large

tracts of Scotland and Ireland,

In the section dealing with the puncturation of the elytra

of the female, I mentioned that I had impunctate continental

specimens which I was unable to determine as between this

speciesand H. heydent, These females are larger than British

heydeni, and they seem rather broader and with rather more

deeply punctured elytra] strize than our ruficollis, and we are

therefore faced with the question whether there is another

species, H/. mu/tipunctatus, Welincke, to be recognized in this

group, and, as Sharp (20) believes that he hasa British female

specimen of this species, it is necessary that I should thus refer

to it in this paper. I can only say that among the con-

tinental specimens in my possession I can find no male which

can be associated with these larger impunctate females, except

that of rujicollis, but I do not notice that these ruficollis have

a less prominent aedeagal hood than our British specimens.

Personally, being what Darwin called a ‘ whole-hogger”

rather than a “ hair-splitter,” I should hesitate to regard

so small a difference as anything more than a varietal

distinction.

General Summary of Characters.— .

. General form: elytra widest close behind the shoulders and

narrowing rather strongly so that the apex is rather acute.

2. Thorax apparently more than twice as broad as long, the sides

curved and strongly convergent.

. Thoracic striz variable; perhaps most usually short and

straight, but not infrequently somewhat incurved.

4, Elytra with the black lines almost always broken and spreading

out into patches of colour.

1, Ant. tarsal claws unequal, both comparatively straight near

apex (cf. IZ, wehnckei).

. Apical segment of ant. tarsus rather long (cf. H. wehncket and

immaculatus).

3. The three basal segments of ant. tarsi with dense pads of hairs

on under side (cf. H. wehncket).

. Basal segment of median tarsus not excised on posterior side.

. Elytra in most Britannic specimens with fine puncturation all

over. On the continent this form seems to be rare, the

elytra usually varying from smooth in the ant. half to smooth

nearly all over. Some Britannic specimens have elytra

smooth in ant. half.

—

-A——_ +,

— A———~_-

—_ ia bo

fom

‘lhe zedeagus of this species is sufficiently described already,

as the diagrammatic figure and the accompanying descrip-

tion are founded upon it,

—

British Species of Haliplus. 119

6. ZH. heydeni, Welncke.

My acquaintance with this species has, until this year,

been somewhat limited, and, until I took specimens in the

New Forest (Hants 8.) and in Cambridge, I had never

seen it in the field, although Lhad seen a few specimens from

the collections of various friends. It is apparently a pond-

species like 1. rujicollis, but itis more localized in our islands.

I have seen specimens from Lanes 8. and Chester, and there

is a Leicester record, but otherwise all records are for south

of a line drawn from the Wash to Hereford—Gloucester E.,

Oxford, Berks, Middlesex, Surrey, Kent W., ? Sussex L.,

Hants §., I. of Wight, Dorset, Devon N. and 8., Cambs,

and Norfolk E.

The species, in general appearance, is easily mistaken for

a small ruficollis, but in the g the equal ant. tarsal claws

and the form of the edeagus at once separate it. Apparently

the 2 usually has the elytra without fine puncturation or

with only the apex thus marked, but there are many small

females which are completely punctate which may or may

not be this species.

General Summary of Characters.—

‘1. General form: small, most likely to be mistaken for small

ruficollis, but usually slightly wider in proportion to leugth,

A | 2. Thorax much as in H. rujicollis, but with sides almost straight.

3. Thoracic strie as in H. rujicollis.

4. Elytra as in ZZ. rujficollis.

a l. Ant. tarsal claws equal and both finely built (cf. Z. ruficollis).

*) 2. Basal segment of median tarsus not excised on posterior side.

1. Elytra perhaps normally with fine puncturation only at extreme

9 apex at the most, but small specimens with fine punctura-

, tion all over elytra occur, which, on this character alone, must

be named HZ, rvjicollis.

The wdeagus is of a very distinct form with large hood

and moderate-sized saccular region. This last has a raised

part, presumably corresponding to the “ wing” in nomaw and

ruficollis, but -it is more or less globular at the anterior

end of the region. ‘lhe “ tongue”’ is short and small and in

the figure is shown slightly out of its groove. The left

accessory lobe is in a way intermediate between the usual

type and that seen in the next species.

7. H. immaculatus, Gerliardt.

This is another species which is chiefly found in lakes and

eanals.- It is frequently associated with HH. noma, and its

range in our islands corresponds fairly well with that of this

species, covering, however, a larger area in the south. In

120 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

Ireland I have taken it in Antrim, Down, Armagh, West-

meath, and Wexford. In Scotland I have not taken it my-

self, but I have seen specimens from Stirling, Lanark, and

Ayr, while in England I have seen specimens from Chester,

Devon N., I. of Wight, Suffolk E., Kent E. and W., and

Sussex E., and have taken it in Cambs and Norfolk E., and

there are also records for Hereford, Hunts, and ? Suffolk W.

General Summary of Characters.—

is rather long.

2. Thorax not more than twice as long as broad, the sides more

or less straight.

. Thoracic strive usually very short and incurved.

{ 4. Elytra with black lines seldom spreading into patches of colour

and usually unbroken,

5, Prosternum usually channelled throughout its length, but some-

| times the grovve is so wide and shallow that the edges are

1. General form: elytra much as in H, wehnekei, but the insect

scarcely recognizable, and the prosternum at first sight

appears flat.

. Ant. tarsal claws unequal, similar to HZ. wehnckei.

. Apical segment of ant, tarsus distinctly short (cf. Z. rujicollis

d. and wehneket).

3. Basal segment of median tarsus slightly excised on posterior side.

\ 1. Elytra usually without fine puncturation, but specimens occur

* | in which this exists at the apex and even more extensively.

With regard to edeagal characters, the left accessory lobe

is different from that of all the other British Haliplids ; it is

bluntly pointed and has a small tuft of hairs at the apex, and

about halfway down the dorsal face is a strong brush of

hairs, which Edwards describes as “ a large triangular tooth.”

The edeagus itself has a very large hood, which conceals the

base of the “tongue” and also the whole of the saccular

region, which is well developed. The tongue itself is rather

peculiar in form, as will be seen in the figure.

H. fulvicollis, Hvichson.

The first mention of this as a British species was by

Edwards, who says that all the English specimens he saw

were females. Apparently his knowledge of this species

depends upon specimens from Kisleben, sent to him by

Herr Schulz of Hamburg, and he remarks that “ the genitalia

of the Eisleben male are similar to those of ruficollis.”

Further, he mentions that in the English specimens the

elytra are finely punctured on the apical half only, and sug-

gests that this had been overlooked by Gerhardt and Wehncke,

“who speak of the elytra as without punctulation.” Now

it struck me as extraordinary that these authors should have

been able to see such sculpture in the females of ruficollis

- British Species of Haliplus. 121

and yet had failed to observe it in the females of fulvicollis,

and because of this, and also because of Edwards’s remarks

upon the male armature, 1 wrote to Messrs. Schulz, Everts,

Ganglbauer, and Reitter asking for dg and 9? specimens of

H. fulvicollis, Er. My knowledge of the species rests upon

the specimens sent me by the three last-named, and these

specimens were all alike and agreed in all points with the

descriptions given by various authors. Herr Schulz sent

me eight specimens which, on examination, proved to be

HH, heydeni? (13,12), H. ruficollis (13,29), H. immacu-

latus (1g), and H. cinereus (22)!

Through the kindness of Messrs. Edwards and Champion

and Dr. Sharp, I was enabled to see the British specimens

mentioned by Edwards and the Italian ? specimen which

Edwards correctly described as H, furcatus, Seidl., and

Mr. Edwards also sent me the Schulz specimens upon which

hehad relied. The British specimens are HZ. ruficollis of the

continental type, and agree perfectly with the Schulz speci-

mens and with others trom various sources. HH, fulvicollis

of Erichson is a very distinct species, and is not likely to be

passed over if it does occur in our islands. The pattern of

the dark markings on the elytra, the form of the prothorax,

and the comparatively fine punctures forming the elytral striz

are sufficient to arrest attention. The ant. tarsal claws of the

d are practically equal in length, the thoracic strie are

straight, and the sides of the thorax are straight.

The wdeagus with its accessory lobes is also quite distinct

from that of any other British species. There is no hood ;

the main lobe has a large tongue, upon which is a long,

nearly straight groove and there igs no saccular region.

The left accessory lobe is triangular, with two separate

patches of stiff hairs upon its dorsal edge, one of which seems

to be an elaboration of the apical tuft of the British species,

Among the specimens sent me from the Continent were

several labelled “ var. furcatus, Seidlitz,” and superficially on

the upper side these exactly resemble H. fulvicollis. hey

differ, however, on the underside in the sculpture of the pro-

sternum, and, if that were the sole distinction, it would justify

the action of continental authors in reducing what Seidlitz

named a species to a mere variety. However, the edeagus

of furcatus is very different from that of fulvicollis,as my

figure shows, and the left accessory lobe is also distinct,

while even the right lobe (the scale) is slightly different, and

on these grounds //, furcatus should be restored to the rank

given it by Seidlitz.

122 Mr. F. Balfour-Browne on the

However, these are not British species, and, beyond making

this point clear, I do not need to refer to them,

I mentioned earlier in this paper that many friends have

lent me material which has assisted me in the work on this

group. Ihave been specially assisted by Dr. Sharp, who has

not only lent me specimens but has also given me many hints

and has brought to my notice more than one paper relating

to the subject. I must also specially express my thanks to

Mr. Edwards, who, among other things, courteously allowed

me to see the specimens used in the preparation of his own

paper. His paper undoubtedly advanced our knowledge of

an exceedingly difficult group, especially as he discovered

the only absolutely reliable specitic character. If 1 have

carried matters any further it is through him that I found the

necessary stimulus for the work.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Batrour-Browne, F. 1911. A new British Haliplus (H. nomaz).

Ent. Mo. Mag. (ser. 2) xxii. 153.

(2) Beprr, L. 1879. Faune Coléopt. Bass. Seine, i. pp. 222-3, and

note.

(3) Bertesé, A. 1909. Gli Insetti. Vol. I. Embriologia e Mor-

vhologia,

(4) Beas H. 1912. Das Geschlechtsleben des Dytiscus marginalis,

L. I. Teil. Die Begattung. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. cii.

Heft 2, pp. 169-248.

(5) Epwarps, J. 1911. A Revision of the British Species of Haliplus,

Latreille. Ent. Mo. Mag. (ser. 2) xxii. pp. 1-10.

(6) Exuis, H. Wittovexpy. 1904. The Victoria History of the

County of Warwick.

(7) GaneLpaurR, L. 1891. Die Kafer von Mitte] Europa.

(8) GerHarpt, J. 1877. Zur Unterscheidung der Arten aus der

Gruppe des Haliplis ruficollis, De G. Zeitschr. f. Entom, Breslau,

yp. 34-37.

(9) 1877. Zweineue Haliplus-Arten. Ibid. pp. 38-41.

(10) HeyprEn, L. von. 1877. Verzeichniss der Kater von Nassau u.

Frankfurt. S8vo. Berlin and Wiesbaden.

(11) , Reirrer, and Weise. 1906. Catalogus Coleopterorum

Europe, &e. Edit. 2.

(12) Marsect, §.-A. pr. 1882. Nouveau repertoire contenant les

descriptions des espéces de Coléoptéres de l’Ancien-monde &c.

L’Abeille. Journal d’Eutomologie.

(13) Neroutitsky, F. 1911. Die Parameren u. das System der

Adephaga. Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr. pp. 271-283.

(14) Newspery, E. A. 1907. Haliplus immaculatus, Gerh., a Species

(or Variety) of Coleoptera new to the British List. Ent. Mo,

Mag. (ser. 2) xvili. p. 4.

(15) Rerrrer, E. 1908, Fauna Germanica. Die Kafer des Deutsches

Reiches, Bd. i.

(16) Roprrts, C. HW. 1913. Critical Notes on the Species of Haliplide

of America, North of Mexico, with Descriptions of new Species,

Journ. N.Y. Entom. Soc. xxi. pp. 91-123.

British Species of Ualiplus, 123

(17) Serpurrz, G. 1886. Bestimmungs Tabella du Dytiscide u.

Gyrinide des Europiiischen Faunengebietes. Verhandl, d.

Naturf. Vereines in Brinn, Bd. xxv.

(«8) Suarp, D. 1869. Notes on British Hydradephaga; with Descrip-

tions of new Species of Haliplus and Hydroporus. Ent. Mo. Mag.

vi. 81.

(19) ——. 1912. The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube

in Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 477-642.

(20) . 1913. Description of a new Species of Haliplus (I. browne-

anus). Ent. Mo. Mag. (ser. 2) xxiv. pp. 75, 76, & 108.

(21) Tuomson,C.G. 1867. Skand. Coleopt. x. 293.

(22) Weunckr, E, 1880. Uebersicht der Europaischen Verwandten

des Haliplus ruficollis, De G. Deutsche Ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 225.

(23) Zarrzev, P. 1906,7. Haliplide, Dytiscide, &e. du Gouv. de

St. Pétersbourg. Extr. de l’annuaire du Musée Zool. del’ Acad.

Impér. des Sci. de St. Pétersb. i., xi., & xii.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate VII.

Fig. 1. Left side of wedeagus of Haliplus apicalis, Thomson (striatus,

Sharp). Drawing made from an Irish specimen.

Fig. 2. Ditto of H, fluviatilis, Aubé.

‘g. 3. Ditto of H. wehncket, Gerhardt.

Fig. 4. Ditto of H. rujficollis, De Geer.

Fig. 5. Ditto of H. nomaz, mihi.

Fig. 5a. Right side of wdeagus of same species to show the “ hood.”

‘ig. 6, Left side of edeagus of H. heydent, Wehncke.

Fig. 7. Ditto of H. immaculatus, Gerhardt.

Fig. 8. Ditto of HL. fulvicollis, Erichson,

Fig. 9. Ditto of H. furcatus, Seidlitz.

a=main lobe ; b=the tongue, which in figs. 1, 2, and 8 is

wholly or partially thin-walled, possibly somewhat expansible ;

b' = depression in main lobe in which “ tongue” lies (in fig. 6 the

tongue is shown slightly out of position) ; e=the “hood”;

d=the “saccular” region, within some cases a free lobe or

“wing,” d’; e=the thin wall of the ductus ejaculatorius ; g=

the groove on the “tongue” which continues on to the main

lobe, g’.

Fig. 10. Prosternum (P), part of metasternum (17), and coxe with tro-

chanters of first and second pairs of legs of H. furcatus, Seidl.,

to show the channelling of the prosternum and the twin

depressions (aa) in the metasternum.

PuaTE VIII.

Fig. 1, Left accessory lobe (external or periphallic lobe or paramere) of

Haliplus apicalis, Thomson (striatus, Sharp). Drawing made

from an Irish specimen. View of inner side, ¢. e. the side

which lies against the edeagus,

Figs. 2,2a. Ditto of HZ. fluviatilis, Aubé. Inner and outer sides,

Fig. 3. Ditto of IZ, nomax, mihi. Outer side.

Fig. 4. Ditto of H. wehnckei, Gerhardt. Outer side.

Fig. 5. Ditto of H. ruficollis, De Geer. Outer side.

Tig. 6. Ditto of WI. heydeni, Wehncke. Outer side.

Fig. 7. Ditto of A. immaculatus, Gerhardt. Outer side.

124 Mr. C. Tate Regan on

Fig. 8. Left accessory lobe (external or periphallic lobe or paramere) of

H, fulvicollis, Er. Inner side.

Fig. 9. Ditto of ZH. furcatus, Seidl. Inner side.

Fig. 10. Right aecessory lobe, which varies but little in all the above

species.

Fig, 11. Basal segment of right median tarsus of H. apicalis, Thoms.

Fig. 12. Ditto of JZ. fluviatilis, Aubé,

Fig. 13. Ditto of H. nomax, mihi.

Fig. 18a. Ditto of H. nomax, var. browneanus, Sharp.

Fig. 14. Ditto of H. wehnekei, Gerh.

Fig. 15. Ditto of H. ruficollis, Deb.

Fig. 16. Ditto of H. heydeni, Wehncke.

Fig. 17. Ditto of H. immaculatus, Gerh.

V.—A Collection of Fishes from Lagos.

By C. Tate Re@an, M.A.

(Published by permission of the ‘Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE collection here reported on has been made and presented

to the British Museum by Mr. J. Cadman, of the Western

Fisheries, Ltd. The majority of the fishes were trawled off

Lagos at a depth of 10 to 85 fathoms, and this was certainly

the case for the seven species described below as new. Some

of the coast-fishes of West Africa are identical with those

of the Mediterranean, others are known from the Cape, and

there is a certain proportion of species found so far away

as the coast of Brazil and the Indian Ocean ; to illustrate

this the known distribution of the species, other than those

restricted to West Africa, is given.

1. Squatina africana, Regan.

Ann, Natal Mus, i. pt. 3, 1908, p, 248, pl. xxxviii.

This species was originally described from Natal; it

would be of interest to ascertain whether either of the Medi-

terranean species of Squatina occurs at Lagos.

2. Lthynchobatus atlanticus, sp. n.

Very similar in form, structure, and coloration to the

Indian &. djeddensis, Forsk. First dorsal fin farther back,

originating belind base of pelvics; distance from end of

snout to origin of first dorsal more than four times the inter-

space between dorsals. Spines stronger and fewer, similarly

distributed except for the presence of a series on each side

of the rostral cartilage and the absence of a median series

126 Mr. C. Tate Regan on

the teeth are long and slender, but little compressed and very

feebly tricuspid at their apices. In J/. savanna the vomerine

series ends below the pamerer edge of the eye, and includes

17 or 18 teeth, which are short, compressed, and distinetly

tricuspid. Other noteworthy differences are that the anterior

canines of the lower jaw are much stronger and the pectoral

fins are longer in M. firow than in A. savanna.

11. Hoplunnis punctatus, sp. n.

Depth of body, at origin of anal fin, about 50 times in its

length ; tail 32 as long as rest of fish. Snout 24 diameter of

eye, which is nearly twice the interorbital width. Maxillary

extending well behind eye. Pramaxillary with 2 pairs of

canines and 2 median teeth behind them; vomer with a

series of 5 spaced canines ; maxillary teeth small, biserial ;

mandibulary teeth biserial, the outer series small except for

2 pairs of canines anteriorly, the inner series small poste-

riorly, of about 9 stronger spaced teeth laterally. Dorsal

origin in advance of gill-opening, a little factiee from eye

than latter from end of snout ; ; pectoral 4 length of snout.

Olivaceous above, silvery below; upper parts with numerous

small dark spots forming irregular Jongitudinal series; end of

tail blackish.

A single specimen, 370 mm. in total length.

Toplunnis schmidt’, described in 1859 * from an example

from Puerto.Cabello, appears to differ especially in the more

numerous teeth (10 on the vomer, 17 enlarged teeth in the

inner mandibulary series). 7. diomedianus, “Goode & Bean in

is based on a single specimen from the Gulf of Mexico; it

appears to resemble //. a africanus in having only 6 vomerine

teeth, but seems to have a longer tail, the origin of the dorsal

fin farther back, &c. Possibly further material may show

that neither H. diomedianus nor JI. africanus is distinct

from HZ. schmidti.

12. Vomer setipinnis, Mitch.

Both coasts of America ; W. Africa.

13. Pomadasys jubelini, Cuv. & Val.

14. Larimus peli, Bleek.

* hiaie Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, iv. Abh. 2, p. 20, pl. ii,

fig. ¢

“+ ‘Mem, Mus. Comp. Zool, xxii. 1896, p. 146, fig. 163,

Fishes from Lagos. 127

15. Sciena nigripinnis, Giinth.

16. Otolithus macrognathus, Bleek.

17. Otolithus brachygnathus, Bleek.

18. Ololithus senegalensis, Bleek.

19. Uranoscopus albesca, Sp. n.

De »pth of body about 4 in the length, length of head be

lower jaw) about 3. Diameter of eye 54 in length of head,

equal to length of snout or to interorbital width. Head as

broad as deep; upper surface flatt'sh, without prominent

ridges or tubercles ; interorbital depression twice as long as

broad ; one subopercular and four pi sope reular sping s, Oral

me tale ine of lower jaw produced nto a flap with entire

edves, about as broad as long, rounded distally. Pre-

maxill: iry teeth triserial ante riorly, uniserial laterally ; man-

dibulary teeth biserial anteriorly the inner series strong

laterally only 2 or 3 canines. Postie smporal spine ee.

humeral spine strong, half as long as pectoral fin. 55 scales

in a longitudinal series. Dorsal III, 13-14; spinous dorsal

low ; soft dorsal emarginate, third or fourth ray longest,

i length of head. Anal 13. Pectoral 18-rayed, 2 length of

head, extending to origin of anal. Caudal deabtranes ate.

Greyish-violet ; spinous dorsal black; oral flap white,

conspicuous.

‘T'wo specimens, 175 and 195 mm. in total length.

The white membranous flap that can be protruded from

the mouth of this species is the homologue of the vermiform

or filamentous process found in related forms.

20. Uranoscopus scaber, Linn.

A Mediterranean species, previously unrecorded south of

the Canaries.

21. Trichturus lepturus, Linn.

Atlantic.

22. Mugil cephalus, Linn.

Mediterranean to 8. Africa; also both coasts of America,

23. Mugil fal i UnNIS, Cuv. & Val.

128 Mr, C. Tate Regan on

24. Sphyrena guachancho, Cuv. & Val.

Tropical Atlantic, on both coasts.

25. Galeoides decadactylus, Bloch.

26. Pentanemus quinguarius, Linn.

Tropical Atlantic, on both coasts.

Gobius schlegeli, Bleek.

28. Brotula barbata, Schneid.

After careful comparison of two examples collected by

Mr. Cadman with one from the Bermudas, I am unable

recognize specific differences ; even the number of fin-rays

is exactly the same. ‘This is the first record of this species

from the Eastern Atlantic.

29. Lepidotrigla cadmani, sp. n.

Depth of body about 4 in the length, length of head about 3.

Diameter of eye 34 to 32 in leneth of head, interorbital

width 4 to 44. Bones of head finely granulated ; pree-

orbital Ae ot truncated anteriorly, with 4 to 8 small

spines ; 1 to 3 small spines above anterior part of eye; no

continuous transverse groove behind the concave interorbital

region. Chest scaly ; 54 to 56 scales in lateral line ; 21 to

24 spiny plates at base of dorsal fins. Dorsal IX, 13-14;

Spies not serrated, second or third longest, 4 or a little more

than 4 length of ‘head. Anal 13-14. Pectoral nearly as

long as head ; uppermost free ray as long as rest of fin,

extending to third or fourth ray of anal. Pelvics extending

to origin “of anal, Caudal slightly emarginate. Traces of a

dusky, spot on spinous dorsal between fourth and seventh

spines; membrane of upper ? of pectoral fin, and on inner

side rays also, blackish.

Five specimens, 130 to 170 mm. in total length.

L. cavillone, Lacep., of the Mediterranean, is rather similar,

but differs notably in the rougher head, serrated first dorsal

i o

spine, naked chest, shorter pectoral filaments, &c.

Platycephalus gruveli, Pellegr.

31. Dactylopterus volitans, Linn.

Tropical Atlantic.

lishes from Lagos. 129

32. Psettodes erumet, Schneid.

An Indian and West-African species not yet recorded

from South Africa,

33. Hemirhombus guineensis, Bleek,

34. Solea chirophthalmus, sp. n.

Depth of body 22 to 2# in the length, length of head

Bout 4t. Upper eye somewhat in advance. of lower ;

diameter equal to or less than length of snout, 5 or 6 in

length of head and about twice interocular width. Maxillary

extending to below posterior } of eye. No dilated nostril on

blind side. 65 to 72 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal

69-77. Anal 56-60. Caudal rounded, contiguous to dorsal

and anal. Right pectoral 9-rayed, nearly 3 length of head ;

left pectoral 7- or 8-rayed, not more than } length of head,

Vertebre 8+32. Gr ‘yish, with traces of darker spots on

body, series of 5 or 6 near bases of dorsal and anal apparently

alternating with a series on lateral line; pectoral with a

blackish ocellus.

Five specimens, 170-200 mm. in total length.

35. Cynoglossus lagoensis, sp. n.

Depth of body 4 in the length, length of head 4} to 44

Interocular width 2 or ? diameter of upper eye, w hich is 3 to

4 in length of snout and 10 to 12 in le: 1gth of head. ‘I'wo

nostrils, the posterior midway between the anterior margins

of the eyes. Cleft of mouth extending behind lower eye.

Dorsal 120-126. Anal 95-98. ‘Three Tateral lines on left

side, one on right; 80 to 85 scales in a lateral series from

above gill-opening ‘to base of caudal; 12 scales between

upper and middle lateral lines at their widest distance

apart. Brownish grey.

Three specimens, 380 mm. in total length.

Related to - bigamy Steind. (Denkschr. Akad. Wien,

xlv. 1882, p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 2), in which the cleft of the

mouth ends below the middle of the eye, the head is smaller,

the scales are more numerous, &c,

36. Cynoglossus goreensis, Steind.

37. Echeneis naucrates, Linn,

Temperate and tropical seas,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 8. Vol. xv. d

130 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Ants from

38. Batrachoides beninens’s, sp. n.

Depth of body about 6 in length, length of head about 3.

Diameter of eye 10 to 12 in length of head. A horizontal

fold of skin from below eye to praoperculum. Two opereular

and two subopercular spines. Teeth on vomer and palatines

uniserial, obtusely conical; 11 to 13 on vomer; lower jaw

with a series of similar teet th and anteriorly a patch of villi-

form teeth ; premaxillaries with a narrow band of villiform

eet. Head naked, covered with small filiform papillee ; no

scales on occiput or on throat; snout and lower jaw with

fringes. Body scaly, the scales comparatively large, 10

between origin of second dorsal and lateral line. Dorsal

IIT, 25. Anal 22-23. Pectoral 19-20, extending to origin

of anal; no axillary foramen or pores. Greyish; head

ornamented with irregular transverse dark bands with darker

edges ; body with irregular dark cross-bars and spots ; dorsal

and anal fins with oblique stripes ; pectoral with series of

spots; caudal dark at the base and also posteriorly,

Three specimens, 160 to 210 mm. in total leneth,

Related to B. surinamensts, Schneid., of the Atlantic coast

of America, differing especially i in the completely naked head,

the larger scales, and the fewer dorsal and anal rays.

VI.— Ants from North and Central Australia, collected

by G. Ff. Hill.—Part I. By W.C. Craw ey, B.A.

I. Subfam. Powzrrz.

No. 2. Odontomachus ruyiceps, Sm., subsp. acutidens, Forel.

Darwin, N.T., 15. iv. 13. 3.

No. 21. Odontomachus septentrionalis, sp. n.

% .—L. 14'8 mm. (with mandibles),

Mandibles long (2 mm.), dentate all along their inner

margin; apical tooth long, rounded at point, subapical very

small and pointed, preapical nearly as long as apical, broad

and truncated. Head 3°5 mm. long, maximum breadth

2°5 mm., minimum (at back) 1*8mm. Frontal area distinct ;

clypeus long, prolonged toa point between the frontal caring,

anterior border truncate. Head much narrower behind and

deeply emarginate. Node of pedicel very high, merging

North and Central Australia. L131

insensibly into a long spine. ‘The anterior portion under-

neath bears a broad tooth slightly inclined backwards.

Head finely striated, the “medial striza longitudinal, the

Jateral ones diverging round the back of head. Frontal

caring with a few longitudinal striae. Mandibles smooth

and shining, a few deep punctures along the outer curve of

the apical tooth and at the base of the preapical, and sinaller

ones along the rest of the mandibles. Pronotum coarsely

striated circularly, mesonotum wiih finer transverse stria,

epinotum coarsely striated transversely. The lower two-

thirds of node encircled with fine striae. Gaster smooth and

shining ; the lower quarter of first segment, and the second

and third segments, finely reticulate- punctate. A few

scattered hairs on mandibles, head, epinotum, gaster, and

underside of tibia. Legs and antenne pubescent.

Dark brown ; head, antenna, and legs dark red.

One ¥. Stapleton, N.1T., 21. xii. 12.

Nos. 33 and 84. Rhytidoponera (s. str.) hill’, sp. n.

3 .—L. 80-8 5 mm.

Mandibles striate, feebly and indistinctly dentate. Second

joint of funiculus longer than the first, and about twice as

long as broad. Clypeus coarsely rugose, with a slight central

ridge. Head slightly convex at sides, somewhat wider in

front than behind, where it is emarginate ; slightly humped

behind the eyes. Eyes very convex, placed just behind the

middle of sides. The posterior angles are accentuated, but

do not form distinct bosses. ‘lhorax convex, sutures marke od

by two transversal impressions, but there is no emargination,

Pronotum with a small tooth at the inferior angles. Node

of pedicel high and rounded, somewhat compressed before

and behind, wider than long, thicker at base than apex.

Claws with one tooth.

Whole of head, except mandibles, deeply punctured with

circular shining punctures, finely reticulate between the

punctures ; the vertex has a few longitudinal striw. Pedicel

finely striated transversely and sparsely punctured. The

striz on first segment of gaster fine and arched; second

segment transversely finely striated. A scattered indistinet

punctuation on whole of gaster. Pilosity almost nil; a few

upright hairs on tibie.

Dark brown; head and thorax almost black; legs and

funiculi reddish brown, base of gaster pale.

Stapleton, N.T., 1. v. 13.

132 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Ants from

No. 215¢. Rhytidoponera (s. str.) incisa, sp. n.

% .—L. 10-10°5 mm.

Mandibles striate, feebly and irregularly dentate. Frontal

area very distinct, triangalar. Head somewhat longer than

broad, feebly convex at sides, with a small oblong impression

on the vertex. Eyes very convex, placed be Hind the centre

of sides. Posterior ang ‘les of head formed into blunt points.

Thorax convex, sutures distinct. Pronotum with a small

tooth at each inferior angle. Node of pedicel rounded,

broader than long, notched at the top. Claws with one tooth.

Clypeus feebly rugose and finely reticulate ; front and

vertex lon; eitudinally rugose, the ridges spreading fanwise to

the posterior angles of the head; leaving a space between not

rUg_OSE ; cheeks near base of mandibles somewhat rugose.

Head, thorax, and pedicel with shallow irregular punctures ;

whole of body and legs finely reticulate, the reticulation

extending to the bottom of the punctures. Antennal scapes

and tarsi longitudinally striate ; a few punctures on coxee

and very indistinct ones on first segment of gaster.

Pilosity almost nil; stiff hairs along the tibie and a few

under the coxa and fe mora.

Dull black ; mandibles, legs, and antenne dark reddish

brown, apical joints of funiculi and tarsi dull red.

Alice Springs, Central Australia, 1913.

No. 30. Rhytidoponera (? Chaleoponera) dulia, sp. n.

% .—L. 4°6 mm.

Mandibles triangular, finely striate, with minute teeth,

apical tooth long ‘and pointed. Clypeus feebly arched at

anterior border, with a median ridge reaching to the posterior

border, the latter narrowly rounded between the frontal

carine. Frontal carine wide apart in front, converging

slightly behind the lobe, then parallel. Frontal area not very

distinct. Eyes large (larger than in metallica), hemispheri-

eal, placed slightly behind the middle of sides of head. Head

longer than broad. First jomt of funiculus as long as the

second, which is less than twice as long as broad ; tuniculus

slighi ly thicker at apex, but not clubbed. The scapes extend

slighily beyond the occipital border. Head longer than

broad, very slightly convex at sides, emarginate behind.

Thorax slightly convex, at each inferior angle of prothorax

is a small tooth ; pro-mesonotal suture distinct, breaking the

sculpture, suture meso-epinotal almost entirely effaced.

Node of pedicel rounded, slightly longer than broad, under-

North and Central Australia. 133

reath bears a long perpendicular spine. Spurs of the two

poste rior pairs of tibiea very small and simp! &, Claws with

a single tooth each side. The first (or post-petiole) and

second segments of gaster of about equal length, the con-

striction between them fairly deep.

Head, thorax, and node of pedicel coarsely punctured with

shining circular punctures (not coarsely wrinkled as in

metallica); a few coarse striz from the frontal area to vertex.

Gaster shining, first segment and anterior half of second

sparsely punctured, but not so deeply as thorax.

Pilosity almost nil; a few scattered hairs on antenna,

legs, and se gment of gaster, the remaining segments ringed

with sharp outstanding nite,

Reddish, with a very slight metallic tinge ; mandibles,

antenna, and legs paler.

Stapleton, N.T., 23. xi. 12.

A single % ina tube containing Luponera (Brachyponera)

lutea, Mayr., var. clura. Under a magnification of 100

diameters the spurs on the posterior tibize show no signs of

pectination.

No. 30. Euponera (Brachyponera) lutea, Mayr.,

var. clara, var. 0.

3 .—L. 4:5 mm.

Slightly smaller and more elongate than J/utea, the

mandibles not so deeply punctured, “and epinotum rather

narrower in front; spurs of middle pair of legs very sparsely

pectinate, as in lutea. Gaster more elongate.

Pale chestnut-yellow, sometimes top of head, prothorax,

and epinotum slightly darker.

Stapleton, N.T., 23. xii. 12.

No. 19. Cerapachys (Syscia) australis, For.

Darwin, N.T., 1. iv. 13. &.

No. 25. Platythyrea parva, sp. n.

% .—L. 3°7-4 mm.

Mandibles finely reticulate-punctate, with one or two

larger punctures, armed with eleven irregular teeth, the

apical and preapical longer. Clypeus fairly convex, with a

subacuminate lobe in front; lateral margins barely visible,

posterior clearly marked. | Frontal area indistinct. Eyes

medium size, placed well in advance of the middle of sides,

Head longer than broad, slightly narrower in front ; sides

134 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Ants from

somewliat convex; emarginate behind; a faint ridge from

behind the frontal area to the occiput. The scapes of the

antenne exactly reach the occiput ; joints 8-10 of funiculus

as broad or broader than long. Suture pro-mesonotal deeply

marked. The declivous face of epinotum with sharp angles

above, bordered. Posterior coxsze with a lamellate tooth.

Node of pedice] three-quarters as wide as long, slightly

narrower in front, truncate behind. Constriction between

first and second segments of gaster slight. The whole body

finely punctured and minutely reticulate.

Pilosity nil, except the ring of hairs round the apical seg-

ments of gaster. The whole insect covered with a fine

pruinose pubescence.

Black-brown; mandibles, antenne, tibie, tarsi, articula-

tions of legs, and apex of gaster reddish yellow.

Darwin, N.T., 1. iv. 13.

No. §1. Diacamma australe, F., var. levis, var. n.

3.—L. 11 mm.

Striation on head, thorax, and pedicel much finer than in

australe, that on the head concealed by the pubescence.

First two segments of gaster not striate, but the first very

feebly reticulate, the second still more feebly. More pubes-

cent than australe.

Near Adelaide Plains, N.T., 1. vi. 13.

III. Subfam. A/yeureryz.

No. 24. Triglyphothri« striatidens, Eur., var. australis, For.

Somewhat smaller than the typical striatidens from India.

Darwin, N.T., 1913. 3.

No. 23. Monomorium rothsteint, For.

N-1., 00. v. 13; -% ;

No. 426. Monomorium rothsteini, For.

Darwin, N.T., 17. iii. 14. ¢ 8.

No, 425. Monomorium (Mitara) donisthorpei, sp. n.

%.—L. 1:7 mm.

Mandibles tridentate, smooth, and shining. Clypeus with-

out teeth, with two carine widely diverging in front. Head

oval-rectangular. Eyes large, slightly in advance of the

middle of sides. Antenne 11-jointed ; joint 2 of funiculus

North and Central Australia. 135

slightly longer than broad, joints 3-5 as broad as long.

Club 3-jointed, the terminal joint longer than the other two

together. The scape does not quite reach the posterior

margin of the head. Pro-mesonotum regularly arched, with-

out suture; the emargination between the meso- and epi-

notum deep. Epinotum unarmed, First node of pedicel

high, slightly broader at base than at top; second slightly

lower and broader.

Smooth and shining; a few strie# on the lower part of

sides of meso- and epimota. Body with scattered whitish

upright hairs. Antenne hairy.

Black-brown; mandibles, tarsi, and articulations of legs

paler.

Darwin, N.T., 10. ii. 14.

g /) eve: —

ISN

Profile view of thorax and pedicel of

Monomorium (Mitara) donisthorpet.

No. 26. Solenopsis geminata, F., var. rufa, Jerd.

The typical geminata, F., is the American form. The

rar. rufa, Jerd., the Indo-Malayan form, is cosmopolitan,

and Statin guished by its lighter colour aie the presence of a

small tooth on each side between the prosternum and meso-

sternum. It has been recorded from Celebes.

Darwin, N.T., 17. iv. 13. % y.

IV. Subfam. Dorrenoperr 2.

No. 17. Iridomyrmex rufoniger, Lowne, subsp. pallidus, For.

Darwin, N.T., 17. vii. 13. &.

No. 424. Iridomyrmex nitidus, Mayr.

Melville Island, N.T., 14. iv. 14. 3.

V. Subfam. Camwronorinz.

No. 16. Opisthopsis haddoni, Em.

Point Charles, N.T., 14. viii, 13. &.

136 On Ants from North and Central Australia,

No. 29. Camponotus (Myrmoturba) villosa, sp. n.

8 .—L. 9-12°5 mm.

In the § major the clypeus is carinate and feebly and

widely emarginate ; mandibles 7-dentate, finely reticulate,

with scattered piligerous points; scapes just reach the

occiput. Declivous surface of epinotum half as long as

basal surface. Scale high, narrow. In the % minor man-

dibles 6-dentate, clypeus carinate, anterior border straight ;

scale similarly shaped, but broader and lower. Whole body

very finely reticulate, more feebly on gaster, and 8 minor

less than & ae”

Scapes and tibiz hairy ; the whole body with long scattered

outstanding hairs. Yellow; head, mandibles, and caster of

% major chestnut, darker, with a still darker patch on the

vertex, joints of legs also darker ; bases of first, second, and

third castric segments yellow; % minor entirely yellow,

sometimes top of head and gaster slightly darker.

Batchelor, N.T., 12. xii. 12.

No. 87. Camponotus (Myrmoturba) maculatus, F.,

subsp. nove-hollandie, Mayr.

Batchelor, N.T., 12. xii. 12. % major and minor.

No. 215. Camponotus (Myrmosphyma) wiederkehri, For.,

var. lucidior, For.

(not yet described).—L. 16 mm.

Clypeus more convex in centre, head slightly narrower,

altogether darker in colour, with the yellow border to the

base of the first three segments of gaster more pronounced

than in the 8 major, but. otherwise similar except for the

sexual differences.

Alice Springs, Centra] Australia. dg ? 3.

No. 82. Camponotus (Myrmocamelus) ephippium, Sm.

Batchelor, 12. xii. 12. 3.

No. 83. Calomyrmez albertist, Em,

Batchelor, N.T., 23. 1.13. 8.

Mr, O. Thomas on Emballonura. 13

VII.—Notes on Emballonura, with Descriptions of new

Species. By Oxprieitp Tuomas,

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Just as in their close allies the American Sac-winged Bats

(Saccopteryx, &c.), the members of the Old World genus

Emballonura present very definite characters in the basal

region of the skull, and especially in the structure of the

*‘ basial” fosszee *. These fossz are always large, but vary

in depth ; they occupy the area between the basilar suture

and the mesopterygoid fossa, from which they are separated

by a saddle-backed convexity level with the back end of the

pterygoids. On the floor of the fossz are a variable number

of Jow ridges or septa, whose presence, absence, or position

afford good specific characters.

Emballonura sulcata, Mill.

Of this fine species the British Museum contairs an

example from Ponapé, Carolines.

Its smaller ally, #. semicaudata, occurs in the New

Hebrides, Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa groups. Also in Rotuma,

some way to the north of the Fijis.

Both these species have a single broad median septum in

the basial fossa, but no lateral septa.

Emballonura atrata, Pet.

In spite of its great geographical isolation, this species

is in all respects a true Emballonura. Its occurrence in

Madagascar gives to the range of the genus Emballonura a

great resemblance to that of Pteropus, its eastward extension

being also almost exactly the same. But it does not extend

so far north or south.

Emballonura meeki clavium, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical form in size and other external

characters, including the shape of the tragus and the

characteristic expanded lobate lips. But in the skull there

are certain differences in the mesopterygoid and basial region.

* These foss, which are present in most Microchiroptera, have some-

times been called “ basisphenoid” and sometimes “ basioccipital.” As a

rule, they are more largely in the basisphenoid bone, but they extend in

many forms cons siderably into the basioccipital. Under these circum-

stances, they might be simply and conyeniently called “ basial ” fosse.

138 Mr. O. Thomas on Emballonura.

Thus the mesopterygoid fossa is markedly shorter, the

distance from the palation to the saddle-back convexity at

its hinder end 1:] mm., as compared with 1°6 mm. ; it does

not open quite so far forward, and the openings into the

nasal chamber are not so large and the ethmoid bones are

consequently less exposed. In the basial fossa, the median

septum, which in meeki is represented by a broad low

elevation, slightly grooved mesially and only running half

across the fossa, consists of two low but quite distinct ridges,

running back, slightly divergent, quite to the back of the

fossa, In all other species, the median septum, if present,

is truly median and without tendency to split into two. As

in E. meeki, the whole fossa is rather shallow, narrow, with-

out lateral septa or antero-lateral extensions.

Dimensions of the type (the italicized measurements taken

in the flesh) :—

Forearm 39 mm.

Head and body 38; tail 12; ear 13; lower leg and foot

(c. u.) 23; calcar 16.

Skull: greatest length to front of canine 12°4; condyle

to front of canine 11; breadth across facial swellings 5;

mastoid breadth 7°4 ; front of canine to back of m? 4°53.

flab. Kei Islands. Type from Ara.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10.3.1.34, Original

number 855. Collected July, 1909, by W. Stalker.

Like as meeki and clavium are in all other respects, the

skull-differences described above are constant through three

specimens of one and five of the other. But an example

from the Owen Stanley Range, New Guinea, is somewhat

intermediate in character as in locality, and I therefore only

distinguish the new form as a subspecies.

Emballonura beccarii, Pet. & Doria.

Judging by a drawing of the tragus of the type, kindly

sent me by Dr. Gestro, I am inclined to think this will prove

to be a synonym of £.ragrayana, Dobs., a species described

after the publication of Dobson’s Catalogue, and not men-

tioned in Peters and Doria’s description. The typical

localities of the two are quite near each other.

Emballonura stresemanni, Thos.

Of this species the Museum contains, besides the typical

series, a number of specimens collected by the late Mr. W.

Stalker in Ceram, during the B.O.U. New Guinea expedition.

It has the same broad oblong tragus as E. raffrayana, Dobs.,

as is also the case with the following.

Mr. O. Thomas on Emballonura. 139

Emballonura cor, sp. 1.

Tragus and ears as in stresemanni. Basial pit heart-

shaped, with three septa.

Size about as in £. raffrayana. Colour Mars-brown,

slightly paler below. Ears narrowed terminally, as in

stresemanni, not broad as in rafrayana. ‘'Tragus broad, its

breadth about half its length on inner margin, its inner

edge straight, its outer slightly concave.

Skull of the same general shape as in rafrayana, but

rather narrower. Frontal region with a similar mesial

groove between the moderate facial inflations. No sagittal

crest in the type, which is fully adult. Opening of posterior

nares level with the lateral edges of palate, not contracted

anteriorly, its edge bi-concave, with distinct median point.

Mesopterygoid fossa long, its ‘saddle-backed convexity low,

grooved mesially. Basial pit large, deep, sharply defined,

extending antero-laterally in front of the back of the meso-

pteryg goid fossa in two rounded lobes, separated from the

main part of the pit by low secondary septa; a well-marked

mesial septal ridge present.

Teeth as in E. rajrayana, except that the inner lobe of p*

has a less strongly developed anterior angle.

Dimensions of the type (taken on the dry skin) :—

Forearm 38 mm.

Tragus on inner edge 2°8 ; third finger, metacarpus 32:5,

first phalanx 9°3; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 22;

calear 10.

Skull: length from condyle to front of canine (c.) 12* ;

breadth across facial inflations 5°8 ; front of canine to back

of m’ 5; m’ and m? combined 2:3.

Hab. Choiseul, Solomon Is.

Type. Adult skin. B.M. no. 5.1.28.2. Collected by

A. Meek.

This species is readily distinguished from E. rafrayana

and stresemanni, the only forms with the same broad oblong

tragus, by its peculiarly shaped basial pit; from the former

also by its narrow ears and from the latter by the distinct

lateral septal ridges in the basial pit.

Emballonura monticola, Temm.

In E. monticola the basial pit is large, rounded, but rather

shallow, without deep or sharply defined limits. It has

normally distinct median and lateral septal ridges, dividing

it into four portions, but the lateral ones tend to be reduced

or obsolete in the eastern race (discolor),

# Brain-case distorted.

140 Mr. O. Thomas on Emballonura.

From §S. Tenasserim to the Kei Islands I do not see

any diversity which I should consider of specific value, but

three races, characterized by size, appear recognizable as

subspecies :—

Firstly, the typical monticola (type-locality, Java), ranging

from the Malay Peninsula to Borneo, the smallest of the

three, with an upper skull-length (occiput to nasal notch)

about 12°8-13 mm., and the maxillary tooth-row about

5°0-5'4 mm. Both Miller’s £. peninsularis and Lyon’s

E. pusilla seem to fall within the range of variation shown by

the specimens before me. EE. anambensis from the Anambas

Is.* J do not know, but an Eméallonura from Natuna

quite agrees with Javan monticola.

Secondly, a very large form found in Borneo only, with

upper skull-length about 14°5 mm. and maxillary tooth-row

6mm. This is the form taken as representing monticola by

Lyon when describing pusilla, but it far exceeds Javan

examples of that species. Detailed measurements of it are

given below.

Finally, an eastern race may be distinguished, E. m. dis-

color, Peters, ranging from Luzon, presumably through

Celebes, to Amboina, Ceram, and the Kei Islands. It is

intermediate in size between the other two, and has the

Jateral septa of the basial pit rather frequently absent.

Emballonura monticola rivalis, subsp. n.

Like true monticola throughout, but size larger. Bases

of body-hairs whitish, as usual.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men ) :—

Forearm 48 mm.

Head and body 44; tail 14; third finger, metacarpus 43,

first phalanx 14; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 26°5;

calear 15.

Skull: occiput to anterior base of canine 15:3; occiput

to nasal notch 14°5 ; condyle to front of canine 13° 8: ; zygo-

matic breadth 9°5 ; facial breadth 6; mastoid breadth 7:7 ;

front of canine to back of m? 6; combined length of m!} and

2°53.

flab. Borneo. Type from Bida, Sarawak.

Type. Adult male in spirit. B.M. no. 3.11.2.2. Col-

lected and presented by Cecil J. Brooks, Esq. Three speci-

mens, and others collected in Sarawak and N. Borneo by

A. Everett.

* Said to be distinguished by the absence of the usual white bases to

the hairs. Size about as in ZL, m., discolor.

On the Pycnogonida collected by the ‘Gauss.’ 141

VIIL—The Pycnogonida collected by the ‘ Gauss’ in the

Antarctic Regions, 1901-3.—Preliminary Rep 1 By

Tl’. V. Hopason.

I reGcret that I have been so long in working out the

collection of the Pyenogonidia made by the German Antarctic

Expedition (‘Gauss’) in 1901-3. I hope that the final

drawings and memoranda will be completed in the course of

a few weeks at the outside, but, in order to secure the priority

of description in certain species, I desire to publish the

following preliminary report. The collection is a fairly rich

one, and while it shows certain strong relations to those of

other expeditions, it is, on the other hand, quite distinctive.

It contains three new genera and twenty new species from

the Antarctic and two more from tropical and temperate seas,

as follows :—

Colossende is glacialis,

Colossendeis glacialis, Hodgson, Pycnogonida, ‘ Discovery,’ 1907.

A single specimen of this species was taken in the ‘ Gauss ”

winter-quarters.

NOTOENDEIS.

This new genus is established to mark the difference be-

tween the large and well-known Colossendeis and closely

allied species.

Body perfectly segmented, with short and distinctly sepa-

rated lateral processes and with well- developed eyes.

P roboscis ve ry ls ar ge.

Palps nine -jointed.

Oviger ten-jointed, with a terminal claw.

Notoendeis germanica.

The proboscis is as long as the body, and the terminal

joints of the palps are as 8—5°d—4°5.

The body is robust and smooth,

Winter-quarters, 400 m.

Pipetta australis,

The genus was established by Dr. Loman for a tropical

species, and now includes an antarctic species taken near the

‘Gauss’ winter-quarters in 2450 m.

142 Mr. T. V. Hodgson on the

The specific characters of this antarctic species are :—

O ular tubercle long, conical, and without eyes.

Tarsus very short, not one-tifth the length of the propodus.

Pentanymphon antarcticum.

Pentanymphon antarcticum, Hodgson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

vol, xiv. (1904).

This species has been recorded by every antarctic expe-

dition, and has a cireumpolar distribution.

Nymphon unguiculatum.

Body slender, with rather long but widely separated lateral

processes. Quite smooth. Ocular tubercle short and stout,

rounded above the eyes.

The joints of the palps vary but little, 4—5—4:5—5.

The legs are clothed sparingly with short spinous sete.

The terminal claw is long and there are no auxiliaries.

7.iv.02. 885 m.

Nymphon tenuimanum.

Body not so much as slender, the lateral processes are

widely separated. The ocular tubercle is reduced to a trace,

and there are no eyes. The legs are provided with extra-

ordinarily long sete on the first tibiz, and to a less extent

on the second and the femora. No auxiliary claws.

30. i. 03. 330 m.

Nymphon exiguum.

Body comparatively stout, with widely separated lateral

processes. Ocular tubercle placed well forwards and small;

eyes well developed in some specimens.

The joints of the palps are as 3—5—1:3—4.

Propodus twice as long as tarsus. No auxiliary claws.

A small species.

Various dates, in 885 m.

Nymphon fuscum.

Nymphon fuscum, Hoek, ‘Challenger.’

Several specimens occur in the collection from Kerguelen

Island.

This and its allies, NV. antarcticum of Miers and NV. meridio-

nalis of Hoek, are very perplexing species. In N. fuscum

Pycnogonida collected by the ‘Gauss. 143

the range of variation is great, the ocular tubercle differs in

most of the specimens, the length of the tarsus and propod is

is variable even in the same individu: il, but the differenc:s

are not very great and the relations Bete een the two joints

are approximately preserved. The setose character of the

limbs is accentuated in some specimens. On the whole,

N. antarcticum, Miers, only differs in that the tarsus is

distinctly longer than the propodus.

In NV. meridionale I find it even more difficult to decide.

CHEUTONYMPHON.

Chetonymphon villosum.

Chetonymphon villosum, Hodgson, ‘ Discovery.’

This is a stoutly built species, with the lateral processes

close together and long coarse set a distributed over the body

and especially on the tibia, The three terminal joints of the

palps 6—2—3.

Specialized spines on the ovigers are few in number and

have 5-7 teeth. ‘The auxiliary claws are small but distinct,

the propodus is longer than the tarsus.

of. 0.02. 335.m.

One specimen.

Chatonymphon polare.

Another stoutly built species, with lateral processes dis-

tinctly separated and fringed with spines. Several spinous

sete fringing each segment.

Palps, ‘three terminal joints as 6—2°75—3'5,

Oviger: specialized spines few, each with 5 or 6 lateral

teeth.

Legs armed with spines arising from dermal papille.

Propodus shorter than tarsus, auxiliary claws small.

—§. 11.03. 350 m.

Chetonymphon longisetosum.

Body with narrowly separated lateral processes, imperfect

segmentation, and long seta.

Palp, three terminal joints 5—1°8—2°75.

Very long set on the principal joints of the leg, a very

definite specific character.

Propodus longer than tarsus, auxiliary claws small.

14-16. vi. 1902. 385 m.

144 Mr. T. V. Hodgson on the

Chetonymphon typhlops.

Body stout and entirely clothed with fine, as well as coarse

sete ; the latter are arranged in a linear manner on the

limbs, for the most part on raised papillae. There are no

eyes, haat the ocular tubercle exists as a short cone.

Tiis species belongs to the group in which the tarsus is

longer than the propodus.

Auxiliary claws are absent.

A few specimens were taken on 1, iil. 03 in 1207 m.

AUSTROPALLENE.

A genus established to include those forms which Mébius,

Prof. Bouvier, and the Pkg writer have included in

different genera—Pseudopallene, Cordylochele. ‘The presence

of cephalic spurs is a most noticeable feature and is confined

to all these southern species.

Body robust or slender, segmentation distinct, lateral pro-

cesses close together or widely separated. Large and stout

cephalic spurs. Hyes well developed. Proboscis tapering,

with or without asetose wreath. Cheliferi stout, che!ze short

and powerful. Palps no trace. Ovigers 10- jointed, Without

a terminal claw. In the male a distal sw elling on the filth

joint.

No auxiliary claws.

Austropallene cornigera.

Pseudopallene corngera, Mobius, Pycnogonida of the ‘ Valdivia’

Expedition,

This species I consider to be identical with my Pseudo-

pallene australe.

The ‘Gauss’ found several specimens in their winter-

}

quarters.

Austropallene cristata.

Pseudopallene cristata, Bouvier, ‘ Pourquoi Pas.’

This species is readily distinguished from all others, even

at a very early age, by the extraordinary development of

papillze on the legs, e éach bearing a spinous seta.

Several specimens at winter-quarters.

Austropallene spicata.

A readily distinguishable species, comparatively slender,

with widely separated lateral processes bearing spurs distally,

Pycnogonida collected by the ‘Gauss.’ 145

and having a similar pair, but much larger ones, on the first

COX® ; the second coxse are extremely long. A. brachyura,

Bouvier, is closely allied, but stouter ; late ral processes closer

together, and the neck is shorter.

Several specimens, winter-quarters.

Phowichilidium australe.

The presence of a small process or spur on either side of

the proboscis serves to distinguish this species.

A few specimens from winter-quarters.

Pallenopsis pilosa.

Phoxichilidium pilosum, Hoek, ‘ Challenger’ Report.

This species, first described by Dr. Hoek, has since been

found at various points in the antarctic regions by most of

the recent expeditions.

Winter-quarters, 20. iii. 02.

Pallenopsis vanhoffent.

This species is conspicuously setose, but readily distin-

guishable from the foregoing by the coarseness of tlie sete.

The cephalic segment is longer than the two following. The

abdomen is shorter than the first segment and clavate, with a

group of long setz.

Three specimens, winter-quarters, 7. ii. 03 and 3. iv. 02.

Pallenopsis gaussiana,

This may fairly be called a conspicuously setose species,

and the distinctive feature is the presence of a spine near the

antero-lateral margin of the cephalon. Spines also occur on

the lateral processes. ‘The abdomen is longer than the first

segment. ‘The legs are clothed with long coarse sete, but

these vary greatly in length.

7. iv. O2.

Pallenopsis meridionalis.

Body with widely separated lateral processes, which, with

the first coxw, bear small spines. Segmentation fairly

distinct. Long, coarse, and curved sete are scattered along

the legs, chiefly dorsally.

Winter-quarters, 7. iv. 02.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 10

146 Mr. T. V. Hodgson on the

Pallenopsis setigera.

Another conspicuously setose species. Body stout, seg-

mentation indistinct, spines on lateral processes, limbs

coarsely setose, with a series of stout spines on the propodus ;

terminal claw powerful, with strong auxiliaries. Oviger

club-shaped. Seven joints existing.

Winter-quarters, 7. iv. 02.

Pallenopsis spicata.

Not conspicuously setose. Body slender, scarcely so much

as widely separated lateral processes. Three doubly pointed

tubercles in the mid-dorsal line; tubercles also occur on the

Jateral processes and the first cox. Oviger club-shaped.

Seven joints existing.

With regard to the ovigers, these last two species are

peculiar.

Winter-quarters, 8. xii. 02.

AMMOTHEA.

This genus now has a different character to that formerly

recognized. Dr. J. C. C. Loman has called attention to the

type-specimen of Leach now preserved in the British Museum,

At caroline nsis. ‘This species becomes the type of the genus,

and, if bodily form means anything, those diminutive species

with a discoid body must be transferred elsewhere.

Ammothea is now that which in my ‘ Discovery’ Report I

described as Letonymphon, with subsequent additions.

Ammothea glacialis.

Leionymphon glaciale, Hodgson, ‘ Discovery.’

A single adult female.

26. vu. 02. 385 m.

Ammothea meridionalis.

Body short, with lateral processes close together and

li shit tly tubereulated. Transverse ridges produced in the

mid-dorsal line into conspicuous points. Entire hon clothed

with numerous short stiff sete; the largest, those on the

limbs, are arranged linearly, and the dorsal rows are large on

the three principal j joints.

Terminal claw long and the auxiliaries more than half the

size.

Winter-quarters, 28. x1.02. 385 m,

1 | ’

I ~ ius is Deen re 1 trom Ov lon wat. iC

| ’ =} ‘ ri) 1 ais ) 1 " 1 mo ~—

1 ! ;

S t . th suort ana s I Ss Lit » In I l

id Ocular t ' stout, erect, wi well-developed

Wi -quarters, two §] 1ens.

AUSTROTHEA

\ 1 s desioned for those Ammotheid species .

3 din ar e term, i Ithout

. . loes so characteris Ammothea in its new

onincat a » I COD] atly y | o leos is a further

character of importan

Au rotheda s cata.

> boa : ] | oat

ody stout, divergent later 11 processes he propvoscis ovate,

slender, and the abdomen nearly as long. Ocular tubercl

all, terminating in a lone spike.

8.1.03. 380 m.

- ] - ae

A single specimen only.

;

Austrothe L dJgerimantica

Insignificant spurs on the lateral processes and more con-

‘ all ]

spicuous ones on th first coxse Ocular tube > elongate,

pointed, and directed forwards

Describ I from two specimens from the Ross Se , it now

turns up off Kaiser Wilhelm’s Land

10. 1. 02. 385 m.

148 On the Pycnogonida collected by the ‘Gauss.’

Tanystylum styligerum.

Nymphon styligerum, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. (1876).

Tunystylum styligerum, Miers, Phil. Trans. vol. 168 (1879).

A number from Kerguelen Island.

Rhynchothorax australis.

Rhynchothorax australis, Hodgson, ‘ Discovery.’

Described by me from a single specimen taken by the

‘Discovery’ in the Murdo Sound. A very large number

were taken by the ‘Gauss’ throughout its stay in winter-

quarters. These reveal the fact that the close approxi-

mation of the origin of the lateral processes is simply a

sexual matter; in the males they are almost, if not quite,

widely separated. From the number obtained it is not a

little surprising that none of them carry any eggs or young.

Pycnogonum gaini.

Pycnogonum gaint, Bouvier, ‘ Pourquoi Pas.’

Of this fine species three adult specimens occur in the

‘Gauss’ collection, together with a number of postlarval

forms.

Its specific character is the existence of four mid-dorsal

tubercles, three of them the exaggerated apices of as many

transverse ridges and tubercles on tlie lateral processes.

W inter-quarters.

Besides the foregoing antarctic species, the two following

were obtained by the ‘Gauss’ in temperate or tropical

climes :—

Tanystylum paulovensis.

Body discoid, smooth ; proboscis very stout, tapering, and

nearly as long as body.

Cheliferi reduced to two minute spinose stumps.

St. Paul Island ; two specimens,

Anoplodactylus maritimus.

Lateral processes scarcely so much as widely separated.

Abdomen short and directed upwards. Ocular tubercle trun-

cate; eyes well developed. Leg: femur the longest joint,

the second tibia a little shor ter, and the first still. shorter—

differences small.

Sargasso Sea; a few specimens.

On the Swamp-lats of East Africa. 149

“ae,

Refi rences.

P. P.O llor i * Pyenog nl la,” Nel ientitic Res ilts of the Vovare if

H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ 1875-76.—Zoology, vol. ili. 1881.

K. Minrus. ‘“ Die Pantopoden,” Wiss. Ergebn. d. Tielsee Ex. § Valdivia,’

Bd. il. pp. 178-196.

ry V. Hopeson. “ On anew Pyenogonid from the South Polar Regions,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xiv. p. 458. 1904,

IX. Bouvier. ‘ Pyenogonides du Frangais Exped. antarct. francaise.’

1906,

T. V. Hone@son. “ Pycnogonida,” Voyage of the ‘ Discovery.’—Natural

History, vol. iii. 1907

P Pyen ronida of the Scottish National Antarctic l’xpedition,”

Trans. Roy. Soe. Edin. vol. xlvi. pp. 159-188, 19038.

J.C. C. Loman. “ Die Pantopoden du * Siboga’ Iexpedition,” ‘ Siboga

| litie, Monog. xl. 1908,

Kk. Bouvirr. “ Pyenogonides du ‘Pourquoi Pas,’” Deuxiéme Exped,

autarct. francaise. 1912

1X.— On the Swamp-Rats (( Mtomys) of Kast Africa.

By Guy DoLiMAN.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In the following revision of the East-African swamp-rats it

has been found necessary to modify considerably the arrange-

ment adopted by Wroughton in his 1906 paper*. ‘The

forms tropicalis, nyike, angoniensis, orestes, and denti are

here raised to full specific rank, tropicalis taking the place of

irroratus, Which species, on account of its cranial structure

and lamina formula, is not considered a near enough relative

for the name to be used in connection with the East-African

forms; in this manner we confine irroratus and its subspecies

to the country south of the Zambesi. As subspecies of

tropicalis we then have e/gonis and two new forms from the

Jombeni Hills and Mt. Nyiro. In this paper descriptions

are given of seven new QOtomys, all from British East Africa

and |

oranda.

- . ‘ y+ °

Ae / lo the Oyectés ar l SUS Pec le a

‘ é 4

A. Lower incisors with one deep groove.

Ventral surface of tail dark.

a. m with 5 lamine. (Jtuwenzori East.) (1) denti, Thos.

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xviii. p. 264 (1906).

150 Mr. G. Dollman on the

5. " SOrs V ( deep r groove

and very sl inn roovt

Ve s *e of tail light

“7 ~

bri

(3) thoma 52 ( )sor,

(4) t. malleus, subsp. n.

(5) t. sqgualus, subsp. n.

Yi Soh Ne (6) orestes, Thos.

b?, Colour of dorsal surface dark

tawny olive. Size of molars

maller (alveolar length 8:1 mm.).

(Mt. Gareues, 1B. EA.) 22.22%. (7) 0. dollmani, Hell,

. 7 So ,

b, di! iW ny 1 rked elevation of

" ~ . 3°

ne rec C ai 11D

of brain-case nearly horizontal ante-

r1orihy m° with 4

=e 3

a’. Nasals not exce] lly broad ante-

I rl { t more nan & Wm, 1

TOs n W

portic of nasals marked by a

ais § ole

a. Jl lare i 27 mn

r I leneth, greatest

1 oThn O SKI )

a Hind t 28-301

Colow ]

(West slope, Mt. Ki nya). .)/ Ms) tropicalis, Thos,

b*. Hind foot 27 mm. in length.

{ 1 dark Se] -brown.

(Ele i, Mt. Elgon.) .... (9) t. elyonis, Wrought.

D1ze s er; hind foot 26 mm

oth Greatest length of

: l less than 40 mm. (Mt

Nyire, 8. of Lake Rudolf.) .. (10) ¢. vivax, subsp. n.

b?. N nruls I n between

] | nd 1 on of

nasais, ‘ren¢ f dark

J eni Rang N.E. of Mt

Kye B

very i { ly (1

> i \\ it ;

{from broad to 1 ow

! ked by a disti le

hind foot 34 mm

length, greatest | h of

Tol |) Oe

smaller; hind foot 26°38 m1

in lengt }, greatest ength of

skull 39 mm, (Rombo, Kili-

ing { ns n betw i

l A l row | ti Ss (

laa r st length of

LU .

ty ‘ i i .

{ i\ i

{ col -oT"

y b.16.A

Lf han 40 n iN ASAS

ve! ] I

{ O rufous brown speckled

with buff. (Nyika Plat

Colour olive-orey tinted with

trict, BA.) i... ..b 00% i]

: ; ]

Ll brain-case « ed.

d I

1 6 laming (ie | \-

/ laminae

’ ,

t i

vy ( (

}

‘ i

‘

O°7 y "

) _

152 Mr. G. Dollman on the

Drviston A.

Lower incisors with only one very deep groove. General colour very

dark ; ventral surface of tail dull black.

Group lL.

m® with 5 lamine.

(1) Otomys denti, Thos.

Otomys denti, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xviii. p. 142

(1906),

Lower incisors with only one deep groove, large inner

portions terminating in two sharp points, sharper and longer

than in the other groups ; small outer portions sharply pointed

and usually very pale in colour, a feature so marked that the

skulls of this group can be immediately recognized. Brain-

case flat.

In colour this species is exceedingly dark, the dorsal sur-

face being brownis h black (** blackish brown (3) ”’ speckled

with “auburn,” Ridgway, 1912) speckled with coppery buff.

Backs of bande and foot blackish brow n. Ventral surface of

body slate-black slightly speckled with buff. Tail dull black

above and bolder With the exception of the following

species, all the other East-African Otomys have a light

under surface to the tail.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 157 mm. ; tail 89; hind foot 27 ; ear 21.

Skull: greatest a 36°7; basilar length 30°2; zygo-

matic breadth 18:3; Sar of brain-case “15: 5; length of

nasals 14°7 ; breadth of anterior expanded portion 7 ; pala-

fla length 16°8 ; length of upper molar series from front

alveolar border to back of last molar 8°3.

The molars are rather small, m possessing only 5 lamine.

Hlab. Ruwenzori East. Altitude 6000 feet.

Ty y pe. Old female. B.M. no. 6. 7. 1. 69.

Externally denti and the following species are immediately

recognized by their very dark colour and the dark ventral

surface of the tail.

Group 2.

3 with 6 lamine.

(2) Otomys kempi, sp. n.

Allied to O, denti, Thos., but distinguished by m’ possessing

6 instead of 5 Laailicies:

In general dimensions a trifle larger than the Ruwenzori

species. ‘The description given above for the colour of denti

Swamp-Rats of East Africa. 153

may be taken for this species also, as in general colour the

two forms are exactly the same.

Skull larger and heavier ; molars considerably longer, m’°

with 6 well-defined lamine. Lower incisors exactly as in

di nti, le é., with only one groove.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 159 mm.; tail 101; hind foot 285;

ear 22.

Skull: greatest length 40°5; basilar length 33°3 ; condylo-

incisive length 382 ; 2y 80 matic breadth 21; interorbital

constriction 4; squamosal bre adth of brain-case 15°7 ; length

of nasals 16°33; greatest width across exp: anded part of

nasals 7; breadth across middle of nasals (taken just behind

the anterior expanded portion) 4°7 ; depth from highe st point

of orbit to alveolar border at front re m®> 12 ; palatilar

length 19°2; length of palatal foramina 7°8 ; " postpalatal

length 14°1; length of upper molar series, from anterior

alveolar border to back of last molar, 8°9; length from

anterior enamel-base of m! to back of m*® 8°5; greatest width

of m!? 2°5.

Hab. Burunga, Mt. Mikeno, Congo Belge. Altitude

6000 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 11.12.3.110. Original

number 2206. Collected by Mr. Robin Kemp on June 6th,

1911.

The 6 laminz of m* immediately separate this form from

the Ruwenzori denti.

Mr. Kemp obtained in all a dozen specimens of this inter-

esting Otomys, six from the type-locality and six from

Buhamba, near Lake Kivu, Congo Belge.

Division B.

Lower incisors with one deep outer groove and one very shallow inner

groove. Ventral surface of tail light.

Section I.

The members of this section all possess skulls exhibiting a marked arched

appearance, the interorbital region being conspicuously elevated and

the nasals and brain-case so depressed as to accentuate this humped

or arched character. (This condition is also found in Division C,

Section I.)

Group 1.

m with 7 lamine.

(3) Utomys thomasi, Ose.

Otomys thomast, Ose. Field Mus, Nat. Hist. Publication, 14], Zool.

Ser. vol. x. no. 2, p. 9 (1910).

This species is immediately known by its curious arched

154 Mr. G. Dollman on the

or “ humped” skull, the interorbital region being raised up

into a regular hump, from which point the nasals slope

markedly downwards anteriorly, and similarly the cranial

region posteriorly, the interorbiti ‘i or frontal angle so formed

being most conspicuous ; owing to this feature the depth

from the highest point of the orbit to is alveolar border is

very great. The general colour is given by ay as

‘from pale cinnamon to wood- alts = ; specimens in the

ie seum Collection identified by the describer seem ti agree

with this description quite closely. Behind the ears is a

conspicuous patch of creamy buff, a feature well developed in

the following race. Hands and feet creamy buff. Under-

parts slate-grey washed with brown.

Skull: in addition to the curious arched character men-

tioned above, the nasals are rather narrow posteriorly, of the

same spoon-shaped pattern as those of tropicalis. m*® with

7 lamine.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 184 mm.; tail 98; hind foot 30°65;

24.

Skull: greatest length 43°3; basilar length 34°6 ; zygo-

matic breadth 21°7; length of risa: als 20°7 ; greatest breadth

of nasals 7°5; interor bital constriction 3°4; depth from

highest point of orbit to alveolar border at front of m* 14°);

postpalatal length 15:1; palatal foramina 7:5; length of

upper molar series 9°2; greatest width of m’ 2°5.

fab. Molo, British East Africa.

Type. Adult female. In Field Museum of Natural

History, no. 16698.

(4) Otomys thomas? malleus, subsp. n

Allied to O. thomasi, Osg., smaller in size and paler in

coiour.

General proportions cons spicuously less than in thomasz?.

Colour of dorsal surface pale ochreous buff suffused with

brownish on the back, the general effect paler and greyer

than in the Molo Frail Flanks pale buff. Head and

muzzle similar in colour to back, cheeks pale buff. Light

areas behind ears much as in thomasi, but not so prominent.

Backs of hands and feet light greyish white washed with

pale buff. Underparts of body slate-grey overlaid with pale

buff. Tail greyish white tinted with “buff.

Skull of the same arched type as that of thomas, but

decidedly smaller and with much shorter nasals.

gE ee =

6 es

wy of Owed! ore cues,

i @

, =~

1Mensl

156 Mr. G. Dollman on the

Dimensions of the type (measure od in the flesh) —

Head and body 166 mm. ; tail (broken) * ; hind foot 26° ;

Skull: greatest length 40; basilar length 31°9; condylo-

incisive length 36°7 ; zygomatic breadth 20°7 : interorbital

striction 3°8; length of nasals 18°2; greatest breadth

across expanded part of nasals 7°33; depth from highest

point of a to alveolar border at front of m*® 13°6; length

of palatal foramina 7:5 ; postp: uatal length 14:2; length of

ipper molar series from anterior alveolar border to back of

st molar 9°5; length from anterior base of enamel on m! to

ack of . io 8; greatest width of m} 2°5.

Hab. Mt. Kinangop, Aberdare Range, British East Africa.

Altitude 12,000 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 10. 5. 3. 41. ea num-

ber 713. Collecte d by Mr. Robin Kecae on February 27th,

1910, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. D.

Rudd.

The smaller size of this Aberdare Otomys immediately

separates it from the large Molo form, while the darker

and richer colour of the fur serve to distinguish it from

malleus.

Mr. Kemp c llected four specimens of this Otomys from

localities on the Aberdare Mountains ranging between 10,000

and 12,000 feet in altitude ; all four specimens are exactly

similar in general colour. This must be regarded as a

mountain race of thomasi.

Group 2.

m® with only 6 lamine.

(6) Vtomys orestes, Thos.

Otomys wroratus ore Stes, Thos. P. Z. S. 1900, Pp: 175,

The skull in this species exhibits the same striking arched

appearance as is seen in thomas? and the allied races described

above. ‘he last upper molar, however, only possesses 6

lamine.

In general colour orestes is rather similar to the Aberdare

race of thomast described above as 7. squalus ; the dorsal

surface is rather richer and browner, but otherwise there is

very little diffe rence.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 175 mm.; tail 62; hind foot 27; ear 20°5.

* In another specimen from the type-locality the tail is given as

88 mm, in length,

Skull: greatest length 38°6; basilar leneth 31 0

ma breadth 20: breadth « | ' L6°5 (

nasals 7: test W th I 3 exp l | “OP th

depth from t point of orbit to alveolar | er at front

from f ont alv lar border to back of m’ 9°6.

Hab. Veliki Vall

15,000 feet.

is 7 77 ;

i Otomys orestes dollman?, Hell

Otomy ‘estes dollmant, Heller, Smith. Misc. Coll. vol. lix. no. 16,

p. 0 itz

++) i] 3 ] a

Avcrees With orestes in that m™ possesses only ¢ m C.

} } } i #% ar

but skul ss arched and narrower, \ 1 SI ler l ind

: } : :

i i } 4 it i t . i .

| ~ } ie | 3 (4 I les (| es (/ mn cre |

5 , ’

| Mr. B Pi \ re, 1 , too une b

of any syste 1 us

| 1, ; ‘ae ae F

Ih ¢ ai ‘ : 4 ’ i 4 < , } | i i , / i¢ .

@#.é€., arich tawny LLY above and Sslate-cre\ iused With

} } ] “

brownish buff below

and body 150 mm.; tail 88; hind foot 25 ; ear 21.

> greatest leneth 31 4: basilar ler oth bd 4 3 ZY Z0-

matic breadth 18°1; interorbital constriction 4°9; nasals

17°2x7; postpalatal length 12; length of upper molar

series (alveolar) 8:1.

Mr. Heller, when describing this form, mentioned that he

had five specimens from the type-locality all agreeing in

laminal formule, i. e., m? with only 6 lamin.

Hab. Mt. Gargues (Mt. Urguess). Altitude 7000 feet

Section LI.

A dark brownish-buff-coloured species, distinguished from

158 Mr. G. Dollman on the

the angoniensis and nyike groups by the shape of the nasals,

the expanded portion of which never exceeds 8 mm. in

width, and the transition to the nar ower part marked by a

more distinct angle than in the » Nya isa forms.

Size fairly large, hind foot generally about 28-30 mm. in

Colour of dorsal surface rich russet-brown lined with black

and buff; flanks rather paler. Sides of face and muzzle

rly tinted with buff. Backs of hands and feet dirty

brownish buff. Ventral surface of bo ly slate-grey washed

with buff. Tail dark brown above, dirty cream-colour

Skull large ; nasals somewhat apenas the expanded

anterior portion narrowing rather abruptly, with a marked

constriction just behind the expanded area. Molars fairly

large ; m° with 7 lamine.

Dimensions of the type:

Head and body 180 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 30; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 44 ; pasion length 35°43; zygo-

matic breadth 21°6; breadth of brain-case 16°5; length of

readth across expanded portion 7 8: breadth

across middle of nasals, just behind the constriction, 4;

depth from highest point of orbit to alveolar border at fibnt

of m® 13:3; palatilar length 19°7; | ngth of upper molar

series from front alveolar border to back of m® 10; crowns 9.

Hab. West slope of Mt. 7 nya. Altitude 10,000 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. Q.2.-1. 20.

In the Museum Coll

]

llectio area great number of specimens

referred to this species ; it would seem to extend northwards

as far as the Aberdare Mountains, where gradually the race

known as elgonis begins to become dominant. South of

Kenya it seems to be rather rare.

(9) Otomys tropicalis elgonis, Wrought.

Otomys irroratus elgonis, Wrought. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. v.

. 207 (1910).

d rK race of tropicalis.

General dimensions rather smaller than in the typical

Colour like that of the Kenya species, but darker and

richer. Flanks, sides of face, muzzle, and entire underparts

considerably darker.

Skull same as in ¢ropicalis, but rather smaller.

Dimensions of the iy pe s—

Head and body 165 mm. ; tail 81; hind foot 27; ear 21.

\ ~/? 4 / } |

5 | t length 41; basilar | Ls 3

| 20°3 1 ot brain elo'3;: | 3 ]

breadth | port 7*4

} ir bordei front of m® 12°4

: ony " .

lel LS*i of upper mols l m bro

Ol | y ) i LO,

Hab. Ele Mt. Elgon. Altitude 7 ) fer

Type. Adul B.M. no. 10. 4. 1. 78

l 0) ys tr lis vivax, p. 1

\ UL 8 } smi rin slz

[) 3 1 | m han in (

ly r m

=e e

S | l ( Oo} é

| he r | 3

Cc | M ds { » Di ff.

Backs « : Rls U }

. | } = a 1 ’ 1 f 3

of bod D ~ V overlaid | bright Cl

i .

the neral ¢ t mu i7hter and mors {i- lred than

in th leo

1-1] fee 6 Poe *4] =o ' he 4]

KUL cons y Smaller V1ill much Smaller teeth.

’ ae .

as ] suoter!l

fol

in elg mis, tl

» well defined. The lamina

nll al

‘mula as

calis, but the last lamina of m* is very small and not entirely

separat d from the 6th.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and 147 mm.; tail 83; hind foot 26 r 2]

S : length 384; si] leneth 30°35; con-

lvlo-u f 1 30'd ZV [ 19°3: ~

orbi I on 472; length of nasa L6°6 st

widt ‘ro led part of 1 ils 7 from 3

p il r [ lar | if l | m 11°38 n

of pa res) Ld]

terlo lar r to |

I of « O to

back Ss 1 of Yay |

I] Lia Rudol Hast Afri

Altitu ‘ ,

ly) Adult 1 Gis Mose. te 1.1425. O

number 391] ( A. B y Perciv

March 24t LOLI ted y him British

160 Mr. G. Dollman on the

The chief characters that separate this Nyiro Otomys

from the Elgon race are its smaller size, smaller teeth, and

very much paler-coloured pe lage.

Group 2.

Nasals not exceptionally broad (not more than 8 mm. in width), but

showing no angular transition between the broad and narrow

portions, pattern rather trumpet-shaped.

(11) Otomys tropicalis nubilus, subsp. n.

A very dark race, related to elgonis and tropicalis.

Size and general proportions as in elgonis.

: olour of dorsal surface dark sepia-brown speckled with

buff, the general effect is very nearly as dark as in denti and

the Rie i species O. kempt ; both elgonis and tropicalis are

considerably lighter in colour. Flanks rather more thickly

speckled with buff. Backs of hands and feet as in elgonis,

ventral surface of body slate-black speckled with pale buff,

the whole a shade darker than in the Elgon form.

Skull about equal in size to that of elgonis, but dis-

tinguished by the shape of the nasals which do not show any

sudden subterminal constriction, the expanded anterior por-

tion narrowing gradually without the angular compression

so conspicuous in e/gonis and tropicalis. ‘The general appear-

ance of the nasals is rather that of a very narrow example of

the angonvensis eee ‘he inner groove of the lower

incisors in this form is fairly well de veloped, more so than in

tropicalis, where the inner groove is no more than a very

shallow depression. In elgonis there would seem to be a

certain amount of variation as regards the development of

this inner groove, in the type-specimen it is fairly well

formed, while in others from the type-locality this groove is

very indistinct. The molars are quite like those of tropicalis

and elgonis, m® having seven lamine.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 170 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 28:5;

ear ZU.

Skull: greatest length 41°5; basilar length 33°7; con-

dylo-incisive length 38°5; zygomatic breadth 19*5 D3; inter-

orbital constriction 4:7; breadth of brain-case 16 ; er satest

length of nasals 17; greatest anterior width of f nasals pa

median width 41; . palati ilar length 19; length of palatal

foramina 8 ; length of upper molar series from anterior

alveolar border to back of last molar 10 ; width of m! 2°7.

Hab. Jombeni (Igembi) Range, N.E. of Mt. Kenya.

Altitude 6000 feet.

Swamp-Iats of East Africa. 16)

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 11. 12. 2. 4. Original

number 1918, Collected by Mr. Robin Kemp on February

15th, 1911.

[he very much darker-coloured pelage and less abruptly

narrowing nasals distinguish this form from elgonis and

tropicalis.

In addition to the four specimens collected by Mr. Kemp

on the Jombeni Range, this form has also been obtained by

Mr. Percival on the Larrogie Mountains (altit tude 7700 feet)

north of the Northern Guaso Nyiro, and at Mweru (4500

feet ), and on the Embu Road ( L000 feet)

QO. orestes d llmani, its near nel rlibour, ig imme liate sly

distinguished by the fact that there are only six laminze

in m®, while the Jombeni race possesses the same lamina

formula as the tropicalis group, t. e. }-5-+-

Group 8,

Nasals very broad anteriorly (more than 8 mm. in width), transition

from broad to narrow region marked by a distinct angle.

(12) Otomys rubeculus, sp. n.

A very large species related to tropicalis.

Size considerably greater than in any other East African

species, head and body measuring 201 mm. io length and

the hind foot 34.

General colour very much as in angoniensis, dull brown

lined with buff. Face and sides of head less richly tinted

with buff; orange rings around eyes absent. Ventral sur-

face of body much as in tropic valis. Tail very long, dull

brownish black above, dirty cream-coloured below. ;

Skull very large and massive. Nasals very broad in front,

the transition to the narrow portion marked by a fairly

distinct angle, mucl

1 more so than in angonu nsis or nytka

Brain-case very broad ; general outline of cranium nearly

horizontal. Auditory bulla exceptionally prominent. ‘Teeth

large ; m® with 7 laminee.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 201 mm.; tail 112; hind foot 34;

ear 20.

Skull : vatest length 46°2; basilar length 37; zygomatic

breadth 29" ; ‘brea dth of brain-case 18*2 ; greatest width across

depth from highest point of orbit to alveolar border at front

of m’ 15:3; palatilar length 21; length of palatal fora-

mina 9; length of upper molar series trom front alveolar

border to back of m’ 11; crowns 9°3.

Ann, & Mag. N. flist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. Ll]

nasals9; width at constriction behind anterior expansion 5°2 ;

162 Mr. G. Dollman on the

Hab. Kagambah, Uganda. Altitude 4800 feet.

Ty pe ‘ ‘ Ndmale. B.M.no.11.12.3.87. Original number

2343. Collected by Mr. Robin Kemp on July 10th, 1911.

The pa size of this species renders it e sily distinguish-

able from all the other East African Otomys.

Mr. Kemp obtained two further specimens of rubeculus at

Nalasanji, Uganda, both of which, though subadult, are

almost equal in size to the type.

(13) Ot mys divinor um, Thos.

Otomys divinorum, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. vi. p. 311

(1910).

This species is apparently intermediate between the

tropicalis and angoniensis groups, possessing the broad nasals

of angoniensis, which, however, exhibit the same angular

transition to the narrower part as is found in tropicals.

st rather smaller than in Ki icalis,

Colour considerably paler than in the Kenya species, the

whole dorsal surface being of a uniform cinnamon-brown

and lacking the rather coar sely lined appearance of tropicalis

and angoniensis. Muzzle and light rings around eyes bright

orange-buff. Ventral surface of body slate-grey washed with

brownish buff.

Skull rather smaller than that of ¢ropicalis or angoniensis.

Nasals very broad anteriorly, the transition to the narrower

posterior portion marked by a distinct angle. We thus have

a combination of the broad nasals of ‘angoniensis and the

spoon-shaped pattern of tropicalis. Molars rather small, m*

with 7 laminez.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 173 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 263;

ear Diets

Skull : greatest length 39; basilar length 31:7; zygo-

matic breadth 20°3; nasals 17: 6x9; Bey from highest

point of orbit to alveolar border at front of ‘m’* 12°35; length

of upper molar series (crowns) 8°4; breadth of m' 2°2.

Hab. Rombo, Kilimanjaro. Altitude 5300 feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10.7. 2. 84.

This species is only known from the type-specimen ; all

the other Otomys collected by Mr. Kemp at Rombo were

VO, angoniensis elassodon.

Nwam) -R 8 a t A fr Cale ] 0

sudden ancular transition between the broad and the narrow

(] f Clomys ai J nee nsis, Wrou rht

Otomys trroratus an iensts, Wrought. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

A large species with very broad ni isals, which narrow more

oradually than in the tropical lis group, the pater more

trumpet-shaped than spoon-shaped. In tropica is and its

; 2 ‘ .

allies there is usually a sharp constriction just posterior to

tne expanded porti nh; in angoni NSLS the re 18 no such Ccoll-

striction, the sides of the nasals forming a simple trumpet-

. on 7

} . yh ] } ) ] ) ’

laped design, without the well-marked "* neck seen in

General colour rather like that of tropicalis, but more

coarsely lined with buff. Ventral surface of body strongly

tinged with buff.

Skull about equal in size to that of tropicalis ; nasals

broa lly eX] anded in front and narrowing gradu: uly behind.

Dimensions of the type (from dried skin) :—

ig a and body ; r175 mm.; tail 90; hind foot a0; ear 21.

ul: greatest length 42; zygomatic breadth 20 ; breadth

bf brain-case 15°6; length of nasals 19°7; greatest width

across nasals Ores depth from highest point of orbit to

alveolar border at front of m’® 13°9:; palatilar length 19

length of upper molar series from front alveolar border to

back of m* 10°7.

Hab. M’iKKombhuie, Angoniland, Nyasa. Alltit

ide SUOO

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 2.1. 6. 22.

This species may be known by its lone and broadly ex-

panded tl impet-shaped nasals,.

In the Museum e llection are 8s veral specimens from t]

ty pe-locality and a few from the Shire Highlands and Zomb:

S. Nyasaland, all referable to angoniensis.

(15) Olomys ango iensts elassodon, Oso

Otomys ang s el lon, Osgood, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publi-

cation, 141, Zool. Ser. vol. x. no, 2, p. 10 (1910),

Related to O. angoniensis, rather smaller in size and paler

and greyer in colour.

164 Mr. G. Doliman on the

General proportions rather less than in the Nyasa species.

Colour olive-grey mixed with brown, the striking rufous

tint of angoniensis absent ; buff colour on belly considerably

paler,

Skull rather smaller and narrower, nasals broadly expanded

anteriorly, as in angoniensis ; teeth slightly smaller, m* with

7 laminee.

Dimensions of the type (as given by Osgood) :—

Head and body 183 mm,; tail 87; hind foot (ec. u.) 29;

ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 41; basilar length 34:3; zygo-

matic breadth 21 ; length of nasals 17°7; greatest breadth

across nasals 8-9 depth vei irabiin point of orbit to

alveolar border at front of m’ 13°8; postpalatal length 15 ;

maxillary tooth-row 8*2 (crowns).

The length of the molar series, from front alveolar border

to back of m* in a Laikipia specimen in the Museum collec-

tion, is 10 mm.

Hab. Naivasha, British East Africa.

This race of angoniensis is evidently very widely distri-

buted over British Kast Africa. In the collection is a large

series from Rumruti, Laikipia Plateau, all of which agree

fairly closely with Osgood’s description. There are also

specimens from Nairobi and from as far south as Rombo,

Kilimanjaro. The Rombo OUtomys are for the most part

rather smaller than the Rumruti ones, but, as this variation

in size is not constant throughout thie series, it is impossible

to regard it as of systematic value.

This Naivasha form is distinguished from its near neigh-

s 5

bour O. nyike canescens by its larger size and longer skull.

(16) Otomys nyike, Wrought.

Otomys irroratus nyike, Wrought. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xviii.

p. 276 (1906).

tather smaller than angoniensis; skull much shorter, with

exceptionally broad flat nasals ; pattern almost triangular.

General dimensions less than in the southern species ;

hind foot only 27 mm. in length.

Colour very like that of angoniensis ; under surface of

body washed with brownish buff.

Skull short and stout; nasals very broad and flat, in one

specimen the greatest width across the nasals is as much as

10 mm.

Dimensions of the type (from dried skin) :—

Head and body 170 mm. (probably not more than 160 mm.

in the flesh) ; tail 70 ; hind foot 27; ear 20.

Swamp- Rats of East Africa. 165

Skull: greatest length 38°2* mm,; basilar length 32;

zygomatic brea lth 19°6; breadth of brain-case 15°7 ; length

of nasals 18; greatest breadth across nasals 9°5; depth from

highest point of orbit to alveolar border at front of m’*® 12:6;

palatilar length 17°1; length of upper molar series from

front alveolar border to back of last molar 9°7.

Hab, Nyika Plateau, North Nyasa, Altitude 6000-7000

feet,

Type. Adult male, B,M. no, 97,10. 1.107.

Ok mys nytka is evidently closely related t to the South

Nyasa species, O, angoniensis; both forms are very similar in

general colour, the ventral surface being more strongly tinted

witl 1 brownish buff in these two Ofomys than in any of the

other Kast African forms, In size nyike is rather smaller ;

the skulls may be di ting ruished | vv the shape of the nasals,

those of nyike being exceptionally broad and dlat and cor npara-

tively short, while in angoniensis they are narrower, rather

more curved, and longer,

(17) Otomys nytke canescens, Osg

a ©

Otomys nyike canescens, Osgood, Field Mus, Nat. Hist. Publication, 14]

Zool, Ser. vol. x. no. 2, p, 10 (1910),

Agrees with O. nyike in having a short thick skull with

short, very broad nasals.

General colour much paler and greyers; on the dorsal

surface there is an almost entire absence of the russet tint

so conspicuous in nytke, its place being taken by a pale olive-

grey wash.

KU ll | i ike that of nytker, with broadly ex} anded nasals ;

teeth fairly large, m’ with 7 lamin.

Di rte sions of type (as given by Osgood)

Head and body 175 mm.; tail 84; hind foot 29 (c. u.) ;

ear 19°5.

Skull: greatest length 37°2; basilar length 30°9; zygo-

matic breadth 19°6 ; length of nasals Ya > greatest brea ith

of nasals 85 ; depth from highest point of orbit to alveolar

border at front of m°12°8; postpalatal length 13°8 ; maxillary

to ther ww O° 4a

In a specimen from Mt. Suswa, quite close to the ty pe-

locality, the upper molar series measures from the front

alveolar border to the back of m* 9 mm. in le ng

Hab. Kijabe, Naivasha District, British East A fiica.

rhis race is represented in the pa 2 specimens

* In Wroughton’s original description, the skull-dimensions giyen ai

not those of the typé

166 Mr. G. Dollman on the

from the following localities: —Mt. Suswa, Mau, Lemek

Valley (Amala District), south side of Aberdare Mountains,

Nakuru, and the Larrogie Mountains (N. of Laikipia).

In examining the skins of British East African Otomys,

it is very easy to mistake canescens for small specimens of

angoniensis elassodon, the general colour of the two forms

being very alike. The short thick skull of canescens, how-

ever, is very distinct from the larger and longer skull of

elassodon.

Division C.

Lower incisors with two well-marked deep grooves,

Ventral surface of tail light.

Section I.

Skull showing the same arched or humped appearance as is found in the

thomasi group, the interorbital region raised up, and the nasals and

general line of the brain-case depressed so as to accentuate this

arched character.

Group 1.

m* with 6 lamine.

(18) Otomys dartmouthi, Thos.

iow dartmouthi, Thos, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) vol, xviii. p. 141

(1906).

This species stands by itself among the Otomys with two

deep grooves in the lower incisors, being the only one with

6 lamine in m’.

Externally dartmouthi is very distinct, the fur being a

great deal more woolly than in any other East African

Otomys. General colour of dorsal surface pale brown finely

speckled with yellowish buff. Backs of hands and feet dirty

buff. Ventral surface of body slate-grey washed with buff.

‘ail rather dark above, almost black; sides and ventral

surface buff.

Skull, as in all the members of this division, excepting

fortior, of the same arched or humped type as is found in the

thomasi group, but the deep double grooving of the lower

incisors immediately distinguishes the skulls of dartmouthi

ind its allies from those of thomasi and the other members of

that group. Molars fairly large, m* with 6 lamine.

Dimensions of the type:—

Head and body 150 mm.; tail 93; hind foot 26°5

ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 37°6 mm.; basilar length 30°5 ;

zygomatic breadth 19°5; width of brain-case 15°5; length

lami ra in Wil

’ ~ ’ . 7 , .

General colour a great deal darker than in the foregoin

, ] } layl aa ,/

ic effect ALMOST as dark as in @ ni t

, .

$3 i0°9; Width across expanded a ior | l 18)

m hi@hest point of orbit to alveolar border at I

oF . ; la ; 17 ] ; } , ] |

12°5; latilar length 17; length of upper molar ser!

. " " | m

nt aiveolar border to DacK OFT | molar J°o

4 | I> . bs. 9-

Mubuku \ til Y, L4ads L\ ’ i | A ltitud 12,50

; > us x.

Adult male. B.M. no, 6. 7, 1. 64.

p s is easily distinguished from the other members

division by its solt woolly pelage and the presen

mh! ein wm

ly D7

19 ()s a 2. Thos

{ - tus Ja t¢@, atl

I \ xX Mag Na Hist {0O) ¥ Vil 2 (189]

ja SOnt 135 Stl yuisned from the <¢ ier m Lv¢ S

Vis l »\ S Small 8 { >» pres { o) oe Ti ;

ys ites ft j 3 1 dart the

y 6 lam e, and from t 4 pus or 3rd group i

wksont is smaller than any other East Afi ran

stag ss ‘ ey

Li GimMenslons are TeMarkaD!

Ae 1 = Las

both the SKIn and SKU

]

brown mixed with orange-buff,

7 = 7 ~ a ’

back dark DlaACKISN

? =a }

us described abDoy

hands and feet greyish brown.

+} . t] Pay 7

ns rably smalier than In any of the other species

fr ; ] + :

f in this pape The arched character is not so

i as in dartmoutht and th following species, 1

not being so depressed posteriorly, Molars rathes

i \ “ay lan &

ns of the type :—

' . ] ¢

nd body 120 mm.: hind foot 2¢

‘ | . »a.7 } . ] ») e .

orea neto °¢ 5 DaSliar length 246; ZyPfo-

ith 18*1:; bread of brain-case 15°5: leneth o

: Wi $ anterior expansion 6°8; depth from

;

int of orbit to alveolar border at front of m* 11°2

length 15°d; length of upper molar series { l

la ier to Dac of m™ YZ.

, ' AT, ’ ] x ¢

Hab. Crater of Mt. Elgon. Altitude 13.200 feet.

Adult { B.M. no. 93. 2. 3, 34

]

ull na rK ¢ r of this Elgon sp srea j

it from four members of Division C

s obtained by Mr, R, Kemp on Mt. Elgon was a

168 Mr. G. Dollman on the

very different animal, and not in any way closely related to

jacksoni, a species that is probably only found at the very top

of the mountain.

(20) Otomys percivali, sp. n.

Agrees with jackson? in that m’* possesses 7 lamine, but is

very much larger in size, paler in colour, and the general form

of the skull considerably more arched than in the Elgon

species. Size much larger; head and body 160 mm, in

length. Colour of dorsal surface bright ochreous buff suffused

with brownish, the general effect yellower and brighter than

in dartmouthi. Flanks rather lighter and yellower than back.

Face and head bright yellowish buff. Eyes surrounded with

orange-coloured rings. Long hairs in front of ears with dark

bases and orange-buff tips; hairs directly behind ears with

creamy-white tips, somewhat as in the thomast group. Backs

of hands and feet dirty white. Ventral surface of body much

as in dartmouthi. Tail brownish orange above; dull orange-

buff below.

Skull with interorbital region markedly arched, muzzle and

cranial lines considerably depressed. Auditory bulle and

teeth very much larger than in jacksoni; m* with 7 lamine

and, as in all the other members of this division, the lower

incisors marked with two deep grooves, the inner one rather

less deeply cut than the outer, but very much more so

than in any of the forms in Division B, ¢. e. the tropicalis,

thomast, and orestes groups.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 88; hind foot 27; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 39°7; basilar length 32°25; con-

dylo-incisive length 37 ; zygomatic breadth 20°6 ; interorbital

constriction 3°5 ; squamosal breadth of brain-case 14 ; length

of nasals 17; greatest width across expanded part of nasals

6°5; breadth across middle of nasals (taken just behind the

expanded anterior portion) 4; depth from highest point of

orbit to alveolar border at front of m’ 13°7; palatilar length

18°1; length of palatal foramina 7 ; post-palatal length 14°5 ;

length of upper molar series from anterior alveolar border to

back of last molar 10°5 ; length from anterior base of enamel

on m! to back of m’ 9°5; greatest width of m* 2°7.

HTab, Twelve miles south of Lake Olbollossat, Naivasha

District, B.E.A. Altitude 8700 feet.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 12. 7, 1.424. Original

number 509. Collected by A. Blayney Percival, Esq., on

Swamp-Rats of Last Africa. 169

June 28th, 1911, and presented by him to the National

Jollection.

There is no difficulty in distinguishing this new form from

the Elgon species; the very much larger size, lighter colour,

and more arched skull are characters that at once serve to

distinguish percivali from jacksont. The lamina formula is

sufficient to separate it from dartmouthi, typus, and fortior,

while the double grooving of the lower incisors indicates

plainly that it cannot be considered a member of the thomas:

group, with which it has a number of features in common.

Group 3,

m with 8 lamine.

(21) Otomys typus, Heug.

Oreomys typus, Heuglin, Reis. N. Ost-Afr. ii. p. 76 (1877).

Otomys degeni, Thos, P. Z, 8, 1902, ii. p. 311.

About equal in size to dartmouthi and percivali; the pre-

sence of 8 laminz in m’ easily distinguishes this Abyssinian

species from dartmoutht, jacksoni, and percivali.

In general colour very like 0. ¢t. squalus, dorsal surface

brownish buff; head and flanks strongly tinged with buff,

yellow rings around eyes very conspicuous. Backs of hands

and feet dirty cream-buff.

Skull arched, but not so markedly as in the last species,

Molars large, m® with 8 lamin.

Dimensions (from a spirit-specimen) :—

Head and body 161 mm.; tail 90; hind foot 28°5;

ear 22.

Skull (type of degeni): length from back of interparietal

to tip of nasals 36°2 ; greatest breadth 19°7 ; nasals, greatest

length 16°5; greatest breadth across anterior expansion 7° ;

palatilar length 17°7 ; length of palatal foramina 7°4; length

of upper molar series from front alveolar border to back of

m°* 10°3, crowns 8°2.

Hab. Shoa, Abyssinia.

Thomas has already pointed out* that his degeni is

identical with typus of Heuglin, the original description

given by Heuglin being “ grossly inaccurate,” Wroughton

in his paper followed this view, and it seems best to adopt it

here. The above description is taken from the type-specimen

of degent, which we must now accept as representing typus,

* Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) vol. xviii. p. 302 (1906),

170 Mr. O. Thomas on

Section LI.

Skull flat, no marked elevation of the interorbital region or

depression of the general line of the cranium.

Group 1.

m® with 9 laminew, the last one very small and not

entirely separated from the 8th,

(22) Otomys fortior, Thos.

Otomys typus fortior, Thos, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xviii.

p. 302 (1906),

Larger than the preceding species with a much flatter

skull, the interorbital region showing very little of the

characteristic arched appearance seen in the other members

of this group; m* with 9 lamine.

In colour this species most nearly resembles angoniensis,

the yellowish suffusion so evident in percival’, and toa certain

extent in typus, is here almost absent; dorsal surface a

uniform brown, lined with buff. Light markings around

eyes and ears absent. Backs of hands and feet dirty brown.

Under parts slate-grey washed with buff,

Skull, as stated above, without any marked elevation of

the interorbital region. Incisors and molars large and broad ;

m® with 9 lamine, the last very small,

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 182 mm.; tail 97 ; hind foot 30; ear 26.

Skull; greatest length 39; basilar length 32°2; zygo-

inatic breadth 19°8; width of brain-case 16°7; greatest

width across nasals 7:2; depth from highest point of orbit to

alveolar border at front of m*® 11:8; palatilar length 19°1;

length of upper molar series from front alveolar border to

back of m* 11:3.

fab, Cliarada, Kaffa. Altitude 6000 feet.

Type. Adult female. B,M. no, 6. 11, 1. 29.

‘This form was described by Thomas as a race of typus ;

on account of its cranial characters and the occurrence of

9 laminze in m’ it is here considered as a distinct species.

X.—Two new Species of Leuconoe,

By OLpFIELD THOMAS,

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Leuconoe molucearum, sp. n.

Like L, horsfieldi, but the feet larger and the colour

browner.

General characters as in the allied species. Fur soft, fine,

Two new Species of Leuconoe. 171

and velvety ; hairs on shoulders almost 6 mm. in length,

those on lower back 3°5 mm. Colour above sepia-brown,

that of horsfieldi being blackish ; under surface paler brown ;

the inguinal region brownish white, instead of more or less

clear white. Ears and tragus apparently quite as in hors-

jfieldi. Feet decidedly larger, and in correlation with this

the wing-membrane does not extend so far, being inserted

about opposite the base of the calear.

Skull and teeth quite like those of horsjield’, p* similarly

crushed in between the approximated p' and p* above, and

ps in the tooth-row below, about one-third the area of p,.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 40 mm.

Skull: greatest length 15-4; breadth of brain-case 7:5 ;

front of canine to back of m’® 5°9; front of p* to back of

m® 3°5.

Dimensions of a spirit-specimen from Port Essington :—

Forearm 41 mm.

Head and body 55 ; tail 39 ; ear (inner edge) 13; tragus

5°3; tibia 17°5 ; hind foot (c. u.) 13,

Hab. East Indian Archipelago from Celebes to the

Solomons and North Australia. Type from Ara, Kei

Islands,

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10.3. 1.29. Original

number 854. Collected July 1909 by W. Stalker.

This species, although some of the specimens of it had

been referred by Dobson to the much larger L. adversus, is

really very closely allied to the L. horsfieldi of Java, Sumatra,

and Borneo, but may be distinguished by its larger feet and

browner colour. ‘Vhe West Australian ZL. macropus is, as

shown by its type, very decidedly larger than L. moluc-

carum, and is indeed so strikingly like the Javan L. adversus

that, with the imperfect material available, I can perceive no

satisfactory reason for its distinction, a conclusion to which

Dobson came in 1878.

Leuconoe lepidus, sp. n.

A dark-coloured species with narrow brain-case,

General characters as in L. horsfieldi. Colour blackish,

the membranes dark brown. Lars about as in horsfieldi, laid

forward their tips barely reach to the end of the nose.

Wings to the side of the metatarsus. Calcar reaching about

two-thirds of the distance to the tip of the tail.

Skull in general like that of horsfieldi, but the brain-case

less inflated, low and narrow, the difference especially marked

in contrast with other Bornean examples of the group, which

172 Hon. W. Rothschild— Votes on

have rather more swollen brain-cases than in Javan speci-

mens. Small upper premolars not much crushed, p* two-

thirds the size of p', half internal; below, ps is quite in the

tooth-row, about half the size of p’.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 37°5 mm.

Head and body 46; tail 35; ear (anterior margin) 13 ;

tragus on inner edge 5; tibia 15; foot 9°5; calcar 12.

Skull: greatest length 15°5; zygomatic breadth 9:2 ;

breadth of brain-case 7:2; front of canine to back of m*® 6;

front of p* to back of m? 3-4.

Hab, Baram, Sarawak.

Type. Adult female, B.M. no. 0.7,29.14. Collected

and presented by Dr. Charles Hose.

This Baram bat differs from the Javan L. horsfieldi by its

much smaller and narrower brain-case, and still more so from

the other Sarawak and N. Bornean examples of the group,

which have the brain-case more swollen than in true hors-

fieldi. These other Bornean specimens I refer provisionally

to Miller’s L. carimate, though I think it very doubtful if they

should be kept distinct from L. horsfieldi. But the skull of

L. lepidus is conspicuously different from any of them.

X1.—WNotes on and Descriptions of Delias.

3y the Hon. WaLrer RoruscuiLp, F.R.S., Ph.D.

1. Delias singhapura acuta, subsp. n.

3. Fore wing more pointed than in s. singhapura, and.

narrowing sharply to apex, Above differs from both singha-

pura and s. indistincta in having the black on outer 4 of fore

wing absent below vein 2, and reduced to a narrow submar-

ginal cloud between veins 2 and 3. Below the yellow of

hind wing is darker and the submarginal patches smaller.

?. Fore wing long and pointed as in the ¢, NOT rounded.

Above more strongly clouded with black. Below the yellow

area is reduced and the submarginal spots much smaller.

Hab. 8, Karo, Aug, 1891 (Hagen Coll.); 9, Selesseh,

8.E. Sumatra, 25th July, 1894 (Dr. Martin) (2 type).

2. Delias rosendergi salayerana, subsp. n.

gd. Above resembles 7. rosenbergt in the sharply cut-off

and Descriptions of Delias. 173

dark apex of fore wing and white colour. Below it has the

much deeper orange of r. /orguini, but this orange colour is

duller and washed over with cinnamon,

Hab. Salayer Island (H. Kwvhn),

3. Delias timorensis ardesiaca, subsp. n.

dé. Above differs from ¢. témorensis in the much greater

extent of the white portion of both wings. Below the fore

wing is dark brown, Nor black ; the pale basal area is much

larger, white, NOT yellow, with only a yellow streak in cell

below costa. Hind wing, basal area paler yellow, with a

white margin, a crimson dot in a white ring at apex of cell ;

dark area between basal area and crimson submarginal band

brownish slate-colour ; submarginal band of coalescent spots

much wider and duller, more cinnabar-crimson.

9. Above black-brown, NoT black; basal pale area of

both wings less grey and suffused with buff. Below: fore

wing, the pale basal area is less yellow, more white, and

more extended, the dark outer area black-brown. Hind

wing has the wider submarginal crimson band, white outline

to yellow basal area, and the slaty colour of discal area, but

the discocellular spot is yellow.

Hab. 3 ? (I. Kiihn) (but certainly Dammer) ; 2, Dam-

mer Island (received from Staudinger) ( ¢ type).

4. Delias timorensis romaensis, subsp. n.

&. Very small; differs from ¢t. timorensis above in having

the elongate subapical patches reduced to small white spots

widely separated. Below the dark colour is browner, the

subapical spots smaller, and the submarginal red line above

vein 2 wider.

?. Above differs in the strongly reduced subapical spots

and in the rest of fore wing being almost entirely black, the

basal } being only powdered with grey slightly. Hind wing

has pale basal area narrower. Below the subapical spots are

smaller and the submarginal red band wider ; a red dot at

end of cell.

Hab. Roma Island, Aug. 1902 (H. Kiihn).

5. Delias timorensis moaensis, subsp. n.

3. Above differs from ¢. timorensis in the much greater

extension of the pale area of both wings, on fore wing going

far beyond cell and in hind wing reducing outer black border

174 Hon. W. Rothschild— Notes on

by 4. Below on fore wing the pale basal area is much

extended and more white, reaching tornus below vein 1.

9. Above the pale area is much more extended and the

subapical patches are larger. Below the pale area is larger

and the yellow bordered with white, while the red submar-

ginal band is paler and duller.

Hab. Moa Island, Dec. 1902 (H. Kuhn).

6. Delias mysis goodenovit, subsp. n.

@. Above has black margins to hind wing somewhat

wider than in m. onca. Below it differs from m. onca in the

fore wing in having the black of apex and costal area more

extended and deeper; in hind wing the yellow is much

darker, more orange, and extends nearly all over pale area of

wing; the black band on inner side of submarginal red band

is wider.

9. Below differs from 2 m. onca in the entire basal 2 of

hind wing being orange-yellow, only veins 4-7 showing

white.

fab. Goodenough Island, 2500-4000 feet, May 1913

(A. S. Meek).

7. Delias mysis rosselliana, subsp. n.

g. Differs from m. goodenovit above in the marginal band

of hind wing being double as wide. Below it differs in the

yellow on hind wing being less extensive though quite as

dark in colour; the black band inside the red is very much

wider.

9. Above has the margins browner, less black, and the

subapical spots yellow, Nor white. Below the yellow on

hind wing is less extended and the black inside the red

much wider.

Hab. Rossell Island, Jan. 1898 (A. S. Meek).

8. Delias mysis maga, Grose-Smith.

Delias maga, Grose-Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 405

(1897) (Sud-Est Island).

The 2 is undescribed.

?. Above differs from the 9 of m. goodenovit in the almost

absent subapical spots on fore wing and in the black outer

areas of both wings occupying fully the outer 4 of the wings.

Below the orange area of hind wing occupies } of the wing -

and the dark area the outer half; the red band is more

uniform in width and nearer the margin.

and Descriptions of Delias. 175

9. Delias mysts maforensis, subsp. n.

¢. Below differs from m. /ara in the greater extent and

darker shade of the yellow basal part of hind wings, it filling

® INSTEAD of 4 of cell ; the red band is wider and the black

narrower.

9. Differs from 2 m. lara below in the much wider

extent and darker shade of yellow on hind wing, the much

wider black distal area (occupying 2 of wing), and more even

width of red band.

Hab. Suer, Mafor Island, May-June 1897 (WW. Doherty).

10. Delias caliban satisbona, subsp. n.

3. Differs from ec. caliban below in the reduction in fore

wing of the white basal area below vein 3 and in the strong

reduction of the basal yellow area in hind wing.

9. (The female of c. caliban is unknown.) Above, head

and thorax grey suffused with yellow ; abdomen sulphur-

yellow. Fore wing, basal } obliquely white suffused with

sulphur-yellow ; outer 2 black; two small white subapical

spots. Hind wing, basal half sulphur-yellow, outer half

black. Below, fore wing as above, but with four large

golden-yellow subapical spots; hind wing black, base and

abdominal area powdered with sulphur-yellow; a submar-

ginal band of golden-yellow spots.

Hab. Goodenough Island, 2500-4000 feet, May 1913

(A. S. Meek).

11. Delias waterstradti, sp. n.

6. Above canary-yellow tinged with green; apex and

costal area of fore wing and margin of hind wing brown.

Below, fore wing black-brown, cell densely and rest of basal

4 of wing sparsely powdered with golden yellow; beyond

cell and along nervures the yellow powdering is more

densely present, almost appearing like a band of yellow

patches ; a subapical band of large golden-yellow patches,

Hind wing, basal 3 golden yellow, powdered in basal 4 with

sooty black; outer 2 black-brown, with submarginal row of

large golden-yellow patches.

Length of fore wing 34 mm.

Hab. Halmaheira ( Waterstradt).

12. Delias totila, Heller.

Delias totila, Heller, Entom. Nachr. xxii. no, 12, p. 177 (1896) (New

. Britain).

I have a single ¢ in which the basal half of fore

176 Hon. W. Rothschild—Notes on

wing is lavender-blue and the basal half of hind wing is

greenish yellow. In the Adams collection in the British

Museum the three ¢ ¢ have the basal half of both wings

cadmium-yellow, while the ? has the basal half of hind

wing, like the fore wing, lavender-blue only tinged with

yellow.

13. Delias funerea funerea, Rothsch,

Delias funerea, Rothschild, Noy. Zool. vol. i. p. 662, no. 3 (1894)

(Halmaheira).

The 2 of this form not being recorded, I take the oppor-

tunity of describing it from the unique specimen in the

Adams collection in the British Museum.

?. Above, fore wing sooty black-brown, powdered with

greyish white in basal } of wing, on basal 4 of costal area,

and densely so along whole of wing below vein 1; a sub-

terminal row of eight greyish-white patches. Hind wing

sooty black-brown ; fringe and abdominal folds whitish grey,

basal half of wing powdered thinly with whitish grey.

Below, fore wing as above, but basal } strongly powdered

with pale grey ; cell and second to fifth subterminal patches

suffused with lemon-yellow. Hind wing black-brown; a

large subcostal patch and a subterminal band of coalescent

sagittate patches scarlet ; abdominal folds and wings beyond

scarlet band strongly suffused with grey; base sulphur-

yellow.

14. Delias ennia mysolensis, subsp. n.

3. Below differs from en. ennia in the dark margin

between tornus and vein 6 being wider and the three yellow

patches larger.

@. Above purer white, the buff suffusion almost absent ;

grey base of tore wing less extended. Below the black on

hind wing is only half as wide as in en. ennia and yellow

submarginal band is wider.

Hab. Mysol Island, Jan. 1899 (H. Kuhn) (2 type).

15. Delias ennia oetakwensis, subsp. n.

g. Above, dark margin on hind wing much narrower

than in en. mysolensis and en.ennia. Below, dark margin of

hind wing also much narrower and yellow patches almost

absent.

@?. Above grey, base of fore wing much extended, occu-

pying + of wing; ground-colour still purer white than in *

9 en. mysolensis. Below, dark band of hind wing narrower

and Descriptions of Delias. 177

than in en. mysolensts ; basal area of hind wing and sub-

marginal row of patches lemon-yellow, NOT orange; the

patches much smaller than in en. ennia and en. mysolensis.

Hab. 8.W. New Guinea (type ¢ near Oetakwa River,

Snow Mts., Dutch New Guinea, up to 3500 feet, Oct.-Dec.

1910, A. S. Meek).

16. Delias ennia limbata, subsp. nu.

dé. Above dark, apex of fore wing more extended and

blacker than in en. nigidius; dark margin to hind wing

purer black and reaching to vein 7; the two white submar-

ginal spots found in nigidius are entirely absent. Below

yellow, area of hind wing much extended ; dark margin of

hind wing half the width and extending to vein 7 ; the sub-

marginal orange patches are much smaller.

9. Above, the outer dark area of both wings darker and

blacker ; there are TWO instead of FIVE subapical spots in

fore wing, and the submarginal white dots in hind wing are

absent. Below the basal yellow area of both wings is more

extended, the black distal area of hind wing narrower and

blacker, and the submarginal row of spots is narrower and

deeper orange.

Hab. Sud-Est Island, April 1898 (A. S. Meek) (type ¢).

17. Delias ennia saturata, subsp. n.

&. Above the marginal band on hind wing narrower than

in en, nigidius and en. limbata. Below almost the whole of

the hind wing saturated with bright yellow; dark marginal

border wider than in en. limbata, but less wide than in

en. nigidius ; submarginal band of spots much wider and

brighter orange.

?. Above dark, distal part of both wings much narrower

than in en. limbata and en. nigidius, and brown. Below,

basal half of hind wing entirely bright yellow, outer half

black-brown ; the submarginal band of spots between veins 4

and 7 much reduced,

Hab. Goodenough Island, Dec. 1896 (A. S. Meek).

18. Delias ennia xelianthe, Grose-Smith.

Delias xelianthe, Grose-Smith, Noy. Zool. vol. vii. p. 86 (1900)

(British New Guinea).

I have a g of this form from the Sattelberg, German

New Guinea.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 12

178 Hon. W. Rothschild—Notes on

19, Deltas enniana obsoleta, subsp. n.

3. Below differs from en. enniana in the subapical band

of spots on fore wing being much reduced and the submar-

ginal row of spots on hind wing being obsolescent; the

marginal dark band of hind wing is also much wider.

Hab, Mysol Island, Jan. 1899 (7. Kuhn).

20. Delias enniana reducta, subsp. n.

3. Above differs from en. enniana in the apical dark

portion of fore wing being wider, running round tornus on

to inner margin, and having only a single subapical spot.

Below the black-brown band from costa across discocellulars

on fore wing is much reduced, generally forming a narrow

curved line only from subcostal along discocellulars, not

reaching lower angle of cell; on hind wing the marginal

band is narrower and its inner edge is regularly rounded

instead of sinuate ; the submarginal band of spots is still

more reduced, the upper spot only being present and the

second to fourth barely indicated by whitish hair-like streaks.

?. Below, all dark portions reduced and much narrower,

and submarginal spots on hind wing much smaller.

Hab. S. and 8.E. New Guinea (type ¢, Eilanden River,

S.E. Dutch New Guinea, Dec. 1910, A. S. Meek).

21. Delias enniana kapaura, subsp. n.

9. Below, differs from en. reducta in the much rounder

wings and the much greater width of the dark distal portions

of both wings; on the hind wing the dark area occupies the

distal 2 of wing.

Hab. Kapaur, 8.W. New Guinea, Jan.—Feb. 1897 (W.

Doherty).

22. Delias dice dice (Voll.).

Pieris dice, Vollenhoven, Monogr. Pier. p. 39, no. 5, t. iv. fig. 7 (1865)

(N.W. New Guinea).

Fruhstorfer, in ¢ Seitz,’ states that the g of this form is

unknown. I havea ¢ from the Felder collection received

in exchange from the Leyden Museum. I append the

description :—

g. Above hardly distinguishable from D. enniana. Be-

low, fore wing much as in enniana; hind wing, basal 3 pale,

outer 2 brown, enclosing a row of large fulvous-orange spots ;

of the pale area the basal half is fulvous orange, outer half

white.

I also have a number of 2 ¢ (which are evidently forms

of dice) from the east side of Geelvink Bay, Humboldt Bay,

and Descriptions of Delias. 179

Milne Bay, Holnicote Bay, and Rossell Island ; but the ¢ g

accompanying them are more or less indistinguishable from

my enniana reducta, though the respective ? ? are vastly

different. It is quite conceivable that in the future, when

more is known of these Delias, that enntana and dice will

turn out to be forms of one species.

23. Delias omissa, sp. n.

@. At first sight this much]resembles a small zarate,

Gr.-Sm., but is smaller. Above differs from zarate by the

much blacker costal area of fore wing and the absolutely

straight inner edge of the apical black area, which never has

a trace of subapical spots; the black margin of hind wing is

much wider. Below, there are two small yellow dots in apex

of fore wing; the hind wing is uniform canary-yellow, Nor

yellow and orange as in zarate; the dark margins of both

wings are much straighter on inner edges than in zarate,

?. Differs above in wider dark margin to hind wing and

the straighter inner edge of margins of both wings. Below

it differs in both wings by the straighter inner edges of the

dark margins and in the total absence of the yellow sub-

marginal spots of hind wings.

Length of fore wing, g 24, 2? 26 mm.; expanse, ¢ 53,

2 57 mm.

Hab. Eastern New Guinea (type ?, Upper Aroa River,

British New Guinea, Feb, 1903, A. S. Meek).

24, Delias madetes neohannoverana, subsp. n.

¢. Differs from m. madetes above in the much narrower

black edging to the hind wing, which is bordered with

lemon-yellow, not found in m. madetes. Below the orange is

more yellow and paler.

?. Differs in the spots above and the pale area of hind

wing being much whiter.

Hab. New Hanover, Feb—March 1897 (F. Cayley

Webster).

25. Delias eudiabolus, sp. n.

3. Resembles a minute ladas. Above, fore wing more

ointed than in ladas, and termen much straighter; the

Black edge of hind wing is narrower. Below, the apical

dark area of fore wing is much wider and basicostal yellow

streak on hind wing is clearer yellow.

¢. Above, all dark margins are much narrower and apical

area is edged inwardly with yellow, Nor found in dadas.

Below the abdomen is white, while in dadas it is yellow ; the

180 Geological Society.

apical dark area of fore wing is wider and the basicostal

yellow streak on hind wing is clear yellow.

Length of fore wing: eudiabolus, g 21:5, 9 23 mm.—

expanse, ¢ 47, ¢ 50 mm.; ladas, § 34, 2 29 mm.—ex-

panse, ¢@ 74, 2 64 mm.

Hab, British New Guinea (type 2, Upper Aroa River,

Brit. New Guinea, March 1903, A. S. Meek).

26. Delias aglaia angustifascia, subsp. n.

Fruhstorfer quotes ag/. pandecta, Stdgr., from N. Borneo,

with a?. Ihave two go and one ? from there, and they

are very distinct, the 9 being nearer ag/. goda ¢.

3. Differs from agl. goda in the whitish, NoT blue-grey

markings and the reduction of the yellow on hind wings.

9. Differs from ag/. goda in the narrower oblique white

band on fore wing, this being even narrower than in agi,

beata.

Hab. N. Borneo (type g, Mt. Mulu, 1000-4000 feet,

Hose).

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 24th, 1914.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Trilobite Fauna of the Middle Cambrian of the St.

Tudwal’s Peninsula (Carnarvonshire).’ By ‘Tressilian Charles

Nicholas, B.A., F.G.S.

In a previous paper on the geology of the St. Tudwal’s Peninsula

approximate determinations were given of the fossils found in the

Upper Caered Mudstones and Nant-pig Mudstones, both of Middle

Cambrian age. The object of the present paper is to give detailed

descriptions of several forms which are either new or of particular

interest: namely, Agnostus kjerulfi, two new species of Agnostus,

a species of Agraulos, of Dorypyge, of Corynexochus, and Soleno-

pleura applanata, and to give brief notes on a number of other

species, including Agnostus punctuosus, A. exaratus, A. fissus,

A. altus, A. truncatus, Microdiscus punctatus, Conocoryphe cf.

dalmani, and Paradowides hicksii

The vertical distribution of the different forms through the

Upper Caered and Nant-pig Mudstones is tabulated and compared

with that of other areas, particularly the succession recently estab-

lished by Mr. V. C. Illing in the Abbey Shales of Nuneaton. This

comparison strengthens the opinion already put forward in the

previous communication, that there is a non-sequence at the base of

the Lingula Flags in the St. Tudwal’s Peninsula.

> PS Ge ms

—

/8)

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 86. FEBRUARY 1915.

XIT.—The Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri, Williston

[ Diptera, Blepharoceride |. By Huon Scorr, M.A.

(Cantab.), F.L.S., F.E.S., Curator in Entomology in the

University of Cambridge. With a Description of the

Female of the same Species, by C. G. Lams, M.A., B.Se.,

Clare College, Cambridge.

[Plates IX.-XI.]

I. InrRopuctIon.

The remarkable family of the “net-winged midges,” or

Blepharoceridz, is so far known to be represented in the

Neotropical region by five species belonging to three genera,

which compose Bezzi’s group Paltostominz (op. cit. 1913).

These have been described respectively from Mexico, the

Antilles (St. Vincent), Colombia, and Brazil. But, so far as

I am aware, no species has ever been recorded from Trinidad

or from that part of the South American continent immedi-

ately adjacent. During a brief visit to Trinidad in 192, I

endeavoured specially to obtain material of some representa-

tive of the Blepharoceridz from that island. I should not

have succeeded in this quest in the short time at my disposal,

had it not been for the kind help of my friend, Mr. F, W.

Urich, Government Entomologist of the Colony. He had

observed Blepharocerid larvae in certain places previous to

my visit, and was able to conduct me directly to a spot

where we collected about forty larve and five pupe, which

were preserved in 70 per cent. aleohol. Our scarch for the

Ann, & Mag. N. [Hist. Ser. 8. Vol.xv. * 18

182 Mr. H. Scott on

imagines was, however, in vain. For this reason the larve

and pup were never critically examined till 1914, when

I received from Mr. Urich two @ imagines which he had

collected in another locality, some miles from the one which

I visited in his company. ‘These two imagines were studied

by Mr. C. G. Lamb, who found them to belong to the genus

Paltostoma, and who suggested to me that I should investi-

gate the larva and pupz, with a view to discovering whether

or not they belong to the same species or genus as the

imagines.

I have succeeded in dissecting a ¢ fly, well advanced in

development, out of one of the pupe collected in 1912, and

find that it also belongs to the genus Paltostoma. On com-

paring it with one of the four ¢ ¢ * found in St. Vincent,

which Williston (op. cit.) described as Paltostoma schineri,

I have no hesitation in referring it to that species, the

genitalia and other structural characters agreeing exactly.

The identity of the pupz is thus settled, and it is also beyond

any reasonable doubt that the two 2 imagines obtained by

Urich are the ? sex of the same species, since they closely

agree with Williston’s co-types in all points excepting those

subject to sexual difference. They are therefore described

by Lamb in Section VI. of this paper (p. 195) as the 2 of

Paltostoma schineri, hitherto known only in the @ sex.

Moreover, the early stages of Paltostoma schineri are

hitherto undescribed, and, so far as the writer can discover,

no description has been published of the larva or pupa of

any of its congeners+. As stated above, there is positive

proof that the papz collected in 1912 belong to P. schineri,

and there is the strongest presumption for supposing that

the larvz also belong to that species, since they are all of

one kind, and they and the pupz were all taken within an

area of a few square feet. I have examined every larva

singly, hoping to find in one or more specimens some trace

of the pupal mtegument forming under the last larval skin,

and thus to gain visual proof of their belonging to the same

species as the pupe. This has been denied me ; nevertheless,

* This specimen was kindly lent from the British Museum by Mr. F.

W. Edwards.

+ Unless, possibly, part of the /arval material described by F. Miiller

(op. cit.) belonged to the genus Paltostoma. Miiller is known to have

had more than one species before him, witness his Pl. 4. figs. 2 & 3,

which show two very different kinds of larve. The imagines of one of

his species were referred by Brauer to the genus Paltostoma, but it was

subsequently shown that none of Miiller’s ¢magznal forms belonged to that

genus (see Osten-Sacken, op. cit. p. 167), though it is not impossible

that some of his /arv@ may have belonged to it.

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 183

I have no hesitation, for the other reasons given above, in

referring the larve to P. schineri,

The main purposes of this paper are: (a) description of

the @ imago of P. schineri; (4) description of the larva and

pupa; (c) description of the mouth-parts, and some other

structural points, of the g¢ imago; (d) some discussion of

the affinities of Paltostoma as indicated by P. schineri in all

its stages, and comparison with the allied South African

Kelloggina barnardi, Edwards. I am indebted to Messrs. W.

R. Thompson and F. Balfour-Browne, of the Cambridge

Zoological Laboratory, for assistance and suggestions,

One of the 9 imagines, with specimens of larvae and

pup, has been presented to the British Museum. The

other ? imagoand the bulk of the larval and pupal material

are in the Cambridge University Museum.

Il. Cotiectrion or tHe Mareriat.

The locality in which the ? imagines were captured is

fifteen miles or more from that in which the larvee and pup

were found two years before, but both places are on the

course of streams flowing down the southern slopes of the

range which runs right across the north of the island.

The two ? imagines were obtained in January 1914 on

the Arima River, atan elevation of about 600 feet; the time

was about 10 a.m., and the sun was shining, but the flies

themselves were in a shady place. They were hovering over

a spot where a thin film of water rushed over large stones,

and they appeared to Urich to be searching for a suitable

place in which to oviposit. He adds that in flight they

looked like small Tipulids. He states that he has many

times swept foliage on the banks of streams in the Northern

Range, but has never succeeded in capturing any Blepharo-

ceridz in that way; he has not observed any on flowers or

attacking other insects (¢/. p. 193 of this paper), nor has he

been attacked by them while bathing or at any other time.

It is noteworthy that the larve and pupe were taken at

an elevation of only about 50 feet above sea-level. Urich has

found Blepharocerid larvee at various places, mostly in the

streams of the Northern Range, from almost sea-level up to

2000 feet, above which no observations have been made. ‘The

material dealt with here was collected on March 22nd, 1912,

in a waterfall in the Diego Martin district. The fall ran

down very steep smooth faces of rock, interrupted by

narrow ledges. Ouly a very thin sheet of water swept over

the cliff, for the dry season was at its height, and in addition

13*

184 Mr. H. Scott on

an exceptional drought had prevailed for some time. By

climbing on to the Jedges, access was obtained to the smooth

cliff-faces, which were covered in places with great numbers

of the larvee, these appearing dark against the grey back-

ground of rock. As has been found by previous observers,

the larve, when disturbed, shift their position slightly with-

out becoming detached from the rock. Considerable difficulty

was experienced in collecting them, because, when detached,

they were so easily and rapidly swept away by the swift-

falling water. I did not then know of the method of col-

lecting such larvae employed by Dr. Lutz in Brazil. He

states (op. cit. p. 82) that if they are covered with the hand

aud rolled slightly to and fro, they loosen themselves from

the rock and fix themselves firmly by their suckers to the

collector’s hand ; thus a number may be collected in a sliort

time. Still greater difficulty was experienced with the pupz :

these are cemented to the rock by their adhesive pads, and

when force was used they broke loose suddenly and were not

easily caught before being swept away. In such a situation

as this, it is not hard to imagine how rapid the unfolding of

the wings must needs be on the emergence of the imagines,

if any of the latter are to avoid being caught by the rushing

water—a rapidity of unfolding provided for, as is well known,

by the wings being already developed to their full size in

the pupa, a condition which necessitates a complex system

of folding, which in its turn produces the ‘ secondary

veining” so characteristic of the family.

Besides the Blepharocerid larve there were on the steep

rock-faces some Simuliid larvee, also curving tubes composed

of web and grains of sand, inhabited by larvae of a Psycho-

myid caddis-fly. Small caddis-flies were flitting in shady

places over the surface of the falling water, and occasionally

settling on dry rock close thereto. Some of these were

captured, and have been described by G. Ulmer * as Melano-

trichia insularis, a new species of Psychomyid ; they are

considered by him to be the imagines of the tube-inhabiting

larvee.

The vegetation bordering the stream below the fall was

swept in the hope of obtaining imagines of the Blepharo-

cerid. As has been said, this bope was not then fulfilled,

but specimens were obtained of a fly of such remarkable

appearance that at first sight it was thought to be the special

object of search. It proved, however, to be a Mycetophilid

of the curious genus Lygistorrhina (=Proboleus), and has

* Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1915, p. 386.

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 185

heen described by F. W. Edwards * as Lygistorrhina urichi.

The writer is tempted to prolong this digression, and to

linger in memory over the beauty of the spot where these

captures were made. One recalls the forest-clad ravine, not

penetrated by the direct sunlight up to the time of our

departure at 10°30 a.m. ; the cliff, with the water coursing

down it, and great tussocks of hanging grass growing in its

crevices; a humming-bird visiting the scarlet clusters of

flowers on a tree (Brownea) by the. side of the fall; a great

blue Morpho settling on the rock close to the w ater, and two

Heliconius, with vivid orange-red patches on the fore wings,

circling over the frothing pool at the foot of the cascade,

IlT. Tue Larva. (PI. IX. figs. 1-4.)

Diagnosis.—Length 4-6 mm. Antenne short, two-

jointed, Dorsal surface furnished with stout spines.

Branchial filaments arranged in tufts, 10 filaments in

each tuft in the full-grown larva. Lateral processes well

developed, simple, pediform, ciliate, without long sete pro-

jecting beyond the ciliz. Sixth segment with only one

pair of lateral processes, and with its hind margin bearing

six long setve arising from four places.

The following is a more detailed description of the larva,

in the making of which I have been guided largely by Fritz

Miiller’s well-known and fine work (cited in list).

Length, varying among thirty-nine larvee, from 45-6 mm.

One larva, only partly grown, measures only 3°25 mm,

Colour above dark brownish ; the posterior margin of the

cephalothoracie and of the four intermediate segments pale,

whitish ; the rounded posterior margin of the terminal (sixth)

segment darker, blackish ; the anterior part of the cephalo-

thorax, comprising the five “cephalic areas ” of F. Miiller,

is also somewhat infuscate, darker than the posterior part

antennz blackish; lateral processes yellowish brown, ciliz

pale. Veuntrally the colour is very much lighter, the median

part of each segment,-surrounding the sucker, being

whitish.

Spines, Scales, &c.—The disposition of the larger spines on

the dorsal surface is described in detail below. But, besides

these, a very high power shows that the whole dorsal surface

bears, scattered at rather wide interv als, very minute, culour-

less, erect, shortly lanceolate scales, of the same nature as

those figured by I’. Miller on pl. 4, figs. 15, 16 of his work,

* Ann. & May. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x. 1912, p. 203. The congenerie

L.. singularis (\Williston), which was the type of the genus 7% ‘oboleus,

was found in St. Vincent.

186 Mr. H. Scott on

though not identical with them in shape. Also, the whole

dorsal surface is seen under a high power to be densely

covered with microscopic ruge@, excepting the five ‘ cephalic

areas”? on the anterior part of the cephalothorax, which are

smooth, contrasting remarkably with the rest of the surface—

a contrast which Miiller also noticed in his larve (op. cit.

p- 50).

Antenne (figs. 3, 4) very short, two-jointed ; basal joint

broadening from base to apex ; second joint slightly longer,

narrower, of about the same thickness at base and apex,

but slightly thicker in the middle. The apex of the

second joint is obliquely truncate, and bears a remarkable

sense-organ (fig. 4); right to one side is a long slightly

curved seta, with an erect scale standing at its base ; towards

the other side is a group consisting of a transparent, colour-

less vesicle (the sharp apex of which appears more strongly

chitinized and is pigmented), while round its base is a group

of three brown scales, the middle one bluntly lanceolate,

the two others slightly Jonger and with broad dentate

apices.

Being only able to devote a limited time to this work, I

have perforce omitted an examination of the larval mouth-

parts. F. Miller dealt with these organs in detail in his

material.

Cephalothorax.—I follow F. Miller (op. cit. p. 50) in the

naming of the cephalic areas, and have attempted to indicate

their outline by means of dotted lines in Pl. IX. fig. 1.

The median area (fig. 1, m.a.) is narrow, lanceolate,

slightly broader in front, bluntly pointed at either extremity.

The intermediate areas (fig. 1, i.a.) form 4-sided figures,

narrower in front, with hind margins slightly curved. The

lateral areas (fig. 1, /.a.) stretch much further back along

the sides of the cephalothorax, their hind margins running

obliquely backwards and outwards ; each lateral area is

separated from the adjoining intermediate area by a narrow

strip of the ordinary rugose chitin, which runs forward from

the posterior part of the segment to the base of the antenna

(cf. Miiller’s pl. iv. fig. 10). The sutures along the inner

and posterior margins of the lateral areas are pale. Each

Jateral area has on its inner side in front a pale elongate-

ovoid mark, under the anterior extremity of which is an

ovoid black mass. ‘The pale mark is the transparent cornea,

the black mass is a mass of nervous substance which may

probably be regarded as an eye* (PI. IX. fig. 1, e.) ; the

* In some of the specimens (preserved in alcohol) the black mass is

withdrawn from immediately beneath the cornea deeper into the interior

of the cephalothorax.

= qneey

we OE

~o eae

ee a ot 9 TR See

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 187

whole arrangement greatly resembles that figured by Miiller

(op. cit. pl. vi. fig. 7, and p. 73).

The part of the dorsal surface behind the cephalic areas is

divided into two portions by a transverse line of dark spots,

which are seen under a high power to consist of small smooth

areas set like islands among the dense rugie of the general

surface. ‘The anterior of these portions bears a pair of

very conspicuous eye-like spols (fig. 1, e.#.), situated one on

either side, some distance behind the division between the

lateral and intermediate areas. Each spot consists of a dark

body, the chitin immediately surrounding which is pale and

almost colourless. F. Miiller (op. cif. p. 51, pl. iv. fig. 10)

describes and figures organs of like nature in his larva, and

comments on their resemblance to eyes. They must not

be confounded with the true visual organs described above.

The writer is inclined to believe that these dark spots are the

(as yet functiouless) first pair of spiracles ; Miiller describes

these (op. cit. pp. 67,70) as situated on the dorsal side of

the cephalothorax, but he does not appear to state whether

they are identical with the eye-like spots or not. Immedi-

ately behind the eye-like spots, and in front of the transverse

line, are two deep pits (Pl. IX. tig. 1, p.) projecting down-

wards into the interior of the body. ‘The posterior part of

the cephalothorax (behind the transverse line) bears two

conical spines, similar to those on the succeeding segments ;

and the hind margin bears a series of spines on either side

behind the lateral process. Ventrally, the cephalothoracic

segment is ciliate towards the sides.

Segments 2-5.—There is a series of conical spines, short

and sharp, along the front margins of the projecting lateral

portions of each segment ; anda less regular series along the

hind margins of these lateral portions. These anterior and

posterior marginal series are continued across the dorsum

of the segment as two transverse series, each consisting of

about 4-6 spines, widely spaced out, and when viewed from

directly above appearing as dark spots. There are also

scattered smaller spines on the projecting lateral parts of the

segment. Ventrally, the surface is smooth, except for a

rugulose-spinulose area on either side at the base of the

lateral process (PI. IX. fig. 2).

The lateral processes (both of these and of the sixth and

cephalothoracic segments) are simple, pediform, bearing

long fine ciliz dorsally except at the base. There are no

spines or sete exceeding the ciliz in length, as in some

genera, but in balsam-mounts each lateral process is seen to

bear a series of several spines shorter than the cilie and

concealed from ordinary view among these. Ventrally the

188 Mr. H. Scott on

lateral process is bare, and has at its apex a sole-like area,

the surface of which appears different to the general

surface of the organ; in a balsam-mount under a high

power this area has an exceedingly finely spotted appear-

ance, due to the presence of an extremely dense felt-work of

very minute, short, curved sete (possibly not in any way

homologous with ordinary sete or spines, but formed by

some kind of breaking up of the general chitinous surface).

A sole-like area, apparently closely similar, is present in

the lateral processes of the larva of the allied Kelloggina

barnardi.

Branchial filaments (Pl. IX. fig. 2) arranged in tufts:

in the full-grown larva there are ten in each tuft, this being

apparently the largest number yet recorded in the family ;

almost always three are directed forwards, three backwards,

and the remaining four ventrally and outwards. There is

among the material one much younger larva, only 3°25 mm,

long ; it agrees closely with the larger larve, so that I haye

very little doubt it belongs to the same species, but the

number of branchial filaments in each tuft is much smaller,

being at most six, and sometimes apparently only five. It

therefore appears that the number of filaments in a tuft

increases with the growth of the larva. A branchial tuft of

a full-grown larva, stained with para-carmine and mounted in

balsam, shows distinctly that the ten filaments arise in five

pairs, the bases of the two members of each pair being con-

tiguous. It is therefore possible that the increase in number

of the filaments occurs by a process of fission during the

development of the larva.

Additional support is given to the above conclusion hy

two Liponeura-larve preserved in the Cambridge Museum.

‘They were collected in the Khone Valley in July 1897 by

W. Bateson, F.R.S., and are probably Liponeura cinerascens,

Loew, as they agree with Bezzi’s description (op. cit. 1918,

p. 77) of that species in all points (except, possibly, that

of colour). One of these larve is only about half the

size of the other; and, while the larger one has in each tult

the number of branchial filaments characteristic of the

genus, namely seven, the half-grown larva has only four

filaments in each tuft. The number of filaments in a tuft

is a very important systematic character ; evidently, then,

one must beware of being led to false conclusions by the

examination only of partly-grown specimens.

Terminal (i. e., Siath) Segment (VP). 1X. figs. 1, 2).—The

anterior portion, bearing the lateral processes, is almost

identical in form with segments 2~5; its branchial filaments

tie

the Ear’y Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 189

are the same in number and arrangement, also its dorsal

spines, and the lateral processes are similar. ‘The posterior

or anal portion has its margin entire, and four or five spines

on either side near the base; the hind angles are obtuse and

rounded, and the hind margin forms a broad curve ; the

margin bears six long fine setz, on either side two arise con-

tiguously just under the margin immediately in front of the

angle, and one on the hind margin rather less than halfway

from the angle to the middle line; they are very easily

broken off, hence one or more are frequently missing.

The anal tuft consists of four very short branchial fila-

ments, sometimes pwrtly hidden by the sucker.

Spiracles (P}. IX. fig. 2, s.).— The second to ninth

pairs are visible as black spots on the ventral surface, in

almost the same situations as those described and figured by

F. Miller for his larva (op. cit. pp. 66-70, pl. vi. figs. 1-2).

There are two close together on either side of the cephalo-

thoracic segment, a little within the base of the lateral

process. Each of the segments 2-6 bears a pair in front,

situated near the angles formed by the lateral margins where

these turn outwards to the bases of the lateral processes ;

these spiracles are often hidden by the outspreading branchial

filaments. In addition to these, the sixth segment bears a

second and more conspicuous pair on its posterior (anal)

division, near the base, on either side of the sucker. I have

been unable to trace the first pair (which Miiller described

as being on the dorsal wall of the cephalothorax), unless the

“ eye-like spots” be they (see above, p. 187). Miiller found

the spiracles in his larva to be functionless, and connected

with the functional tracheal system by slender impervious

cords which he termed ‘ troncos iniciaes.”

IV. Tue Pura. (PI. X. fig. 5; Pl. IX. figs. 6-8.)

Diagnosis —Length ca. 3°5—4 mm. Dorsal surface bearing

numerous erect black setwz, the arrangement of which is

deseribed in detail below. Respiratory horns with the outer

laminze triangular, with pointed apex. [Adhesive pads four

in number on either side of the body in all the material

before me. |

The pupa is reddish or yellowish brown, rather shorily

and broadly ovoid, not very strougly convex. The segmenta-

tion is normal (cf. Miiller, op. cit. pp. 75-79, pl. vii. fig. 4),

the metathorax and first two abdominal segments not reach-

ing the sides of the body, but being enclosed between the

mesothorax aud third abdominal segment. ‘The dorsal

surface bears very numerous erect black sete of varying

190 Mr. TI. Scott on

lengths, on the whole stronger and more numerous at the

sides of the body and along the sutures between the seg-

ments. They are very easily detached and lost in preserved

material, and fig. 5 (PI. X.) is taken from the only one of my 4

specimens in which they are at all complete: this figure )

shows their arrangement. They are present, long and strong,

along the sutures dividing head from thorax, on the sides

of the prothorax, and the sutures dividing pro- from meso-

thorax ; the mesothorax has a group of short fine ones on

either side of the middle longitudinal line, but is otherwise

bare, even at the sides; the small metathorax and first

abdominal segment have short fine sete on their margins

and also very scantily on their surfaces; on the rest of the

dorsal surface there is a fairly dense series along each suture,

composed of long set on the front margin of each segment

and short ones on the hind margin of the preceding segment ;

the setz of these marginal series are shorter in the median

portion and longer at the sides; the surfaces of the segments

bear scattered shorter sete in the median part and scattered

longer ones at the sides, there being a more or less bare

space between the median and lateral bristles, except on the

last two or three segments, where the median bristles are

longer and denser and practically continuous with the lateral

ones.

Adhesive Pads.—In the material before me the pupa

adheres to the rock by means of eight adhesive pads, four

on either side of the ventral surface, on the third, fourth,

fifth, and sixth abdominal segments. The pupz examined

by Miiller had in most cases only three adhesive padson

either side, on the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments (op. cit.

p. 77, pl. vii. fig. 3), and this is the number given by Kellogg

(1903, p. 213).

Respiratory Horns (Pl. IX. figs. 6-8).—Judging from

figures of pup of various genera, the form of these organs

may be of some systematic value. As is well known, each

consists of four leaves or amine, the two outer of which are

stronger, the two inner more delicate. Fig. 8 shows the

ground-plan of the four lamine of the left side of the body

in the material before me: m.l. is the median line of the

thorax ; it is seen that the auterior outer lamina (a.o./.) is

convex on its anterior and concave on its posterior surface ;

the converse is the case with the posterior outer lamina

(p.o.l.) ; of the two inner laminz the posterior (p.2./.) arises

slightly nearer the middle line than the anterior (a.1./.) ;

the spiracle (s.) is situated between these, a slit-like orifice

almost at right angles to the long axis of the body. The

——

ae «2 = =e

~ Ti a eo-ee §

FR Toe eee res

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 191

two outer lamine (fig. 6) are triangular, with acute apex ;

the inner edge (i. e. towards the middle line) is convexly

curved, the outer edge (towards the side of the body) is

sinuate, slightly concave towards the apex; near the inner

edge the substance appears more delicate, forming a paler,

more translucent area, the limits of which I have indicated

by a dotted line (fig. 6, p.a.). The two inner lamine are

somewhat different in form from the outer and from one

another; fig. 7 shows their position relative to one another.

The entire substance of all four laminz, seen under a high

power, somewhat resembles a piece of plant-tissue, consisting

of elongate darker areas separated by a network of more

translucent lines.

V. Tue Mate Imaco. (PI. X. figs. 9-14; Pl. XI. fig. 15.)

Williston’s systematic description of the ¢ was published

in Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1896, pp. 269,270. On pl. viii.

of that work (figs. 27 a, 6) are figured the wing (not quite

correctly, as shown below by Lamb), the head and proboscis

in side view, and the hypopygium in side view. It is only

intended here to add structural descriptions of certain parts,

particularly the mouth-parts. These descriptions are made

from the ¢ dissected out of the pupa, various parts of which

have been mounted in balsam, and which has, as stated

above, been closely compared with one of Williston’s co-

types.

The specimen is sufficiently developed to contain a con-

siderable quantity of pigment, the most strongly pigmented

portions being: (a) the eyes, (6) a dark spot at the apex of

each of the palpi (see below), (c) a dark spot at the extreme

base of each femur, on the auterior side, at the point of

articulation with the trcchanter (similar dark spots are

present on the femora of the g co-type and of the 2 ? ¢?).

There is no trace of differentiation of the upper and lower

facets of the eyes. Antenne (Pl. X. fig. 9) 15-jointed;

joints 1 and 2 large, joint 2 pyriform with apex subtruncate,

joint 3 shorter than those which follow, much narrowed at

the base, succeeding joints about equally broad at base and

apex, joint 5 slightly longer than joint 4, joints 6-10 sub-

equal in length, joints 11-15 shorter, joint 15 with apex

bluntly rounded. Seen under high power, joints 4-15 bear

numerous fairly stout, short, sharp-pointed hairs, directed

apexwards ; joint 3 bears them only on its apical half, and

on joints ] and 2 they are scanty.

Mouth-parts (P|. X. figs. 9-11) conforming in general to

the usual Blepharocerid type (the g¢ has no mandibles) ;

192 Mr. H. Scott on

they are characterized by the great length and slenderness

of the proboscis and the great reduction of the palpi.

Labrum (fig. 9, labr.) very long and slender, tapering

gradually throughout to an exceedingly fine point ; under

a high power its upper surface is seen to be covered with

extremely minute aud short hairs ; at the sides it is bent

strongly downwards, so as to form a groove on its posterior

(ventral) surface; in the balsam-mount it is slightly twisted,

so that one of these bent-over flanges is seen in face-view

near the apex ; this flange appears as a hyaline membrane,

the edge of which, near the apex of the labrum, is uneven,

being ‘raised into several minute tooth-like prominences,

which, however, appear hardly definite enough to be regarded

as actual teeth.

Hypopharynz (figs. 9, hyp., & 11) also extremely long and

slender, being only just surpassed in length by the labrum,

narrowing gradually, but nof ending in a point; on the

contrary, the apex is slightly bifid, each minute prominence

bearing fine hairs ; the two lateral edges of the hypopharynx

also bear fine hairs near the apex.

Mawille (fig. 9, mxz.).—The lobes are long and slender,

but reach to less than half the length of the labrum and

hypopharynx ; they are almost hyaline, flattened, and blade-

like, with apex not poiuted, but bluntly rounded.

Palpi (figs. 9, 10) extremely short, and partly hidden by

the base of the proboscis; when detached and examined

separately (fig. 10) seen to consist of two parts separated by

a constriction, but there is no very definite articulation

of two distinct joints, so that it is hard to say whether

they should be regarded as truly two- or as oue-jointed.

The arrangement of minute hairs and long sete is shown

in fig. 10. The basal part is longer and narrower, the

apical shorter and broader. The apex is truncate, and

hollowed out into a deep blackish-pigmented cup, which

forms the dark spot mentioned above as so conspicuous in

the pupa. Under a high power the inuer walls at the

bottom of this apical cup are seen to bear minute chitinous

ring-like structures, the exact nature of which I could not

determine. I am coavinced that the above is the true form

of the palpi, and that no other joints have been broken off :

for, firstly, both palpi are exactly the same, and I saw no

trace of any other joints before or during the dissection of

the insect out of the pupa; secondly, the form and pig-

mentation of the hollow cup is quite definite and clear ;

thirdly, all g g of this genus have been described as

having the palpi either invisible or extremely short, and in

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri, 193

Williston’s dried @ co-type they appear as minute one-

or two-jointed organs, only there they are uniformly dark,

not pale with only the apical pit dark, as is the case in the

(perhaps incompletely-pigmented) pupa,

Labium (fig. 9, lab.) very long and narrow, equalling the

labrum and hypopharynx in length; there is a transverse

line of weakness near the base, at which the organ can

evidently be bent; another line of weakness quite close to

the apex, proximal to the small short labellar portion ;

owing to the apical part of the organ unfortunately being

twisted over on to its side, it is impossible to make out

whether, or how far, it is divided into two separate labellie.

[ Mouth-parts of 2 .—Some brief remarks on the mouth-

parts in this sex are inserted here. Paucity of material has

prevented my dissecting these organs in one of the 2? 9

described below by Lamb; and I have only been abie to

examine them superfici ally in the dried insect (PI. XI.

fig. 17). The proboscis is shorter and much more robust

than in the g, and the palpi are elongate, consisting of at

least three (perhaps four) joints. The comparative shortness

and stoutness of the proboscis has been mentioned by Bezzi

in his description of P. bellardii ¢ (op. cit. 1913, p. 64).]

I have dissected and mounted the mouth-parts of a ¢ of

the South African Aelloggina barnardi, Edwards, for com-

parison with those of the g Paltostoma. In K. barnardi

also the parts are much elongated, but not nearly so long

and slender as in the Paltostoma. K. barnardi has the

labrum tapering to a fine sharp point ; hypopharynx long

aud narrow, but much broader in proportion to its length

than in the Paltostoma, its edges apparently devoid of hairs,

its apex not bifid but coming to a point (fig. 12); maxille

with the lobes rather more pointed at the apex than in

Paliostoma, and with the palpi much exceeding the lobes

in length, and composed of four joints, the basal one very

elongate, subequal in length to the Jobe, the succeeding ones

becoming gradually shorter; labium much shorter and

broader in proportion than in Paltostoma, [lt may be added

that, under a high power, no sign of transverse division or

differentiation of upper and lower facets could be seen in

the eyes of K. barnardi.|

There is no direct evidence of the feeding-habits of either

sex of Paltostoma. One cannot say what is the reason of

the extreme length and slenderness of the parts in the ¢.

The hy popharynx does not give at all the impression of a

piercing organ, but would seem to be suitable for feeding

on nectar, There appears to be considerable diversity of

194 Mr. H. Scott on

feeding-habit in the family Blepharoceride. Kellogg (op. cit.

1903 and 1907) describes the ¢ ? of Blepharocera tenuipes,

Walker (capitata, Loew), as feeding on tiny Chironomid

midges, which they captured on the wing, lacerated with their

mandibles, and from which they then absorbed the body-

juices ; but the ¢ g, which have no mandibles, were absent

from the feeding-ground, and probably have a totally

different foot-habit. On the other hand, Hetschko (op. cit.)

in Corsica observed both sexes of Apistomyia elegans,

Bigot, feeding together on nectar, thereby confirming

the earlier observations of Schnuse, part of which Kellogg

(op. cit. 1907, p. 5) doubted. The Apistomyia were seen on

a number of occasions, at all hours of the day, feeding

almost exclusively on the flowers of a Composite (Heli-

chrysum micropiyllum) ; though present in numbers, the

majority appear to have been ¢ 9. None were ever

observed to capture other insects, and no insects which they

could have captured were present on the flowers. Apisto-

myia belongs to a different division of the family to either .

Blepharocera or Paltostoma, but like them it shows great

dissimilarity between the g and ? mouth-parts, ouly the

? possessing mandibles, and there being other differences.

Yet Hetschko found both sexes exhibiting the nectar-feeding

habit at the same time.

gd Genital Armature—This is shown in Pl. X. fig. 13,

viewed as a transparency from the ventral side. The terminal

dorsal segment of the body is rather deeply and widely

sinuate-emarginate in the middle behind, and its hind angles

are rounded; at its sides and hind angles it bears long sete

directed outwards ; at its sides, too, it is strongly deflexed,

and the deflexed portions bear long setz directed inwards

towards the middle line. Veutrally are articulated the two

stout claspers, each bent inwards somewhat towards the

apex, which is blunt, and each bearing on its outer side a

short projection ending in a stout spine, somewhat recalling

a very swiall branch of an antler. Between the bases of the

claspers projects a small subtriangular plate with rounded

apex, just exceeding in length the base of the sinuation of

the dorsal plate. ‘These parts all agree closely with those

of Williston’s co-type.

Legs, Tarsi—The legs are thickly covered with blackish

sete. The hind tibie have the single apical spur character-

istic of the genus. The tarsi (Pl. X. fig. 14) have a

group of stout black spines underneath the basal part of

the terminal joint; each of the claws has a moderately

long stout process on its ventral side near the base. The

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 195

tarsi and claws of Williston’s ¢ co-type, and of the 9 2

described by Lamb, agree closely with those of the

6 before me.

VI. Tue FemaveImaco. (PI. XI. figs. 16, 17.)

(By C. G. Lams.)

9. Head.—EFyes with no unfacetted cross-line and with

all the facets equal ; minutely, densely, and palely pubescent.

Top view (fig. 16). Head much rounded behind, dark

orange; this colour extends beyond the oce!lar hump, whence

it is further continued in a broad line to the base of the an-

tenn, the stripe narrows towards the front ; on each side of

it lies a silvery stripe of about the same width, which extends

right up to the boundary of the eyes. The oceller hump is

in the shape of a tetrahedron, with much rounded angles ;

it is deep black with conspicuous silvery ocelli arranged in

an equilateral triangle round the base of the hump.

front view. The tace is quite parallel-sided from below the

autenne, orange-yellow with narrow silvery eye-margins ;

the epistoma is divided from the clypeus by a silver-edged

furrow ; the clypeus itself is concolorous with the face, and

has silvery borders and a fine silvery cross-band; the pro-

boscis is a little more than twice as long as the maximum

vertical eye-depth ; it is orange-yellow with an acuminate

tip ; the palpi are black, about as long as the head-depth,

with three or four indistinct, pyriform, somewhat hairy joints

of almost equal length, which are a little flattened in the

dried state. The antennez are black, except the two basal

joints which are very indistinctly rufous; first joint with

two or three long hairs outside, second long, cup-shaped,

others moniliform.

In side view (fig. 17) the black rounded ocellar hump

is very prominent, the tongue below the level of the palpi

attenuates but little to tip.

Thoraz.—Top view (fig. 16). The mesothorax overhangs

the prothorax in front; it is shining orange, much darker

in front, with silvery reflectious on darker areas at the sides ;

there is a minute silvery spot just in the middle over the

prothorax ; the humeral calli resemble stout orange scales at

the frontangle ; behind the dark front portion the disc is

paler orange down to the two oblique sutures that start just

above the tront of the wing-ba-es, and slope backwards and

nearly meet in the mid-line, where they end in minute dots,

Just in front of these sutures the orange is again darkened

aud silvery in two triangular patches, the hypothenuses of

196 Mr. H. Scott on

the triangles lying along the two sutures. From the sutures

to the scutellum the disc is suffused brown-orange, and on

each side is an elongate silvery spot over the wing-base.

The scutellum is cut off by a sulcus, which is deep except at

its middle third; in form it is a narrow elongate arch, it is

narrowly pale at the base, the rest being about the same

colour as the hind part of the thoracic disc. The meta-

notum is greyish in the centre and furrowed transversely.

The prothorax is very evident, arched in plan-profile, the

“springing ” of the arch being just beyond the humeral

calli; the dise is pale, but the margin dark grey ; in front

of it is a well-marked dark orange neck-collar, silvery on

the sides; from the collar arises the orange neck, con-

colorous with the hind head. In side-view the dorso-pleural

suture is prominent ; mesopleure blackish in front, on a

triangular patch whose base is on the dorso-pleural suture ;

behind this it is very silvery, the silveriness being seen to

lie in striz if side-illumination be employed ; the rest of

the pleura is orange. In this view the darkened edge of the

prothorax is seen projecting like a hood over the neck-

collar. Another prominent object is a remarkable large

rounded tubercle on the front aspect of the front coxa.

The wings have the venation as figured (fig. 16), the

extreme base is orange, and all the veins are black. In

Williston’s paper (op. cit. pl. vil. fig. 27) the wing of the

male Paltostoma schineri is figured ; but an error is there

made, inasmuch as the anal vein is omitted in the figure.

Mr. F. W. Edwards has very kindly sent me a drawing of

the wing of one of the paratypes of P. schineri in the British

Museum, which is given in fig. 15, from which it will be

seen that that species does possess a short, stout, anal vein.

In all its structural details the wing agrees with that of the

present female, including the close approximation of the

first long vein to the costa, so that in vertical view the two

appear contiguous, the space between being only visible

in oblique view. It may here be noted that the wing of

P. superbiens (‘ Novara Reise,’ Taf. ii. fig. 4) differs con-

siderably in detail: the well-marked anal angle of our

present species is absent and the anal vein is long and fine.

The halteres are bright orange at the base and the elongate

head is black, the two colours merging at the-middle of the

stalk.

Legs.—Relative lengths as in fig. 16. Front: coxa and

trochanter pale; femur blackened except at the paler base

(which has a conspicuous black spot in front), and a

little ochreous just at the beginning of the swollen distal

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schinevi. 107

end; tibia and tarsus similarly darkened. Middle and

hind: coxa and femur pale, the latter with two broad ill-

defined blackish bands, the one beyond the middle, the other

a little remote from tip ; tibia very slightly suffused, with an

orange end-spine to hind pair. All the tarsi are blackened

and bear bristly hairs; the claws are well developed, black,

with a minute spine or accessory claw at the base.of each.

Abdomen (figs. 16, 17).—Somewhat flattened sideways ;

viewed dorsally the segments are dull brown, darkened a

little on the sharply defined distal margins ; the segment

before the genital ones has a fringe of longish yellow hairs.

In side-view the segments are pale for about the proximal

two-thirds, the rest is as the dorsum. The venter is strongly

differentiated from the sides, ridged at each distal edge of a

segment; the whole is densely scaled or pollinated, the

raised distal margins being orange and brown, the depressed

interspaces silvery. The lower genital segments are rather

shining orange and chitinized, the upper ones are like tne

dorsum.

Length about 33 mm. Wing-length about 53? mm.

VII. Grocrarnicat ConsipERATIONS, AFFINITIES, ETC.

Three species of Paltustoma are known: P. superbiens,

Schiuer, from Colombia, known only in g sex: P. schineri,

Williston, the subject of this paper, St. Vincent and Trinidad,

both sexes now known; and P. bellardii, Bezzi, from Mexico,

known only in ? sex.

It is worthy of note that P. schineri occurs in both

St. Vincent and Trinidad, though the two islands belong to

completely different formations. St. Vincent is one of the

volcanic chain of the Antilles, while Trinidad is merely

a detached fragment of the South-American continent.

St. Vincent is roughly 150 miles north of Trinidad, and

there is an unbroken gap of nearly 90 miles between Trinidad

and Grenada, the southernmost and nearest of the Antilles.

Bezzi (op. cit. 1913, p. 72), in mentioning the deductions

which have been drawn from the geographical distribution of

Blepharoceridie, remarks that there are as yet many lacunie

in our knowledge, and that many additional forms will

prabably be brought to light in the great continental

mountain-ranges s and in those of many islands. The present

writer would certainly endorse the opinion that this possi-

bility exists. With reference to the Antilles in particular,

any one who has viewed these mountainous islands, even

Ann, & Mag. N. /Tist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 14

198 Mr, H. Scott on

only in passing, or who has ridden for some hours among

the precipitous mountains, dense forests, and countless

swift streams of such an island as Dominica, must admit at

least the possibility of fresh finds being made in them.

Assuming the Paltostominz to be a natural group, then

this group not only contains all the Neotropical represeuta-

tives of the family (Paltostoma, Kelloggina, and Curupira),

but is also represented in South Africa by the only Blepharo-

cerid known from that region (Kelloggina barnardi, Ed-

wards, op. cit.), and in New Zealand by the genus Neocuru-

pira, Lamb (op. cit.).

Affinities of the Larva.—The Paltostoma-larva, though

agreeing with that of Curupira (as described by F. Miller)

in its short 2-joimted antenne, in having the dorsal surface

spinose, and in having only one pair of lateral processes on

the sixth segment, yet differs from it in having the branchial

filaments disposed in tufts, not in series. It differs more

widely from the Curupira-like Jarva from New Zealand

described and figured by Chilton (op. cit.), and considered

by Bezzi (op. cit. 1914) to be the larva of Neocurupira, for

that larva not only has the branchial filaments disposed in

series, but also has two pairs of lateral processes on the

sixth segment.

On the other hand, the Paltostoma-larva has _ several

points of resemblance with that of the South-African

Kelloggina barnardi. There would be nothing surprising in

this, as both forms belong to the same group, were it not for

the difficulty that, according to Bezzi’s tables of larval

characters (op. cit. 1913, pp. 76-80), the larva of K. bar-

nardi falls next to that of Blepharocera fasciata, Westw. :

this being a member of a genus which differs widely from

Kelloggina and Paltostoma in venation, in possessing dichoptic

eyes, &c. Bezzi, remarking in a footnote (op. cit. 1913, p. 78)

that the Kelloggina-larva falls in a group different from that

to which the perfect insect appertains, suggests that the

larva described as that of K. barnardi may really belong to an

unknown species of a different genus. But, after examining

the South-African material presented to the Cambridge

Museum, J find this not to be the case. From one of the

pupe I have dissected a g fly which is undoubtedly K. dar-

nardi, thereby settling the determination of the pujz. Also

the only larva which I possess has the pupal respiratory

horns already formed beneath ifs skin, and these agree in

form with those of the pup: so there should be no reason-

ible doubt as to the identity of the larve. Therefore, the

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 199

larve and pupe described as those of Kelloggina barnardi do

really belong to that species.

This being established, one may return to the affinities of

the Paltostoma-larva with the Kelloggina-larva. They agree

in the form of the antennz, the disposition of the branchial

filaments in tufts, the form of the lateral processes (closely

similar), and the presence of only one pair of processes on

the sixth segment. But the Kelloggina-larva has no spines

on its dorsal surface, only some weak ones on the lateral

margins. In the possession of spines, the Paltostoma-larva

approaches Curupira.

The writer is a little uncertain as to the importance

attached to the disposition of the branchial filaments—

whether in longitudinal series or tufts. Even when arranged

in tufts, the filaments as seen under a high power (in Pa/to-

stoma, at least) do not arise co-basally, i. e. all from one

point, but from a number of points. It is easy to imagine

the pushing up together of a series to form a tuft, or con-

versely the spreading out of a tuft to form a series. While

the arrangement provides a useful systematic character,

perhaps too much weight should not be attached to it. If

this be so, the larva described by F. Miller as Curupira

torrentium * is not widely removed from that of Paltostoma,

the Paltostoma-larva being intermediate between it and

Kelloggina.

The writer is at a loss to explain the apparent relationship

of the Kelloggina-larva with that of Blepharocera fasciata.

As he has not seen the larva of any species of the genus

Blepharocera, and as the larve of species of that genus

(according to Bezzi’s tables) differ somewhat widely inter se,

the question will not be discussed further here.

Affinities of Pupa.—So far as 1 am aware, the only pub-

lished reference to a pupa covered with spiniform hairs, like

that of Paltostoma, is given by Bezziin a footnote on p. 30

of his work cited (1913). He there mentions such a pupa as

sent from Brazil among a mixed lot of material. The pupa

of Kelloggina barnardi is nude, and has the outer lamine of

the respiratory horns much more bluntly pointed at the apex.

The figure given by Miller (op. cit. pl. vii. fig. 6) shows

respiratory horns apparently of much the same form as in

Paltostoma schineri.

* These remarks are made on the assumption that the larva described

by Miiller, with only one pair of processes on the sixth segment, really is

Curupira. That he undoubtedly had before him more than one kind is

shown by his pl. iv. fig. 3, which illustrates a very different larva, having

two pairs of processes on the sixth segment, e

200 Mr. HU. Seott on

Affinities of Imago.—The writer has no special knowledge |

of the imago flies, and will only remark very briefly under

this head. Paltostoma and Kelloggina are considered closely

allied: Bezzi, referring (op. cit. 1913, p. 65) to the shortness

of the proboscis in the 9 of Paltostoma, states that this

renders the distinction of the two genera very uncertain.

But in the ¢ sex surely the form of the mouth-parts, even

of the palpi alone, would distinguish the genus Paltostoma?

The palpi being, as shown above, very short and at most

2-jointed in Paltostoma @, while they are long and 4-jointed

in Kelloggina 3. Osten-Sacken (op. cit. p. 167) remarked

that Kelloggina (= Snowia) appeared to be closely allied to

Paltostoma, but that it had a shorter proboscis and fully-

developed palpi.

VIII. Summary.

1. Paltostoma schineri was described from the ¢ sex

only, from St. Vincent. ¢ 2, larvae, and pupe have now

been found in Trinidad, and are described here for the first

time.

2. The larva has short 2-joimted antenne ; dorsal surface

spinose ; branchial filaments arranged in tufts; lateral pro-

cesses simple, pediform, ciliate, without long sete; sixth

segment with only one pair of lateral processes.

3. In the full-grown larva there are ten branchial fila-

ments, arising in five pairs, in each tuft. In the half-grown

Jarva the number is much less, A similar increase during

growth has been observed in Liponeura.

4, The larve and pupe described as those of the South-

African Kelloggina barnardi do actually belong to that

species, in spite of doubts expressed on this point. The

larvee of Kelloggina and Paltostoma have a number of points

of resemblance, and both differ from Curupira in the

arrangement of the branchial filaments. but in the posses-

sion of dorsal spines Paltostoma approaches Curupira.

5. The pupa of Paltostoma schineri is characterized by the

large number of erect spiniform hairs on its dorsal surface.

6. The mouth-parts of g Paltostoma conform to the

general Blepharocerid type, but are characterized by extreme

length and slenderness of labrum, hypopharynx, and labium,

aud by extreme reduction of the palpi, which are minute —

and at most 2-jointed. The ? has a much shorter, stouter

proboscis, and palpi normally developed.

—

}

the Early Stages of Paltostoma schineri. 201

Lrrerature Crrep.

Sb Bezzi’s two papers referred to below contain a

full bibliography of the literature, with summaries of the

contents of each work. It is only intended here to give a list

of the works specially referred to in the foregoing paper. |

Bezzt, M. “ Blefaroceridi Italiani, &c.” 1913. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.

xliv. (1912) pp. 1-114.

——. “Sui Blefaroceridi della Nuova Zelanda, con aggiunte alla prece-

dente memoria.” 1914. Bull. Soc. ent. Ital. xlv. (1913) pp. 115-

129,

Cuitton, C. “ Note on the Occurrence in New Zealand of Dipterous

Insects belonging to the Family Blepharoceride.” 1906. Trans.

New Zealand Institute, xxxviii. (1905) pp. 277-8, pl. xlvi.

Epwarps, F. W. “ Description of a new Species of Blepharoceridm

from South Africa.” 1912. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. ix. pp. 633-4, pl. xx.

Hetscuko, A. “ Biologisches tiber Apistomyia elegans, Big.” 1912.

Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxi. pp. 305-7.

Ketioee, V. L. “The Net-winged Midges of North-America.” 1903.

Proc. California Acad. Sci. ser. 3, Zool. vol. iii. pp. 187-232,

pls. xviii.-xxii.

—. “Blepharoceride.” 1907. Genera Insectorum, fascic. lvi. pp. 1-

15, pls. i.-ii.

Lamp, C. &. “On Two Blepharocerids from New Zealand.” 1913.

Trans. New Zealand Institute, xlv. (1912) pp. 70-75.

Lutz, A. “ Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Biologie der blutsaugenden

Dipteren.” 1912. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, iv. (1912) pp. 75-

Mittier, F. “A metamorphose de um insecto diptero.” 1881. Arch.

Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, iv. (1879) pp. 47-85, 147-151, pls. iv—

vii.

OsteNn-Sacken, C. R. “Contributions to the Study of the Liponeuride,

Loew.” 1895. - Berlin. ent. Zeitschr. xl. pp. 148-169.

Wituiston, 8. W. “On the Diptera of St. Vincent (West Indies).”

1896. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1896, pp. 253-446, pls. viii.—xiv.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX.-XL

(Figs. 1-14 drawn by H. 8S. with help of a Zeiss drawing-apparatus.

Fig. 15 by F. W. Edwards (Brit. Mus.), with drawing-apparatus. Figs.

16, 17 by E. Wilson (Cambridge Univ. Press).]

Larva.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view. ¢., eye; ¢.8., eye-like spot; p., pit; m.a., ia, La.,

median, intermediate, and lateral cephalic areas.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of last two segments. s.=seventh, eighth and

ninth spiracles.

Fig. 3. Antenna. ,

Fig. 4. Apex of same, more highly maguified.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Pupa.

. Dorsal view.

. Anterior outer lamina of left-hand respiratory horn, viewed

from behind. p.a., paler area.

Fig. 7. Inner lamine of left-hand respiratory horn, viewed from behind,

atl, anterior inner lamina; p.i./., posterior inner lamina;

t., trachea, a fragment still attached under the chitinous wall

of the body.

Fig. 8. Diagrammatic ground-plan of left-hand respiratory horn, m.

median longitudinal as of thorax; a.o.1., p.o.., anterior and

osterior outer laminew: aid, p.id., anterior and posterior

inner lamine ; s., spiracle.

IMaGo.

Fig. 9. lead and mouth-parts of g, mounted in balsam, the organs

pushed apart by pressure. ladr., labrum ; hyp., hypopharynx ;

m2x., lobes of the two maxille; /ad., labium.

Fig. 10. Right maxillary palpus of g, enlarged.

Fig. 11. Apex of ¢ hypopharynx, enlarged; the lateral fringes are

doubled one over the other, so that the hairs projecting on

the right side of the organ really arise from its left side, and

vice versa.

Fiy. 12. Apex of hypopharynx of Kelloggina barnardi 3, to same scale

as fig. 11, for comparison.

Fig. 18. g genital armature from beneath, viewed as a transparent

object.

Fig. 14. Terminal joint of hind tarsus and claws, g (closely similar in @ ).

Fig. 15. Wing of ¢ (from one of Williston’s paratypes).

Fig. 16. 2, X 7: the pale reticulation shown on the abdomen is due to

desiccation-shrinkage.

Fig. 17. 2, head and body, x 7.

X11.— Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Sierra

(Pu

Leone. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

blished by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A SMALL collection of fishes made at Matca, Sierra Leone,

by Mr. N. W. Thomas, and presented by him to the British

Museum, contains examples of three species previously known,

viz. Marcusenius brachistius, Gill, Fundulus sjoestedti, Linnb.,

Tlaplochilus macrurus, Blgr.; and of four which I regard as

new t

o science, viz. an Lleotris allied to E. kribensis, Blgr.,

which will be described in the forthcoming third volume of

the ‘ British Museum Catalogue,’ and the following, referable

to the genera Barbus, Haplochilus, and Paratilapia.

Freshwater Fishes from Sierra Leone. 203

Barbus leonensis.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times in total

length. Snout rounded, shorter than eye, which is 3 times

in length of head and a little less than interorbital width ;

mouth small, terminal, with feebly developed lips; no

barbels. Dorsal III 7, equally distant from posterior border

of eye and from caudal, border straight ; last simple ray not

enlarged, not serrated, slightly shorter than head. Anal IIL5,

not reaching caudal. Pectoral shorter than head, not reaching

ventral; latter below origin of dorsal. Caudal forked,

Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep. Scales radiately

striated, 21-23 i, 2 between lateral line series and ventral,

8 round caudal peduncle ; lateral line present only in front,

reduced to 7 tubules. Yellow, with black dots on the

borders of the dorsal scales ; a black spot on the dorsal fin

and another at the base of the caudal.

Total length 21 mm.

‘lwo specimens.

Closely allied to B. je, Blgr.

Haplochilus annulatus.

Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head 34

times. Head flat above; snout a little shorter than eye;

mouth directed upwards, lower jaw projecting ; eye 22 times

in length of head, 13 times in interorbital width ; praorbital

very narrow. Dorsal 7, originating twice as far from occiput

as from root of caudal, above posterior fourth of anal, pro-

duced, longest ray as long as head. Anal 13, produced like

the dorsal. Pectoral a little shorter than head, extending

beyond base of ventral; latter small. Caudal pointed,

median rays produced, longer than head. Caudal peduncle

1% times as long as deep. 28 or 29 scales in longitudinal

series ; lateral line represented by an interrupted series of

pits. Lemon-yellow, with four broad black rings, the first

round the head, the last round the caudal peduncle ; dorsal

and anal yellow, with the anterior rays black; caudal

orange, with two dark purple longitudinal lines.

Total length 16 mm.

‘wo specimens.

Appears most nearly related to H. chevflieri, Pellegr.

204 On new Freshwater Fishes from Sierra Leone.

Paratilapia thomast.

Depth of body 2 to 24 times in total length, length of head

22 to 3} times. Head twice as long as broad; snout with

convex upper profile, broader than long, § to # postocular

part of head ; eye 33 to 34 times in length of head, 1 to 14

times in interorbital width, greater than preorbital depth ;

mouth rather small, extending to between nostril and eye ;

premaxillary processes short; teeth small, in 3 or 4 series ;

3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek, width of scaly part a

little less than diameter of eye. Gill-rakers short, 7 or 8 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 9-10; spines in-

creasing in length to the last, which measures ? to 4 length

of head ; longest soft ray nearly as long as head. Anal

II] 7-8 ; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Pee-

toral a little shorter than head, not extending to vertical of

origin of anal. Ventral much produced, extending beyond

origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper

than long. Seales very feebly denticulate, 25-27 /,; lateral

lines 2°. Yellowish, with six black cross-bands, the third

of which may expand into a rhombic spot ; a black bar from

the eye to the mouth ; a black opercular spot, with or without

small pearl-white spots; dorsal and anal fins grey, the former

edged with white; outer rays of ventral black.

Total length 65 mm.

‘Three specimens.

Appears most nearly related to P. dorsalis, Pellegr. As

in P. codringtoni, Blgr., the maxillary bone is concealed when

the mouth is closed, the fish having the appearance of a

Tilapia. '

The exploration of the freshwater fauna of Sierra Leone

has not received much attention. ‘The number of species of

fishes with which I am acquainted amounts only to eighteen :—

Polypterus palmas, Ayres, Protopterus annectens, Ow., Mar-

cusenius brachistius, Gill, Notopterus afer, Gthr., Alestes

ongipinnis, Gthr., Barbus leonensis, Blgr., Clarias liberiensis,

Stdr., Fundulus sjoestedti, Lénnb., Haplochilus fasciolatus,

Gtar., H. chaperi, Sauv., H. macrurus, Blgr., H. annulatus,

Blgr., Paratilapia thomasi, Blgr., Hemichromis fasciatus,

Peters, H. bimaculatus, Gill, Eleotris lebretoni, Stdr., E. leo- —

nensis, Blgr., and Mastacembelus reticulatus, Bigr.

Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Noles on Carides. 905

XIV.—WNotes on Carides. By L. A. Borrapatire, M.A.,

Lecturer on Zoology in the University of Cambridge ;

Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College.

Durina the investigation of certain collections of prawns

from the Indo-Pacific region I have arrived at the following

conclusions, which appear to be worth putting on record in a

preliminary statement.

I. Tue CRANGONOIDA.

The bounds of this superfamily must be enlarged to admit

the genera Anchistioides, Paulson, 1875, Amphipalemon,

Nobili. 1901, and //ymenocera, Latr. his addition involves

two concessions in the definition of the group: (1) if Anchi-

stioides and Amphipalemon are to be admitted, it can no

longer be stated that the mandible is always without incisor-

process ; (2) the inclusion of Hymenocera makes it necessary

to allow the persistence of a small representative of the outer

lacinia of the maxilla.

Anchistioides and Amphipalemon constitute a new family,

the Anchistioidide, intermediate between the Crangonoida

and the Palemonoida. ‘The principal characteristics of this

family are: (1) a well-developed, compressed, toothed ros-

trum; (2) a short, thick, accessory flagellum on the an-

tennule ; (3) a deeply cleft mandible without palp; (4) the

absence of “ lacinize”’ from the maxilla ; (5) the absence of the

exopodite from the third maxilliped; (6) an appendix interna

on the first abdominal limb ; (7) considerable variability in

the armature of the telson; (8) a gill-formula consisting of

pleurobranchs for the legs, an arthrobranch for the third

maxilliped, and epipodites (mastigobranchs) on the maxil-

lipeds.

Hymenocera is shown by its mouth-parts to belong to the

Gnathophyllide. The species described by Balss as HZ. cerat-

ophthalma deserves to become the type of a new genus. I

have called this genus Phyllognathia, and placed it also in

the Gnathophyllide. The principal characteristics of that

family are now as follows :—(1) a compressed dentate ros-

trum ; (2) the outer flagellum of the antennule thick at the

base and cleft for a very short distance; (3) the mandible

simple, slender, curved, palpless ; (4) the inner “ lacinia” of

the maxilla lost, the outer either lost or very small but still

cleft ; (5) the third maxilliped with exopodite, simple mastigo-

branch, and endopodite of four joints, some or all of which

206 Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Notes on Cartdes.

are greatly broadened ; (6) the telson with two pairs of spines

at the sides, and at the end an outer short and an inner longer

pair of spines, a submedian pair of slender feathered spines,

and a median pointed projection; (7) a gill-formula com-

prising pleurobranchs for the legs, an arthrobranch for the

third maxilliped, and in //ymenocera the vestige of a pleuro-

branch for the Jatter limb, with epipodites on the maxillipeds

only.

II. THE PALZMONIDA.

There must be recognized in this family four subfamilies,

separated as follows :—

I. None of the bristles at the end of the larval telson

become in the adult transposed on to the anterior

part of that organ, which is therefore unarmed

on back and sides. The surface of the molar

process of the mandible is closely ridged. [There

is a pleurobranch for the third maxilliped.] .... Desmocaridine.

Il. Two pairs of the bristles at the end of the larval

telson become in the adult transposed on to the

back of that organ. The surface of the molar

Ba of the mandible bears some half-dozen large

snobs or crests.

A. The end of the telson bears six spines. [There ig

no pleurobranch to the third maxilliped.] .... Pontoniine.

B. The end of the telson bears four spines.

1. The side of the carapace is traversed by a

suture. The outer flagellum of the antennule

is but slightly cleft. There is no pleuro-

branch to the third maxilliped............ Typhlocaridine.

2. The side of the carapace has no suture. The

outer flagellum of the antennule is deeply

cleft. There is a pleurobranch to the third

SRATUNDC Si: 5y an esakt heb = Hee vac ae ee Palemonine.

III. DEFINITIONS OF NEW GENERA.

1. Lysmatella (Hippolytide).

Related to Lysmata, but without mastigobranchs on the

legs.

2. Phyllognathia (Gnathophyllide).

Ischium of third maxilliped narrow and movably sutured

to merus. Mandible subcylindrical. Laciniw of maxille

lost. Outer flagellum of antennule normal. Rostrum of a

good length.

Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Votes on Carides. 207

3. Urocaridella (Pontoniinz).

Body very slender and compressed. Thorax without

dorsal swelling. Sixth abdominal segment elongate. Ros-

tram long, upeurved, toothed above and below. Outer

flagellum of antennule deeply cleft. Antennal scale long,

narrow. Mandible with two-jointed palp. Second maxil-

liped with podobranch. Third maxilliped narrow, _five-

jointed, with arthrobranch.

4. Pontoniopsis (Pontoniinz).

Body graceful, but not much compressed. ‘Thorax without

dorsal swelling. Sixth abdominal segment short. Rostrum

rather short, depressed, lanceolate in dorsal view, toothless.

Outer flagellum of antennule moderately cleft. Antennal

scale of good breadth. Mandible without palp. Second

maxilliped without podobranch. ‘Third maxilliped with

vestigial arthrobranch. Eyes spherical.

5. Periclimenceus (Pontoniine).

Body rather stout ; cephalothorax deep, a good deal com-

pressed; abdomen evenly curved. Thorax without dorsal

swelling. Rostrum rather short, compressed, toothed above

only. Outer antennular flagellum not deeply cleft. Antennal

seale of good breadth. Mandible without palp. Second

maxilliped without podobranch. Third maxilliped narrow,

with vestigial arthrobranch.

IV. Derrnitions or New SuBGENERA.

The species of Periclimenes fall into four groups, as

follow :—

I. Rostrum toothless. No spines on trunk and legs ...... Ensiger.

HL. Rostrum toothed. Spines at certain points on trunk and

legs.

A. Cornea ogival. {Upper edge of rostrum convex. Strong

Bupraorbital spine.| cccsaccndsevecsvcusenrdausns Corniger.

B. Cornea not ogival.

1. Upper edge of rostrum convex. Second leg with

ert wrist, and unarmed save inone species. Supra-

orbital spine in one species only ................ Cristiger.

2. Upper edge of rostrum straight or concave. Second

eg rarely with short wrist, generally with spine on

wrist orarm or both, Supraorbitalspinecommon., Falciger.

208 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—.Voles on Carides.

V. Derinirions or New SPECIES.

1. Pandalus (Plesionica) gracilis.

Rostrum long, gently upeurved from base, bearing above

two strong teeth on a crest over the eye and eight spinules,

below a row of small sharp teeth. Kye wider than stalk,

with distinct ocellus. First leg simple and sparsely hairy.

Second wrist 9-jointed. Third abdominal tergum not pro-

duced into spine.

Western Indian Ocean, 200 fath.

2. Heterocarpus unicarinatus.

Related to 77. longirostris, MacGilchrist, 1905, but without

the hinder three-quarters of the antennal carina.

Providence I., 637-665 fath.

3. Heterocarpus affinis.

Related to H. alphonsi, Bate, 1888, but has (1) the ros-

trum much more strongly upcurved, (2) fewer joints in the

second wrists, (3) walking-legs considerably longer than the

antennal scale.

Saya de Malha, 300-500 fath.

4. Thalassocaris affinis.

Related to 7. lucidus (Dana), 1852, but has (1) the ros-

trum less strongly recurved, (2) stronger teeth on the an-

tennal scale, (3) the second hand shaped as in 7. erinitus.

Maldives and Saya de Malha.

5. Thalassocaris maldivensis.

Rostrum at first descending and then horizontal, outreaching

antennal seale, , two teeth behind orbit. Suborbital and

antennal spinesonly. Antennal scale without teeth. Second

leg feeble and simple. No spine on third abdominal tergum.

Maldive Is.

G. Thor maldivensis.

Rostrum very short, with one tooth above and none below.

Supraorbital and antennal spines present. First leg in

female stout, simple, and shorter than third maxilliped, in

male as long as body, granulate, stout, but with chela no

stouter than rest of limb, arm and hand subequal, fingers one-

quarter length of palm, on which they are bent inward, each

Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Noles on Carides. 209

bearing a low tooth. Second wrist 5-jointed, the second

joint larger than the others. Last three legs alike in both

sexes,

Minikoi, Maldives, Salomon.

7, Lysmata affinis.

Related to ZL, seticauda (Risso), 1816, and L. chiltoni,

Kemp, 1914, but (1) rostrum reaches beyond eyes, ends

before middle of second joint of antennule, and has formula

sq, lower teeth small, but Jarger than in LZ. chilton?, (2) ptery-

gostomial angle subrectangular and usually produced into

spinule, (3) first leg slightly outreaches antennal scale, but

falls considerably short of end of third maxilliped.

Minikoi, Peros Banhos, Salomon, Seychelles.

8. Lysmatella prima.

Body compressed. Rostrum =, straight but upeurved at

end, outreaching antennular stalk. Third maxilliped as stout

as first leg, in which hand and arm are subequal, wrist a little

shorter. Second wrist has 20-22 joints, the last the longest.

Maldive Is.

9. Amphipalemon gardineri.

Rostrum very deep, straight at base, outreaching antennal

scale. Telson bears two pairs of spines on the dorsal side

and at the hind end one stout pair of spines and a pair of

feathered bristles.

N. Malé Atoll, Maldive Js.

10. Amphipalemon cooperi.

Rostrum not very deep, arched at base, reaching end of

antennal scale. Telson as in A. gardineri, but with hinder

pair of dorsal spines farther back. Meropodite of second leg

$ of length of hand.

8. Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Is.

11. Nikotdes maldivensis.

Related to N. dane, Pauls., 1875, but has (1) rostrum of

quite different shape, the dorsal tooth being larger and placed

much farther back, (2) exopodite of first leg relatively

shorter, (3) wrists of first legs equal, (4) no spines on ischio-

podite or meropodite on last three legs,

Maldive Is.

210 Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Notes on Carides.

12. Egeon rugulosum.

Related to A. medium (Ale. & And.), 1899, but has (1) the

beading of the ridges of the carapace much coarser, (2) no

tooth on either side of base of rostrum, (3) the large spine

near the pterygostomial angle placed at the end of the supra-

marginal, not lateral, ridge.

Western Indian Ocean.

13. Urocaridella gracilis.

Rostrum —“, nearly twice as long as carapace. Antennal

and hepatic spines present. Antennular stalk three-quarters

length of antennal scale. Latter not half length of rostrum,

subtruncate, its distal spine not projecting. First leg out-

reaching antennal seale by fingers. Second legs equal and

similar, unarmed, outreaching antennal scale by hand and

part of wrist.

Maldive Is.

14. Palemonella elegans.

Related to P. tridentata, Borr., 1899, but with rostrum

lanceolate, not reaching end of first joint of antenna, its

formula >

Salomon I.

15. Palemonella longirostris.

Rostrum 5, outreaching antennular stalk by nearly half its

own length, upcurved. First wrist half as long again as

its hand. Arm of second leg of even width throughout.

Fardiffolu Atoll, Maldive Is.

16. Periclimenes (Cristiger) frater.

Related to P. soror, Nobili, 1904, but (1) teeth on upper

edge of rostrum closer set towards tip, (2) two distal spines

on first joint of autennule, (3) antennal scale decidedly out-

reaches first leg, (4) no accessory denticle on dactylopodites

of last three legs.

Seychelles.

17. Periclimenes (Cristiger) incertus.

Related to P. parvus, Borr., 1898, but (1) body more

slender, (2) rostrum shallower, (3) a denticle on carapace

behind beginning of rostral crest, (4) penultimate joint of

third maxilliped longer than end-joint.

Maldive Is.

Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Notes on Carides. 211

18. Periclimenes (Cristiger) commensalis.

Rostrum 5 lanceolate, reaching end of antennular stalk, no

tooth behind orbit. Supraorbital, hepatic, and antennal

spines present. Two distal spines on first joint of antennule.

Torres Straits, on Comanthus annulatus.

19. Periclimenes (Corniger) cornutus.

Rostrum {, deep, lanceolate, outstretched by antennal stalk.

Eye without papilla.

Malé Atoll, Maldive Is., on crinoid.

20, Periclimenes ( Corniger) ceratophthalmus,

Rostrum *, shallow, lanceolate, outreached by antennal

stalk. Eye with papilla at apex.

Malé Atoll, Maldive Is., on crinoid.

21. Periclimenes (Faletger) nilandensis.

Rostrum {, outreaching antennular stalk distinctly and

antennal scale barely, its upper edge gently concave from

the base. Supraorbital, antennal, and hepatic spines present.

Antennal scale broad, with distal spine not projecting beyond

end. Second legs unequal, unarmed.

S. Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Is.

22. Periclimenes (Faleiger) affinis.

Rostrum /, outreaching antennular stalk but not antennal

scale, straight at first, then gently upcurved, its tip simple.

Supraorbital, antennal, and hepatic spines present. Outer

edge of long joint of third maxilliped bears several spines.

Second leg with two spines and a blunt tooth at end of

wrist, fingers toothed, about one-third length of palm, wrist

nearly twice length of fingers.

Salomon I,

23. Periclimenes (Falciger) dulius.

Related to P. affinis, but (1) rostrum : its tip bifid, (2) in

second leg, wrist and arm stouter, and fingers about equal to

wrist, more than half length of palm.

Minikoi.

212 Mr. L. A. Borradaile— Notes on Carides.

24. Periclimenes (Faleiger) compressus.

Rostrum 3, rather shallow, straight at first but slightly

upturned at end. Antennal and hepatic spines alone present.

Second leg unarmed, with short wrist, outreaching antennal

scale by hand,

Saya de Malha.

25. Periclimenes (Falciger) brocketti.

Rostrum > straight, shallow, directed somewhat down-

wards, reaching end of antennal scale, and slightly out-

reaching antennular stalk. Antennal and hepatic spines

alone present. ‘Two distal spines on first joint of antennule.

Second leg unarmed, with rather short wrist, slender hand,

and simple fingers.

Malé Atoll, Maldive Is., on brown crinoid.

26. Periclimenes (Faleiger) pottst.

Rostrum a reaching end of antennal scale, outreaching

antennular stalk, its upper edge curving very slightly down-

ward from the base and more strongly upwards near the tip.

Hepatic and antennal spines alone present. Last two joints

of antennular stalk slender. Antennal scale narrow, longer

than carapace, its distal spine projecting beyond its end.

Second wrist bears a spine.

Torres Straits, on Comanthus.

27. Periclimenes (Falciger) suvadivensis.

a .

Rostrum ©, ontreaching antennular stalk, outreached b

2) 5 ? Af

antennal scale, straight except at the tip, which is gently

upeurved. Hepatic, antennal, and suborbital, but no supra-

orbital spines present. Last two joints of antennular stalk

stout. Antennal scale narrow, shorter than carapace, its

distal spine projecting beyond its end. Second wrist bears a

spine.

Suvadiva Atoll, Maldive Ts,

28. Periclimenes (Falciger) seychellensis.

Rostrum +, deep, its upper edge decidedly concave from

base, outreaching antennular stalk. Antennal and hepatic

spines alone present. Antennal scale rather broad, its distal

spine projecting beyond its end. Second legs equal, un-

armed, palm and fingers subequal.

Praslin, Seychelles.

On new Dragonflies from Sierra Leone. 213

29. Periclimenes (Falciger) kolumadulensis.

Related to P. borradailei, Rathb., 1904 (=P. tenuipes,

Borr., 1898), but (1) rostrum 2} times length of carapace,

(2) second leg 7 times length of carapace, (3) second legs

unlike, one with fingers gaping very widely.

Kolumadulu Atoll, Maldive Is.

30. Pontoniopsis comanthi,

Rostrum reaching end of second’ joint of antennule, its

breadth about equal to that of eye. Antennal scale out-

reaching antennular stalk, broad. Arm and wrist of first leg

subequal. Great chela outreaching antennular stalk by hand,

its wrist very short and wide, with a sharp process below.

my wl .

Torres Straits, on Comanthus.

31. Periclimencus fimbriatus.

Rostrum ae without teeth behind orbit. Fixed finger of

second leg bears knob and movable finger a socket. Fingers

of uropods, scales, &c., very long.

Mulaku Atoll, Maldive Is.; Providence.

32. Periclimeneus robustus.

Rostrum °, with two teeth behind orbit. Movable finger

of second leg bears knob and movable finger a socket. Fringes

not remarkably long.

Amirante I.

33. Pontonta maldivensis.

Rostrum reaches middle of first joint of antennule. Maxilli-

peds without exopodites. Second legs unequal, the larger

about twice as long as carapace, with long, parallel-sided

hand. Dactylopodites of last three legs simple.

Fadiffolu Atoll, Maldive Is.

XV.—New Dragonflies (Odonata) of the Subfamily Libellu-

lines from Sierra Leone, W. Africa. By Dr. F. Ris,

Rheinau, Switzerland.

Tue following descriptions have been extracted from proof-

sheets and manuscript of the writer’s ‘Monograph of the

Libelluline’ (Collections Selys, fase. ix.—xvi.). By the

kindness of Mr. Herbert Campion I was enabled to examine

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 15

214 Dr. F. Ris on new

a great number of very interesting Libellulines, collected for

the Imperial Bureau of Entomology (formerly the Entomo-

logical Research Committee, Tropical Africa) in Nigeria,

Sierra Leone, and British East Africa. Many records from

the earlier consignments, especially those from Nigeria, were

entered in the main text of the monograph and published.

Others arrived too late for that purpose, but in good time

for the “‘ Additions,” which, together with the indices, were

due to be issued in 1914, being the last instalment of the

monograph, The lamentable situation in Europe generally,

and in Belgium especially, leaves us little hope of seeing

that last part published in the near future. In the beautiful

collection sent home from Sierra Leone by Dr. J. J. Simpson

there were four new species, one of them representing an

interesting new genus. Instead of separate publication,

which was originally discussed, insertion of the novelties in

the monograph was preferred, upon the assumption that tbe

‘« Additions” would appear without any long delay. But

under the changed conditions of to-day, separate publication

was again considered, and decided upon. Mr. H. Campion has

kindly read the descriptions for correctness of language, they

being the author’s own translation from the original German

text.

All the type-specimens have been presented by the

Imperial Bureau of Entomology to the British Museum

(Natural History).

Allorhizucha campiont, sp. n.

2 g,2 2, Sierra Leone; Ka Yima, Kangama, Gigbema,

Dumballa, 24, 29. vi., 22. viii, 7. ix. 1912 (Droge

Simpson).

Closely allied to Allorhizucha klingi, Karsch, but differing

in the following details :—(«) greater number of cubito-anal

cross-veins (Cuq), 4 in front wing, 3 in hind wing; (b) at

the humeral suture a narrow interrupted light green line;

a little narrower, slightly concave instead of straight at

anterior margin; (d) abdomen of male distinctly fusiform ;

(e) superior appendages a little longer; (/) slight difference

in genitalia of second segment, the internal branch of the

hamule being more erect (nearly as figured in Lib. fig. 52

for A. preusst, Karsch). Minute as these differences are,

they appear sufficient in their totality to justify specific

distinction, the more so as there are specimens brought by

Dr. Simpson, also from Sierra Leone, that agree perfectly

with A. klingi, as described in Lib. p. 81. The interesting

Dragonflies from Sierra Leone. 215

species is named after Mr. Herbert Campion, who first

observed its peculiar features.

go (adult)—Labium light yellow, with a broad median

black stripe. Labrum black. Face light greenish yellow

Frons metallic greenish blue, light yellowish at antero-lateral

angles. Vertex metallic greenish blue, broadly convex,

very slightly emarginate. Prothorax black, a median spot

and the vertically erect margin of posterior lobe greenish

yellow. Thorax deep black, with light yellowish-green

markings :—a narrow line at each side of median suture; in

front of humeral suture a narrow dorsal dot and a point in

middle of suture itself ; two broad lateral stripes, first one

from the metastigma to a little more than halfway to humeral

suture, second one on posterior two-thirds of metepimeron, of

which the posterior ventral angle remains black ; anterior

margin of both stripes slightly concave, of first one near

dorsal end, of second one in middle. Ventral surface dull

greenish grey, sutures lined with black. Legs robust,

black; first femora yellow internally. Third femora with

very numerous, about 30, very small, regular, triangular

denticles ; second femora with similar, but still more closely

arranged and gradually lengthening denticles. Spines of

tibiz rather robust, about 10 on third tibie. Teeth of tarsal

claws robust, remote from end. Abdomen relatively short,

slender ; basal segments slightly widened laterally and

dorso-ventrally ; 3-5 very narrow; 6-8 with slight fusiform

dilatation. Black, with yellow markings: on segment 1

a broad lateral and small, triangular, postero-dorsal spot ;

on 2 a large lateral U-shaped spot and mid-dorsal, pos-

teriorly narrowed stripe ; on 3 a lateral stripe, narrowly

interrupted at the transverse carina ; on 4 two small lateral

spots on anterior half; on 5 a small antero-lateral spot ;

6 wholly black ; 7 with a large elliptical spot on each side,

extending over the entire width and three-fourths of the

segment’s length ; 8-10 black. Ventral surface black, with

yellowish median spots on segments 3-7. Superior appen-

dages about as long as ninth and tenth segments together, a

little longer than in A. klingz, but scarcely different in form.

Inferior appendage very little shorter than superiors. Geni-

talia of second segment: hamule generally as in the other

two species, internal branch very thin, almost vertical ; lobe

narrowly elliptical, of about equal height as the hamule.

Wings slightly stained with greyish yellow, golden yellow

at base: in front wing a vestige in* sc. and cu., in hind wing

* Tor an explanation of the terminology employed by Dr. Ris in

describing the veins and spaces in the wings of Libelluline, see that

author’s monograph of the subfamily, fasc. ix. pp. a aR C,

216 Dr. F. Ris on new

sc. to Ang. 1, eu. to Cuq. 1, 2-3 cells in anal area. Anq.

14.14; Cuq. Bes OO Bd As ie See Bqs. at;

3.3? 0.1? ER

second specimen : Anq. 14(4) . 14; Cuq. a5 i 3 1.0. 0%

ht. 3 Bas. as in both specimens discoidal area with a

single row to near end and not widened.

9 .—Markings as in male, only there is also an antero-

lateral yellow spot on segment 6. Genital segments not in

good condition ; they appear scarcely distinct from A. klingt.

Wings rather deeply stained with greyish yellow, especially

along the veins ; yellow basal stripes slightly larger than in

male. Ang. 15.15; Cug. <3 t. 3 i. 2 0s ae 3

Bqs. 3-3; in discoidal area of front wings on right side one

row of cells to the level of the bridge, then two rows ; on

left side two cells twice at beginning, afterwards as on right

side; scarcely more widened to wing’s edge than in male,

Second specimen: Ang. 15.15; Cuq. 2; t.¢-$5 ti. 1.1;

4.39 “1.12

ht. i++; Bqs. 3:3; discoidal area in front wing, right side

two rows from the beginning, left side at first one cell and a

half, followed by two rows,

6. Abd, 21°5, hw. 25, pt. >2. 9. 21, 25, >2.

Orthetrum sagitta, sp. u.

1 g, 1 9, Sierra Leone, Port Lokko, 2, 3. v. 1912

(Dr. J. J. Simpson).

Nearest to UO. africanum, Selys, but smaller ; abdomen

not longer than wings, fourth segment not considerably

elongate, not fully 5 mm. (7 mm. in africanum); internal

branch of hamule considerably higher than external branch

(of about equal height in africanum). Antenodal cross-

veins black in se.; pterostigma dark; very slender species ;

segments 1-3 much inflated, globose, 4-10 very narrow,

parallel ; mostly 1 row of cells Rs.—Rspl.

g.—Labium light yellow. Labrum light yellow, very

narrowly lined with black at free margin. Face and frons

anteriorly light greenisi yellow ; frons above obscure oliva-

ceous, but narrowly and indistinctly brown at base. Vertex

dull brownish. ‘Thorax dull greenish, with fine elevated

black points and the following dark lines, black on dorsum,

brown and somewhat diffuse at sides: complete and rather

broad line at median suture ; about equally broad, dorsally

truncate line a little nearer to humeral than to median

suture ; complete line at humeral suture, somewhat diffusely

invading space between suture and antehumeral black line;

Dragonflies from Sierra Leone. 217

three lateral lines: (1) a little in front of metastigma,

(2) across metastigma, (3) on second lateral suture. Ventral

surface dull ferruginous, with thin whitish pruinosity. Legs

black, first femora yellow internally, second and third femora

greenish brown in basal half. Abdominal segments 1-3 in-

flated, almost spherical (but rather considerably smaller than

in africanum) ; 4-10 very slender, parallel, Segment 1 dull

greenish, obscure dorsally ; 2 similar, but daik lining of

earine broader and confluent in posterior half of dorsum ;

4—6 black, on each side, slightly behind the middle, a yellow

spot, distant by about its own length from end of segment

and not fully touching mid-dorsal carina; 8-10 wholly

black. Ventral surface 1-3 dull greenish, with caring nar-

rowly black ; 4-8 black, with submedian yellowish spot, large

on 4, successively smaller posteriorly. Genitalia of second

segment: anterior lamina moderate, depressed ; convexity

of basal part flat, with many minute black spines; a very

small notch at end. Hamule small ; internal branch a robust

triangular hook, but slightly curved sidewards, very little

higher than anterior lamina ; external branch appreciably

shorter, separated by a narrow incision of very moderate

depth, broadly rounded. Lobe large, almost circular in

outline.

Wings slightly stained with greyish from the triangular

region outwards; minute vestige of yellow in cu. of hind

wings. Membranule black. Vterostigma dark ferruginous,

between strong black veins. Venation wholly black ; only a

very narrow dull yellowish line at the costa anteriorly. Ar-

culusa little distal to Ang. 2. Ang. 13.13; t. At ; ht. it ;

1 row Rs.-Rspl. Abd. 30, hw. 30, pt.<3, length of fourth

segment 5 mm.

2 .—Almost entirely similar to male in shape, colour, and

pattern. Lateral brownish lines of thorax lighter and nar-

rower. Abdomen but little more robust ; foliaceous dilata-

tions of segment 8 very narrow; vulvar scale not visible.

Appendages black, very acute ; supra-anal tubercle and sub-

anal valves light yellowish.

Minute vestige of yellow in cu. and in anal area of front

wings, slightly more yellow in hind wings: vestige in sc., in

cu. halfway to Cuq., one cell at membranule. Ang. 14.15;

doubled cells in Rs.—Rspl. 5-3; venation otherwise as in

male. Abd. 29, hw. 30, pt. 3, length of fourth segment <5,

CYANOTHEMIS, gen. nov.

Facies of Hadrothemis, but differing in the position of the

218 Dr. F. Ris on new

arculus (proximal to second antenodal) and in the configura-

tion of the eyes, the posterior lobe of the prothorax, and the

genital segments in female.

Type of venation between Crocothemis and Bradinopyga ;

differing from both by configuration of eyes and of posterior

lobe of prothorax.

In regard to eyes and prothorax nearest to Rhodothemis.

Spines of legs not so markedly differentiated as in Ihodo-

themis. More important differences from that genus:

(1) discoidal area in front wing with 3 rows of cells to level

of nodus, (2) Cu, in hind wing at anal angle of t., (3) 2 rows

Rs.—Rspl., (4) 4-5 rows between A; and wing’s edge in hind

wing, (5) last Anq. in hind wing incomplete, apparently an

almost regular and therefore very curious feature.

Cyanothemis will find its place in our systematic arrange-

ment of Libellulinze immediately preceding Rhodothemis.

Head moderate ; eyes meeting scarcely more than in a

point ; occipital triangle very large. Frons very prominent,

rounded, without anterior ridge, and not flattened anteriorly ;

furrow moderate. Vertex broadly convex, very slightly

emarginate.

Posterior lobe of prothorax large, erect, divided into two

rounded lobes, ciliate. Thorax robust. Legs comparatively

short, robust. Male with third femora armed in proximal

two-thirds with about 10 moderately robust spines, increasing

in length very gradually, 8-4 longer spines at end; second

femora with about 7 small, gradually lengthening and 2

terminal long spines. Spines of tibie long and robust, 8-9

on third tibiee. Teeth of tarsal claws robust, in distal third.

Abdomen rather short, relatively broad, depressed ; mode-

rately widened at base dorso-ventrally, very gradually nar-

rowed to end. No distinct transverse carina on fourth segment.

Genitalia of second segment small, the hamule with regular

external branch. For genital segments of female see under

the species.

Wings long, reticulation serrate. t.in front wing on a

level with t. in hind wing. Sectors of arculus with a long

common stalk in both wings. Arculus between Anq. 1 and 2.

Cu, in hind wing at anal angle of t. Ang. 123-1434, last

Anq. incomplete in hind wing as well. Proximal side of t.

in hind wing atarculus. 1 Cuq.inall wings ; noBqs. t. in

front wing narrow, crossed. t. in hind wing crossed ; ht.

tree; ti. in front wing 3-celled. M, feebly double-curved.

2 rows Rs.—Rspl. Cu, in front wing strongly convex ;

discoidal area considerably widened to end; 3 rows to level

of nodus. 1 row M,-Mspl. Anal area of hind wing broad.

Dragonflies from Sierra Leone. 219

Interpolated cells at anal angle of t. and external angle in

anal loop; A, moderately angulated. 4-5 rows between A;

and edge in hind wing, conspicuously arranged in transverse

rows. Membranule moderate. Pterostigma small.

Cyanothemis simpsoni, sp. 0.

Collected for the Imperial Bureau: 1 g, Sierra Leone,

Yana, 1. iv. 1912; 1 g, S. L., Mongheri, 15. ix. 1912

(Dr. J. J. Simpson). Collection of Brit. Museum: 1 2,

1 2, Southern Nigeria, Oshun Bridge, Oshogbo, 1.-iii1. 1913

(Dr. H. Strachan).

3 (adult, Yana).—Labium black, at antero-lateral angle

of lateral lobe a brownish spot. Labrum, face, and frons

anteriorly brownish black. Frons above brilliant sky-blue.

Vertex at base and anteriorly black, sky-blue above. Occi-

pital triangle light blue, narrowly lined with whitish. Pro-

thorax black, upraised posterior lobe light blue. Thoracic

dorsum brilliant sky-blue from narrow black line on median

suture to slightly more than halfway to humeral suture,

including antealar sinus; otherwise blackish. Sides very

dark reddish brown ; ventral surface blackish brown, very

slightly bluish pruinose. Legs brownish black. Abdominal

segments 1-2 black, 83-7 dull bluish (sky-blue in living in-

sect ?),8-10 black. Ventral surface black, moderately whitish

pruinose. Appendages small; superiors distant at base, con-

vergent, ending rather abruptly in an acute point; in side-

view obliquely cut at end, no distinct inferior angle, about 12

small irregular denticles ; inferior appendage broad, more

than three-fourths the length of superiors. Genitalia of

second segment: anterior lamina depressed, broadly elliptical,

ciliate. Hamule small, depressed posteriorly ; external

branch triangular, acute, directed laterally ; internal branch

a small fine hook, strongly curved laterally. Lobe long and

narrow, strongly depressed posteriorly, slightly higher than

hamule (the entire structure of the type found in Crocothemis

and Rhodothemis).

Wings hyaline, very narrowly and diffusely lined with

greyish at tips. Deep blackish brown basal spots: in front

wing in sc. and cu. not fully to Anq. 1 and Cuq.; in hind

wing to Anq. 3 in sc. (also in proximal half of length in c.),

a little into ht. and t., and obliquely cut to halfway between

apex of membranule and anal angle ; margins of spot a little

lighter. Membranule black. Pterostigma dull ochreous.

Ang. 2-44, Abd. 29, hw. 39, pt. 3.

lig.

3 (subjuv., Mongheri).—Like first (type) specimen, but

220 Dr. F. Ris on new

dull olivaceous instead of blue (perhaps by posthumous

e,® 3h . 13)

decomposition). Anq. “ope”

36 (subjuv., Oshogbo).—Light colour on frons and vertex

pale bluish green, on thorax greyish green with a shade of

violet, in interalar space greenish yellow, on abdomen dull

peg ai }. 153

and pale greyish violet. Ang, 7".

~ 2

@ (subjuv., Oshogbo).—Sides of labium broadly oliva-

ceous, anteclypeus dull olivaceous, postelypeus brown ; head

and thorax dorsally as in male, but light green, shading to

olivaceous, on thoracic dorsum a diffuse brown dot on each

side in green stripe ; deep black from dorsal green stripe to

a little more than halfway to humeral suture; rest of dorsum

and sides wholly dark golden brown. Abdomen robust,

rS)

7 “4 Be oee LAY

ES ae,

ore

LEA LOL LP

TAY

CLT [Ph

Wings of Cyanothemis simpsoni, Ris (type ¢ ), showing the discontinuity

of the last antenodal in the hind wing. Photo. by F. W. Campion.

segments 2-3 a little widened dorso-ventrally, from middle

of 4 to end almost parallel, little depressed ; indistinct trans-

verse carina on 4. Segments 1-2 dark brown, a rather

broad, diffuse, mid-dorsal band of dull greenish yellow; 3 very

light whitish violaceous, in front of transverse carina fuscous

in lateral half; 4 the same pale colour at sides, obliquely

cut ; 5 fuscous ; 6-8 dull golden brown, shading to oliva-

ceous, caring lined with black, narrowly on 6-7, broadly

on 8; 9-10 black. Ventral surface fuscous. Margins of

eighth segment folded, not widened. Vulvar scale erect, at

Dragonflies from Sierra Leone. 221

right angles, about half as long as ninth segment, elliptical

in outline, laterally compressed ; ninth ventral plate broadly

projecting on tenth segment (not visible at base). Supra-anal

tubercle large, black, densely covered with long black hairs ;

appendages small, acute, black.

Basal dark brown spot of wings slightly smaller than in

male: vestige in front wing; in hind wing to Anq. 2 in sc.,

to arculus in costal half of m., halfway between Cuq. and t,

in cu., to apex of membranule in anal area, Anq. een

Abd. 30, hw. 43, pt. <4.

This is one of the most remarkable Libelluline seen by me.

Tn venation the incomplete last antenodal in the hind wings

is unique (absent in one of eight wings examined) in the

subfamily. ‘The colour-system is, perhaps, still more extra-

ordinary : a very common pattern in Libellulinw, sky-blue

and black, is obtained, not as in all other known cases by

pruinosity, but by pigmentation, like the scarlet-red of so

many other forms, or the blue and black of Adschninz and

Agrionide. In fact, C. simpsoni might be called a blue

rendering of Lhodothemis rufa.

I have pleasure in naming this beautiful insect after the

successful collector of Odonata in Sierra Leone, Dr. J. J.

Simpson.

Pseudomacromia chrysobaphes, sp. n.

Sierra Leone: 1 g, Sandea, 14. vi., 1 ¢, Jahama, 28. vi.,

1 ¢, Sonkonia, 81. v. 1912 (Dr. J. J. Simpson) [the male

from Jahama kindly given to the writer for his own collec-

tion].

Very large species. Group II. of table in Lib. In vena-

tion of discoidal and anal areas nearer P. pretiosa, in pro-

portion of antenodal and postnodal part of wing nearer

P. eusebia ; differing from both by rich yellow markings on

thorax and abdomen, and in this respect similar to P. torrida,

¢.—Labium in one specimen dull ochreous, median lobe

obscure, in other specimen blackish, dull brown at free

margins. Labrum black, narrowly lined with ferruginous at

free margin. Face light olivaceous, a blackish curved line on

anterior margin of postclypeus. Frons ochraceous at sides,

dark métallic blue above, gradually passing into dull ferru-

ginous at anterior margin. Vertex large, convex, entire,

metallic blue. Thoracic dorsum brilliant metallic bluish

black, markings very pale dull greenish, almost whitish :

narrow antehumeral line, to two-thirds height, about halfway

between median and humeral sutures ; slightly broader com-

plete line in front of humeral suture, continued in an equally

222 Dr. F. Ris on new

broad transverse band at antealar sinus. Sides light

greenish yellow, with slightly diffuse brownish-black bands

with greenish metallic reflections: (1) broad mesepimeral

band, almost touching humeral suture and including a round

pale spot at dorsal end; (2) narrower complete band across

metastigma, with two processes, to dorsal and ventral third

of second lateral suture; (3) narrow band on dorsal half of

second lateral suture ; (4) incomplete moderately broad band

a little in front of middle of metepimeron. Ventral surface

dull ochreous, sutures narrowly and diffusely brown, Legs

dull and rather dark ferruginous. Third femora with abont

18 teeth, the first six closely arranged, triangular, small, the

following ones gradually increasing in size, more distant,

quadrangular, directed towards base. Second femora with

about L8 smaller teeth, similar in form, but directed distally.

On third tibize no spines externally, only a corresponding

number of obtuse tubercles, internally the spines moderately

robust, very short. Spines of second tibie rather long and

slender. ‘Teeth of tarsal claws a little stronger than tips,

variable in length, in same individual equal to tips, or slightly

longer or shorter. Abdomen at base very little widened

laterally, moderately so dorso-ventrally, very little constricted

at third segment, afterwards almost parallel, rather robust.

Black, with the following light yellow markings: segment 1,

sides and a terminal ring; 2, sides, except a narrow terminal

black ring and a very narrow black ring in front of transverse

carina; 3, sides, a narrow complete basal ring, a very

narrow transverse line at transverse carina, briefly interrupted

in middle; narrow, incomplete mid-dorsal line; 4, slightly

obscured basal ring, incomplete line at indistinct transverse

carina, narrow mid-dorsal line; 5-6, very small spots at

middle of lateral carina and indication of mid-dorsal line ; 7,

broad median transverse band of almost one-half the segment’s

length ; 8-10 wholly black. Ventral surface 3-7 ochreous,

with ends of each segment rather broadly and distinctly black;

8-10 black. Appendages black; superiors a little shorter

than segment 9, convergent at base, slightly divergent in distal

third, a little swollen towards the end and then terminating

in a very fine and acute point ; in side-view almost straight,

inferior angle on distal third obtuse, a row of small, rather

irregular denticles preceding it ; inferior appendage but little

shorter, slightly curved upwards, almost pointed. Genitalia

of second segment: anterior lamina broad, erect, slightly

emarginate, ciliate, yellowish, black at free margin. Hamule

of about equal height, on subquadrate base; internal branch

Dragonflies from Sierra Leone. 223

a small hook, almost touching the anterior lamina, curved

posteriorly ; external branch merely indicated, being the

obtuse posterior angle of basal piece. Lobe very small,

narrowly oblong.

Wings stained with light greyish yellow throughout ;

minute golden-yellow vestige at base. Membranule fuscons.

Pterostigma dark ferruginous. [First specimen: Anq.

18$ 194; Cuq. $43 t. 55 ti. 3.35; 3 rows in discoidal

area of front wings; 1 row Rs.-Rspl., a few cells doubled in

both front wings; 5 rows between A; and wing’s edge.

Abd. 41, hw. 53, pt.4°5. Second specimen: Ang. 194.194;

Cugq. }:3; t. $7; ti. 6.65 1 row Rs.—Rspl.

? .—Lighter in colour than male throughout ; wings with

a pattern of rich golden yellow and brown.— Labium ochreous.

Labrum-orange. Face light olivaceous. Frons brownish

orange above, olivaceous at sides. ‘Thoracic pattern as in

male, but the dark portions lightened to ferruginous, without

metallic reflections, and considerably reduced at sides. Legs

light ferruginous, Third femora with very small trian-

gular spinules; second femora with small, gradually lengthen-

ing spines; spines of third and second tibi as in second

tiblee of male. Teeth of tarsal claws as in male. Abdomen

more widened at base than in male. Dull ferruginous

instead of black throughout, pale markings similar, but lateral

spots on segments 3-6 considerably larger. Appendages com-

paratively long, two-thirds of segment 9, very acute. Vulvar

scale not clearly visible (covered by a mass of light yellow,

relatively large eggs).

Wings light yellow, deep and rich golden yellow at base,

in front wing to Anq. 2 and almost to arculus, in hind wing

to Anq. 3, t., anda little beyond apex of membranule ; lighter

golden-yellow zone at nodus in costal half of front wing,

over entire breadth in hind wing, and extended proximally

to anal loop in anal half; tips golden brown to three cells

width, proximally, from pterostigma. Membranule brown ;

pterostigma dark ferruginous. Ang. 16}. 174; Cuq. 3

t. m3 ti. 4.4; 3 rows of discoidal cells, 4 cells once at t.in

right wing ; 1 row Rs.-Rspl.; 5 rows between A, and wing’s

edge. Abd. 43, hw. 53, pt. 4°5.

224 On a new Indian Scorpion.

XVI.— Description of a new Indian Scorpion (Charmus

indicus, sp. ”.). By Sraniey Hrrsr.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Charmus indicus, sp. n.

Granulation of carapace and terga very fine, but that of

the fifth tergum is coarser. Sferna 1-4 finely punctured,

the punctures on the fourth sternum being rather con-

spicuous, however ; fifth sternum granular. Tail, A down

composed of very fine short hairs is present on the tail,

the segments of which are comparatively short and stout.

First two segments granular, but the second has traces of

punctures on its sides; with the exception of the inferior

medians of the second segment, which are fairly distinct,

the keels of these two anterior caudal segments are either

absent or indistinct. Third segment densely punctured on

the sides, but granular below and with the inferior median

keels well developed and composed of fairly large granules

the granules between these keels are also rather coarse).

fourth and fifth segments without any trace of keels and

furnished with very numerous, minute but deep, contiguous

punctures ; there are no granules on the sides or ventral

surface of these segments. Caudal vesicle with numerous

fine punctures. Pectinal teeth 17 in number. Colour dark

brown ; upper side of abdomen with a pale central linear

marking, but it is very fine; caudal vesicle paler than the

rest of the tail, being reddish brown in tint; palp dark

brown, except for the fingers, which are yellow ; legs varie-

gated in much the same way as they are in C. laneus.

Measurements in mm.—Total length 14°75; length of

carapace 1°8.

Locality—Coimbatore (6. vi. 1912), a single example

presented to the Museum by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher

(Imperial Entomologist).

Remarks.—The unique specimen of this new scorpion is so

small that I think it must be immature. It can, however,

be easily distinguished from the only other member of the

genus so far described (Charmus laneus, Karsch, from Ceylon)

by a number of characters which seem to be of real value :

for instance, the shortness and stoutness of the tail, the

presence of punctures (instead of granules) on the sides of

the third caudal segment, the much more numerous (con-

tiguous) punctures of the last two caudal segments, and the

Bats of the Genera Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, @e. 225

absence of granulation from the ventral surfaces of these

two segments, &c.

Prof. Kraepelin states (Mt. Mus. Hamburg, xxx. p. 131,

1913) that he has examined a very young example of C. laneus

from Coimbatore (Indian Museum Coll.). This specimen is

the first one of the genus to be recorded from India, and

obviously belongs to the same species as that which is

described above as new, for it comes from the same locality.

For the reasons already given, however, I think that it is

not C. daneus, Karsch. With the exception of that sent by

Mr. Bainbrigge Fletcher, there is only one specimen of the

genus in the British Museum Collection, and, unfortunately,

itis not known where it was collected. This specimen is the

type of Pocock’s C, cinclipes—a species now considered to be

identical with C. /eneus. If the specimens of Charmus from

Coimbatore are really C. laneus, Pocock’s species should be

resuscitated, for it certainly does not belong to the same

species.

XVII.—On Bats of the Genera Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, and

Pipistrellus. By OLprieLp ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Nyctalus joffrei, sp. n.

A small species, with short tragus and small p’.

Size about as in JV. /eisleri, smaller than in JV. stenopterus.

General build suggesting a large Pipistrel rather than a

Noctule, but the proportions of the digits quite as in Vyctalus.

Ears short, broad, rounded, their substance unusually fleshy ;

inner margin convex, tip broadly rounded, outer margin con-

vex, scarcely flattened above, antitragal lobule little developed.

Tragus very short, expanded above, its inner margin concave,

shorter than its greatest breadth above ; outer margin con-

vex, with the usual triangular basal lobe. Tip of fourth

metacarpal reaching to the middle of the short first phalanx

of the fifth finger. Wings to the ankle just beyond opposite

the base of the calear. Tail-tip projecting. Penis without

bone, its prepuce thinly haired, separated into two cushions

by a Y-shaped groove.

Colour uniform pale brown above and below.

Skull of a somewhat different shape from that of other

species of the genus. The muzzle shorter, broader, with

226 Mr. O. Thomas on Bats of the

more strongly developed supraorbital processes. Brain-case

more inflated, smoothly rounded ; sagittal crest low, not

continued back to meet the lambdoid.

Inner incisors shorter than usual, broad, flattened, bi- °

lobate ; outer small, about half the height of the inner.

Canine with a strongly marked secondary cusp halfway up

its hinder edge. PP! minute, about a quarter of the area in

cross-section of the small 7? ; very low, invisible externally,

hidden in the angle between the neighbouring teeth. Lower

premolars very small, subequal, the tip of the posterior

directly behind that of the anterior.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 39 mm.

Head and body 56; tail 39; ear (inner edge) 8; tragus

(inner edge) 2; third finger, metacarpal 35°5, first phalanx 14 ;

fifth finger, metacarpal 33, first phalanx 6°5 ; tibia 15 ; hind

foot 8.

Skull: greatest length 15 ; condyle to foot of canine 142 ;

basi-sinual length 11:4; zygomatic breadth 10°5 ; breadth on

supraorbital processes 7:2; postorbital constriction 4°5 ;

brain-case breadth 8°2; palato-sinual length 5; front of

canine to back of m® 5:1; front of p* to back of m? 3°5;

lower tooth-row (exclusive of incisors) 5°5.

Hab, Kachin Hills, Upper Burma.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 88.12.1.37. Collected by

L. Fea and presented by the Marquis G. Doria.

This fine bat 1 had formerly supposed to be referable to

Pipistrellus affinis, Dobs., of which the only recorded speci-

men is in Calcutta ; but Dobsou’s measurements of the digits

show that that is really a Pipistrellus, not a Nyctalus.

The known species of Nyctalus differ, inter se, by hardly

any characters but size, so that the distinctions in tragus,

skull, and dentition above detailed indicate that the present

bat is more distinct from any of them than they are from

each other.

The species is named in honour of General Joffre,

Commander-in-Chief of the French Army.

'TYLONYCTERIS.

While the forearms of the members of the genus Ziylo-

nycteris are all very nearly of the same length (26-29 mm.),

the skulls show a considerable diversity in size, and it is

quite evident that several different species or subspecies

should be recognized. Moreover, the forearms do not vary in

Genera Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, and Pipistrellus. 227

proportion with the skulls, as specimens with the largest

skulls have only the same forearm-length as examples with

quite small skulls; the forearms are therefore of practically

very little use in distinguishing the different forms.

Working then from the skulls, we find that there are three

sizes represented in the series—large, middle, and smal!,—

any one size being, as a rule, alone in a given country ; but

Java, the type-locality of 7. pachypus, has both large and

middle in it, and it is therefore necessary to settle which of

these two is the type-form.

‘The Museum collection contains a considerable series from

Buitenzorg and ‘l'asikmalaja of the middle species, and from

Sockaboemi of the large one. In addition, there is a co-typical

example of J’. pachypus acquired from the agent of the

Leyden Museum in 1544, and this specimen clearly belongs

to the smaller Javanese form, the one we have from Buiten-

zorg, near the type-locality of pachypus, Bantam. 1 there-

fore propose to assign the name pachypus to this form, the

middle in size of the whole series, which has a skull about

11*7-12-0 mm. in greatest length, its maxillary tooth-row

(front of canine to back of m*) 3°8 to 4°0 mm.

In the Philippines (Luzon) we have the smallest form

(skull 10°2 mm., tooth-row 3°4), representing JT. meyeré,

Peters, but a similarly small form occurs in Burma, and it

should probably bear the name of 7’. rubidus, Blyth, described

from Schwe Gyen. It is commonly deep rufous in colour.

Northwards and eastwards from Java occurs the largest

species, while in Western India there is a middle-sized form

of a peculiar colour, and these two appear to need new names.

Lylonycteris robustula, sp. n.

Body stout and robust, though the forearms are not only

not longer, but are even commonly shorter, thanin 7. pachy-

pus. Kars thick and fleshy ; tragus short and comparatively

broad.

Colour above dark brown; little lighter below. Mem-

branes black.

Skull heavily built, very broad, both across the brain-case

and interorbital constriction. Muzzle proportionally short.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 26 mm. (range up to 28).

Head and body 43; tail 27°5 ; ear 10; tragus 2°2x 15 ;

third finger, metacarpas 26, first phalanx 10; fifth finger,

metacarpus 23°), first phalanx 4°7; tibia 10; hind foot 6:3 ;

breadth of foot-pad 3°5.

228 Mr. O. Thomas on Bats of the

Skull: greatest length 12:5; median length 10°25; con-

dyle to front of canine 11°7; interorbital constriction 4:1 ;

breadth of brain-case 7°6 ; palato-sinual length 4°2; front of

canine to back of m’ 4°2 (range up to 4°4) ; front of p* to back

of m? 2°7.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Java, Celebes, Timor.

Type from Upper Sarawak, Borneo.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11. 1.18.8. Collected

and presented by Cecil J. Brooks, Esq.

Tylonycteris aurex, sp. n.

Size and proportions, including general body-bulk, length

of forearms, and size of skull, about as in true 7’. pachypus.

Ears perhaps rather narrower; tragus rather longer and

narrower, its basal lobule with a longer and more acute

o1nt,

; Colour above yellowish or dull gold, more or less overlaid

with brown. Under surface yellowish or buffy. Limbs

brown, membranes black, the cushions of wrists and sole also

brown, not contrasted white as in Z. pachypus. It is not

certain, however, how far this may depend on methods of

preservation.

Dimensions of the type (the italicized measurements taken

in the flesh) :—

Forearm 29 mm.

Head and body 42 ; tail 32; ear 9.

[A spirit-specimen measures :—Head and body 41; tail 30;

ear 9; tragus 2°4x 14; tibia 12°5; hind foot 6; breadth of

sole-pad 3°8.]

Skull: greatest length 11°6, median length 10-1; condyle

to front of canine 11:2; interorbital constriction 32 ; breadth

of brain-case 6°7 ; palato-sinual length 4°4 ; front of canine

to back of m’ 4; front of p* to back of m* 2°6.

flab. Southern Bombay— Kanara—southwards to Coorg.

Type from Astoli, Belgaum. Alt. 2000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0.4, 2.25. Original

number i35. Collected 28th December, 1899, and presented

by R. C. Wroughton. Fifteen specimens examined.

“In heavy forest.”’—R. C. W.

I provisionally use a binomial for this bat, as it is geogra-

phically so isolated ; but it may hereafter be shown to grade

either into the Burmese form (rubida) or true pachypus of

Java.

Genera Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, and Pipistrellus, 229

Pipistrellus imbricatus and its Allies.

So far as the Museum material shows, Java contains three

small species of Pip/strellus—P. tralatitius, P. imbricatus,

and a species allied to or identical with P. papuanus.

Putting aside the last-named, we find that P. imbricatus

differs from the common P. tralatitius, not only by its larger

ears and broader tragus, but, in the skull, by the peculiar

shortening of its muzzle, the definite development of basial

pits, the extreme smallness of p', which is only about one-

fourth the area of ¢?, and by the fact that the posterior leg of

the Z on m® projects further inwards compared to the anterior

one than it does in ¢tralatitius.

A series of P. imbricatus from Java are all just of the same

size, and agreeclosely withthe type(B.M. no. 79. 11.21. 108 *);

and two specimens from Kangean, to the east of Madura, may

also be assigned to the same form. Buta largeseries from Cen-

tral Borneo are uniformly much larger, and should evidently

be distinguished specifically. ‘These two both have fairly dark

wings, while, on the other hand, the representative forms from

Sumatra, Billiton, and Engano have whitish or white wings ;

but I have no specimens available, and cannot say if they

have other distinguishing marks. For these the name of

macrotis, Temm., is available, and I doubt if either vorder-

manni, Jent., from Billiton, or curtatus, Miller, from Engano,

are really distinct. It may be noted that Mr. Miller first

ealled his Engano specimens idmbricatus, and then, in

describing them as new, distinguished them from imbricatus

by the exact characters that separate imbricatus itself from

tralatitius—from which it seems probable that whatever

specimens of “imbricatus”’? he compared them with were ,

really examples of tra/atitius,

Pipistrellus kitchenert, sp. n.

Like P. imbricatus, but considerably larger.

Colour of fur a darker and richer brown than in imdr7-

catus; under surface rather lighter. Wings smoky greyish,

* On p. 380 of P. Z. S. 1909, B.M. no, 79. 11, 21. 124 was mentioned

as the type of P. tralatitius, Horsf.; but further examination shows that

that specimen, although in the India Museum under the name of tra/a-

titius, is really an example of imbricatus, while the other one mentioned,

the “ Lowo-manir,” w' of Dobson's British Museum Catalogue, was

received from Horsfield at an early date as tralatitius, and should

therefore stand as the type. Its number is 62 a.

Ann. & Mag. N. [Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xv. 16

239 Mr. O. Thomas on Bats of the

becoming lighter on the part external to the elbow, the

reticulations prominent.

Skull essentially as in ¢mbricatus, but considerably larger,

and in the usual correlation with increased size, the ridges

are rather better developed and the muzzle is less conspicu-

ously shortened as compared with the brain-case.

Teeth quite as in ¢mbricatus.

Dimensions of type (the italicized measurements taken in

flesh) :—

Forearm 37 mm.

Head and body 56 mm. ; tail 41; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 14; median upper length 11:7;

condyle to front of canine 13°6 ;. basi-sinual length 115; con-

striction 3°7; breadth of brain-case 7; palato-sinual length 5°6;

front of canine to back of m* 4°8; front of p* to back of

m? 3°3.

Hab. South Central Borneo. Type from Boentok, Barito

River. Alt. 20’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 4.5.55. Original

number 2101. Collected 1st October, 1909, by G. C. Short-

ridge. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Fifteen specimens,

all females with one exception.

Readily distinguishable from P. ¢mbricatus by its superior

size.

Named in honour of Field-Marshal Lord Kitchener of

Khartoum.

Pipistrellus sturdeei, sp. n.

A small species, with narrow delicate skull.

Size small; general build slender. Ears rather shorter

and rounder than those of the Japanese P. abramus, inner

margin rounded at base, but not prominently convex; tip

broadly rounded off; outer margin flattened above, slightly

convex below, with a well-marked anti-tragal lobule. Tragus

of the general type of that of abramus, but shorter, its

broadest point opposite the lower third of its inner margin ;

breadth going about 1% in the length of the inner margin,

the latter straight ; tip rounded, outer margin evenly convex,

basal lobe sharply triangular. Wings to the base of the

toes. A narrow postcalcarial lobule. ‘Tail of the usual

seven vertebra, its extreme tip only projecting.

Colour of fur blackish throughout; the wings dark brown,

without marked marginal lines.

Skull not much shorter than that of P. abramus, but

markedly narrower throughout. Muzzle and_ brain-case

smooth, rounded, the ridges little developed. Anterior

Genera Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, ana Pipistrellus. 231

palatal incision not broadened, its posterior edge level with

the middle of the canine. Posterior palate rather narrow,

with an average median point. Basial pits indicated by

slight lateral concavities opposite the basilar suture.

Teeth as in P. abramus, but smaller.

Incisors short, the anterior prominently bicuspid ; outer

incisor surpassing the second cusp of the inner one. Large

premolar well separated from the canine, the space not filled

up by the well-developed anterior premolar, which equals «!

in area, and stands a little internally. Lower anterior pre-

molar three-fourths the height of the posterior, and rather

less than half its area in cross-section,

Dimensions of the type (slightly immature) :—

Forearm 30 mm.

Head and body 37; tail 31; ear on inner edge 7°7 ; tragus

(inner edge) 3, breadth 17; third finger, metacarpus 27,

first phalanx 10; fifth finger, metacarpus 26, first pha-

lanx 7°8 ; tibia 11 ; foot (c. u.) 6.

Skull: greatest length 121; basi-sinual length 8:7;

condyle to front of canines 10°7 ; interorbital breadth 3:1 ;

breadth of brain-case 6 ; mastoid breadth 6°4; palato-sinual

length 4°3; breadth between outer corners of m? 4°6; front

of canine to back of m’ 4°2 ; front of p* to back of m? 2°6 ;

lower tooth-series exclusive of incisors 4°3.

Hab, Bonin Islands. Type from Hillsborough Island.

Type. Female in spirit, slightly immature. B.M.

no. 91. 2, 2.3. Presented by H. Seebohm, Esq. Collected

by P, A. Holst.

This Pipistrel, from the isolated Bonin group, is distin-

guishable by its narrow skull, as indicated by the measure-

ments above, and the wide space between its canine and pt.

It is presumably most nearly allied to the Japanese

P. abramus.

Named in honour of Admiral Sir F. C. D. Sturdee, R.N.

Pipistrellus principulus, sp. n.

A small species with the short tooth-row of P. tenuis and

mimus, but the skull much more inflated.

Size very small, about as in P. tenuisand mimus, General

external characters as in those species. Kars of normal size,

their substance thin ; tragus of medium length and breadth,

the external basal lobe large and sharply pointed. Wings

to the base of the toes, Post-calcarial lobe distinct. Tail

with seven vertebra, its tip projecting.

Colour blackish, but as the specimen is in spirit, the exact

16*

232 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Ants from

shade cannot be determined. Membranes dark, the hinder

edge of the plagiopatagium and interfemoral with an incon-

spicuous light line.

Skull with a quite unusually swollen brain-case, the inter-

orbital region also very broad and rounded, so that the

“waist” of the skull is less marked than usual.

Teeth about as in P. mimus, Outer incisor just equal to

the well-developed secondary cusp of the inner. P* about

two-thirds the area of 2? ; canine and p* nearly but not quite

touching each other external to it.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 30 mm.

Head and body 39; tail 80; ear 9; tragus on inner

edge 3, breadth 1°6; third finger, metacarpus 28°5, first

phalanx 11; fifth finger, metacarpus 27°5, first phalanx 7°3;

tibia 11°5 ; hind foot 5°7.

Skull: greatest length 11:3; median length 10; condyle

to front of canine 10°2; zygomatic breadth 8; intertemporal

breadth 3°8 ; breadth of brain-case 6°3 ; height of brain-case

from basion 4°5 ; front of canine to back of m*® 3°8 ; front of

p* to back of m? 2°5.

Hab. Assam, Type from Gauhati.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 13. 3.14.1. Collected

by Mr. 8S. W. Kemp. Presented by the Indian Museum,

Calcutta.

This species, which equals the common Indian pygmy bat,

P. mimus, in the reduced extent of its tooth-row, differs from

that, as from its other allies, by its unusually inflated skull.

XVIII.—Ants from North and South-West Australia (G. F.

Ihill, Rowland .Turner) and Christmas Island, Straits

Settlements.—Part Il. By W. C. Craw ey, B.A.

I. Subfam. Povzrrz.

Myrmecia sanguinea, Sm.

Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Rowland Turner). 3.

Euponera (Brachyponera) lutea, Mayr.

Yallingup,

No. 89. Rhytidoponera (s. str.) flava, sp. n.

5 .—L. 5 mm.

North and South-west Australia &e. 233

Mandibles large, triangular, the terminal border regularly

dentate ; finely striate. Anterior border of clypeus regularly

curved; frontal area indistinct. Head longer than broad,

eyes large, placed in the centre of the sides of head, of which

they occupy three-quarters; ocelli large and prominent.

Frontal carine short, diverging behind; scape of 13-jointed

antenne slightly shorter than the second joint of funiculus,

first joint of latter as broad as long ; from the second joint

of funiculus, which is the longest, the joints gradually

diminish in length until the terminal, which is slightly longer

than the preceding one. Mesonotum high and arched,

Mayrian furrows almost invisible; scutellum prominent,

rather small, and wider in front ; epinotum longer than broad,

with convex sides, only slightly narrower behind than in

front. Upper wings with two cubital closed and two dis-

coidal cells. Pedicel long and narrow, somewhat cylindrical,

only slightly higher behind ; underneath in front is a long,

very thin, vertical spine. Graster a little more than twice as

long as broad, first seguent (or post-petiole) as long as the

second, the constriction between them moderately pronounced.

Tibiz of the two posterior pairs of legs with two spurs, the

inner long and pectinate, very shortly so in the middle pair

and longer in the posterior pair. Claws bifid.

Head and thorax coarsely rugose ; on the declivous sur-

face of epmotum the rugosities radiate from a central ridge ;

node of pedicel transversely striate. First segment of gaster

finely striate longitudinally, the lateral strie curving inwards

and encircling the base ; second segment finely striate trans-

versely, the striw having a tendency to curve upwards ;

the remaining segments transversely striate. In one

specimen the node and gaster are shining, the stria on

the former being more feeble, those on the first segment

of gaster are only apparent at the sides and base, and on the

second segment they are diagonal, the central ones almost

longitudinal.

Pilosity sparse and scattered, yellow ; scapes and tibix

with erect hairs.

Chestnut, head and mesonotum darker.

Darwin, N.T., 1. vi. 13 (/ill). 3 gO @.

As no % % were captured with these g g,1 have thought

it best to describe them provisionally as a new species, and

have placed them in the subgenus Rhytidoponera (s. str.),

although in the length of the scape and second joint of funi-

culus they do not entirely acest with Emery’s characters

given in the ‘Genera Insectorum. The number of males

known is, however, small.

234 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Ants from

III. Subfam. M/yvrurervn.

No. 31. Pheidole platypus, sp. n.

Yy.—L. 6°5-7°5 mm.

Mandibles very thick, coarsely striate, terminal border

irregularly dentate when not worn to an irregular edge, no

prominent teeth at apex. Clypeus emarginate in front,

coarsely striate ; frontal area small, deep, triangular. Head

much longer than broad, with subparallel sides, emargination

at back deep, wide, and triangular. Frontal carine half as

long as the scape, which only reaches one-third of the distance

from its base to the occiput. Eyes placed at the commence-

ment of the anterior quarter of sides of head. ‘There is a

deep impression from the emargination of the occiput to

the vertex. Tarsi of first pair of legs broad and flat. Pro-

mesonotum very high and rounded, pronotal protuberances

sharp, terminated by small teeth or spines. Basal and

declivous surfaces of epinotum of equal length, the spines

short and narrow, half as long as the basal surface. First

node narrow at top, widely emarginate, second node wider

than long, without lateral angles. Gaster (when not dis-

tended) small and oval.

Whole of upper side of head coarsely striate longitudinally,

the strize curve outwards round the occiput and return as

much finer lines down the sides and under surface of the head.

The striz are coarsest on the occipital lobes, where they have

a downward and outward diagonal direction. Pronotum

with fine irregular longitudinal ridges, the lateral ones bow-

shaped (in some examples the ridges starting from the neck

all curve in one direction and are terminated at the lateral

tooth), finely reticulate between the ridges. Mesonotum

with curved transverse ridges, the convexity of the curves

towards tle posterior border; occasionally the central ridges

have a circular tendency ; there is a faint reticulation between

the ridges. Epinotum finely reticulate and longitudinally

striate, the strize not descending below the interval between

the spines; from the base of the latter coarse strie diverge

outwards and up the sides. Nodes of pedicel finely reticulate,

the second with a few longitudinal strie. First segment

of gaster faintly reticulate and with irregular longitudinal

sculpture.

‘There is a yellow pilosity over the whole body ; scapes

and tibize with abundant hairs.

Dark red-brown; mandibles almost black, gaster brown.

% .—L. 2-2°5 mm.

Mandibles striate, with a few punctures near the terminal

North and South-west Australia ke. 235

border, which is dentate and terminated by two 'ong teeth.

Anterior border of clypeus widely and very feebly emarginate,

almost straight; there is a ridge down its centre. Frontal

area deep, rounded at top. Head somewhat longer than wide,

with slightly convex sides; back widely emarginate. The

scapes reach the occipital border or a fraction farther, Myes

prominent, slightly in front of the centre of sides. Pro-

mesonotum high and regularly curved, broader in front ; at

the centre of each side is a tooth-like ridge. Basal surface of

epinotum longer than declivous surface ; spines much shorter

than basal surface, about as long as the interval between

them. First node narrow, straight across the top; second

node oval, longer than broad.

Head coarsely striate longitudinally and finely reticulate.

Thorax and pedicel finely reticulate ; pronotum with a few

longitudinal ridges; a few ridges joining the mesonotum

to the epinotum. Front of first segment of gaster faintly

reticulate,

Body with yellow hairs; erect hairs on scapes and

tibie.

Yellow to red-brown. In dark specimens the antennz,

tarsi, and joints of legs paler.

Stapleton, N.T., 1. v. 13 (//ild).

No, 214. Pheidole megacephala, F.

% %. Batchelor, N.T., 20. ix. 13 (Alli).

Cosmopolitan species.

No. 32. Pheidole variabilis, Mayr., var. redunca, var. n.

¥.—L. 2°7 mm.

Clypeus emarginate in front, with a ridge down the centre.

The ridges continuing the frontal carinz are two-thirds as

Jong as the scapes, which reach beyond the half distance

from their bases to the occiput. Eyes just within the

anterior third of sides of head. ‘The impression from the

occipital emargination is continued to the vertex. Spines

as long as the basal surface of epinotum and longer than the

interval between them.

Whole of upper and under surfaces of head finely reticulate ;

in addition, the under surface of front of head, the cheeks,

and the whole of the top of head longitudinally striate ; the

ridges on each side of the central impression curve round the

lobes of the occiput and continue down the sides of the head,

those farther from the central impression making a narrow

236 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Ants from

curve within the larger ones and returning parallel to their

origin by the insertions of the antenne.

3. L. 1:7 mm.

Similar to the type.

Darwin, N.T., 5. vii. 13 (77il/). YB.

Crematogaster australis, Mayr.

Yallingup (Turner). 8.

IV. Subfam. Dozrenoperrnv 2.

No. 18. Tupinoma minutum, Mayr.

Darwin, N.T., 5. vii. 13 (Mill). 8.

Iridomyrmex conifer, Forel.

Yallingup (Turner). 8.

V. Subfam. Cauponorinz.

Camponotus (Myrmosaga) chalceus, sp. n.

% major.—L. 9-9-5 mm.

Mandibles 5-dentate, coarsely striated, with a few punctures.

Clypeus shield-shaped, not carinate, with a small deep

emargination at the anterior border. Frontal area in the

form of a right-angled tiiangle. Head slightly longer than

broad, the sides almost parallel for two-thirds of their length,

then narrowing rapidly, posterior border feebly concave.

Eyes placed at the commencement of the hinder third of

sides of head. Pro-mesonotum forms a regular curve in

profile, the pronotum broad, with slight shoulders. Basal

surface of epinotum deeply concave longitudinally, in the

form of a saddle, declivous surface abrupt, almost perpendi-

cular, slightly shorter than the basal surface. Scale high,

fairly thin, somewhat wider at the top, which is nearly

straight.

Head, pro- and mesonota finely reticulate-punctate; head

in addition, particularly on the clypeus and cheeks, with

large irregular punctures. Epinotum and scale finely striated

transversely. Gaster very finely reticulated.

Body with fairly plentiful, erect, yellowish-white hairs,

more sparse on the thorax, occasionally two or three on the

scapes, and a row underneath the tibiz#; both scapes and

tibiz slightly pubescent, also thorax and gaster.

Black ; legs, declivous surface and sides of basal surface

of epinotum, and a patch on the metasternum (and some-

times on the mesosternum) dull red. Gaster bronzed.

North and South-west Australia &e. 237

% minor.—L. 7 mm,

Emargination of clypeus wider and not so deep. The

concave basal surface of epinotum longer in proportion.

The epinotum is often entirely dull red, and there is a small

red patch on the mesosternum. Head sometimes with a

faint bronze reflection. Scale proportionately much thicker,

and more rounded on the top. Gaster bronzed.

9.—L. 11°5 mm.

Emargination of clypeus as in ¥ major. Head rather

wider than thorax. Pronotum very slightly shouldered.

- Basal surface of epinotum straight, and only one-third as

long as the declivous surface. Sculpture as in % major,

except that the basal surface of epinotum is more reticulate

than striate.

Colour as in % major, except that the red extends from

the sides across the top of the basal surface of epinotum, and

there is a red patch on the mesosternum. ‘The top of the

scale also is red.

Yallingup, S.W. Australia (Rowland Turner). % 2.

From the description of the, % minor it will be seen that

this ant very closely resembles the C. (Alyrmosaga) dewitzii,

Forel, from the Congo, described in the Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci.

nat, 1886 ( % minor).

No. 85. Polyrhachis comata, sp. n., group guerini,.

%.—L.5 mm.

Mandibles slining, densely striate (more coarsely than in

guerint), with 4(?5) teeth. Clypeus subcarinate, the anterior

margin produced in a short lobe (shorter and broader than in

guerint), with a concave border and five small teeth. Frontal

caring short, wider apart than the distance from each to the

sides of the head, fairly divergent, and reaching the anterior

margin of the eyes. ‘lhe latter are placed near the posterior

border of head and are not very prominent. Head slightly

longer than broad, broader behind than in front, slightly

convex behind, sides convex. Pronotum broader in front,

the sides rectilineal and bordered ; the teeth at the anterior

angles of medium length, about twice as long as their width

at base. Pro-mesonotal suture distinct, meso-epinotal less so.

Epinotum with two spines as long as the width between

them; declivous longer than basal surface. Pedicel with

long curved spines, like buffalo’s horns, thick at base, en-

circling the first segment of gaster, The first segment of

the latter more than twice as long as the rest of the gaster,

the whole rounded, about as broad as long.

238 = Ants from North and South-west Australia ke.

Head finely reticulate, the sculpture almost concealed by

the pubescence ; opaque (shining and striate in gwerini).

Scapes finely reticulate. Thorax and pedicel (except the

apical half of all the spines) coarsely reticulate-rugose, shining

between the reticulations. On the lower half of the back of

pedicel, between the spines, the rugosities take a transverse

direction. Legs finely reticulate. Gaster very finely reti-

culate-punctate, the sculpture almost hidden by the pubescence.

Erect hairs on head yellowish, on pro- and epinotum darker,

on gaster golden. Pubescence on head very thick, silver-

grey. Of the thorax, the epinotum only is pubescent,

similarly to the head. On the gaster the pubescence is

pale golden, merging into grey underneath. The femora and

tibiz have a slight silvery pubescence.

Stapleton, N.T., 22. xii. 12 (Hill). &.

No. 12. Polyrhachis delicata, sp. n.

3 .—L. 55-6 mm.

Mandibles 5-dentate, shining, with minute piligerous

points ; finely striate at base. Clypeus carinate, produced

anteriorly into aslight lobe with a straight edge and pointed

angles. Frontal area distinct, in the form of an equilateral

triangle. Frontal carine long, very slightly convergent

behind (similar to thrinax). Head longer than broad, wider

behind than in front, occipital border not so rounded as in

thrinaz; eyes prominent, placed in the posterior third of

sides. Thorax fairly regularly curved to the spines, pro-

notum shouldered, with very small teeth at the angles. Pro-

mesonotal and meso-epinotal sutures distinct ; mesonotum

broader in front; the two surfaces of epinotum equal in

length, the declivous surface convex ; the epinotum with two

straight narrow spines, two-thirds as long as the basal surface

of epinotum ; node of pedicel with a thick and fairly high

scale, in the centre of which is a long straight spine slightly

directed backwards ; in advance of this spine on each side

is a shorter sharp spine directed outwards. The central

spine, which is acuminate, not notched as in thrinaz, is

nearly three times as long as the lateral spines. Gaster

mea | slightly longer than broad.

Whole of head, thorax, and pedicel densely and finely

reticulate, clypeus very finely so; head more rugose between

the frontal carine and eyes, pronotum more or less longi-

tudinally so; declivous surface of epinotum shining, only

faintly and superficially reticulate; gaster shining, very

faintly and superficially reticulate.

Pilosity practically nil ; a few erect hairs on the mandibles,

On Annelida Polychata srom the North Sea &°. 239

clypeus, and between the front carinw ; clypeus slightly

pubescent; gaster with a fine pubescence.

Red-brown, head and gaster darkest.

Darwin, N.1T., 16. iv. 13 (47ll). 3.

CHRISTMAS ISLAND, Srrarrs SerrLeMENvT.

A few ants were collected in March 1914, and kindly sub-

mitted to me by my friend Mr. D. Ward Pinkney. They

are as follows :—

Odontomachus hamatoda, L., var. breviceps, var. n.

% .—L. (including mandibles) 8°5 mm.

Length of mandibles 1-2 mm.; width of head 16 mm. ;

length of head 2°1 mm. Head much shorter, broader, and

less emarginate behind thanin the type. Occipital lobes much

more rounded. Head widest at the eyes. Sculpture, pubes-

cence, &e., as in the type.

Colour: dark chestnut, legs paler.

One &.

Triglyphothvi« striatidens, Em., 3.

Solenopsis geminata, F., var. rufu, Jerd., y 3 2.

Prenolepis vividula, Nyl., %.

CoRRIGENDA (Part I., ‘ Annals,’ ser. 8, vol. xv., Jan. 1915).

P. 134, line 26, for Eur. read Em.

P, 136, line 22, for Myrmosphyma read Myrmophyma.,

XIX.—Report on the Annelida Polycheta collected in the

North Sea and adjacent parts by the Scotch Fishery Board

Vessel ‘Goldseeker’—Part 1V. Goniadide to Spionide.

By James W. Prype, M.A., Walker ‘l'rust Research

Scholar, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, and now

2nd Lieut. in the “ Black Watch.”

Tis, the fourth part of the Report on the Annelida Polychaeta

collected in the North Sea and adjacent parts by the Scotch

Fishery Board vessel ‘ Goldseeker,’ includes the following

ten families :—Goniadide, Glyceride, Ariciide, Opheliide,

Scalibregmida, Sphexrodoride, Chloremide, Chetopteridsx,

240 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychaeta

Cirratulide, and Spionide. Most of the families are repre-

sented by one genus and one species only; but in the

Chloremide two genera, viz. Stylarivides and Brada, occur.

The numbers of each species vary very much, and only

in two cases, viz. Ammotrypane aulogaster and Stylarioides

plumosa, do they exceed twenty-two examples. ‘These num-

bers, therefore, differ greatly from those published in Part III.

of the Report *, where one species, viz. Hyalinecia tubicola,

was represented by 649 specimens and 755 tubes. No

annelids were obtained in the tubes of the Chetopteride,

notwithstanding that these are fairly numerous in this

collection. The Spionide, a family renowned for its varieties

and for the difficulties one encounters in distinguishing its

many species, liave only one representative, viz. Scolecolepis

vulgaris, and the absence of the other forms may be accounted

for by the fact that the members prefer a littoral to a deep-

sea habitat. In some families, e. g. Cirratulidee, there is

only one small representative, and it. is interesting to note

the slight differences which exist between this solitary

specimen and the adult form.

No lists of synonyms have been given, but they can be

obtained from Prof. M‘Intosh’s ‘ Monograph’ under the heads

of the various species. As already stated, the specimens

were those belonging to the collection handed over to

Mr. W. Small, M.A., B.Sc., by Prof. D’Arcy Thompson.

In conclusion, I have to thank Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh for his

kindness in assisting me when I was in difficulties, and in

giving me, from his own collection, a typical series of slides

of each group.

Family Goniadide.

Genus GoONIADA, Audouin and Edwards.

Goniada maculata, Crsted, 1843.

Only one small specimen, scarcely half an inch long, is

the representative of the genus and species. It was obtained

at Station 41 B at a depth of 15 fathoms, and was dredged

along with Megalia assimilis. This form has a very wide

range, and has been found from littoral waters to a depth of

795 fathoms (‘ Porcupine’ Expedition cf. 1870). It is

prevalent in the shallow waters of the North Sea, and extends

to North American and Canadian waters. No member of

the genus was obtained by the ‘ Challenger,’ but at Station

167A in 10 fathoms the only representative of the family,

* Vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiv. p. 289 (October 1914).

from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 241

viz. Kona trifida, was dredged. Izuka, in his researches in

the seas of Japan, found three species, but Gontada maculata

did not occur. The reports of the German investigations of

this family are not to hand, and so no comparisons &e. can

be drawn.

The head is a long, bluntly rounded, conical process, with

four short squat cirri, and consists of eight segments, which

are very indistinct in this form. The body has, including

the head, about eighty segments, and tapers more anteriorly

than posteriorly, where it ends in two fairly long tapering

cirri, which are pale and translucent. The colour appears to

vary with the sex and with the season. ‘This example is

disk y brown throughout, but light touches occur at the bases

of the feet and on the sides of the head. For a full descrip-

tion of fresh forms see ‘ Monograph of British Annelids,’

vol. ii. part ii. pp. 464-6. The feet stand out conspicuously

from the sides of the body, and are in agreement with those

of typical forms. The bristles, however, like the example,

are small, but are quite characteristic of the species, being

pale in colour, tapering, and thin, the dorsal bristles having

straight shafts, with no serrations or terminal pieces, and

slightly dilatated tips. The ventral bristles are also pale

and have fairly long curved shafts, with slender serrated

terminal pieces articulated at the ends. The bristles are

arranged fan-wise, and the tips of the posterior bristles, espe-

cially the central series of the fan, attain a much greater

length.

‘The alimentary tract is simple, fairly narrow posteriorly,

but wide anteriorly, and is easily seen through the thin

body-wall. ‘The mouth is ventral, possesses lips, and the

anus lies between the two anal cirri already mentioned.

The specimen is not mature, but some forms procured off the

S.W. of Ireland had large ova in July. Prof. M‘Intosh is

inclined to think that Goniada alcockiana, Dr. Carrington,

is a variety of this species.

Genus GLYCINDE, Fritz Miiller.

Glycinde nordmanni, Malmgren, 1866.

Four very much dried and shrivelled specimens of this

annelid were dredged on the 4th December, 1905, at Dabs

Voe, in 15 fathoms. Each measures about 2 inches long,

but one is very much thinner and more linear than the

others, whose bodies taper anteriorly but more gradually

posteriorly. The colour is dark brown, resembling that of

Ophiodromus flecuosus, and there is little difference in hue

242 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta

on dorsum and ventrum. This unique colour is no doubt due

to the scorching the animals received in the laboratory fire,

for in living examples the animals are pale pink or skin-

coloured. The species is not uncommon in the stomach of

the cod and flounder, and, when plentiful, forms abundant

food-supply for these fishes. The range of the species is

wide, for, besides being prevalent in British waters, it has

been found off the Siberian coast (Wirén) and at other parts

of the world. Allied forms, like those of the ‘ Challenger’

collection, frequent shallow water. No mention of this

species is made by Izuka, and no German report has come

to notice.

The head is conical, but the four tentacles at the tip are

just like little warts. No eyes are distinct, and the proboscis,

although extended in three forms, has been injured and

shows the various pieces cf armature very poorly. The feet,

although considerably dried, conform with the type-slides,

and the bristles are quite characteristic of the species. None

of the specimens were mature, but, according to various

observers, the females at least become mature about June or

July, and although no ripe males have heen recorded, it is

probable that both sexes mature simultaneously.

Prof. M‘Intosh says ‘‘ It is remarkable to find such slight

differences between the Glycinde trifida of the ‘ Challenger’

trom Charlotte Sound, New Zealand, and the British form.”

Family Glycerida.

Genus GLYCERA, Savigny, 1820.

Glycera lapidum, De Quatrefages, 1843.

In haul 111 one incomplete specimen of this form was

dredged along with Lumbriconereds gracilis at a station 3 mile

N.W. of Gluss Island, Shetland, at a depth of 16 fathoms.

The animal is about 1} inches long and has about sixty

bristled segments, each segment being three-ringed, and all

appearing equal. Although only one example appears in the

collection, this species is by no means scarce or uncommon,

as the habitat given in Prof. M‘Intosh’s § Monograph’ will

show. It is found in deep as well as in shallow water,

abounds in British seas, and extends to Norway, shores of

North America, west coast of North America, Azores,

Setubal, Mediterranean, but is not recorded in ‘ Challenger ’

Report nor from Japan.

The head tapers toa blunt point, from which four short

slender tentacles arise, while the body tapers more posteriorly

from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 243

than anteriorly. The dorsum is more convex than the

ventrum, but the convexity is lost in the caudal region,

which is somewhat flat and strap-shaped and terminates in

two anal cirri,

Anteriorly the body has a rich golden-brown colour,

which gradually changes to yellowish white posteriorly.

The body-wall is thin and transparent, and the simple

straight gut with its contents shines through, thus reminding

one of the condition prevalent in the posterior region of

many of the Eunicide.

The proboscis is fairly long, being about one-third the

length of the entire animal, and presents a hard and very

muscular appearance. It is richly covered with minute

papilla, which, according to the Monograph *, are filiform,

with crenated edges. ‘lhe tip, which is much wider than

the base, roughly forms a square, at whose corners is placed

a black, spurred, powerful tooth. ‘lhe teeth are sunk in

bulb-like muscular pads, the opening of the proboscis being

where the pads meet in the centre. ‘The organ is pinkish in

colour and has many minute transverse striz.

The feet are slender and appear on the anterior ring of the

segment, a condition reversed in HLumenia jeffreysii, where

the feet are borne on the posterior ring. They are white in

colour and semitransparent. The example is so small that

the anterior feet could not be removed without incurring

serious damage to the animal ; however, a lengthy account

of them can be had in the Monograph. The feet from the

twentieth were found to be quite typical, although the

bristles were much more slender than those of the type-series.

The specimen was not mature, but in this species epitokous

forms appear which have larger bodies, longer and more

prominently marked feet, and more attenuate bristles. From

observation the animals ripen and shed their sexual products

in the month of July.

Family Ariciida,

Genus AriciA, Savigny, 1820,

Aricia cuvieri, Audouin and Edwards, 1833.

The distribution of the above family is very uncertain,

and several well-known European forms extend to the shores

of North America, where they have received different names.

The members of the family frequent deep or inshore waters.

* Vide ‘Monograph,’ vol. ii, part ii. p. 480.

244 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta

In this collection six examples were obtained in a fry-net in

haul 6830 at 152 m. on 6th February, 1907, at Station 39 B,

lat. 57° 59’ N., long. 0° 57’ E. The animals are very small,

the largest being about 2 inches long, but 6 to 8 inches is a

common size. From accounts given by other writers the

above species is a deep-water form, having been obtained at

depths ranging from 164 to 422 fathoms, . Porcupine’

Expedition of 1869, and from 257 to 358 fathoms by the

same Expedition of 1870. It extends to Norway and the

shores of Greenland, but neither Izuka nor the writer of the

‘Challenger * Report makes any mention of it.

The head is small and conical, and agrees with the deserip-

tion laid down in the Monograph *. The proboscis is

unarmed. '

The body of the largest has about 65 bristled segments.

It is stout in comparison with its breadth and attains its

maximum breadth about the anterior ninth or tenth, where

it measures about 4 mm. From this part it tapers quickly

anteriorly, but more gradually posteriorly till it ends bluntly,

the anus being situated at the tip dorsally, with two lateral

flaps, a ventral process and papilla, and with two very long

slender cirri, which the writer of the Monograph notes pass

off from the anterior part as in Aricia /atreillit. The dorsum,

except in the first five segments, is flat, while the ventrum

is rounded. Gradually, however, a groove appears ven-

trally, deepens and becomes more prominent towards the

caudal region, which is absent in several of the specimens.

The peristomium is narrow dorsally, but broad ventrally, the

mouth occupying the position of the median ventral line at

the posterior border of the segment. In shape the mouth

resembles a sunken pit with smooth rounded sides, having

two prominent crescentic lips, which are lateral in position,

but there are no longitudinal symmetrical furrows passing

forward from the segments behind. The proboscis, which is

not extruded in any, is a deeply frilled organ which projects

from the mouth as a button-like process. ‘The Monograph

adds ‘‘ There are about ten frills in the form of a rosette.”

The feet commence at the second segment and continue to

the anus, but in the first twenty or thirty segments the dorsal

portion of each foot is different from the ventral. From the

thirty-first, however, both portions are similar. The feet

agree with the descriptions laid down in the Monograph and

with the types on the slides, and in position on the ody they

are situated more dorsally than ventrally, However, towards

* Vide ‘ Monograph,’ vol. ii. part ii. p. 499.

from the North Sea and adj. cent parts. 245

the caudal region the feet become lateral in position, but never

ventro-lateral. The branchisz commence at the fifth pair of

feet, and appear as little conical processes which increase in

size from before backward. They are nearer the mid-dorsal

line than the dorsal cirri, but between the twentieth and

thirtieth segments they leave this region and approach the

cirri. This, however, [ find to be variable. Along with the

increase in size of the branchiw there is a corresponding in-

crease in the size of the dorsal cirri, and this increase is espe-

cially marked at the base of the organs. Each branchia has

two vessels which are linked together by a numerous series

of connecting-trunks, The bristles, spines, and papille of

the feet all conform with the Monograph *. The segmental

organs are limited, but appear more prominently in posterior

two-thirds of the body. All the examples are immature.

However, quoting from the Monograph f, ‘* Lo Bianco found

Aricia fetida, Clap., ripe from January to June at Naples.

‘The eggs are of a greenish colour and deposited in a cylin-

drical vermiform mass of mucus.”

The contents of the gut were composed of fine mud

particles, débris, and vegetable matter.

Family Opheliida.

Genus AMMOTRYPANE.

Ammotrypane aulogaster, H. Rathke.

Twenty-two, specimens of this form, which has a general

distribution, are present in the collection, but, like many

others, they have suffered from the laboratory fire mentioned

in previous reports. ‘I'he tube containing the animals has no

label, and consequently no depth nor locality can be given.

The animals themselves are badly scorched and very much

shrivelled. This species is found off the shores of the British

Isles, but extends much farther north. Izuka makes no

reference to either the family or the species, but in the

‘Challenger’ Report there is a form, Ammotrypane gracile,

dredged off Japan, which closely resembles the Kuropean

species.

The head is pointed, fairly large, but devoid of tentacles,

tentacular cirri, and eyes, The mouth is ventral in position

and appears as a fairly large longitudinal slit, which continues

as a ventral groove to the posterior end of the animal.

The body is linear, the longest specimen measuring about

* Vide ‘ Monograph,’ vol. ii. part ii. p. 500,

t Ibid. p. 501.

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 17

246 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta

2 inches, being pinkish brown on the dorsum and pale pink

on the ventrum and at extreme anterior end. The body-wall

is smooth, firm, and thick, and agrees generally with that

of Ammotrypane gracile, which, however, differs from it in

having the intermediate pedicle—between the dorsal and

ventral longitudinal muscles—short. The ventral groove,

running from mouth to anus, is fairly deep, and is flanked by

thick brood-ridges, which disappear at the scoop-shaped hood

surrounding the anus. Along each border of the hood there

are four cirri, while a pair of larger and thicker cirri, with a

slender cirrus between them, are situated at the base.

The feet, with bristles and branchiz, are placed laterally in

close relation to the ventral ridges. In several they seem to

occupy lateral shallow grooves formed by the ridges on the

ventral side and by the convexity of the dorsum on the other.

The bristles agree with the type-examples, but the branchiz

do not arise on the same foot in every form, this probably

being due to the destruction of these organs by the fire.

In transverse section the cuticle is very dense, but the

hypoderm is not strongly developed. The nerve-area, situated

ventrally, appears as a transverse band, and so differs from

that of Ammotrypane gracile, which is ovoid. The longitu-

dinal dorsal muscles have regularly arranged fasciculi and

slant obliquely along the dorsal arch from a kind of median

raphe.

‘The specimens were immature, and the contents of the

intestine were mud, sandy particles, and débris. In the

intestine of a ‘Challenger’ specimen was sandy mud, with

diatoms, broken sponge-spicules, fragments of Echinoderm

spines, and loraminifera.

Family Scalibregmide.

Genus EUMENIA.

Eumenia (Lipobranchus) jeffreysii, M‘Intosh.

This species is the sole member of the above family in the

collection, and it is surprising that Scalibregma inflatum, a

form having a wide distribution, does not occur. ‘The fol-

lowing table gives the data connected with the hauls :— “

Date. Haul. Station, Depth. | Apparatus, | Number obtain

17-7-08 152 | Ardmore Point 14 miles S, | 180 m. | Dredge.

28-6-09 192 | Kinnaird Deep. 181 m. | Dredge.

Jrom the North Sea and adjacent parts. 247

No mention of this species is made by Izuka or the writer

of the ‘Challenger’ Report, although the genus Mumenia

has one representative among the ‘ Challenger’ worms, viz.

Eumenia reticulata, which differs from Théel’s ELumenia

longisetosa in that the dorsal lamella commence at the

fifteenth instead of at the tenth foot. Humenia jeffreysii

extends to Norway, and Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys dredged it off

the Hebrides and the Shetland Isles; but there is reason to

believe that it abounds in more northern latitudes.

The head is bluntly conical in shape, contracted in appear-

ance, and has a slight median groove, but bears no tentacles.

The body is maggot-like, deep reddish brown in colour,

which is often deeper in hue at the ends, and the feet are

represented by dorsal and ventral pads, from which the bristles

project. The bristles are long, linear, and translucent; while

the spines which support the feet are stout and strong, although

fairly short. ‘There are no anal cirri, while those on the feet,

if present, are rudimentary. Each segment has three rings,

of which the posterior, bearing the feet, is the most pro-

nounced, Hach ring, moreover, is formed by an aggregation

of small papille, which give the animal a rough, warty

appearance.

Although the animal is short, the gut, when exposed, is

fairly long, sacculated in appearance, and is of great width

where the sacculations occur, The gut-wall is very thin, and

the gut-contents can be easily seen as a yellowish-green mass

which differs in appearance from the dark green-coloured

feecal packets found in Hyalinacia tubicolaand other Kunicide.

The mouth opens into a buccal cavity, which leads into

a short but fairly wide esophagus, which, in turn, enters a

muscular stomach cubical in shape. From the posterior end

of the stomach the gut extends to the anus, which is a promi-

nent aperture at the tip of the tail. In several of the examples

there was a large reddish-coloured mass surrounding the

posterior region of the gut, yet often having extensions in

the anterior end. ‘This mass was composed of ova in some

cases and in others of spermatozoa, which were aggregated

together to form spermatophores, which were almost as large

as the ova, but which did not possess zone. In the anterior

region the gut is moored in position by five or six mesenteries,

which are very thin and which stretch from the wall of the

gut to the body-wall. There may also be one or two at the

posterior end. A rich supply of blood-vessels and nerves

extends along the whole alimentary canal.

‘The nervous system of this species is very well developed.

There is a fairly large bilobed brain, which gives off a ventral

17*

248 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta

nerve-cord, On this cord there are small ganglia which are

situated in the same part of each segment as the feet and

from which branches are sent out to the feet and the gut.

Family Spherodoride.

Genus Epnesta, H. Rathke.

Ephesia gracilis.

One incomplete specimen having seventy-eight segments

was dredged along with Syll’s cornuta in 15 fathoms. The

example is almost complete, only a few of the posterior seg-

ments being absent. It is linear in outline, tapered ante-

viorly and posteriorly, and attaining its maximum breadth

about the thirty-second segment.

The head is fairly large, almost quadrangular in shape,

and at the anterior corners of the quadrangle there are bulb-

like palpi which have nipple-like apices. The cirri in the

anterior region are very indistinct, having been damaged in

the mounting of the example. ‘The anterior segments are

short, fairly narrow, and appear to be somewhat crowded ;

but in the posterior region of the animal the segments are so

broad that the intervals between consecutive feet are con-

spicnous. The colour is brown and the body-wall is so thin

aud transparent that the entire gut is seen as a simple tube

which is narrow anteriorly, very wide in the mid-region, and

fairly wide posteriorly. All over the body, both dorsally

and ventrally, occur numerous transverse stria, which are

ouly visible under very high power. The animal is not

mature,

The Spherodoridee do not occur in Grube’s ‘ Gazelle’

collection nor in that from the Philippines. Schmarda gives

a single doubtful form from Jamaica. In the § Porcupine’

Expedition this species was obtained at a depth of 664

fathoms, and in the Norske Nordhavs-Expedition it occurred

at 417 fathoms. No mention of the species is made in the

‘Challenger’ Report, but an interesting form, Hphesia ant-

arctica, was procured at Station 156 near the antarctic circle

at a depth of 1975 fathoms *.

“The segments resemble those of the common Lphesa

gracilis. Dorsally is the large globular appendage, which

exhibits a much more minute papilla than in the latter form.

* Jide ‘ Challenger’ Report, vol. xii. p. 361,

from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 249

Internally the globular processes have elongated granular

structures. The skin of the foot is likewise covered with

papille. A single spine supports the foot, the bristles in

which differ from those of the adult Ephesia gracilis in having

the terminal piece less hooked as well as distinctly differen-

tiated from the end of the shaft. The terminal piece forms

a somewhat conical process with an oblique base, the dorsal

margin being slightly convex, the ventral slightly concave.

The shaft is somewhat curved and is dilated at the tin below

the bevelled articular surface. The bristles are very trans-

lucent and approach those of phesia canadensis, a species,

however, which differs in other respects from this form.”

Family Chloremida.

Genus STYLARIOIDES.

Stylarioides plumosa, O. F. Miiller.

This species is one of the two representatives of a some-

what widely distributed and noteworthy family. The annelids

were obtained as follows :—

Date. Haul. | Station. Locality. Depth. | Apparatus. | Number obtained.

rs am

87-07 89 16 | 62° N., 6° 12’ W. | 128 m. | Sm. Trawl. | 21+ fragments.

28-6-09 19 Kinnaird Deep. 181 m. | Dredge. 4.

In “ Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

—No. XXX.” *, Prot. M‘Intosh gives the above as a common

British species ; but it is generally distributed in the North

European seas, and extends to Greenland and thie shores

of America. This species, however, does not appear in the

dredgings of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions of 1869 and 1870,

although the genus is well represented by Stylarivides glauca,

S. flabellata, and 8. sarsii, which resembles S. plumosa, but

has a shorter anterior region, fewer segments, more velvety

: surface, and stiffer dorsal bristles. In the dredgings of

Dr. Whiteaves in the Guif of St. Lawrence, Canada, good

* Vide Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 8, vol. ii. p. 524 (Dec. 1908).

250 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta

examples of S. p/umosa were obtained. Again, Canon Nor-

man found several of this species, but his examples are much

inferior to those from British waters, Perhaps it may be

said that the home of the genus is in North European seas

and in the Arctic Ocean, for in Northern Norwegian waters

alone the following species abound :—Stylarioides plumosa,

S. glauca, S. flabellata, S. hirsuta, and 8. normani.

In the ‘ Challenger’ Report * the writer notes: “ The distri-

bution of this family [Chlorcemidz] is in some respects note-

worthy, both as regards area and depth. Thus most of the

specimens described by former voyagers come from shallow

water or between tide-marks, but the explorations of the

‘Challenger’ have carried these peculiar forms to a depth of

2500 fathoms, or nearly twice the depth at which the natu-

ralists on board the ‘ Porcupine’ had found Stylarioides glauca.

Moreover, the wide distribution of the remarkable inter-

mediate type, Buskiella abyssorum, is interesting in connection

with the view that the ancient forms have been gradually

driven into the great depths by the more recent types

attaining supremacy in the shallower water.” Three new

species were added to the list by this (‘ Challenger’)

Expedition.

The specimens of this collection are not very large, the

longest being about 2 inches and having fifty segments and

the shortest a little over one-quarter of an inch with twenty-

four segments. They agree with the description given in

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ii. (December 1908), but

the hoof-shaped process does not occur in any. The bristles

of the small, probably a young, form are not of the usually

golden colour, but are semitransparent, very slender, and

taper to fine points. The transverse markings, however, are

quite distinct and characteristic. The surface of the body

is very rugose and the bristles of the feet project from it in

little clumps. ‘hese bristles, like those of the anterior

region, are pale, non-iridescent, and translucent.

The branchiz are shrivelled and pale, but in life they are

beautiful green-coloured organs, the coloration being due to

the blood, which is green, and are protected, like the palpi,

by the anterior bristles, which have a forward and upward

direction.

Prof. M‘Intosh remarks :—“ It is interesting that the type

of bristle seen in this form persists in species from the Indian

and other oceans, as shown, amongst others, by Prof. Ehlers

* Vide ‘Challenger’ Report, vol. xii. p. 362.

from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 251

in his recent beautiful work on the annelids of the German

Deep-sea Expedition.”

Genus Brapa, Stimpson.

Brada normani.

Three examples of this annelid were found on 8/7/07 in

haul 87 at Station 16, lat. 62° N., long. 6° 12’ W., in asmall

trawl at the depth of 128 m. Each animal measures a little

over an inch, and has twenty-two segments. ‘lhere is a test

of very fine sand-grains surrounding the body, and, like the

surface of the body, is very rugose. The bristles in the

anterior region and on the setigerous processes project as

little golden clumps beyond the sandy test.

The body is maggot-like, having the auterior end more

bluntly rounded than the posterior. The mouth is a con-

spicuous triradiate opening at the extreme anterior end, while

the anus appears as a vertical slit at the extreme posterior.

The lips are thick, swollen, and covered with minute sand-

particles. Along the line of the dorsal bristles there are

large, long, flattened papilla which have pointed tips. As

Prof. M‘Intosh remarks, ‘‘ These papille differ in a marked

degree from those usually seen in Stylarioides, Brada villosa

or granulata. The dorsal bristles are few, slender, and

inconspicuous. ‘lhe ventral oues are long, have thick shafts

of almost uniform breadth throughout, and end in bluntly

rounded tips which are slightly bent. The tips in some,

however, are probe-like and tend to be slightly attenuate.

These bristles have well-marked transverse striw, which

become fainter towards the tips, where they ultimately dis-

appear. In many there are also oblique striz which are

prominent on the part of the bristle projecting beyond the

surface. The setigerous lobes are fairly conspicuous, standing

out from the rugose surface as little elevations from which

the bristles project, and around which are clustered several

bulbose papillae. ‘The gut is simple, straight, and very

narrow, and in segments 6, 7, and 8 it is surrounded by a

dense mass of ova which are reddish-yellow in colour. ‘The

ova are small, spherical, and have very thick zone.

Family Chetopteride.

Genus PHYLLOCHZTOPTERUS, Grube.

No species can be assigned to the various tubes of this

genus, which were procured as follows :—

252 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychata

Date. Haul. Station. | Locality. Depth, | Apparatus, | Number obtained.

21-6-06 | 81 Buchan | 57° 31’ N., 1°12’ E.| 106 m. | Sm. Trawl, 3 tubes.

| Deep.

27-7-06 | 45 | 23a | 59°51'N.,1919'E.| 115m. | Sm. Trawl, | 1 tube,

90-7-07 BOS i “esc. Kinnaird Deep. 201 m. | Dredge. 5 tubes,

20-7-07 £08 ae: Kinnaird Head. 20 fms, | Fry Net. 2 tubes.

14-2-08 | 8730 | 408 1|57°24'N.,197'E. | 95m. | Dredge. 3 tubes.

7-7-08 142 | Knoere Knap-Sagna Fiord | 395 m. | Dredge. 3 tubes.

N.E./N. 4 mile.

No label. 10 tubes.

No label. 3 tubes.

The tubes differ very much in size and thickness, and

while some have rings clear, well marked, and at regular

intervals, others have them irregularly placed and almost

indistinct. The tubes found at Buchan Deep are about

8 inches long, fairly thin, clear, and nearly transparent, and

are almost entirely filled with very fine sand. They have

irregularly arranged transverse striations, aud at one end

there is often a perforated septum, which probably acts as a

means of defence and at the same time functioning as the

V-shaped or zigzag valves in FHyalinecia tubicola. Prof,

M‘Intosh, in his remarks on this genus in the ‘ Challenger?

collection, says:—“ Toward the posterior end a very neat

diaphragm with a minute aperture in the centre occurs; and

above the septum is occasionally a collection of the small

ovoid fecal masses and other débris, so that this region of

the tube is rendered opaque” *. Therings on the tubes were

very iregular and only a few were well pronounced. The

tube obtained at Station 23 A was fragmentary and resembled

the quill-like tube of Hyalinacia tulicola, but no valves or

septum was present. ‘Those dredged at Kinnaird Head and

Deep were taken along with several Polynoide, Serpulida,

and l'erebellide, and, although quill-like, they were brown

in colour and very much coarser than that previously men-

tioned. One measured about 8 inches long and was annulated

at short but fairly regular intervals, and every tenth or

fifteenth ring was stronger and better made than the others.

Another had a very marked septum at one end. One of

* Vide ‘Challenger’ Report, vol. xii. p. 376, pl. xliv. 10a.

from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 253

three taken at Station 40 B had an external coating composed

of broken pieces of Hydroids—mostly Obelia and Sertularia

—small pecten-valves, coarse sand, and pieces of gravel.

Those obtained in Sagna Fiord were quill-like, and were

taken along with Nephthydide, Eunicide, and Maldanide.

Sometimes tubes are obtained showing forked branching,

an appearance which is due to a fracture of the tube, and tlie

continuation of the latter, not by the union of the broken

ends, but by the secretion of a new piece with which the

tunnel is continuous. The broken fragment has its channel

closed, and it remains adherent apparently as a useless pro-

cess. Prof. M‘Intosh says, “ this occurs both anteriorly and

pesteriorly, as tubes are found with a diaphragm in each

limb of the fork. he bifurcation is thus 2, apparent, not

actual ”’ *,

This genus is represented in the ‘Challenger’ collection by

a new species called Lhyllochetopterus claparedit.

Genus SPIOCHATOPTERUS, Sars.

; Several tubes belonging to this genus were found in the

following hauls :—

- Date. Haul. | Station. Locality. Depth. | Apparatus. | Number obtained.

4-9-06 61 ‘a | 61°06’ N.,2°1’ E. | 134m. | Sm. Trawl. | 4 tubes.

14-2-08 730 408 | 57°24'N.,1°7'E. 95 m. | Fry Net. 2 tubes.

9-6-08 201 16 62° N., 6° 12’ W. 112 m. | Dredge. 1 tube.

No label. | 1 tube.

No label. 1 tube.

The tubes are all sizes and some are coated with fragments

of small shells, valves of minute pectens, coarse sand, and

gravel, Some, however, have a thick paper-like constituency

and are very wide in bore. If the fragments of shells etc. be

picked off or dissolved away, the internal portion of the tubes

is yellowish and hyaline in character ; but in the paper-like

tubes no trace of the hyaline character is visible. None of

the tubes show the valvular condition,

In the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition several yellowish hyaline

* Vide ‘ Challenger’ Report, vol. xii. p. 376.

254 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta

tubes were obtained off the coast of New York at the depth

of 1240 fathoms *, but, like those of the present collection,

they were empty.

Family Cirratulide.

Genus CH#TOZONE, Malmgren.

Cheetozone norvegica.

At Station 41 B, lat. 56° 42’ N., long. 0° 35’ E., and at a

depth of 75 m., a small complete form about a quarter of an

inch in length was dredged. The feet, bristles, and general

body-characters are quite diagnostic of the species, and there

is nothing of outstanding interest about the form. The

bristles are very slender, finely tapered, and almost trans-

parent. ‘The animal is not mature.

This genus is usually found in deep water, while the genus

Cirratulus frequents shallower depths. In the ‘ Challenger ”

Report one member of the genus Chetozone, viz. Chetozone

benthaliana, was found as deep as 1250 fathoms, while other

representatives were procured at depths varying from 400 to

700 fathoms. The species Chetozone setosa described by

Malmgren was found at a depth of 20-40 orgyiar.

Family Spionida.

Genus SCOLECOLEPIS.

Scolecolepis vulgaris, Johnston.

This species is the only representative of the Spionide.

The members of the family are found in greater number in

shallow water than in deep water, and in this present collec-

tion there are two fragments, each about 1 inch long, showing

neither head nor tail. ‘The fragments were obtained in

haul 174 with a small trawl on 24th August, 1908, at

Station 19 A, Jat. 60° 36’ N., long. 4° 46’ W., and at a depth

of 1030 m. This depth is the greatest which has as yet

occurred in the data of the hauls connected with the Scotch

North Sea investigations ; but in the ‘ Challenger’ Report

members of the family were dredged at depths ranging from

110-725 fathoms. In the account of this species given by

M‘Intosh ¢ no depth is given, and in Izuka’s work on the

Errantiate Polycheta of Japan the Spionide do not even

occur.

* Vide ‘Challenger’ Report, vol. xii. p. 380.

+ Vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 8, vol. iii. p. 153 (Feb. 1909).

Jrom the North Sea and adjacent parts. 255

The fragments are very much lacerated, but the feet,

which are close together, are not damaged, and agree with

those on the type-slides. One of the fragments contains feet

which must come before the filtieth foot, because the ventral

division shows no long winged hooks, which only appear about

the fiftieth. However, there is some uncertainty where the

hooks commence, for according to De St. Joseph they appear

between the thirtieth and the fifty-second, while another

investigator, Mesnil, records their appearance from the thirty-

fifth to the thirty-seventh. The hooks are very powerful,

having strong stout shafts which are curved and prominently

striated, the hooks themselves facing upwards. The wings

are large and extend to the surface of the lamella. Accom-

panying the hooks are slender, finely pointed, smooth bristles

whose tips reach upwards beyond the hooks, while ventrally

beyond the last hook there is a cluster of six or seven—thiree,

according to Prof. M‘Iutosh,—which are minutely striated.

In all the slender bristles the tips are curved and face down-

wards. The dorsal bristles are long, slender, and finely

pointed, the length extending beyond the lamella being only

about one-fourth the total length. ‘lhe bristles arise close

together and spread out fan-wise as they extend outwards.

The bases are sheathed in muscles, which move them. The

branchiz which are present on all the feet of the fragments

are large, bluntly conical, and present edges having a frilled

appearance. Prof. M‘Intosh remarks that in life the lamella

ot the feet as well as the branchiaw, which meet those of the

Opposite side in the front, are muscular and perform various

movements,

The body-wall of this species is very thick and muscular,

and thus presents a condition totally different from that of

many of the Eunicide, which have body-walls so thin that

the feeces in the gut appear as green masses. I was unable

to obtain any nephridia, but one fragment contained ova

which were fairly large in size and opaque in colour. The

gut, which was exposed in parts, is fairly wide and is covered

by a white-coloured tissue which has been probably discoloured

by the preserving fluid. The contents of the gut were sand,

débris, and brown masses which appeared like pieces of tissue.

It is doubtful whether the animals are carnivorous or not.

The fragments were taken along with several Polynoide

which were worked out by Mr. W. Small.

Bibliography.

Izvuka. 1912. ‘The Errantiate Polycheta of Japan.’

MALMGREN. 1865. ‘Nordiska Hafs-Annulater.. Stockholm.

256 Mr. B. F. Cummings on the

M‘Introsu. 1874. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. part 7. “On British

Annelida.”

—. 1885. ‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xii. “ Annelida

Polycheta.”

—. 1908. ‘Monograph of British Annelida.—Polycheta, vol. ii.

part 1.

—. F908. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ii. (Dec. 1908).

——. 1909. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. iii. (Feb. 1909).

“ British Spionide.”

—. 1909. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. “ Notes from the Gatty Marine

L»uboratory.—No. XX XI.”

—. 1910. ‘Monograph of British Annelida.—Polycheta,’ vol. ii.

part ii.

XX —WNote on the Mouth-parts in a Species of Polyplax

(Anoplura) and on the Relationship between Anoplura and

Mallophaga. By Bruce F. Cummuines, British Museum

(Natural History).

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

ONE of the most interesting of recent memoirs on the Ano-

plura and Mallophaga is that published in the ‘Arkiv for

Zoologi’ for 1910 *, by Dr. Eric Mjéberg of the Academy of

Sciences, in Stockholm. In the course of this work, entitled

‘Studien iiber Mallophagen und Anopluren,’ the author

brings forward a very considerable amount of morphological

evidence, gleaned from various regions of the anatomy,

showing good cause why the Anoplura, or blood-sucking lice

(usually taken to be allied to the Rhynchota), should be

regarded as more closely related to the Mallophaga—or

mandibulate bird-lice. An account of previous views of the

systematic position of the two orders is given on page 203,

and a recapitulation is here unnecessary. Mjéberg links the

Mallophaga with the Psocide and the Psocide with some

Blattoid-like stem-form.

For the first time, Mjéberg has presented us with a more

or less extended comparison of the two groups—system for

system ; and, by marshalling unmistakable likenesses in the

genital organs, the tracheal system, the external morphology,

and even the mouth-parts, has placed the intimate phylo-

genetic relationship of Anoplura and Mallophaga on a sound

basis. The Anoplura, therefore, appear to be Mallophaga

which have taken to sucking blood, and are modified accord-

ingly. It has been suggested that some Mallophaga, such as

* ‘ Arkiy for Zoologi,’ yi, 1910, pp. 1-296.

Mouth-parts in a Species of Polyplax. 257

Tetrophthalmus titan (Piaget), which is found firmly attached

by means of its powerful tridentate mandibles to the skin of

the Pelican’s pouch, lives on blood ; a transition from hair-

and feather-feeding to gnawing at the epidermis of the skin

is easily conceived, when, as soon as blood is extravasated,

it becomes a comparatively short jump for the imagination

to figure how a complete change in feeding-habits came

about.

In regard to the mouth-parts of the Anoplura with which

this note more particularly deals, it was almost to be

expected that a careful search would reveal traces of their

mandibulate ancestry. Enderlein, already in 1904 %*, likened

two lateral pieces within the proboscis of //amatopinus suis

(L.), Leach (from the Pig), to the mandibles of Corixa, a

Heteropterous bug. Enderlein regards the Anoplura as a

suborder of the Rhynchota. But the pieces in the proboscis

of Arctophthirus trichect, Boh., described and figured by

Mjéberg in the paper already named bear a direct resemblance

to the mandibles of Mallophaga rather than to those of

Corixa, which are remarkable in form and have a peculiar

basal piece. Moreover, in a species of Polyplax from an

Egyptian host—Acomys cahtrinus, Des.,— about to be

described under the name P. oayrhynchus, there are two

chitinous structures lying together behind the pharynx

(laryna of Enderlein), which are quite probably man-

dibles, and closely resemble those figured by Mjoéberg,

i.e. each lies with its narrow end pointing inwards and a

tendon-like strip of chitin runs back from the base cf the

posterior lateral angle. The mouth-parts of the louse form,

of course, an almost classical problem in morphology, and

many authors, from Swammerdam to Schiddte and after,

have tackled it with varying success. The inherent difficul-

ties in dissecting the proboscis probably constitute the reason

why we still lack any very settled views on its structure and

morphology, and the suggestions put forward here are there-

fore to be regarded as the advertisement of problems to be

solved rather than as definite solutions.

In another species—to be called Polypaw brachyrhynchus—

from the same host, a still more interesting structure was

found on the under surface of the head in front of the pharynx

and just behind the mouth-opening.

A glance at fig. 1 (p. 258) is sufficient to suggest at once

to a student of the Mallophaga the well-known cesophageal

sclerite and * glands” which form a prominent feature in the

* Zool. Anz., Bd. xxviii, 1904, pp. 121-147.

258 Mr. B. F. Cummings on the

literature of this group *. This sclerite (sometimes called

“lyriform organ” and homologized with the hypopharynx)

and glands (better known as basal pieces), almost unique in

Fig. 1.

Infra-buceal plate of Polyplax brachyrhynchus (Anoplura). The whole

of the top of the head has been dissected away, so that the plate is

seen from above. The bundle of elongated needle-like trophi, which

are sketched in only diagrammatically, have been drawn on one side

to leave the plate clear.

MO=Mouth-opening ; D=Rostral denticles; S=Infra-buccal plate

(or sclerite) ; C=Chitinous chords; G=? “ Gland” (this was only

visible on one side), Greatest length of the plate=-013 of a milli-

metre; greatest width=‘016.

the comparative anatomy of the insect-mouth, occur in their

typical form in the suborder Ischnocera of the Mallophaga

* Vide V. LL. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad, Sci. vol. vi. 1896. R. Snod-

grass, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxxi. Nr. 4, 1905, pp. 297-807 ; P. Z. 8.19138,

p- 128. Armenaute, Boll. della Soc. di Naturalisti in Napoli, xxiv.

(ser. 2, vol. iv.) 1910, p. 76.

—_

po’

ioe

Mouth-parts in a Species of Polyplax. 259

(see fig. 2). A curious “duct” (or chitinous chord), cross-

barred like a trachea, runs forward from between the anterior

cornua of the sclerite and bifurcates in front, each branch

running into a basal piece or “ gland,” which is, according to

Armenaute, only a hard flat oval piece of chitin, without

glandular structure.

Diagrammatic sketch of the cesophageal sclerite (or lyriform organ) and

“ vlands” (or basal pieces) in Mallophaga.

G=Gland ; S=Sclerite.

The infra-buccal plate in P. brachyrhynchus is apparently

fused at least in part with the lower wall of the head. It is

extremely minute and correspondingly difficult to dissect, as

the whole head itself in this species measures only *20 of a

millimetre in length. The vestigial character of this plate

and the two chitinous chords, which arise from between

the two anterior horns by separate roots, is indicated by the

delicacy and, in different specimens, by the varying outline

of the parts. Both plate and chords are present in all

specimens, however, and the former stains deeply with acid

fuchsin. On one side in the specimen from which the

drawing is made indications of a “ gland”’ or basal piece

were observed, and its outline is therefore given.

_ An infra-buccal plate is present in other speeies of Polyplaa,

including P. spinulosa.

260 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 2nd, 1914.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair,

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Age and Character of the Shippea Hill Man.’

By Prof. T. McKenny Hughes, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The Author first gives a general description of the skeleton, and

of the position and circumstances in which it was found.

He then discusses the mode of formation of the deposit in which

the remains occurred, and the limits within which, from that point

ot view, we may speculate as to their age.

He considers that the Pleistocene deposits of the Fenland were

laid down in a gradually depressed river-basin behind a breached

seaward barrier, and gives examples from adjoining areas of similar

geographical conditions.

Gravels of theage of Elephas antiquus and Rhinoceras merckii,

as well as gravels ‘of the age of Klephas primigenius and Rhino-

ceros tichorhinus, occur within the Fenland; but they are easily

distinguished from the gravels which are "sometimes associated

with the peat and clay, and pass under them. The fauna also of

the peat- and clay-deposits is quite different.

This area was gradually depressed, and the conflict between the

upland waters and the sea went on through both the ages just

referred to, as shown by the earlier Co vhiciln Bed of March and

the newer Cockle Bed of Littleport.

In an embayed part of the Fen, close behind the island known

as Shippea Hill, the skeleton was found in the peat, a few inches

above the clay which the Author considers to be the equivalent of

this Littleport Cockle Bed.

When first dug out the skull was in fragments, and the calotte,

with its prominent brow-ridges, suggested to many a greater

affinity to the Neanderthal type, and a greater antiquity than

appeared probable when the rest of the cranium was added to it.

In a preliminary notice published by the Author, he claimed that

it could not be older than Neolithic, and suggested that it might

be even as late as the time of the monks of Ely, who had a retreat

on the island close by.

‘

26|

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(KIGHTH SERIES.)

No. 87. MARCI 1915.

XX1.—Descriptions and Records of Bees. —LXV.

By T. D. A. Cockere tt, University of Colorado.

Mesotrichia cuernosensis, sp. 0.

? —Length about 23 mm., anterior wing 24.

Very robust, black, thorax above (except a naked smooth

shining space in middle of mesothorax, marked anteriorly

by a groove) densely covered with short bright fox-red hair,

intermixed with black ; abdomen strongly and rather closely

punctured, its hair entirely black, not hiding the surface.

Head broad ; face with mixed black and pale yellowish hair ;

on vertex the hair is mostly black, but on occiput ferrugi-

nous, on posterior part of cheeks above yellow, paler lower

down, the lower part of cheeks with long black hair ;

mandibles bidentate ; labrum with a very strong median

tubercle; clypeus dull, very deusely punctured, with a

raised but not shining median line ; ridge between antenne

obtuse, very feebly grooved ; third antennal joint a trifle

longer than next three together ; flagellum, except basally,

dull ferruginous beneath; tubercles and upper part of

pleura with red hair, the Test with black ; tegule black,

basally with red hair. Wings very dark fuliginous, with

rosy tints, the apical field with green ; first t.-c. incomplete

at lower end. Legs with black hair, anterior tibie with a

fringe of yellow hair behind ; hind femora with a small red

button-like spot or lobe on "each side apically ; scale-like

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 18

262 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

process on hind tibiz rather small, cariniform, rounded at

end,

Hab. Cuernos Mts., Negros, Philippine Islands (Baker,

3125).

Closely related to Mesotrichia insularis (Xylocopa insularis,

Smith), from Borneo, of which only the male is known.

It is possible that MM]. cuernosensis is the hitherto unknown

female of insularis, but, in view of the very different locality,

it is much more likely that it is a distinct species. There is

a superficial resemblance to the Japanese species circumvolans,

Smith.

Mesotrichia dapitanensis, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 16 mm., anterior wing 14.

Broad, entirely black, except that the flagellum is dull

ferruginous beneath (except basally), and the hind margins

of the second and following abdominal segments are very

narrowly reddish; pubescence all black, except a few

coppery-red hairs in region of mouth. Wings strongly

brownish, darker in apical field, reddened in marginal cell,

with a greenish-golden iridescence, dilute rosy apically ;

head very broad ; clypeus very densely punctured, with a

shining median ridge ; ridge between antennz obtuse, dis-

tinctly but not deeply grooved ; third antennal joint shorter

than next three together ; mesothorax smooth and shining

in middle; tegule black. Abdomen well punctured; first

t.-c. failing at lower end; scale-like process on hind tibiz

short, rounded, rather like a finger-nail.

Hab. Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippine Js. (Baker, 3128).

Resembles M. bakeriana, Ckll., but much smaller, with

the ocelli further apart, the wings paler and redder, and the

process on hind tibiz different.

Professor C. F. Baker sends other Philippine Xylocopids,

as follows :—

Mesotrichia latipes (Apis latipes, Drury), ¢ .—Cuernos Mts.,

Negros (3121).

Mesotrichia ghilianii (Xylocopa ghilianii, Gribodo), 3 .—

Iligan, Mindanao (3124),

Xylocopa euchlora, Pérez, g .—Dapitan, Mindanao (3123),

Xylocopa major, Maidl., 3 .—Malinao (3122).

Xylocopa fuliginata, Pérez, § —Dapitan (3126); ?. Iligan

(3127, 3129).

———————e—e—e—

Deal

oat

Records of Bees. 263

Nomada bakeri, sp. 0.

9? .—Length nearly 6 mm.

Slender, with clavate abdomen, narrowed basally ; black,

with the labrum, mandibles (except apices, which are

simple), narrow band along posterior orbits, entire face

below antenne, narrow band along anterior orbits to top of

eye (ending broadly above eye), upper border of prothorax,

tubercles, pleura (but densely covered with silky white hair),

scutellum (which is bigibbous, with strong irregular punc-

tures), two small obscure spots on disc of first abdominal

segment, a little more than basal half of second segment,

basal corners of third and fourth segments and broadly

interrupted band on fourth, fifth segment (except a spot at

extreme base, and a large black patch on each side), all

yellow, reddened by cyanide in type-specimen ; labrum and

face with pale ochreous hair; antennz long, second joint

conspicuous, third joint elongate, a little longer than fourth,

scape ferruginous in front, flagellum black ; mesothorax

dull, densely punctured ; area of metathorax large, less than

the basal half rugose with irregular wrinkles; sides of

metathorax very densely covered with pale ochreous-tinted

hai®; tegule clear ferruginous. Wings strongly dusky at

apex, stigma and nervures piceous ; b.n. going a little basad

of t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. about middle;

third s.m. less than half as broad above as second. Abdomen

smooth and shining, not punctured. Legs red and black,

hind legs black with knees and apex of tibiz red.

Hab, Mt. Makiling, Luzon (Baker, 3156).

Resembles N. adusta, Smith, which I have from the

Khasia Hills, India (Sladen).

Nomada lusca, Smith.

? .—Los Bafios, Luzon ( Baker, 3160).

Nomada makilingensis, sp. n.

9 .—Length nearly 5 mm.

Slender, the abdomen broad-fusiform, narrowed basally ;

bright clear ferruginous, flagellum strongly dusky above,

first abdominal segment with a pair of large suffused

blackened patches; mandibles simple; face, pleura, and

sides of metathorax with thin clear white hair; antennw

long and slender, third joint about as long as fourth; meso-

thorax densely punctured, but shining between the punctures;

18*

264 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

area of metathorax roughened at extreme base; tegule light

rufo-testaceous, mueh: smaller than those ‘of N. bakeri.

Wings dusky at apex, stigma and nervures dull sepia; b. n.

going basad of t.-m. ; only two submarginal cells, the second

t.-c. absent. Abdomen smooth, the second segment with a

large round yellow spot (reddened by cyanide in type) on

each side.

Hab. Mt. Makiling, Luzon (Baker, 3155).

Nomada banahaonis, sp. 1.

¢ .—Length of type 6 mm., but of the smallest specimen

about 4:5.

Slender, with fusiform abdomen, very narrow at base;

black, with labrum, mandibles, band along lower part of

posterior orbits, clypeus (except a pair of black patches

above), lateral face-marks (ending in a sharp point on orbit

about level of top of clypeus), tubercles (but no other part

of thorax), small round spot on each extreme side of first

abdoininal segment, and large spots on each side of second

and third (very large on second), all yellow, reddened by

cyanide in type; mandibles simple ; head br oad, face with

appressed silky pale hair; scape very long, black, witha red

spot at base and apex ; Navel Jong and thick, ferruginous

beneath ; second autennal joint hardly visible, third short,

not longer than broad, conspicuously shorter than fourth ;

mesothorax very densely punctured; area of metathorax

rugose at base, otherwise shining, with slight transverse

striation; pleura and sides of metathorax with dense white

hair; tegule rufo-piceous. Wings with apex and outer

margin broadly dusky, nervures and stigma piceous; b. n.

going basad of t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. about

middle. Legs black, with anterior femora in front and

above, middle femora in front, anterior and middle tibiz in

front, anterior tarsi, middle basitarsi, posterior knees and

apex of posterior tibiz, all ferruginous. Abdomen smooth

and shining, apex and apical plate ferruginous, the latter

strongly notched.

Hab. Mt. Banahao, Philippine Is. (Baker, 3157==type ;

3158, 3159).

This may possibly be the male of N. dusca, but I believe it

is distinct. In Desc. Rec. Bees, lxiii. p. 365, Halictus bana-

havnis, also from Mt. Banahao, and very possibly the host of

the present Nomada, is misprinted ‘ banabraonis.”

Records of Bees. 265

Nomada mindanaonis, sp. 0.

3 (=type).—Length 45-5 mm.

Like N. banahaonis, but differing thus: scape shorter and

stouter, broadly dull yellow on outer side; third antennal

joint very long, a little longer than fourth, which is also

long; flagellum entirely black; a small light mark above

each eye (a faint trace of this can be seen in banahaonis) ;

markings of abdomen and legs suffused and dull, venter of

abdomen ferruginous.

? .—Length a little over 5 nm,

Like N. dusca, but smaller, clear bright ferruginous, the

abdomen without dusky shades, except a suffused elongate

black mark on each side of first segment; scape red, flagel-

lum very long, black ; third antennal reddish beneath, very

long, conspicuously longer than fourth ; b. un. going basad of

t.-m.; area of metathorax rugose basally; a patch of pure

white hair on each side of metathorax.

Hab. Dapitan, Mindanao (Baker, 3153, 3154).

The following table separates the above species, and also

those described from Borneo and Java. ‘The Sumatran

species which doubtless exist are unknown :—

Females ........:. BS 5h SER Eas nig 39:6 It.

Males Say rere Lee eee reer 6.

1. Two submarginal cells ; small clear red species

with large round yellow spot on each side of

second abdominal segment........ Aa ds hs . makilingensis, Chl,

Three submarginal cells .................. 2.

2. Second abdominal segment marked with

white; black species with red thorax

ES ee ee Pike sb A UN ae be wo. malayana, Cam.

Second abdominal segment not so marked.... 3.

or black-brown, marked with yellow (Java) . javanica, Friese.

If head and thorax red, abdomen also red .... 4.

4. Black, with scutellum and basal half of first

abdominal serment yellow,.............5- bakeri, Ckll.

Ee eer rer ree cia bas 5.

5. Hind margins of abdominal segments suffused

with dusky; flagellum dull red beneath. ...

Abdomen clear red; flagellum black ........

Tegule yellow or brownish yellow; insect

black, with only the tubercles, tegule, and

lusca, Smith.

mindanaonis, Ckll.

( birot, var.).

spots on abdomen yellow (Java) .......... nigrescens, lriese (as

EN GBI oa ss ans Kal Torre ere er sh Os

7. Third antennal joint LON 55 oh a ateals votes. mindanaonis, Ckll,

Third antennal joint short,.......... ry ae banahaonis, Ckll.

N. testaceobalteata, Cam., g, from Borneo, is at once

distinguished by the rufous thorax, that of the Philippine

and Java males being black.

266 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Lithurgus scabrosus (Smith).

¢ .—Dapitan, Mindanao (Baker, 3135). ZL. guamensis,

CkIl., is very closely allied, and may prove to be a form of

scabrosus. ;

Megachile clotho, Smith.

9, ¢.—Dapitan, Mindanao (Baker, 3133, 3134).

Prosopis pulchricrus, sp. n.

é .—Length about 5 mm.

Very robust ; black, with the face creamy white, and the

tubercles (except for a dark dot) of the same colour, but all

the rest of the thorax and abdomen dark, the hind margins

of the abdominal segments very obscure reddish; femora

clear pale ferruginous, more or less cream-coloured apically,

tibize of the same red with the base (half of outer side of

hind pair) cream-colour, tarsi pale red, the hind basitarsi

cream-colour except at apex. Face broad, the long clypeus,

Jabrum, mandibles, large equilaterally triangular supra-

clypeal mark, and lateral face-marks (filling space between

clypeus and eye, and extending upwards, rapidly narrowing

to a point on orbital margin somewhat below middle of

front) all creamy white ; front just above antenne with fine

appressed plumose white hairs ; front and mesothorax very

densely, rather coarsely (for such a small insect) punctured ;

antenne rather short for a male, light ferruginous, scape

cream-colour in front, third and fourth joints extremely

short ; tegulze testaceous with a light yellow spot. - Wings

milky hyaline, neryures and stigma fuscous ; first r. n.

joining second s.m. not far from base. Abdomen broad,

very finely punctured ; venter without projections, first

ventral segment with broadly hyaline margin.

Hab. Yarrawin, N.S.W. (Froggatt, 248 c).

In my table of Australian Prosopis this runs to 34, and

runs out on account of the creamy-white face. It is a very

distinct species.

Allodape diminuta, sp. n.

3, %?.—Length about 5 mm.

Kesembling A. simillima, Sm., but male with scape white

in front, and both sexes much smaller. Tubercles and scale

at base of wings cream-colour ; hind basitarsi of male cream-

colour, with the small joints ferraginous. Face-mark in

Records of Bees. 267

female broad and pyriform ; in male very broad, constricted

below middle, with a narrow lateral mark (sharply pointed

above) on each side, Pleura of male not conspicuously

hairy as it is in A. simillima.

Hab, Yarrawin, N.S.W. (Froggatt, 219 c),2 3,1 ¢.

Evidently a distinct species, but close to <A. simillima.

The form of the face-mark in the female readily distinguishes

it from A. unicolor, Sm.

Ewoneura clarissima, sp. 0.

3 .—Length about 5 mm.

Black, the abdomen bright ferruginous, dusky at sides of

apex, and the first segment black with a narrow red apical

margin; mandibles black, with a broad orange band just

before the apex ; labrum and clypeus white, the white of the

clypeus notched on each side below the middle, and the part

below the notch appearing especially broad because a very

narrow white lateral face-mark (not reaching eye) is con-

tiguous with it on each side ; eyes large, but not remarkably

so; scape and second antennal joint white in front, flagellum

dull ferruginous beneath ; thorax shining; tubercles apically

white. Wings hyaline, not reddened; knees broadly, and

all the tibize and tarsi, bright ferruginous.

Hab. Yarrawin, N.S.W. (Froggatt, 224c).

Readily known by the small size and broad white face-

patch, broadly truncate above. There are several small

species known only in the female, but it does not seem

probable that Z. clarissima belongs with any of them.

Andrena jacobea, sp. n.

? —Length a little over 12 mm.

Black, the head, thorax, and two basal segments of abdo-

men with ferruginous hair, very bright fox-red on head and

thorax above, but black on upper half of cheeks, sides of

front overlapping fovew, and lower part of sides of meta-

thorax; legs with hair mostly black, but dark coppery

reddish ominner side of tarsi, light ferruginous on under side

of anterior and middle femora, long and abundant on anterior

femora ; long curled floceus on hind trochanters also light

ferruginous ; first two dorsal abdominal segments with

fulvous hair, the others with black hair, with fulvous inter-

mixed on third, and slightly on fourth ; venter with black

hair. ‘The abdomen is not at all banded. Facial quadrangle

268 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

broader than long; clypeus shining, with rather small well-

separated punctures, and a smooth median line; malar space

short, but distinct; process of labrum broadly truncate, with

a transverse sulcus ; front dull and granular; facial fovez

dark, not hairy, rather broad, reaching a little below level of

antenne ; cheeks very broad, with a little tubercle on hind

margin a little above level of middle of eye ; antenne black,

third joint longer than next two together, but not quite so

long as next three together ; mesothorax and seutellum dull

and granular ; area of metathorax feebly defined, minutely

granular; tegule piceous, with much red hair. Wings

dusky translucent, nervures and stigma reddish brown ;

b. n. falling just short of t.-m.; second s.m. nearly square,

receiving first r.u. beyond the middle but not near end ;

third s.m. extremely broad above; hind tibial scopa of

mostly simple hairs, rather short and thin. Abdomen

shining, without evident punctures, second segment de-

pressed hardly athird; hair at apex black; apical plate

rather narrow.

Hab. Jimtown, Colorado, at flowers of Thermopsis, June 7

(Cockerell).

The specimen is stylopized, and perhaps somewhat altered,

but it appears to be a quite distinct species. It is very like

A. milwaukeensis, Graenicher, but differs by the light hair

on the face and pleura, the broad cheeks, &c. ‘There is

evident close affinity with A. ribesina, CklL, but the third

s.m. is very much broader above, the small joints of tarsi

are dark, the hair on the abdomen is differeutly coloured,

and the cheeks are broader and flatter. It is perhaps

possible that the insect is an extreme variety of A. ribesina.

tn the key in Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xlviii. pp. 1-58,

it runs nearest to A. topazana, Ckll., which is smaller and

otherwise distinct.

Megachile parallela, Smith.—Males and labelled as follows :

Dallas, Texas, at Gaillardia pulchella, May 19 (Bishopp) ;

N. Braunfels, Tex., at Ratibida columnaris, May 17

(Crawford and Pratt); Barstow, Tex., Oct. 12 (Craw-

ford); Denton, Tex., at Gaillardia pulchella, May 29

(Bishopp) ; Cotulla, Tex., at Verbesina encelioides and

Monarda punctata, Apl. 18-May 12 (Crawford and

Pratt).

iinthophora smithii, Cresson.—Ward, Coiorado, alt. 9200 ft.,

male at flowers of Grindelia subalpina, Aug. 26, 1913

(Cockerell).

Records of Bees. 269

Anthidium emarginatum (Say).—A male, with two black

spots on upper part of clypeus. Between Ward and

Peaceful Valley, Colo., July 5 (Cockerel/).

Augochlora fervida, Smith.—About four miles N. of Boulder,

Colo., at flowers of /etalostemon oligophyllus, June 18,

1 2 (7. & W. Cockerell).

Augochlora confusa coluradensis (TVitus)—A female, peculiar

for having transverse as well as longitudinal wrinkles

on the area of metathorax, but otherwise normal.

About four miles north of Boulder, Colo., June 18

(7. & W. Cockerell).

Colletes myroni, Ckll., variety a—Hair of thorax above

creamy white, a little redder on scutellum ; pleura with

some of the hair more or less pale. 1 ¢, Boulder

Caiion, Colo., at flowers of Phacelia heterophylla, June 21

(Cockerell). Also a 2 with similar light hair above,

but hair of pleura all black, from between Ward and

Peaceful Valley, Colo., July 5 (Cockerell).

Andrena lupinorum, Ckll., 2 .—Between Ward and Peaceful

Valley, Colo., July 5 (Cockerell).

Osmia wardiana, Ckll., ¢.—Timber line on Mt. Martha

Washington, Colo., at flowers of Vetraneuris, June 25,

1913 (Cockerell).

Melissodes hymenowidis, Ckil., 2. —Ward, Colo., 9200 ft.,

Aug. 26, 1913 (Cockerell).

Clisodon terminalis (Cress.).—Bikerdike Ranch, near Allen’s

Park, Colo., at tlowers of Gentiana affinis, Aug. 27, 1913

(Cockerell). 19.

Prosopis basalis, Smith.—Between Ward and Peaceful Valley,

Colo., July 5 (Cockerell). 12.

270 Miss G. Ricardo on the |

XXII.— Notes on the Tabanidee of the Australian Region.

By Gerrrupe Ricarpo.

[Continued from ser. 8, vol. xiv. p. 897.]

Tur type of Tabanus transversus, Walker, described in the

first part of this paper (‘ Annals,’ ser. 8, vol. xiv. 1914,

p. 390), came from Auckland, New Zealand.

The species of Tabanus, so far recorded from the Celebes,

are the following :—

Group V.

Tabanus vanderwulpi, Osten Sacken.

Tabanus flevilis, Walker.

Group VI.

Tabanus speculum, Walker.

Group VII.

Tabanus reducens, Walker.

Group VIII.

Tabanus humillimus, Walker.

Tabanus factiosus, Walker.

Tabanus succurvus, W\k.

Tabanus spoliatus, Walker.

Group IX.

Tabanus immiztus, Walker.

Of these, 7. vanderwulpi and T. factiosus are also recorded

from the Philippines, and 7. humillimus is also found in

Java.

Group VI.

Wings distinctly marked with brown or yellow colouring,

but not in the form of bands.

Tabanus speculum, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. v. p. 258 (1861) ;

Ricardo, Records Indian Museum, iv. p. 143 (1911) ;

id. Tyd. v. Entom. liv. p. 348 (1912).

Type (female) from Menado, Celebes, and another from

Toli-oli, N. Celebes.

Tabanide of the Australian Region. 271

Type (male) in German Entomological Museum, also from

Celebes.

‘wo males and two females from Toli-Toli, N. Celebes, in

Mr. Wainwright’s Coll.

This species appears as yet only recorded from Celebes,

and the male has not been previously recorded. <A

handsome fly with very dark brown wings, the discal cell

clear. Abdomen black with grey spots. Scutellum grey.

Length, ¢ 21 mm., 2? 22 mm.

Face covered with brown tomentum, but with a white

triangular spot in the centre, with rather thick black

pubescence. Beard black. Palpi large, ending in an

obtuse point, dull reddish yellow with black hairs. Anlenne

dull reddish yellow but paler, the first two joints with black

hairs. Sorehead very narrow, quite ten times as long as it

is broad, and only half as broad anteriorly as it is at the

vertex ; frontal callus reddish brown, not reaching the eyes,

narrow with a long lineal extension. Thorax black, with

traces of grey tomeutum anteriorly, and with black and dull

reddish inconspicuous pubescence, and a tuft of white hairs

above and below base of wings. Scutellum covered with

ashy-grey tomentum and with white hairs. Abdomen black,

the ashy-grey spots are situated on the second and third

segments, and sometimes there is a trace of one on the

fourth segment, almost semicircular in shape, with some white

hairs, pubescence otherwise on dorsum black. Legs black,

the pulvilli golden brown. JVings rich brown in colour with

streaks of white in the centre of most of the cells, the

discal cell almost entirely clear, and the base of the second

submarginal cell pale, the apex on its posterior border quite

clear, as far as the sessile ending of the first posterior

cell.

Male is similar, the head large, the large facets of eyes

occupying not quite two-thirds of the surface. Palpi reddish

brown, with thick black pubescence.

Group VII. x

Species with one or more stripes, usually continuous, on abdomen.

Tabanus concolor, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 179 (1848).

Type (female) trom New Holland (Hunter).

A dull-coloured species, not in very good preservation.

Antenne blackish. Abdomen hair-brown, with a faint grey

tomentose median stripe. Legs brownish, the tibie reddish,

Length 12 mm.

Face yellowish white with white hairs. Beard white.

272 Miss G. Ricardo on the

Palpi pale yellow, stout on basal half, the apical half ending

in a fine point, with yellow and black hairs. Antenne

blackish. Forehead about a third narrower anteriorly than

at vertex and about six times as long as it is broad anteriorly ;

frontal callus long and narrow, not reaching the eyes.

Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen very much the same colour,

all denuded. Abdomen narrow, median stripe with traces of

white hairs, which are also present at the sides. Wings

clear, shaded pale brown along the longitudinal veins, stigma

and veins yellowish.

Tabanus pseudoardens, Taylor, Austr. Inst. Trop. Med. 1911,

p. 66, pl. xiv. fig. 18 (1913) ; Austen, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8) xii. p. 265 (1914).

This narrow-bodied mummy-brown species, measuring

12-13 mm., comes from Queensland. Palpi long and

slender. Forehead narrow, parallel, frontal callus oblong,

raised, with a lineal extension. Abdomen with a yellow-

haired indistinct median stripe. Legs reddish brown.

Group VIII.

Species with median or lateral spots, or both, on abdomen, not usually

forming a continuous type.

Tabanus propinquus, Macquart, Dipt. exot. Suppl. v. p. 47

(1854), described as in Mr. Bigot’s Coll. from Sydney, is

probably lost, as it is not among the types sent me by

Mr. Collins from the late Mr. Verrall’s Coll. Itis described

as black with three series of white spots on the abdomen.

Legs black, tibize testaceous.

Length 18 mm.

Part of the abdomen was wanting when described.

Tabanus leucophilus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 154 (1848).

Type (female) from New Holland.

A stout species with pale whitish wings, abdomen blackish

with three rows of white spots. Antenne reddish.

Length 19 mm. ‘

A species very easily recognized. Is it possible that it

does not belong to this region at all? I have seen nothing

like it as yet in collections from Australasia.

Face covered with ashy-grey tomentum and with long

pale yellow hairs. Palpi canary-coloured, stout, ending in

a short point, pubescence apparently black. Antenne broken

off, described by Walker as ferruginous, the first two joints

Tabanidw of the Australian Reyion. 273

have black hairs. Forehead parallel, about five times as

long as it is wide anteriorly, same colour as face with

whitish hairs ; frontal callus reddish yellow, pear-shaped,

not reaching eyes, with a short lineal extension. Thorax

(denuded) reddish, with three narrow grey tomentose stripes.

Scutellum identical. Abdomen broad, short, the spots are

triangular, covered with whitish tomentum, commencing

from the second segment; underside blackish with grey-

haired segmentations. Legs: femora reddish brown ; tibie

pale whitish vellow; tarsi a little darker. Wings large, no

appendix.

Tabanus prepositus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 158 (1848).

Type (female) and another female from Port Essington,

and a female from locality not specified.

The varieties B. and Y. mentioned by Walker do not

appear to be in the Brit. Mus. Coll.

A reddish-yellow species with indistinct black spots on the

abdomen, palpi very pale, stout at base, ending in a long

point. Antennz and legs reddish yellow.

Length, type, 18 mm.

Face covered with pale greyish-yellow tomentum, hairs

pale yellow. Palpi very stout on basal half, the apical part

about the same in length as the basal part, pubescence con-

sists of a few black hairs and some yellow ones at base.

Beard yellowish. Anfenne reddish, the basal joints pale

yellows with black pubescence. Forehead almost parallel,

the same colour as face, about six times as long as it is wide

auteriorly ; frontal callus dark brown, oblong, not reaching

the eyes, with a lineal extension. Thorax blackish, covered

with grey tomentum, pubescence chiefly black, shoulders

pale reddish, Scutellum identical. Abdomen tawny, a dall

black median triangular spot on the second segment, in the

two other females there is a similar one on the second seg-

ment, and another on the third segment in type and other

females, the remaining segments with larger more band-like

spots on the anterior borders, pubescence consists of short

yellow and black hairs; underside pale reddish yellow with

grey tomentum. Legs uniformly reddish yellow. Wings

clear with reddish-yellow stigma and veins, no appendix

present.

Tabanus innotabilis, Waiker, List Dipt. i. p. 177 (1848),

Tabanus dorsobimaculatus, Macq. Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv. p. 29 (1850),

Type (of 7. innotabilis) and another female in Brit. Mus.

274 Miss G. Ricardo on the

Coll., and two females in Mr. French’s Coll., both from

Endeavour River, Queensland. Walker’s type was described

from an unknown locality, the other female from New

Holland. Both specimens from Endeavour River have been

compared with the Macquart type in the Paris Museum

by myself and Monsieur Surcouf. I consider them also

identical with Walker’s type.

A medium-sized brownish species with indistinct median

grey spots on the abdomen. Forehead narrow, antennz and

legs reddish.

Length 12$-15 mm.

Face covered with greyish tomentum, and with some

few pale hairs. Beard yellowish. Palpi yellow with black

pubescence, stout, ending in a fairly fine point. Antenne

reddish yellow, dusky at apex, the first two joints with black

hairs, the third rather broad at the base with a distinct

angle. Forehead narrow, about eight times as long as it is

broad anteriorly, a third narrower anteriorly than at vertex ;

the frontal callus chocolate-brown, oblong, taking up nearly

the whole space between the eyes, with a narrow lineal

extension. Eyes bare. Thorax blackish with grey tomen-

tum. Scutellum appearing reddish, being denuded. Abdomen

tawny, with grey tomentose median spots not forming a

continuous stripe, on all the segments, commencing from

the second one, on which the spot is largest, being triangular,

pubescence on dorsum black ; underside the same colour

with pale segmentations. Legs with femora reddjsh, the

tibize chamois-leather with black pubescence, tarsi blackish

at apex. Wings clear, stigma and veins yellow, no

appendix.

Walker’s type is in poor condition, but appears to be

identical with the specimens I compared with type in the

Paris Museum.

Tabanus factiosus, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, iv.

p. 102 (1859) ; Ricardo, Records Indian Museum, iv.

no. vi. p. 179 (1911).

Tahanus fastiosus, Kertesz, Cat. Tabanidarum, p. 49 (1900).

Tabanus succurvus, Walker, Proc. Linn, Soc. iv. p. 102 (1859).

The female type of Tabanus succurvus, Walker, from

Macassar, Celebes, the same locality as that of Tabanus

factiosus, appears to me identical with this latter species,

though a dark-coloured specimen, the tibiz being only dull

reddish at base (not yellowish), and the spots on the abdo-

men not visible, probably owing to denudation ; the beard

‘

Tabanidee of the Australian Region. 275

and hairs on face are brown, not white as in the type of

Tabanus factiosus. The two males from the Philippines, which

I placed under 7. factiosus, also have the beards brown.

Tabanus spoliatus, @, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, iv.

p. 103 (1860),

Type (male) from Macassar, Celebes, and another male

from Celebes (Wallace Coll.).

These males are allied to Tabanus rubicundus, Macq., from

India and Java.

A reddish-yellow species measuring 19-20 mm. Lyes

with facets all equal. Antenne reddish, the third joint

dusky. Addomen tawny, with traces of yellow or whitish-

haired median spots, and yellowish hairs on segmentations,

apex of abdomen blackish, a black spot on the second seg-

ment in the centre ; the other male has traces of paler bands

on the segmentations, pubescence on dorsum consists of

numerous short black hairs. Thorax and scutellum blackish.

Leys reddish yellow, the femora black, the tarsi dusky.

Wings clear, stigma and veins reddish yellow, no appendix

present,

Tabanus claripennis, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, v.

p- 675 (1892) [ Alylotus ].

The type in fair preservation is a female from Australia,

A small narrow-bodied species with a dull yellow-coloured

abdomen and traces of round grey spots on sides and of a

blackish spot on second segment. It may be at once dis-

tinguished by the shining red-brown subeallus united to the

same-coloured, nearly square, frontal callus. The forehead

is brown, narrower anteriorly, barely four times as long as it

is broad. /Palpi pale yellow, short and stout with black and

some white hairs. Anfenne were incomplete when described

by Bigot. Wings clear, stigma yellow.

Length 12 mm.

Tabanus victoriensis, ? , sp. 0.

Type (female) and two other females, all from Dandenong

Ranges, Victoria, in Mr. French’s Coll. In Mr. Froggatt’s

Coll. one female from N. 8. Wales. In German Ent,

Museum two females from N.S. Wales. <A stout black

species with white-haired spots on the abdomen and veins of

wings shaded with brown, the palpi pale yellow, very long

aud narrow. Antenne and legs black, the tibiz testaceous.

275 Miss G. Ricardo on the

Length 19 mm.

Face black, covered with grey tomentum, which becomes

yellower on the cheeks; two deep pits are present on face

below the antennz and one furrow on the lower part on

each side; some black hairs below the antennze, and on the

cheeks some short yellowish hairs, which are longer and

white below. Palpi yellow with black and some white

pubescence, the second joint very long and narrow, almost

the same width throughout, in one specimen they appear

darker covered with grey tomentum. Antenne large, black,

the tooth rather prominent, the first two joints with grey

tomentum and black pubescence. Forehead narrow, slightly

wider anteriorly, black with grey tomentum; the frontal

callus brown, shining, triangular, and continued as a fine

line for a short distance only, not reaching the eyes, a short

deep furrow is present in the centre of the callus ; hind part

of head with short black pubescence. Thorax blackish with

shoulders and sides obscurely red, pubescence black with

white intermixed on the dorsum, at the sides black anteriorly,

white posteriorly ; breast black with grey tomentum and

white hairs. Scufellum black with grey tomentum and black

pubescence. Abdomen black, sides of first two segments

obscurely reddish, segmentations narrowly and faintly

reddish, white- haired median spots on each segment small

and ill-defined ; ; pubescence of dorsum short, black; sides of

segments with white hairs, the last three with black hairs ;

underside black with mouldy- grey tomentum, narrow pale

segmentations, and black short pubescence. Legs brown,

cox blackish with grey tomentum and white hairs; the

femora with black pubescence above, white below; tibiae

reddish with black pubescence, tarsi with black pubescence.

Wings hyaline, the veins broadly shaded with brown ; veins

brown, stigma dark brown. Halteres brown.

This species is not identical with Tabanus limbatinevris,

Macq., Dipt. Exot. iv. p. 833, having been compared with

the type ; it may be at once distinguished by the smaller

tooth of antennee.

Group IX.

Species with paler bands, and sometimes spots on abdomen,

ray limbatinevris, ¢ , Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. ii.

_ 33 (1846).

ms pe (female) in the late Mr, Verrall’s Collection labelled

“Van Diemen,” and stated in the description as from

Tasmania.

Tabanide of the Australian Region. 277

An easily recognized large reddish-brown species, the first

posterior cell of wings closed, and all veins of wing shaded

brown.

Length 20 mm.

Palpi yellow with black pubescence, fairly stout through-

out their length, ending in an obtuse point. Antenne

reddish, black at apex, with a well-defined tooth. Sorehead

about eight times as long as it is broad, parallel ; frontal

callus oblong, chestnut-red, reaching eyes, with a long lineal

extension. Eyes apparently bare. Thorax (denuded) reddish

with darker stripes. Abdomen reddish brown, the dorsal

white spots very indistinct owing to denudation. Legs

described by Macquart as black; the tibie yellow, the

anterior and posterior pairs black at apices.

Tabanus macquarti, Ricardo.

Tabanus limbatinevris, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv. p. 333

(1852).

Macquart named two species limbatinevris, the one from

Tasmania takes priority (1846).

Type (female) in the Paris Museum, from the east coast

of New S. Wales, was examined by me in 1911, and a

specimen from the Brit. Mus. Coll. compared with it, from

Brisbane.

In Brit. Mus. Coll. are females from Moreton Bay, New

S. Wales (Vigors’s Coll.) ; from Brisbane (H. Tryon), Dec.

1903; from Burpengary and S. Queensland (Dr. 7. L.

Bancroft). In Mr. Froggatt’s Coll., females from Queens-

land and Tweed River, NewS. Wales. In Mr. Wainwright’s

Coll. a long series from Herberton, Kuranda, and Towns-

ville, N. Queensland (Dodd), and females in the German

Entomological Museum from the same localities and by the

same collector.

An easily identified species, but somewhat variable in the

colour of abdomen and in the length of the long tooth of

third antennal joint. Abdomen black, often reddish at the

sides; marked with white or yellowish-haired median spots

on all segments except the last one, these extend as a very

narrow, whitish-haired band to the sides where they expand

somewhat ; the underside with grey tomentose and white-

haired bands. /Vings clear, tinged brown, leaving the

discal cell clear. Forehead almost parallel, about six times

as long as it is wide; the frontal callus oblong with spindle-

shaped extension, the forehead with greyish tomentum,

Palpi long, fairly stout, ending in an obtuse point covered

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 19

278 Miss G. Ricardo on the

with greyish tomentum and with white hairs on basal half.

Beard white. Antenne black, the first two joints with black

hairs, the third joint with a distinct, very prominent tooth.

Length 15-18 mm,

Macquart’s original description is as follows :—Black.

Abdomen with segmentations and dorsal spots yellow

tomentose, sides with testaceous spots. Antenne and legs

black. Wings with veins shaded brown, Length 7 lines ( 9 ).

Palpi almost as long as the proboscis, blackish with grey

tumentum. Face and forehead pale grey ; callus blackish,

oblong, with a lineal extension. Antenne with a fairly

prominent tooth. Eyes naked. Thorax with some grey

tomentum ; a testaceous spot, blackish above the wings (?).

Abdomen with the second segment obscurely testaceous at

sides ; underside with white segmentations, alittle testaceous

on the borders of the first three segments. Wings clear at

base, from the apices of the basal cell all the veins are

shaded with brown except at their apices, venation normal.

Most of the specimens from N. Queensland have the

abdomen almost wholly black, not reddish at the sides of

the first two segments, and the wings are somewhat darker

on the fore border. The tooth of the third antennal joint is

often as long as the first division of the joint, but all the

specimens vary in the length of this tooth, which is always

very conspicuous.

Tabanus sequens, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 178 (1848).

Type (female) from Port Essington, N. Australia.

Var. B (female) from same locality, and females from

S. Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft), 1908; from Ching Do,

N. Queensland, 26. 1. 1913 (F. H. Taylor), 1914.

A small tawny species; abdomen with a median stripe

composed of pale-coloured hairs. Antenne reddish yellow.

Legs blackish, tibiz yellow.

Length 13 mm.

Face covered with grey tomentum and with white hairs on

cheeks and lower part of face. Beardwhite. Palpi chamois-

coloured, stout at base, ending in an obtuse point ; pubes-

cence black. Antenne tawny, the first two joints pale

yellowish, with thick black pubescence on their upper borders,

apex of third joint dusky, tooth distinct. Forehead rather

darker than face, with short black pubescence, parallel,

about five times as long as it is wide anteriorly; frontai

callus pear-shaped, with short lineal extension, not reaching

eyes, reddish brown, shining. Thorax blackish brown,

covered with some grey tomentum, leaving three indistinct

OE ——

Tabanide of the Australian Region. 279

black stripes visible, also with some yellowish recumbent

pubescence and longer black hairs, sides with long dark

hairs, paler below base of wings. Scutellum identical, bor-

dered with long yellowish hairs. Abdomen tawny, becoming

darker at apex, the median spots, composed of short yellowish

hairs, are short, triangular, forming a more or less continuous

stripe from the second to the sixth segment ; indistinct

brownish marks are often present, even on the basal seg-

ments, becoming more distinct on apical segments; the

pubescence on dorsum is rather thick, consisting of short

black hairs and a few yellow ones intermixed on the second

and third segments ; hairs at sides are white, forming pre-

sumably the white stripes which Walker mentions ; segmen-

tations often grey tomentose; underside identical, with

broader grey segmentations on the darker apical segments.

Legs pale yellowish, the femora reddish brown, covered with

white pubescence ; apical joints of tarsi blackish, pubescence

on tibize and tarsi black. Wings clear, veins brown, stigma

yellowish brown ; no appendix,

Var. B, described by Walker, has brown spots on the first

and second segments.

Tabanus brevior, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 188 (1848).

Tabanus anellosus, Summers, Ent. Notes London School Tropical

Medicine, p. 226 (1912).

Type (female), in poor preservation, from Port Essington,

N. Australia, and another female from same locality (Gould).

This last was described by Walker as var. B of TVabanus

marginatus, which is a Silvius species (see Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) viii. p. 296, 1901) ; in general appearance it cer-

tainly bears a strong resemblance to Sylvius marginatus, but

may be at once distinguished by the absence of ocelli.

A very small reddish-brown species. Palpi yellowish, the

same width throughout. Wings slender. Antenne reddish

yellow, with black tips.

Length 8} mm.

Face covered with ashy-grey tomentum. Beard yellowish.

Antenne tawny, the apical joints black, the first two joints

and the small tooth with black pubescence. Pa/pi yellowish,

with rather thick black and white pubescence. Forehead

about five times as long as it is broad anteriorly, parallel ;

frontal callus brown, pear-shaped, not quite reaching eyes,

with a rather stout lineal extension. Thorax denuded,

reddish brown, with grey tomentum. Abdomen short and

rather broad, tawny-coloured, with darker brown markings,

280 Miss G. Ricardo on the

and the posterior borders of segments grey tomentose,

forming narrow bands; pubescence on dorsum blackish.

Legs veddish yellow, femora and tarsus darker. ings clear,

veins and stigma yellow,

Tabanus inmiatus, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soe. iv. p. 103 (1860).

Type (female) from Macassar, Celebes.

A species allied to Tabanus dorsobimaculatus, Macq., and

Tabanus sequens, W\k., but distinguished from both by the

very narrow forehead. Reddish yellow, abdomen with well-

marked median grey spots and bands. Legs blackish, fore

tibize pale yellow on basal half, other tibize reddish yellow.

Length 14 mm.

Face covered with ashy-grey tomentum and with a few

long white hairs. Beard white. Palpi chamois-coloured,

with black pubescence, only slightly stouter at base, ending

in an obtuse point. Antenne reddish brown, the first two

joints reddish yellow with black hairs. Forehead covered

with darker tomentum than the face, very narrow, anteriorly

only half the width that it is at the vertex; the frontal

callus chestnut-brown, oblong, very narrow, almost reaching

the eyes, prolonged as a lineal extension more than half the

length of forehead. Thorax and scutellum blackish, with

some grey tomentum; pubescence appears to have been

largely pale-coloured ; shoulders reddish, with black hairs.

Abdomen tawny, the last three segments blackish; the trian-

gular median spots appear most distinct on the second to

the fifth segments, not forming a continuous stripe ; the grey

tomentose bands on the segmentations appear on every

segment except the first and last one, and are narrow, be-

coming broader at the sides; pubescence on dorsum black,

with longer black hairs on the apical segments; underside

tawny, with lighter bands, the last two segments blackish.

Legs: femora blackish, with grey tomentuan and long white

hairs; the fore tibiz with the basal half whitish or pale

yellow, black at apex, the other tibize tawny, with black

hairs ; all the tarsi blackish. Wings clear, with yellowish-

brown shading, most marked on the first, second, and third

longitudinal veins; no appendix present ; stigma and veins

reddish yellow.

Tabanus parvus, Taylor, Australian Inst. Tropical Medicine

Report for 1911, p. 19 (1913); Austen, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8) xi. p. 266 (1914).

This is a small species, 8-10 mm. long.

Tabanidw of the Australian Region, 281

Forehead almost parallel and about five times as long as

it is broad; frontal callus pear-shaped. Palpi long and

slender, only slightly stouter at the base, yellowish. An-

tenne reddish. Abdomen in the specimen in Brit. Mus, Coll.

reddish brown with grey segmentations and median spots.

Wings with a long appendix.

Type recorded from Darwin, Northern Territory, the same

locality as that of Tabanus anellosus, Summers (now a

synonym of Tabanus brevior, Wik.), which, Mr. Austen

remarks, it closely resembles.

Tabanus townsvilli, 3 2, sp. n.

Type (female) and two other females from Townsville,

N. Queensland (Ff, P. Dodd, per Janson).

Type (male) from same locality.

A dusky, reddish-brown, medium-sized species, with very

small, white-haired, median spots on abdomen. Forehead

almost parallel. Antenne pale yellow at base, the third

joint blackish. Legs reddish yellow and black.

Length, dg 2,15 mm.

?. Face covered with pale ashy-coloured tomentum and

with fairly long white hairs. Beard white. Palpi pale

yellow, with some short black hairs, very stout at base,

ending in a short obtuse point ; some white hairs are visible

on underside at base. Antenne with the first two joints

reddish yellow, the first one largely covered on its outer side

with ashy-grey tomentum, and with a few black hairs on its

upper border; the second is very small, the third almost

wholly blackish, with a small angle as tooth. Forehead

almost parallel, about six times as long as it is broad, much

darker than the face, covered with tawny tomentum and

with black hairs ; a streak of white hairs is visible on each

side; frontal callus chestnut-brown, oblong or pear-shaped,

small, not reaching the eyes, witha lineal extension. Thorax

blackish brown, with three fairly well-marked grey tomen-

tose stripes; dorsum with some grey tomentum and with

tawny and black pubescence; tufts of white hairs at base

of wings. Scutellum same colour, with a few tawny hairs

and with long black hairs. Abdomen ochraceous tawny,

appearing darker by reason of the thick, short, black pubes-

cence on the whole dorsum ; the median spots are situated

on second to the fifth segmeuts, and consist of grey tomentum

covered with a few paie yellow or white hairs ; in two speci-

mens the spots are very small, in the third larger and trian-

gular; underside paler, with grey tomentum. Legs reddish

282 Miss G. Ricardo on the

yellow, the femora blackish, with long white hairs and grey

tomentum ; the fore tibiz blackish on their basal halves,

the tibize dusky. Wings clear, stigma yellow, veins reddish

yellow ; no appendix present.

@. Similar, the median spots of abdomen hardly visible.

Eyes with the large facets occupying two-thirds of the

surface, reaching beyond the apex of the frontal triangle.

Legs ave wauting.

Tabanus germanicus, 2, sp. 0.

Type (female) and a series of females from Cairns and

Herberton, N. Queensland, in German Ent. Museum.

A small species, with slender pale yellow palpi, red an-

tennee, and yellowish-brown legs. Forehead narrow. Abdo-

men reddish brown, with grey bands and spots.

Length 9 mm.

Face covered with greyish tomentum and with a few scat-

tered white hairs. Beard white. Palpi pale yellow, slender,

a little stouter at base, ending in a long fine point ; pubes-

cence white and yellow. Antenne bright reddish yellow, the

first two joints pale yellow with black pubescence, the third

with the basal joint large and broad, the tooth obtuse.

Subcallus often partially denuded, when it appears shiny and

testaceous in colour. forehead parallel, nearly five times

as long as it is broad, covered with yellowish tomentum and

with some short black hairs; frontal callus shining reddish

brown, pear-shaped, not reaching eyes, with a very short

lineal extension. Eyes bare. Thorax blackish brown, but

in well-preserved specimens appearing grey, being covered

with grey tomentum, the pubescence consisting of appressed

scattered yellow hairs, with a few longer black hairs; breast

grey, with long white hairs. Scutellum same as thorax.

Abdomen reddish brown (when denuded reddish and darker

at apex), the grey bands on posterior borders of segments

almost half as wide as the segment, narrower on the second

one, and altogether absent on the first segment, composed

of grey tomentum with yellowish pubescence; there are

indications of grey median triangular spots of the same

composition; underside reddish at base, darker at apex;

pubescence of dorsum on the parts not occupied by the grey

bands is black and rather dense, on underside white. Legs

yellowish, the femora at base blackish, with grey tomentum

and white hairs, often prolonged on the outer side; basal

half of fore tibize and apices of others blackish brown, all

the tarsi dark ; pubescence on tibie black intermixed with

Tabanidee of the Australian Region, 283

white hairs, on tarsi black. Wings clear, veins brown ; a

long appendix present.

Tabanus neogermanicus, sp. 0.

Type (female) and a series from Palmerston, N. Australia,

in German Ent. Museum,

A small species very similar to Tabanus germanicus, but

appareutly a distinct species, the third joint of antenne with

its first division being much narrower at base and the tooth

more distinct ; the joint rapidly becoming narrower beyond

the tooth.

Forehead a little broader, about four times as long as it

is broad, also parallel; frontal callus identical, rather

narrower. Thorax aud scutellum ideutical. Abdomen very

similar, reddish brown, the grey bands not so marked and

the white pubescence on them reduced to a few hairs on the

segmentations, the black pubescence longer, especially at

apex. Legs wholly reddish yellow, a little grey tomentum

on the fore femora chiefly white, elsewhere black,

Length 9-14 mm.

Tabanus notatus, 2 , sp. n.

Type (female) from Ching Do, N. Queensland, 25.1. 1913

(F. H. Taylor), 1914, 281.

A well-marked black species, with large, triangular, grey

median spots and bands on the abdomen. Antenne black,

palpi pale yellow. Legs black and yellow.

Length 14 mm.

face covered with whitish tomentum and with long white

hairs below antennz and on the cheeks. Beard white.

Palpi chamois-coloured, stout, ending in a point ; pubes-

cence black, with a few white hairs on the upper sides.

Antenne black, the third joint stout, with a very small

tooth ; the four last divisions about a third of the length of

the basal first division. Jorehead and subcallus covered with

yellowish-brown tomentum, the forehead nearly a third

narrower anteriorly, about seven times as long as it is

broad anteriorly ; frontal callus oblong, narrow, not reaching

the eyes, with a lineal extension. Thorax blackish, with

grey tomentum ; pubescence black, with some white hairs

on anterior border and at sides; five narrow blackish stripes

discernible. Scutellum blackish, with grey tomentum and

some tawny hairs on its outer border. Abdomen black,

with well-marked, narrow, grey tomentose bands on each

segment, and the median grey spots on every segment except

284 Miss G. Ricardo on the

the last two; pubescence on the bands and spots white,

elsewhere black ; underside black, with fine white pubescence

covering it. Legs black, the fore tibiz on their basal third,

and the other tibize wholly, pale reddish yellow, with white

pubescence ; femora with white hairs ; pubescence elsewhere

black. Wings clear, stigma reddish brown, veins brown ;

no appendix,

Tabanus cyaneus, Wied. Ausszweifl. Ins. i. p. 152 (1828).

Tabanus cyaneoviridis, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iy. p. 3384 (1849).

Wiedemann described his type from a specimen caught

in unknown locality with the antenne and legs wanting.

Macquart’s type is in the Paris Museum from Tasmania,

and has been examined by me. Specimens are in the Brit.

Mus. Coll. from Sydney, N. S. Wales (‘ Challenger’ Expe-

dition) ; from Brisbane, 1. iii. 1902 (H. Tryon), 1912; from

South Queensland (Dr. 7. L. Bancroft); from Stannary

Hills, North Queensland, circa 3000 ft. (Dr. T. L. Ban-

croft) ; also from Burpengary, South Queensland, by the

same collector; from Inkerman, near Townsville, N. Queens-

land (W. Stalker), 1908.

This well-known species is easily recognized, being a

shining blue-black metallic colour. The antenne bright

reddish yellow, the two basal joints black. Palpi, face, and

forehead black, the latter parallel, narrow, with a pear-shaped

shining black frontal callus; the lineal extension stout,

reaching the vertex. Legs black. Wings clear, dark brown

at the base; stigma yellow, veins brown.

Length from 13-14 mm.

Group X.

Species with the abdomen unicolorous or almost so, sometimes

darker at apex.

Tabanus funebris, Macq. Dipt. Exot., Suppl. i. p. 161, pl. iii.

fig. 12 (1845).

A species from New Holland, which I have not been able

to identify, the type being apparently lost.

It is described as entirely black, the margins with the

veins shaded brown, as shown in the figure.

Length 11 mm.

Tabanidee of the Australian Region. 285

Tabanus nigrimanus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 183 (1848).

Tabanus badius, Summers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 225 (1912).

Type (female) from Port Essington, Northern Territories,

S. Australia (Macgillivray). Presented by the Earl of

Derby, 46. 73.

The specimen of Tabanus badius in the Brit. Mus. Coll. is

from Port Darwin, Northern Territories (Dr. C. F. Strang-

mann). Presented by London School Tropical Medicine.

A small species with a tawny abdomen. Palpi stout at

base, ending in a long fine point. Antenne tawny. Fore-

head parallel, about six times as long as it is broad anteriorly ;

the frontal callus chestnut-brown, oblong, not reaching the

eyes, with a lineal extension. Legs reddish yellow, tibie

dusky.

Length 10 mm.

Tabanus diminutus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 183 (1848).

Type (female), in poor preservation, from Port Essington,

N. Australia.

This type bears a very strong resemblance to Tabanus

avidus, Bigot, from Australia and Sydney, but is apparently

a distinct species, the palpi being stouter, the frontal callus

a different shape, and the tooth of antennal third joint is

smaller. The pa/pi are stout at base for quite half their

length, ending in a fine sharp point, pale yellow in colour,

with chiefly yellowish pubescence. The antennae are tawny, a

little dusky at tip; the tooth is little more than an angle, at

the base of the third joint. Forehead slightly narrower

anteriorly, about six times as long as it is broad anteriorly ;

frontal callus dark brown, oblong, not reaching eyes, with a

lineal extension. Abdomen same colour as in 7’. avidus, with

the trace of a darker spot on the secoud segment ; apex

somewhat darker in colour. Legs wholly yellowish ; tarsi

dusky at tips.

Length 13 mm.

The state of the type precludes a fuller description. It is

distinguished from Yabanus nigrimanus, W1k., by the yellow

femora.

Tabanus constans, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 186 (1848).

From N. and N.W. coast, Australia (Presented by

Mr. Bynce, Surgeon, R.N., Haslar Hospital).

A very small species, in such poor preservation that it is

difficult to describe it. Palpi appear reddish yellow, stout,

286 Miss G. Ricardo on the

ending ina fine short point. Antenne blackish. Forehead

very protuberant, parallel, about three-and-a-half times as

long as it is broad; the frontal callus chestnut-brown,

rather heart-shaped, not reaching the eyes. Thorax and

scutellum blackish, with remains of reddish-orange tomentum,

Abdomen the same, with same-coloured pubescence. Legs

reddish, dark at tips. JVings (only one is left) apparently

brownish, but obscured by dirt.

Length 7 mm.

Tabanus avidus, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, v. p. 673

(1892) [Atylotus}.

Tabanus fuscipes, Taylor, Report Australian Inst. Tropical Medicine,

1911, p. 14 (1913).

Tabanus taylori, Austen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiii. p. 265 (1914).

Type (female) from Australia and another female from

Sydney. The paratype of Tabanus fuscipes, given to the

Brit. Mus. Coll. by the author, and renamed Yabanus taylori

by Mr. Austen, the name fuscipes being preoccupied, on

comparison with Bigot’s type is identical, though it is

described as from Queensland.

Tabanus posticus, Wied., Ausszweifl. Ins. i. p. 152 (1828),

is possibly identical with this species, but it is impossible to

speak with certainty without seeing Wiedemann’s type.

Tabanus serus, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 20 (1862),

from New Guinea, is nearly allied, but the forehead is

narrower, the palpi stouter.

Forehead in Bigot’s type is parallel, about six times as

long as it is wide. A reddish-yellow species, the dorsum of

thorax darker. Legs reddish yellow. Wings tinged brown.

Length 14 mm.

For detailed description see Mr. Taylor’s account.

Tabanus hyperythreus, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, v.

p. 674 (1892) [ Atylotus].

Tabanus lorentzi, Ricardo, Résultats Expéd. Sci. Néerlandaise, Nouv,

Guinée, ix. (3) p. 400 (1913).

Type (female), in fair preservation, from Australia, and a

long series of females from Townsville and Kuranda, N.E.

Queensland, in Mr. Wainwright's Coll.

Having examined Bigot’s type, I find my species is iden-

tical, only differing in the colour of the legs, which is some-

times darker, the apical joints of tarsi often blackish, and

the apex of antenne is sometimes darker.

Tabanide of the Australian Region. 287

A medium-sized uniformly reddish-yellow species, with

narrow hairy palpi, reddish legs, yellow antenna, and clear

wings.

Length 14 mm.

Tabanus sanguinarius, Bigot, Mém., Soc. Zool. de France, v.

p. 675 (1892) [ Atylotus }.

In Brit. Mus. Coll. females from 8S. Queensland (Dr. 7. L.

Bancroft), 1908, and from Brisbane (//. Tryon), 1907.

In Mr. Wainwright’s Coll. a female from 8S, Queensland,

In Mr. Froggatt’ s Coll. three females from Richmond River,

N.S. W ales, and from ‘Tweed River.

In German Ent. Museum two females from New South

Wales.

I have not seen the type, but the species is easily recog-

nized by its large size and by its uniform reddish-brown

abdomen. Legs red. Antenne and palpi reddish yellow.

Length 18-19 mm.

face covered with yellowish tomentum, and with some

brown hairs in centre of face and on cheeks. Beard white.

Palpi long, moderately stout, ending in an obtuse point,

yellow, with black pubescence. Antenne red, the first two

joints with black hairs, the third sleuder, with a small but

distinct tooth. Sudbcallus and forehead same colour as face,

the latter almest parallel or slightly narrower at the vertex,

about six times as long as it is broad; the frontal callus

reddish brown, large, oblong, not reaching the eyes, with a

stout linealextension. Thorax reddish brown, when denuded

four black stripes appear ; some grey tomentum on dorsum,

and the pubescence consists of scattered pale yellow recum-

bent hairs and some black hairs. Scutellum reddish brown,

fringed with yellowish hairs. Abdomen reddish brown,

slightly darker at the apex ; pubescence on dorsum and at

sides black ; underside paler red, with grey tomentum and

traces of yellow pubescence on the posterior borders of

segments. Legs uniformly red, the apices of tarsi darker,

the pubescence on cox white with grey tomentum, on

femora yellow below, elsewhere black. Wings clouded more

or less with brown, fore border and stigma yellow, veins

yellowish.

This species must be very nearly allied to, if not identical

with, Zabanus nigropictus, Macquart, the type of which was

recorded from India; but as yet | have seen no specimens of

it from the Oriental Region or elsewhere (see Ricardo,

‘Records Indian Museum,’ iv. no. vi. p. 210, 1911),

288 Miss G. Ricardo on the

Mr. Froggatt records Tabanus sanguinarius under T. nigro-

pictus in “ March Flies” (Science Bull. New South Wales,

No. 3, p. 8, 1911), as found uear Richmond River, New

South Wales.

Tabanus nigritarsis, Taylor, Report Austr. Inst. Tropical

Medicine, 1911, p. 18 (1913).

This reddish-yellow species from Queensland, measuring

15-17 mm., may be distinguished from Tabanus avidus, Bigot

[ Tabanus fuscipes, Taylor, Tabanus taylori, Austen], by the

palpi, which are swollen and stout at the base, ending in a

rather long obtuse point; the frontal callus is narrower and

the femora are blackish, not cinnamon-coloured.

Tabanus spatiosus, 2, sp. n.

Type (female) and a long series from Stannary Hills,

N. Queensland, circa 3000 ft. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft), 1901, in

Brit. Mus. Coll.

A small yellowish-brown species, smaller than Tabanus

hyperythreus, Bigot, from which it is distinguished by the

wider forehead; this character also serves to distinguish it

from Yabanus nigrimanus, Wik. From Tabanus nigritarsis,

Taylor, it may be distinguished by the colour of the legs.

Antenne reddish yellow. Palpi pale yellow. Legs yel-

Jowish. Wings clear, with an appendix present.

Length 114 mm,

Face chamois-coloured, covered with grey tomentum on

the cheeks ; the sparse pubescence consists of short white or

yellow hairs. Beard white. Palpi the same colour or a

shade brighter, with short white and black hairs, slender,

nearly the same width throughout, ending in a short point.

Antenne Mars-yellow, the first two joints paler, the third

with its basal joint broad, and a small tooth. Forehead

same colour as face, parallel, broad, about four times as long

as it is broad anteriorly ; the frontal callus dark brown,

pear-shaped, not reaching the eyes, and with hardly any

lineal extension. Thorax olive-coloured, with recumbent

white pubescence and a few longer black hairs. Scutellum

identical. Abdomen ochraceous tawny, the three last seg-

ments darker, with obscure brown markings, all segments

covered with fairly numerous short whitish hairs, thickest

on segmentations, and in the middle in the form of a faint

stripe; underside identical. Legs ochraceous tawny, the

femora sometimes with a dark streak ; apical joints of tarsi

Tabanidew of the Australian Region. 289

brownish ; pubescence on femora white and on apical two-

thirds of tibizw, elsewhere black. Wings with yellowish

stigma and veins.

Tabanus sulomensis, 3 2, sp. 0.

Type (female) and type (male) from Solomon Islands,

July-August, 1909 (W. IW. Froggatt).

These specimens from Mr. Froggatt’s Coll. are placed by

him under Tabanus ardens, Wied., which was described from

Java. He states this species is very common in the open

forest-country of the Solomon Islands, and suggests it has a

wide range over the Malay Archipelago (see “ March Flies,”

by W. W. Froggatt, in Science Bulletin, No. 3, Sept. 1911,

p. 6). Wiedemann’s species is not known to me, but I do

not think these are specimens of it, judging from Wiede-

mann’s description (see translation of the original in ‘ Indian

Records,’ iv. no. vi. p. 224, 1911). The thorax in these is

not mouldy grey, the palpi are not light brown, nor are the

breast-sides mouldy grey. On the abdomen there is no trace

of a golden-yellow spot, and it cannot be described as waxy

yellow at sides ; the golden-yellow pubescence on it is not

mentioned by Wiedemann. Wings are not yellowish, but

brownish. Halteres are black, not golden yellow.

No species of Tabanus has been described from these

islands, and these specimens do not appear to be identical

with any species hitherto described from New Guinea or

adjacent islands—hence the decision to make it a new

species.

A species to be recognized by the uniform ochraceous

tawny colouring of thorax and abdomen, and the almost

similar colouring of the antennz, palpi, and legs. The

extremely narrow forehead and frontal callus is character-

istic, also the slender antenne.

Length, § 13 mm., ¢ 12 mm.

9. Lace and forehead ochraceous tawny. Beard scanty,

reddish yellow. Palpi a shade lighter in colouring, almost

the same width throughout, ending in a short point, with

a few black hairs at tip, otherwise pubescence is yellow.

Antenne long and slender, the first two joints the same

colour as palpi, the third dusky, the first division not very

broad, with a very small tooth, the last four divisions to-

gether longer than the first one. Forehead parallel, very

narrow, about ten times as long as it is broad; the frontal

callus small and narrow, with a stout lineal extension,

chestnut-brown in colour. Thorax has the ground-colour

290 On the Tabanidex of the Australian Region.

obscured by brown indistinct stripes ; dorsum shows little

trace of any pubescence; sides with a few yellow hairs.

Scutellum the same as thorax. Abdomen narrow, a little

obscured by darker colouring, the last two segments

brownish, golden-yellow short hairs appear on the seg-

mentations, with the exception of the last two segments,

where the pubescence is black; underside similar, with

more golden-yellow hairs. Legs same colour as palpi or a

shade darker and redder, rather shining; the tarsi dusky ;

pubescence on cox and femora yellow, elsewhere black.

Wings dusky, on fore border and at base yellowish ; stigma

yellowish ; veins reddish yellow ; asmall appendix present.

Maile is similar, Eyes with the large facets reaching the

apex of frontal triangle, but they are very little larger than

the small facets below; the third joint of antenne is only

dusky on apical half. /Vings are rather paler in colouring

aud the appendix is non-existent,

Tabanus aurihirtus, 8 2, sp. n.

Type (female) and another from Townsville, Queensland

(F. P. Dodd), 1904, 284.

Type (male) and another from same locality, 1902, 284,

and 1903, 319, and another male from Kuranda, N. Queens-

land (7°. P. Dodd, per Janson).

A medium-sized species with short golden-yellow pubes-

cence on the thorax and on the abdomen, this latter with a

reddish-yellow ground-colour, Antenne, palpi, and legs

reddish yellow. Frontal callus heart-shaped, reddish brown,

very indistinct.

Length, female type 16 mm., the other female 14 mm. ;

male type 14 mm., others 14-15 mm.

Face reddish brown, but covered with ashy-grey tomentum

and with pale yellow short hairs. Beard pale yellow.

Palpi yellow, only slightly stont at base, ending in a long

slender point ; pubescence pale yellow or white, consisting

of fairly long hairs on the basal part. Antenne Mars-yellow,

the first two joints paler, with a few black hairs, the third

broad at its base ; the tooth represented by an obtuse angle.

Forehead narrow, parallel, about six times as long as it is

broad, covered with much the same coloured tomentum as

the face, but the pubescence is brighter-coloured, more

orange-yellow, with some black hairs intermixed; the frontal

callus is only indicated by a heart-shaped reddish-brown

spot, reaching the eyes, but with no lineal extension, it is

partially obscured by the pubescence which overlaps it, and

Degeneration tn the Teeth of Oren and Sheep. 291

may possibly cover it in very fresh specimens. Thorax and

scutellum \lackish, covered with superincumbent golden-

yellow pubescence, and longer hairs of the same colour at

the sides, on the posterior border of thorax, and on the

scutellum ; breast covered with tawny tomentum and with

some long white hairs. Abdomen reddish yellow, with some

tawny tomentum and covered with appressed golden-yellow

pubescence, with which is intermixed black pubescence of

the same nature, apex of abdomen becomes somewhat darker ;

underside paler-coloured with white pubescence. Legs

reddish yellow ; the tibie paler yellow ; the tarsi dusky ;

pubescence chiefly black with some white hairs on cox

and on the femora. Wings clear; stigma yellowish ; veins

reddish yellow; appendix very long and curved in the type,

but rot so long in the other female.

Male is altogether paler in appearance. Eyes with the

large facets taking up two-thirds of the surface, reaching

beyond the apex of the frontal triangle, but not quite reaching

the vertex, so that a narrow border of the small facets

extends to the vertex. Thorax with the pubescence a dirty

white colour and much longer; this applies also to the

seutellum. Addomen with the same-coloured pubescence on

a paler ground-colour. egs rather paler in colour.

A female from 8. Queensland (Dr. 7. L. Bancroft),

1908, 72, has the legs wholly reddish yellow, and the pubes-

cence on thorax and abdomen paler in colour,

XXIITI.— Notes on Degeneration in the Teeth of Oxen and

Sheep. By J. Witrrtp Jackson, F.G.S. (Assistant-

Keeper, Manchester Museum).

In a Report on the Animal Remains discovered at Corsto-

pitum (Corbridge-on-T'yne) * Messrs. A. Meek and R. A. H.

Gray call attention to the absence of the first lower pre-

molar tooth in several jaws of oxen found on the site. his

form they considered distinct from the domesticated cattle

(Bos taurus, var. /ongifrons) of Roman and earlier times, and

it was accordingly described by them as a new wild species,

viz. Bos sylvestris. They further state that this species is

represented to-day by the Chillingham herd, in which there

is apparently a similar absence of the first lower premolar.

* ‘Archeol, Aliana,’ 3 ser. vii. 1911, pp. 99 et seq.

292 Mr. J. W. Jackson on Degeneration in

Mr. R. Lydekker, in ‘Science Progress,’ vol. vi. 1912,

p- 556, criticizes the above conclusion, stating, “the alleged

absence of the anterior premolar is probably a feature due to

domestication.”

Amongst almost any collection of oxen-remains from

Romano-British stations this five-toothed form is to be found,

though it is often passed unnoticed if the jaws happen to be

imperfect.

I have met with it on several occasions, and specimens

may be seen in the Manchester Museum from the Wirral sub-

merged forest, the peat of Cambridge, alluvium near Castle-

ton, Derbyshire, burial mounds, Rudston, Yorks (? Bronze

Age), a wolf-den (pre-Sixteenth Century) at Haverbrack,

Westmorland, and Dog Holes cave on Warton Crag, Lanes

(Romano-British). The Cambridge, Rudston, and Haver-

brack examples illustrate the feature in both right and left

jaws ; the other specimens are odd jaws.

At Dog Holes normal jaws of small oxen were also found

at a lower horizon, ¢. e. Neolithic, and on comparing two six-

toothed jaws from this cave, one Neolithic and the other

Romano-British, it is observed that the relative proportions

of the molars and premolars in each jaw are different.

While the molars of the later (Romano-British) jaw are

only slightly shorter than those in the earlier jaw, the pre-

molars, especially jm2, show a much greater decrease in

length. For example, jm-s in the Romano-British jaw is

more than one-fourth less in length than the same tooth in

the Neolithic jaw, while 34 is only about an eighth less.

The annexed table of measurements will show this more

clearly :—

Pm. 2- Pm 3- Pm. 4. M. 1- M. 2.

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

Neolithic ...... 13°3x9-7 19125 215x143 242x155 263x155 373x165

Romano-British. 98x8 157x104 193x111 211x126 236x181 34412

°/, of decrease.. ‘263x°175 °184x'168 ‘102x:230 °128x°187 ‘102x«°154 O77x°1

It will be noticed that pm.a does not show this decrease so

much in the leneth as in the breadth.

Having had the opportunity of going through the animal-

remains from the Glastonbury Lake Village, preparatory to

writing a full report on them in collaboration with Prof. W.

Boyd Dawkins, I carefully looked for any trace of the

above five-toothed form, and was surprised to find it so much

in evidence. The series, moreover, provided specimens of

the Teeth of Oven and Sheep. 293

adult lower jaws showing stages towards a five-toothed con-

dition. ‘Three stages are clearly represented, as follows :—

(1) Jaws with saa in place; (2) jaws with jaro in place but

in process of being pushed out, roots partly absorbed ;

(3) jaws with ja absent, with slight traces of alveolus re-

maining, In the six-toothed jaws, 2. e. where par is present,

that tooth shows very little, or almost no, trace of wear, even

though all the remaining teeth, including gg and jaca, are

considerably worn, One pair of jaws shows jm-g in position,

but the adjacent premolar is so crowded against it that the

m2 18 only lightly held in its socket, and when lifted out it

Is seen that its roots are almost absorbed.

The possibility of this being a persistent milk-molar was

considered, but on cutting away the bone below the tooth no

successional tooth was found nor was any crypt present, the

bone being quite compact. The tooth was then carefully

compared with another jay and with a deciduous molar

(mma), and was found to agree exactly with the former.

‘Lhe left ramus of another lower jaw illustrates the shedding

even better, as the anterior root of jm-2 is visible, it having

been pushed through the anterior wall of its alveolus, Both

the above examples would belong to animals considerably

over three years of age*.

Evidence of the former presence of pa3 in other adult

lower jaws is furnished by partly obliterated alveoli. The

youngest jaw showing the five-toothed condition is one in

which jm-a has just begun to wear,

Two of the Glastonbury five-toothed specimens are of

further interest, as showing an abnormal condition in the last

true molar (x3). In all true ruminants this tooth is charac-

terized by the addition of a third posterior lobe ¢. This lobe

is very small and simple in the gnu, and relatively larger in

the Bovideo and Cervidee. In the Glastonbury specimens

the third lobe of s-a is much less developed than in two

specimens of the gnu in the Manchester Museum f, it being

represented by a slight loop only. The same condition is to

be seen in the lower jaws of a polled skull of a “ wild ” white

cow supposed to be the last relic of a herd formerly kept at

* Calculated from table in Owen’s ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii.

1868, p. 352.

+ Tomes, ‘ Dental Anatomy’ (1898, p. 406, footnote), mentions Neo-

tragus hemprichii, a small Abyssinian antelope, as having only two lobes

to the third lower molar.

t In both these specimens of gnu the lower jaws have only five teeth,

pm. 2 being absent,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol. xv, 20

Degeneration in the Teeth of Oven and Sheep.

294

+9-ZLX$8

L-GLXFE

4+8-F1 X G86

9-CL XOP

LLUXG-66

PLXPE

GL X9E

GL XG-98

9-EL XE

GPLXES

SLXFtE

ELXGE

L-81X 9-26

OSL XT

G-OL XE

6-91 XG-LG

LLXG-GE

GFL XG

9-CL X GG

EFL XG-86

GL XG

9FLXE-GE

E-PLXES

SLX GGG

9-GLX PG

BFL X 1G

PLXG-0G

CLXG-FG

LELX GE

SFL XFG

GPLXS16

FLX 0G

FLX G

E-FLX9-1G

8-61 X06

GELX0G

a) a

LALX GS-26

EL XG-06

PLXE-LT

9:GLXG-GE

PPLX6L

FELX 1G

GGL X 9:04

9ELXG-EL

GELXO0SG

ELXT-GL

VEL E-0Z

LILX6L

“7 Ud

"qno UET[R IT

éLX61

éELXE-81

6-1 XG16

ESL X81

G-OLX¢-61

8-OLX LT

9-66-91

LILX9-81

"qno UOT[RT

"qn UET[R oT

$-OLX-Z1

"g "Wd

G-LX6

8X6

8-8 X6-1T

‘, NO UET][B AT

“#0 UOT[BT

‘qno UdT[ByT

“more A19A Y00T, f

“IR]OUL STI 0} Oqoy IorIeysod [jeg J.

‘soidurexe poquosep Ainquoysety oy} ur sv 4no poysnd Sareq svn 2'™4 quay Moys suoutioeds sayy Jo TTOoATB OY, *

eer eeeredeeene 6 ON ‘09317

2.0 2185.0 Sheen GT ‘ON ‘09917

see pT ON ‘Aanquoysepsy

(geegq) espruquey

* (punour yeling?) Uospngy

rreeess (QAR) YoRIqIeavyy

‘saul’ 4amo) pay700}-anry

0G ‘ON ‘OVI |

Ce ee VA ‘ON ‘oui |

ee a 9 ‘ON ‘AINGUOysBTY)

Deeeee eee e ners sets Mate

[[VUTAA {48010,T pestomgng

"+ (quig~"moyy) sefoF] So

*smpl samo) payjooj-vigy

‘(sarjouppim ur) uawg fo Yyjaay, Jo spuawmadnsnoyy

On new Leterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 205

Gisburn, Yorks, This specimen is also in the Manchester

Museum, and the lower jaws have the usual six teeth.

Comparing a number of five-toothed jaws with a like

number of six-toothed jaws, there seems to be a general

tendency for all the teeth in the latter form to be somewhat

smaller, as will be seen by the table on p. 294.

It might here be mentioned that there is nothing in the

Glastonbury bones and lower jaws to indicate that more than

the one species is present, viz. Bos longifrons.

Unfortunately in most finds the exact relation between the

upper and lower teeth cannot usually be ascertained, owing

to the scattered and imperfect condition of the remains. It

might be of interest, therefore, to point out that the asso-

ciated upper and lower jaws were found of the Haverbrack

specimen, and these show the six teeth of the upper jaw

exactly opposed to the five lower teeth; so that, if jaca were

present, it would be quite functionless.

The whole feature of the loss of jmrg in some oxen jaws

seems to me to be a clear case of degeneration gradually

brought about by disuse of that particular tooth.

Though the absence of ja-9 in ox jaws has been knqwn for

some time, the absence of this tooth from the jaws of sheep

does not appear to have been noted hitherto, On sorting the

sheep-remains from Glastonbury, howeyer, I came across a

fair percentage of lower jaws with only two premolars and

three molars present in place of the usual six teeth.

This feature, as in the ox, may be likewise due to disuse,

probably through change of food or habit under domestication.

As a further instance of acs being missing, I might men-

tion that both lower jaws of a specimen of Capra ibe in the

Manchester Museum possess only five teeth.

XXIV.— New Species of Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea.

By J. J. Joicey, F.L.S., F.K.S., and G. Tatsor, F.E.S.

(Plate XII.)

THe following species were all collected by Messrs. A. C.

and IF, Pratt in the Arfak Mountains, Dutch New Guinea,

and the types are in the collection of Joicey. We are

indebted to the Hon. W. Rothschild and Sir Geo. H. Kenrick

for the opportunity afforded of comparing specimens in their

collections.

20*

296 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Milionia rubrifascia, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

Allied to ventralis, Roths., but at once distinguished by

the much narrower band on the fore wing. This band

narrows posteriorly and ends at vein 2, On the hind wing

the blue basal area is much deeper in colour and has not the

greenish reflection of ventralis.

Underside of fore wing with band paler and basal blue

almost reaching it. Hind wing below with basal blue ex-

tending to end of cell and occupying same area as in ventralis.

Sexes similar.

Length of fore wing, ¢ ¢, 19 mm.

Types from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea, Jan. to March 1914. A series.

Milionia rubra, sp. n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.)

This species seems nearly allied to ovata, Roths., but

differs especially in its much smaller size.

9. Upperside.—F ore wing at extreme base, apical area,

and outer margin black ; rest of wing brick-red. ‘This colour

extends along costa to end of cell, then below subcostal to

beyond origin of vein 7, and curving round to the inner

margin. ase of costa yellow. Hind wing black shot with

deep blue, which is much brighter at the base of cellules 2

and 3.

Underside.—Fore wing as above, red colour paler; a black

and somewhat oblong patch at base below cell. Hind wing

black ; the extreme base in cellule 8 metallic blue, adjacent

to which is a red spot, which does not touch costa. Head

and collar metallic greenish blue; thorax and abdomen

black, tinged with dark blue; legs black.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Type from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea, March 1914. A series of 4 2 9 only.

Milionia xanthica, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.)

3. Upperside.—Fore wing black. An _ orange-yellow

band 2 mm. broad, commencing at inner margin about two-

thirds from base and extending into the cell between veins 2

and 3. Base of wing dark blue, shading into the ground-

colour as far as the band. Hind wing with costa narrowly

black ; base black to near end of cell and shot with dark

blue; distal area orange-yellow, a black marginal spot at

extremity of vein 7, and three black dots at ends of veins 6,

4, and 3.

Spectes of Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 297

Underside like the upper. Band on fore wing wider and

more clearly defined.

Head and thorax metallic blue above, blackish brown

beneath ; abdomen blackish brown and tinged with dark blue

above.

9 similar to g@. Band on fore wing wider and more

sharply defined. Basal blue brighter and suffusing the band.

Hind wing without the three marginal dots, and below with

only a faint dot on the end of vein 7, and costal black not

reaching apex.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2, 21 mm,

Types from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea: ¢ Jan. to Feb. 1914, 2 March 1914. A

series of 2 ¢ ¢ and 13 2? 2 from same locality, Jan. to

March 1914.

The following three aberrational forms are contained in

the series :—

Milionia xanthica, ab. nigra.

This form is represented by a single ¢, and differs in the

complete absence of the band on the fore wing above. Below

the band is wider than in the typical ?, but may be much

reduced, leading to the following form.

Milionia xanthica, ab. bipuncta. (PI. XII. tig. 4.)

The band on the fore wing is here reduced to two ill-defined

spots, one between veins 2 and 3 near their base and a larger

one belowit. ‘These spots are better defined on the underside.

‘This specimen shows an increase of black at apex of hind

wing, the spot on vein 7 being merged with the costal black.

Type (a ¢) the only specimen.

Milionia wanthica, ab. extensa. (PI. XII. fig. 5.)

The band on the fore wing is much widened distally and

extends to upper margin of cell. Its outer edge is ill-defined,

and yellow scales are mixed with the ground-colour almost

to outer margin, the yellowish tinge extending to vein 5 ;

this is much better defined below. The yellow of the hind

wing is more extended on both sides, so that the basal black

does not reach beyond middle of cell, and its edge is irregu-

larly defined.

ype (a 3) the only specimen.

298 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Transitions occur between the above forms. The only

other @ in the series has the fore-wing band much narrowed

and only extending to vein 2. In a @ it is still more re-

duced and only faintly indicated as far as the cell. Another

@ has the band twice as wide as in the typical form.

Milionia knowle’, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 6.)

3. Upperside.—Fore wing black faintly shot with deep

blue. Base metallic greenish blue, with a >-shaped inden-

tation of the ground-colour. Hind wing with basal half to

end of cell metallic greenish blue, distal half shot with deep

blue.

Underside of fore wing black faintly shot with deep blue:

Base metallic greenish blue, extending to near end of cell as

far as vein 3. Hind wing black faintly shot with deep blue.

At base a metallic greenish-blue costal streak, a similar

streak along lower margin of cell on éach side of median ;

a dark blue streak along inner margin. A subapical black

patch of short hair or androconia, the hairs of which are

directed outwardly. .

Head, thorax, and abdomen metallic greenish blue ; abdo-

men black below. Legs metallic greenish blue on outer side.

Sexes similar, 2 without the hairy patch on hind wing

below.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2, 22 mm.

Types from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet

N. New Guinea, Jan. to Feb. 1914. A series cf ¢ 8 and

1 93

This species seems nearly allied to callima, Roth. & Jord;

and which has also the patch of modified scales on the hind

wing below. Rothschild and Jordan, in the Deutsch. Ent.

Zeit. 1907, pp. 194—5, describe a similar structure in /amprima;

and note that in euglennia, a very similar-looking species;

it is absent. Several other species of the genus exhibit the

same characteristic:

Milionia weisket rubidi fascia, subsp: n. (Pl. XII. fig: 7.)

3. Differs from wetskez, Roth., in the yellow band on fore

wing being a little narrower and constricted between vein

and submedian, The apex is tipped with yellow, forming a

spot. On the hind wing the red proximal bordering of the

yellow band is much broader and widens posteriorly. ‘The

outer edge of the yellow band is incurved and rounded be-

tween veins 7 and 4, then convex to 2, and slightly incurved

from thence to anal angle.

Species of Lleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 299

@. Larger than g, and differing from weiskei 2 in the

red band on hind wing being distally widened and yellow

band narrower between veins 4 and 6.

Length of fore wing, g 23, 9 27 mm.

Types from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea, Jan, to Feb, 1914. The only specimens.

Eubordeta albifascia, sp.n. (PI. XII. fig. 8.)

6. Upperside.—¥Fore wing black tinged with deep purplish

blue. A narrow white band extends from costa across cell

near its end, narrowing between veins 2 and 3 and ending a

little below 2; distal edge of band dark glossy blue, as is

also the basal half of wing. Hind wing ground-colour as

in fore wing, basal half to end of cell a darker blue than on

fore wing ; costal margin brick-red, widening at the middle.

Underside of fore wing paler, a white band as above. A

narrow yellow apical band, widest in the middle, extends

from vein 7 to just below 4. Hind wing ground-colour

ee than above ; costa crimson at base, as is also a spot at

ase of costal vein ; remainder of costa, limited by costal,

orange-yellow ; this streak joins a narrow marginal yellow

hand, irregularly shaped and reaching just below 3. A

discal band, beginning below origin of vein 7, where it is

white, to vein 5, and then yellow, crosses the cell near its

end, fills the base of cellule 3, forms a square spot in 2 and a

larger and proximally rounded spot in 16 and Lc.

Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish blue ; three lateral

crimson spots on abdomen.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

‘Type from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea, March 1914. A series of 6 gg.

This species, in the markings of the hind wing below,

recalls EL. rufoplagata, Baker.

Craspedopsis angiana, sp. n. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.)

Above black, with a faint blue sheen at apex and outer

margin of fore wing and over the dark distal part of hind

wing. Both wings at base metallic greenish blue. On fore

wing the basal blue extends to near middle of cell and to

middle of inner margin, its distal edge straight and at right

angles to costa. On hind wing the basal blue extends a

little beyond cell, is limited by the costal, and reaches to

near anal angle.

Underside of fore wing black, with a white band about

3 mm. wide, extending from subcostal across end of cell to

300 On new Lleterocera from Dutch New Guinea.

just beyond vein 2; base metallic greenish blue as far as the

band. Hind wing below as above, but the blue extends

farther and leaves a narrower distal margin than above.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dark blue.

Sexes similar, except that the ¢ bears on coxa of fore leg

a thick fringe of white hair.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 17, ? 19 mw.

Types from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea, March 1914. A series.

Buzara calodesma latimargo, subsp. n.

(PI. XII. fig. 10.)

9. Differs from calodesma, Roths., in the extended red at

base of costa of fore wing nearly filling the basal two-thirds

of cell, leaving only a narrow streak of black at its base.

The yellow band is deeper in colour and nearly straight on

its outer edge, and is widened proximally to just below origin

of vein 2. At apex of wing the fringe only is yellow. On

the hind wing the marginal band is about three times as wide

as in calodesma, being 4 mm. broad. Below, the band on

fore wing is broader than above.

Length of fore wing 29 mm.

Type a ? from Momi River, N. New Guinea, March

1914. The only specimen,

Parabasis feliat, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 11.)

¢. Ground-colour of whole insect chrome-yellow, veins

and other markings chestnut-brown.

Upperside.—Fore wing with only the costa, apical area,

and outer margin for a breadth of 4 mm. of the ground-

colour, the rest being creamy buff, limited distally by the

first of four transverse lines; the first of these begins at a

quarter of costa from apex, curves at vein 7, is straight to 4,

and lunulate to inner margin at three-quarters from base ;

the second line parallel to first and much thicker, the third as

thick and straighter, the space between it and second being

twice the width: between this and first line ; the fourth line,

faint on costa, is marked by a curve in middle of cell, a short

bar, more proximal, below median of cell, and a straight line,

more distal, from le to inner margin, where it joins the

second line. Base of cell suffused with chestnut-brown, and

a square spot of same colour below it near base. A thick

line from base along inner margin and touching fourth line.

Interspace between discocellular, third line, and vein 4

suffused with chestnut-brown ; the third line joins the second

On the Upper Silurian Foraminifera of Gothland., 301

along vein 4. Outer margin with an irregular band from

costa to vein 3, and separated from first discal line from costa

to vein 6 by a yellowish line with black dots proximally of

it on veins 6,7, and 8. A submarginal row of seven black

spots and a dot in cellule 8 at apex. Fringes dark at ends

of veins. Hind wing without markings, except a black spot

at anal angle and a small tuft of black hair below it.

Underside.—Y ore wing chrome-yellow, darker beyond

cell and over apical third; three black dots, the first the

largest, in cellules 7,6, and 5. Hind wing without markings.

Antenne with black dot at base on vertex, prothorax, and

patagia marked with chestnut-brown, the latter with fringe

tipped with black; a small tuft of black hair at base of

abdomen ; tarsi black.

?. Similar to g, with paler brownish markings and discal

lines more heavily marked.

Length of fore wings, ¢ 2, 27 mm.

Types from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6000 feet,

N. New Guinea, Jan. to Feb. 1914. 2 ¢ Sg and 1 2 were

obtained.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIL,

Fig. 1. Milionia rubrifascia, 2.

Fig. 2. rubra, 2.

Fig. 3. —— wanthica, 9.

Fig. 4. —— , ab. bipuncta,

Fig. 5. —— — ., ab. extensa,

Fig. 6. —— knowlet, 3.

Fig. 7. weiskei rubidifascia, 3.

Fig. 8. Eubordeta albifascia, 3.

Fig. 9. Craspedopsis angiana, 3.

Fig. 10, Buzara calodesma latimargo, 9.

Fig. 11. Parabasis felixt, 3.

XXV.—Upper Silurian Foraminifera of Gothland.

By Joun Smiru.

(Plate XIII.)

Previous KNOWLEDGE OF THE PAL@OzOIC FORAMINIFERA.

WE are pretty well acquainted with the Carboniferous

Foraminitera, so well depicted in Brady’s ‘ Monograph,”

published by the Palewontographical Society in vol. xxx.

In strata lower than the Carboniferous few species have

hitherto been found.

302 Mr. J. Smith on the Upper Silurian

In quartzites ete. of pre-Cambrian age in Brittany very

minute things have been got, globular or nearly so, spiny

and perforated, sometimes in strings, the largest only the

osiyy Of an inch in diameter (Ann. Soc. Géol. Nord, vol. xxii.).

Ehrenberg, in 1858, figured tive genera from the blue clay

of the Baltic provinces, a horizon now known to belong to

the Lower Cambrian. They are glauconite casts referable

to the genera Vodosaria, Rotalina, and Pulvinulina.

Foraminifera have been recorded from the Cambrian

system of Siberia (Q. J. G. S. vol. lvi.) and from the Saint

John Series of New Brunswick (Tr. N. Y. Acad. of Sci.

vol. xii. for 1893).

In the Q. J.G.S. for 1900 Chapman has figured and

described nine species of Foraminifera from the Upper Cam-

brian in the Malverns. They have all been drawn from

polished specimens of the rock, and comprise the genera

Spirillina, Lagena, Nodosaria, Marginulina, and Cristellaria.

Chapman, in this paper, says :—“ Foraminifera are, however,

rare at the best until the lower limestones of the Carboniferous

period are reached.”

Above the Bala Limestone of Guildfield, near Welshpool,

Foraminifera have been got (Geol. Mag. 1882).

Chapman, in his ‘ Foraminifera,’ p. 254, says that in the

Llandovery beds of Cwm Symlog Dentalina, Textularia,

and Rotalia? have been got, and, at p. 255, Hyperammina _

and Stacheia were got in Gotland; he also adds that Vine’s

Silurian genus Psammosiphon has been relegated to the genus

Stacheta.

Brady, in 1888, figured four species of Lagena from the

Upper Silurian of England, and I supplied him with some of

the specimens (Geol. Mag. for 1888).

Four species have been got in the Upper Silurians of

Indiana, and casts from the Devonian of Paffrath, referable

to the genera Lagenulina, Cristellaria, Orbulina, Globigerina,

and Fusulina.

GOTHLAND UPPER SILURIAN FORAMINIFERA.

To the casual visitor to Gothland the rocks present but

two petrographical series—a great limestone-bed, and under

it a rather thicker shale-bed with limey bands and nodules

more or less through it, the whole being contained within

240 feet of thickness. In the south of the island there is

sandstone under a thick limestone, and on this point there

is a division of opinion, the minority, following Murchison,

holding the notion that there is an ascending series towards

ome

5. oe, lee

Foraminifera of Gothland. 303

the south, so that the limestone of Hoburgen—the extreme

southern part—is on a higher horizon than that of the rest

of the island, and the majority that the sandstone simply

occupies so much of the space taken up by the shale in the

north. As opinions are not evidence, the proof, one way or

the other, will not be obtained till a bore is put down on the

Hoburg shore.

The Foraminifera recorded in this paper were obtained,

one species from the lower part of the limestone, and the rest

from the shales towards their upper part.

TlorrIzons.

The Gothland strata range from the Monograptus-shales

(under the Llandovery) to tlhe Downtonian (above the

Ludlow *).

The species got in the limestone may be referred to the

Aymestry, and the rest to the Wenlock horizon of England.

FORAMINIFERA (REMARKS ON THE SPECIES).

All the specimens figured are from plump and solid indi-

viduals, none from cut sections of the rock, and, unless

otherwise stated, are enlarged 40 diameters.

To Mr. Joseph Wright, F.G-.S., of Belfast, who has devoted

a large part of his lifetime to the study of the Foraminifera,

{1 am indebted for piloting me through this labyrinth of

small things. I make this early reference to him, as I will

have frequently to bring in his name in connection with

some of the species. I am also indebted to him for many of

the references.

Hyperammina vagans, Brady.

Girvanella problematica, N. & E.

At the time (1878) Nicholson and Ederidge published

their first fasciculus of the Girvan fossils, they gave an excerpt

of a Jetter from Brady, this letter pointing out that G. prob/e-

matica resembled 7. vagans, a present-day species, aud this

has been sustained by later investigators. ‘“Girvanella”’ is

common in Gothland, so much so that two series of strata

have been called “Gérvanella-zones.” ‘This fossil has, how-

‘ever, to be nvostly determined from cut bits of the rock; but

from the shales I got a number of specimens showing the

* Dr. Munthe’s Memoir on the Strata of Southern Gothland (in

English).

304 Mr. J. Smith on the Upper Silurian

entire tubes twisting in every direction. The illustration I

give is a portion of a small mass, and would have been more

complete but for the shale, which more or less covers the

tubes.

Loc. Muldé and Fréjel.

Hyperammina minutissima, sp. n.

From its minute size and rough surface, Mr. Wright

thinks this form may be made a new species. ‘This little

fossil is attached to a spicule, the figure showing about a

third of it magnified 1000 diameters.

Loe. Wisby Cement Works.

Hyperammina rectangula, sp. n.

This is also a branching form, and the two figures will

show how the branches go off at nearly right angles. Both

figures show the primordial cell (also seen in living specimens

ot H. vagans), one of them with a ring. The dimensions are

given in Explanation of Plate (p. 309).

Loe. Muldé and Frojel.

From the Gothland shales I have obtained a series of

Hyperammina, ranging in size between the largest and smallest

species given above, and several ‘‘ species”? might easily be

made from them ; but as they are smooth and follow more or

Jess the character of H. vagans, they may be placed with

that species.

Hyperammina ramosissima, Chap.

The figure will show the branching-habit of this species, a

feature from which it takes its specific name.

Loc. Gothem.

Reoplaz pilulifera, Brady.

The specimen is probably incomplete, shows three loculi-

ments with very distinct perforations.

Loc. Korpklint.

Reoplax adunca, Brady.

This is a rare species.

Loc. Sleté.

Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Born, sp.

Loc, Gothem.

‘

——

abe.

Foraminifera of Gothland. 305

Ammodiscus gordialis, J, & P., sp.

Only one specimen got.

Loc. Korpklint.

Trochammina anceps, Brady.

There was only one got, and it. occurred in decayed crysta!-

line limestone.

Loc. Kappelshamn, near the shore.

Webbina cf. hemispherica, J., P., & B.

This species is constantly attached to shells ete., but, being

uniformly of a brownish colour, I thought it might be a

macrospore. Dr. Kidston, however, will not express an

opinion on it. Mr. Wright thinks it may be a Webbina

flattened by pressure. I had never any doubt about the

flattening. In appearance it is either a flat cake or like a

shallow saucer with a slightly raised rim.

Loe, Réfvar Liljas halo and Sleté.

Webbina gothemensis, sp. n,

Occurs as a thin-edged cake on other fossils, the surface

swelling up irregularly as shown on figure.

Loc. Gothem.

Stacheia acervalis, Brady.

Not abundant, but pretty widely spread and attached to

other organisms, and on account of this differs greatly in

appearance.

Loe. Stora Carlsé, Muldé, and Lau Canal. Common in

the Carboniferous rocks of Scotland.

Stacheia congesta, Brady.

The two figures will show the extreme variations of shape.

Loc. Muldé, Fiéjel, Wisby Cement Works, Lummelunds

Bruk. Common in the Carboniferous limestones and shales

of Scotland.

Lagena globosa, Montag., sp.

This species differs greatly in size and shape, sometimes all

but globular, others Jong-oval, and in cross-section not always

round. ‘lhey can be distinguished by their colour, a light

grey. The five illustrations are each from different specimens :

306 Mr. J. Smith on the Upper Silurian

a, view of aperture; 3, c, undersides. Some of the shapes

are identical to those assumed by the little freshwater Rhizo-

pod of our ponds and ditches called Diftugia.

Loc. Lau Canal, Sluguklint, Korpklint, Stora Carlsé.

Lagena levis, Montag., sp.

The two figures give the extreme variation in shape seen.

Loc. Lau Canal and Sluguklint,

Lagena clavata, D’Orb., sp.

The two figures show the extreme of variation.

Loe. Sluguklint.

Lagena gracillima, Seg., sp.

The two figures show considerable differences in shape, but

not any more so than recent forms.

Loc. Wisby Cement Works.

Lagena parkeriana, Brady.

The seven figures I give of this species will show how it

varies in shape and size,

Loc. Stora Carlsé6, Lau Canal, Roéfvar Liljas hilo, and

Sluguklint. Common in the Carboniferous limestones of

Scotland.

Lagena auriculata, var. linearituba, Cushman.

I had regarded this form as a Fusulina, but Mr. Wright

has no doubt of its being a Lagena,

Loc. Wisby Cement Works.

Lagena cylindrica, sp. n.

This species is all but cylindrical, with the neck of the

tube sometimes slightly bent.

Loc. Stora Carlsé and Wisby Cement Works.

Lagena gottlandica, sp. n.

Globular, with a short tube.

This form differs from all recorded species of Foraminifera

in having minute concentric strie, resolvable by high powers

into beaded lines running round the test. As wasted speci-

mens it is not infrequent, but when perfect it is a bright

glittering little form.

Loc. Stora Carls.

— PS

as \ ’

Foraminifera of Gothland. 307

Lagena gutta *, sp. n,

Like the above, this one has got surrounding striz, but

differs in being oval and apiculate.

Loe. Frijel.

Lagena storavedensis, sp, n.

Like the two last, this one has also got strim running

round the shell. In shape it comes pretty neay to some of

the forms of L, parkeriana,

Loc. Stora Vedé.

Lagena visbeyensis, sp. n.

This form is apiculate, with a long tube, and has got four

to six strongly pronounced rounded coste,

Loc. Wisby Cement Works.

Lagena acutangula, sp. n.

This one has got a strong resemblance to L. gracillima,

but has five sharp-edged coste,

Loc. Wisby Cement Works.

Nodosaria cf. soluta, Rss.

The figure in the ‘Challenger? Monograph has seven luculi-

ments; the one figured here has only three, but is probably

imperfect.

Loc. Stora Vedé,

Nodosaria inflexa, Rss., sp.

The two figures will show the extreme varieties of shape,

Loc. Wisby Cement Works and Sluguklint,

Nodosaria siluriana, sp. 0.

Resembles V. inops, Rss., but differs in having sharp

coste with deep spaces between them.

Loc. Wisby Cement Works.

Orbulina universa, D’Orb.

This is not a common form in the Gothland shales, but its

minute size may cause it to be overlooked,

Loe. Stora Carlsé.

* Gutta was the poetical name of Odin,

308 Mr. J. Smith on the Upper Silurian

GOTHLAND UPPER SILURIAN FORAMINIFERA, SHOWING

THEIR RANGE IN ‘TIME.

Cambrian.

Upper Silurian,

Gothland.

Carboniferous.

Recent.

Hyperammina vagans, Brady ........

MInutiBeUMA, GP. Bs ob o's. ss sane ve

reciangula, Ep...‘ sesids Same ee SH ebe

ramosissima, Chap......... eta

Reoplax pilulifera, Brady ............|

adunea, Brady 05 s9...ye ui se sk Se *

Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Born., sp.

Ammodiscus gordialis, J. §& P., sp.

Trochammina anceps, Brady .......... ey

Webbina hemispherica, J., P., §& B.....) x

gothemensis, sp. n...... ae renck | es

Stacheia acervalis, Brady ............ 2

* * * *

clavata, Montag., sp. ............

pracllins, Bey. 8p. 257 8204s

——— parkerjana, Brady ..............

—— auriculata, var. linearituba, Cush-|

Man... .'s She a Fibs a Bie eee eee x

[# eR *

* ee *

KH KH HHHKHRH HHH KH HK HK KH

— gottlandica, sp.n. ..............

See HLS OE aa Aees Sai 5 409 2 acae +

sloravedensia, BP... ges ctee. ses sa

visbyensis, sp. N......... Mattes ae

PCULATIPINS "AP, NM, bos pes dds 3

Nodosaria cf. soluta, Rss., sp........... *

IDEA, H068.,"BD. ss hoes oe eS *

SUNTIARA, Spr. 6 betes sesh ees c <

Orbulina universa, D’Orb. ............ af

* ee KKK KH KH HH *

Abstract,

BSECORE.p'.ceeens sete s kee se sess. Lo sPeCIR,

Usrboniisrogs 9 <0: ee teeee sb eee e oes Ss

Upper Silufinn ) (0. sf 20.20) Rae ) 2O 0a

CAMbNSA oats cays > tue dbs Pere Ricans li ow

The whole of the Cambrian species are got living at the

present day.

New species, ten. Species hitherto known from the Upper

Silurian, seven.

Foraminifera of Gothland. 309

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIUL

Figures enlarged 40 diameters, unless otherwise stated.

Hyperammina vagans, Brady, -, : showing primordial cell; tubes at

smallest ‘004 mm. diam., =. Ring round primordial cell

‘04 mm. diam., smallest tubes ‘005 mm.,

diam.

Hyperammina minutissima, sp. n., X 1000, 7

Hyperammina ‘npr tee: ag »» X 20, 7

Reoplax pilulifera, Brady, =

Reoplax adunca, Brady, _.

Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Born., sp., “.

Ammodiscus gordialis, J. & P., sp., a

Trochammina anceps, Brady, ” x 20.

Webbina hemispherica, J. & P., 2

Webbina gothemensts, sp. 0., Te

Stacheia acervalis, Brady, ° oi x 10, rs x 8.

Stacheia congesta, “Brady, 5 7 =! x< 10:

Lagena globosa, Montag., sp., ~.

Lagena levis, Montag., sp., *.

Lagena clavata, Montag., sp., é

131

Lagena gracillima, Seg., sp., eC, a

3 103 102 131

Lagena parkeriana, Brady, 3, =, =, > % 4, ¢

Lagena auriculata, var. linearituba, Cush., a

ae 3

Lagena cylindrica, sp. n., 5 a

269

Lagena gottlandica, sp. n., =.

Lagena yutia, sp. n., =.

131

Lagena storavedensis, ei Ry, >

Lagena vishyensis, sp. 0., 5 ; : a, top view.

Lagena acutangula, sp. n., ; ce: d, top view.

Nodosaria cf, soluta, as oP iy .

Nodosaria inflexa, Rss., + .

Nodosaria siluriana, sp. n., 4

Orbulina universa, D’Orb. —

yA"

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv.

largest ‘01 to ‘03 mm,

310 Dr. W. T. Calman on the

XXVI.— The Holotype of Ammothea carolinensis, Leach

(Pycnogonida). By W. T. Caiman, D.Se.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

JusT a century ago, in the first volume of his * Zoological

Miscellany’ (pp. 33-34, pl. xiii.) *, Dr. W. E. Leach

described and figured a new species of Pyenogonid, which he

placed in a new genus under the name Ammothea carolinensis,

Loman f has pointed out that, according to the original

description and figure, Leach’s species is not congeneric with

the majority of species that have since been referred to

Ammiothea, but belongs to the group to which the name

Leionymphon, Mobius}, has been given. This conclusion

has been accepted, and the consequent changes in nomen-

clature have been made, by Bouvier and by Hodgson.

One of the two specimens described by Leach is preserved

in the British Museum and, although not quite unscathed by

the accidents of a hundred years, it is still in fair condition,

As Loman’s discussion is based solely on Leach’s description

and figure §, it seems desirable to place on record some

further details regarding this specimen, which must now be

accepted as the holotype of the species.

Description.—‘Vhe specimen is immature, as is shown by

the chelate condition of the chelophores and the shortness

of the ovigers. ‘The body appears to be somewhat shortened

by contraction in drying.

Lateral processes separated by intervals of less than half

their diameter, each with a slight distal ridge which is very

indistinctly bilobed.

Transverse body-ridges very prominent, rising into acutely

conical median processes with the points directed obliquely

forwards.

Cephalon about twice as wide as long. Ocular tubercle

* Hoek (‘ Challenger’ Rep. Pycnogonida, p. 28, 1881) gives the date as

1815, but Mr. C. D. Sherborn assures me that there is no reason for

doubting the date 1814 given on Leach’s titlepage.

+ Pantopoden d. Siboga-Exp. p. 10 (1908).

¢ Pantopoden d. deutschen Tiefsee-Exp. p. 183 (1902).

§ It is not correct to state, as Hodgson does (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) xv. p. 146, 1915), that ‘* Loman has called attention to the type-

specimen of Leach now preserved in the British Museum.” Loman

makes no reference to the specimen, and I am not aware that he took any

steps to discover whether it still existed.

Holotype of Ammotlea carolinensis, Leach. 311

not quite as tall as the first dorsal process, subcylindrical,

with a conical apex ; eyes distinct, pigmented, the anterior

pair the larger.

Abdomen \orizontal, laterally compressed towards the tip,

with a distinct basal tubercle, its length one-third of the

distance from its base to the front.

Probosvis as long as trunk and abdomen together, with a

faint constriction at less than one-third of its length from the

base, the distal portion rounded-trihedral in section, nar-

rowing slightly to the broadly truncate tip,

Chelophores extending to one-tiird of length of proboscis,

seape a little longer than chela, fingers strongly arched, much

longer than the palm.

Palps (only seven out of the nine segments shown in

Leach ’s figure are preserved) slender, second segment one-

half as long as fourth, the three following subequal.

Ovigers with ten segments distinct.

Legs. First coxa a little shorter than third and more than

half as long as second. Femur equal to first tibia and four-

fifths as long as second. ‘l'arsus and propodus together

nearly half as long as second tibia. Propodus slightly curved,

with two or three large spines on the proximal part and one

smaller near the distal end of the inner edge. Claw about

half as long as propodus ; auxiliaries five-eighths as long as

main claw.

The dorsal surface of the body and the whole surface of

the appendages closely set with minute spinules. On the

legs, the spinules show here and there a tendency towards

arrangement in longitudinal series, but they are not divided

into definite bands by sharply marked bare spaces.

Measurements * in millimetres :—

Kenge of ywrotpmanti eh es is eet AS ee 10°5

Greatest diameter of proboscis ................ B44

Length of cophalon «50. '4.0 0 sessed ens ot Rasen 2°4

‘Width OL COPDANOI, a 59's 0.4 ain a5 0 a chogenelg nin) ©: 3°68

ROGUE OE RO i iva cs 8 > 5 cg) a tag as mote oe 7°84

Width between first and second lateral processes.. 2°56

Width across second lateral processes ........ 744

Length of ubdomen ........020-0sceenene bss vj) 266

Third right leg :— :

PGE OGRE? i xo kagcavdeweWebieeda «aber. « 2-0

Second cote... cise ce cedaeteiadecaudss ss8- 36

* Besides the usual sources of inaccuracy in the measurements and

drawings here given, allowance must be made for the difficulty of

handling the very fragile specimen.

2 |*

312 On the Holotype of Ammothea carolinensis,

Third right leg (cont.) :—

ARE IER bs oes hin A Roe A 3 oe

BRGPON al at's Kale +s Aare BD niche Me enbueeva se eee 8:0

PPSb LIDIA sss sas nich oR RR Ree eee 8-0

Second tibia ........ S SETET ee eure tens . 9°84

Tatens and propod es jis isis bois = ass hen Pils hie 4:8

OUAW ci. ace MEN SENET ENS Loh EEO Re 1:92

BoxIGgGs pxbolan ta xtch es Cana ee ae oa at 1:2

Palp :—

Second segment .......... esti. W ibs ahh 2°88

Third yada 4) a locols crete d = fe nes ios bee 12

MOOTED. | uct Ga hak ake caren fon kes ee 5-76

Fifth yy Th kiss CRA & COMA ARAL OP one 1:04

Sixth he When ote tote knack ese ee 112

Bayorieh} 5,8 0) iu. gies AB ie tae 1:12

Locality.—Leach says, *‘ For this singular species. ....I

am indebted to Mr. Latham of Compton Street, who received

two specimens from South Carolina, which were caught on an

anchor that had been recently drawn from the bottom of the

sea,”

Nothing resembling Leach’s type has been found in the

North Atiantic during the century that has elapsed since he

described it, all the known species that are congeneric with it

coming, without exception, from the Antarctic seas. It seems

not unreasonable, therefore, to suppose that Leach or his

informant may have been mistaken as to the origin of the

specimens, and it is a tempting suggestion that ‘South

Carolina ” was written instead of ‘ South Georgia.” There

is nothing improbable in the supposition that the specimens

may have come from the last-named locality, which was

much frequented by British and American sealing-vessels

during the first two decades of the nineteenth century *.

On the other hand, the Museum records afford no information

on the point, and our scanty knowledge of the distribution of

Pycnogonida does not give much confidence as to what genera

may, or may not, be expected in the North Atlantic.

Bouvier’s recent discovery of a species of Pentapycnon on

the coast of Guiana is a reminder of the risk of dogmatizing

on the subject. Nevertheless, until some evidence is pro-

duced that a species resembling that described by Leach

does occur in the North Atlantic, it is, I think, justifiable to

disregard his statement as to its origin in considering its

affinities.

Affinities. —On comparing the characters of the specimen

as described above with Bouvier’s key T to the species of

* See Weddell, Voy. South Pole (London, 1825), p. 53.

+ Deuxiéme Expéd. Antarctique Francaise 1908-1910, Pycnogonides

du ‘ Pourquoi Pas ?,’ p. 123 (1913).

Ammothea carolinensis, Leach, holotype, dorsal view.

Legs and distal portion of palps omitted.

Fig. 2.

Ammothea carolinensis, Leach, holotype, from right side,

Legs omitted.

Fig. 3.

Ammothea carolinensis, Leach, holotype, third leg of right side,

The spinules on the surface of the limb are not indicated.

314 On the Holotype 07 Ammothea carolinensis.

Ammothea, it is clear that, as Bouvier himself has suggested,

Leach’s species finds its place near A. grandis, Pteffer, and

A. gibbosa (Mobius). The difference between these two

species is not very great, and Bouvier even suggests that they

might be united, but, taking the characters as he gives them,

the comparatively short and horizontal abdomen, the incon-

spicuous tuberosities on the lateral processes, and, above all,

the more numerous and closely-set spinules, not arranged in

bands, on the legs, are points in which the present specimen

agrees rather with A. grandis. A closer comparison is

hindered by the fact that, while the characters of both

species are known to change very considerably with growth,

no detailed description of immature specimens of A. grandis

has been published. There are, in the Museum collection,

three specimens that I believe to belong to the last-named

species. One of these is immature, with chelate chelophores,

but it is much smaller than Leach’s holotype and it is in

such bad condition as to be of little use for comparison.

Assuming, however, that such characters as the relative

shortness and stoutness of the legs and greater length of the

propodus are due to immaturity, while the shortness of the

trunk is caused by shrinkage in drying, I am unable to point

to a-single definite character by which Leach’s specimen

can be differentiated from Pfeffer’s species. Until it is

possible to compare the type-specimens of the two species side

by side (which is unlikely to be for some time), I propose

that the species should be united, with the following

synonymy :—

Ammothea carolinensis, Leach.

Ammothea carolinensis, Leach, Zool. Miscellany, i. p. 34, pl. xiii. (1814).

Nymphum carolinensis, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat, Crust. iii. p. 534

(1840). -

Ammothea grandis, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst. vi. (2)

p. 43 (1889).

Colossendeis (?) charcoti, Bouvier, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xi.

p. 296 (1905).

Leionymphon grande, Hodgson, Nat. Antarct. Exped. ‘ Discovery,’

Zool. ii. p. 41, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1907) ; Bouvier, Expéd. Antarctique

Frangaise 1903-1905, Pycnogonides du ‘ Frangais,’ p. 60, figs. 40-48

(1907).

Ammothea grandis, Bouvier, Deuxiéme Expéd. Antarctique Frangaise

1908-1910, Pycnogonides du ‘ Pourquoi Pas ?,’ p. 126 (1913),

ea 7s 7

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, 315

XXVIT.—Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—VY.

By Ricuarp 8. Baanatt, F.L.S., FES.

Suborder TEREBRANTIA.

Family Holothripida.

Subfamily Mezavorurreinx.

Melanothrips fuscus (Sulzer).

Tunis: Tunis, 56 29 9 and 2 gg, Feb. 7th, and 1 9,

Feb, 20th, 1903 ; Sousa, 2 9? 9 and 1 g, Feb. 28th, 1903

(Biro). In the National Hungarian Museum.

Genus CRANOTHRIPS, nov.

Apex of the first antennal segment strongly produced

inwardly, with the inner edge of the produced part serrate.

Cranothrips poultoni. First and second joints of right antenna.

Head broader than long; a long stout genal spine behind

each eye and inter-ocellar and postocular bristles present.

Fore-wings with cross-veins.

Type. Cranothrips poultoni, m.

The genus comes very near Ankothrips, and is easily

recognized by the structure of the first antennal joint and the

simple second joint.

316 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Cranothrips poultont, sp. n.

9 .—Length 1°65, breadth of mesothorax 0°25 mm.

Colour grey-brown ; fore-legs yellow-brown; antenne

with the produced part of first joint clear yellow, joint 3

yellow tinged with grey, and 4 yellowish-brown. Fore-

wings light grey-brown, with the first and third fourths

white.

Head broader than long, broadest near base. Eyes large,

somewliat coarsely facetted, pilose, occupying at least 0°5

the length of the head. A long stout genal spine behind

each eye; inter-ocellar and postocular spines rather long.

Mouth-cone reaching across prosternum ; maxillary palpi

Jong, apical joint shorter and narrower than either joints 1

or 2. Antenne more than twice as long as head, first joint

with the characteristic prolongation described in the generic

diagnosis, which almost reaches the apex of the second

joint. Relative lengths of joints 3-9 as tollows:—19: 17:

162.4154 92628.

Prothorax about as long as the head and 1°75 times as

broad as long ; furnished with several stout sete, of which

the mid-lateral pair, two at each hind angle, and certain

of the postero-marginal series are the longest.

Legs typical of the family ; femora and tibie sparingly

setose. Pterothorax large, 1°25 times longer than broad,

sides rounded, giving an oviform appearance.

Wings broad, reaching to the seventh abdominal segment.

Fore-wings broadest near middle, where they are nearly 0°2

(one-fifth) as broad as long; both longitudinal veins set

with, roughly, 20-22 longish black spines, and costa with

about 36. Cilia on lower edge wavy.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, tenth segment shorter than ninth,

set on 9 and 10 about as long as segment 9.

Hab. Western Australia, near Fremantle, on flowers

(nos. 17 and 22), The only named flower is a proteaceous

shrub (Dryandra florthunda, R. Br.), and it is impossible to

say whether this species is attached to Dryandra (or any

other flower) or is a general species.

I find particular pleasure in naming the species after

Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., who obtained several other

interesting species on .the occasion of the recent British

Association visit to Australia, and who has encouraged my

researches in many directions.

ret

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, 317

Subfamily Mororuerriv2z.

Molothrips fasciatus (L.).

TUNIS: numerous specimens collected by Mr. Biro in

1903, as follows :—Tunis, 5 2? 2 and 1 @, Feb. 7th, and

4 992, Feb. 26th; Sousse, 1 ¢ and 1 2, March 28th;

Gafsa, 26 9 9 and5d gg, March 24th, and Gafsa Oasis,

1 3, March 25th. National Hungarian Museum.

Canary ISLANDS: Las Palmas, Grand Canary, 1 ? on

Sisymbrium officinale, June 28, 1914 (Prof. £. B. Poulton).

Eolothrips brevicornis, sp. n.

2 .—Leneth 1:25 mm.

Reddish- to chestnut-brown ; fore-legs and third antennal

joint yellowish-brown.

This species comes in the “ fasciatus” group with banded

wings, and differs from all the species excepting fasciatus in

having the abdomen unicolorous. Apart from its small size,

brevicornis may be separated from fasciatus by its shorter

antenne, which are approximately 2-2 times (instead of about

3 times, in fusciatus) the length of the head. The inter-

mediate antennal joints are relatively shorter compared with

their breadth; joints 3 and 4 are practically subequal,

whereas in fuse/atus joint 3 is 1:2 times the length of 4. In

the species of the “ fasciatus” group in which the base of

the abdomen is banded with white the last four (6 to 9)

antennal joints are together much longer than the fifth;

in fasciatus they are practically equal to the fifth (20: 19),

whilst in brevicornts they are much shorter than the fitth

(19 : 14).

Hab. Soutn Arrica: Cape Town, 1 2 shaken from a

flower, July 13th, 1914 (Prof. B. B. Poulton).

Family Thripidae.

Leliothrips femoralis, Reut.

GerRMAN East ArricA;: Arusha, 1 ? in the collection

made »by Mr. ©. Katona in October and November 1905.

National Hungarian Museum.

The species is generally regarded as a hothouse one, but

I also have an example taken with H. hamorrhoidalis on

banana-palm, Spain.

318 Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera,

FTeliothrips brunnetpennis, sp. n.

Length about 1°5 mm., linear.

Colour dark brown ; head yellowish-brown and abdomen

apically lighter. Fore-femora and tibia yellow, lightly tinged

with brown ; intermediate and hind femora and tibiz dark

brown, basally yellow, the tibize also yellowish-white distally ;

all tarsi whitish-yellow. Fore-wings brown, darkest at base,

a light patch in about the third tenth; hind wings light

greyish-brown, with median vein darker ; cilia dark. An-

tenne with basal joint yellowish ; 2 brown, 3 to 5 clear

lemon-yellow, 6 brown, and style yellowish-white.

Head more than 1°8 times as broad at broadest (near base)

as long. Cheeks swollen behind eyes, subparallel to a

collar-like thickening before constriction at base, which runs

in an are close to the hind margin of the eyes ; reticulations

behind collar larger, but not so strong. Eyes large, coarsely

facetted, and weakly setose. Ocelli large, posterior pair on a

line through middle of eyes. Maxillary palpi 2-segmented.

Antenne at least twice as long as the head, lengths of joints

3 to 8 relatively 26 : 26:18: 10:3: 10,—3 and 4 spindle-

shaped, 5 claviform, and 6 globular; style bristle-like.

Forked trichomes on 3 and 4 curved, exceptionally long and

slender, one of the arms on 4 being 1°7 times the length of

that joint.

Prothorax broader than long, posterior margin from about

centre of lateral margins arcuate. Pterothorax large and

broad, and about as long as broad. Wings reaching to

middle of abdominal segment 8. Fore-wing about 15 times

as long as broad through middle, not upeurved distally.

Sete rather short and slender, dark; costa with 25/26,

increasing in length towards apex of wing ; upper vein with

4 near fork and 2 near apex, and lower vein with 1+2+1+

1+1, the last situated towards the end of the fourth fifth—

that is, before the first of the two distal bristles of the upper

vein.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, occupying about 0°6 the total

length of insect, not broader than the pterothorax. Seg-

ments 8 to 10 evenly narrowed to tip ; 9 about 1°8 times as

long as 10; bristles on 8-10 moderately long, pale.

Hab. Ceylon, Peradeniya, feeding on the leaves of Litsea

chinensis (A, Rutherford, no. 3618, Ent. Research Comm.

no. 60).

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 319

Dinurothrips rutherford, sp. n.

? .—Length about 1-1 mm.

Dorsal surface deeply reticulated.

Yellow, shaded with reddish- to chestnut-brown, deepest

towards sides of head, thorax, and abdomen. Fore-tibiae

yellow, femora brownish ; intermediate femora and_ tibia

brown, yellowish distally ; hind-femora greyish-brown, tibia

yellow. Antenne much as in J). hookeri, Hood, yellow,

second joint deeper in shade, greyislh-brown apically, Fore-

wings greyish, yellow in line of veins, with an indistinct

brownish band near base and across the seventh eighth, and

other scarcely defined bands ; setz stout, daik brown basally

to yellow (in some) at points; hind-wing with brown median

vein.

Head about twice as wide across eyes as long, longer than

the prothorax. Cheeks roundly narrowed posteriorly and

constricted abruptly at base ; explanate, the shelf-like mar-

gins projecting somewhat distally in the curve of the outer

posterior margin of the eye. Kyes prominent, occupying

about 0°5 the length of the head, coarsely facetted and not

pilose ; space between them almost twice the width of the

eye. Ocelli and antennz almost as in D.hookeri. Vertex

also with shelf-like margin. Maxillary palpi apparently

2-jointed,

Prothorax with broad, wing-like, explanate, lateral mar-

gins, anteriorly wider and more broadly rounded than

posteriorly. Pronotum proper transverse, not as broad as the

head, with a series of lateral and antero-marginal sete in

pairs, and a pair of pre-basal ones, one on each side of the

median line.

Pterothorax massive, twice as broad as the pronotum

proper (¢. e. excluding the explanate margins) ; metanotum

narrower than the mesonotum, the latter sharply narrowed to

juncture with abdomen, which is waist-like. Wings reaching

to abdominal segment 8, slender and linear; fore-wings not

upwardly curved distally, veins running close to margins ;

sete on costa stout and widely spaced, only 8 or 9; those on

veins both longer and stouter; upper vein with 2 near base,

1+ in second towth and 1+1+41 in distal third; lower

vein with 8 sete, 2 near base and then 1+14+3+41. ‘Top

fringe somewhat sparse, lower long and wavy.

Abdomen elongate, slightly broader than the pterothorax ;

surface of each segment anteriorly and laterally deeply

reticulated ; ninth partially received into eighth; tenth

320 Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

cylindrical, divided dorsally, about 0°7 the length of head and

0°5 the length of segment 9. Bristles on 9 only about 0°7

the length of 10; a stoutish bristle on each side of the longi-

tudinal division of segment 10 near apex, 0°8 the length of

the segment.

Larve yellow; head, pronotal plates, and last two abdo-

minal segments dark greyish-brown; legs dirty greyish-

yellow to brown.

Type. British Museum of Natural History.

Hab, Ceylon, Peradeniya, on leaves of Allamanda,

20. 2. 14, A. Rutherford (A. R. no. 3673, Ent. Res. Comm.

no. 61), also 27. 3. 14 (no. 83).

This species differs from the type of the genus, D. hookeri,

Hood, in the explanate lateral margins of head, the broader

and complete wing-like lateral explanations of prothorax,

the series of pronotal sete, and the abnormally strong spines

of the fore-wing, which in hookeri are few and inconspicuous.

The forms and lengths of abdominal segments 9 and 10 in the

two species also differ markedly.

Genus RuIPIPHOROTHRIPS, Morgan.

Rhipiphorothrips, Morgan, Proc. U.S. Museum, vol. xlvi. p. 17

(August 24, 1913).

Retithrips, Bagnall (nec Marchal), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. xii. (Sept. 1, 1913).

A comparison between Rhipiphorothrips pulchellus, Morgan,

from Banyan, Philippine Islands, and my A&. bicolor trom

Vine, Ceylon, described within a few days of each other, will

be interesting. If not one and the same species, they are at

least very closely related.

Suborder TUBULIFERA.

Family Ecacanthothripida.

Eecacanthothrips bryanti, sp. n.

3 .—Very like sanguineus and steinskyi, all tibie and tarsi

yellow in one specimen, in another hind and intermediate

tibize brownish. Coloration of antenne as in sanguineus.

Postocular bristles present, and also a somewhat similar

subgenal bristle behind each eye. Fore-femur with basal

tooth long and strong, reddish distally ; sparingly setose, the

outer margin with a tringe of several longer and shorter hairs.

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 321

Antenne with joints 4-8 longish and slender ; 3 brownish,

4 and 5 brownish, yellowish near base.

Sete at fore-angles of prothorax long and strong. Abdo-

minal sete long and strong, colourless ; those on segment 9

longer than the tube. ‘Tube little more than 0°5 the length

of the head.

Ecacanthothrips bryanti, sp.n. Head, antenne, prothorax,

and fore-legs.

Easily recognized by the long hairs on the fore-femora.

Also separated from steinskyi by the coloration of the autenne.

Hab. 2 8s, Mt. Matang, W. Sarawak, one from dead tree

17. xii. 13 and the other 17.i.14. Collected by Mr. G. E.

Bryant, to whom I am indebted for some very interesting

material, and after whom I find pleasure in naming the

species.

Ecacanthothrips sanguineus (Bagnall).

CEYLON, on and under the bark of trees. Respectively

met with by both Mr. Green and Mr. Rutherford.

Ecacanthothrips steinskyi (Schmutz), 1913.

Ormothrips steinskyt, Schmutz.

CEYLON, Peradeniya, g and ?, from bark of tree, 25. v. 13

(A. Rutherford).

Ormothrips inermis, Buffa.

Borneo, 1 g, Mt. Matang, W. Sarawak, xii./13 (G. £.

Bryant).

322 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Family Phleothripide.

Docessissophothrips laticeps, sp. n.

¢ .—Length 3:0 mm.

Apterous.

Colour dark reddish-brown ; fore-tibie and all tarsi

yeliowish.

Head much as in D, ampliceps, Bagn., smooth and shining,

abont 1°25 times as long as broad, and viewed laterally only

weakly arched compared with ampliceps and other species of

the genus. Eyes small and finely facetted, occupying about

0:2 length of head ; ocelli small and widely spaced, a long

bristle behind each posterior ocellus; two pairs of long post-

ocular bristles, the outer pair being the longer. Genal

spinelets few.

Antenne black, about twice the length of head, joints 2-4

yellowish, 3 grey-brown at apex, and 4 shading to brown

apically ; 3-5 clavate.

Prothorax strongly transverse, about 2°5 as broad as long

and O'4 tlhe length of head, all sete long, at least those on

hind margin as long asthe prothorax. Pterothorax transverse.

Legs long, fore-femora not very stout, with long sete at

outer edge near middle, all tibize with long sete near knee,

fore-tarsus with tooth. Abdomen broad, with segments

strongly transverse, laterally with reddish patches as far as

segment 7; 8 rounded sharply to 9, 9 only slightly nav-

rowed. Tube long and stout basally, 1°22 times the length

of head, narrowed to distal half, with a weak constriction

before apex ; surface smooth, but with a scale-like sculpturing,

almost aciculate; apical hairs rather short, dark, only about

0°35 the length of the tube, those on 9 about 0-7 as long as

the tube, those on 6 and 7 longer than on 9, and on 8 shorter.

Of the described species, D. ampliceps, Bagn. (Central

America), D. monstrosus, Bagn. (New Caledonia), D. major,

Bagn. (no data), and D. frontalis, Bagn. (Japan), this species

can only be compared with ampliceps, and is separated by its —

broader and (viewed laterally) less strongly arched head, the

three pairs of long cephalic bristles, the longer setae on fore-

margin of prothorax, etc. It is the least extreme species of

the genus, whilst monstrosus is tle most extreme. Only a

single example is known of each of these striking species,

which would seem to suggest extreme rarity or, perhaps,

specialized habitat; the fact that Mr. Bryant found the

Mr. R. 8. Baguall on new Thysanoptera, 323

specimen under review with termites would seem to strengthen

the latter suggestion.

Hab. 1 3, Mt. Matang, W. Sarawak, 28.1. 14, under

bark with termites (G. £. Bryant).

Hindsianta apicalis, sp. n.

9 .—Length 1°7 mm.

Colour yellow to light yellowish-brown ; abdominal seg-

ments 8 to 10 dark chestnut-brown : pare intermediate and

hind tibiz brown. Antennal joints” 1, 2, 7, and § brown,

2 sometimes yellowish distally, 3 to 5 clear yellow, 6 tinged

with brown. I ore-femora and tibiz yellow, tinged to

greyish-brown at outer margins ; intermediate and hind

femora yellow.

Head only about 1°15 times as long as broad; cheeks

practically subparallel, almost imperceptibly curved. Mouth-

cone not reaching across prosternum, apex almost truncate.

Eyes occupying about 0°3 the total length of head ; post-

ocular bristles neither strong or long, blunt. Ocelli mode-

rately large, posterior pair near to the interior margins of

eyes. Antennz about 1°8 times as long as head; relative

lengths of segments approximately 6: 11: 12:14:13:11:

11:8; 3 obconical, 4 broader than 3 or 5, 7 and 8 broadly

united.

Pronotum transverse, about 0°75 the length of head ; setz

blunt, those at posterior angles about 0°2 the length of pro-

notum and pair at angles still shorter and weaker; mid-

lateral pair apparently obsolete. Pterothorax practically

square, as broad as width across fore-coxe. Legs not long,

moderately stout ; fore-tarsus with a small pointed tooth.

Abdomen occupying about 0°65 the total length of insect,

broader at middle than the pterothorax; elongate, about four

times as long as broad across segments 3 to 6, and narrowed

sharply from base of 8 to apex.

Tube about 0°55 the lengti of head, 0°65 as broad at base

as long, where it is 2°4 times as broad as at extreme apex ;

sharply narrowed and rather constricted near apex. Ter-

minal hairs a little longer than tube ; abdominal hairs mode-

rately long and slender, blunt or faintly knobbed, colourless.

The coloration of the hind and intermediate tibiz is a

curious feature, the femora and tarsi being yellow and the

tibie brown.

Hab. Invta, Almora, Kumaon, 5500 ft., several swept

from jungle plant, 4. vil. 11 (O. Patva, no. 42 99/20).

324 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Liothrips micrurus, Bagnall.

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p. 292 (March 1914),

This species is apparently attached to Zyziphus spini-christ?,

and was described from a specimen obtained by Mr. F, C.

Willeocks at Matarieh, near Cairo. Mr. Willcocks has

found other specimens on the same tree from Ezbet-el-Nakhl,

February, and at Gizeh, near Cairo, March 1911. Evidently

rare.

In describing it I stated that a carded specimen captured

by Prof. Sahlberg of Helsingfors at Heluan exhibited a pro-

nounced metallic-purplish coloration.

Mr. Willcocks has furnished me with the following live-

colour notes of the species—the first known thrips to exhibit

metallic coloration of any kind :—

Head, thorax, and abdomen deep metallic viole-—in some

lights appears jet-black ; hairs on abdomen pale. Lyes very

dark brown. Antenne: two basal joints dark, others pale

yellowish-brown. Wings silvery, with pale brownish fringe.

Legs deep metallic violet.

Genus ALEURODOTHRIPS, Franklin, 1909.

Chromatothrips, Schmutz (type C. fasciata, Schmutz), K. Akad. Wiss.

Wien., Mathem.-Naturw. K1. exxii., July 1913, p. 1043.

I consider that the type-species of Chromatothrips is closely

related to Aleurodothrips fasciatipennis, Franklin, and con-

generic with it.

Aleurodothrips fasciapennis (Franklin).

Ceylon, Peradeniya, 1 g¢ taken by Mr. A. Rutherford

among Aspidiotus latanie, 27. vi. 1913.

The only difference I can detect in this example and

specimens from Florida lies in the coloration of the antenne,

the former having the sixth joint entirely grey-brown.

A. fasciatus closely resembles this species, but is easily

distinguished by the coloration of the body, antenne, and

legs.

Androthrips flavipes, Schmutz.

Androthrips flavipes, Schmutz, 1. ¢, exxii. p. 1031 (July 1913); Bag-

nall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p, 27 (Jan. 1914),

On the Apide in the British Museum. 325

XXVIII.— Notes on the Apidw (Hymenoptera) in the Collec-

tion of the British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species.

By Georrrey Meapre-WaAcpo, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

VI.

AmonG the large collections of Hymenoptera made by

Mr. R. E. Turner in Western Australia during his recent

visit, probably no single genus is more richly represented

than Megachile. The earlier species (those collected at

Yallingup) were principally found burrowing in the sand, in

which they made their cells, or entering holes made by

beetles in the tree-trunks ; those collected later were irre-

sistibly attracted by the blossoms of gum- and acacia-trees.

Altogether twenty-four species were collected between

October 1913 and February 1914, of which six are described

as new. In working these out I have had the advantage of

consulting Professor Cockerell’s MS. keys to the Australian

Megachile, and have found them extremely useful ; by their

means I have been able to arrive at the affinities between

the new species and described species I have not seen. ‘The

discovery of a female Thaumatosoma is very satisfactory,

A complete list of the species of Megachile taken is given.

Mr. Turner’s itinerary was as follows:— Yallingup, Oct. 1913-

Jan. 23, 1914; Busselton (20 miles E. of Yallingup), Jan.

24-27, 1914; Perth (150 miles N.N.E. of Busselton), Feb.

1-7, 1914; Kalamunda (15 miles E. of Perth), Feb. 9-25,

1914.

1. Megachile (Eumegachile) aurifrons, Smith.

Perth, Feb. 1914. 2 2 2.

2. Megachile (Eumegachile) erythropyga, Smith.

Yallingup, Kalamunda, Perth. A long series of both

sexes,

3. Megachile (Lumegachile) nasuta, Smith.

Yallingup. 14 9 @.

4, Megachile eriadiformis, Smith.

Yallingup. A long s-ries of both sexes.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 22

326 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo én

5. Megachile fabricator, Smith.

Kalamiinda, Perth. 19,830.

6. Megachile chrysopyga, Smith.

Yallingup, Kalamunda, Perth. A long seriés of both

SEXeS, An

7. Megachile cygnorum, Ckll.

Perth: 2 ¢¢.

8. Megachile obtusa, Smith.

Yallingup. 999,736.

9. Megachile hampsoni, Ckll.

Yallitigup. 10 9 ¢.

10. Megachilé feroz, Smith,

Yalliigup. 399,10 36.

11. Megachile trichognatha, Ckll.

Kalamunda, Perth. A long series of both sexes:

12. Megachile apicata, Smith.

Busselton, Yallingup. A series of both sexes.

13. Megachile clypeata, Smith,

Busselton, Yallingup. 8 22,432.

14, Megachile sewmaculata, Smith.

Yallingup, Perth, 2 9 2,19.

15. Megachile serricauda, Ckll.

Perth, 2:8 ¢.

16. Megachile 5-lineata, Ckil.

Kalamunda, 1 9.

17. Megachile kirbyana, Cklh.

Yallingup. A long series of both sexes.

18. Megachile oculipes, Okll

Perth, 9 o os

the Apidw tn the British Museum.

Key to the new Species.

22.

Abdomen mostly black, end of abdomen

red, the colour either tegumentary or

due to hair.

(4) Apex of abdomen with the tegument red.

(3) Head, thorax, and abdomen for the most

part clothed with fulvous-grey pubes-

cence; tergites 4-6 almost completely

dusted with such pubescence; clypeus

with the apex emarginate; a broad

PE CCM: bn a date oe an nent aes

(2) Thoracic and abdominal pubescence gri-

seous ; clypeus truncate at apex; u small

slender species, 8} mm. ..............

(1) Apex of abdomen with tegument not red.

. (10) Clypeus very short, deeply emarginate, at

least with lateral teeth or lamin.

(7) Small (about 8 mm.). Mandibles biden-

tate; clypeus with a median tooth and

a large process on each side ..........

(6) Larger (12-15 mm.). No median tooth

on clypeus at apex; mandibles 3-4-

toothed.

(9) Mandibles deeply furrowed along the inner

margin, 3-toothed, a large blunt tubercle

en the outside at base; axilla with a

distinct patch of whitish pubescence.

MOR. WEE dah Wh view Dale cald pe 63. bid’

(8) Mandibles normal, not furrowed along the

inner margin, and no tubercle at base,

no patches of pale pubescence on axilla.

11. (12) Scopa black; abdomen black, tergites

TG nints 3 esa Fi Se ei ot asia eee s

12. (11) Scopa pale, sternite 6 sometimes fuscous.

13. (14) Upper part of clypeus with a median raised

line, its lower margin 4-dentate, the

teeth omalt isc chp tcewevcereiee

14. (13) Clypeus truncate at apex, no median raised

line.

15. (16) Abdomen subparallel-sided, tergites 5 and

6 with red hair-patches .............,.

16. (15) Abdomen ovate ; tergite 6 (and sometimes

5 at extreme apex) with red hair......

od.

(4) Anterior tarsi simple or flattened, but not

conspicuously dilated; pubescence of

head and thorax griseous,

327

leeuwinensis, sp. D.

longiceps, sp. 0.

preisst, Ck)}.(1910).

axularis, sp. D.

speluncarum, sp. 0.

resinifera, sp. 0.

remotula,

(1910).

kdl.

JSerox, F. Smith.

subferox, sp. 2.

328 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

2. (8) Anterior tarsi simple; tergite 6 concave

above, rounded and bilobed at apex,

BI SOE ars 5 vis asp O> OD cae ehce oes subferox, sp. 1.

3. (2) Anterior tarsi flattened ; tergite 6 truncate

at apex, serrate. 15 mm............. resinifera, sp. N.

4. (1) Joint 2 of anterior tarsi conspicuously

dilated ; pubescence of head and thorax

falyous grey J. 4st Hin ake ds eee ses leeuwinensis, sp. De

19. Megachile axillaris, sp. n.

2. Nigra; facie, thorace, tergitibus 1-3 lateribus, scopaque ven-

trali (sternite sexto excepto) albo-pilosis; tergitibus 5 et 6 rufo-

aurantiacis; alis subhyalinis; clypeo brevissimo, emarginato,

lateribus laminatis; mandibulis 3-dentatis, basis externis tuber-

culatis.

Long. 15 mm.

Black ; clypeus, the inner orbits, thorax (especially pleura),

axilla and median segment, linear marks on sides of apices

of tergites 1-3 with white pubescence; ventral scopa (except

sternite 6) silvery white, sternite 6 fuscous ; legs more or

less sparsely clothed with griseous pubescence, tarsi reddish

beneath. Mandibles on the inner and outer sides and tergites

5 and 6 with bright fe:ruginous-red pubescence.

Mandibles broad at base, narrowing considerably towards

apex, tridentate, an opaque area (almost smooth) at base,

enclosed between conspicuous shining carine approximating

towards the apex; inner margin well sculptured, outer

margin with a distinct tubercle at base.

Clypeus very short, broad, and deeply emarginate, sides

of the emargination produced to form distinct subquadrate

lamine.

Head as broad as thorax at widest; abdomen parallel-

sided. The whole closely and finely punctured, except

enclosed area at base of median segment, the truncation of

tergite 1, and the median segment itself, which are sub-

nitidulous and impunctate.

Wings subhyaline.

Length 15 mm.

S.W. Ausrratia: Yallingup, 23rd Dec, 1913-23rd Jan.

1914 (A. E. Turner). 18 9 ¢.

Apparently comes next to MM. preiss?, Ckll. (1910), from

Eastern Australia, but much larger; also in MM. preissi the

clypeus has a median tooth and the abdominal hair-fascize

entire,

the Apidee in the British Museum. 329

20. Megachile speluncarum, sp. n.

2. Nigra, plerumque griseo-pilosa ; tergitibus 1-3 fasciis apicali-

bus albidis, 5 plerumque et 6 omnino rufo-aurantiacis ; alis sub-

hyalinis ; scopa ventrali alba; clypeo brevissimo, emarginato,

lateribus sublaminatis ; mandibulis 4-dentatis.

Long. 12 mm.

Black ; face and thorax more or less densely clothed with

griseous pubescence, densest on inner orbits, pleura, and

median segment; tergites 1-3 with narrow apical fasciw of

the same pubescence, the sides much denser than median

area ; scopa silvery white (except sternite 6), sternite 6

fuscous ; legs, and especially tarsi of intermediate legs, with

griseous pubescence. ‘Tergites 5 (except base and sides) and

6 bright ferruginous red. Mandibles and clypeus with a

few ferruginous hairs,

Mandibles broad, of uniform width throughout, quadri-

dentate, evenly punctured, with inconspicuous carine ; inner

margin normal.

Clypeus very short, convex, deeply emarginate, sides of

the emargination forming distinct sublaminate processes.

Head as broad as the thorax at widest ; abdomen parallel-

sided, tergite 3 with a transverse sulcus,

The whole insect uniformly punctured, the punctures even,

of medium size; enclosed area at base of median segment,

truncation of first tergite, and tegulz impunctate,

Wings subhyaline.

Length 12 mm.

S.W. Ausrraia: Yallingup, 23rd Dec, 1913-23rd Jan.

1914 (R. E. Turner). 12 2 2.

21. Megachile resinifera, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, capite thoraceque griseo-pilosis; tergitibus 1 et 2

omnino, 3 lateribus fasciis apicalibus albidis; tergite 6 vix rufo-

aurantiaco; scopa ventrali nigra; clypeo latiore quam longiore,

apice truncato ; mandibulis tridentatis ; alis subhyalinis,

Long. 16 mm.

¢. Femina hirsutior, fasciis apicalibus ahdominis caret; tarsis

anticis vix dilatatis; tergite septimo concavo, producto, apice

subserrato.

Black, head and thorax rather profusely clothed with

pubescence, that on the vertex and disk of mesonotum

tuscous, the front, cheeks, pleure, and median segment

gtiseous ; tergites 1 and 2 with distinct apical fascize and

330 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

tergite 3 laterally with white pubescence ; tergite 6 with a

patch of ferruginous-red hairs. Scopa black. Wings sub-

hyaline.

Mandibles fairly robust, tridentate, with distinct carine

towards apex.

Clypeus rather broader than long, the apex truncate.

There is a sharp tubercle on the metasternum between

the hind coxee. Abdomen parallel-sided, tergites 2 and 3

with broad, shallow, transverse sulci. Whole covered with

uniform fine punctures, enclosed area at base of median seg-

ment and truncation of first abdominal segment impunctate.

Length 16 mm.

¢. Differs from the in having only lateral spots (not

fasciz) on the apex of segments 1 and 2; the general appear-

ance is more hirsute than the ¢. In secondary sexual

characters the following are chiefly noticeable :—antenne

simple ; anterior tarsi flattened, not dilated, their colours

from ferruginous to ivory-white. Tergite 7 is black ; con-

eave, but curled out towards apex ; the apex is serrate.

Length 15 mm.

S.W, AusrraLia: Yallingup, Nov.—Dec. 1913 (R. £.

Turner).

A long series of both males and females.

The sexes of this fine species are very different in appear-

ance, but Mr. Turner has no doubt whatever that they are

correctly associated. He found the females burrowing in

sandy banks and the males flying round the burrows in

profusion. Some of the females have large globules of gum

in their mandibles, evidently taken up from the Eucalyptus

known as the “red gum.” The gum thus collected is

probably used either to keep the sand from falling in on the

burrows or to gum together the leaves of which the cells are

made. Similar gum was found in the mandibles of specimens

of M. nasuta, F. Smith.

22. Megachile leeuwinensis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; capite, thorace, tergitibus 1-5 fasciis apicalibus griseo-

pilosis; sternitibus 546 tergiteque 6 rufis, pallide hirsutis;

scopa plerumque albida; clypeo brevi, apice emarginato; man-

dibulis robustis, dentatis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 11 mm.

¢ similis, sed tergitibus 5-7 rufis; articulo 2 tarsorum dilatato,

tergite 7 concavo-dentato. :

Black ; head, thorax, and apical fascise on tergites 1-5

clothed with fulvous-grey pubescence; tergites 4-6 more or

the Apidw in the British Museum. 331

less completely dusted with fulvous-grey pubescence ; tergite

6 and sternites 5 and 6 have the chitin dall red. Legs

sparsely clothed with greyish hair, tarsi with ferruginous-red

pubescence within.

Wings hyaline.

Mandibles robust, with two distinct apical teeth and two

smaller ones towards the base, hardly carinate.

Clypeus short, convex, the apex with a broad shallow

emargination, its edge somewhat irregular.

Abdomen short, widest in the middle.

Whole insect for the most part covered with small even

puncturing ; tergites 4-6 more coarsely punctured, the

enclosed area at base of median segment, the truncation of

segment, and tegule impunctate.

Length 11 mm.

3. Similar to the 2 in general appearance, but with the

three last tergites dull red. |

Fig. 1.

Megachile leeuwinensis, §. Anterior tarsi.

Anterior tarsi for the most part ferruginous, the dilatation

on joint 2 ivory-white ; first tarsal joint with a fringe of

silky-white hairs of medium length on the outside ; mixed

with this fringe are a few (about ten) very long, stout, ferru-

ginous hairs, second tarsal joint with a long spine at apex,

the remaining tarsal joints with ferruginous hair. Tergite 7

concaye, the apex with two small tubercles rather widely

separated.

S.W. AusrraviaA: Yallingup, 23rd Dec, 1913-23rd Jan.

1914 (R. E. Turner), 109 2,8 gS.

Rather resembles a large MM. apicata, Smith. The dilated

second tarsal joint is an interesting character in the g, and

the curious long, stout hairs on the metatarsus are very

noticeable.

332 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Megachile ferox, Smith, ¢.

There is a good series of males of this striking species in

the collection from Yallingup, and also three specimens which

are certainly the female. As the male is the only described

sex, a short description of the female is added :—

©. Nigra, plerumqgue griseo-pilosa ; tergitibus 1-3 obscure griseo-

fasciatis, 5-6 plus minusve rufo-aurantiacis; alis subhyalinis ;

scopa ventrali alba; clypeo latiore quam longiore, apice trun-

cato ; mandibulis robustis obscure dentatis.

Long. 12 mm,

General facies similar to the male.

Black, head and thorax more or less densely clothed with

griseous pubescence, densest on inner orbits and median

segment, with distinct white spots on sides of pronotum,

mesopleure, and axille, tergites 1-3 or 4 with narrow apical

fascice of same colour ; scopa silvery white, sternite 6 fuscous ;

tergites 5 and 6 clothed with bright ferruginous red, a few

ferruginous hairs on clypeus and mandibles.

Wings subhyaline.

Mandibles robust, of uniform width ; only two distinct

teetli, their surface with two conspicuous caring in addition

to the outer margin.

Clypeus rather broader than long, the apex truncate.

Head about as broad as thorax ; abdomen parallel-sided,

tergites 3 and 4 with transverse sulci. ‘The whole uniformly

punctured, the punctures even, of medium size; enclosed

area of median segment, truncatiou of tergite 1, and tegule

impunctate.

Wings subliyaline.

Length 12 mm.

This species is closely allied to MV. subferox, but the differ-

ences noted in the key should serve to separate them.

23. Megachile longiceps, sp. n.

@. Nigra, clypeo fronteque pallide aureo-pilosis; area intra-

orbitali, genis, thorace ubique, abdominis segmentis 1-4 fasciis

apicalibus, pedibusque plerumque albo-pilosis; scopa ventrali

alba; tergite sterniteque 6 rufis, griseo-pubescentibus; clypeo

apice subtruncato ; alis hyalinis,

Long. 83 mm.

Black ; front and clypeus rather sparsely clothed with

golden pubescence ; inner orbits, cheeks, the whole thorax,

8 ER tir PRD PRR neo

the Apidee in the British Museum. 333

narrow apical fascie on tergites 1-4, and the legs clothed

with whitish pubescence ; scopa silvery white. Tergite and

sternite 6 reddish, the pubescence pale golden.

Wings hyaline.

Fig. 2.

Megachile longiceps, 2. Front view of head.

Head, viewed from the front, very long, about 14 as long

as broad ; mandibles robust, the cutting-edge without teeth,

their surface with one distinct carina; c/ypeus broader than

long, shallowly emarginate at apex ; abdomen parallel-sided,

tergites 2-4 with shallow transverse furrows near their base.

The whole covered with small even punctures, except the

enclosed space at base of median segment, the truncation of

tergite 1, and the tegulz, which are impunctate.

Length 84 mm.

SW. AvusTRALIA: Yallingup, 23rd Dec. 1913-23rd Jan.

1914 (type), 3 ? 2; Busselton, 24th-27th Jan. 1914 (2. Z.

Turner), 4 99.

This little species bears a strong resemblance to JZ, apicata,

Smith, from Adelaide and West Australia, and MM. clypeata,

Smith, from West Australia. From the former it may be

distinguished by its peculiarly long head (viewed from the

front) and from the latter by its normal clypeus, that of

M. clypeata having two striking tubercles.

24, Megachile subferox, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; facie, pleuris, segmento mediano, tergitibus 1-4 fasciis

apicalibus plus minusve interruptis, pallide pilosis ; scopa ven-

trali alba; tergite 6 rufo-aurantiaco ; clypeo subquadrato, apice

truncato ; mandibulis robustis, apice carinatis ; alis subfuscis,

Long. 11 mm.

334 On the Apides in the British Museum.

é similis, sed hirsutior; tarsis anticis simplicibus, tergite apicali

concayo, apice rotunde bilobato; tergitibus 4 apice et 5 rufo-

aurantiacis.

Long. 11 mm.

Black, the inner orbits, prothorax, and postscutellum with

pale fuscous hair; postorbits, pleura, and four spots on

mesonotum with whitish pubescence ; basal tergite with some

long pale hair, tergites 2-4 with apical fascia of pale scale-

like hairs, rather broken in the middle. Ventral scopa white.

Legs sparsely clothed with griseous pubescence ; tarsi reddish

within. Tergite 6 (and sometimes tergite 5 at apex) densely

clothed with ferruginous-red pubescence.

Mandibles massive, the cutting-edge irregularly serrate,

the base without distinct sculpture, but with two conspicuous

caring converging towards the apex.

Clypeus flat, subquadrate, the apex truncate.

The head and thorax are covered with fine even punctures,

the thorax with somewhat coarser granular punctures ; tergites

2-4 have distinct transverse sulci towards the base.

Wings suffused with fuscous.

Length 11 mm.

3. Very similar to ¢ in general appearance, but with

much longer hair; the pale markings on abdomen are

entirely lateral ; the reddish-ferruginous pubescence is on

tergites 4 (apically) and 5. Anterior tarsi simple, apical

segment of abdomen roundly bilobed.

Length 11 mm.

S.W. AusrraLiA: Yallingup, Nov. 1913-Jan. 1914;

Busselton, Jan. 1914 (2. EL. Turner). A long series of

females and five males.

Comes very near to M. feror, Smith; for differences see

key to the species.

THAUMATOSOMA, Smith.

Thaumatosoma duboulayi, Smith.

S.W. ee Yallingup, 14. x. 1913 (1 @) and

1. xi. 1913 (1 9) (2. #. Turner).

This is the first-recorded female in this interesting genus,

the four species known at the present time being all described

from males,

For a key to the species see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)

xii. p. 492 (1913); T. testaceicorne, Cam, (1908), described

from Matheran, N. India, is omitted from this key.

On a new Shrew from Upper Burma. . 335

?. In colour and distribution the pubescence resembles

the g and Megachile species of the M. heriadiformis group.

Abdomen distinctly narrowed basally, not parallel-sided,

gradually widening towards apex of tergite 3; apical seg-

ments rather flattened. Mandibles and clypeus almost as in

the subgenus Eumegachile ; mandibles of equal width along

the greater part of their length, rather expanded at apex ;

Fig. 2.

Thaumatosoma duboulayi, 2 , and front view of head.

clypeus very short, with a slight emargination at apex, the

middle with a longitudinal carina. No malar space. An-

tenn 12-jointed. Head very broad, widest at the base of

the mandibles. Ventral scopa very pale yellowish. Head,

thorax, and tergites 1-4 with even fine punctures, tergites 5

and 6 coarser.

Length 12 mm,

XXIX.—A new Shrew of the Genus Blarinella from

Upper Burma. By OLDFIELD THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Mr. F. Kiyapon Warp, who had already sent various small

mammals from Western China, has now obtained for the

British Museum a few from the mountains in the north

of Upper Burma. Besides a Pachyura and a Vandeleuria,

already known from Burmese territory, they include three

forms of Chinese affinity, namely Apodemus speciosus orestes,

336 On a new Shrew from Upper Burma.

Chimarrogale styani (the second known example), and the

following new Blarinella, a genus hitherto only recorded

from Western China.

Blarinella wardi, sp. n.

Colour both above and below of the same dark smoky grey

as in B. quadraticauda, therefore darker than in the mouse-

erey B. griselda. ‘Tail slightly longer than in the latter

species.

Skull of about the same length as in B. griselda, therefore

shorter than in guadraticauda; breadth, however, con-

spicuously less, especially across the brain-case. Owing,

however, to the fact that the brain-case of the only specimen

is somewhat damaged, so that a certain doubt attaches to the

chief measurement given below, I may note that the breadth

between the outer corners of the glenoid processes is only

5:0 mm., as compared with 5°8 in griselda, this part being

unaffected by the damage to the typical skull. Side-walls of

mesopterygoid fossa not so completely reticulated as in the

type of B. griselda.,

Teeth, in relative proportions, about asin B. guadraticauda,

but both first and second unicuspids considerably smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 70 mm.; tail 35; hind foot 11 ; ear 4.

Skull: length 18; condylo-incisive length 19°3; greatest

breadth across brain-case (c.) 8:5; upper tooth-series 8°4 ;

front of p* to back of m? 4:3; breadth between outer corners

of m? 4°9 ; lower tooth-series 7°7.

Hab. Hpimaw, Upper Burma, about 26° N., 98° 35! EH.

Alt. 8000!.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 15.2.1.3. Original

number 2. Collected 10th August, 1914, by F. Kingdon

Ward. Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

This species is readily distinguishable from the B. guad-

raticauda of Sze-chwan by its smaller size, and from B. gri-

selda of Kansu by its darker colour and much narrower skull.

The curious imperfection or reticulation of the lateral walls

of the mesopterygoid fossa noticed above would seem to

be a character peculiar to Blarinella, as I do not find it in

Blarina or any other genus of shrews.

Geological Society. 337

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 2nd, 1914.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On a Bone Implement from Piltdown (Sussex).’ By

Charles Dawson, F.S.A., F.G.S., and A. Smith Woodward, LL.D.,

F.R.S., Pres.G.S.

During the past season the Authors have continued excavations

in the Piltdown gravel round the edge of the area previously

explored. Rolled fragments of highly mineralized teeth of Rhino-

ceros and Mastodon were again found, but no human remains were

met with. The most important discovery was a large bone imple-

ment, which is now described. This specimen was found in dark

vegetable soil beneath the hedge which bounds the gravel-pit, not

far from the spoil-heap whence the right parietal bone of the Pilt-

down skull was obtained two years ago. On being washed away

the soil left no stain on the bone, which was covered with firmly-

adherent yellow clay, closely similar to that of the flint-bearing

layer at the bottom of the gravel. The bone itself is highly

mineralized, and agrees exactly in appearance with some small

fragments of bone which the Authors discovered actually in place

in the clay just mentioned. There can be no doubt, therefore, that

the implement was found by the workmen when they were digging

gravel from the adjacent hole, and was thrown away by them with

the other useless débris. It is a stout and nearly straight narrow

flake of bone, 41 em. long, and varying from 9 to 10 em. in

width, with the thicker end artificially pointed, the thinner end

artificially rounded. It appears to be a longitudinal strip flaked

from a limb-bone by a blow at the thicker end, in the same way as

flint implements were flaked from their original cores. Direct

comparison suggests that it was taken from a Proboscidean femur

as large as that of Elephas meridionalis. In microscopic structure

it agrees with Proboscidean bone. The two ends of the implement

are shaped entirely by cutting, and bear no marks of grinding or

rubbing. Most of the cut facettes are small, and many of them

suggest that they were made by some primitive tool, presumably a

flint. The rounded end seems to have been trimmed for comfort-

able handling. The thick pointed (or, rather, keeled) end does not

showany signs of battering or scratching by use. Just above the

pointed end one lateral edge of the bone is marked by a large

smooth groove running across from the inner to the outer face of

the bone. It seems to have been originally a perforation from

which the outer wall has been accidentally broken away. Within

it on the inner face is the beginning of a second similar perforation,

as if an attempt had been made to repair the damage. The

Authors conclude that the implement is unique, and are unable to

explain its specific use.

338 Geological Society.

December 16th, 1914.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

A Lecture was delivered by Prof. W. M. Frryprers Perrte,

D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.B.A., on the Palewolithic Age and

its Climate in Egypt.

He said that the classes of worked flints peculiar in Egypt are:

(1) Irregular, with broad unregulated fractures. (2) Rounders,

flaked in all directions to an edged dise. (3) Hoofs, very thick,

rudely domed with an obtuse edge. (4) Lunes, with obtuse edges,

(5) Crescent scrapers. Irregular flints, similar to those from

St. Acheul, are found in high Nile gravels.

The regular European types occur exactly like those classed

as Chellean and Acheulian. The Mousterian forms are so often

found in various periods, that they cannot be assigned without

evidence of age. The Aurignacian survive into the early civiliz-

ation. The large class of flints from the Fayum desert comprises

all the Solutrean types, and also Robenhausian forms. The flakes

of the early civilization (8000 to 6000 B.c.) ate identical with

Magdalenian.

Views of the Nile cliffs show the general nature of the country

and conditions. Stccessive changes of level are indicated by (1)

the collapse of immetise drainage-caverns far below present level ;

(2) the filling of valleys with débris up to 650 feet above the

present sea-level; (8) the gouging-out of fresh drainage-lines

through the filling; and (4) rolled gravels on the top of cliffs

800 feet above sea-level, since when there has been no perceptible

denudation by rain. The great extent of these elevations and

depressions is likely to be connected with similar movements at

Gibraltar, which are believed to synchronize with the movements

of glacial periods in Northern Europe. The evidence of the flint

ages agrees with this connexion.

January 20th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S8., President,

in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘The Geology of the District around Machynlleth and the

Llyfnant Valley.’ By Prof. Owen Thomas Jones, M.A., D.Sc.,

'F:G.S., and William John Pugh, B.A., University College of Wales,

Aberystwyth.

In an introduction a brief account is given of the physical

features, general succession, and structure of the area, and reference

is made to the work of previous investigators, especially to that of

Walter Keeping. For the major groups the classification applied

in 1909 to the district around Plynlimon and Pont Erwyd is

adopted, but slight differences are introduced in the arrangement of

the minor groups. The classification is as follows :—

Geological Society. 339

C. Ystwyti Pale mudstones with numerous

Gzaex, laminated grit-bands.

5. Zone of Monograptus

halii. Pale-blue and green-

4. Zone of Monograptus ish miidstones

sedgwicki. Y

Her with bands of dark

b obicm 3. Zone of Monograptus ny ee

; 190 font, regularis, graptoliferous shales,

Vaventran 2. Zone of Monograptus and some thin

(Srzurtay). B. 2 ce i leptotheca.

STAGE gteen fligs.

F ? 1. Zone of Mésograptus

‘ magnus.

3. Monograptus spp. Dark rusty-

Beds. weathering

Cwmere 1 a

; a. Gronp. < 2. Zone of Diplograptus shales an

334 feet. acuminatus. limestones.

& Zone of Glyptograp- ‘ Mottled Beds’ and

tus persculptus. blue mudstones.

Hartrett (A. Pryn- ( .

Orpo- Limon < Ty’n-y-maen

vieran). (| Stace. | Group.

Dark mudstones, grits, and some

conglomerates.

The distribution and characters of these beds are described. The

‘Mottled Beds’ form the base of the Silurian and rest sharply on the

| underlying beds, and there is evidence of complete discontinuity at

this level; they have proved of great service in elucidating the

structure. The Monograptus spp. Beds contain graptolites which

| elsewhere pertain to the zones of Monoyraptus triangulatus,

| M. cyphus, and M. acinaces ; but another zone, that of M. atavus,

| has not been proved, although it probably occurs. The Derwen

| Group consists of a regular alternation of mudstones and shale-bands

with graptolites, which have also proved of service in mapping.

Only a small thickness of the Ystwyth Stage occurs, and no sub=

divisions are attempted.

The rocks are sharply folded, and sometimes overfolded, towards

the east. Their axes range approximately north-north-east and

south-south-west; the folds in the central area pitch northwards,

but north of the Dovey a southerly pitch sets in. Each large

fold is composed of a number of smaller folds having parallel axes,

and changing in pitch more frequently than the larger folds.

Strike-faults of considerable magnitude range nearly parallel with

the folding axes, and are in all cases overthrusts towards the east.

Of greater interest are the transverse faults ranging nearly east-

north-east and west-south-west. Most of these are small, but their

‘course across the higher ground is indicated by well-defined notches

in the ridges that they cross. Two of these faults, the Pennal

‘and Llyfnant Faults, are shatter-belts. The Llyfnant Fault dis-

places several folding axes, and overthrusts to the east on the north

‘side. Its vertical displacement is on an average about 300 feet,

340 Geological Society.

but its horizontal displacement is usually over 3000 feet. It may

therefore be called a ‘tear-fault.’ Both the Llyfnant and the

Pennal Faults exercise some influence upon the drainage-system of

the area.

A brief comparison of the succession with other districts is added.

2. ‘The Geology of the District between Abereiddy and Aber-

eastle (Pembrokeshire).’ By Arthur Hubert Cox, M.Sc., Ph.D.,

F.G.S.

The district is situated north-east of the area occupied by the

pre-Cambrian rocks of St. Davids, and it is bounded on its

northern side by the Pembrokeshire coast. Although some parts

of this district have already been the subject of geological investi-

gation, yet the stratigraphy and structure of the greater part is

now described for the first time. Abereiddy itself has been, since

the time of Hicks, a type-locality for the Llanvirn Beds, but

observations recently made by Prof. O. T. Jones showed that

the sequence required reinvestigation. It has now been found that

the Ordovician rocks of the district do not succeed one another in

a simple upward sequence, but that they have been thrown into

great folds and sometimes even overfolded. The folds have sub-

sequently been broken by extensive strike-faulting. The limbs of

the folds increase in steepness as the pre-Cambrian massif is

approached. This folding brings up strips of Cambrian rocks,

the presence of which on the North Pembrokeshire coast was pre-

viously quite unsuspected.

There is a complete sequence of Ordovician rocks from near the base

of the Arenig Series to high up in the Glenkiln Group. The lowest

Arenig rocks are a series of arenaceous strata (the Abercastle and

Porth Gain Beds) which correspond to the ‘ Nesuretus Beds’ of

Ramsey Island. These strata are in faulted relationship to the

Cambrian, so that the true base of the Arenig is not seen. The

arenaceous beds pass upwards without a break into Tetragraptus

Shales, which are in turn succeeded by the Bifidus Beds. Llanvir-

nian voleanic rocks are represented in one part of the district

by the Llanrian Volcanic Series, which begins high up in the zone

of Didymograptus bitidus, and in another part by the Murchisoni

Ash, which forms the base ‘of the D.-murchisoni Zone. The Llan-

deilo Series compares closely with that of Carmarthenshire, and

does not contain any volcanic rocks as was at one time supposed.

Contemporancous igneous rocks occur at two horizons :—

(i) keratophyres at a high horizon in the Tetragraptus Shales,

and (ii) quartz-keratophyres (soda-rhyolites) towards the top of

the D.-bifidus Beds. The intrusive rocks (diabases) belong to

two types, (a) subophitic quartz-diabases, and (4) ophitic diabases

without quartz. Both types were intruded earlier than the main

folding, and consequently earlier than the cleavage and faulting.

A great north-westerly line of disturbance—the Pwll Strodyr

Fault—cuts across all other structures, and brings on entirely

different groups of strata.

Nesom.

_ —————_

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.)

No. 88. APRIL 1915.

XXX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LXVI.

By T. D. A. Cockrerrtx, University of Colorado.

Pasiphaé cyanea, sp. n.

? .—Length about 11 mm., expanse 17°5.

Rather robust, shining dark blue, with the knees, tibiz,

and tarsi bright ferruginous, with hair of the same colour ;

scape black, but the rather short and thick flagellum ferru-

ginous ; hair of head, thorax, abdomen, and basal part of

legs black, but at apex of abdomen, on each side of the

apical plate, ferruginous, contrasting with the thick black

hair on fifth segment ; region of mouth with red hairs ;

head broad, front with long coarse hair; mandibles simple,

truncate ; labrum entire; clypeus finely punctured, its

lower margin black ; fourth and fifth antennal joints very

short; mesothorax shining, very finely punctured ;_ scu-

tellum with a longitudinal median impression ; area of meta-

thorax large, triangular, rough but glistening ; thorax with

long hair, but the mesothorax (except anterior border) and

scutellum bare, while beneath the wings is a circular bare

area, which is blue, contrasting with the more lilac adjacent

parts ; tegula dark rufous. Wings hyaline, faintly dusky,

the nervures and stigma bright amber-colour ; b. n. meeting

t.-m., the latter bent in the middle; upper side of first

discoidal arched; second s.m. very long, narrowed about

half above, receiving first r.n. at a distance from base equal

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 2%

342 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

to about four-fifths of length of first t.-c.; second r.n. re-

ceived a short distance from apex ; marginal cel] rounded

at apex; outer upper corner of third discoidal approxi-

mately rectangular. Abdomen shining, with only very

minute and feeble punctures, hind margins of second and

third segments reddish. Hind tibial scopa red, abundant,

long and loose.

Hab. Rio McClelland, Tierra del Fuego, 12.1. 1905 (R.

Crawshay). British Museum. Found “in the face of the

cliff, on the sea-shore.”

This differs from Pasiphaé, as originally defined, by the

large ocelli forming a curve rather than a triangle, the robust

antennz, the marginal cell obtuse at apex (though with a

very small appendicular nervure), and the labrum not emar-

ginate. Except for the slight appendage at the end of the

marginal cell, the venation agrees with that of Bicolletes

neotropica, Friese (which is herewith designated as the type

of Bicolletes), but Bicolletes is scarcely to be separated

generically from Pasiphaé. P. cyanea is readily known

from most species by its blue colour ; it is, perhaps, related

to P. cerulescens, Spinola, which is unknown to me, and

seems not to have been found since it was described in 1851.

Capicola (?) basutorum, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 12 mm.

Slender ; head, thorax, and first abdominal segment black,

rest of abdomen dark reddish fuscous; mandibles reddish,

with the base pallid and yellowish ; elypeus black ; flagellum

bright orange-fulvous, about the basal third black above ;

tubercles yellow; cox, trochanters, and base of femora

piceous, legs otherwise light yellow suffused with ferru-

ginous ; tegule hyaline, rufo-testaceous. Wings smoky,

hyaline, and stained with orange basally ; stigma light

orange-ferruginous ; nervures fuscous, the subcostal black,

but the costal and other nervures toward base of wing ferru-

ginous. Labrum emarginate ; head broader than long, eyes

prominent ; face densely covered with light ochreous

hair ; antennz only moderately long, flagellum thick ; ocelli

rather large ; vertex with thin reddish hair; region on each

side of ocelli smooth, with few strong punctures; thorax

with thin reddish hair ; mesothorax and scutellum shining,

with very large scattered punctures; area of metathorax

with about ten very strong ridges, the intervals shining—

this region is bounded by an elevation, below which are

short oblique plice. Wings large and ample; marginal

“

-—

Records of Bees. 343

cell long, ending in arather obtuse point nearly on costa;

stigma large; two submarginal cells, the second one very

long, narrowed more than half above ; b.n. falling a con-

siderable distance short of t.-m.; first r.n. entering second

s.m. a long distance from its base, and the second almost as

far from its apex. Legs slender and simple; claws very

small, pulvilli distinct. Abdomen narrow and _ shining,

scarcely punctured, with thin reddish hair, denser at ends

of last three segments ; pygidial area distinct, apical plate

black, with spoon-like outline.

Hab. Basutoland, Africa (R. Crawshay). British Museum.

This represents a genus allied to Rhuphites, but distinct.

Capicola and Rhinochetula of Friese were based on South

African species of this immediate group, and while the

present insect appears to be very distinct from the seven

forms ascribed to these genera by Friese, it may for the

present be regarded as a doubtful Capicola. Friese cites no

type for Rhinochetula; R. cinctiventris is herewith designated

as the type of that genus.

Paracolletes callander, sp. n.

2 —Length about 16 mm.

Black, with the flagellum beneath (except basally) and the

small jcints of tarsi ferruginous; hair of head and thorax

abundant, warm pale reddish, paler beneath, on cheeks and

on metathorax, reddest at sides of mesothorax and the region

about tubercles ; clypeus only very thinly hairy, shining,

with scattered distinct punctures ; supraclypeal area smooth ;

sides of vertex dull, but region behind ocelli shining ; meso-

thorax and scutellum dull, hairs on scutellum, as well as

a patch below and in front of wings, tipped with fuscous ;

area of metathorax dull, without distinct sculpture ; tegul

black, covered with hair in front. Wings smoky, nervures

dark brown, stigma little developed; b.n. falling a little

short of t.-m.; second s.m. very broad, receiving first r,n,

about middle, Legs with hair coloured like that on thorax,

but hind tibial scopa long and loose, glistening silvery,

though reddish-tinted. Abdomen dull, with a finely rough-

ened surface ; hind margins of the first four segments with

narrow hair- bands, the first feeble, the others appearing as

narrow but conspicuous white lines; apical plate very large

and broad, the surrounding hair dark chocolate, but nearly

white at sides of apical part of abdomen.

é .—Length about 13°5 mm.

More slender; abdomen (except lateral black marks,

928

S44 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

especially a large round patch at sides of second segment),

apical part of femora above (on anterior and middle ones

extending below middle), knees, tibiz (except a suffused

dusky patch on middle and hind ones behind), and tarsi

ferruginous ; mandibles red, dusky apically ; clypeus (except

two small dusky spots) and labrum reddish orange, but

almost certainly yellow in life ; supraclypeal area reddish ;

antenne long and slender, red, the flagellum suffusedly

blackened above and broadly black apically ; hair of face,

front, vertex, and thorax above very rich orange-ferruginous,

that on scutellum and posterior two-thirds of mesothorax

tipped with fuscous ; second s.m. sometimes narrower, when

it receives first r.n. before middle ; hair-bands of abdomen

thin, pale fulvous, inconspicuous,

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia ; both sexes, Nov. 1913,

and a female, Dec. 1-12 (R. E. Turner). British Museum.

The sexes look very different, but they were associated by

the collector, who determined them to belong together

by field-observations.

The species is allied to P. nigrocinctus, Ckll., but readily

distinguished by the large size and bright colours. Mr.

Turner has determined that P. tenuicinctus, Ckll., is the

male of P, nigrocinctus; he fouud the sexes together abun-

dantly on Leptospermum. The type of P. callander is a

female.

Paracolletes andreniformis, sp. n.

2 .—Leveth about 138 mm.

Robust, black, with black and white hair; head broad,

facial quadrangle much broader than long; cheeks and

lower half of front with long white hair, at sides of face it is

thin and greyer, on vertex it is fuscous, beneath labrum it

is glittering golden ; mandibles truncate ; clypeus shining,

sparsely and irregularly punctured, raised in the middle

to a roof-like ridge ; supraclypeal area shining, rather more

closely punctured than clypeus; scape long and black;

tlagellum short, dull reddish beneath except basally ; sides of

front fively, rather closely punctured ; thorax with white

hair in front and behind, at sides and beneath, dense on

tubercles, but mesothorax (except anteriorly) and scutellum

with thin black Lair; mesothorax and scutellum polished

end shining, with distinct but not dense punctures ; area of

inetathorax smooth and shining, the margin beaded ; pleura

dullish, punctured ; tegule very dark brown, with a tuft

of black hair in front. Wings dusky, nervures and stigma

Records of Bees. 345

piceous ; b. n. meeting t.-m. on outer side ; second s.m. only

moderately broad, receiving first r.n. about middle; end of

first r.n. about twice as far from second t.-c. as second r.n.

from third t.-c. Legs with fuscous to cream-coloured hair,

largely fuscous on outer side of anterior and middle tibia,

but hind tibial scopa cream-coloured or very pale brownish.

Abdomen very finely and closely punctured, segments 2 to 4

with interrupted white hair-bands, apical half of fifth densely

covered with ochreous hair, and the sixth with the same ;

apical plate narrow and rather small; apical half of venter

covered with appressed golden hair.

Hab. Yallingup, Dec. 23, 1913-Jan. 23,1914; 3 2 (RE.

Turner). British Museum.

In my table of Smith’s species this falls nearest to P. ob-

seurus, which has sooty-black hair on the fifth abdominal

segment. Superficially it is very like certain species of

Andrena.

Goniocolletes pallidus, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 11°5 mm.

Agreeing in structure and most characters with G. morsus,

Ckll., the type of the genus, but having the abdomen light

ferruginous (hind margins of segments broadly hyaline),

with the punctures very fine and the mesothorax feebly

punctured. The pygidial areaon seventh tergite of abdomen

and the projecting apical plate beyond are red. The flagellum

is dusky red, almost black above. The third s.m. is broad

above and the third t.-c, is strongly bowed outward. Hind

tibiz with approximately apical half black and basal half

orange-fulvous. Maxillary palpi short.

Hah, Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier).

British Museum.

The second known specimen and species of this remarkable

genus.

Callomelitta rugosa, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 8 mm.

General form as in C. picta; head and thorax with scanty,

short, pale reddish hair ; head black, with the lower margin

of clypeus, labrum (which is emarginate), and mandibles

(which are thick, bidentate at apex) obscure dark red ; an-

tenn entirely bright ferruginous ; entire head strongly and

quite closely punctured ; mesothorax terra-cotta red, except

a large black patch in the posterior middle, the whole

appearing rugose from the strong and very dense punctures ;

346 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

tubercles red, strongly carinate, covered behind with dense

cream-coloured tomentum ; rest of thorax black ; seutellum

very coarsely rugoso-punctate, postscutellum dull and

granular; area of metathorax with a row of plice at the

base and one on each postero-lateral side, the latter broad at

the sides, but toward the middle narrowing to a line of pits;

sides of metathorax, as seen from behind, with only a

single projecting point, but there are two nodules on each

side near the upper corners, only noticed in an oblique view ;

pleura coarsely rugoso-punctate ; tegule light fulvo-ferru-

ginous. Wings strongly smoky, paler basally ; stigma and

nervures rufo-fuscous ; venation essentially as in C. picta,

but first r. n. joins second s.m. well beyond the middle, and

third s.m. is less contracted above. Legs ferruginous, hind

tibia with a loose white scopa; hind tibial knee-plate greatly

elongated, hind spur with only a microscopical ciliation.

Abdomen black, with the base and apex of first segment and

second segment almost entirely dull red; first segment

polished and shining, with very sparse minute punctures ;

second shining, but closely and distinctly punctured except

in middle; remaining segments closely and finely punctured,

but clothed with fine and short, appressed, golden-brown

hair, the apical region with long pale reddish hair.

Hab, Queensland (F. P. Dodd). British Museum, The

exact locality is unknown.

Nearest to C. turnerorum, Ckll., also from Queensland,

but easily known by the colours, the rugose sculpture, &c.

Prosopis kalamunda, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 7°5 mm.

Head and thorax black, with bright chrome-yellow

markings, consisting of large lateral face-marks (filling space

between clypeus and eye, and extending upward with the

form of a closed hand with the index-finger, which is very

short, pointed), swollen upper border of prothorax, tubercles,

Jarge semilunar patch behind tubercles, scutellum, and

postscutellum (except at sides). Legs black, the anterior

tibie with an obscure yellow spot at base. Abdomen

shining steel-blue ; clypeus aciculate, somewhat depressed

in middle; front and vertex shining, with strong well-

separated punctures ; mesothorax shiming, with large, irre-

gular, scattered punctures ; area of metathorax with a basal

channel crossed by plice, and below this, on each side, a

strong oblique ridge; pleura with widely separated punc-

tures. Legs with fine silky white har; tegule black.

i a mae

Records of Bees. 347

Wings quite clear, stigma and nervures fuscous; first r.n.

meeting first t.-c. Abdomen shining, with extremely feeble

and minute scattered punctures.

9? .—Variety jugata, v. n. With a transverse approxi-

mately kidney-shaped supraclypeal mark, the notch on the

lower side; a yellow spot near each anterior corner of meso-

thorax, and a yellow dot on tegule. ‘The clypeus is obscurely

reddish.

Hab. Kalamunda, S.W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (2. E.

Turner). British Museum,

In my table of Australian Prosopis this runs to 18, and

runs out because it is much smaller than P. perplera, and

has a yellow patch behind tubercles. Mr. Turner obtained

males of Prosopis elongata, Smith, at Kalamunda; super-

ficially elongata much resembles the new species, but on

closer examination it is seen not to be very closely allied.

Prosopis fulvicornis, Smith.

Kalamunda, Feb. 9-28, 1914; 1 ¢ (R. E. Turner).

This agrees with Smith’s description of P. fulvicornis

(which was discovered from the Baly collection, and was not

in the British Museum), except for the fact that the lateral

face-marks extend broadly halfway up the front, so that the

whole yellow area of the head rather resembles (though too

broad) a donkey’s head with erect ears. The large and

broad supraclypcal mark is notched above; the yellow mark

behind the tubercles is crescentic. Smith’s short description

is otherwise very characteristic.

This falls nearest to P. purpurata, Sm., but is smaller,

and differs in some details of the markings. It cannot be

the male of P. kalamunde, the sculpture being entirely

different.

Pachyprosopis hematostoma, Cockerell,

Kalamunda, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (R. BE. Turner) ; 3 9.

With these are sent two males of P. aurantipes, Ckll.,

with the same data ; and if I do not mistake the meaning of

the label on one of the P. hematostoma, it is to be under-

stood that the two are sexes of one species. If this is correct,

it is very remarkable, as they differ extremely in colour and

general appearance. ‘The P, hematostoma are duller, not so

blue as the original types.

348 Mr. IT’. D. A. Cockerell—Desertptions and

Pachyprosopis flavicauda, Cockerell.

Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, Jan. 15-Feb. 6, 1913, 1800-

2300 ft. (R. BE. Turner). British Museum.

A surprising extension of range; the species was described

from Sydney.

Euryglossa paupercula, sp. n.

? .—Length about 3°75 mm.

Black, shining, the abdomen above obscurely purplish ;

head thick, rather large, subquadrate, with broad cheeks ;

mandibles cream-colour, with black apex, which is bidentate ;

labrum and the very broad and low clypeus yellow, the latter

with a pair of widely separated fuscous teeth on lower

margin ; antennz brown, flagellum hairy, scape with a light

stripe in front; tegule brown. Wings hyaline, with a very

large dull rufous stigma ; first r.n. joining first s.m. about

as far from apex as equal to half first t.-c.; second s.m.

about as broad (long) as its apical height, not greatly pro-

duced above apically. Legs fuscous, with the trochanters

very pale reddish, the femora piceous, the anterior tibiz pale

red in front, all the tarsi pale fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen

broad, not hairy. The head and thorax are microscopically

reticulate, with scattered minute punctures.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, Oct. 16, 1913; 1 9

(R. EB. Turner). British Museum.

This might be considered a Pachyprosopis, and is only

placed in Kuryglossa because it lacks the true Pachyprosopis

venation. From its minute size, it will be associated with

FE. pernana, Ck\l., but it differs at once by the yellow clypeus,

large stigma, &c.

Euryglossa narifera, sp. n.

? .—Length scarcely 5 mm.

Robust, shining, head and thorax black, abdomen obscure

purple; head large and broad, extremely thick, without

hair, except a thin fringe of long pale brown hairs over

mouth ; lower part of cheeks with a large pale yellow patch ;

maudibles light ferruginous, black apically ; labrum ferru-

ginous; clypeus (except two Jarge semicircular areas, looking

like nostrils, on lower margin), a transverse supraclypeal

bar, and linear lateral face-marks (running along orbits to

level of anteunz) all pale yellow; antennz short, light

ferruginous beneath ; tubercles light yellow ; tegule testa-

ceous. Wings hyaline, stigma (which is large) and nervures

Records of Bees. 349

dark rufo-fuscous; b.n. greatly arched ; first r.n. meeting

first t.-c.; second s.m. broad, but its upper apical corner

produced. Legs light ferruginous, the femora marked with

piceous, the anterior femora almost wholly dark except at

extreme ends. Abdomen broad, pale reddish at extreme

apex and beneath.

Hab, Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, Nov. 1913, 3 2 (R. EZ.

Turner). British Museum.

Perhaps better called Pachyprosopis narifera, but the

second s.m. is not of the extreme type characteristic of

Pachyprosopis. he species is allied to FE. paupercula, but

much larger, with different markings.

Euryglossa nigrocerulea, Cockerell.

Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 1300-2300 ft., Jan. 15.—-I'eb. 6,

1913 (R. EB. Turner).

New to Tasmania.

Euryglossa flavocuneata, sp. 0.

9 .—Length about 8 mm.

Similar to 2. undulata, Ckll., but differing thus :—Much

smailer ; apical part of abdomen light ferruginous, with hair

of the same colour ; mandibles sometimes with a pale yellow

stripe above on basal half; flagellum beneath reddish brown,

without bands or spots; scutellum wholly without a median

impressed line ; tegulz pellucid reddish testaceous. Wings

strongly infuscated; b.n. falling short of t.-m. Middle

tibiz with a broad yellowish stripe in front, sometimes obso-

lete; hind knees pallid. First abdominal segment with

more than basal half yellow, more or less marked with pale

reddish ; fifth segment pale red, flushed with yellow at base,

sixth red. The abdomen has six conspicuous cuneiform

yellow patches, representing the bands on segments 2 to 4.

The type has a very broad abdomen ; in the other two it

appears narrow, but evidently as the result of compression

in papers. The head and thorax are black, without pale

markings.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia, Nov. 1913 (R. E. Turner).

British Museum.

Had I received only the male of EB. undulata, with females

of E. flavocuneata, 1 should have referred them without

hesitation to a single species. Fortunately the sexes of

undulata were taken mated ; the male of flavocuneata, when

found, will resemble that of uadulata, presumably differing

by the darkened wings and testaceous tegule.

350 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Euryglossa platyrhina, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 6°5 mm.

Very broad, with thin white hair, long on cheeks, pleura,

sides of metathorax, and sides of abdomen beneath; dense

hair fringing tubercles brownish white ; head and thorax

black, without pale markings, except that the depressed and

flattened clypeus is pale yellowish ferruginous (the margins

aud upper corners variably fuscous), and this colour may

extend to form a transverse supraclypeal band; abdomen

dull, light ferruginous, with the following conspicuous black

or piceous marks :—a broad transverse band on middle half

of first segment, a large subcircular patch on each side of

second, a very broad band on middle third of second, a

transverse patch on middle of third, and a slight shade on

fourth ; mandibles dark, very obscurely rufescent just before

apex ; labial palpi peculiar, first joint greatly swollen, largely

piceous, second about half as wide as first, piceous except at

ends, about twice as long as wide, third and fourth pale

ferruginous, long and slender, the fourth longest (about

225 microns) ; maxillary palpi extremely small, six-jointed,

the basal joint dark, the others pale ferruginous; clypeus

dullish, with very sparse and minute punctures ; front dull,

with smali scattered punctures ; cheeks very small, the whole

head remarkably flat; scape and flagellum pale reddish

testaceous beneath ; mesothorax dull, with widely scattered

very small punctures; scutellum more shining; area of

metathorax smooth and shining; tegule hyaline. Wings

hyaline, faintly dusky, stigma and nervures dull ferruginous ;

b.n. falling some distance short of t.-m.; first r.n. joining

second s.m. near base ; second s.m. broad, second t.-c. regu-

Jarly arched outward. Legs hairy, black or piceous and

ferruginous, the basal third and anterior sides of anterior

and middle tibiz, anterior and middle knees, hind tibiz

entirely, and greater part of hind femora ferruginous ;

middle femora broad, convex in profile below ; hind spurs

of hind tibieze with two rows of short strong tooth-like spines,

Pygidial plate of abdomen very small.

Hab. Yallingup, Dec. 23-Jan. 14, 1913-14 (R. #. Turner) ;

3 ¢?. British Museum.

A peculiar and distinct species, not a typical Euryglossa.

It could be made the type of a distinct genus or subgenus,

but this may wait until the classification of the whole group

is reconsidered,

On some External Characters of Cynogale bennettii. 351

XXXI.—On some of the External Characters of Cynogale

bennettii, Gray. By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent

of the Zoological Society’s Gardens,

[Plate XIV.]

Some of the external features of this aberrant amphibious

civet have been often described. Nevertheless, several inter-

. esting points have been overlooked, and many of the published

statements regarding the characters observed require ampli-

fication or correction, the shortcomings in question being to

a great extent attributable to the enforced dependence of

authors upon dried skins or upon material defective in other

ways.

‘The matter contained in this paper is based mainly upon

an examination of three specimens, an adult female and two

young, collected by the late Mr. A. Everett in N.W. Borneo

aud preserved in alcohol in the British Museum *,

Colour.—Accounts of the colour of Cynogale bennettii are

discrepant. In his very brief original description, published

in 1836, Gray said nothing on this point, but in the following

year he described the colour as brown, with the elongate

rigid hairs, rising from the soft crisp fur, black, with a

*‘subterminal silver-white band.” This was confirmed by

Eydoux and Souleyet, who, in 1841, wrote :—“ Les poils

soyeux, qui sont surtout apparents au dos, dépassent un peu

ceux de Ja bourre, et comme ils sont terminés de blanc, ils

donnent au pelage une teinte générale glacée.”

Similarly, Schlegel and Miller (Zoog. Ind. Archipel,

p- 120, 1839) described the species as “ donkerbruine

witachtig gespikkelde kleur ”—that is to say, colour dark

brown, speckled with whitish.

Flower and Lydekker (1891) copied Gray in recording

the fur as dark brown mixed with black and grey.

Finally, Sanyal wrote of a specimen living in the Gardens

at Calcutta (P. Z. 8S. 1894, p. 296) :—‘ Prevailing colour of

the fur grey, becoming grizzled white on the back, rump,

and outer surface of the limbs.”

On the other hand, Mivart, in 1882, said the colour of the

coat is red-brown, with no markings, save a very narrow

black line along the crown of the elongated head; and,

* This paper is published by permission of the Trustees. On this, as

on other occasions, | am indebted to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for untram-

melled access to the specimens under his charge.

252 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the

following him apparently, Blanford, in 1888, spoke of the

colour as red-brown.

Detecting the discrepancy between Mivart’s and Sanyal’s

accounts, Mr. Lydekker, in 1896, commented on it as fol-

lows :—“ The colour has been hither to described as uniformly

reddish brown, save for a narrow dark streak down the head.

The difference may, perhaps, be in part accounted for from

the fact that one description is taken from the living animal

and the other from dried skins, and also from the different

ages of the specimens examined, old ones being probably

more grey than younger examples.”

The main part of this passage is hardly in accord with

the facts, for the orginal authors—Gray, Schlegel and.

Miller, Eydoux and Souleyet—independently mentioned

the white speckling ; anl although Gray, at all events, had

only a dried skin to go upon, Satta the French and Datel

authors certainly never saw Cynogale alive, their descriptions

nevertheless agree, at auy rate in recording the white

speckling, with that of Sanyal, who had a living specimen

before him.

All the adult and subadult specimens in the British Mu-

seum, ranging from Malacca to Borneo, resemble in colour

those described by Gray and by the French and Dutch

authors. They are very dark brown, frosted with grey

above. The whitish speckling scarcely extends on to the

tail and legs, and is absent on the underside, which is paler

brown than the back. The rhinarium is flesh-coloured and

the upper lip, lower lip, chin, and a varying amount of the

interramal area and of the upper end of the throat are pale.

There are two white spots on each cheek, marking the

position of the genal vibrissal tufts, which are white, like

those of the interramal tuft. Similarly, the vibrissz arising

from the pale area of the upper lip are white. The upper-

most of them, however, are black, as also are the superciliary

bristles.

Mivart’s silence on the subject of the grey speckling

suggests that his description of the colour was written from

memory. At all events, it is quite misleading.

Sdnyal’s description fits none of the specimens exactly.

His example, from an unknown locality in Borneo, was clearly

much whiter than any seen by other authors; but since it is

not available for examination, even if preserved after death,

it is useless to do more than suggest the possibility of its

having been a very old animal ora partial albino. In this

connection, be it noted, the tip of the tail was described as

white. At the same time it must not be forgotten that the

oy a oe

“eae

ai te

External Characters of Cynogale benncttii. 353

underside was described as blackish, and was therefore

darker, instead of lighter, than the upperside. But since

his notes were taken from a living specimen, it is possible

that the blackish appearance of the underside was due to its

being in shadow.

As regards the colour of the young, Cantor (J. A. S. B.

xv. p. 203, 1846) wrote of Malayan specimens :—“ The very

young... differ from the adult in having a very soft, silky,

dense fur, mixed with longer hairs, whic sh are black except

on the chest and abdomen, where the apex is silvery. Over

the tarsus and the upper surface of the feet some of the

hairs have a terminal white band close to the black apex.

The posterior margin of the ear is hairy and of a silvery

colour.” Since an adult specimen from Malacca sent by

this collector to the British Museum is speckled with grey

dorsally, it may be inferred that the absence of dorsal

speckling is the main distinctive chromatic feature of the

uewly-born young.

On the other hand, the two voung specimens from

N.W. Borneo in the British Museum differ from their

mother in having no appreciable white speckling above ;

but, as in the adult, there is no such speckling below.

These specimens, in fact, bear out Mr. Lydekker’s suggestion

that the greyness increases with age—at all events, up to a

certain point.

Muzzle and rhinarium* (P1.X1V. figs. 1,2).—The muscular

development of the lateral portions of the upper lip, to give

mobility to the mystacial vibrissz, imparts a singular aspect

to the head, when viewed from above or below, owing to the

demarcation of the muzzle from the area behind it by a deep

constriction on each side.

Another peculiarity of the muzzle, to which attention has

been drawn by Mivart and others, 1s the absence of a median

vertical groove cleaving a central naked strip of integument,

such as is seen passing from the rhinarium to the edge

of the upper lip above the incisor teeth in the majority of

Carnivores and all typical Viverrines. But that is not all.

This area of the upper lip, in addition to being continuously

hairy and provided with short vibriss, is also of unusual

length or depth. It differs, indeed, from the corresponding

area in all ASluroid Carnivores, let alone the Viverrines and

Paradoxurines, and not excepting Crossarchus obscurus, in

being about twice the height of the anterior vertical portion

* For an account of the muzzle, feet, and glands of the typical

Viverrines, see my paper, P. Z.S. 1 Nb », pp. 131-149.

354 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the

of the rhinarium, when viewed from the front. And this

disproportion results not only from the deepening of the

upper lip, but from the concomitant expansion of its upper

half, so that the major portion of the rhinarium is, as it

were, thrust or tilted up to occupy a horizontal position,

with the nostrils opening upwards on the summit of the

muzzle. ‘This modification is quite unique amongst the

®luroidea, and its importance is not lessened by explaining

it as an adaptation to aquatic life.

The rhinarium itself is peculiar in other respects when

compared with that of Viverrineand Paradoxurine Carnivores,

though recalling the rhinarium of some genera of the latter

category in the nearly horizontal extension of its inferior

border and the deep median groove marking its anterior

surface and the fore part of its upper surface. The infra-

narial portion of its anterior surface is, however, very shallow

or short ; and from its widest part above, the lateral margins

of the rhinarium are strongly inclined inwards and back-

wards, so that its slightly concave posterior border just behind

the posterior votches of the two nostrils is less than half its

greatest width. The nostrils themselves are long, and con-

form in shape to the curvature of the lateral border of the

rhinarium. Externally they are bordered by the thickened

rim of the rhinarium, and this thickening is carried round

their narrowed posterior portion on to the inner or ad-

median side. Their appearance suggests that they are

strongly valvular for the exclusion of water.

Vibrisse.—The thickness, length, and abundance of the

facial bristles have attracted attention from the first, but

they have not always been accurately described. Mivart,

for example, says there is a bunch below each ear. This is

repeated by Sanyal, who adds that there is an intermediate

set on each side of the nose between the eye and the lip. As

a matter of fact, the tufts of vibrisse are typically Carni-

vorine both in number and position: that is to say, they

resemble in those respects the vibrissz of all the Cynoid and

most of the Alnroid and Arctoid Carnivores, and belong to

the following categories—mystacial, submeutal, superciliary,

interramal, and genal (Pocock, P. Z. 8. 1914, p. 901). The

upper genal tuft is in front of the base of the ear and the

lower some distance behind the corner of the mouth,

Neither of the two genal tufts on each cheek is below the

ear, and the “intermediate set”? mentioned by Sadny4l are

the uppermost bristles of the mystacial series,

The carpal vibrisse are absent, an unusual feature in this

group of Carnivora.

External Characters of Cynogale bennettii. 355

Ear (P1. X1V. fig. 3).—The pinna, as described by others,

is small, but its upper margin is slightly angular, not evenly

rounded as stated by Sanyal. The cartilaginous ridges and

flaps round and above the meatus resemble closely in a

general way those of Genetta, as described and figured by

Mivart (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 517, fig. 12). The ‘ antitragus ”

is well developed and “double,” as Mivart says—that is to

say, there is an upstanding crest on its inner side, with a

fossa between. Similarly, the anterior basal ridge of the

“helix”? forms a ridge on the inner side of the “ tragus,”

and is separated from it by a fossa. Above these lies the

longitudinal crest called the ‘ supratragus” by Mivart,

the “ plica principalis”’ by Boas, the “ antihelix”’ by other

writers ; the lobate thickening of this is not well developed.

Finally, the posterior marginal pouch or dursa, well known

in Canidee and Felide and described by Mivart in Genetta,

is present, but its anterior edge is only lightly concave and

its posterior edge is continuous above with the posterior

margin of the pinna, and does not arise behind it.

When the ear is contracted to exclude water, the meatus

is closed by the ‘ dovetailing ” of the ridges in front and

behind it, the antitragus fitting into the fossa between the

tragus and the lower or proximal ridge of the helix, and

the latter into the fossa between the outer and inner moieties

of the double antitragus.

Mamme.—tThere are two pairs of abdominal mamme, as

in Paradoxurus, one pair set forwards a little behind the

position of the diaphragm and the other towards the inguinal

region on a level with the anterior junction of the integu-

ment of the thigh with that of the body.

As regards the number of young, the only available

information, so far as I am aware, is that supplied by Cantor,

who had two with the mother. Since there are also two

with the female collected by Everett, it is safe to assume

that that is the average number in the litter, though the

teats afford provision for four.

Feet (Pl. XIV. figs. 4, 5).—Descriptions of the feet of

Cynogale attest the belief that the digits, in conformity with

the aquatic life of the animal, are provided with swimming-

webs, while those of its Paradoxurine allies are unwebbed.

The growth of this belief is a curious instance of the result

of copying and repeating extant descriptions, with the addi-

tion thereto of obvious inferences, without a check being

put upon the statements by reference to actual specimens.

Although in his original description of Cynogale (PR. Z. 8.

1836, p. 88) Gray said nothing about the feet, he subse-

356 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the

quently described the toes as “ half-webbed ” (Charlesworth’s

Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 579, 1837). Again, Eydoux and

Souleyet (Voy. de la ‘ Bonite,’ i. p. 27, 1841) wrote :—

“Ses doigts sont palmés antérieurement et postérieurement,

mais ils sont peu allongés.” Later, Gray (P. Z. S. 1864,

p- 521, and Cat. Carn. Brit. Mus. p. 78, 1869) described the

toes as “ being short, covered with dense hairs and slightly

webbed at the base”; and certainly his omission to mention

the webs on the feet of other Paradoxurine civets justifies

in a measure the conclusion that the webs are peculiar to

Cynogale.

This conclusion was apparently drawn by Mivart, when he

wrote (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 172) :—‘‘ Its webbed feet, short

tail, long moustaches, together with its exceptional upper

lip, serve, however, to mark it as a very distinct genus.”

Blanford (‘Mammalia of British India,’ 1888, p. 119) also

referred to the webbed feet as a peculiarity. Flower and

Lydekker, however (‘ Mammalia,’ 1891, p. 535), with more

caution, repeated verbatim Gray’s description of 1864:

“Toes short, slightly webbed at base’’; but the second of

these two authors (‘ Handbook to the Carnivora,’ 1896,

p. 242) introduced for this animal the trivial title ‘‘ The web-

footed Civet,” and in his diagnosis of it said :—‘‘ This genus

may be easily recognized by the absence of a vertical groove

on the upper lip, the short tail, the partially webbed feet,

and by the under surface of the tarsus and metatarsus being

rather less naked than in the Palm-Civets ””—this last item

being derived from Mivart’s description of 1882.

A knowledge of the facts enforces the conclusion that the

authors quoted never compared the feet of Cynogale with

those of its nearest allies, all of which, like most Carnivores,

have the digits webbed up to the proximal end of the digital

pads. An inspection of the feet even on a dried skin of

Cynogale—from which the figure of the hind foot published

by Mivart in 1882 seems to have been taken—shows clearly

that the webs do not extend farther up the digits than is the

case in Paradoxurus, for example. More than that, I find

that in the above-mentioned example in alcohol in the

British Museum the ends of the digits project farther

beyond the webs than in any genus of Paradoxurines known

to me. ‘The webs do not reach the proximal margins of the

digital pads either in the fore foot or in the hind foot ; but

what the webs lose in depth they gain in breadth. They

are broader than in any other Paradoxurine or Viverrine

genus, and the digits are capable consequently of wider

Jateral expansion. In that sense, and that only, are the feet

External Characters of Cynogale bennettii. 357

more webbed than in related genera. But if Cynogale were

known only from its feet, the amphibious habits of the genus

could not be safely inferred from their structure.

The oft-repeated statement that the digits are short is

not true, if by that is meant that they are shorter than in

allied forms. The pollex and the hallux are relatively longer,

and the remaining digits are certainly not shorter, than in

other genera of this group.

As regards the nakedness of the soles of the feet, there is

little, if anything, to choose between those of Cynogale and of

Paguna or Paradoxurus. Broadly speaking, the feet are

essentially Paradoxurine, as opposed to Viverrine, in the

matter of nakedness—that is to say, in the hind foot the

heel (tarsus) only is hairy, the whole of the underside of the

metatarsus and the area surrounding the plantar pads being

naked. Similarly, in the fore foot the naked area of the

carpal pads is as wide and nearly as long as the plantar pad,

and there is no hair anywhere between the edges of the webs

and the posterior border of the carpal pads. In both fore

and hind feet the lobes of the plantar pads are well developed

and well defined by grooves from each other, the pollical and

hallucal lobes being large. On the fore foot the external or

ulnar carpal pad forms a large prominent upstanding ridge.

The inner or radial element lying behind the pollical lobe

of the plantar pad is, on the contrary, scarcely detectable.

On the hind feet there are only very indistinct and broken

ridges lying on each side of the metatarsus behind the

plantar pad. On both fore and hind feet the pads themselves,

as well as the adjacent naked integument, are, comparatively

speaking, smooth.

The claws are not nearly so strongly curved as in the

typically arboreal Paradoxurines, are imperfectly retractile,

and are unguarded by skin-lobes or hairs at the base.

As in most Carnivora, the fore foot is broader than the

hind foot.

The scent-yland (Pl. XIV. figs. 6, 7, 8).—With regard to

this organ, Mivart wrote in 1882 :—‘* 1 can find no record

as to the existence of any prescrotal gland or as to the con-

dition of its anal region.” Iam not aware that the gland

has been described, but it is unmistakably present in the

adult female example above mentioned.

The region of the anus and the vulva is covered by a

continuous area of naked skin, irregularly piriform in outline.

The vulva is at its anterior and the arms at its posterior end.

The former orifice is considerably closer to the latter than

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 24

358 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the

in the majority of Paradoxurines, but not in all, and the

vulval area is defined from the anal and glandular area by

a shallow marginal constriction of the naked integument.

Almost midway between the anus and the vulva there is a

pair of small pits or depressions in the skin, each of which

was plugged with a hardened piece of amber-like secretion.

These pits are shallow, and individually are smaller than the

orifice of the vulva. Immediately behind them there is a

shallow transverse crease in the integument ; but the glan-

dular area, as a whole, is in no sense invaginated or provided

with distinct upstanding labia.

In the young female the subcircular anal area is more

sharply defined from the vulval area, the marginal constric-

tion being deeper, and the glandular orifices are sunk in a

short transverse depression passing across the naked field

from angle to angle of the constriction. ;

In the young male the penis is elongated and distally

pendulous, an unusual feature in the Paradoxurine group.

It is hairy at the sides, more sparsely hairy below, but naked

round the prepuce. Passing backwards from the base of the

penis between the two halves of the scrotum to the naked

circumanal area there is an elongated naked tract of skin

showing in the middle line traces of three shallow depres-

sions, which are probably incipient glandular pits. This

division of the scrotum into two quite distinct, somewhat

widely separated testicular sacs is a very curious character.

‘That it persists in the adult, however, is quite clearly shown

on one of the skins in the British Museum, namely, the type

described by Gray, which, furthermore, appears to have been

provided with a naked glandular area like that of the young.

The anterior of the three median glandular pores above

described is very smal] and close to the base of the penis,

The posterior, which is considerably larger, lies nearly

opposite the middle of the two halves of the scrotum, The

intermediate, a little more conspicuous than the posterior,

and, like it, surrounded by a low integumental rim, is

situated about midway between the other two.

This discovery of the scent-glands in Cynogale fully

explains the following passage in Sanyal’s account of a living

specimen, and substantiates the truth of the claim made

therein :—‘* The presence of a strong civet-like smell near its

cage, especially at night, unmistakably indicates the possession

of odoriferous glands” (P. Z. 8S. 1894, p. 297).

From the foregoing account it will be clear that the

glands of this animal are of a very simple type. They are

simpler, indeed, than the glands of any Paradoxurine known

External Characters of Cynogale bennettii. 359

to me that possesses these organs. But whether the simpli-

city is to be assigned to degeneration connected with the

aberrant habits of the animal, or whether it is to be regarded

as primitive aud as indicating an early stage in the evolution

of the glands, we shall, perhaps, never know.

Inferences as to Mode of Life—The records relating to the

mode of life of Cynogale were summarized by Flower and

Lydekker as follows :—‘ This is a curious otter-like modifi-

cation of the Viverrine type, having semi-aquatic habits,

both swimming on the water and climbing trees, living upon

fish, crustacea, small mammals, birds, and fruit.” This

summary may, I think, be amplified by a few inferences,

justified by some of the structural features above described.

The formation of the feet, with their naked soles and

sharp partially retractile claws, confirms the testimony as

to the climbing powers of the animal ; but the shortness

of the tail suggests inferiority to the so-called palm-civets

(Paradorurus, Nandinia), binturong (Arcticlis), ete., in scan-

sorial skill and activity. On the other hand, as compared

with the otters, which, by reason of their long, loosely knit,

widely webbed toes, supplied with comparatively weak claws,

are but indifferent climbers, Cynogale is probably a slow

swimmer, without the faculty of rapid turning in the water.

These defects in aquatic agility are suggested particularly by

the shortness and the absence of special muscular power in

the tail, and to a lesser extent by the narrowness of the hind

feet and the fecble development of their interdigital webs.

The inability of Cynogale to overtake swift-swimming fishes

under water may, therefore, be tolerably safely assumed.

The teeth, especially the premolars, nevertheless, seem

clearly to be adapted for seizing and holding slippery

wriggling prey of that description, 1 rather than for crushing

the hard shells of freshwater crabs or molluses, although

the molars are doubtless capable of performing that office.

Hence it may be supposed that most of the fishes preyed upon

are captured after they have taken shelter from the chase

under the edge of a submerged rock, in crevices between

large stones, or in holes in the banks or the bed of streams,

This supposition is borne out by the unusual development

of the facial vibrissze, not only upon the upper lip, but upon

the cheeks, over the eyes, aud underneath the jaw as well,

Having watched the retreat of a fish to its place of refuge,

Cynogale, 1 imagine, paddles quietly to the spot to seize its

prey while lying low, with its movements hampered in the

confined space—a predatory device frequently practised by

otters. The thickness of the vibrissa, as in the case of other

24°

360 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

piscivorous Carnivora, naturally keeps them erect and

functional in the water, and their increase in length and

number supposedly enables Cynogale to thrust its head with

safety into the lurking-place of its prey, and to ascertain

with accuracy the shape and size of the space, while a further

function of the mystacial tufts is to supply information as to

the exact whereabouts of the hiding fish or crab or molluse,

if these invertebrates form, as perhaps they do, a portion of

its usual diet.

From the upward aspect of the nostrils—a character in

which these orifices surpass those of otters and seals,—it may

be inferred that Cynogale is in the habit of lying submerged

with only the tip of the nose exposed above the surface.

Since concealment under water can hardly be for the purpose

of protection from enemies, its object may be assumed to he

predatory ; and it may be suggested that the modification in

question—unique in its extent, [ believe, in the Carnivora—

is of service to Cynogale when lying in wait near the bank of

a stream for small mammals or birds that may frequent the

banks or come to drink.

If this be the correct interpretation of the facts, it helps

us to understand the restriction to the head of practically

all the evidences of the amphibious habits of Cynogale.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Muzzle and rhinarium from above, showing the horizontal and

dorsal position of the nostrils. The vibrisse of the left side

omitted, those of the right mostly cut short.

. The same from the front, the vibrissze omitted.

. The base of the ear. ¢., tragus; a.tr., antitragus; @.h., anti-

helix (supratragus) ; }., bursa.

Left fore foot from below. 1 and 5, first and fifth digits.

. Left hind foot from below. 1 and 5, first and fifth digits.

. Anal and genital area of adult female. a., anus; gl., orifice of

perfume-gland ; »., vulva.

Fig. 7. The same of immature female.

Fig. 8. Anal and genital areaof immature male. a., anus; s., one sac of

scrotum ; g/., supposed pores of perfume-gland ; p., penis.

Dae coro

XXXII—On the Genera Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia,

Turritellopsis, and Tachyrbynchus. By Epgar A.

Smiru, 1.8.0.

Mosr of the species referred to in this paper have been

referred to Turritella, Eglisia, or Mesalia, some rightly

located, others incorrectly.

————————

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, &e. 361

Tt was thought, therefore, it might be useful to bring

together a list of the described species, giving rather nume-

rous references, and to assign these various forms to what

appears to be their true generic position.

It is unfortunate that the animals of /glisia and of the type

of Mesalia are unknown, and consequently it cannot be stated

with certainty whether their relationship is nearest to the

Turiitellidee or Epitoniide.

Ea@uista, Gray.

1840. Eglisia, Gray, Synopsis Contents Brit. Mus, 1840, p. 147 (name

only).

1842. Eglisia, id. op. cit. ed. 44, p. 61 (name only).

1847, Eglisia, id. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 155. For Turbo suturalis

(Gray), Wood.

1349. Eglisia, Reeve, Conch. Icon, vol. v.

1854. Lglisia, H. & A. Adams, Genera Rec. Moll. vol. i. p. 354,

1857, Eglisia, Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus. p. 110.

1859. Eglisia, Chenu, Man. Conchyl. vol. 1. p. 318, as subgenus of

Turritella.

1852. Eglesia (sic), Sowerby, Conch, Man. p. 149.

1878. Eglisia, Kobelt, Ilust. Conchyl. p. 138,

1883. Eglisia, Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch. vol. ii. p. 224.

1885. Lylisia, Fischer, Man. Conch. p. 778.

1887. Eglisia, Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. ix. p. 51.

The first description * of this genus is that given by Reeve,

but its institution should date from 1847, in which year Gray

associated with it the Turbo suturalis of Wood, but unaccom-

panied by any description. Nothing is known of the animal,

or hitherto of the operculum, and consequently its systematic

position could not be determined. It has been placed in the

Turritellide by H. and A. Adams, Gray (1857), Chenu,

&. Woodward, Kiener, Kobelt, Dunker, Paetel, Boog

Watson.

Tryon and Fischer located it in the Epitoniide (=Scala-

riide),

In describing Eglisia cumingii (=tricarinata, Ad. & Rve.)

A. Adams remarked :—“ The obscure longitudinal varices

show the true position of this genus to be between Turri-

tella aid Scalaria.” Similar “ obscure longitudinal varices ”

occur in Z. spirata, the type of the genus, and lanceolata,

Rve., but they are merely the remains of former outer lips,

marking periods of arrested growth, and not, as in Scalaria,

serving as ribs for the strengthening of the shell. © Marks of

arrested growth may be observed in some of the Turritellas,

* The few words given by Gray in the ‘ Synopsis Contents Brit. Mus,

ed. 44, p. 61, do not constitute a description, since no species is quoted,

362 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Gener

but, being thinner shells, they have the appearance of cracks

rather than varices.

The general form of the shells and the spiral liration or

carination, and also the coloration, show relationship with

Turritella rather than with Epitonium, and the only concho-

logical difference occurs in respect of the aperture. In

Eglisia the peristome is distinctly continuous, as in £, spi-

rata and tricarinata, or the columella is joined to the outer

lip by a thin callus as in lanceolata and elegans. ‘The arched

columella also is thickened and reflexed.

In Turritella the columella is thin and usually separated

from the end of the outer lip. Occasionally, however, a thin

connecting callus is present in some species.

Another feature common to all the Eglisias is the base of

the body-whorl being marked off by a keel and the very fine

sculpture upon it, of quite a different character from that on

the rest of the shell.

I am now able, through the kindness of Mr. J. R. Le B.

Tomlin, who possesses a specimen of £. spirata with the

operculum in situ, to describe that feature.

It is horny, roundly ovate, almost black, and consists of

about 3-4 not clearly defined, very rapidly increasing whorls,

the pit-like nucleus being markedly excentric. It is slightly

concave externally and sculptured with well-marked very

arcuate lines of growth. In fact, it closely resembles the

opercula of Lpituentum and Mesalia, both of which are

paucispiral, and not multispiral as in Zurritella *.

ELzglisia spirata (Sowerby).

1825. Turritella spirata, Sowerby, Cat. Tankerville, Appendix, p. xiv.

1849, Lylisia spirata: Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. pl. i. fig. 1.

1852. Ey/esia (sic) spwrata: Sowerby, Conch. Man. p. 337, pl. xxviii,

fig. 592.

* Since the above was in type, I have heard from Professor H. M.

Gwatkin that, judging from the radula, “ Eylsia spirata is a clear

Scalaria.”

———-S

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, dc. 363

1854. Eglisia spirata: H. & A. Adams, Gen, Rec, Moll. vol. i. p. 354,

pl. xxxviii. fig. 5.

1857. Hglisia spirata: Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus. p. 110.

1859. Turritella ( 2ylisia) spirata; Chenu, Man. Conchyl. vol. i, p. 318,

fig. 2287 on p. 317.

1878. Lglisia spirata; Kobelt, Iust. Conchyl. p. 188, pl. xlix. fig. 5.

1887. Lglisia spirata: Tryon, Man. Conch, vol. ix. p. 86, pl. xviii.

fig. 58.

1828, Turbo suturalis, Wood, Index Test., Suppl. p. 20, pl. vi. fig. 41.

1834. Turritella suturnalis (sic), Sav. ; Griffith & Pidgeon, Anim, King.

vol. xii. p. 600, pl. xiil. fig. 5.

1843. Turritella suturalis: Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 26, pl. ix. fig. 1.

1897. Mesalia? suturalis: Kobelt, Conch. Cab., Yurritella, p. 74,

pl. xxi. figs. 6, 7 (after Kiener).

Hab, The Island St. Thomas (Sowerby) ; Mossamedes,

Angola (in coll. J. R. Le B. Tomlin).

This, the largest species and the type of the genus, is

distinguishable at a glance by the whorls being flattened or

channelled above in such a remarkable manner.

The geographical distribution of this species has hitherto

been uncertain, since the only localities quoted were “ ‘The

Island St. Thomas” (Sowerby) and Japan (Kobelt*).

Mr. Tomlin has a specimen, with the operculum, from

Mossamedes in Angola, which he obtained direct from that

place. It therefore seems fairly certain that Sowerby’s locality

was the St. Thomas Island in the Gulf of Guinea, and that

Kobelt was wrong in quoting Japan.

In the third edition of Argenville’s ‘ Conchyliologie ’

(1780), pl. xl. fig. J 3, this species is figured, with forms of

Terebra, Cerithium, &e., merely under the general term

*€ Vis” (screw-sliells),

Eglisia tricarinata, Adams & Reeve.

1849. Eglisia tricarinata, Adams & Reeve ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. y.

sp. 3, described, but not figured.

1850. Eglisia tricarinata, Adams & Reeve, Zool. ‘Samarang,’ p. 49,

pl. xii. fig. 8 (enlarged).

18-6. Turritella (Eglisia) tricarinata: Watson, Gasteropoda ‘ Chal-

lenger,’ p. 479.

1887. Lglisia tricarinata: Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. ix. p. 86, pl. xviii.

tig. 60 (copy of Ad. & Rve.).

1898. Lglista tricarinata: Melvill & Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. iii.

p. 35, pl. iii. fig. 6.

1850. Eglisia cumingiit, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 204; Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1851, vol. viii. p. 499; Petit, Journ. de Conch

vol. iv. p. 205 (1853).

* Illust. Conchylienbuch, p, 138.

364 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

1897. Twurritella leptomita, Melvill & Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. ii.

p. 171, pl. xiii. figs. 12, 12a, vol. ili. p. 35.

1901. Eglisia leptomita, Melvill & Standen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901,

vol. ii. p. 357.

Hab. China Sea (Ad. § Rve.); off Malanipa Island,

Basilan Strait, Philippines, 10-20 fathoms (Watson) ; Japan

(A. Adams) ; Andaman Is. (Melvill § Sykes) ; Persian Gulf

and Arabian Sea, west of Bombay (Melvill & Standen).

This species is smaller than . spirata, has fewer spiral

threads, and the whorls are not tabulated or channelled at

the upper part. The figure in the ‘ Samarang,’ like others

on the same plate, is greatly enlarged, the type being only

28 mm. in length, and that given by Melvill & Sykes in

1898 was taken from Adams’s type of EL. cumingit. In

Dr. J. E. Gray’s collection, preserved in the British Museum,

is a still larger specimen, which, if the spire were perfect,

would measure 40 mm. in length, and its last whorl is

11:25 mm. in width. It is worthy of notice that even a

greater disparity in size occurs in specimens of Mesalia

brevialis.

With regard to EL. leptomita, I have no hesitation in

regarding it as identical with trzcarinata, notwithstanding

the remarks offered by Messrs. Melvill, Standen, and Sykes.

Tney observe that ‘the type has five carinee at least on the

last whorl, and ‘tricarinata’ is therefore an inappropriate

name.” On reading the original description, it is seen that

this character is an allusion to the three principal keels on

the upper whorls, and tie authors, Melvill & Sykes, employ

the same word in the description of leptomita. They say

that the last whorl is ‘ quadricarinato.”” ‘This is incorrect,

for an examination of their type shows that there are six

caring, as described by A. Adams in F. cumingi?. There

are four principal keels, and above these two others, the

upper one nearly at the suture, which consequently is chan-

nelled. .

In the Proc. Zool. Soc., Melvill & Standen observe that

“the extremes seem distinct from /. carinata, Ad. & Rve.,

but the species is evidently, though rare, very widely distri-

buted, and intermediates may, in time, be found to occur.”

The italics are mine. Since I can discover no differences in

leptomita, the future need not be taken into consideration.

Lurritella conspersao, Adams & Reeve, placed by Tryon as

a variety of the present species, is a true Turritella, and

entirely distinct in every respect.

Protoma pulchrum, Sowerby, from Sierra Leone (Proc.

Egliaia, Callostracum, Mesalia, $c. 265

Malac. Soe. vol. vi. p. 281, fig. 5), has somewhat the general

aspect of L, tricavinata. It is a true Turritella, allied to

T. knysnaensis, Krauss.

Eglisia lanceolata, Reeve.

1849, Eglisia lanceolata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. pl. i. figs. 2 a, 2.

1859. Turritella (Eglisia) lanceolata: Chenu, Man. Conchyl. p. 317,

fig. 2288.

1887. Lglisia lanceolata: Tryon, Man. Conch, vol. ix. p. 86, pl. xviii.

fig. 59 (after Reeve).

Hab, Pasacao, Island of Luzon, Philippines, in sandy mud

at a depth of 10 ‘fathoms (Reeve).

‘To the description given by Reeve it may be added that,

besides the “obscure longitudinal varices”? which occur

irregularly up the spire, the base of the body-whorl is of a

uniform darker brown tint than the rest of the shell,

Eglisia elegans, Melvill.

1909. Lylisia elegans, Melvill, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xiii. p. 84,

pl. v. fig. 7

Hab. Saya de Malha Banks, Station C4, 150 fathoms

(Melvill).

This locality is situated in the western part of the Indian

Ocean, S.E. of the Seychelles Islands.

This pure white shell exhibits at irregular intervals

“obscure longitudinal varices” (former lips), and_ thie

columella is united to the end of the outer lip by a thin

callus.

CALLOSTRACUM, Smith.

Callostracum, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1909, vol. iv. p. 229.

Smithia (preoe. )> Maltzan, Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. malak. Gesell.

18838, p. 97, tig.

This genus has been placed in Eglisia by Tryon, and con-

sidered a section of it by Fischer; but, in my opinion, it

should be held distinct, since the character of the aperture is

considerably different, and the operculum is described as

multispiral, with subeentral nucleus.

Callostracum gracile (Maltzan).

Smithia gracilis, Maltzan, 1. c, supra.

Hab. North side of the Island of Goree, Senegambia,

West Africa (Maltzan),

366 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

The following species have been placed in £glisia, but

they do not in reality belong to that genus :—

1. Eglisia subdecussata (Cantraine), Fischer, Actes Soc. Linn,

‘Bordeaux, vol. xxvii. p. 115 (1869).

This species is now referred to Mesalia.

2. Eglisia macandree, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865,

p. 753.

Regarded asa variety of Mathilda quadricarinata (Brocchi),

and placed in the Pyramidellide. Sacco has created a

family Mathildidz for this genus.

3. Turritella (Eglisia) symmefrica, Uutton, Cat. Marine

Moll. New Zeal. p. 30 (18738).

EFglisia symmetrica, id. Journ. de Conch. 1878, vol. xxvi, p. 29.

This is a true Turritella.

MeSALIA, Gray.

1840. Mesalia, Gray, Synopzis Contents Brit. Mus. p. 147 (name only).

1842, Mesalia, id. op. cit. ed. 44, p- 61.

1847. Mesalia, id. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 155. For Turritella mesal,

Desh.

1849. Mesalia, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v.

1852. Mesalia, Sowerby, Conch. Man. ed. 4, p. 200.

1854. Mesalia, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. vol. i. p- 353.

1857. Mesalia, Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus. p. 111.

1859. Mesalia, Chenu, Man. Conehyl. vol. i. p. 317.

1878. Mesalia, Kobelt, llust. Conchylienbuch, p. 188.

1883, Mesalia, Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch. vol. ii. p. 224.

1885. Mesalia, Fischer, Man. Conchyl. p. 694.

1887. Mesalia, Tryon, Man. Conch, vol. viii. p. 193.

As in the case of Lglisia, the introduction of this genus

must date from 1847, when a species was first associated

with it.

Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 155) quoted, as examples

of his genus, Cerithium mesal, Adanson= Turritella mesal,

Deshayes, a Turritella sp., and J’. sulcata, Lamk. He

evidently considered the shell described by Adanson as the

type of his genus, since he founded tle name upon that

species. Jeffreys*, therefore, was quite wrong in stating

that “the type of Gray’s genus is Turritella sulcata of

Lamarck, a Grignon or Eocene fossil.”

Mesalia may be separated from T'urritel/a by certain features

* Proc. Zool. Soc, 1884, p. 132.

Fglisix, Callostracum, Mesalie, &e. 367

in the aperture and the operculum, which is paucispiral, like

Littorina, and not multispiral, as in Twrritella.

The figures in Adams (Genera Recent Moll. vol. iii.

pl. xxxvili. figs. 4a, 41) represent the operculum of the

genus Turritella, and not that of Mesalia.

This mistake led Dall * into the error of stating that the

opercula of Mesalia and Tachyrhynchus (Mesalia reticulata)

presented no difference. ‘The fact is, that of the former con-

sists of four or five rapidly enlarging whorls with a somewhat

excentric nucleus, whereas that in the latter genus is multi-

spiral, with central nucleus.

The opercula of typical examples of M. brevialis, from

Goree, in the British Museum, are almost black, rather con-

cave externally in the dried state, and consist of four or five

rapidly increasing volutions, somewhat carinate at tle suture

towards the deep nucleus, and with a raised spiral thread

upon them which does not extend to the last two large whorls.

Mesalia brevialis (Lamarck).

1757. Cerithium mesal, Adanson, Hist. Nat. Sénégal, p. xcv, Le Mesal,

p- 159, pl. x.

1822. Twrritella brevialis, Lamarck, Anim, sans vert. vol. vii. p. 58.

1843. Turritella brevialis: Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 40, pl. xii. figs. 1, 1 a.

1843. Turritella mesal, Deshayes, Anim. sans vert. ed. 2, vol. ix.

. 261.

1847. Mesalia mesal : Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 155.

1849. Mesalia brevialis: Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. pl. v. fig. 164

( Turritella), fig. 26 (Mesalia). "i

1852. Mesalia brevialis: Sowerby, Conch. Man. ed. 4, p. 201, pl. xxviii.

tig. 691.

1854. Mesalia brevialis : H. & A. Adams, Gen. Ree. Moll. vol. i. p. 354,

pl. xxxviii. fig. 4, shell (4a, 46, represent the operculum of

Turritella).

1857. Mesalia brevialis : Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus. p. 111.

1859. Mesalia brevialis: Chenu, Man, Conch, vol. i. p. 317, figs. 2284,

2285.

* Amer. Journ. Conch. vol. vii. p. 119,

368 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

1878. Mesalia brevialis: Kobelt, Ilust. Conchyl. p. 138, pl. xlix. fig. 3.

1887. Mesalia brevialis; Tryon, Man, Conch. vol. viii. p. 209, pl. Ixy.

figs, 28-29.

1897, Mesalia brevialis: Kobelt, Conch. Cab., Turritella, p. 71, pl. xxi.

figs. 1-3.

Hab. Goree, Senegal, Sierra Leone.

Var. varia.

1843, Turritella varia, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 42, pl. ii. figs. 3, 3a, 35.

1849. Mesalia brevialis (partim): Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. fig. 2 a.

1887. Mesalia brevialis (partim): Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. viii. pl. lxv.

fig. 27 (after Reeve), tig. 30 (after Kiener).

1897. Mesalia varia: Kobelt, Conch, Cab., Turritella, p. 72, pl. xxi.

tigs. 8-11.

1902. Mesalia varia, var. imbricata, Pallary, Journ. de Conch. vol. 1.

p. 16.

Hab. Mogador, Tangier, Algeciras.

Var. freytag?.

1884. Mesalia freytagi, Maltzan, Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. malak.

Gesell. 1884, p. 68.

Fab. Goree, Senegambia.

Whether J. brevialis should be divided in two or more

species seems somewhat doubtful, but, from the material

examined, I have been unable to find a parting-line of sepa-

ration between the typical very large form, which seems to

be restricted to the Senegambia region, and the smaller var,

varia, found at Mogador, Tangier, and South Spain *, The

difference in size is enormous, but the sculpture, although

vailable in strength, is of the same character and tie oral

features are similar,

The typical form is well figured by Kiener (pl. xii. fig. 1),

and the upper portion of his figure answers exactly to La-

marck’s description ‘ anfractibus convexis, levibus, prope

marginem superiorem unisulcatis” and “elle est fort rac-

courcie, relativement & sa grosseur. Longueur, 2 pouces.”

Another large form is that figured by Reeve (Turritella,

pl. v. fig. 16). It is narrower and distinguished by finer

spirals than the type. ‘The variety varia is also finely

ridged, but smaller ; however, intermediates in size occur.

M. freytagi has very convex whorls, most of which are

bicarinate and display more colour-markings.

Turritella caribea, d’Orbigny, said to be from Cuba, was

* Hidalgo has expressed a similar opinion (Journ, de Conch, 1867,

vol. xy. p. 304),

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, dc. 369

founded on a unique worn shell, now in the British Museum.

It has been éaetaidcred by Tryon identical with the variety

varia, Owing to the bad condition of the shell it is im-

possible to speak with certainty, but I am inclined to think

he is right, in which case the West-Indian locality becomes

very doubtful,

Turritella opalina, Ad. & Rve.*, said to be from the

China Sea, agrees exactly with the upper portion of a typical

brevialis. The fine spiral striation is precisely the same and

the style of markings (exaggerated in the much enlarged

figure) is quite similar. I am therefore inclined to believe

that some mistake has occurred in regard to the locality T.

Jeffreys states that Turritella suturalis of Forbes $, from

the ASgean Sea, is the same as brevialis, Reeve, partim

(=var. varia), but the description given by Forbes is so

inadequate that it becomes impossible to recognize the shell

he had before him, which is described as only ¥%; inch in

length !

Mesalia fammigera, Locard.

1897. Mesalia flammigera, Locard, and var. simpler, Expéd. Sci.

‘ Travuilleur’ et ‘Talisman,’ Moll. test. p. 396, pl. xviii. figs. 18-22.

Hab. Deep water. “ A l’ouest du Sahara” (Locard),

This may be a deep-water form of J/. brevialis, with flatter

whorls than the typical form, and somewhat narrower also.

As regards sculpture and coloration, there seems to be little,

if any, difference. Very few of the specimens of brevialis

(typical) I have seen show any colour-marking, but, when

they so occur, they take the form of longitudinal, reddish,

undulating, irregular flammulations, as described by Locard,

Mesalia pulchella, Pallary.

1901. Mesalia pulchella, Pallary, Journ. de Conch. vol. xlix. p. 315,

vol. 1. p. 16, pl. i. figs. 16, 17.

Hab. Tangier.

M. Pallary describes two varieties, var. fusca and var.

varicosa, differing from the type respectively in colour and

sculpture.

The animal radula and operculum are unknown, and from

shell-characters this species might equally well be placed in

Turritellops is,

* Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Moll. p. 48, pl. xii. fig. 7, twice natural size of

‘type in Brit. Mus,

P tryon placed this species in Mesalia, Man. Moll. vol. viii. p. 210.

t Report Brit. Assoc. 1843, p. 189.

370 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

Mesalia melanioides, Reeve.

1849. Mesalia melanioides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. pl. i. fig. 3.

1859. Turritella (Mesalia) melanoides (sic): Chenu, Man. Conch. vol. i.

p. 317, fig. 2286.

1887. Turritella(Mesalia) melanoides (sic): Tryon, Man. Cunch. vol. viii.

». 20), pl. Ixv. fig. 32 (after Reeve).

1897. Mesalia melanoides (sic): Kobelt, Conch. Cab., Turritella, p. 74,

pl. xxi. fig. 5 (after Reeve).

1913. Mesalia evilis, Sowerby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xii. p, 236,

pl. ili. fig. 9.

Hab. Unknown to Reeve. West Australia (Svwerby).

This species, of which only the shell is known, has an

altogether different aspect from that of the type of Mesalia,

having flatter whorls and numerous oblique costa upon the

upper part of the spire. The characters of the aperture,

however, show that it is rightly placed in that genus,

In describing his M. evi/ts Mr. Sowerby observed :—“ The

actual position of this remarkable shell is uncertain, but I

provisionally place it in Mesalia on account of the charac-

teristic basal sinus.” Such being his opinion, it is surprising

that he did not refer to Reeve’s Monograph of the genus,

published sixty-four years previously, or to other works

describing Mesalia, issued in the interval. Had he done so,

he could not have failed to identify the shell he proposed

describing with Reeve’s M. melanioides. Having compared

the type of that species and the actual shell described as

M. exilis, both being in the British Museum collection, I can

testify with certainty to their specific identity.

The figure in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. is not good;

it shows the whorls too convex, and the basal sinus to the

aperture is badly depicted.

Mesalia subd cussata (Cantraine).

1837. Scalaria subdecussata, Cantraine, Opuse. de Zool, et d’Anat.

comp. p. 13; id. Malac. Médit. pl. vi. fig. 24 (1841).

1849. Turritella incisa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. y. pl. xi. fig. 65.

1851. Mesalia striata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 279.

1855. Mesalia plicata, A. Ad. op. cit. 1855, p. 123.

1867. Mesalia striata: Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch. vol. xv. p. 394;

Revista R. Acad. Cienc. Madrid, vol. i. p. 405 (1904).

1868. Mesalia subdecussata : Weinkautt, Conch. Mittelm. vol. ii. p. 323.

1869. Eglisia subdecussata: Fischer, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux,

vol. xxvii. p. 115.

1877. Acirsa subdecussata: Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877,

vol. xix. p. 241.

1878. Acirsa subdecussata: Monterosato, Journ. de Conch. vol. xxvi.

Bulag

188k. Scalaria subdecussata: Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 132.

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, Se. 371

1891. Acirsa subdecussata: Locard, Coq. Marin. France, p. 128, fig. 112.

1897. Sealaria (Acirsa) subdecussata; Watson, Journ, Linn. Soc.

vol. xxvi. p. 315,

Hab. Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean,

Madeira, and Canaries.

I have compared the types of Turritella incisa, Reeve,

recorded as from Sydney, Australia, and Mesalia striata,

A. Adams, stated to be from the Philippine Islands, with

Mediterranean and Madeiran specimens, and I am convinced

of their identity. I therefore regard the localities given by

Reeve and Adams merely as further examples of errors of

this kind which occur in the Cuming collection, from which

the species were described. It is included in Mr, Whitelegge’s

list of the fauna of Port Jackson* merely on Reeve’s

authority.

According to Monterosato, the animal of this species

resembles Scalaréa in the position of the eyes and the form

of the tentacles, also in tie median longitudinal groove of

the foot. The head has no cylindrical and retractile proboscis.

He described the operculum as horny, with a spiral nucleus,

placed towards the inner side of the mouth, and composed

of a small number of whorls and marked with strong lines of

growth. Fischer also described the operculum as pauci-

spiral, with a lateral nucleus like that of Scalaréa and Litto-

vina. It will thus be seen that it agrees with that of the

type of Mesalia (M. brevialis), which is incorrectly figured

as multispiral with central nucleus by H. & A. Adams (Gen.

Rec. Moll. vol. iii. pl. xxviii. figs. 4, 6), resembling that

of Turritella.

There are in the British Museum two specimens of

M. brevialis, from Goree, with opercula which agree closely

with that ot Epitontum (Scalaria) or Littorina. The shell-

characters of the present species (subdecussata) differ from

those of M. brevialis in some respects. The upper whorls

are longitudinally costate, the outer margin of the peristome

is not sinuated above, and the basal sinus is only faintly

developed. It agrees with ML. melanioides in being longi-

tudinally costate and the non-sinuation of the labrum, but it

has not the marked basal sinus as developed in that species,

Since, however, so little is known at present with regard to

the animals, I think it preferable to leave this species in

Mesalia rather than Acirsa, or to create a new genus for its

reception.

* Journ, Proc, Roy. Soc, N.S.W, vol, xxiii. p. 262 (1889).

372 Mr. FE. A. Smith on the Genera

Mesalia intermedia (Deshayes).

1832. Turritella intermedia, Deshayes, Coq. foss. Environs Paris, vol. ii.

p. 283, pl. xxxvii. figs. 17, 18, pl. xxxvili. figs. 8, 4.

1888. Turritella robusta, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 21], pl. xi.

fig. 18.

I have included this Paris Basin fossil in this list to call

attention to the fact that the shell described as recent by

Mr. Sowerby is merely a well-preserved and nicely cleaned

specimen of Deshayes’s species.

I perceived at a glance it was quite distinct from Turri-

tella, and it occurred to me it might be an extinct form,

since it was so unlike any known living species. I therefore

submitted it to Mr, R. Bullen Newton, who at once identified

it with this species. He kindly placed a series of specimens

at my disposal for comparison and, consequently, I am ina

position to confirm his determination. Mr. Sowerby’s type,

now in the British Museum, was, as might be expected,

described without a locality.

The figure of it is very crude and inaccurate, the whorls

being represented too narrow and too convex, and contracted

at the lower part. The labrum being broken back some-

what gives the mouth a rounder look than in perfect speci-

meus, and the anterior or basal sinus is less apparent.

TURRITELLOPSIS, Sars.

1878. Turritellopsis, Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg. p. 186 (shell and

radula figured).

1885. Turritellopsis, Fischer, Man. Conch. p. 694, as subgenus of

Turritella.

1883. Turritellopsis, Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch. vol. ii. p. 224, pl. Ixvii.

fig. 56 (shell).

1897. Turritellopsis, Kobelt, Conch. Cab., Turritella, p. 67, pl. xx.

figs. 10, 11 (shell), regarded as a distinct genus.

This genus in form and sculpture is very like Turrite/la,

but differs in regard to the character of the radula. The

opeiculum is circular, multispiral, with central nucleus,

Turritellopsis acicula (Stimpson).

1851. Turritella acicula, Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

vol. iv. p. 15.

1851. Turritella acicula, id. Shells of New England, p. 35, pl. i.

fig. 5.

1870. Turritella acicula: Gould, Invert. Massachusetts, ed. 2, p. 319,

fig. 588.

1871. Mesalia acicula: Dall, Amer. Journ, Conch, vol. vii. p. 118.

1878. Turritellopsis acicula: Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct, Norveg. p. 186,

pl. x. figs. 14, a-b; radula, pl. vii. figs. 2, a-e.

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, §c. 373

1886. Turitella (Turritellopsis) acicula: Tryon, Mon. Conch. vol. viii.

p. 207, pl. Ixiv. fig. 12.

1897. Turritellopsis acicula: Kobelt, Conch. Cab., Turritella, p. 67,

pl. xx. figs. 10, 11.

Hab, Off Grand Manan, near Duck Island, and south of

Cape Cod (St/mpson). Also recorded by other authors from

Frenchman’s Bay, Labrador, &c. Vadso and Mageré, north

coast of Norway (Sars).

The animal of this species has not been described, but the

operculum, according to Sars, is very thin, pellucid, and

consists of about ten narrow and regular whorls. Dall

and Tryon (l.c. supra) have suggested that Carpenter’s

“©? Mesalia tenuisculpta”’*, from California, is the same as

actcula, This, in my opinion, is incorrect. ‘lhe Californian

shell is smaller, has a less tapering spire, and much finer

sculpture. Ata mere glance it is seen to be distinct, and

recalls very closely the general form of the type of Fenella

to which Carpenter has made reference ; indeed, I think

it preferable to locate it in that genus rather than in

Turritellopsis.

Turritellopsis gratissima, Thiele.

1913. Turritellopsis gratissina, Thiele, Deutsch. Siidpolar-Exped.

vol. xiii. p. 201, pl. xii. fig. 20, pl. xv. tig. 23 (radula).

Hab. Antarctic (‘Gauss ? Expedition).

According to Thiele this species agrees practically in every

essential respect with Turritellopsis, and although the radula

exhibits small differences, it agrees with that of the boreal

form (7. acicu/a) in general character.

Turritellopsts latior, Thiele.

1913. Turritellopsis latior, Thiele, op. cit. p. 202, pl. xii. fig. 21.

flab. Antarctic (‘Gauss’ Expedition).

TACHYRHYNCHUS, Mirch.

1868. Tachyrynchus, Mirch, Amer. Journ. Conch. vol. iv. p. 46,

1885. Mesalia (Tachyrhynchus): Fischer, Man. Conch, p. 694.

Short descriptions of the animal of the type (7. reticulata)

are given by Morch & Jeffreys, and the operculum is said

to be “horny, yellow, orbicular, with nine narrow turns,

nearly flat.” ‘To complete this description it is only necessary

* Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1866, p. 216.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 25

374 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

to add that the nucleus is central, and, in character, the

operculum is similar to that of Turritella, which is also

multispiral, and not paucispiral, like that of Mesalia. The

genus will include Twrritella reticulata, Mighels & Adams,

7. erosa, Couthouy, TZ. eschrichtii, Middendorff, Mesalia

lacteola, Carpenter.

All of these species have an arctic appearance, being

chalky white, and clothed with a thin yellowish-olivaceous

periostracum, differing in this respect from Turritella, which

exhibits scarcely any traces of it, or might even be described

as devoid of it.

The radule of 7. reticulata and T. erosa are of the same

character as that of Turritella, and the differences noticeable

are probably merely specific.

The base of the aperture in Tachyrhynchus exhibits more

or less of asinus, it being most distinctly shown in 7’ lacteola,

Cpr. In Turritel/a there is no such emargination or effusion.

Tachyrhynchus is at once separable from Mesalia by the

different operculum, and its boreal character. Like Turri-

tella, Mesatia exhibits usually only very faint indications of

the periostracum.

Tachyrhynchus erosa (Couthouy).

1838. Turritella erosa, Couthouy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii.

p. 103, pl. iii. fig. 1.

1841. Turritella erosa: Gould, Invert. Massachusetts, p. 267.

1842. Turritella polaris (Beck MSS.), Méller, Index Moll. Greenland.

p- 10.

1249. Turritella erosa: Middendorff, Malac. Ross. p. 68.

1852. Turritella erosa: Morch, Cat. Conch. Yoldi, p. 54.

1857. Turritella erosa: Morch, Rink’s Grénland, vol. ii., Naturhist.

Bidrag, p. 82.

1868. Zuchyrynchus erosa: Mirch, Amer. Journ. Conch, vol. iv. p. 46,

animal,

1870. Turritella erosa: Gould, Invert. Massachusetts, ed. 2, p. 317,

fig. 585.

1871. Mesalia polaris: Dall, Amer. Journ. Conch. vol. vii. p. 118.

1877. Turritella erosa: Jeftreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xix.

p- 239.

1835. Turritella erosa: Aurivillius, Vega-Exped. vol. iv. p. 322, pl. xii.

fig. 7, pl. xiii. fig. 17 (radula).

1886. Turritella (Turritellopsis) erosa: Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. viii.

p- 208.

Hab. Massachusetts ( Couthouy § Gould); Maine (Blaney) ;

Labrador (Bush); Greenland (Mé/ler); Davis Straits

(‘ Valorous’ Exped.) ; Nova Scotia (Brit. Mus.).

The operculum of this species is described by Mérch as

similar to that of reticulata, and a specimen in the British

Museum confirms his description : “ Horny, yellow, orbicular,

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, dc. 375

with nine narrow turns, nearly flat.’’ Itis also characterised

by Gould as “ horny, multispiral.”

Jeffrey (/. c. supra) has described the living animal and

also made some observations upon the composition of the

shell and its liability to corrosion. He described the oper-

culum as “round and multispiral, with the nucleus in the

centre ; the edges of the whorls overlap, as in 7’ terebra.”

I cannot, judging from Middendorff’s description of

TL. eschrichtii, agree with-T'ryon (Jl. c. supra) that it is synony-

mous with the present species.

Tachyrhynchus eschrichtii (Middendorff).

1849. Turritella eschrichtti, Middendortf, Malac. Ross. p. 68, pl. xi.

fig. 1.

1886. Turritella (Turritellopsis) erosa (partim), Tryon, Man, Conch.

vol, viii. p. 208, pl. lxiv. fig. 14 (after Middendorff).

Hab. Sitka, Alaska (Widdendorj' ).

This species is closely allied to erosa, but the whorls are

said to be flatter, and apparently higher, since, if viewed

dorsally, the last whorl, it is stated, equals almost one-third

of the whole length of the shell, whereas in erosa it equals

only one-fourth. The base of the body-whorl in the latter

is almost flat and circumscribed by a distinct angle. In

eschrichtii, on the contrary, the periphery and base are

rounded, The aperture is longer and oval, whilst in erosa it

is shorter and rounder. Animal and operculum unknown.

Tachyrhynchus reticulata (Mighels & Adams).

1842 (January). T'urritella reticulata, Mighels & Adams, Boston Journ,

Nat. Hist. vol. iv. p. 50, pl. iv. fig. 19.

1842. Turritella lactea, Moller, Index Moll. Greenland. p. 9.

1849. Mesalia lactea: Reeve, Conch, Icon. vol. v. pl.i. fig. 1 (enlarged),

1857. Turritella reticulata: Morch, Rink’s Gronland, vol. ii., Naturhist.

Bidrag, p. 82.

1861. Turritella lactea: Troschel, Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. i. p. 153,

pl. xii. figs. 18-13 0.

1868. Tachyrhynchus reticulata: Mirch, Amer. Journ. Conch. vol. iy.

p. 46, animal.

1870. Turritella reticwata: Gould, Invert. Massachusetts, ed. 2, p. 318,

fig. 586.

1871. Mesalia reticulata: Dall, Amer. Journ. Conch. vol. vii. p. 118.

1877. Turritella reticulata: Jeffreys, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xix.

. 240,

18h6. Turritella ( Turritellopsis) reticulata; Tryon, Man.Conch. vol. viii.

. 208, pl. Ixv. fig. 25, after Reeve.

1907. Turritellopsis reticulata: Kobelt, Conch. Cab., Turritedla, p. 69,

pl. xx. figs. 16, 17.

ITab. Gulf of St. Lawrence (M. & Ad.) ; Labrador and

Ki. Canada (Bush & Whiteaves) ; Greenland (Mé/ler).

25*

376 : Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genera

In the words of the original describers of this species, it

“is allied to 7. erosa, Couth., but is easily recognized by the

longitudinal ribs and by its more slender form” (Mighels &

Adams).

‘Lhe two forms are considered by Aurivillius to constitute

one species, and he describes and figures a very different

shell under the varietal name deelivis *. Judging from the

tigure, however, it certainly looks quite distinct. The whorls

are remarkably convex, without spiral or longitudinal coste,

and much higher in proportion to their width, and, in

addition, the peristome is entire. Without examining a speci-

men I must refrain from suggesting the generic position of

this shell.

Tachyrhynchus lacteola (Carpenter).

1864. Mesalia lacteola, Carpenter, Report Brit. Assoc, 1853, pp. 603,

655, name only.

1865. Mesalia lacteola, id. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 62.

Hab. Puget Sound and Vancouver Isl. (Cpr.).

This species has been considered by ‘Tryon synonymous

with 7. reticulata, but in my opinion it is quite distinct.

Besides being smaller and shorter, the sculpture is more

nodulous and the form of the aperture is different being

produced and effuse at the base. The character of the

operculum, however, at once distinguishes the species. It is

horny, roundly ovate, but pointed above, slightly concave,

consists of only 4—5 whorls, which increase rather rapidly,

are carinate at the sutures, and marked with conspicuous

lines of growth, and the nucleus is a little excentric. As_

already pointed out, that of 1’. reticulata is circular, multi-

spiral, consisting of nine whorls.

* Vega-Exped. Vetensk. Jakttag. vol. iv. p. 324, pl. xii. tig. 9 (1887).

Eglisia, Callostracum, Mesalia, &e. 377

Tachyrhynchus subplanata (Carpenter).

1865. Mesalia (? lacteola, var.) subplanata, Carpenter, Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philad, p. 62.

Hah, Puget Sound, Washington Territory, West N.

America ; also Neeah Bay (Cpr.).

I have not seen this shell,and therefore cannot express

any opinion upon its specific value. The author of the

species appears to lave been doubtful upon this point.

Tachyrhynchus ? costulata, Mighels & Adams.

1842. Turritella costulata, Mighels & Adams, Boston Journ. Nat.

Hist. vol. iv. p. 50, pl. iv. tig. 20.

1870. Turritella costulata: Gould. Invert. Massachusetts, ed. 2, p. 318,

fig. 587, apparently after M. & Ad.

Hab, Casco Bay, Maine, U.S.A. Taken from the stomach

of a haddock (M/Z. & Ad.).

This species, united by Tryon with 7’. reticulata, is evi-

dently distinct. The fine longitudinal cost and microscopic

spiral striz at once distinguish it from that form. Apparently

a rare shell, and known to me only by the description and

figure.

A pseudo-Mesalia.

Mesalia decussata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 279.

Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines.

‘The type of this species is in the British Museum, and a

eareful examination of it proves that it belongs to the genus

Mormula in the Pyramidellide.

The form of the aperture, the character of the sculpture,

and the thickening of the labrum (the previous labra forming

varices at irregular intervals up the spire) are all features

characteristic of Mormula.

Mr. J. R. Le B. Tomlin has shown me several specimens

in his collection from Japan and Lifu, which confirm the

distinctness of this species trom Jormula rissoina of

A. Adams*, also from Japan, to which it bears some

resemblance.

I might here point out that Missoina rex, of Pilsbry f,

is identical with Mormula rissoina. Lvideutly his speci-

mens had not retained their heterostrophe protoconch, and

consequently he was misled as regards their true generic

location.

* Journ. Linn. Soc. 1863, vol, vii. p.1; Smith, Ann, Natal Gov. Mus.

vol. i. p. 51, pl. viii. fig. 2.

+ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1904, vol. lv. p. 27, pl. iv. figs. 42, 42 a.

378 Mr. H. A. Baylis on Inhabitants of

XXXIIL—A Parasitic Oligochete, and other Inhabitants of

the Gill-chambers of Land-crabs. By H. A. Baytis, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A SMALL Oligochete worm of the family Enchytraid occurs

frequently in considerable numbers in the gill-chambers of

the crab Gecarcinus lagostoma in the island of South

Trinidad. Having been engaged in the study of this species,

for which I have proposed the name Lnchytreus carcino-

philus [2], it occurred to me that it might be of interest to

examine the gill-chambers of other crabs of the family

Gecarcinidee, with a view to finding out whether they

harboured any further Oligochzetes or other parasites.

Through the kindness of Dr. W. ‘I’. Calman, I was able

to examine specimens in the British Museum bearing the

following names :—

Cardisoma guanhumi.

hirtipes.

—- armatum.,.

-—~ carnijer.

—— sp.? (Lagos, W. Africa).

Ucides cordatus.

occidentalis.

Gecarcinus lateralis.

ruricola,

——~ quadratus.

Geearcoidea lalandit.

The results of this investigation were as follows :—

Organisms which may possibly be regarded as parasites

were found in only three of the eleven species above named,

viz. :—Cardisoma hirtipes, Gecarcinus quadratus, and Gecar-

coidea lalandii, In Gecarcinus quadratus were found very

numerous examples of a small Knchytreid worm, which

proves to be specifically distinct from that already recorded

as occurring in G. lagostoma, and which will be described

below.

In Cardisoma hirtipes and Gecarccidea lalandu the

creatures found proved to be dipterous larve of two distinct

species, though it was found impossible to determine them

precisely.

the Gill-chambers of Land-crabs, 379

The facts, with localities, may be shortly stateA thus :—

Gecarcinus quadratus ; from Clarion Island (Pacific).

One specimen only examined. Very many small

Oligocheta found on and among the gills.

Cardisoma hirtipes: (a) from the Admiralty Islands (¢ Chal-

Jenger’ Collection).

Two out of three specimens examined had dipterous

larve in their gill-chambers.

(>) from Christmas Island.

One out of three specimens had a fragment of a

larva adhering to the outside of it, near the lateral

opening of the gill-chamber.

Gecarcotdea lalandii: from Christmas Island.

Out of three specimens one provided three very

small larvae.

Mr. F. W. Edwards, of the Entomological Department of

the British Museum, who has examined the dipterous larve,

kindly supplies me with the following information :—

* Dipterous larvee from Cardisoma hirtipes.—These larve

are evidently Syrphide, and apparently belong to the sub-

family Eristaline ; they differ from ristalis in the more

elongated form and the lack of any obvious separation into

‘body’ and $ tail,’

“Larve from Gecarcoidea lalandii—These are also

Syrphide, but in the present state of our knowledge it is

impossible to assign them definitely to any subfamily. ‘They

appear to lack the extensile ‘tail’ of Evristalis.”

hether these larve ought properly to be considered

parasites of the crabs is, perhaps, a matter of doubt *. It is,

of course, possible that they arrived in their gill-chambers

accidentally. They may have wandered there from some

decaying matter upon which the crabs were feeding, according

to their habit, or from the water of some stream entered by

the erabs. According to Dr. C. W. Andrews [1], Cardisoma

hirtipes (referred to under the name ot C. carnifex) is never

found far from the streams in Christmas Island, and lives in

burrows in the mud of the banks, and it would be rash to

* It should be borne in mind that there is a remote possibility that the

eggs were deposited upon the crabs after death, in which case the larve

could not be called parasites.

380 Mr. H. A. Baylis on Inhabitants of

assert that Gecarcotdea lalandit, though apparently a more

land-loving species, never enters fresh water.

In any case, however, whether the eggs were deliberately

deposited in or near the gill-chambers by the female fly, or

whether the larve subsequently wandered into them, either

accidentally or following some regular instinct, they would

appear to have thriven there, and it is suggested as at least

a possibility that they derived sustenance from the blood of

the crabs, their chitinous “jaws” enabling them to puncture

the epithelium of the gills or of the vascular lining of the

chamber.

With regard to the Oligochzete worms, the case is even

more puzzling, as they have not even jaws, and it is difficult

to see what food, except, perhaps, mucus, they can obtain in

such a habitat. The remarks made on this head concerning

Enchytreus carcinophilus [2, p. 14] apply equally to the

present species, which I now proceed to describe.

Enchytreus parasiticus, sp. n.

This form is evidently very closely related to the species

(E. carcinophilus) described by me from the gill-chambers of

Gecarcinus lagostoma [2]. It differs from it, however, in

certain features sufficiently to constitute a distinct species.

In size it is considerably smalier than JZ. carcinophilus,

measuring only 8-9 mm. in length, or about one-quarter of

the length of a full-grown specimen of the larger species.

Its thickness is about 0°35 mm. The number of segments in

several specimens in which they were counted was found to

vary between 69 and 82.

The cheete are arranged, as usual, in 4 bundles to each

segment, but there are invariably only 2 cheete in each

bundle; they are simple, pointed, and straight. Segmentsi.

and xii., as in the other species, are without bristles.

There is a very marked ventral flexure of the anterior end

of the worm, the prostomium being bent down into a vertical

position, and the mouth being therefore quite ventral. This

peculiarity was not observed in £. carcinophilus, but in the

present species is so constant a feature that the specimens

invariably lie on their sides, and can only with considerable

difficulty be mounted in any other position.

The clitellum is very feebly developed as compared with

the larger species. It is, in fact, very inconspicuous, but

can be made out as a very slight thickening, containing

glandular cells, extending from about the middle of seg-

the Gill-chambers of Land-crabs. 381

ment xii. to the middle of xiii. in those specimens in which

it is most developed.

The openings of the male ducts are situated near the

hinder end of segment xii., on somewhat prominent

“cushions.” Their lips, however, are by no means so large

and prominent as in E. carcinophilus.

The apertures of the spermathecie lie, as usual, at the point

of junction of segments iv. and v.

INTERNAL ANATOMY.

Owing to the poor state of preservation of the material

(with which, of course, no trouble had been taken, as the

presence of the worms in the crab’s gill-chambers was pre-

sumably unknown) it was not found possible to obtain good

sections, and the account of the Siemial anche is necessarily

incomplete.

Alimentary Canal.—The mouth, as already stated, is

situated ventrally. The buccal cavity leads, therefore,

almost perpendicularly at first. It is very narrow dorso-

ventrally (¢. e. from front to back). The floor of it does not

appear to be furnished with a tongue-like organ such as that

seen in LE. carcinophilus. The pharynx has a large muscular

pad in its roof, of a somewhat different shape from that of

the other species. ‘This has not been observed in an everted

condition. No salivary glands have been seen.

The septal glands are in three pairs, situated, as in the

other species, in segments iv., v., and vi. But the first and

second pairs form continuous masses passing completely over

the dorsal side of the cesophagus, which at this point is very

narrow. ‘The third pair are smaller, and do not join dorsally

in this manner.

It has not been found possible to give an account of the

blood-vascular or nephridial organs.

The brain is of a shape very similar to that of 2. carcino-

philus, the posterior border being nearly a straight line, with

a just perceptible concavity. The nerve-cord presents no

feature worthy of notice.

Genital Organs.—Tlie large sperm-sacs occupy segments x.

and xi., and have an extension anieriorly into segmeut ix.

The stiucture of the sperm-funnels has not been made out,

but the ducts, as in the other species, are very long and

much coiled, and lead to the base ot the muscular prominences

on which the external spermiducal pores are situated,

The ovaries are situated in segment xii., on the septum

382 On Inhabitants of the Gill-chambers of Land-crabs.

xi./xii. The ova, when liberated, are provided with a large

supply of yolk. ‘The oviducts have not been made out with

certainty, but it is probable that they are, as usual, simply

outpushings of the septum xii./xiii, to meet the body-wall.

The spermathece open on either side at the septum iv./v.,

and run backwards for a short distance as narrow tubes.

Between the first and second septal glands each expands into

a Jarger chamber with folded walls, and from this a duct runs

inwards at right angles to open into the oesophagus. The

openings are lined with long cilia projecting into the lumen

of the gut. The-narrower distal portions of the sperma-

thecal ducts are covered externally with five longitudinal

rows of gland-cclls.

M.»

Lateral view of the anterior end of Enchytreus parasiticus. Some of

the internal organs are represented as seen by transparency.

Br., brain; Cl, clitellum; J, intestine; M., mouth; M.Ph., muscular

pad of pharynx; N.C.,nerve-cord ; Ov., ova; S.1, 8.2, S.s, the three

pairs of septal glands ; Sp., aperture of spermatheca; Sp.S., sperm-

sac; ¢, spermiducal pore.

Enchytraus parasiticus, sp. n.

DraGnosis :— Length 8-9 mm. Number of segments about

70-80. Chate 2 per bundle. Brain nearly straight behind.

Spermathece narrow distally, with 5 rows of gland-cells ex-

ternally ; expanding into a pouch with folded walls before

opening by a wide ciliated aperture into the wsophagus.

Hab. Interior of the gill-chambers of a land-crab, Gecar-

clnus quadratus, Saussure [?=G. ruricola, L.*]. Clarion

Islaud (Pacific Ocean).

* Concerning the nomenclature of the host, Dr. W. T. Calman kindly

submits the following note :—

“The specimens trom Clarion Island are labelled Gecarcinus quadratus,

Saussure, and I do not venture to dispute the identification, although I

am unable to form any clear conception of the distinguishing characters

The Penis-bone, or “ Baculum,” tn certain Squirrels. 383

LITERATURE CITED.

[1] Anprews, C. W. ‘A Monograph of Christmas Island.’ Published

by the British Museum, 1900, [Note on Cardisoma carnifex

(C. Airtipes), p. 164.

[2] Bayuis, H. A. “ Oligocheta”: British Antarctic (‘Terra Nova’)

Exp. 1910, Zoology, vol. ii. no. 2, pp. 13-18. Published by the

British Museum, 1915.

OTHER PAPERS CONSULTED.

[3] Ricwarp, J. “ Essai sur les Parasites et les Commensaux des Crus-

tacés.” Arch. Parasitol. tom. ii. pp. 648-595. Paris, 1899.

[4] Wrtson, C. B. “Crustacean Parasites of West Indian Fishes and

Land Crabs.” Proce, U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xliv. (1913) pp. 189-277.

[ Cancrincola, a new Genus of Copepoda, Parasitic in Cardisoma

guankumi, gills, p. 264.}

XXXIV.—The Penis-bone, or “ Baculum,” as a Guide to

the Classification of certain Squirrels. By OLDFIELD

‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THERE has always appeared to be something wrong with the

inclusion of the Oriental squirrels in the same genus as

Seiurus vulgaris, although when classifying the group some

years ago I was unable to find any material differences in

their skulls and teeth.

Now, however, I have found a character by which such

squirrels as are still put in Se:wrus may be sorted into

several groups, each sharply defined from the others.

This is in the structure of the os penis, which shows very

striking differences between the various groups of species,

and may evidently be of great service in classifying the

members of this difficult family. For many years I have

of this species. The specimens differ in the form of the carapace and

third maxillipeds from G. malpilensis as described by Faxon (Mem. Mus.

Comp. Zool. xviii. 1895, p. 28); in the proportions of the carapace and

legs from G. digueti, Bouvier, as redescribed by Rathbun (U.S. Dep.

Agric. N. Amer. Fauna, no. 14, 1899, p. 73); and in having six spine-

rows on the dactyli, from G, /ateralis (Freminville), [ am not aware

that anyone has attempted a detailed criticism of Ortmann’s opinion

(Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. x. 1897, p. 337) that all the American forms

belonging to this genus can be referred to a single species, G. ruricola

(Linn.).”

384 Mr. O. Thomas on the Pents-bone, or

been collecting materials for the study of this bone, and hope

later to be able to give a general paper upon it, but, as a

preliminary, it seems advisable to publish a note on certain

cases affecting nomenclature and generic position.

Since every other bone of the skeleton has a name of its

own, not merely the “bone of the leg” or “ bone of the

head,” it appears to me convenient to have a special term

for the bone of the penis, and I therefore propose to call it

the baculum, meaning a little stick.

Now the baculum of Sciurus vu/aaris, the type of the

genus, is a very characteristic bone, like a small spatula, or

still more like a half-closed human right hand, the shaft

forming the forearm, the blade of the spatula the hollowed

palm, and a small pointed projection on the right side corre-

sponding to an outstretched thumb.

Of this type, and agreeing with it exceedingly closely, are

the bacula of the other Palearctic species, S. persicus and

S. lis, of the whole of the American species, so tar as | have

been able to examine them, and, remarkable to say, of the

Bornean Reithrosciurus macrotis.

But all the Indian and Malayan species hitherto referred

to Sc‘urus have bacula totally different from that of true

Se‘urus, and themselves divisible into two types, though with

an essential community between the two.

For in all the baculum consists of two parts, a shaft or

capulus of varying length and a separate sharp blade or

lamina attached to the shaft by ligament and _ slightly

movable upon it. The lamina has a concave base, which

articulates with the rounded surface of the shaft, and allows

a certain amount of lateral play.

In position in the penis the blade points to the right, its

edge cutwards. This edge is very sharp indeed, is practi-

cally uncovered by tissue of any sort, and seems to be for

the purpose of enlarging the female opening by a clean

knife-cut into the tissues. A careful study ot the soft

anatomy of the female will be needed before the exact

objects and methods of this remarkable structure can be

understood, It is possible that the little, sharp, thumb-like

projection on the baculum of typical Sciuwrus has a somewhat

similar function.

As already noted, the compound bacula are of two types,

respectively more and less specialized.

The less specialized consists of a long, slender, slightly

curved shaft, with a narrow blade set on the side of it, in the

concavity of its general curvature. The blade is attached

nearly throughout its length, and its greatest breadth is only

“ Baculum,” in certain Squirrels. 385

about one-fourth to one-sixth of its length, so that it projects

from the shaft as quite a low cutting-blade.

In the more specialized type the lamina is attached to the

side of the end of the shaft, and is developed into along trian-

gular and pointed blade, recurved backwards towards the hilt

of the shaft, which it may equal or exceed in length.

A considerable number of species which have been referred

to “ Seiurus” have bacula of the less specialized compound

type, while Lariscus, Tamiops, Dremomys, Nannosciurus, and

a further number of * Scéurus” have the more specialized

type last described.

But since the possession of such striking and sharply defin-

able characters must indicate blood-relationship, it is evident

that forms with all three types of bacula should not be put into

the same genus, Sciurus, and I would therefore withdraw

from that genus all those with compound bacula, and divide

these again into two genera corresponding to the less and

the more specialized forms above described.

Of the first of these, that with the narrow-bladed baculum,

the name would appear to be Callosciurus, Gray *, with type

* Sciurus” rafflesti. Other synonymic names are Baginia,

Gray t (type S. notatus), Erythrosciurus, Gray ¢ (ferru-

gtneus), and Heterosciurus, Trouessart § ( ferrugineus).

The species that I know to be reterable to Callosciurus

are as follows, the names put in the first column being those

of which the character of the baculum has been definitely

verified, while the names in brackets indicate a number of

prominent species presumed to belong to the genus from

their near alliance to the verified species :—

Callosciurus atrodorsalis .... (rubeculus.)

- CONCEDES oon ses (concolor, griseimanus, epomophorus.)

1" castaneoventris.. (gordont, styani.)

“ erythreus...... (ferrugineus, finlaysoni.)

Bs notatus ........ (vittatus, nigrovittatus, saturatus.)

- PED civic da css's (atricapillus, caroli, baluensis, erythro-

melas, prevostii, rafflesti, rufo-

niger.)

” sladent ......++ (haringtoni.)

Curiously enough, though there are four names available

for the first genus, there are none for the second, that with a

long recurved blade on the baculum, and I would therefore

propose to give it the name of Zomeutes ||.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx. p. 277 (1867).

+ T. c. p. 279. } TZ. c. p. 285.

§ Le Nat. ii. no. 37, p. 292 (1880).

|| Based on ropevs, a shoemaker's knife.

386 The Penis-bone, or “ Baculum,” in certain Squirrels.

For type I would select Tomeutes lokroides (Seturus lok-

roides, Hodgs.), and, so far as can now be ascertained, the list

of the chief species would be as follows, arranged, as before,

into verified species, in the first column, and consequential

species in brackets :—

Tomeutes lokroides.

ty similis.

‘3 phayret.

“5 blanfordi.

- pygerythrus.

» _janetta.

is VEE Ic cS 8S us ke & (hippurus group.)

x philippinensis ...... (steerer, juvencus. )

= melanogaster ...... (atratus.)

= BORE oicken st tutes (pumilus, fraterculus, and many

others.)

"4 brooke.

n lowit.

-; MUrinus.

It is to be hoped that by degrees the bacular characters of

the remaining Oriental squirrels may be ascertained, for their

skulls and teeth often give little clue to their proper situation.

Unfortunately in preparing dry specimens the skin of the

penis readily slips off, and the baculum is thrown away with

the carcase, unless the collector has been specially told to

save it. The majority of the bacula I have been able

to secure, apart from a number carefully preserved by

Mr. Shortridge, have been extracted from spirit-specimens.

I may note that Mr. Shortridge tells me that, so far as he

lias seen, the species I have put into ZYomeutes are, on the

whole, more terrestrial in their habits than those of Callo-

sciurus, although there are a few exceptions.

In the preliminary study of this subject that I have so far

been able to make, a few points stand out very clearly.

Firstly, the wide, or at least absolutely complete, separation

of the forms with compound bacula as compared with all

the other Sciuride, and their comparatively near relationship

to each other. Consequently the separation of the Nanno-

sciurine as a subfamily set over against other squirrels is

flatly contradicted by the ZYomeutes-like bacula of the type-

genus, with but little special peculiarity. (The edge of the

blade in V, whiteheadi is beautifully serrated, but this is

not the case in certain other species.)

The presence of a simple baculum in Myoscturus minutus,

which is therefore after all not related to the Malayan Vanno-

sciurus, and is further evidence of the invalidity of the

‘* Nannosciurine ” as a subfamily.

On some Pleropine Bats, 387

Then the extreme uniformity of the bone in Sciurus vul-

garis, the American Sciuri, and Reithroseturus.

The absence of compound-baculum forms from Africa, and

their dominance in the Oriental region, where, apart from

Reithrosciurus, only Ratufa aud Funambulus have simple

ones.

The resemblance of the baculum of Ratufa to that of the

African Protoverus, and the possibility that there is some

special relationship between the giant squirrels of Asia and

West Africa.

The development of the compound bacula along two lines,

to one or other of which nearly all forms may be readily

assigned. ‘Thus the bacula of Tumiops, Dremomys, Lariscus,

and Nannosciurus are all absolutely of the Tomeutes type,

while the many species of Callosciurus belong to the othier.

Menetes alone is rather more doubtful, its peculiarly slendes-

shafted baculum having a blade somewhat connecting the

two types.

Observations on the forms found in allied groups, in

Tamias, Citellus, the flying squirrels, and others must be

reserved for a future paper.

XXXV.—On some Pteropine Bats from Vulcan and Dampier

Islands, off the NE. Coast of New Guinea. By OLDFIELD

‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue British Maseum has received a small collection of

mammals obtained by Mr. A. 8S. Meek on the two islands

mentioned in the title, and among them are examples of tliree

members of the genus Pteropus. One of these, from Dampier

Island, may be referred to P. hypomelanus luteus, but its

representative in Vulcan Island appears to be a new race

of that widely distributed species. With P. h. luteus,

on Dampier Island, there also occurs a new form of the

P. mariannus group.

Pteropus basiliseus, sp. n.

General characters as in P. tonganus and vanicorensis, the

species being similarly a large-eyed member of the P. mariannus

group. Colour of head above pale greyish brown, passing

gradually into the ochraceous buffy of the mantle. Back

388 On some Pteropine Bats.

seal-brown mixed with greyish-white hairs. Chin and inter-

ramia blackish brown ; sides of neck dull ochraceous buffy ;

abdomen blackish brown, liberally mixed with shining

whitish hairs.

Skull and teeth as in P. tonganus.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 142 mm. (other specimens 141 and 136).

Third finger, metacarpus 94 (other specimens 98 and 92) ;

first phalanx 67, second phalanx 101.

Skull: greatest length 65°6 ; maxillary tooth-row 24:7;

diameter of orbit 13°3.

Hab. Dampier (=Krakar Island), off the N.E. coast of

New Guinea, from which the island is separated by Basilisk

Strait.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 15. 2.18.2. Collected

20th February, 1914, by A.S. Meek. Presented by Oldfield

Thomas. Three specimens.

Although I provisionally use a binomial name for this bat,

to fall in with Dr. Andersen’s arrangement of the group, I

am inclined to think that, in company with P. vanicorensis,

it will later be considered as a local subspecies of P. ton-

ganus. From the former, which I have not seen, it would

appear to be distinguishable by the paler-coloured head, not

sharply contrasted with the colour of the mantle, while from

the latter it may be separated by its more ochraceous mantle

and its browner back and belly. Its geographical position is

a long way off from the Santa Cruz and Tonga groups of

islands, the respective localities of the other two forms.

Pteropus hypomelanus vulcantus, subsp. n.

Top of head dull buffy, with an intermixture of shining

buffy hairs, this colour passing into the darker buffy or

ochraceous buffy of the nape. Back abruptly brown, lined

and rendered more greyish by an intermixture of light buffy

or whitish hairs. Cheeks darker than crown. Interramia

smoky brown. ‘Throat dull buffy, browner in the middle

_line ; sides of neck deep buffy like nape. Chest and belly

dark olive-brown, washed with buffy or dull whitish.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm (c.) 130 mm.

Third finger, metacarpus 90; first phalanx 64, second

phalanx 99.

Skull: greatest length 66.

Hab. Vulcan (= Manumudar) Island, N.E. New Guinea.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 15.2.18.4. Collected 29th

On some Australian Malacodermide. 389

December, 1913, by A. S. Meek. Presented by Oldfield

Thomas. Six specimens examined.

‘This subspecies is evidently most nearly allied to P. hypo-

melanus luteus, K, And., which Mr, Meek obtained on

Dampier Island, but is readily distingnishable by its much

darker chest and belly, which contrast strongly with the

colour of the neck, instead of nearly agreeing with it.

P. h. luteus was recorded by Dr. Andersen from 8.E. New

Guinea, extending up to the Huon Gulf. Its occurrence in

Dampier Island is therefore not surprising.

To some extent this subspecies of hypomelanus tends to

take on the characteristic colour-pattern of P. mariannus and

its allies, and confirms Dr, Andersen’s remarks on the affinities

of the two groups (‘ Catalogue,’ p. 172).

XXX VI.—On some Australian Malacodermidz and Curcu-

lionide collected by Mr. G. E. Bryant. By Axtruvur M.

Lea.

In 1908 Mr. Bryant spent some months collecting insects in

Australia. Of the beetles taken, the majority of the Malaco-

dermide and Curculionidee* were sent to me for examination,

aud the number of new species obtained will show the care

taken with many of the smaller forms, so often passed over

by collectors.

Mr. Bryant writes that in the year named he “ arrived at

Fremantle on 2lst July, spent two weeks collecting round

Fremantle, Perth, and Mundaring. Too early in the season

to do much good. Arrived at Adelaide 8th August, and

spent a week there, and then two weeks in Victoria,

- Arrived at Syduey the end of August, and spent five months

collecting in New South Wales. Baan Baa is in the north

of New South Wales, between Walgett and Werris Creek.

Speut about a week round Brisbane and a month at Cairns

and Kuranda, and finally left Australia from Port Darwin.”

In addition to the localities of specimens taken by Mr.

Bryant, I have given others when specimens of the same

were in my own or in other collections. A few of the

species here described were not actually taken by Mr, Bryant,

* The Belides, about fifteen species, were overlooked when the

specimens were sent to me, and the Amycterides were examined by

Dr. Ferguson.

dlnn, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 26

390 Mr. A. M. Lea on

but they were included as being very close to some that

were taken by him.

Malacodermidea.

Telephorus gracilipicius, sp. n.

¢. Head (except part of front, mouth-parts, and middle

of under surface), middle of metasternum, knees, and apex of

abdomen black ; six apical joints of antennz and upper surface

of the others, most of hind tibiz and parts of the others, »

and parts of all the tarsi more or less deeply infuscated ;

elytra of a rather dark metallic green ; elsewhere more or

less reddish flavous. With very short pale pubescence.

Head about as long as the width across eyes, three im-

pressions between eyes, the median one subtriangular and

fairly distinct, the others shallow, two smaller ones behind

them. Antenne thin, passing middle of elytra, fourth joint

slightly longer than fifth and distinctly longer than second

and third combined. Prothoraz slightly longer than wide ;

median line short and distinct, sides irregularly impressed

longitudinally, base rather widely and shallowly depressed.

Elytra rather narrow, diminishing in width from about

basal fourth ; densely and coarsely punctate, punctures

smaller across base than elsewhere.

Length 64-73 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

In some respects close to nobilitatus and viridipennis (in

my table in Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1908, p. 114, it

would be associated with the latter), but the prettily varie-

gated legs are at once distinctive. In appearance it is close

to Selenurus granulatus, but the prothorax is of different

shape and of one colour, and most of the head is black.

The surface of the elytra, except about the base, might he

regarded as granulate-punctate. From some directions

vague traces of an elevated line are visible on each. The

abdomen is greatly shrivelled in the (two) specimens before

me, but the subapical segment is certainly deeply incised.

Telephorus froggatti, Macl.

Mr. Bryant has taken at Kuranda three specimens that I

caunot structurally distinguish from froggatti. They differ,

however, in having the head entirely paie and the elytra

entirely smoky brown ; but, as there are several intermediate

forms in my own collection, they probably represent a

variety only.

some Australian Malacodermide. 391

Telephorus mossmani, Macl. Kuranda.

T’. rubriceps, Macl. Kuranda,

7’. nobilitatus, Er. Blue Mountains, Sydney, National

Park.

Selenurus sydneyanus, Blackb. Sydney.

S. annulatus, Macl. Kuranda.

S. tricolor, Lea. Blue Mountains.

Heteromastizx bryanti, sp. n.

&. Flavous; elytra, metasternum, and abdomen black,

tarsi and antennze (base and apex excepted) more or less

infuseated. Elytra and under surface with very short

pubescence.

Head wide and shining. Antennz long and rather stout,

two apical joints distorted and as long as the eight preceding

combined. Prothorar about twice as wide as long. margins

elevated and feebly dilated anteriorly. E/ytra feebly dilated

to beyond the middle; with dense and irregular but not

coarse punctures. Penultimate segment of abdomen deeply

incised. Legs rather long and thin.

Length 34 mm.

?. Differs in having the antenne shorter, with the tenth

and eleventh joints dark and simple ; the eleventh is almost

as long as the ninth and tenth combined, cylindrical, with

the apex conical; abdomen with the penultimate segment

not incised, and the four hind femora and parts of all the

tibiz infuscated.

Hab. Queensland : Kuranda.

In my table (Trans, Ent. Soe. London, 1908, p. 131)

would be associated with murabilis, from which it differs in

_ being smaller, with a greater portion of the legs and of the

antenne pale, and in the shape of the two terminal joints

of the latter. The two apical joints of the antennz are,

perhaps, more remarkable than those of any other species of

the genus. They are so closely applied together that it is

somewhat difficult to describe their apparent shapes; the

tenth appears to be hollow, with a basal projection from

the eleventh extending almost its entire length within tie

hollow ; thus the eleventh from one direction appears to be

twice as long as the tenth, but from another direction it

actually appears to be shorter than the tenth ; near its apex

it is constricted all round, so that the tip appears to be

knobbed.

268

392 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Heteromastizx flavoterminalis, sp. n.

6. Black; muzzle, prothorax, scutellum, mesesternum,

four front femora and tibiz, and apical and three basal joints

of antenne flavous, hind knees and trochanters obscurely

diluted with red. With very short pubescence on most of

surface.

Head wide and shining. Antenne moderately long and

rather stout, two apical joints distorted. Prothorax, elytra,

abdomen, and legs much as in preceding species.

Length 3? mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

In my table would be associated with bicolor, from which

it differs in being slightly larger and wider, much more of

legs and antenne dark, and the latter stouter, with the two

apical joints of very different shapes. The eleventh from

most directions is apparently twice as long as the tenth,

constricted near apex, and on one side near base, on this

side fitted into tenth, so that only narrow portions of the

sides and base of the latter are visible; from another direc-

tion it appears to have an acute basal projection fitted into

a deep notch on the tenth ; from still another direction the

tenth seems to have a distinct extension overlapping the

base of the eleventh. The ninth is slightly smaller than

the eighth, and rather acute at one side of its apex.

The strong general resemblance between many species of

this genus is remarkable ; colours and shapes of all parts,

except of the antennz of the male, are often almost or quite

identical, and yet the terminal joints of the antenne differ

to an astonishing extent.

Heteromastiz crassicornis, Lea. Kuranda.

H. gagaticeps, Lea. Baan Baa, Sydney, Ourimbah.

H. amabilis, Lea. Blue Mountains,

H. victoriensis, Blackb. National Park.

H. bicolor, Boh. Ourimbah.

Hypattalus apicipennis, sp. n.

3. Head and under surface black; legs blackish, in

places diluted with red; antenne black, three basal joints

partly reddish ; elytra purple, bluish at base, apex and the

prothorax flavous. Clothed with fine, sparse, greyish

pubescence and with fine hairs scattered about.

Head with indistinct punctures. Antenne long, second

some Australian Malacodermide. 393

to tenth joints more or less acutely serrated. Prothorax

about once and one-third as wide as long, apex slightly

produced in middle, base widely rounded, punctures in-

distinct. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax, sides and

suture (except on basal fourth) thickened ; with dense and

fairly large punctures, smaller about base aud apex than

elsewhere. Legs long; front trochauters subtriangularly

produced ; front femora semicircularly notched near apex,

front tibia rather strongly curved at base, and but little

more than half the length of hind pair; second and third

joints of tarsi very short.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney, National Park.

In general appearance fairly close to dispar and violaceus,

but front legs, antennz, and punctures very different. The

front legs are somewhat as in pulcherrimus and dentipes, but

the elytra are very differently coloured. In my table of the

genus * it would be associated with mirabilis, whose elytra

are pale at the base as well as at the apex. Scarcely more

than the thickened apical margins are pale.

Hypattalus australis, Fairm. Sydney.

H. abdominalis, Er., var. brevicornis, Lea. Blackheath.

H. collaris, Lea. Sydney.

Laius nodicornis, Blackb.

Mr. Bryant has sent two specimens (sexes) from Baan Baa

(New South Wales) that appear to represent a variety of

this species. They differ from the typical forms in being

slightly larger, rather hairier, the markings more purplish,

the front tibiz black on their basal external edge, and the

prothorax with an irregular dark triangle extending from

the base to near the middle.

Laius conicicornis, Blackb. Baan Baa,

L. cinctus, Redt. Sydney, Blue Mouutains.

L, hellulus, Guér. Largs Bay, Blue Mountains.

Helcogaster maculiceps, Lea.

Mr. Bryant has a male of this species with a small black

longitudinal spot on the prothorax.

Hab, Sydney, Ryde, Lilawarra.

* Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1908, pp. 169-170.

394 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Helcogaster varius, Lea. Sydney, Ryde, [lawarra.

H. concaviceps, Lea. Blue Mountains.

H. ruficornis, Lea. Illawarra.

Carphurus armipennis, Fairm. Kuranda.

C. cristatifrons, Fairm. Blue Mountains.

C. cyanopterus, Boh. Blue Mountains.

C. latipennis, Lea. Blackheath.

C. longicollis, Lea. Blue Mountains, Sydney National

Park.

C. longus, Lea. Kuranda.

C. vigilans, Lea. Kuranda.

Balanophorus janthinipennis, Fairm. Blue Mountains.

B. brevipennis, Germ. Blue Mountains.

Curculionidae.

BRACHYDERIDES.

Prosayleus dispar, Germ. Largs Bay.

P, hopei, Sch. Sydney, National Park, Blue Mountains,

I}lawarra.

Evas acuminata, Pase. Perth.

Maleuterpes spinipes, Blackb. Sydney.

Prypnus squamosus, Blackb, Blue Mountains.

P. 5-nodosus, Gyll. Sydney, National Park.

P. squalidus, Gyli. Blue Mountains.

P. angustus, Lea. Blue Mountains.

Eutinophea falcata, Lea. Kuranda,

E. variegata, Lea. Kuranda,

OTIORHYNCHIDES.

Timareta setistriata, sp. n.

Blackish, elytra and tip of prothorax of a dingy red ; tibiz,

tarsi, and autennze paler. Densely clothed with whitish

scales, varying to a dingy brown, the paler ones sometimes

with a greenish or golden or silvery gloss. With numerous

some Australian Curculionide. 395

whitish erect or suberect setw scattered about, and forming

a regular row on each elytral interstice.

Head with concealed punctures. Eyes small and coarsely

facetted. Rostrum slightly longer than its greatest width,

subparallel-sided to near apex ; punctures concealed except

on the apical triangular plate. Antenne rather short and

stout; club briefly ovate. Prothoraxr decidedly transverse,

sides moderately rounded, punctures normally concealed.

Elytra ovate, thrice the length of prothorax, with regular

rows of large partially concealed punctures, becoming

smaller posteriorly. Legs rather short and stout; tibize

dilated at apex.

Length 3-3} mm.

Hab, West Australia: Perth.

With scales and sete much as on wxanthorrhea, but stouter

and eyes much smaller. Thus, in that species the space

between the eyes is but little more than the extreme length

of an eye ; in the present species the space between the eyes

is fully double the length of an eye. The antennz are also

shorter, with the club more rounded. Crini/a, also from

W. Australia, is a larger species, with thinner antenne and

much less conspicuous setz, &c. Subierranea, puncticol/is,

and swanseaensis have very similar eyes and anteune, but

the setz are in more than one series on each interstice, and

the size is usually considerably larger.

Timareta crinita, Pasc. Cottesloe.

T. figurata, Pase. Cottesloe.

T. pilosa, Blackb. Adelaide.

T. duplicata, Lea. Sydney.

T. granicollis, Lea. Perth.

Merimnetes equalifrons, Blackb., var. compactus, n. var.

Four specimens (both sexes), taken by Mr. Bryant on the

Blue Mountains, differ from ordinary specimens of equali-*

frons in being shorter and more compact, and with a trifle

shorter rostrum. But as I can find no other differences, I

haye not ventured to give them other than a varietal name.

Myllocerus bilineater, sp. u.

3. Black or blackish; legs reddish. Densely clothed

with white scales, uniform on head, under surface, and legs,

but mixed with numerous black spots on elytra; a black

396 Mr. A. M. Lea on

stripe on each side of prothorax. Prothorax and elytra with

suberect whitish sete, on the latter forming a single row on

each interstice.

Head flat ; a narrow fovea between eyes. Rostrum mode-

rately trausverse, sides gently incurved to middle, with a

narrow median carina and a less distinct oblique one near

each side. Antenne moderately long and curved; first joint

of funicle slightly longer than second. Prothoraz strongly

transverse, base strongly bisinuate and much wider than

apex, which is truncate. E/yira not much wider than pro-

thorax ; with rows of large almost concealed punctures.

Femora very feebly dentate.

Length 5-6 mm.

?. Differs in having eyes rather less prominent, antennz

and legs somewhat shorter, and abdomen more convex.

Hab. N. Territory : Darwin.

In size and shape closely resembles speciosus, but the

clothing is nowhere green. From castor it differs in having

the elytra rather narrower, rostrum distinctly shorter, and

prothorax wider at the base, with a conspicuous dark stripe

on each side. From pollue it differs in being somewhat

smaller, with the rostrum decidedly shorter and more flat-

tened, and the antenne somewhat thinner. In my table *

of the genus it would be associated with cinerascens, from

which it differs in the dark patches of scales, in the rostrum

being shorter and squarer, and the elytral sete much more

conspicuous. The clothing is much as on fuscomaculatus,

but the rostrum is considerably wider and prothorax more

dilated to base. The femoral teeth are very minute, and

could easily be overlooked.

Myllocerus echinatus, Lea. Kuranda.

M. rugicollis, Lea, Kuranda.

Titinia ignaria, Pasc, Baan Baa, Illawarra, National

Park.

T. bicolor, Blackb. Baan Baa,

LEPTOPSIDES.

Leptops corrugatus, Pasc. Kuranda.

L. ferus, Pasc. Kuranda.

L. superciliaris, Pasc. Sydney.

* Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1905, p. 218,

some Australian Curculionide. 397

Leptops brachystylus, Lea, Kuranda.

L. fasciculatus, Lea. Kuranda.

L. nigropunctatus, Lea. Quirindi.

Polyphrades nitidilabris, Germ, Spring Vale, Adelaide.

P. nanus, Gyll. Blue Mountains, National Park, Syduey.

P. pardalotus, Pasc. Perth.

P. inconspicuus, Blackb. Mordialloc.

P. tibialis, Blackb. Illawarra.

Mandalotus ventralis, Blackb. Adelaide, Largs Bay.

M. ammophilus, Lea. Illawarra.

M. blackmorei, Lea. Baan Baa,

M. geminatus, Lea. Cairns.

Cherrus plebejus, Oliv. Blue Mountains.

Esmelina flavovittata, Pase. Blue Mountains.

E. australis, Blackb. Blue Mountains.

Essolithna echimys, Pase. Mundaring.

Amisallus whitei, Waterh. Ourimbah, Sydney.

Stenocorynus crenulatus, Fab. Kuranda.

S. neglectus, Lea. Kuranda.

Lipothyrea arrowi, Lea. Kuranda.

CYLINDRORHINIDES.

Perperus melancholicus, Boi. Blue Mountains.

P. lateralis, Boh. Illawarra.

P. marginalis, Boh. Illawarra.

Lycosura inermis, sp. 0.

Light reddish castaneous, head and prothorax sometimes

somewhat darker than other parts. Rather densely clothed

with white or whitish scales, stouter and denser on sides

than elsewhere.

Head with dense, sharply impressed, but partially con-

cealed punctures. Eyes rather large, separated about two-

thirds the width of base of rostrum. Rostrum about as Jong

as the width across eyes, slightly dilated from base to apex,

punctures much as on head; with a fairly distinct median |

398 ‘ Mr. A. M. Lea on

carina continued to near apex and narrowly. bifurcated in

front. Antenne rather thin ; scape rather strongly curved,

apex rather strongly thickened, about as long as five following

joints combined. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides

evenly rounded, base aud apex of equal width. lytra

almost twice the width of prothorax, shoulders rounded,

sides parallel to beyond the middle and then strongly

narrowed to apex ; with rows of rather large subquadrate

punctures ; interstices with small and frequently concealed

grauules, third with a slight tubercular swelling at summit

of posterior declivity. Legs rather long ; femora stout in

middle.

Length 44-6 mm.

Hab. W. Australia: Swan River. (G. EL. Bryant and

A, MM, Lea).

The antenne and rostrum are shorter than in Jispinosa,

The elytra are unarmed, but nevertheless there is a slight

thickening of the interstices at the positions of the spines of

that species. The scales on the sides of the prothorax and

elytra are usually of a snowy whiteness and entirely conceal

tlie derm ; elsewhere they are much thinner (more or less

setose), but looking up the elytra from behind there usually

appears to bea distinct white V, caused by the scales on the

apical portion of each of the fifth interstices being much as on

the sides. The clothing appears to be easily abraded. In

some lights abraded specimens appear to have regular rows

of large round or rounded watery-looking punctures, much

as the submerged punctures on many specimens of Cordus

hospes. The apparent size of the punctures is much greater

than the real. The male differs from the female in being

smaller and with a moderately distinct impression at the

apex of the first abdominal segment. In the female the two

basal segments are also larger and more convex.

MoLyYTIDESs,

Aphela algarum, Pasc. Sydney.

A, helopoides, Pasc. Cottesloe, Adelaide, Largs Bay.

Psaldus liosomoides, Pasc. Cottesloe, Adelaide, Largs Bay.

GONIPTERIDES.

Ozyops parvicollis, sp. n.

Blackish brown, in places obscurely diluted with red.

Densely but irregularly clothed with silvery-white scales,

and with snuff-coloured meal, rather dense in places.

some Australion Curculionide. 399

Head with small concealed punctures. Eyes prominent,

widely separated. Rostrum short and thick, scarcely longer

than greatest width, with dense, more or less concealed

punctures. Prothorax small, about as long as wide, sides

mocerately rounded, base about one-third wider than apex ;

with dense, normally concealed punctures, and with

remnants of a feeble median carina. /ytra much wider

than prothorax, shoulders obliquely rounded and _ with

numerous granules, each side near base with an obtuse

granulated swelling, apex very obtusely mucronate; with

rows of large and usually concealed punctures ; third, fifth,

and seventh interstices with granulated elevations. Meso-

sternum with an obtusely pointed intercoxal process. Legs

stout ; tibize with numerous small teeth, less distinct on the

hind pair than on the others.

Length 10 mm.

Hab, Queensland : Thursday Island.

In general appearance much like a Gonipferus, but with the

intercoxal process of Oayops*. To the naked eye the upper

surface appears to be rather densely and irregularly clothed

with greyish-white scales, with darker spots on the elytra.

The dark spots, however (of which the most conspicuous

one appears like a transverse interrupted median fascia,

although there is one almost as distinct behind the shoulder),

are due partly to the scales there being smaller than else-

where, but principally to being densely covered with a snuff-

coloured meal or powder. The third interstice is obtusely

tuberculate near base, with a longitudinal elevation before

middle and a shorter one beyond same, the two latter being

conspicuously separated by the silvery scales of the fascia,

The elevations aud granules on the other odd interstices are

less conspicuous.

Oxyops grisea, sp. n.

Black. Densely clothed with silvery-white scales, but

elytra with a conspicuously motiled appearance.

Head with a deep but partially concealed impression

betweem eyes, elsewhere with small concealed punctures.

Kyes prominent and widely separated. Rostrum short,

about as long as greatest width (which is near apex); with

dense punctures, concealed on basal half. Prothorav small,

about as long as wide, sides moderately rounded and de-

creasing in width almost from base to apex; with dense,

* In Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1897, p. 600, this process was erro-

neously referred to as if it belonged to the metasternum, instead of to the

mesosterium.

400 Mr. A. M. Lea on

partially concealed punctures. Llytra oblong-subcordate,

apex very obtusely mucronate, shoulders and sides near

shoulders as in parvicollis ; with rows of large more or less

concealed punctures ; interstices with dense punctures and

small granules, mostly concealed; the odd ones teebly

elevated in places, but the third rather distinctly subtuber-

culate towards base. Mesosternum and legs as in parvicollis.

Length 94 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Chillagoe (H. Hacker, his 1133).

To the naked eye the elytra appear to be clothed mostly

with snuff-coloured scales and to have a distinct median

fascia of white scales, with the base and basal portion of the

suture white ; the dark patches, however, are due partly to

the pale scales being very fine and sparse, but principally to~

a snuff-coloured meal. On the under surface also the meal

is fairly dense in parts, but the scales there being rather

large, and of almost uniform size, their appearance is not so

much altered by it. In general appearance it is much like

the preceding species, from which it differs in being some-

what narrower and by a pale fascia replacing the dark

median one of that species. Both species (there are two of

each before me) have a pale elytral fascia and remnants of

others ; but on the present species the exact middle of the

elytra is covered by it, in the preceding species it is entirely

beyond the exact middle. ‘The prothorax has a few small

granules showing through the scales; on each side towards

the apex there is a feeble longitudinal depression, where the

scales are thinner and the meal denser than elsewhere. The

shape is somewhat as in bilunaris, but the pale band is

wider, of different shape, slightly nearer the base, &c. In

some respects it is close to the description of arciferus, but

is larger, rostrum not elongate, median fascia composed of

true scales, not at all resembling hairs, eyes distant,-&c.

This species is so obviously close to the preceding one

that it is advisable that it should be described at the same

time, although the types were not taken by Mr. Bryant.

Oxyops concreta, Pasc. Ourimbah.

O. irrasa, Pasc. National Park, Sydney.

O. fasciata, Boi. Quirindi, National Park, Mundaring.

O. reticulata, Boi. Sydney, Blue Mountains.

O. fasciculata, Redt. Sydney.

O. amplipennis, Lea. Blue Mountains.

some Australian Curculibuide. 401

Gonipterus suturalis, Gyll. Sydney, Westport.

G. exvaratus, Ths. Sydney, National Park, Ourimbah.

G. gibberus, Boi. Brisbane.

G. rufus, Blackb. Blue Mountains.

G. excavifrons, Lea, Blue Mountains.

G. pulverulentus, Lea. Blue Mountains, Sydney.

Iptergonus cionvides, Pasc. Blue Mountains, Illawarra,

I. aberrans, Lea. Perth.

Bryachus squamicollis, Pasc. Baan Baa, Brisbane.

Syarbis pachypus, Pasc. National Park.

S. porcalus, Lea. Sydney.

HyPreERIpDeEs.

Eurychirus alleni, Lea. Kuranda.

Prophesia confusa, Pase. Sydney.

DIABATHRARIIDES.

Alelicus inequalis, Waterh. Blue Mountains,

Strongylorrhinus ochraceus, Sch. Perth.

ATERPIDES.

Cyllorhamphus tuberosus, Er.

Mr, Bryant took a specimen of this species at Kuranda,

the smallest I have ever seen, as it measures but 23 mm. ;

others recently taken by myself in the same district measure

up to 5$ mm.

ANOMOCIS, gen. nov.

Head rather small. Eyes of moderate size, deeper than

wide, widely separated, coarsely facetted. Rostrum fairly

stout, lightly curved, shorter than prothorax. Scrobes deep,

commencing near apex, where they are visible from above,

posteriorly extending to lower margin of eyes. Antenne

moderately stout ; scape shorter than funicle ; funicle with

two basal joints moderately long, the others transverse ;

club small, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax about

as long as wide ; ocular lobes fairly prominent. Scutellum

minute. Elytra suboblong, posteriorly irregular, Meso-

402 “Mr. A. M. Lea on

sternum with side-pieces of uneven size, the hind ones half

the width of the front ones, but the same length. Meta-

sternum moderately large, side-pieces distinct, and at front

end triangularly produced inwardly. Abdomen rather long,

sutures deep and straight except between first and second

segments in middle, where, however, it is distinet. Legs

moderately long, front cox touching, middle separated by

a uarrow keel; femora edentate, third tarsal joimt wide and

deeply bilobed.

A curious genus, specimens of which I have had in my

collection for many years. I refer it, with some doubt, to

the Aterpides, in which it certainly seems out of place.

But as the mentum does not fill the area of the mouth, the

ocular lobes are distinct, metasternum moderately long, with

its side-pieces distinct, 1 do not know where else it could be

placed. In the subfamily it may be placed provisionally

near dsiotes.

The Aterpides certainly contain some very diverse forms—

compare, for instance, /themaia with ocular lobes practi-

cally absent, Aferpus with unusually prominent ones, Rhi-

naria with sides of rostrum as in Tanyrhynchides, and 4sioles

with head invisible from above.

Anomocis apicalis, sp. 0.

d. Black. Densely clothed.

Head with dense, normally concealed punctures. Rostrum

almost the length of prothorax; with five conspicuous

carine from base to antennze, the median one cleft at its

apex, the two on each side connected in front, but moderately

separated posteriorly ; in front of antennze with dense and

rather coarse punctures. Antenne inserted about one-

fourth from apex of rostrum. Prothorax rather strongly

convex, sides evenly rounded, with large granules and

partially concealed punctures. /ytra at extreme base not

much wider than prothorax, but then dilated, with sides

subparallel to near apex, then strongly coarctate to apex,

with the apex itself obtusely bimucronate; with rows of

large, deep, angular, partially concealed punctures; inter-

stices with small tubercles in places, suture, third, fifth, and

seventh, each with a moderately large tubercle overhanging

the posterior declivity ; the declivity itself abrupt, and with

several small tubercles. Under surface with dense, partially

concealed punctures. Abdomen with first segment about

as long as second and third combined, second as long as

third and fourth combined, fifth as long as second to fourth

ene —

some Australian Curculionide. 403

combined, a narrow basal portion on a level with the pre-

ceding segment, but elsewhere irregularly depressed.

Length 10-134 mm.

@?. Differs in being somewhat wider, abdomen more con-

vex, and apical segment convex in middle and depresscd

posteriorly.

Hab. New South Wales (Jas. Kershaw, Sr.), Sydney (G.

£. Bryant and H, W. Cox), Jenolan (A. M. Lea).

The sculpture of the apical parts of the elytra should

prevent this species from being confused with any other

member of the family. Onthe type (and only) male before

me the scales are mostly of a sooty or rusty brown, but the

elytra are clothed with dirty whitish scales, except for a

subtriangular space on the basal third, some small median

spots, an abbreviated postmedian fascia, and most of the

posterior declivity, where the scales are of the general colour.

Each femur has also a pale ring. On the three females the

elytral clothing is much as elsewhere. From the sides the

head seems to be suddenly depressed below the base of the

rostrum. On abrasion the prothoracic granules are seen to

be covered with fairly large punctures. The base of each

elytron appears to have four small tubercles, of which the

outer one is really an abbreviated, oblique, humeral carina.

In the male the abdomen at first glance appears to be com-

posed of six segments, of which the fifth is much shorter

than the fourth; but this appearance is due solely to the

wide and fairly deep depression that covers most of its

surface. In the female the base of the fifth is not con-

spicuously elevated, and its total length is somewhat shorter

than in the male,

Alerpus foveipennis, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown, some parts almost black. Head,

base of rostrum, under surface and legs densely clothed with

dingy, somewhat fawn-coloured scales, prothorax and elytra

rather densely clothed at sides, but more sparsely elsewhere.

With rather numerous sete on prothorax, rostrum, and

legs.

Head without visible punctures. A narrow impression

encircling each eye. Rostrum stout, somewhat elevated in

middle. Antenne stout, first joint of funicle as long as

second and third combined, second as Jong as third and

fourth combined. Prothorax strongly convex, distinctly

longer than wide, produced in front, sides strongly rounded,

wider at apical third than elsewhere; with dense large

40-4 Mr. A. M. Lea on

punctures, each (except on sides) bounded by four granules.

Elytra much wider than prothorax, with rows of very large

punctures or fove ; interstices much narrower than fovee,

with a few small granules, third and fifth somewhat elevated

in places, and in places subtuberculate.

Length 84-103 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

Readily distinguished from griseatus, by the elytra being

narrower and with very much larger punctures or fover ;

the protiorax is also of different shape and with much larger

punctures. The complete absence of fascicles readily dis-

tinguishes it from cultratus.

Aterpus cultratus, Fab. Blue Mountains.

A. tuberculatus, Gyll. Blue Mountains, Illawarra.

A. griseatus, Pasc. Kuranda, Cairns.

Rhinaria longirostris, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown, some parts darker. Densely clothed

with scales varying from almost white to sooty.

Head witb dense concealed punctures. Rostrum sub-

quadrangular, more than twice as long as wide, concave

along middle, the sides narrowly elevated, with a feeble

median ridge near base. Scape about as long as four

following joints combined ; first joimt of funicle about as long

as three following combined, second slightly longer than third.

Prothorax about as long as wide, sides strongly rounded ;

with numerous gravules on dise. H/ytra with regular rows

of large, partially concealed punctures; interstices much

wider than punctures, and with a few depressed granules.

Legs stout.

Length 53-74 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Blue Mountains, Ourimbah.

In general appearance much like small specimens of

cavirostris, but with the rostrum much thinner and almost

twice as long. On the under surface and legs the scales

are mostly white; on the upper surface they are mostly

stramineous. On some specimens there is_ but slight

variation in colour, but on others a vague pale fascia may

be traced on the elytra before the middle, and before and

behind same there are numerous sooty spots, more or less

irregularly conjoined. On the prothorax the scales are

denser on each side of the base than elsewhere. On the

scutellum they are mostly white. On the prothorax there

are numerous sete that rise slightly above the derm; on

ae ty eM ii

some Australian Curculionide. 405

the elytra they are stouter and confined to the seriate

punctures. Between the eyes, and partly on the base of the

rostrum, there is a conspicuous crest, composed of strami-

neous scales, thickly beset with sete. On the rostrum there

are numerous setie,

Two specimens from Sydney appear to represent a variety ;

they differ in being smaller (44-4 mm.), and with a vitta

of pale scales extending on each side, from apex of pro-

thorax to apex of elytra (on the latter on the fifth to seventh

interstices).

Rhinaria rugosa, Boi. Blue Mountains.

R. transversa, Boi. Blue Mountains.

R. cavirostris, Pase. Kuranda, Brisbane, Illawarra, Blue

Mountains, Sutherland.

R. signifera, Pase. Cairns,

R. tibialis, Blackb. Atherton, Quirindi, Blue Mountains.

R. bisulcata, Lea. Blue Mountains, National Park,

Sydney.

R. caudata, Lea. Blue Mountains.

Pelororrhinus angustatus, Ths. Sydney.

P. margaritaceus, Er. Blue Mountains.

P. interstitialis, lea. National Park, Sydney.

Ethemaia sellata, Pase. Quirindi.

Hypheria assimilis, Pase. Baan Baa,

CLEONIDES.

Lixus immundus, Boh. Kuranda.

L. terminalis, Lea. Kuranda.

HyYLoBI1DEs.

Alphitopis nivea, Pasc. Syduey.

Orthorrhinus cylindrirostris, Pase. Kuranda, Brisbane,

Sydney, Ourimbah, National Park,

O. klugii, Boh. Sydney, lawarra.

Meriphus ater, sp. n.

d. Black, scape partly pale. Clothed with snowy-white

scales on each side of prothorax, in front of prosternum,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 27

406 Mr. A. M. Lea on

middle and sides of mesosternum, and on each side of base

of abdomen.

Head not very long; with dense and clearly defined, but

rather small punctures. Eyes rather large and coarsely

facetted. Rostrum about once and one-half the length of

prothorax, moderately curved, with rows of punctures

separated by fine ridges, more distinct behind than in front

of antenne. These inserted about one-third from apex of

rostrum. Prothorax small, lightly transverse, with rather

coarse punctures, in places transversely confluent. lytra

strongly convex, about twice the width of prothorax, parallel-

sided to middle, and then rapidly diminishing in width to

apex ; with regular rows of rather large punctures, becoming

smaller posteriorly. Under surface with rather large, clearly

defined punctures. Jemora stout, front lightly, middle

moderately, hind strongly and acutely dentate ; hind tibie

dilated near lower apex.

Length 2 mm.

2. Differs in having the rostrum somewhat shorter, with

ridges not continued in front of antennz, these somewhat

shorter, and the four front femora edentate.

Hab. Queensland : Kuranda.

The eyes are rather coarsely facetted and the femora are

aberrant, so that the species was referred to Meriphus with

considerable hesitation ; its deep black colour (in some lights

the prothorax and elytra appear to have a vague bluish gloss)

and smooth shining elytra are also at variance with others

of the genus. Nevertheless, it probably should be treated

as an aberrant species of the genus. The spots of snowy

scales are very conspicuous. On a male and a female the

scape is conspicuously pale at the apex, on another female

it is of a dingy brown.

Meriphus guitatus, Pasc. National Park, Illawarra.

MERIPHERELLUS, gen. nov,

Head short. Eyes large, subapproximate, and coarsely

tacetted. Other characters much as in Meriphus.

In Blackburn’s table of the Erirhinides, this genus could

be placed in the position of Agesira (H. H. on p. 150) which

has been transferred to the Tychiides. The species described

below in general appearance is much like a small Meriphus,

but the eyes forbid its being placed in that genus,

Meripherellus apicalis, sp. n.

3. Dark reddish brown ; apical third of elytra, antennz

(club excepted), and tarsi somewhat paler. Sparsely clothed

with short, depressed, ashen setz.

Head with rather coarse punctures. Eyes separated about.

the width of apex of scape. Rostrum moderately long and

gently curved ; with rather strong punctures, separated by

feeble ridges ; but in front of autenn# with small punctures

only. Antenne thin, inserted about one-third from apex of

rostrum ; scape slightly longer than funicle, first joint

of the latter stouter and longer than second; club rather

briefly ovate. Prothorar small, distinctly transverse, base and

apex truncate, sides rounded in middle; with small, dense

punctures, and numerous others of larger size. Scutellum

distinct. Elytra about once and one-half the width of

prothorax at base, slightly dilated to beyond the middle,

and then widely rounded, with rows of large punctures in

moderate striz ; interstices with small punctures. Femora

stout, front lightly, middle moderately, hind strongly and

acutely dentate.

. Length 1? mm.

?. Differs in having the rostrum longer and thinner,

_ with finer punctures, antennz shorter and inserted not

quite as close to apex of rostrum.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

In general appearance something like an Apion.

some Australian Curculionide. 407

Rhaciodes insignis, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown, almost black, appendages reddish.

Each side of prothorax, a large subtriangular patch on

elytra, and sides of mesosternum densely clothed with some-

what stramineous scales, with a slight golden or golden-

green lustre; elsewhere less conspicuously clothed. Each

tubercle with a conspicuous fascicle of blackish setie.

_ Head with dense round punctures. Eyes moderately

facetted. Rostrum long, moderately curved ; punctures

somewhat smaller and denser than on head. Prothoraxr

slightly longer than wide, sides slightly dilated from apex to

base ; with dense and irregular punctures and with nume-

rous small transverse ruge. Jlytra closely applied to but

distinctly wider than prothorax, shoulders rounded, sides

subparallel to beyond the middle ; with rows of large sub-

_ oblong punctures, in places almost or quite concealed ; near

apex with a very large acutely conical tubercle on each side.

Legs long; femora stout, subclavate, four front tibiz dis-

tinctly curved; claws divergent.

Length 5-7 mm.

——

408 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda (G. Z. Bryant) ; Cairns

(H. W. Brown and H. Hacker).

Readily distinguished from others of the genus by the

elytra having but two fascicles, and these very large and

subapical ; each is supported on an acutely pointed tubercle,

although the actual point is usually concealed. The sub-

triangular patch on the upper surface commences on the

middle of prothorax, and is at its widest at its termination

(near the subapical tubercles) ; its hind margin is en-

croached upon by dark scales having a purplish lustre, and

which are continuous from the triangle to the apex. Seen

from the side the body appears to be deepest at the middle

of the under surface and to rapidly slope upwards to each

end.

Rhaciodes bicaudatus, Boi. Blue Mountains.

R. granulifer, Chev. Blue Mountains.

R. dentifer, Boh. Sydney.

R. strenuus, Blackb. Kuranda.

Gerynassa nodulosa, Pase. Illawarra.

Encosmia fasciata, sp. n.

Dark chocolate-brown, legs and antenne paler. Mode-

rately densely clothed with dingy greyish or sooty scales,

variegated in places.

Head with dense partially concealed punctures. Rostrum

slightly shorter than prothorax, with acute ridges separating

rows of punctures from base to antennz, thence to apex with

small punctures only. Antennze inserted about one-third

from apex of rostrum. Prothoraz slightly longer than wide,

base slightly wider than apex, sides evenly rounded; with

very dense punctures of moderate size. Slytra about one-

fifth wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long, base

gently arcuate; with rows of large partially concealed

punctures in distinct strie. Legs rather short and stout.

Length 23 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Ryde.

In build rather close to adelaide, but clothing very

different and rostrum longer; from the description of

infuscata it differs very considerably in the clothing. The

sides of the prothorax are rather densely clothed with some-

what ochreous scales, the same extending to the shoulders.

On the elytra there is a somewhat abbreviated whitish fascia,

crowning the summit of the posterior declivity ; the suture

some Australian Curculionide. 409

thence to near the apex is clothed with scales, as on the

shoulders. On the under surface the scales are denser and

white or whitish.

Cassythicola media, sp. n.

é. Dark reddish brown ; legs, antennze, and sometimes

the rostrum paler. Rather densely clothed with scales,

varying from whitish, through golden, to sooty.

Head small, punctures concealed. Rostrum long and

strongly curved, behind antennz with rows of punctures, in

front with sparser and irregularly disposed punctures.

Scape thin, inserted about two-fifths from apex of rostrum,

and somewhat shorter than funicle. Prothuraxr strongly

transverse, base much wider than apex, feebly bigibbous in

middle ; with dense, normally concealed punctures. //ytra

about one-third wider than prothorax, not much longer than

wide, shoulders moderately rounded, the apex strongly so;

with rows of fairly large but more or less concealed punc-

tures, each containing a scale. Legs short and stout.

Length 23-3 mm.

?. Differs in having the rostrum distinctly longer and

thinner, punctures almost absent from in front of autennie

and smaller behind same, antenne and tibie thinner, aud

clothing more variegated.

Hab. N. 8S. Wales: National Park, Ourimbah (G. £.

Bryant), Gosford (H. W. Coz) *.

In size almost midway between rolundata and longirostris,

but with markings approaching those of the former. Of

three males now under examination, the clothing is not

similar on any two. ‘T'wo have five small sooty spots at the

base of the elytra, and some vague ones elsewhere ; another

has the basal spots very obscure, but a rather distinct row

of sooty spots across the middle, with paler scales before

and after same, and the apex with a large round patch of

almost golden scales. The sooty spots are usually feebly

elevated, so as to appear like depressed fascicles. On the

elytra of the others there are no distinct zones, and the

apical half has more or less greyish scales. On the pro-

thorax there is a fairly distinct pale median line aud some

feeble spots or patches of pale aud of dark scales. On the

only female before me the clothing is of an almost uniform

dingy golden colour.

* There is also a specimen from Wide Bay in the Australian

Museum.

410 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Empolis granulatus, sp. n.

¢. Black, antenne (club darker) and legs more or less

of a dingy red. Moderately clothed with white or whitish

sete, becoming thin scales on sides.

Head with dense punctures. Rostrum moderately long,

thin, and curved ; with dense punctures; with a distinct

median carina from antenne to base, and some less distinct

ones. Antenne thin, inserted one-fourth from apex of

rostrum. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides strongly

rounded, base slightly wider than apex; with dense round

punctures. /ytra distinctly wider than prothorax, parallel-

sided to beyond the middle ; with rows of angular punctures

in deep striz ; interstices wider than striz, with numerous

punctures and small granules. Abdomen with a vague de-

pression common to two basal segments, with a vague

median line filled with somewhat darker setz than elsewhere

from base to apex, second segment distinctly shorter than

fifth.

Length 33-5 mm.

@. Differs in having the rostrum longer and thinner,

with smaller punctures ; autenne inserted one-third from

apex of rostrum; abdomen without a median line, and

second segment distinctly longer than fifth.

Hab. New South Wales: Blue Mountains (G. 2. Bryant),

Gosford (H. W. Coz).

In general appearance resembling several species of

Desiantha, but with the generic characters of Hmpolis; from

the described species of the latter genus it differs in being

considerably larger and very differently clothed. Most

specimens have the derm of the upper surface black, but on

a few it is more or less distinctly diluted with red. On the

under surface of the head and on the front of the prosternum

the scales sometimes have a faint golden gloss. The scales

nowhere form spots on any of the thirteen typical specimens.

In Mr. Blackburn’s table of the Erirhinides pacticus and

Eucosmia are separated from Eniopea and Empolis by the

fifth abdominal segment being shorter than the second in the

former and longer than the second in the latter. These

segments, however, are sexually variable. By the table in

question the male of E’mpolis leai would be referred to the

second group and its female to the first. The same is tlie

case with the present species. The claws have a swelling at

the base, but | think the genus was correctly referred to the

Erirhinides.

some Australian Curculionide. 411

E-mpolis niveodispersus, sp. n.

d. Black, legs almost black, antennz of a dingy red.

Moderately clothed with somewhat golden or dark stra-

mineous sete or thin scales, elytra in addition with some

round snowy-white scales scattered about, sometimes singly,

sometimes in small spots; under surface and legs with

whitish clothing.

Head with dense punctures. Rostrum moderately long,

thin, and curved ; with dense punctures ; with three distinct

carine from antennz to base. Antenne rather thin, in-

serted about one-third from apex of rostrum. Prothoraxr

moderately convex, almost as long as wide, sides strongly

rounded, base and apex subequal; with dense round punc-

tures. lytra about one-third wider than _prothorax,

parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with rows of large

partially concealed punctures in deep striz ; interstices wider

than striz, with more or less concealed punctures and

granules. Abdomen with a shallow depression, filled with

stramineous sete along middle of two basal segments, second

distinctly shorter than fifth, the setz at its apex appearing

like a small fascicle.

Length 44 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Illawarra.

In build rather close to the preceding species, but readily

distinguished from it and from all others of the genus by

the large snowy scales in the elytral strive.

Desiantha maculata, Blackb. Mordialloc, Adelaide.

D. malevolens, Lea. Mundaring.

Eniopea bivitiata, Lea. Illawarra, National Park.

Ethas eruditus, Blackb. ITllawarra.

E. varians, Blackb. National Park, Sydney.

Epamebus scutellaris, Blackb. Illawarra.

E. ziczac, Lea. Illawarra.

Cyttalia sydneyensis, Blackb, National Park, Syduey.

Symbothinus squalidus, Blackb. Baan Baa.

Nemestra incerta, Pasc. Perth.

Evistus uniformis, sp. 0.

Dull reddish castaneous, antennz and legs slightly paler,

moderately clothed with short, depressed, whitish set

412 Mr. A. M. Lea on

below eyes, at sides of prothorax and of under surface, and

at base of elytra; elsewhere almost or quite glabrous.

Head with numerous rather small punctures ; with a small

interocular fovea. Rostrum wide, slightly shorter than

prothorax, moderately curved ; punctures on basal half as

between eyes, but becoming smaller and more numerous

towards apex. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than base

of rostrum, about half the length of funicle and club com-

bined ; first joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than

second, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly

rounded, base distinctly wider than apex ; with rather dense

round punctures. Llytra suboblong, about one-third wider

than prothorax, apex widely rounded; with narrow striz

containing distinct punctures; the interstices each with a

row of setiferous punctures, Legs rather short and stout.

Length 3-34 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: National Park, Illawarra (G. E.

Bryant).

Differs from pallidus in being larger, somewhat darker,

rostrum longer, no paler than the prothorax, the latter with

sides more rounded, clothing sparser, &c. From bdlackburni,

to which, perhaps, it is closer, it differs in being larger,

rostrum distinctly longer, no part of under surface dark, and

clothing sparser. The three typical specimens are probably

females.

A specimen from Sydney differs in being considerably

paler, elytra slightly stained at about one-fourth from apex,

with the apical fourth paler than the rest of the elytra. It

is probably immature.

Ervistus setosus, Blackb. Baan Baa, Brisbane.

E. bicolor, Blackb. National Park.

E. pallidus, Lea. National Park, Illawarra, Sydney.

ERIsTINUS, gen. nov.

Rostrum quite straight. Suture between first and second

abdominal segments extremely faint across middle. Other

characters as in Lristus.

Eristus was referred with considerable hesitation (princi-

pally on account of the wide rostrum) to the Erirhmides by

Mr. Blackburn. Probably it would have been with still

more hesitation that he would have referred the present

genus to the Erirhinides, if he had done so at all. Certainly,

however, it is very close to Eristus, and it was only after

considerable hesitation that I decided to describe the three

some Australian Curculionidae. 413

species as other than aberrant members of that genus, The

rostrum, when seen from the side, appears to be very thin

(much thinner than in /ristus selosus or bicolor), but from

in front appears to be very wide. Four specimens of

eucalypti have their mandibles unclenched, and these are

seen to be acutely bidentate at the apex.

Only one specimen of the genus was sent by Mr. Bryant,

but I have associated with it another species of which there

are several specimens under examination, and another also

represented by a single specimen. ‘They may be tabulated

as follows :—

Eyes close together and elytra glabrous ..............005. eucalypt.

Eyes moderately separated and elytra clothed.

IETRIIOND) TAB cd aiani's sid. eisivie 0 +h aid wells ad wisi ey flavipes.

Femora much darker than tibiw and tarsi .............. sobrinus.

Eristinus eucalypti, sp. n.

d. Black ; rostrum, antenne, and legs flavous. With

some whitish hairs on head, prothorax (the dise glabrous),

and under surface ; dense only on sides of meso- and of

metasternum.

Head with a few distinct punctures neareyes. Eyes large,

close together, and coarsely facetted. Rostrum wide, thin,

and almost parallel-sided, about twice as long as wide; with

distinct but not very dense punctures. Scape short, some-

what curved, much shorter than funicle ; first joint of the

latter stout and moderately long. Prothoraz moderately

transverse, sides evenly rounded, base lightly bisinuate and

not much wider than apex; with numerous punctures of

rather small size, clearly defined on dise, but obscured on

sides. Scufellum small but distinct. Llytra much wider

than prothorax and about thrice as long, shoulders feebly

rounded, sides slightly dilated to beyond the middle, and

then widely rounded to apex; with rows of punctures, fairly

large at the base, but becoming much smaller posteriorly,

Abdomen with small punctures, two basal segments rather

large, in male flattened across middle, in female convex,

second, third, and fourth directed slightly backwards at sides.

Legs rather short and stout; femora edentate.

Length 14-2 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Gosford, on Eucalyptus piperita

(H. W. Cox), Ourimbah (Taylor Bros.). Queensland: Mount

‘tambourine (C. J. Wild).

The elytra are quite glabrous; their punctures are in

regular rows, but not striw, although in places traces of

same may be noticed.

414 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Eristinus flavipes, sp. n.

Black; rostrum, antenne, and legs flavous; head, dise

of prothorax, apex, and shoulders of elytra diluted with red.

Clothed with rather sparse whitish hairs, moderately dense

only at sides of meso- and of metasternum ; elytra with very

short but fairly distinct pubescence.

Head with fairly numerous distinct punctures. Eyes

separated almost the width of rostrum at base. Rostrum

shaped as in preceding species, basal half with fairly nume-

rous distinct punctures, as those between eyes, but smaller

elsewhere. Prothorax with dense and rather coarse punc-

tures, and an irregular median line. Lytra with rows of

distinct punctures, rather coarse at base, and becoming

smaller posteriorly ; the interstices each with a row of small

but distinct punctures.

Length 1$ mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney.

In general appearance close to the preceding species, but

with much coarser punctures (except on under surface) and

elytra with fine but fairly distinct clothing, and with striation

more defined, although still very feeble; the legs are also

somewhat thinner.

Eristinus sobrinus, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown ; antennze (club darker), tibiew, and

tarsi of a rather dingy flavous. Clothed with whitish

pubescence, shorter on elytra and denser on sides of meso-

and of metasternum than elsewhere.

Head and rostrum with sculpture much as in preceding

species. Prothorar with very dense and rather coarse

punctures ; without a median line. /ytra parallel-sided to

beyond the middle; with rows of large round punctures,

becoming smaller posteriorly ; interstices each with a row of

small but distinct punctures.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Cairns (C. J. Wild).

A dingy species readily distinguished from the others by

its dark femora ; the punctures on its under surface are also

coarser. Its prothoracic punctures are rather smaller than

in the preceding species, but denser. ‘The rows of punctures

on the elytra are very distinct, but the striation is feeble.

Antyllis variabilis, sp. n.

Reddish castaneous, tip of rostrum, club, and claws darker.

some Australian Curculionide. 415

Densely clothed with whitish, ochreous, and sooty scales,

with numerous erect, dark, and rather short setz, scattered

about on head, prothorax, and elytra.

Head with dense punctures, concealed in front. Rostrum

about the length of prothorax, lightly curved; basal half

with five carinz separated by rows of punctures, apical half

with moderately dense but not seriate punctures. Antenne

inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum, first

joint of funicle stout and moderately long. Prothorax

almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly and eveuly

rounded, base decidedly wider than apex ; with dense, round,

concealed punctures. Elytra oblong-cordate, much wider

than prothorax, with rows of large, partially concealed

punctures ; interstices wide, with small, dense, normally

quite concealed punctures. Legs rather long; femora

stout.

Length 24-3 mm.

Hab. New South Wales (Macleay Museum), National Park

(G. E. Bryant). Tasmania: Huon River, Mount Wellington

(A. M. Lea).

In general appearance not at all close to the two pre-

viously named species (fogata and alternatis) known to me.

In its elytral sete it approaches the description of setosa,

but the two species appear to have little else in common.

The male differs from the female in having the rostrum

slightly stouter, legs slightly longer, and basal segment of

abdomen widely depressed, instead of strongly convex, in

middle.

On the prothorax there are three lines of whitish scales,

the surface elsewhere being clothed with more or less

ochreous ones. On the elytra the white scales clothe the

suture (more noticeably towards the base than elsewhere)

and are fairly dense about the middle, but with a linear

arrangement; the sooty scales form an elongated spot on

the second interstice near base, another beyond the middle,

and a third near apex, on the fourth there is an elongated

median spot, and on the sixth a small spot just before the

middle, but on some specimens there are no dark spots, or

only two or four on each elytron. On the rest of the elytra

the scales are ochreous, sometimes with a golden, sometimes

with a reddish, gloss. On the under surface the scales are

usually whitish, sometimes with a greenish gloss. On an

occasional specimen the erect setz are nearly white.

On some of the Tasmanian specimens the dark markings

on the elytra are rather more conspicuous than usual, there

being elongated median spots on al! the even interstices, and

416 Mr. A. M. Lea on

oceasionally one on the seventh near apex, in addition to

the other two on the second. On one specimen all the

median and subapical spots are irregularly joined. These

specimens also have rather numerous elongated white spots

on the elytra.

Omorophius coxii, sp. 1.

¢. Bright reddish castaneous. Densely clothed with

more or less ochreous scales, variegated with paler and darker

ones on elytra, and paler on under surface.

Rostrum long, thin, and moderately curved, with numerous

punctures, irregular in front of antennz ; seriate in arrange-

ment and separated by distinct ridges behind same, becoming

concealed towards base. Antennz thin, inserted at about

one-third from apex of rostrum; first joint of funicle as

long as the three following combined. Prothorax rather

small, almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly rounded,

base distinctly wider than apex; with dense, concealed

punctures. Scutellum minute. Elytra about once and one-

half the width of prothorax, and fully thrice as long; with

rows of large, almost concealed punctures, in feeble striz.

Legs moderately stout.

ength 33-4 mm.

9. Differs in being somewhat stouter, rostrum longer,

thinner, and with smaller puuctures; antenne inserted

nearer the middle of rostrum ; and abdomen with two basal

segments rather strongly convex, instead of flattened in

middle.

Hab. New South Wales: Ryde (G. E. Bryant), Gosford

(7. W. Coz).

In general appearance fairly close to niyrovarius, from

Western Australia, but larger and somewhat wider, elytral

markings different, and metasternum not black. From

seriatus (described originally as from Gosford), it differs in

being smaller, with conspicuous elytral markings, &e. The

scales are usually darker on the middie of the prothorax

than on the sides. On each elytron there is a pale, oblique,

irregular fascia, extending from the side before the middle

to near the suture at the apical third. On the side before

and beyond the fascia the scales are usually sooty, and there

is an irregular sooty spot on the middle just before the

fascia, and sometimes a smaller one just beyond it. On the

under surface the scales have sometimes a golden or greenish

glow. ‘In addition to the scales there are some stout

depressed sete on the prothorax and elytra, but they are

indistinct from most directions,

joie.)

EE Ee

some Australian Curculionide. 417

PuAUNZUS.

This genus was doubtfully referred to the Zygopides. A

re-examination of the characters of the types, together with

those of a second species taken by Mr. Bryant and a third

from the Macleay Museum, convinces me that the genus

should probably be referred to the Erirhinides. The scrobes

were originally described as ‘lateral,’ but they are rather

peculiar, being obliquely and rapidly turned under the

rostrum. On each side above the scrobe and having a

common starting-point with it, there is a distinct groove,

continuous to the eye, that at first appears to be the real

scrobe (much as in Rhachiodes and Eucosmia cornuta, but

not in the other species of the latter genus), and is alike

in all three species.

Regarding the genus as belonging to the Erirhinides, in

Mr, Blackburn’s table of the genera of that subfamily, the

faleate front tibize would associate it with Cfnochroma and

Olbiodorus, from both of which it is readily distinguished

by the short claw-joint. Itis really, however, not very close

to either of those genera, nor to any other of the subfamily

known to me,

Phauneus trilinealbus, sp. n.

Black, shining. White scales forming three narrow lines

on prothorax (the lateral ones not quite to base, the median

one not quite to apex), narrowing, clothing the suture at

base and apex, dense on parts of sterna, forming a line on

the under surface of each of the four front femora, and

on the upper surface of the hind four, and fairly dense on

tarsi and tips of the tibia. Numerous black setz on legs

and on parts of the upper surface.

Head with fairly dense small punctures. Rostrum thin,

slightly longer than prothorax ; with dense punctures, be-

hind the antenne seriate in arrangement, and on the sides

separated by acute ridges. Antenne inserted about one-

fourth from apex of rostrum, two basal joints of funicle

moderately long, first longer and stouter than second.

Prothorax strongly convex, slightly longer than wide, sides

evenly rounded ; with dense, clearly defined punctures of

moderate size. Hiytra subcordate, strongly convex, about

once and one-half the width of prothorax, with rows of deep

punctures in narrow strie. Legs long; front tibiz strongly

curved.

Length 23-3 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Illawarra.

418 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Differs from Jongirostris in the rostrum being distinctly

shorter than the elytra ; prothorax less dilated to the base,

and with three conspicuous lines of white scales, &e. The

resemblance to species of Jdotasia is much less pronounced,

but the scrobes, lateral sulci, and legs convince me that the

species should be generically associated with longirostris.

On the side of each elytron there is a row of punctures in a

stria, then three seriate rows, and then rows in regular strize

to the suture.

There are three specimens of this species in the British

Museum from the Richmond River, but they have been

rather dirty and the prothoracic stripes from one have been

abraded, and partially so from the others,

Phauneus medioalbus, sp. n.

Black, shining ; parts of antenne and of tarsi obscurely

diluted with red. White scales forming a continuous

median line on prothorax, several spots on elytra, dense on

middle of sterna and of basal segment of abdomen, and

irregularly distributed on legs.

Head with dense, clearly defined punctures. Rostrum

moderately thin, slightly longer than prothorax, moderately

curved, with fairly large punctures, more or less seriate in

arrangement behind antenne. ‘These inserted about one-

third from apex of rostrum ; first joint of funicle as long as

second and third combined. /Prothoraz strongly convex,

distinctly longer than wide, sides rather strongly rounded,

with dense and rather coarse punctures. Elytra subcordate,

almost twice the width of base of prothorax, with rows of

deep punctures in narrow striz, the seventh and eighth rows

not in strie. Legs long, four front tibiz strongly curved.

Length 23-23 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Cairns, Endeavour River (Macleay

Museum).

In build, except that it is smaller, rather close to the

preceding species, but clothing different and prothoracic

punctures distinctly larger. The white scales appear to be

rather easily abraded, as the median line of the prothorax is

sometimes traceable only at its ends ; on each elytron there

are normally three spots : two about middle, on the second

and third interstices, and one at apex, but occasionally they

are a!l absent.

oan

;

some Australian Curculionidae. 419

Cydmaa suluralis, sp. n.

Black. Densely but irregularly clothed.

Rostrum moderately long, feebly diminishing in width

from base to apex, with rows of rather strong punctures,

partially concealed towards base, becoming small towards

apex. Antenne inserted slightly nearer apex than base of

rostrum ; basal joint of funicle stout, longer than second

and third combined. Prothorax lightly transverse, sides

evenly rounded, with dense, partially concealed punctures.

Elytra oblong-cordate, about one-fourth wider than pro-

thorax ; with rows of rather large and mostly concealed

punctures. Legs rather stout ; front coxze touching.

Length 2 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney.

In the table of species previously given by me*, it would

be associated with dorsalis and fasciata, to neither of which,

however, is it at all close. The clothing is something like

that of some forms of rostralis, but the pale scales cover less

of the surface, and the rostrum is very different; diversa

has the clothing somewhat different, and front cox not

touching. The pattern is somewhat suggestive of that of

small specimens of eucalypti, but the rostrum is deep black.

On the upper surface the scales are mostly whitish, with an

ochreous tinge, but some in certain lights have a golden

gloss ; between the eyes from some directions, a few appear

to be of a fiery red. In places there are black scales and

semi-nude spaces, so that the surface appears to be covered

with scattered, angular, pale spots ; but there is a fairly

large spot on each side of the base of prothorax, and an

irregular postmedian fascia may be traced on the elytra,

the suture also is clothed throughout. On the under

surface the scales are denser, paler, and more uniform.

Cydmea tibialis, sp. n.

d. Reddish castaneous ; prothorax and under surface

black. Densely squamose.

Rostrum and antenne as in preceding species. Prothorax

about as long as wide, basal half parallel-sided, with dense,

normally concealed punctures. JLlytra oblong-cordate,

rather long for the genus, not much wider than prothorax,

with rows of rather large, oblong, partially concealed

punctures. Legs rather stout ; front cox touching, front

* Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1899, p. 152.

420 On some Australian Curculionida.

tibize at apical third with a small tooth, emarginate between

same and apex.

Length 2-23} mm.

?. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, and the

front tibiz simple.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney.

In the table, referred to under the preceding species,

would be associated with eucalypti and nymphoides, two

Western Australian species, to neither of which is it at all

close in appearance. On the upper surface the scales are

mostly white or whitish, but in places stained with ochreous.

On the prothorax there are several dark spots, partly due to

several semi-nude spaces, and partly to dark scales ; on the

elytra there is a fairly distinct postmedian fascia of pale

scales. On the under surface the clothing is dénse and

uniformly white or silvery.

Cydmea dorsalis, Lea.

Mr. Bryant captured a single specimen of this species

near Sydney. ‘The types were from W. Australia.

Cydmea mixta, Blackb. Sydney, National Park.

C. major, Blackb. Sydney, Blue Mountains.

C. viridula, Pase. Swan River.

C. rostralis, Lea. Swan River, Mundaring.

C, binotata, Lea. Illawarra.

Dicomada rufa, Blackb. Sydney, Blue Mountains.

Thechia cinerascens, Lea.

A specimen from Sydney differs from the ‘type (from

Tasmania) in being slightly smaller, and with the markings

even less pronounced.

Thechia pygmea, Pasc. Baan Baa.

Misophrice submetallica, Blackb. National Park.

M. setulosa, Blackb. Illawarra.

M. variabilis, Blackb. Perth.

M. alternata, Lea. Sydney, Ilawarra.

M. apionoides, Lea. Sydney, Illawarra.

On the Geographical R wes of Citellus fulvus. 421

Misophrice gloriosa, Lea. Sydney, Blue Mountains,

Ourimbah.

M. squamiventris, Lea. Sydney, Illawarra.

M. viridisquama, Lea. Sydney.

Storeus albosignatus, Blackb. National Park, Sydney,

Illawarra.

S. majusculus, Blackb. Illawarra.

S. eryptorhynchus, Lea. Sydney, National Park.

S. invidiosus, Lea. National Park.

S. niveiceps, Lea. National Park.

Balenerhinus problematicus, Lea. Kuranda.

Aoplocnemis guttiger, Pasc. Blue Mountains.

AMALACTIDES.

Tranes roei, Boh. Mundaring.

EURHYNCHIDES.

Eurhynchus splendidus, Blackb. Kuranda.

Chalcocyhelus bispinosus, Boi., var. australis, Heller.

Kuranda.

(‘To be continued. |

XXX VII.— The Geographical Races of Citellus fulvus.

By OLprre_p THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tne British Museum contains examples of the yellowish

Kirghiz and Transcaspian souslik, Citellus fulvus, from the

diyeiien ont extreme points of its range, namely the Kirghiz

Steppes south of the Urals, Bokhara, and Meshed, N.E.

Persia, the last being a locality not hitherto recorded for the

animal.

A comparison of the specimens shows enough difference

between those from each locality to justify their being con-

sidered distinct subspecies.

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 28

429° Mr. O. Thomas on

The type of “ Arctomys fulvus ” * was obtained by Evers-

mann on the River “ Kuwandschur,” and a study of the

traveller’s itinerary + indicates that this place was some

50-80 miles north of the Aral Sea, therefore clearly in the

region of what would be called Kirghiz Steppes. I there-

fore propose to take our Kirghiz specimens as representing

the typical race.

These specimens are unfortunately only dealers’ skins, not

well prepared, and without exact particulars, so that the

detailed characters are not easily made out on them. But

as gauged by the skull they are so much larger than the

Bokharan and Persian races as clearly to indicate subspecific

distinction.

The skull-measurements of an adult male are as

follows :—

Greatest length 61 mm. ; condylo-incisive length 56°8 ;

zygomatic breadth 41°5; nasals 22°5x9°8; interorbital

breadth at notch 12°2; palatilar length 33°5; upper tooth-

row 15°4 ; molars only 10°2.

In general colour C. fulvus fulvus is like the Bokharan

subspecies described below, much more strongly fulvous

throughout than in C. f. parthianus, and the tips of the

caudal hairs similarly buffy, not white ; the tail below with

a well-marked layer of bright ochraceous-buffy hairs.

The other two subspecies may be distinguished as

follows :—

Citellus fulvus ow/anus, subsp. n.

Size decidedly less than in true fulvus. General colour, on

the whole, very much as in that form, the back near “ warm-

buff” of Ridgway, the head rather greyer but not con-

spicuously so. Sides creamy buff. Under surface buff, the

bases of the hairs blackish slaty, but on the throat the hairs

are buffy with whitish bases; across the chest and on the

whole of the forearms the colour is warmer buff, approaching

cinnamon-buff ; hands more greyish buff, like head. Hind

limbs buffy on outer side and on feet, warmer cinnamon buffy

oninner side, Tail with the rich cinnamon-buff of the under-

side hiding the black subterminal bands of the upper hairs

except at the end, so that in its lower aspect the tail appears

rich buffy, with pale buffy edging and subterminal black bar

* Licht. in Eversm. Reise nach Buchara, p. 119 (1828).

+ T. c. pp. 28-29.

en ee

the Geographical Races of Citellus fulvus. 423

on the pencil; on the upperside, however, the dark sub-

terminal bands on the hairs are seen to pass some way up

each side of the tail ; tips of all the hairs buffy.

Skull decidedly shorter and proportionally rather broader

than in fulvus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 240 mm. ; tail 94 ; hind foot 46.

Skull: greatest length 54; condylo-incisive length 51;

zygomatic breadth 40°5; nasals 21 x 8°6 ; interorbital breadth

10; palatilar length 28 ; upper tooth-row 13:7 ; molars only

(worn) 9.

Hab. Bokhara and Samarkand. ‘Type from 50 miles

S.W. of Bokhara. Alt. 600.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 9. 4. 3. 26. Original num-

ber 40. Collected 19th March, 1908, by Douglas Carruthers.

Six specimens.

Citellus fulvus parthianus, subsp. n.

Size about as in C. f. oxianus. Colour above a rather

warmer and more cinnamon-buff, though the difference is

not great. Head and nape distinctly greyer than the back,

the difference greater than in ovianus. Under surface much

greyer than in oxianus, the ends of the belly-hairs light or

creamy instead of cinnamon buff. Inner side of limbs more

buffy than the underside generally, but not nearly so strong

a buff as in ovianus. Tail with scarcely any of the strong

cinnamon-buffy hairs on its underside, so that, as a con-

sequence, the pale buffy bases and black subterminal band of

the upper and lateral hairs are visible from below; tips

of the hairs white or whitish.

Skull about as in oxianus.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body (c.) 240 mm.; tail 38 ; hind foot 47.

Skull: greatest length 57 ; condylo-incisive length 53:7 ;

zygomatic breadth 40°3; nasals 20°6 x 8:7; interorbital

breadth 10°7 ; palatilar length 29°5; upper tooth-row 15:2 ;

molars only 10-1.

Hab. N.E. Persia. Type from Meshed, alt. 3000’. One

specimen from Kain.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8.6.10. 2. Collected April

1908, and presented by Col. P. M. Sykes. Six specimens

in all, presented by Col. Sykes, Col. Yate, and Major

atson.

This Persian subspecies differs from C. /. orianus by its

424 Geological Society.

warmer colour above, greyer and less buffy tone below,

including the almost complete absence of the strong buffy of

the inner side of the forearms, by the more creamy tone

of the belly, and by the whitish instead of buffy tips to the

caudal hairs.

Col. Sykes tells me “ These ground-squirrels appear in

April, and have no cover for abouta month. After that they

disappear into the crops, and are rarely seen outside. Those

I sent you were certainly killed in April, and probably all

the others.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 24th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Ashgillian Succession in the Tract to the West of

Coniston Lake.” By John Edward Marr, Se:D., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The Author has studied in detail the succession of the Ashgillian

strata in Ashgill Beck and the adjoining tract. In Ashgill Beck

the following sequence was detected :—

VALENTIAN.

Thickness in feet.

pper... Ashgill Shales............... about 50

Phacops-mucronatus Beds......... 16

ASHGILLIAN ~ Middle (Ash: 5.25. 2:d.2..-l..sven dsb bpidenteee 16

White Limestone ......... about 12

Lower... Phillipsinella Beds ..........+00 7

CARADOCIAN.

An account of the lithological characters and lists of the fossil

contents of the various divisions are given, and confirmatory

sections from Coniston Village to Appletreeworth Beck are described.

A comparison is made with the beds of the Cautley district,

previously described by the Author. Some fossils which have not

yet been found in the Lower Ashgillian of the Cautley distmet

occur in the beds of that division at Coniston.

From a study of the fossils of the Coniston tract and of other

areas in Britain and the Continent, it would appear that a two-

fold division of the Ashgillian strata which is of more than local

value may be made. The lower division is characterized by

the abundance of Phillipsinella parabola, and the upper by the

profusion of Phacops mucronatus.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 89. MAY 1915.

XXXVIII.— Notes on the Coleopterous Fami/y Dermestida,

and Descriptions of some new Forms in the British

Museum. By Givpert J. Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

_ THE catalogue of this family of beetles compiled by Dalla

Torre and published in 1911, while of the greatest value as

an indispensable preliminary to the systematic study of the

group, is necessarily uncritical and in many respects defective

from the fact that the compiler has no intimate knowledge of

the insects with which it deals. While studying and arranging

with its help the British Museum collection of Dermestide,

I have recorded for the information of future workers the

various corrections and omissions which have come under my

notice ; and these are published here, together with descrip-

tions of some of the new species in the collection which

appeared specially worthy of receiving names.

With an extraordinary degree of variability in the forma-

tion of the antennz, and, to a less extent, in other points of

structurey these insects have a general similarity which rarely

leaves any doubt as to their belonging to the family. The

most important and distinctive feature is the existence of a

frontal ocellus, which is absent in the genus Dermestes only.

This interesting feature is only known in one other family of

Coleoptera—the Staphylinide (subfamily Omaliinee),—for

the statements that it is found in the genera Pteroloma and

flyleceetus ave quite erroneous.

_ Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 29

426 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Genus DERMESTES.

The types of various so-called species in the British Museum

and the Oxford University Museum have never hitherto

received any critical examination. That of D. roe’, Hope, is

unfortunately not to be found at Oxford, but of the other two

described by Hope I have ascertained that D. elongatus

belongs to vu/pinus, F., and D. pollinctus to frischi, Hugel.

D. elongatus, Lec., is not, as suggested by Jayne, the same

as the European J). bicolor, F., a much shorter insect. As

Leconte’s name was preoccupied by Hope, I propose to call

the species

Dermestes nidum (nom. nov.),

Mr. H. S. Barber having recorded (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash-

ington, xxvii. 1914, p. 146) the fact that it breeds in the

nests of a heron.

D. felinus, F., of which the type is in the British Museum,

is Dermestes cadaverinus, as is also D. subcostatus, Murray.

D. tessellatus, F., although it has not yet been eliminated

trom the catalogues, was tound long ago to be an Anchium

(rufovillosum, Deg.).

‘The North-American J). dissector, Kirby, belongs to the

European species D. undulatus, Brahm, and the Central-

American specimens referred by Sharp in the ‘ Biologia

Centrali-Americana’ to DD. mannerheimi are in realjty

D. caninus, Germ., of which we have specimens also from

Panama, Cuba, and St. Domingo.

Genus ATTAGENUS.

Many Dermestide, as is well known, have an exceedingly

wide area of distribution, and are at the same time extra-

ordinarily variable in their more superficial features. The

synonymy due to this fact has by no means all been recorded

yet. One of these cosmopolitan species is that named

LE thriostoma undulata by Motschulsky. This proves to be

the same as the Australian Brachysphyrus irroratus of Black-

burn, the type of which (now in the British Museum) is a

female. Blackburn’s names must both disappear accordingly.

Another synonym for the same insect is Attagenus rufipes,

Walker. ‘Lhe name thriostoma is also redundant, for it

cannot be distinguished generically from the species of

Telopes, which is at present treated as a subgenus of Afta-

genus. A. undulatus is evidently a common insect; I have

seen specimens from Ceylon, India, Singapore, Hongkong,

\aeee

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 427

Philippine Is., Madagascar, Mauritius, ete. Mr. E. E.Green

has found it buzzing round the trunks of Spondias magnifera

trees in Ceylon.

_ A, gloriose, F., is not very nearly related to the last

species, as Motschulsky has stated. A. plebejus, Sharp, is

synonymous with g/oriose.

A. eylindricus, Kirby, by an oversight has been catalogued

by Daila Torre as a synonym of A. piceus, as well as in its

right place in Perimegatoma.

Similarly, Anthrenus evilis, Muls., bas got into the Cata-

logue amongst the species of Attagenus, as well as in its

proper place.

A. lotus, Péring., is A. hottentottus, Guér.

A. eyphonoides, Reitter, according to specimens named by

him in our collection, has a produced prosternum, and must

be transferred to the genus Trogoderma.

_ Attagenus japonicus, Reitt., was compared by its author to

A, marginicollis, and distinguished only by an almost in-

tangible colour-difference. A. marginicollis and other forms

hitherto separated from it have since been sunk by Reitter

himself in his ‘Catalogue of the European Coleoptera’ as

synonymous with the wide-ranging <A. piceus, Oliv. No

eason remains, therefore, for retaining A. japonicus as more

than a race of that insect.

_ The following new species belong to this genus :—

Attagenus pardus, sp. n.

Niger, pedibus rufis, corpore supra et subtus dense flavo-cinereo-

pubescenti, singuli elytri maculis tribus (aliaque communi media)

_magnis subcircularibus denudatis, maculis posticis duabus con-

junctis, apicalibus, majoribus, medio cinereo-pupillatis ; corpore

_ oblongo-ovali, valde convexo.

Long. 3°5-4'5 mm.; lat. 2-2°5 mm.

Hab. Runopesta: Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

This very distinctively marked species is entirely covered

vith greyish-yellow hair, with the exception of seven nearly

round areas upon the elytra, which are quite black, bare or

clothed with much finer pubescence than the rest of the

ipper surface. One of these patches is placed at the middle

of the elytral suture and the others are arranged in a circle

ound it, one behind the scutellam on each side, one at the

ter margin and one occupying the sutural angle, the last

ger than the rest and having a central spot of grey

pul pscence.

It is a convex insect of elongate-oval shape. The club of

428 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

the antenna is three-jointed and short, the terminal joint not

longer than it is broad. It isan allied species to A. jucundus,

Péring., but more compact and convex, more closely pubes-

cent, without markings on the pronotum and with quite

peculiar detached round spots on the elytra.

Attagenus nigripennis, sp. .

Niger, pedibus et antennis rufescentibus, harum clava nigra, pro-

noto, corpore subtus pedibusque fulvo-vestitis, elytris minutius

et haud perspicue pubescentibus ; ovalis, modice elongatus, dense,

fortiter et distincte punctatus, pronoto postice valde lobato,

antennarum clava modice elongata, articulo ultimo feming

parvo, maris longitudine ad duos precedentes sequali.

Long. 3-3°5 mm. .

Hab. Gouip Coast: Aburi.

A specimen of each sex was taken by Mr. W. H. Patterson.

The common At/agenus piceus, Oliv., is found in Europe,

Asia, and America, but has not so far been brought from any

part of Africa. The new species closely resembles it, but the

puncturation of the upper surface is rather stronger and more

distinct, and the hairs clothing the pronotum are long and

bright yellowin colour. The basal lobe of the pronotum is

much more produced, and the club of the antenna is black in

both sexes (it is red in the female of A. piceus) and has a

much shorter terminal joint in the male. In the female the

last joint is smaller than either of the two preceding it.

Altagenus birmanicus, sp. n.

Niger, sed flavo-pubescens, pedibus antennisque rufis; elongato-

ovalis, parum convexus, antennarum Clava triarticulata, articulis

subequalibus, maris laxius connexis.

Long. 2-3°5 mm.

Hab. Upper Burma (Gray); Tharrawaddy (G. Q.

Corbett).

Presented by Mr. H. E. Andrewes.

This closely resembles the widely distributed A. piceus, —

Oliv., but is smaller on the whole, and the hair with which —

it is clothed is pale yellow both above and beneath. The

posterior lobe of the pronotum is much stronger and the

scutellum therefore less exposed. The club of the antenna is

quite different, the three joints composing it being nearly

equal in both sexes and much more loosely articulated in the

male, in which the two basal ones are a little longer than

nose

ad Tae ee

Coleopterous Family Dermestida. 429

wide and the last not quite twice as long as wide. In the

female the basal joint is as long as wide, the middle one

transverse, and the last half as long again as it is wide.

The male is much smaller than the female.

Genus TROGODERMA.

Trogoderma inclusum, Lec., is apparently the common

European 7. versicolor, Creutz., a cosmopolitan insect, al-

though not recognized as such in the catalogues. It is

evidently carried about by commerce, specimens in the British

Museum having been found in rice and wheat in India,

The descriptions of Trogoderma (Eurhopalus) rubiginosus

and variegatus of Solier (Gay’s ‘ Historia di Chile,’ iv. p. 373)

are transposed, as comparison with the figures shows.

T. variipes, Blackb. (T. R. Soc. 8. Austr. xii. 1892, p. 208),

is omitted from the catalogue. The name variipes, Casey, is

a duplicate, and that of

Trogoderma caseyi (nom, nov.)

may be substituted for it.

Trogoderma consors, sp. n.

Atrum, antennis pedibus elytrorumque apicibus rufescentibus,

elongato-ovale, undique qualiter griseo-pubescens, pronoto

fortiter annulato-punctato, subnitido, basi medio breviter et late

lobato, utrinque oblique suleato; scutello sat magno; elytris

dense granuloso-rugosis, apicibus separatim rotundatis, anten-

narum clava 5-articulata, serrata.

Long. 3-3°5 mm.

Hab. N.W. AustTraia: Bathurst I.

The extremities of the elytra are separately rounded, as in

_ T. occidentale, Blackb., but it is more elongate, less densely

granulated and opaque, the pronotum less pointed behind,

and the visible scutellum larger. It more resembles 7.

eyrense, Blackb., but the apices of the elytra are not rounded

in that species and the club of the antenna is narrower. The

oblique sede extending from each side of the base of the

pronotum are scarcely visible in either of Blackburn’s species.

Trogoderma pectin:fer, sp. n.

_ Nigrum, opacum, undique griseo-setosum, pedibus, elytrorum apici-

bus, antennisque rufis; ovatum, modice convexum, capite pro-

notoque densissime punctato-rugosis, hoc valde convexo, lateribus

430 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

regulariter arcuatis, paulo explanatis,. basi fortiter et angulatim

lobato ; elytris grosse et crebre granulatis, apice separatim rotun-

datis; antennis (¢ ) longe pectinatis.

Long. 4°5 mm.

Hab. New 8S. Wates: Baan Baa (G. EZ. Bryant, Oct.

1908).

A unique example presented to the Museum by Mr. Bryant.

As in the species last described, the elytra are rounded at

the end and do not quite cover the abdomen, but they are

more uniformly granulated and opaque, and only the extre-

mities are red. The pronotum also is much more densely

sculptured than in 7. consors, and its posterior lobe is more

pointed. The antenne of the male (the female is unknown)

are strongly pectinated, the basal joint alone being bead-like

and black, the succeeding joints red and more or less pro-

duced, and the terminal one flat and oval.

Trogoderma frater, sp. Nn.

Nigrum, sat nitidum, tarsis antennarumque stipite rufis; ovatum,

parum convexum, erecte setosum, pronoti medio minutissime

punctulato, nitidissimo, lateribus punctato-rugosis, elytris fortiter

punctatis et rugulosis, haud abbreviatis ; antennarum clava (¢)

serrata, sex-articulata.

Long. 3°5 mm.

flab. New 8. WAtEs: Illawarra (G. £. Bryant); Vic-

toria (Edwards).

‘bis is closely similar to 7’. difficile, Blackb., but the pro-

notum is much more finely and scantily punctured in the

middle, and the posterior lobe is broader and more regularly

rounded. The antenne are quite different to those of Black-

burn’s type, but the latter is probably a female, not a

male as Blackburn believed. In 7. frater the first two joints

are globular and dark-coloured, the next three very small,

short, and red, the sixth red and a little produced anteriorly,

the remaining five large and dark, the seventh to tenth

strongly produced, ‘The whole upper surface of the body is

clothed with stiff setae and rather rugulose except in the

middle of the pronotum, which is very shining. Blackburn

has described the sete as black and grey in 7. difficile, but I

believe this is an illusion, the apparent colour changing

according to the incidence of the light.

: ORNs ictiert gece meas

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 431

Trogoderma tricolor, sp. n.

Ovale, parum elongatum, nigrum, vix nitidum, elytrorum apicibus

lete rufis; crebre punctatum, minute griseo-setosum, pronoti

lateribus et lobo postico elytrorumque fasciis tribus, plerumque

late interruptis, albo-squamosis, pedibus antennisque rufis, illis

longis, his sat brevibus, clava triarticulata, ovali, articulis duobus

penultimis brevissimis.

Long. 3 mm.

Hab, Arnasta: Yemen (Jfillingen).

This interesting species is very different from any other

known to me, ‘The white spots are composed of long pointed

scales, not fitted together edge to edge as in Anthrenus, but

free at the end and massed in thick loose clusters. he legs

are long and not capable of being closely folded up as in that

genus, and although there are cavities in the episterna for the

reception of the antennz they are not very sharply defined

and coincident with the antenne. The club of the Jatter is

broadly oval and flat, consisting of three transverse joints,

the last of which is not quite twice as long as the other two,

which are very short. Ina series of seven specimens, which

I believe to include both sexes, I can see no perceptible

difference in the antenne.

Trogoderma eximium, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovale, nigrum, sat crebre et equaliter (elytris paulo fortius)

punctatum, ubique griseo-pubescens, vix nitidum, elytris macula

post-humerali aliaque apicali utrinque ornatis; corpore supra

etiam maculis 11 albo-setosis (pronoti duabus lateralibus unaque

basali, elytrorum 4 antemedianis et 4 postmedianis transversim

positis) ; pedibus antennarumque stipite rufis, harum claya ( ¢ )

elongata, 3-articulata, articulo ultimo ad duos precedentes longi-

tudine fere equali.

Long. 3 mm.

flab. Ruopesta: Salisbury, Umtali.

Three specimens were taken by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall

and presented by him to the British Museum,

The species resembles 7. tricolor, but it is larger and more

oblong in shape, and the white spots, of which there are only

two ranges instead of three upon the elytra, are formed of

fine hairs, and not of scales. ‘I'liere are also two conspicuous

red patches upon each elytron, tlie first transverse and placed

behind the shoulder, the other nearly round and occupying

432 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

the apical angle, not quite reaching the margins. The an-

tenna is short, but the club is relatively large (about two and

a half times as long as it is wide), with the first two joints

transverse and the last rather longer than it is wide. The

legs are slender and the front tibizw very spinose externally.

Trogoderma rufopictum, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovale, nigrum, equaliter haud dense punctatum et sat

longe brunneo-setosum, paulo nitidum, elytris macula humerali

obliqua, ab marginem externam fere ad suturam extensa aliaque

anteapicali integra fere recta ornatis, abdomine, pedibus anten-

nisque rufis, his longis, gracilibus, clava 5-articulata, monilata,

articulo ultimo quam pracedenti duplo longiori.

Long. 3 mm.

Hab. NATAL: Frere.

Three specimens found in flowers by Mr. G. A. K. Mar-

shall have been presented by him to the British Museum.

T, rufopictum is similar in size, shape, and general appear-

ance to 7. eximium, but is without the pattern formed of

clustered. white hairs. The clothing is uniform, rather long,

but not close. The hairs are reddish upon the red elytral

patches and darker elsewhere. The antennz are very

different from those of the preceding species, being entirely

red, slender, and loosely articulated. ‘The joints composing

the club are of a different texture to the rest, but little

differentiated in size, although gradually enlarging towards

the extremity.

Trogoderma nitens, sp. n.

Nigrum, elytris pone humeros late et recte rufo-fasciatis, fascia ad

suturam breviter interrupta, apicibusque rufis; sat late ovale,

supra nitidum, sparsim erecte setosum, capite grosse et rugose

punctato, pronoto parce, lateribus autem crebre et rugose, punc-

tato, postice haud fortiter lobato, utrinque profunde oblique

impresso; elytris undique parce punctatis; antennarum clava

6-articulata, paulo serrata, parte basali et tarsis rufis.

Long. 3 mm.

Hab. 8. Brazit: Sta. Catharina.

This appears to have the same coloration as 7. pectinicornts,

Reitt., but it is smaller and, instead of being densely punc-

tured, is unusually smooth and shining, with only a very

scanty sprinkling of punctures and fine sete upon the pro-

notum and elytra. It is oval, not long, and black, with a

large bright orange-red patch behind each shoulder, reaching

Renninnines bickckeeatn

GA, alee?

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 433

the lateral margin but not quite extending to the suture, and

another nearly round terminal patch leaving only the

extreme apex black.

Genus Psacus.

This genus, formed by Pascoe for an Australian insect and

placed by him in the Rhipiceridew, in reality belongs to the

Dermestide, being a highly developed form related to T'rogo-

derma. The antennz, in the male especially, have attained

an extraordinary development, and the sides of the prothorax

in that sex are much dilated, to form a large cavity beneath

for the reception of the great fan-like club. This and the

large size of the female give the two sexes a strikingly

different aspect. The possession of a frontal ocellus, over-

looked by Pascoe, and many other features leave no doubt as

to the true affinities of the insect. T'rogoderma serriger,

Sharp, from New Zealand, is a nearly related species,

Genus CTEsIAS.

The name Tiresias was substituted for Ctes‘as by Newman,

on the ground that the latter name had been previously used

by Hiibner ; but Hiibner’s genus is Chesias, so that Tiresias

is redundant.

The South-African species here described has little super-

ficial resemblance to the only hitherto known species, C. serra,

F., but the form of the antenna, the only really distinctive

feature of the genus, is practically identical, and, as there

seems to be no structural difference of any importance, I put

the two insects together. . If, as is possible, the identity

in the structure of the antenne is only the result of parallel

development, then the genus Ctesias ceases to have any

justification, and both insects must be regarded as only

uberrant species of Zrogoderma.

Clesias variegata, sp. n.

Nigra, elytris hic illic obscure rufo-variegatis, corpore subtus ubique,

supra maculatim, albido-setoso; late ovata, crebre punctata,

oculis magnis, prope antennas profunde emarginatis, pronoto lato,

postice fortiter lobato, lobo rotundato ; elytrorum apicibus sepa-

ratim rotundatis ; antennis tarsisque rufis, harum clava magna,

8-articulata, articulis antice valde lobatis, funiculo brevissimo.

Long. 3°5 mm.

Hab, Ruopesia. Salisbury.

434 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

A single male specimen was found by Mr. G. A. K.

Marshall. .

It is broadly oval, strongly punctured, opaque, and pubes-

cent. Its upper surface. is sprinkled with white spots,

formed of clusters of white decumbent set, situated at the

margins of the pronotum, upon the posterior lobe, the basal

margin of the elytra, three other transverse ranges, and the

apical angles. The antenna of the male scarcely differs from

that of C. serra, except that the last joint is more deeply

emarginate at tlle end, becoming slightly bilobed.

Genus THAUMAGLOSSA.

Anthrenus ovalis, F leut., is evidently the common Zhawma-

glossa rufocapillata, Redt.

Thaumaglossa rufocincta, sp. n.

Nigra, antennis, pedibus, abdomine, fasciaque elytrorum lata, medio

nonnunquam interrupta, extus dilatata et ad humeros producta,

rufis; corpore supra et subtus sat eequaliter pubescenti, capitis et

prothoracis pilis flavis, fascize rufescentibus ; pronoto haud lato,

subtiliter sat parce punctato, elytris fortius et densius.

Long. 3-4 mm.

Hab. Ruopesta: Salisbury.

Both sexes were taken by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, by

whom they have been presented to the British Museum.

They were found flying in the sun and also beaten out of a

tree (Zizyphus).

It is a very distinct species, with a transverse red band

upon the elytra, such as reappears so frequently in the diffe-

rent genera of Dermestide. ‘This band broadens from the

suture to the sides, where it reaches the shoulders, the front

margin being oblique, while the hind margin is almost

straight. The upper surface of the body is less closely punc-

tured than it is in the common 7’ rufocapillata, and the shape

is less broad. ‘The large terminal joint of the antenna of the

male is shorter, being little longer trom base to apex than its

width at the base, and the eight joints forming the foot stalk

are very short, the last four gradually dilating to the point

of attachment beneath the club. In the female the last joint

is nearly spherical, the three preceding ones progressively

enlarged, and the penultimate rather rectangular.

Thaumaglossa oothecobia, sp. n.

Nigra, pygidio, vel abdomine toto, antennis, tarsis elytrorumquo

{

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 435

fascia transversa, extus haud vel parum dilatata, horum apicilus

etiam nonnunquam, rufis; capite, pronoto elytrorumque basi sat

longe et dense griseo-setosis,

Long. 2°5-3 mm.

Hab. S. Nigerta: Ibadan.

About fifty specimens of this insect, now distributed be-

tween the British Museum and the Hope Collection at Oxford,

were bred by Dr. W. A. Lamborn from the egg-cluster of a

Mantis, emerging from it at various dates in Sais 1913.

It greatly resembles 7. rufocincta, but is a little smaller,

with relatively wider prothorax, rather more abruptly trun-

cated scutellum and distinctly shorter elytra. The median

red band does not noticeably dilate towards the sides, but is

of approximately equal width throughout. The longer and

paler hairs of the head and pronotum extend also to the base

of the elytra, where they form a conspicuous transverse band.

In a few specimens more or less large red patches occur upon

the apices of the elytra, and these may even become united

with the median band. The club of the antenna of the male

is practically the same as in 7’. rufocincta,

Thaumaglossa leta, sp. n.

Nigra, antennis, pedibus, abdomine, elytrorumque fascia lata trans-

versa, rufis; corpore supra et subtus sat «qualiter pubescenti,

capitis et prothoracis capillis flavis, fasci# rufescentibus ; pro-

noto haud lato, cum elytris fortiter confertim punctatis, lateribus

densius, lobo postico valido, truncato,

Long. 3 mm.

Hab. 8. Cutxa: Hongkong.

A single specimen was taken by Commander J. J. Walker

in 1892. It isa female, with the circular terminal joint of

the antenna larger than in the same sex of either of the two

preceding species. ‘The coloration is the same, but the

median red band is narrowed at the outer edge. ‘The elytra

are strongly and closely punctured, the disc of the pronotum

strongly but less closely, and the sides very densely. The

posterior lobe is broadly truncated at the end.

. Thaumaglossa sex-maculata, sp. n.

Nigra, antennis, pedibusque flavidis, maculisque elytrorum sex late

flavyis, subequalibus, duo utrinque ante medium transverse positis

unaque post medium; late ovata, sat dense pallido-pubescens,

pronoto minute sat crebre, elytris fere rugose punctatis, his

postice separatim rotundatis ; antennarum articulo ultimo (maris)

magno, brevissime cordiformi.

Long. 2 mm.

436 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Hab. Ruopesia: Untali.

A single male was found by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall in

October 1897.

It is a minute species, showing an approximation to the

genus Orphinus. It is rather broadly oval, with close,

nearly erect pubescence. Hach elytron has three large bright

yellow spots, one at the outer edge behind the shoulder, one

transversely in line with it near the suture, and the third

exactly in line with the second towards the apex. The last

joint of the antenna (in the male) is extremely short and very

teebly pointed at the end.

Thaumaglossa ovalis, sp. n.

Nigra, antennis, pedibus abdomineque pallide flavis; sat dense

griseo-hirta, elytrorum fascia antica, intra~humerali, maculaque

utrinaue rotundata, postica, fere denudatis ; corpore regulariter

ovato, convexo, sat nitido, subtiliter punctato, elytris haud abbre-

viatis, postice attenuatis, abdomen toto obtegentibus,

Long. 2-2°5 mm.

Hab. CHINA (J. Bowring).

‘his species differs entirely from all the others in its regu-

larly oval convex shape and tapering elytra, which completely

cover the abdomen. It is lightly punctured and rather

shining, with grey pubescence, which leaves bare a transverse

strip at the shoulders and a round posterior patch on each

elytron. The terminal joint of the antenna in the male is

about three times as long as its greatest width.

Thaumaglossa nitidula, sp. n.

Rufo-brunnea, paulo nitida, setis oblique erectis, flavidis et fuscis,

subseriatim ordinatis, sat parce vestita; late ovalis, ubique minute

haud dense punctata ; pronoto lato, postice lobato et truncato;

elytris haud abbreviatis, apicibus minute rotundatis.

Long. 2:5 mm.

Hal, MALAY PENINSULA: Perak. S1Am: Renong.

A male specimen was found in each of the above-mentioned

localities by Doherty.

No other species of the genus can be compared with this,

which is peculiar in its lightly punctured shining surface and

the uniformly scattered erect setee upon its upper surface.

Jt is smal] and rather broadly oval in shape and red-brown in

colour. ‘he posterior lobe of the pronotum is truncated, and

the extremities of the elytra are very minutely rounded and

practically cover the abdomen. ‘The terminal joint of the

_ S22. — = CC —“—~;3<CCté;

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 437

antenna of the male is short and heart-shaped, a little more

ointed than in 7. rufocincta and oothecobia, but less so than

in 7’. rufocapillata and hilleri,

Genus ORPHINUS.

The genus Orphinus of Motschulsky, quite wrongly placed

with Orphi/us in Dalla Torre’s Catalogue, is really a large

and important one, of which a number of species have been

described under the name of Cryptorrhopalum, while many

more remain undescribed, Reitter has stated that the typical

species, OU. hemorrhoidalis, Motsch., belongs to Cryptor-

rhopalum, and has changed its name to C. motschulskyi ; but

in 1908 (Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypte, i. p. 45) he described a

so-called new genus (4thriosia), the characters of which are

precisely those of Orphinus. He placed in it only a single

species (globulicornis) from Egypt, and omitted to note that

many others, including several previously described by him-

self, are congeneric with it. As already stated by Sharp

(Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleopt. ii. 1, p. 652), Cryptorrhopalum

is really a well-marked American genus, and the various

Oriental and Australian insects which have been referred to

it have none of them its essential feature, viz., an antennal

club composed of two large, nearly equal joints. The chief

diagnostic character of Orph/nus, as given by Motschulsky,

is a “club compused of two very unequal joints, the last

circular.” The statement that the autenna is 9-jointed is

probably due to Motschulsky wrongly counting the minute

joints preceding the club, as the number is eleven in the

species known to me, The last joint is flat and circular,

very large in the male, with the preceding joint relatively

small and connate with it. In the female the penultimate

joint is larger and tie last smaller. In some, if not all,

of the species the last ventral segment is broadly depressed in

the male and the hind margin produced into a sharp spine on

each side of the depression. ‘lhe mesosternum is broad and

completely divided by a channel, which receives the spinose

prosternal process.

Sharp and Blackburn did not know the genus Orphinus, or

they would certainly have placed in it the Old-World insects

they have provisionally called Cryptorrhopalum. Until

other genera are created, it will probably be most natural to

transfer to it all the non-American insects now unnaturally

associated with Cryptorrhopalum. The following may be

regarded as typical species of Orphinus :—O. hemorrhoidalis

and pedestris, Motsch., Jrogoderma defectum, Walker,

438 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

ASthriosia globulicornis, Reitt., and Cryptorrhopalum affine,

Reitt., bifewum, Reitt., terminale, Sharp, brevicorne, Sharp,

australicum, Blackb., guornense, Blackb., and woodvillense,

Blackb. A comparison of Blackburn’s types and a series of

other specimens has led me to the conclusion that Cryptor-

rhopalum eucalypti, Blackb., is only a rather pale specimen

of the last species, Orphinus woodvillensis.

A few new species are added here :—

Orphinus aethiops, sp. n.

Niger, antennis pedibusque flavis, ubique parce punctatus et pallide

pubescens, punctis minutis; ovatus, parum convexus, oculis

magnis, grosse granulatis, antennarum articulo ultimo (maris)

magno, discoidali ; pronoto lato, brevi, lateraliter bene marginato,

postice valde et late lobato ; elytrorum apicibus minute rotun-

datis.

Long. 2°3 mm,

Hab. ANGOLA: Forest Country, 1000-2000 ft. alt.

(Dr. Welwitsch). Mauritius (J. 2. M. Brown).

There are two specimens in our collection from Angola and

a good series from Mauritius. Unless in one case they have

been accidentally introduced, the species must be supposed to

have a very wide distribution.

It is uniformly black, with pale legs and antenne and a

thin and evenly distributed clothing of greyish hairs above

and beneath. The upper surface is rather shining, the

punctures being minute and scattered. The eyes are large,

prominent, and coarsely facetted, and separated by a dis-

tance less than twice their diameter. The pronotum is

short, little narrowed in front, and sharply margined at

the sides, with a strong, broadly rounded, posterior lobe.

The last jot of the antenna of the male is flat, circular,

and very large.

Orphinus japonicus, sp. n.

Niger, sat nitidus, parce griseo-setosus, macula rufa utrinque obliqua

post humeros sita, antennis pedibusque lite rufis ; ovatus, modice

conyexus, capite pronotoque Jevibus, parum setosis, hujus mar-

ginibus lateralibus prominentibus paulo explanatis, lobo postico

late rotundato, utrinque oblique impresso; elytris crebre punc-

tatis, breviter sequaliter setosis,

Long. 2°5 mm.

Hab. JAPAN: Fukushima, Shinkano (G@. Lewis, July 1881);

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 439

Mimasaka (J. 2. A. Lewis, July 1913). The Museum con-

tains a specimen from each locality, two of them males.

It is black and shining, with the legs and antennae yellow,

and a bright red oblique patch upon each elytron behind the

shoulder. It is rather broadly oval in shape, the pronotum

rather smooth and shining, broadly lobed behind, with the

lateral margins, especially in the male, slightly flattened and

the elytra finely and closely punctured, with fine and even,

but not close, pubescence. The last joint of the antenna of

the male is very large and circular, that of the female similar

but less than half the diameter.

Orphinus jucundus, sp. n.

Niger, profunde, modice crebre, punctatus, sat longe et «equaliter

flavo-pubescens, antennis pedibusque rufescentibus, subnitidus,

elytrorum macula transversa antemediana, ad suturam vix attin-

genti, apicibusque lete rufis; oblongo-ovalis, prothorace trans-

verso, lobo brevi, lato, rotundato.

Long. 2-2°75 mm.

Hab. BomBay: Belgaum.

A series was collected by Mr. H. E. Andrewes, who found

large quantities by sweeping grass just after the rains (Nov-

ember and December). It was also found in March and

April. The species was also taken in Bombay many years

ago by the late Dr. Leith. It occurred in Belgaum in

company with O. biflecus, Reitt. It is larger, more oblong,

and less convex than that species, the thoracic lobe is shorter

and less pointed, the punctures of the pronotum and elytra

larger and more distinct, and the pubescence of the former

asker. The anterior red band of the elytra is interrupted

at the suture and not continuous as in O. dbiflexus. The

terminal joint of the antenna of the male is very large and

nearly circular, but slightly pointed at the end, and the

penultimate joint is small. The last ventral segment in the

same sex is broadly depressed and the hind margin bears a

sharp spine on each side of the depression.

Orphinus nilgirensis, sp. n.

Niger, ovatus, valde convexus, fortiter punctatus, breviter flavo-

pubescens, pronoti lateribus, elytrorum fascia transversa ante-

mediana recta parteque tertia apicali longius et densius pubes-

centibus, his partibus nonnunquam rufis, pronoto antice valde

arcuato, postice lobo brevi, lato, rotundato predito.

Long. 2-25 mm.

Hab. 8. Ixvta: Nilgiri Hills.

440 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Numerous specimens of this were taken by Mr. H. L.

Andrewes by sweeping in the Auchterlony Valley (3500-

5000 ft.) in December, also by beating round small patches

of jungle in hollows of open downs at Naduvatum (6000-

6500 ft.). It is very like O. jucundus, but smaller, more

oval, and more convex. The pattern and arrangement of the

pubescence are the same, but the hairs are shorter and less

uniform and lie closer together, the posthumeral band and

apical patch of light hairs are more sharply defined, and the

hairs occupying the remaining surface of the elytra much

shorter and darker. The antenne are light red, the last joint

very large, flat, and completely circular in the male, and the

preceding joint very small. In the female the penultimate

joint is nearly half the diameter of the last. The last visible

(fifth) ventral segment of the male is broadly depressed, and

the hind margin armed with a spine on each side of the

depression.

Orphinus minor, sp. n.

Fusco-niger, antennis pedibusque rufescentibus; ovatus, convexus,

griseo-pubescens, supra undique profunde sat grosse et crebre

punctatus, pronoti lobo postico brevi, rotundato.

Long. 2 mm.

Hab. BomBay: Belgaum.

A number of specimens were taken by Mr. H. E. Andrewes,

by whom it has been presented to the British Museum,

together with the two preceding species. It was found in

company with O. jucundus in sweeping grass at the end of

the rains (November and December), but not nearly so plenti-

fully as the other species.

It is like O. affinis, Reitt., without spots or bands of

pigment or pubescence, and also. without the reddish extre-

mities of the elytra of that species. It is also smaller, less

elongate, and more convex, with the prothorax relatively

much Jonger and more rounded in front. The posterior lobe

is shorter and more broadly rounded. The puncturation and

clothing are almost exactly as in O. affinis.

Orphinus tabitha, sp. n.

Totus niger, sat nitidus, tarsis antennisque solum piceis; breviter

ovatus, valde convexus, haud longe griseo-pubescens, prothoracis

lateribus, fasciis elytrorum tribus transversis suturaque anguste

pilis longioribus et densioribus ornatis, fascia prima basali, secunda

antemediana tertiaque anteapicali, corpore supra profunde sat

crebre punctato, pronoto postice valde lobato,

Long. 2°5-3 mm.

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 441

Hab, Ceyton: Kandy, Dikoya, 3800-4200 ft. (December

1881 to February 1882).

Five specimens collected by Mr. George Lewis seem to be

all males. The terminal joint of the antenna is slightly ovate

and not very large. The last visible (fifth) ventral segment

has on each side of its posterior margin two sharp spines

placed not far apart.

It isa black species, with the sides of the pronotum clothed

with long and close grey hair, and three transverse nearly

straight bands of similar hairs common to both elytra—the

first band at the base, the second before and the third behind

the middle, The middle band is nearer to the first than the

ve The legs are black and the tarsi and antenne alone

rea.

Orphinus funestus, sp. n.

Niger, antennis tarsisque flavidis ; convexus, sat late ovatus, dorso

subtiliter, extus crebre et rugose, punctulatus, undique haud

dense griseo-setosus ; pronoti lobo postico valido sat angusto,

Long. 2 mm.

Hab, Ceyton: Dikoya, 3800-4200 ft. (Dec. 1881, Jan.

1882).

Two specimens were found by Mr. G. Lewis, one of each

sex.

This is another small black species, with a close general

resemblance to O. athiops. It is more convex and globular,

finely but more closely and rugosely punctured. The lobe of

the pronotum is stronger, rather narrow, and more rounded

at the end. ‘The antennz are longer and the terminal joint

of the male is smaller, but completely round. That of the

female differs only in size.

Orphinus minimus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, subtiliter haud dense griseo-setosus, pronoto elytro-

rumque fasciis tribus integris fere rectis (prima marginali)

capillis albidis longioribus sat sparsis ornatis, tarsis antennisque

flavescentibus ; parvus, ovatus, valde convexus, pronoto postice

fortiter lobato, lobo fere truncato,

Long. 1:5 mm.

Hab. N.W. AvustratiaA: Roebuck Bay, Baudin Point,

Parry I., Baudin I.

One specimen was taken in each locality by Commander

J. J. Walker.

It is a very small species resembling O. qguornensis, Blackb.,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 30

442 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

but smaller, more regularly ovate, much more sparingly

punctured and shining. The clothing is also much less close

and the three transverse elytral bands are nearly straight and

less defined, being composed of rather long but not numerous

white hairs.

Genus HyPpoceuTHES.

This genus was formed by Gerstaecker for a single African

species (/. aterrimus), but no generic characters of any value

are attributed to it. It may be a denuded Anthrenus or

possibly an Orphinus.

Genus CRYPTORRHOPALUM.

C. 7-signatum, Sharp, was figured (but apparently not

described) by Lacordairé as C. flavopictum (Genera Col.,

Atlas, pl. xxiii. fig. 1).

The following species of the genus I believe to be new :—

Cryptorrhopalum eximium, sp. n.

Nigrum, pedibus fusco-rufis, ubique minute punctatum et sericeo-

hirtum, capite pronotoque nitidis, elytris dense punctatis et

vestitis, opacis, singulo maculis duobus magnis, flavis, rotundis

ornato; breviter ovatum, parum convexum, clavya antennali sat

magna, brevi, rufa, articulis subsqualibus.

Long. 3 mm.

fab. Brazit: Para,

A single specimen in the British Museum (from the Fry

collection) was found by Mr. H. H. Smith.

It is a beautifully marked species, black, with a large

round yellow patch at the base of each elytron, just reaching

the anterior margin, and another of the same size and

shape near the extremity, but not reaching the margins,

The head and pronotum are shining, very finely but not

closely punctured and pubescent, and the elytra are very

densely punctured and clothed and entirely opaque.

Cryptorrhopalum felis, sp. n.

Fuscum, griseo-vestitum, pedibus rufis ; ovale, subglobosum, undique

crebre punctatum et sat longe capillatum, pronoto, elytrorumque

basi, medio et apicibus capillis longioribus et densioribus vestitis,

pronoti lobo postico truncato, bipenicillato, clava antennali sub-

orbiculari, articulo ultimo quam primo paulo minori.

Long. 2-3 mm.

Hab, S. Brazit: Rio de Janeiro (A. Fry), Bahia (Reed).

Coleopterous Family Dermestidie. 443

This is a very convex, subglobular insect, densely sculp-

tured and clothed above with rather long and coarse ashy-

grey hair. The clothing is long and shaggy upon the pro-

notum, and its posterior lobe, which is truncated, has two

backward-pointing brushes or tufts. Upon the elytra the

hairs are longer and closer at the front margin, the apex, and

the middle. At the latter part they form a transverse bar,

widest at the suture, and tapering at each end without

reaching the sides,

Cryptorrhopalum scutellare, sp. n.

Rufum, equaliter minute punctatum et flavo-sericeum ; parvum,

breviter ovatum, convexum, pronoti lobo postico valido, recte

truncato ; scutello nudo, nitido, impunctato; antennarum clava

brevi, articulis duobus fere equalibus.

Long. 2 mm.

Hab. W. Invites: Mustique I. (Grenadines).

Two specimens were obtained by Mr. H. H. Smith.

A minute insect, regularly oval in shape and very convex,

closely and uniformly clothed with minute decumbent greyish

or yellowish-grey silky hairs, but with the scutellum free

from hair and punctures and very shining. The posterior

lobe of the pronotum is squarely truncated, and is also smooth

and shining at its extremity, and the hairs at its base are

divided, so as to present the appearance of two tufts.

ANTHRENOCERUS, gen. nov.

Corpus compactum, setosum, haud squamosum. Pedes graciles.

Prosternum antice productum ad capitis receptationem, postice

angustum, mesosternum toto bisectans, lateraliter profunde exca-

vatum ad antennarum receptationem. Antenne crassw, stipite

brevi, articulis valde transversis, compactis, clava 3-articulata,

magna, cylindrica, articulo primo et tertio longitudine fere ad

latitudinem «quali, secundo transverso,

Type, Anthrenus australis, Hope.

This genus is intermediate between Trogoderma and

Anthrenus, the antenne being of the short massive type

characterizing the latter, and the large, pomp three-jointed

club exactly fitting a deep sharply defined cavity provided

for it in the anterior half of the side of the prosternum. All

the joints fit very closely together, the foot-stalk is short, the

club long, abrupt, and of nearly equal width throughout.

The head fits closely against the prosternal plate, but is less

deeply sunk in the prothorax than in Anthrenus in the

444 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

position of rest, and the anterior legs are not closely fitted

together. The clothing consists of short sete and not broad

scales.

So far as is known, the genus is confined to Australia. It

includes the five species grouped by Blackburn (Trans. Roy.

Soc. 8. Austr. xxvii. 1903, p. 169) as “aberrant Cryptor-

rhopala” (C. australe, Hope, confertum, Reitt., variadile,

Reitt., guadrifasciatum, Blackb., and terzonatum, Blackb.).

The first, of which I have examined the type in the Oxford

Museum, I believe to be the species later described as

Trogodermariguum, Er, Two other species are added here :—

Anthrenocerus bicolor, sp. n.

Niger, elytris pedibusque ferrugineis, corpore supra fulyo-pubes-

centi, setis longioribus albidis variegato, subtus minute sat crebre

albo-vestito ; ovatus, pronoto brevi, subnitido, postice fortiter

lobato, lobo dense, marginibus anticis et lateralibus minus dense

albo-setosis ; elytris crebre punctatis, irregulariter quadrifasciatis,

fascia prima marginali, apicibusque albo-setosis.

Long. 2:5 mm.

Hab. N.W. Austratta: Adelaide R., Roebuck Bay (J. J.

Walker).

This has a close similarity to A. australis, Hope, but is

easily distinguished by its reddish elytra, in addition to which

the bands of white hairs are more irregular.

Anthrenocerus pulchellus, sp. n.

Ferrugineus, setis decumbentibus brevibus flavis et albis inter-

mixtis variegatus, corpore subtus nigro, subtiliter sat crebre

albo-vestito; anguste ovatus, convexus, prothorace antrorsum

valde angustato, postice fortiter lobato, lobo partibusque anticis

et lateralibus griseo-setosis ; elytris irregulariter trifasciatis, fascia

antice ad suturam late interrupta, ad basin producta, apicibus

etiam setosis.

Long. 2 mm.

Hab. N.W. AvustrauiA: Baudin Point, Baudin I.

This, as well as the last species, was taken by Commander

J. J. Walker. It is a smaller and narrower insect than

A, bicolor, and the clothing of the upper surface consists of

shorter and more close-lying, rather scaly hairs, yellow and

white mixed, disposed as in A, bicolor, but in rather larger

and better-defined patches.

CC ————

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 445

Genus ANTHRENUS.

Anthrenus varius, F., was described in Ent. Syst. i. p. 264.

The reference given in both Gemminger and Harold’s and

Dalla Torre’s Catalogues (Syst. Ent. p. 60) is to Byrrhus

varius, F., an entirely different insect, now known as

Cylilus sericeus, Forst.

A. vorax, Wat., is synonymous with A. fasciatus, Herbst,

which has a very wide range.

A. lepidus, Lee., and occidens, Casey, seem to me to be

varieties of the protean and almost universal species A. pim-

pinella, F.

Reitter’s type of A. subclaviger is apparently the female.

Besides specimens from his locality (Aden), we have speci-

mens from Calcutta (taken in the Museum compound). The

species has been sent also from the N.W. Himalayas (taken

in flowers of Castanea vesca) and the Punjab. In the males

the antenne are longer than in the females and the club

consists of two joints only instead of three.

Anthrenus (subgen. Florilinus) sinensis, sp. n.

Brunneus, squamis breviter triangularibus vestitus, ventralibus

griseis, dorsalibus brunneis et griseis, pronoti basi ab his toto

tecto, elytrorum fasciis duabus fere rectis maculaque apicali,

antennis 7-articulatis, clava solida, gracili, maris quam articulis

precedentibus multo longiori.

Long. 2°5-3 mm.

Hab. N. Curxa: Tientsin (F. M. Thomson).

A long series of specimens received from Mr. Thomson

show constant differences from A. musworum, L., to which it

is exceedingly close. It is rather narrower in shape and the

average size is a little smaller. The scales are of the same

short triangular form, but a little longer in A. sinensis, and

those forming the background are not black but a dull brown,

The pale patches of scales at the sides of the pronotum,

which are separated in A. museworum by a well-marked

interval, unite in A, s‘amensis upon the basal lobe, and the

fascie of the elytra are less irregular in outline. The

antenna consists of seven joints, the first two globular,

followed in the male by four equal minute transverse joints

and a slender fusiform solid club considerably longer than all

the rest together; in the female, by two smali but slightly

elongate joints, two progressively longer, dilating towards

the extremity, and a club-joint about as long as the three

preceding ones together.

446 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Anthrenus subsetosus, sp. 0.

Brunneus, corpore subtus nigro, pedibus antennisque rufis, subtus

griseo-, supra flavo-squamoso, hie squamis rufis et fuscis variegato,

squamis longissimis ; pronoti angulis posticis, lobo postico annula-

que discali pallido-squamosis, squamis reliquis obscuris; elytrorum

fascia communi post-humerali annulaque subapicali utrinque

pallide squamosis ; corpore late ovato, prothorace haud lato,

antice paulo producto ; antennis 11-articulatis, clava 3-articulata,

Long. 3 mm.

Hab, UPPER Burma (Gray).

This closely resembles A. verbasci, L., but is rather more

elongate and has much longer and narrower scales, those

upon the pronotum being scarcely distinguishable from hairs.

The lower surface is black, not very densely clothed with fine

white sete, and the upper surface brown, with its scales

varying from pale yellow to dark brown, but with every

gradation, the pattern resulting being therefore without

strong contrasts. The scales, moreover, are not closely fitted

together aud immovable, but form a rather loose shaggy

clothing.

A series of specimens were received by Mr. H. HE. An-

drewes, by whom several have been presented to the British

Museum.

Anthrenus seminulum, sp. n.

Globosus, brevissimus, fuscus, squamis magnis latis dense vestitus,

inferis albidis, superis fulvis albidis et brunneis, elytrorum

macula magna subrotundata, postica fusca, a medio fere ad

apicem extensa; antennis brevissimis, 11-articulatis, clava

3-articulata, breviter pyriformi, articulo ultimo maximo.

Long. 2°5 mm.

Hab. S. RHODESIA: Salisbury.

Two specimens of this very distinct species were found by

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall in August 1900. ‘I believe them to

be male and female, the antennal club of one being slightly

larger than that of the other. It is a very short, broad, and

globular insect, covered with large nearly round scales, which

are whitish beneath the body and at the sides of the pro-

notum, various shades of yellow and brown intermixed upon

the general surface, with a large nearly round patch of dark

brown scales upon the posterior half of the elytra. The

pronotum is short, evenly convex, and furnished with a

strong, pointed, triangular lobe behind, entirely covering the

scutellum. The elytra are slightly flattened upon the dark

TNE) Vente eye:

Pe).

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 447

ewig? area, and each has a rather sharp prominence just

efore the apex. ‘lhe antennw are exceedingly short and

closely articulated, with a three-jointed pear-shaped club,

of which the first joint is small, the second rather large, and

the last very large, forming more than half the club.

Anthrenus globiger, sp. n.

Rotundus, toto niger, dense punctatus et squamosus, squamis inferis

albis, superis nigris, pronoti lateribus, maculisque elytrorum

punctiformibus 15 circiter albis; antennis brevissimis, 8-articu-

latis, articulo ultimo magno, hemispherico.

Long. 2°5 mm.

Hab, India: Calcutta.

Two specimens in the British Museum formed part of the

Bowring Collection. One of them is labelled ‘ India”? and

the other (perhaps wrongly) “China.” A specimen in the

Caleutta Museum was found by Mr. F. H. Gravely upon

the Museum premises.

The sharply defined black and white scaling is very

distinctive, and, judging from the identical aspect of the

three specimens before me (taken at an interval of more than

half a century), the species is not subject to the extreme

variability prevailing in other Anthrend,

The sides of the pronotum are broadly white, the white

scales extending a short distance round the base. Upon the

black median area there is a central white spot, two upon the

posterior lobe, and several at the front margin. Upon the

elytra there is a common white spot just behind the thoracic

lobe, and upon each a small anterior spot near the lobe, one

behind the shoulder, two at the outer margin behind the

middle, and two near the sutural margin behind the middle,

The antennz are very short, consisting of eight joints, all

but the terminal one transverse, and this circular in shape,

with its diameter not quite as long as the foot-stalk, and hemi-

spherical in shape, with its convex face beneath and the flat

upper surface alone exposed in the retracted position.

Anthrenus megalops, sp. n.

Elongatus, flavus, nitidus, squamis breviter triangularibus brunneis,

fulvis et albis tectus, pronoti lateribus elytrorumgue plagis vagis

tribus albis, prima antemediana, aliis postmedianis, antennis

9-articulatis, clava biarticulata, articulo ultimo quam tribus

precedentibus paulo longiori,

Long. 3°5 mm.

Hab. Abyssinia (A. Raffray).

448 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

This and the follewing species are of an elongate form

quite peculiar in the genus, the length of the elytra being

twice their conjoint width. A. megalops is yellow in colour

and clothed with short, moderately large scales, abruptly

truncated at their free end. They are chiefly buff-coloured,

with three ill-defined transverse patches of white scales, the

first before the middle and widely separated from the other

two, which are considerably behind the middle. Amongst

the lighter scales, and especially between the two posterior

white bands and before the apex, there are scales of a dark

brown colour. The antenna is composed of nine joints, the

first two globular, the third similar but minute, the fourth

and fifth slightly elongate, the sixth like the third, the

seventh larger, short, and flattened, the eighth transverse and

closely articulated to the terminal joint, which is rather longer

than the three preceding together.

Anthrenus longus, sp. n.

Rufo-brunneus, supra opacus, elongatus, dense punctatus, squamis

breviter ovatis, magnis sat dense tectus, squamis plerumque

brunneis sed pronoti lateribus, elytrorum macula angulata

post-scutellari, fascia transversa postmediana apicibusque pallidis ;

antennis 9-articulatis, clava uniarticulata, pyriformi, longitudine

ad sex pracedentes conjunctim quali.

Long. 4:5 mm.; lat. max. 2 mm.

Hab. E. Socotra: Homhil, 1500-3000 ft. (W. BR. Ogilete-

Grant).

This has the same elongate shape as the last, but is rather

larger. ‘The pattern is similar but the colour darker and the

upper surface is not shining, being closely covered with

large shallow pits, from which the scales arise. The latter

are larger and nearly round. The eyes are not large and are

separated by a space equal to their combined diameters, and

the ocellus is small but prominent. The antennz consist of

nine joints, the first two globular, the third slightly elongate,

the fourth to eighth minute, round and similar, and the ninth

pear-shaped and equal in length to the six preceding.

Anthrenus frater, sp. n.

Oblongus, niger, squamis minutis angustis setiformibus nigris et

albis dense tectus, pronoto subrectangulari, lateribus paulo

explanatis, antice transversim elevato; antennis 11-articulatis,

articulis omnibus transversis, tribus ultimis clayam abruptam

fere rectangularem constituentibus.

Long. 2°5-3 mm. ,

Hab. TASMANIA.

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 449

This is very closely related to A. ocellifer, Blackb., with

which alone it shares the peculiar oblong form, anteriorly

elevated pronotum, and abruptly clubbed 11-jointed antenne.

Tt differs, however, in its more elongate outline and much

smaller and more setiform scales. The pattern formed by

these is very variable but like that of A. ocellifer. The

front and hind margins of the pronotum are clothed with

light scales, and these also form upon the elytra an anterior

ring, an irregular median band and a posterior ring. These

markings may become split up into small scattered patches,

and brown scales may appear in addition to the black and

white oues,

Genus APSECTUS.

Trinodes mexicanus, Reitter, is probably Apsectus hystria,

Sharp, described twenty-two years Jater, and in that case will

become Apsectus mexicanus, Reitt.

This genus, which differs from Trinodes in not having the

mesosternum channelled for the reception of a narrow pros

sternal process (which process is therefore also absent), is not

confined to the Western Hemisphere, as might be supposed

fiom the Catalogue. It is probable that numerous Oriental

species exist. One at least of those at present referred to

Trinodes must be transferred to it. This is JZ. hirtellus,

Walker, in which the prosternum is very short and excised

behind and the mesosternum entire and rounded in front to

fit the prosternum.

Closely allied Oriental forms are the following, while

another from Australia is yet undescribed :—

Apsectus iota, sp. n.

Parvus, late ovatus, pronoto haud angusto; prosterno rectangulari,

postice recte truncato, mesosterno lato, antice fere recte trun-

cato ; antennis gracilibus (? maris), clava fusiformi, bi-articulata,

articulo penultimo transyerso, ultimo ovali, quam preecedenti

quadruplice longiori.

Long. 1:5 mm,

Hab, Tenxtmper Is.: Larat.

‘lhree specimens were taken by Mr. F. Muir amongst an

important collection of Coleoptera from this small Malayan

island.

It is a species exceedingly like 7’. hirtellus, Walker, in

size and general appearance, but rather more broadly oval,

the pronotum especially being less narrowed. In the relation

of the parts of the sternum it is also similar. As in A. hir-

tellus, the antenna (of the presumed male) ends with a large

450 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

elongate-oval joint, preceded by three transverse joints, but

in the new species these three are much more distinctly

articulated, and the last of them is enlarged almost to the

diameter of the terminal joint and about a fourth of its

length, About a dozen specimens of these two species which

I have examined seem to be all of the same sex.

Apsectus indicus, sp.n.

Niger, nitidus, sat longe griseo-setosus, pedibus antennisque pallide

flavis, harum clava biarticulata, brunnea; breviter ovatus, pro-

noto lato, lateribus antice valde contractis, postice late lobato,

lobo truncato, antennarum clava haud compacta, articulo pen-

ultimo transverse ovali, ultimo paulo elongato, vix triplice

majori.

Long. 1°5 mm.

Hab. BomBay: Belgaum (H. £. Andrewes).

This species has the closest resemblance to A. hirtellus,

but the prothorax is rather more narrowed in front and its

anterior margin has a pale semitransparent appearance. The

lateral carinee slightly approach tle lateral margins behind

instead of diverging from them, and are therefore nearer the

hind angles. The club of the antenna is quite different,

The terminal joint is large, but oval, and still less elongate

than in A. zota, the ninth and tenth (penultimate) joints are

as in that species, the eighth not longer than it is wide.

Genus TRINODES.

Trinodes punctipennis and globosus of Macleay must be

removed from the Dermestida to the Byrrhide. The

former, of which Mr. Lea has sent me specimens compared

with the type, proves to belong to the genus Byrrhinus, and

the other must be supposed to be allied to it until evidence

is found to the contrary. he fiagmentary description is

practically worthless.

Trinodes flavus, Motsch., Egypt (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose.

xxxvi. 1863, ii. p. 433), has been omitted from all the

catalogues. Its description is not really worthy of that

name, but in the absence of any authorilative definition as

to what constitutes a description the name can scarcely be

ignored.

The description of T. cinereohirtus, Motsch., from Ceylon,

although of much greater length, seems to contain scarcely

more information of real significance. The species from

Ceylon here described, although of the same size, is not

suggested by anything else in that description. The phrase

ja *arTe™:

—

Coleopterous Family Dermestide. 451

* thorace valde transverso, densissime cinereo-villoso ” seems

to preclude the possibility of identity, and the elytra are not

subattenuate at the apex.

Trinodes emarginatus, sp. n.

Obscure rufus, longissime fulvo-hirsutus, capite prothoraceque

nigrescentibus ; regulariter ovatus, prothorace antice attenuato,

haud brevi, postice valde lobato, lobo distincte exciso, processu

prosternali valido, triangulari, antennis gracilibus, clava laxe tri-

articulata, articulo ultimo sat grandi, longe ovali, maris quam

precedenti quadruplice majori.

Long. 2 mm.

Hab, CEYLON: Kandy (G. FE. Bryant, July 1908).

It has a close similarity to the European 1. hirtus, but

the hairy clothing is much longer, less abundant, and of a

tawny colour. ‘The elytra are much lighter in colour than

the head and pronotum, and the posterior lobe of the latter is

rather deeply excised. The antenne are very slender, with

a club of similar shape, the last joint in the male being about

four times the length of its predecessor.

Trinodes rotundus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, sat late ovatus, globulus, ciliis griseis tenuibus haud

dense vestitus ; pronoto lato, brevi, marginibus lateralibus in-

tegris angustis; antennarum clava laxe moniliformi, articulis

tribus globiformibus, ultimo cxeterum magnitudine duplici.

Long. 2°3 mm.

Hab. 3.E. Borneo: Martapura (Doherty, 1891).

This is a large species of the same size as ZT’. rufescens,

Reitt., and more regularly oval and less contracted in front

than any other species known to me, the pronotuin being

broad and rounded and the shoulders not prominent. The

hairy clothing is less coarse and more scanty than in 7’, hirtus

and rufescens, and consists of intermixed erect and prostrate

hairs. ‘The lateral margins of the pronotum are narrow, and

the grooves entire and parallel to the sides. The club of the

antenna consists of three very loosely connected globular

joints, ‘the last twice the diameter of either of the others.

The structure of the sternum is really intermediate_between

the two extremes represented by typical forms of Tvinodes

and Apsectus. The piosternum has a posterior process, but

this is very short and blunt, scarcely reaching beyond the

front coxe. Its tip enters a sliglt cavity in the mesosternum,

but does not divide the latter as in the other species.

The three specimens are probably females.

452 Mr. A. M. Lea on

X XXIX.—On some Australian Malacodermide and Curcu-

lionidee collected by Mr. G. E. Bryant. By Axruur M.

Lea.

[Concluded from p. 421.]

Curculionids (continued).

APIONIDES.

Apion nigroterminale, sp. n.

¢. Reddish castaneous; legs flavous; tip of rostrum,

claws, and club more or less black, suture slightly infus-

cated. Moderately clothed with whitish pubescence, denser

on sides of sterna than elsewhere.

Head with partially concealed punctures. Rostrum about

the length of prothorax, moderately stout, lightly curved ;

apical two-thirds narrower than basal third and with smaller

but not concealed punctures. Antenne inserted about

one-third from base of rostrum. Prothoraz rather lightly

transverse, sides rather strongly rounded in middle, with

a shallow medio-basal fovea; punctures partially concealed.

Elytra rather strongly punctate-striate, interstices with

small punctures.

Length (excluding rostrum) 14-123 mm.

9. Differs in having the rostrum considerably longer,

thinner, darker, and less dilated near base.

Hab. New South Wales: Illawarra (G. L. Bryant), Sydney

(C. Gibbons).

Distinguished from anthidium, immundum, and solani by

its dark club; solani has the rostrum shorter in both sexes

and immundum has it much longer in the female. In general

appearance, however, it is fairly close to partially abraded

specimens of solani. On the middle of the elytra the

clothing is slightly darker than elsewhere, but the difference

is rather slight, and there is no distinct pattern. The an-

tennz of the female are inserted at the same distance from

the base of the rostrum as in the male, but, owing to the

length of the rostrum itself, they are much more distant

from its apex than in the male.

Apion longicolle, Lea.

A specimen from Illawarra differs from the type in having

A Mig. mm

some Australian Curculionide. 453

the rostrum with the thin portion commencing nearer the

base (this difference apparently being sexual) and in being

somewhat smaller.

Apion vertebrale, Lea. Illawarra.

ATTELABIDES.

Euops bakewelli, Jek. Sydney.

E. eucalypti, Pase. Illawarra.

E. victoriensis, Blackb. Sydney.

RHINOMACERIDES.,

Auletes aterrimus, Lea. Illawarra.

A, brevirostris, Lea. Illawarra.

A, densus, Lea. Illawarra.

MaGDALINIDES.

Magdalis stenotarsus, Lea. Sydney.

BAaLANINIDES,

Balaninus equalis, Lea. Kuranda.

TYCHIIDES.

Tychius clavivarius, sp. n.

3. Pale flavous, club black. Clothed all over with fine

stramineous sete; the upper surface, in addition, with

stouter setz, on the elytra linear in arrangement.

Head fairly large, with rather dense punctures. Eyes

large, prominent, and coarsely facetted. Rostrum rather

short, lightly curved ; punctures partially concealed behind

antennz and small in front of same. Antennze not very

thin, inserted one-third from apex of rostrum. Prothorax

moderately transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded,

base not much wider than apex ; punctures dense and rather

small. lytra oblong-elliptic, about one-third wider than

prothorax and about thrice as long, with regular rows of

rather small punctures. Abdomen with first segment short,

extremely narrow behind hind cox, second segment

slightly shorter than first along middle, produced backwards

454 Mr. A. M. Lea on

at sides. Pygidium distinet. Legs stout ; femora obtusely

dentate ; middle tibiz inflated near base, and narrowed

thence to apex, hind tibiz with an inner tooth and a small

fascicle near apex ; claws strongly appendiculate.

Length 2-2} mm,

2. Differs in having the club no darker than the other

parts of antenna, abdomen more convex, with the basal

segment wider behind hind coxe and four hind tibiz simple.

Hab. New South Wales: National Park (G. 4. Bryant),

Sydney (H. W. Cox and A. M. Lea).

In general appearance like some species of Cyttalia, but

rostrum curved, scape shorter, and claws &e. ditferent. In

appearance it is something like a very large 7’. horni, which

also has the club sexually variable in colour, but apart from

size, with rostrum longer and thinner and clothing and legs

different.

ARTEMATOCIS, gen. nov.

Head rather small. Eyes moderately large, coarsely

facetted. Rostrum long, thin, and curved. Antenne long

and thin; first joint of funicle moderately long; club

elliptic. Prothorac longer than wide or transverse. Scu-

tellum small. Elytra moderately long, distinctly wider than

prothorax. Prosternum notched in front, with a distinct

canal in front of coxee. Metasternum moderately long.

Abdomen rather large, second, third, and fourth segments

somewhat curved at sides, Femora moderately stout, eden-

tate, shallowly grooved; front cox lightly separated ;

tibiz compressed ; claws appendiculate.

Distinguished from Llleschus by the front of the pro-

sternum. The pectoral canal at once suggests the Crypto-

rhynchides, but the appendiculate claws forbid association

with that subfamily. In general appearance the species are

somewhat like some of Sforeus, but in that genus the claws

are simple, From some directions the claws, which are alike

on both species, appear to be simple, but from others each is

seen to have a large rounded basal appendix. The species

differ considerably in the length of rostrum and width of

prothorax, and it may eventually be considered necessary to

generically separate them; this being the case, A. longi-

rostris is designated the type of the genus,

Artematocis longirostris, sp. 0.

Piceous brown ; rostrum, antenne, and tarsi more or less

reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, closely

a gi ee

some Australian Curculionids. 455

applied to derm, and with numerous stiff erect seta scattered

about; under surface with whitish depressed sete ; legs

with whitish scales and sete.

Head with derm concealed. Rostrum thin, much longer

than prothorax, moderately curved; in front of antenne

with small punctures, behind same with rows of punctures

separating fine carine. Antenne very thin ; scape inserted

one-third from apex of rostrum and almost as long as

funicle and club combined ; first joint of funicle stouter and

somewhat longer than second. Prothorax slightly longer

than wide, strongly convex, apex about two-thirds the width

of base; with dense concealed punctures. Elytra oblong-

cordate, much wider than prothorax ; with rows of large,

normally concealed puncvures.

Length 2? mm.

Hab. Queensland : Kuranda.

In general appearance like Storeus inamenus, but larger,

darker, aud with the erect setz longer.

Arlematocis squamibundus, sp. n.

Piceous brown ; apical half of rostrum, antenne, and tarsi

more or less reddish. Densely clothed with muddy brown

scales, variegated with small whitish and sooty patches on

elytra. With numerous stout suberect scales scattered

about, mostly scoty brown on prothorax, but more variegated

on elytra. Under surface with rather sparse whitish scales.

Legs densely clothed.

Head with derm concealed. Rostrum rather long, mode-

rately curved, apical third with small but distinct punctures,

elsewhere with rows of punctures separating carine, but

towards base more or less concealed. Antenne thin,

inserted about one-third from apex of rostrum; first joint

of funicle longer than second and third combined. Pro-

thorax about one-third wider than long, sides gently rounded,

base and apex subequal ; with dense concealed punctures,

Elytra obloug-cordate, base lightly trisinuate, and distinctly

wider than prothorax ; punctures normally concealed.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Queensland : Kuranda,

Readily distinguished from the preceding species by its

shorter and stouter rostrum and much wider prothorax.

Elleschodes V-albus, sp. n.

Reddish castaneous, sides of prothorax, under surface, and

part of front femora much darker, Moderately densely

456 Mr. A. M. Lea on

clothed with stout, depressed, whitish sete, with darker

markings.

Head with concealed punctures. Eyes large and coarsely

facetted. Rostrum moderately stout and curved, almost

parallel-sided, slightly longer than prothorax ; with rows of

punctures bearing a distinct median carina, and two feeble

ones on each side. Antennz rather thin, inserted one-third

from apex of rostrum; scape the length of funicle ; first

joint of the latter stout and slightly longer than second and

third combined. Prothorax not much wider than long,

sides evenly rounded, base not much wider than apex, and

both truncate; with dense, partially concealed punctures.

Elytra subcordate, about one-fourth wider than prothorax

and about thrice as long, shoulders and sides gently rounded,

widest near base ; with rows of fairly large, partially con-

cealed punctures, the interstices with normally quite concealed

ones. Under surface with rather dense punctures. Abdo-

men with second to fourth segments distinctly drawn back-

wards at sides. Femora stout, lightly but acutely dentate ;

appendages to claws rather large.

Length 2} mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

A pretty little species, not very close in appearance to any

other known Australian species. On the middle of the

prothorax the clothing is white, with, on one specimen, a

tendency to a linear arrangement, but on the sides it is

almost sooty. On the elytra there is a fairly wide median

fascia of dark clothing, slightly produced backwards along

the suture, and with the sides oblique. Immediately behind

it the clothing is whiter than elsewhere, so that it forms a

distinct wide V. There are some stouter setee amongst the

others, but they are not distinctly elevated.

Elleschodes macrops, sp. 0.

Piceous brown ; legs and antennz reddish, funicle and

tarsi (claw-joints excepted) somewhat darker. Rather

densely clothed with stramineous setz.

Head with concealed punctures. Eyes rather large,

coarsely facetted, separated about half the width of base of

rostrum. Rostrum slightly longer than prothorax, rather

thin, lightly curved, parallel-sided; with rows of partially

concealed punctures separating narrow carinz that terminate

between antennz, where the median one is narrowly cleft ;

apical third with fairly dense punctures of moderate size and

sharply defined. Antenne rather thin, inserted about one-

some Australian Curculionidae. 457

third from apex of rostrum; scape slightly longer than

funicle; the basal joints of the latter moderately long, sub-

equal in length, but the first slightly stouter than the

second, Prothorax quite as long as wide, base decidedly

wider than apex; with dense and rather coarse punctures,

partially concealed on disc, and quite concealed on sides,

Elytra subcordate, much wider than prothorax, and not

thrice as long, shoulders rounded, sides parallel on basal

third and then rounded to apex ; with rows of fairly large,

suboblong, deep punctures; interstices with numerous

partially concealed punctures. Under surface with dense

and rather coarse but partially concealed punctures. Abdo-

men with second to fourth segments curved at sides.

Femora stout, lightly but acutely dentate; appendages to

claws large and obtuse.

Length 43 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

The clothing on the prothorax is thinner at the middle

than elsewhere, but on the sides might fairly be regarded as

composed of scales. On the elytra just behind the middle

the setz are somewhat congested and stouter than usual, so

that to the naked eye they appear to form a feeble fascia.

The rows of punctures on the elytra are quite regular, but

the striation is extremely feeble and might fairly be regarded

as absent.

The dentate femora would, in the table of Australian

Tychiides *, associate this and the following species with

Elleschodes, to which, accordingly, they are referred. It is

to be noted, however, that that genus includes several very

diverse forms, and probably some of these will eventuaily be

referred to new genera. lam averse to proposing such at

present, as there are many undescribed species of the sub-

family in Australia, more especially in the tropical parts.

Elleschodes hystricosus, sp. n.

Reddish castaneous, antennze and legs somewhat paler.

Rather densely clothed with short, depressed, stramineous

sete. With numerous rather long, suberect, and almost

golden sete, on head and elytra directed backwards, on pro-

thorax directed to the middle. Under surface and legs less

densely clothed than upper.

Head with concealed punctures. Eyes not very large, but

rather prominent and coarsely facetted. Rostrum somewhat

* Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust. 1911, p, 85.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 31

458 Mr. A. M. Lea on

longer than prothorax, rather thin, parallel-sided, moderately

curved ; in front of antennz with fairly dense punctures,

behind antenne with rows of punctures separating narrow

carine. Antenne rather thin, inserted slightly nearer apex

than base of rostrum; first joint of funicle stout. Pro-

thorax moderately transverse, sides strongly and evenly

rounded, base slightly wider than apex ; with dense, partially

concealed punctures. E/ytra oblong-elliptic, about one-

fourth wider than prothorax and more than thrice as long.

Inder surface with mostly small punctures. Abdomen with

second to fourth segments lightly drawn backwards at sides.

Pygidium small, but distinct. Femora stout, acutely dentate,

appendages to claws large.

Length 1} mm.

Hab. Queeisland: Kuranda.

Vague traces of rows of punctures are traceable through

the elytral clothing, but on the interstices they are quite

concealed.

Elleschodes eucalypti, Lea. National Park.

LZMOSACCIDES.

Lemosaccus subsignaius, Boh. Illawarra.

L. querulus, Pasc. Blue Mountains, Sydney, National

Park.

L. instabilis, Lea. Sydney, National Park.

L. judaicus, Lea. Baan Baa.

ALCIDIDES.

Alcides bubo, Fabr. Townsville.

HAaPLONYCIDES.

Haplonyx mediochreatus, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown, in parts almost black ; antennz and

legs dull reddish. Moderately densely clothed with white or

whitish scales ; prothorax with somewhat ochreous scales on

sides ; two very small blackish fascicles in middle and two

still more feeble ones at apex; elytra with a conspicuous

median patch of ochreous scales ; third interstice with two

small fascicles, one near base and one at side of ochreous

patch ; fifth with a small fascicle near base.

Rostrum about as long as prothorax in male, distinctly

Papp

some Australian Curculionide. 459

_longer in female; parallel-sided, almost straight; with

dense punctures and three narrow carine. Prothorax about

twice as wide as long, sides rapidly decreasing in width to

apex ; with dense punctures. //y(ra not much wider than

prothorax, about as long as wide ; with rows of large par-

tially concealed punctures ; interstices with dense punctures.

Femora acutely dentate, the four front ones each with a small

tooth in the emargination ; tibize moderately curved, bisinuate

on lower surface, with a small subapical tooth in addition to

the terminal hook.

Length 24-23 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda (G. 2. Bryant) ; Brisbane

(H. Hacker).

The conspicuous ochreous patch on the middle of the

elytra renders this a rather distinct species,

Haplonyx fasciculatus, Boh. Blue Mountains, Sydney,

National Park.

H. schonherri, Boh. Blue Mountains.

H. kirbyi, Ths. Blue Mountains.

H., nigrirostris, Chey. Blue Mountains.

H. sexvillatus, Chev. Blue Mountains.

H. vicinus, Chev. Blue Mountains, Sydney, Illawarra.

H. latus, Lea. Blue Mountains,

Haplonyx (Aolles) sobrius, sp. n.

Piceous brown, in places almost black ; antennz reddish.

Moderately clothed with sooty-brown and whitish scales.

Rostrum about the length of prothorax, almost straight,

feebly diminishing in width to apex, with dense punctures

and fine narrow carine. Funicle six-jointed. Prothorax

twice as wide as long, sides strongly narrowed to apex,

which is feebly incurved to middle; with dense punctures.

Elytra no longer than wide, with rows of large, partially

concealed punctures ; interstices densely punctured. Legs

very short ; femora unidentate ; four front tibiz strongly

bisinuate on lower surface ; third tarsal joint about twice as

wide as long, fourth apparently absent.

Length 3}-34 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

Allied to puncticollis, but much darker, and with different

clothing. The (two) typical specimens have the scales on

under surface, both of body and of legs, almost entirely

31*

460 Mr. A. M. Lea on

white or whitish. On the upper surface the white scales are

scattered singly on the head and rostrum, condensed into a

feeble line on each side of prothorax, form a distinct spot

on each side of scutellum, and some very feeble ones else-

where. The shoulders are rather strongly rounded, so that,

although the elytra at their widest are distinctly wider than

the prothorax, their outlines appear to be almost continuous

with those of that segment. The lower surface of each of

the four front tibiz appears to have three distinct equal-

sized teeth: one in middle, one near and one at apex, but

the latter one is the terminal hook.

Haplonyx (Aolles) variegatus, Lea. Blue Mountains.

Sigastus casuarine, Lea. Sydney.

CRYPTORHYNCHIDES.

Diethusa tuberculata, sp. n.

3. Reddish castaneous. Clothed with white, ochreous,

and sooty scales.

Rostrum moderately long, paralled-sided, with dense,

clearly defined punctures in front of antennz ; behind same

coarser, sublineate in arrangement, but concealed towards

base ; with a narrow median carina. Scape inserted about

two-fifths from apex of rostrum, and distinctly shorter than

funicle ; first joint of funicle stouter and longer than second.

Prothorax moderately transverse, and punctures normally

almost concealed. /ytra subcordate, base strongly tri-

sinuate, with rows of suboblong, partially concealed punc-

tures, interstices nowhere ridged. Addomen with basal

segment somewhat flattened, but the middle of its apex with

a narrow but distinct tubercle; apical segment with a large

shallow depression. Femora stout, rather lightly dentate;

front tibize subfalcate, lower surface somewhat grooved,

apical hook unusually strong.

Length 24-3 mm.

2. Differs in having the clothing less variegated, rostrum

somewhat thinner and with smaller punctures, abdomen

with basal segment convex and non-tuberculate, the apical

segment evenly convex, front tibiz not falcate, and the

apical hook small.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney (G. E£. Bryant and

EI. W. Ferguson).

The male hes the front tibiz somewhat as in Melanterius

congruus, but is readily distinguished from that species, and

some Australian Curculionidae. 461

from all others of the allied genera, by the abdominal

tubercle. Some specimens resemble some of D. concinna,

D. nigrovaria, and D. famelica, 1t has been referred to

Diethusa on account of its compact form and dense clothing.

The clothing on the under surface is white, and on the legs

white or in parts pale ochreous. On the prothorax there is

usually a large sooty patch in the middle, ochreous scales at

the sides of same, and then white ones. On the elytra the

ochreous scales are in the majority, but there are numerous

spots or fascize of sooty scales, and almost equally numerous

white spots. On the female the sooty spots are sometimes

entirely absent, on such specimens the majority of the scales

on the upper surface are somewhat golden, mixed with spots

of white.

Diethusa metasternalis, sp. n.

3. Reddish castaneous. Clothed with scarlet and strami-

neous scales on upper surface, under surface mostly with

white scales, but with a conspicuous line of golden sete.

Rostrum rather long, thin, and parallel-sided; on basal

half with coarse punctures in lines, elsewhere with smaller

but clearly defined ones. Scape thin, the length of funicle,

inserted one-third from apex of rostrum, first joint of

funicle about as long as second and third combined; club

rather large and wide. Prothorag lightly transverse ; with

dense, partially concealed punctures. /ytra subcordate,

base strongly trisinuate ; with rows of large, partially con-

cealed punctures; interstices wide, with dense, normally

concealed punctures, the lateral ones, commencing with the

seventh, more or less distinctly ridged along middle; suture

acutely carinated. Metasternum aud basal segment of

abdomen with a deep sulcus containing the line of golden

sete ; apical segment with a wide shallow impression,

femora stout and strongly dentate.

Length 4-44 mm.

¢. Differs in being rather more robust, rostram decidedly

longer, thinner, ands smoother, with smaller and sparser

punctures, antennz inserted not so close to apex of rostrum,

metasternum and abdomen not suleate in middle, and with-

out the line of set, apical segment not impressed, and four

front tibiz with the apical hook to each commencing at the

summit of the apical slope, instead of more than halfway

down the same,

Hab. New South Wales: Ourimbah and Sydney (G, Z,

Bryant), Sydney (H. W. Cor).

462 Mr. A. M. Lea on

On the male of blackburni there is a peculiar streak of

clothing on the metasternum and abdomen, but on that

species the main portion of it is on the abdomen, whereas

on this species it is on the metasternum ; there are other

differences also, in addition to the very different clothing of

the upper surface. The clothing of both prothorax and

elytra is much like that of some specimens of squamivaria,

but it is readily distinguished from that species by the

under surface of the male; the females of the two species,

however, are extremely alike, and I can find no satisfactory

characters to distinguish them. It is also close to pretiosa,

but that species has the under surface of the male, and the

rostrum of the female, very different. On the upper surface

most of the scales are scarlet, the stramineous ones (some-

times almost white) are in numerous small spots on the

elytra, and form two spots down middle of prothorax, several

on each and one on each side of middle. Each sutural

interstice is acutely carinated, the carina on each being

quite close to its fellow, so that the suture itself appears to

be closely bicarinated throughout its length.

The female of this species was previously given to me as

belonging to the one I described under the name of Lybeba

aculicosta (= Diethusa fervida), but this was certainly in

error.

Diethusa niveodispersa, sp. n.

Reddish castaneous, under surface and parts of legs darker.

Densely clothed with sooty scales, with white scales scattered

thickly about and on the elytra more or less linear in

arrangement; under surface of body and of legs with snowy

scales.

Rostrum long, thin, and feebly dilated from base to apex ;

behind antenne with rows of punctures and feeble carine,

in front of same with dense punctures. Scape thin, the

length of funicle, inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum ;

first joint of funicle slightly longer than second. Prothorax

moderately transverse, with dense punctures. Elytra briefly

subcordate, base strongly trisinuate, with rows of oblong

punctures, in rather narrow striz ; interstices wide, nowhere

ridged, with dense, normally concealed punctures. Basal

segment of abdomen depressed in middle; apical with a

shallow impression. Femora stout, strongly and acutely

dentate, each with a small granule in subapical emargination ;

front tibiz bisinuate on lower surface, the others subfalcate.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. New South Wales; Baan Baa.

Map \any

some Australian Curculionidae. 463

The peculiar clothing and entire absence of elevated parts

on the elytra are at variance with Melanterius; but many

species of Diethusa have similar interstices, so 1 have referred

it to the latter genus. ‘The second segment of abdomen is,

if anything, a trifle longer than the third and fourth com-

bined, but only about half the length of the first. Although

the white scales are numerous on the upper surface, they are

aii condensed into distiuct spots. The type is probably

a male.

Diethusa tenuirostris, sp. n.

6. Blackish brown ; antenne, legs, and tip of rostrum

reddish. Densely clothed with sooty-brown scales, with

Dumerous spots or patches of whitish scales; becoming

almost uniform on under surface and legs.

Rostrum long, thin, and parallel-sided to insertion of

antennz, thence narrowed to apex ; with coarse concealed

punctures behind antennz, smaller and clearly defined in

front of same. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of

rostrum, somewhat shorter than funicle; first joint of

funicle slightly longer than second. Prothorax moderately

transverse ; with dense, normally concealed punctures.

Elytra subcordate, base moderately trisinuate, basal half

parallel-sided ; with suboblong punctures, in narrow deep

striz ; interstices wider, nowhere ridged, with dense and

rather coarse, but normally quite concealed, punctures.

Basal segment of abdomen feebly concave in middle ; apical

segment widely impressed, Jemora rather stout, edentate.

Length 2 mm.

9 . Differs in having the rostrum lounger and much thinner,

clothed only at extreme base, almost impunctate, almost

entirely red, and antennz inserted quite close to its base.

Abdomen with basal and apical segments convex, and femora

somewhat thinner.

Hab. New South Wales : Sydney.

The rostrum is conspicuously different sexually, much as

in many species of Séoreus. ‘The clothing, although of

different shades of colour, has the peculiar soft appearance

of that of mollis, but that species has conspicuously dentate

dentate femora. In the present species the hind femora

appear to have a feeble ridge that causes them to appear

feebly dentate from certain directions, but it is not a real

tooth. From inermis it differs in its much smaller size and

very different clothing, rostrum of the female thinner, but

not subulate, &e.

46-4 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Diethusa estuans, Pase. Perth.

D. squamivaria, Lea. Ourimbab, Baan Baa, Sydney.

Melanterius rufimanus, sp. 0.

Black, shining ; antennz and tarsi red. Upper surface

almost glabrous ; lower surface with rather sparse white sete,

becoming denser on legs.

dyes moderately separated. Rostrum long and thin ;

with distinct punctures near base, but elsewhere very small

and sparse. Scape inserted about three-sevenths from apex

of rostrum, almost the length of funicle; first joint of

funicle stouter, but no longer than second. Prothorax

almost as long as wide; with dense and clearly defined, but

rather small punctures. L/ytra subcordate, shoulders and

sides rather strongly rounded; with not very large, sub-

oblong punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly ; interstices

much wider than punctures, acutely ridged from near middle

to apex, but the lateral ones almost to base, with sparse and

small punctures. Basal segment of abdomen feebly depressed

in middle of apex. Femora stout, strongly dentate ; tibial

hooks rather strong.

Length 43 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Baan Baa.

In geueral appearance close to semiporosus, but narrower,

elytral punctures not quite the same, and femoral dentition

(notably of the front pair) much stronger. In my table

would be associated with porosus, which has a much ‘shorter

rostrum, antennz stouter, with club subeontinuous with

funicle, abdomen with larger punctures, elytral punctures

larger, second interstice carinated only posteriorly and

femoral dentition less conspicuous. The type is probably

a female.

Melanterius porcatus, Er. Port Darwin.

M. acacia, Lea. Mordialloc, Sydney, Illawarra.

M. adipatus, Lea. Illawarra, Ourimbah.

M. costipennis, Lea. Sydney.

M. strabonus, Lea. Port Darwin.

M. tristis, Lea. Sydney.

M. vulgivagus, Lea. Kuranda.

Melanteriosoma costatum, Lea. Ourimbah.

some Australian Curculionide. 465

Tyrteosus melanterioides, sp. 0.

Black ; antenn and tarsiof a dingy red. Rather sparsely

clothed (denser on sterna and legs than elsewhere) with

dingy greyish and sooty scales.

Head with coarse crowded punctures. Eyes separated

less than width of base of rostrum, a rather narrow and deep

but partially concealed depression behind each. Rostrum

moderately long; basal third with coarse, partially con-

cealed punctures, elsewhere with smaller (but not very

small) sharply defined ones. Prothorav moderately trans-

verse, sides strongly rounded, subapical constriction stronger

than usual ; with dense, large, round, non-confluent punc-

tures ; median carina distinct, but somewhat irregular in

middle. /ytra cordate, about one-fourth wider than pro-

thorax, subhumeral incurvature very feeble; with very

coarse sculpture. Metasternum with a strong ridge on each

side between coxze; punctures of episterna interrupted.

Abdomen with dense and rather coarse punctures, not in

regular rows on third and fourth segments. Legs stout ;

femora moderately grooved and rather strongly dentate ;

hind tibiz strongly dilated to apex, the others lightly so.

Length 73-8 mm.

Hab. New South Wales : Blue Mountains (G. 2. Bryant

and I}. W. Ferguson), Nowra (Ferguson).

In general appearance strikingly like some of the larger

species of Melanterius (e. g., semiporcatus). On the basal

half of the elytra the punctures are unusually coarse, large,

and long, so that from base to middle there are only from

four to six in each row; the interstices there are also much

narrower than the punctures, and on some specimens are

irregularly depressed between two of the punctures, so that

these appear to be semi-double. On the basal half also the

transverse ridges between the punctures are on a level with

the interstices, so that striz are really absent ; on the apical

half, however, the striation is distinct, and the punctures,

although large, are considerably smaller, and without a

semi-double appearance. The basal segment of the abdomen

is gently depressed in the middle in the male and very feebly

convex in the female; otherwise the sexes are scarcely

distinct.

Tyrteosus albolineatus, sp. n.

Black, in parts very obscurely diluted with red; antenne

and tarsi red, Prothorax with a dingy depressed scale ia

each puncture, but with a feeble median line of whitish

466 Mr. A. M. Lea on

elongate scales ; elytra with lines of white scales on the

second and fourth interstices. Legs with whitish sete ;

under surface sparsely clothed.

Head with some fairly large punctures between eyes, but

elsewhere small and sparse. Eyes widely separated, a narrow

impression behind each. Rostrum moderately long, sides

lightly incurved to middle; about basal fifth with some

large punctures, elsewhere with much smaller ones. Pro-

thorax moderately transverse, apex more than half the

width of base ; with fairly large and rather dense, round,

non-confluent punctures ; median carina very feeble and

scarcely traceable throughout. Elytra elongate-cordate,

not much wider than prothorax, subhumeral incurvature

very feeble ; with rows of somewhat oblong punctures, in

rather deep strize; interstices flat, wider than striz, with a

feeble row of punctures on each. Metasternum with an

obtuse ridge on each side between cox; punctures of epi-

sterna interrupted. Abdomen with first segment depressed

along middle, and about as long as second and third com-

bined, third and fourth each with a row of punctures across

middle. Legs rather long; femora lightly but acutely

dentate; hind tibiz moderately dilated at apex.

Length 3 mm.

Hab, Queensland: Kuranda.

To a certain extent resembling the species of Tyrt@osellus,

but legs shorter, hind tibiz wider at apex than elsewhere

and emargination of mesosternal receptacle widely transverse.

At a glance it looks like a small narrow Melanterius. The

type (judging by the abdomen) is probably a female.

Lyrteosus emulus, Lea. Blue Mountains.

T. cinerascens, Lea. Blue Mountains.

Neomystocis latipennis, sp. 0.

g. Black; antenne and tarsi of a rather dingy red.

Densely clothed with muddy-brown or sooty scales, varie-

gated with somewhat ochreous ones; with stouter scales

thickly scattered about on legs and prothorax ; elytra with

numerous feeble tascicles, mostly of oclireous scales.

Head with coarse, partially concealed punctures. Rostrum

Jong and thin, almost parallel-sided ; behind antenne with

feeble rows of coarse, partially concealed punctures,in front of

same shining, and with rather small but clearly defined ones.

Antenne not very thin, inserted slightly nearer apex than

base of rostrum ; second joint of funicle slightly longer.

1 pete, eure.

some Australian Curculionide. 467

than first; club elliptic, the length of five preceding joints

combined, Prothoraxv small, moderately transverse, sides

moderately rounded ; with dense, normally concealed punc-

tures ; with a short and partially concealed median carina.

Elytra much wider than prothorax, base trisinuate, parallel-

sided to about the middle ; with rows of large, more or less

concealed punctures ; third interstice with a rather large

elongated tubercle about the middle, fourth with a rather

more obtuse one at basal fourth, fifth with a rather feeble

one level with the one on third ; elsewhere with very feeble

tubercular swellings. Pectoral canal and mesosternal re-

ceptacle transversely corrugated. Metasternum foveate at

apex. Addomen with first segment very little longer than

second, middle of apex depressed and suture there strongly

incurved, second slightly longer than third and fourth com-

bined. Legs rather long ; femora acutely and moderately

dentate, hind ones passing apex of elytra.

Length 64 mm.

2. Differs in being larger (9$ mm.) ; rostrum thinner

with less clothing on basal portion, apical portion with much

smaller and sparser punctures; antennz inserted in exact

middle of rostrum ; metasternal fovea smaller smaller, basal

segment of abdomen gently convex, and legs somewhat

shorter.

Hab. Queensland : Kuranda.

Differs from squamiventris in the pectoral canal being

corrugated and non-squamose along middle, second abdo-

minal segment larger in proportion, clothing and tubercles

different, legs shorter, &c. The large elytral tubercles are

supplied with granules, but these are normally concealed by

the fascicles. The femoral teeth, although fairly large, are

normally indistinct on account of the clothing.

Neomystocis squamiventris, Lea.

The type of this species was described from a female in

rather poor condition; but two specimens from Kuranda

taken by Mr. Bryant are evidently perfect, as are also some

from the same locality taken by Mr. F. P. Dodd. These

specimens have the upper surface densely clothed with slaty

green rounded scales, interspersed with some snowy-white

ones, and with two black fascicles on the prothorax and

several on the elytra.

The male differs from the female in having the rostrum

slightly shorter, with more distinct punctures, and the

clothing continued along its sides to in front of the middle.

46 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Its mesosternal receptacle has its hind margin almost vertical

instead of flattened out, the sides somewhat thicker, and

crowned with rather long erect sete, and there are similar

sete on the adjacent cox. Its abdomen has the basal

segment largely depressed in the middle, and the second to

fourth segments have a continuous highly polished space

along the middle (in the female this is represented by a

shining space at the tips only). Its legs also are a trifle

longer, but are otherwise the same.

Hyparinus brevipes, sp. n.

Black ; antennz and tarsi of a dingy red. Moderately

densely clothed with muddy-brown scales ; with longer (and

usnally paler) ones thickly scattered about on the legs and

prothorax, and on the latter forming feeble fascicles ; elytra

with fascicles or tubercles.

Head with forehead strongly quadrisinuate. Rostrum

rather long and thin, strongly curved; from antennz to

base somewhat inflated and with rows of coarse partially

concealed punctures, in frout of antenne parallel-sided,

shining, and impunctate. Scape short, clavate, inserted

one-third from base of rostrum, shorter than three following

joints combined ; two basal joints of funicle rather long and

subequal, none of the others transverse. Prothorax mode-

rately transverse, sides strongly rounded ; with dense, nor-

mally concealed punctures. L/ytra about one-third wider

than prothorax, base strongly trisinuate, basal half parallel-

sided; with rows of large, partially concealed punctures,

each with five distinct tubercles and some smaller ones.

Basal segment of abdomen flat in middle, but middle of apex

feebly depressed, and suture there slightly incurved, second

as long as third and fourth combined. Femora stout,

strongly and acutely dentate, hind ones just passing tip of

elytra ; tibie rather wide and compressed, rounded on their

upper edge, bisinuate on the lower.

Length 7-8 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda (G. 2. Bryant), Cairns (E.

Allen), Little Mulgrave River (H. H. D. Griffith).

Smaller than dispar and tenuwirostris: from the former

distinguished by the longer second abdominal segment,

shorter hind femora, and absence of sutural granules; from

the latter by the tips of the hind femora just passing apex of

elytra instead of considerably so, aud prothorax with denser

clothing. On each elytron the distinct tubercles are as

follows :—Two on the second interstice (one before and one

some Australian Cuvculionide. 469

after the middle), one on the third near base (this one

partly on the second aud fourth as well), one on the fourth

at middle, and one on the fifth near the one on third.

There are ten specimens before me, apparently without

distinct sexual differences. Some have the basal segment of

abdomen lightly convex, but, as their antennz and rostrum

are as on the others, | presume this to be an individual

rather than a sexual variation.

Pezichus gracilis, Lea.

Mr. Bryant took two specimens of this species at Kuranda.

They are females, and differ from the type, which is certainly

a male *, in being somewhat larger, rostrum slightly longer

and thinner, with the coarse punctures not quite extending

to middle ; antennz inserted about one-third from apex of

rostrum, and scarcely passing apex for one-fourth of its

length, and legs a trifle shorter. On the third interstice of

both sexes there is an elongated median fascicle of dark

scales, terminated by pale ones.

Pezichus binotatus, Waterh. Kuranda.

Glochinorrhinus evanidus, Lea. Kuranda.

Blepiarda undulata, Pasc. Tweed River.

Dysopirhinus grandis, Lea. Kuranda.

Micraonycuvs, gen. nov.

Head moderately large, scarcely visible from above. Eyes

rather small, round, frontal, distant, rather coarsely facetted.

Rostrum long, thin, and curved. Antenne thin, inserted

about middle of rostrum ; scape shorter than funicle ; club

ovate. Proihvrax woderately long, sides in front rather

strongly drawn backwards, but ocular lobes distinct. Seu-

tellum minute. Elytra more or less parallel-sided, very little

wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and distinct,

continued almost to middle of metasternum; apex open.

Metasternum rather long, episterna warrow. Abdomen

rather long, first, second, and fifth segments large, the others

short. Legs rather short; femora edentate; tarsi short,

third joint wide, feebly bilobed or rounded, claw-joint

absent. Elongate, squamose, non-tuberculate, winged.

The pectoral canal completely separates the two front pairs

* It was considered originally that the type was probably a female.

470 Mr. A. M. Lea on

of cox to their extreme depth, as in other Cryptorhynchides,

but the mesosternum has no special receptacle for the

rostrum, this simply resting in the hollowed-out space (as in

Microberosiris and Dystropicus). In Aonychus (the only

other Australian genus of Cryptorhynchides with clawless

tarsi) there is a narrow ridge between the middle coxa, that

genus also has special processes attached to the hind portion

of the prosternum. In catalogue the genus should be placed

next to Dystropicus.

The genus is another instance of the decided affinity of

the Cryptorhynchides to the Erirhinides. Several Australian

genera (Cydmea, Storeus, and Misophrice) have species with

the front cox not quite touching and with more or less

feeble traces of a pectoral canal; but in the present genus

the canal is deep and distinct, so that 1t could not properly

be referred to the Erirhinides.

The joints of the antennz are evidently eleven in number,

but it is somewhat. difficult to decide as to whether the eighth

joint should be regarded as belonging to the funicle or to

the club. It is more triangular in shape than the seventh

(the sixth of the funicle) and rather closely applied to the

club, its clothing causing it to appear more closely attached

than it really is. The three true joints of the club, however,

are compacted together, so it would, perhaps, be as well to

regard the eighth joint as belonging to the funicle and the

latter, in consequence, to be seven-jointed.

The clawless tarsi, apparently six-jointed funicle, general

appearance, and food-plants (most of the specimens, if not

all, taken by myself were beaten from various species of

Casuarina, the host-plants of Misophrice) are in agreement

with Misophrice, and, in fact, caused me to overlook such of

the species as I then possessed when at work on the group

of Cryptorhynchides to which they belong; and it was only

when preparing some specimens of Misophrice for description

that their true relationship was noticed.

Only three specimens, belonging to two species, were

taken by Mr. Bryant, but, as the genus is a very interesting

one, it appears desirable to describe all the species known to

me together.

All the known species have the rostrum glabrous and the

antenne (except the scape) and tarsi black. The genus

occurs in South Australia, but the only specimen I have seen

from that State (in the collection of Mr. Griffith) is rather

badly abraded.

some Australian Curculionidae. 471

Third interstice slightly elevated in parts ............. . sordidus.

Third interstice not so elevated,

Rostrum red.

Elytra distinctly spotted ........ceeeeeeeees seees maculatus.

Elytra not distinctly spotted.

Clothing of upper surface mostly sooty ........ «. casuarine,

Clothing of upper surface mostly pale.,........ .» decipiens.

Micraonychus decipiens, sp. n.

Dull red; fuaicle, club, and tarsi black. Clothed with

more or less whitish scales,

Rostrum the length of prothorax ; with rather small pune-

tures. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides moderately

rounded, with dense, normally concealed punctures. lytra

elongate, parallel-sided to near apex ; with rows of large,

partially concealed punctures, in feeble strive. Under sur-

face with dense and rather coarse, but normally more or less

concealed punctures.

Length 2-2} mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Hobart. New South Wales: Mount

Victoria (A. M. Lea), Blue Mountains (7. W. Ferguson).

On old or abraded specimens the clothing of the upper

surface is of a more or less dingy grey, but on ones in good

condition it is white or stramineous. On the prothorax it is

denser along middle than elsewhere ; on the elytra the scales

on some of the interstices are dense and obliquely overlap,

as on Misophrice alternata. On the sides of the sterna the

clothing is denser than elsewhere, and is usually silvery in

appearauce, but occasionally witha faint purplish or greenish

gloss. The scales on the legs also are sometimes faintly

glossed with green or purple. In the female the rostrum is

slightly longer than in the male and its punctures are even

less distinct.

Micraonychus nigrirostris, sp. n.

Black. Densely clothed with large, round, and usually

pale scales.

Length 14-2 mm.

Hab. Tasmania: Hobart. New South Wales: National

Park, Sydney, Mount Victoria (A. M. Lea).

Rather smaller than the preceding species, but with the

shape of the prothorax and elytra and the punctures the

same, but differing in the colour and clothing. From all

others of the genus it is readily distinguished by its entirely

black rostrum. The scape is not quite as dark as the rest of

472 Mr. A. M. Lea on

the antenne. The scales are nearly all quite circular in

outline; on fresh specimens they are mostly white, with a

slight bluish tinge, but they often have a coppery gloss,

varying with the point of view. On one specimen the scales

are unusually dense and of a beautiful golden colour with a

slight rosy gloss. On old and abraded specimens, however,

the clothing looks very dingy, with here and there one

metallic scale showing up distinctly. Some of the more

brightly coloured specimens have a strong resemblance to

some specimens of Misophrice gloriosa, in whose company

they were probably taken.

Micraonychus casuarine, sp. n.

Dull red; funicle, club, and tarsi black. Densely clothed

with sooty-brown scales ; the under surface and under parts

of legs with whitish or greyish scales.

Rostrum long and thin ; a seriate row of punctures on

each side of basal half. Prothorax, elytra, and under sur-

face with sculpture as in decipiens, but more concealed by

clothing.

Length 2-2} mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Illawarra (G. E. Bryant).

Wollongong, Parramatta River, on Casuarinas growing just

above high-water mark (4. M. Lea).

The derm of the prothorax and elytra is normally entirely

concealed, but on abrasion is seen to be of a dingy red; the

prothorax somewhat darke» than the elytra. On the under

surface of body and of legs many of the scales are of a

silvery white, sometimes with a faint greenish or coppery

gloss; but on the upper surface the scales are either

uniformly sooty brown or with a feeble admixture of grey.

The rostrum appears to have a fine stria on each side, but

these are really due to series of confluent punctures. In

the male the rostrum is shorter than in the female and some-

what clouded at the base, but the sexual differences are not

otherwise evident.

Micraonychus maculatus, sp. n.

Reddish ; tarsi, funicle, and club black. Densely clothed

with soft and mostly white or whitish scales, but on the

elytra mostly of a pale brown.

‘Length 14-2 mm.

Hab. Queensland : Brisbane (G. E. Bryant). New South

Wales : Syduey (H. J. Carter and Taylor Bros.).

The sculpture is practically identical with that of decipiens,

some Australian Curculionidae. 473

but the clothing is rather denser. On the prothorax there

is an obscure dark line on each side of the middle; on the

elytra the suture is clothed with whitish scales, and there is

an irregularly trausverse or zigzag series of pale spots or

short lines across the middle; the shoulders and _preapical

callosities are also clothed with whitish scales. On the

under surface some of the scales have a slight silvery or

coppery gloss.

Micraonychus sordidus, sp. n.

Of a dingy reddish brown ; base of rostrum, funicle, club,

and tarsi black. Densely clothed with muddy-grey scales,

feebly variegated with paler ones on elytra, under surface,

and legs.

Rostrum long and thin, with very minute punctures.

Prothorax lightly transverse; with dense, normally con-

cealed punctures. i/ytra not very narrow, parallel-sided to

beyond the middle; with rows of large, almost entirely con-

cealed punctures ; third interstice slightly elevated at base,

near middle, and at summit of posterior declivity. Under

surface with dense, normally concealed punctures,

Length 2? mm.

Hab. Queensland: Brisbane (H. W. Coz).

A rather robust species and the largest of the genus.

The type has the prothorax somewhat abraded, but its com-

paratively large size and slight inequalities of the third

interstice (some of the others are also slightly uneven)

should prevent its being confused with the other species.

Mechistocerus cancellatus, Lea. Kuranda.

M. duplicatus, Lea. Kuranda.

Tepperia sterculie, Lea. Baan Baa.

Poropterus lithodermus, Boi. Kuranda.

P. astheniatus, Lea. Blue Mountains.

P. intermedius, Lea. Kuranda.

P. orthodoxus, Lea. Illawarra.

Microporopterus regularis, Lea. Blue Mountains.

Salcus elevatus, Pasc. Kuranda.

Imaliodes ovipennis, Lea. Kuranda.

I. subfasciatus, Pasc. Illawarra, Blue Mountains.

Tentegia ingrata, Faust. Kuranda.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 32

474 Mr. A. M. Lea on

Trayopus plagiatus, Pasc. Kuranda.

Nechyrus incomptus, Pase. Illawarra.

N. mollipes, Lea, Kuranda.

Onidistus subfornicatus, Lea. Kuranda.

Exithius fumatus, Lea. Blue Mountains, Sydney.

Roptoperus occidentalis, Lea. Perth.

Gygeus prodigus, Pase. Kuranda.

Phieoglymma pallida, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown, in places almost black ; antenne and

tarsi reddish. Densely clothed with white and with fawn-

coloured scales.

Head rather convex, with very dense concealed punctures ;

a shallow depression between eyes. Rostrum about the

length of prothorax, not very wide, sides lightly incurved to

middle ; punctures concealed behind antenne, in front of

same numerous and rather small, but larger on sides than

along middle. Scape short, about the length of three

following joints combined, inserted one-third from base of

rostrum. /rothorax moderately transverse, base bisinnate

and about twice the width of apex, which is bifasciculate ;

with dense, round, concealed punctures. Elytra distinctly

wider than prothorax, base trisinuate, shoulders rounded,

sides parallel to apical fourth ; with rows of large, more or

less concealed punctures; third interstice subtuberculate

near base. Femora stout, strongly dentate ; tibiz angular

or dentate near outer base, the middle pair more noticeably

so than the others.

Length 6 mm.

Hab, W. Australia: Perth.

Intermediate in shape between alternans and dorsalis, but

with very different clothing to that of either; the eyes also

are more pointed in front than in any previously described

species. This, in the table * of allied genera, would refer the

species to Chimades, but the mesosternal receptacle is not

elevated above the metasternum as in that genus, the femoral

dentition is stronger, and the tibize are different. Neverthe-

less, it may possibly be regarded as a link indicating that

Phleoglymma and Chimades should be united. The tibiz

are as described in Euoropis, but, as that genus was stated

to differ from Acalles only in its tibize, whereas this species

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1909, p. 59.

“ows

id |

some Australian Curculionide. 475

is widely separated from Acalles and its allies, it probably

has little in common with /. castanea ; certainly its clothing

is very different. ‘I'he type is evidently in perfect condition.

On the prothorax the scales are mostly fawn-coloured, but

with white scales forming a narrow median line, a sub-

triangular line on each side extending from the base to near

the middle, and an oblique line (not visible from above) on

each flank. On the elytra the white scales clothe most of

the surface. The fawn-coloured ones are more thickly com-

pacted together (almost fasciculate), and form an oblique

fascia from the middle of the second interstice to the

seventh, in front of same is an irregular patch, extending

from the second to the fifth, and more conspicuous about

the base of the third than elsewhere; towards the apex

there are a few feeble spots. The interstices are usually

slightly elevated beneath the darker scales. On the under

surface and legs the scales are almost entirely white; on the

head the two colours are feebly mixed.

Phleoglymma alternans, Pase. Illawarra.

P. dorsalis, Pase. Illawarra.

Austrectopsis oblongus, Lea. Kuranda.

Achopera lachrymosa, Pasc. Canning Ranges, Melbourne.

A. xanthorrhee, Lea. Mundaring.

Pseudapries corticalis, Lea. Kuranda.

Ephrycus obliquus, Pasc. Kuranda.

Pseudometyrus tenuis, Lea. Llawarra.

Euthyrrhinus meditabundus, Fab. Kuranda.

Odosyllis crucigera, Pase., var. fuscotriangularis, Lea,

Kuranda.

Metacymia marmorea, Pasc. Mundaring.

Hyperiosoma falcatum, Lea. Kuranda.

Camptorrhinus dorsalis, Boi. ‘Tweed River.

BARIDIIDES,

Baris apicinivea, sp. n.

Black, highly polished. A thin stripe of white scales on

each side of front of prothorax, a conspicuous spot on each

side near apex of elytra, and some feeble spots at sides of

eyes and of abdomen.

32*

476 Mr, A. M. Lea on

Head with numerous, small, clearly defined punctures.

Rostrum long, strongly curved, somewhat gibbous, and

thickened towards base; punctures dense and rather coarse

on sides behind antenne and about base, elsewhere small,

becoming very small about apex. Prothorax lightly trans-

verse, sides strongly rounded, apex about half the width of

base; with rather sparse and small but sharply defined

punctures. Jlytra elongate-cordate ; striation sharply de-

fined ; interstices impunctate. Prosternum scarcely depressed

along middle in front. Pygidium minute, Legs rather

long ; femora minutely but acutely dentate.

Length 34 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda.

The tip of the pygidium is visible, so the species cannot

be referred to Gymnobaris. Of the species of Baris pre-

viously tabulated by me, it differs from all having “ Pro-

thorax and elytra both with scales ”’ by the elytra having no

basal ones. In some lights the upper surface appears to

have a vague bluish gloss. The subapical spot on each

elytron of the type may be regarded as three close together

(a moderately long one on eighth interstice, a transverse

one on fourth to seventh interstices, and a very small spot

on the third); but it is probably somewhat variable.

Baris bryanii, sp. n.

Black, not very shining. With a small feeble spot of

white scales on scutellar lobe, and some still more feeble

ones at sides of prothorax; elytra with some large scales on

the odd interstices ; rest of upper surface indistinctly clothed

or glabrous. Legs and under surface moderately clothed.

Head with dense and rather small, but clearly defined

punctures. Rostrum moderately long, not very stout,

moderately curved; with dense punctures throughout, be-

coming linear in arrangement along middle; with a feeble

median ridge and traces of others. Prothoraz moderately

transverse, with dense and fairly large punctures. Elytra

very little wider than prothorax; striation narrow and

deep ; punctures of moderate size or rather small, and more

or less regular, except at base and sides, where they are

larger and more crowded. Prosternum moderately depressed

along middle in front. Pygidium rather small. Legs

rather short and stout; femora edentate.

Length 22-3 mm.

Hab. Northern Territory : Darwin.

Very close to sororia, but elytra with a series of rather

some Australian Curculionide. 477

large scales on each of the odd interstices. In some lights

the elytra appear to have a vague purplish gloss.

Baris angophore, Lea. Blue Mountains, Illawarra,

National Park.

B. devia, Lea. Kuranda.

B. sororia, Lea. Kuranda,

B. sublaminata, Lea. Kuranda.

Ipsichora desiderabilis, Lea. Kuranda.

CALANDRIDES,

Calandra oryze#, Linn. Kuranda.

CossONIDES.

Stereoborus brevirostris, sp. n.

Black, shining ; tarsi and parts of antenne of a dingy

red.

Head wide, with sparse and minute punctures ; inter-

ocular fovea scarcely larger than one of the adjacent

punctures. Rostrum (excluding mandibles) about once and

one-half as wide as long, its upper outline continuous with

that of head, and with similar punctures ; scrobes short and

deep. Scape inserted fairly close to base of rostrum, some-

what curved, slightly longer than funicle and club combined.

first joint of funicle not much wider than long, the others

all strongly transverse; club briefly elliptic, the length of

funicle. Prothorax very little longer than greatest width,

rather suddenly dilated near base, subapical constriction

continued across summit; punctures small and not very

dense. Scutellum transverse, minute. /lytra cylindrical,

the width of widest part of prothorax, apical fourth nar-

rowed ; with rows of fairly large rounded punctures, in

narrow striz ; interstices with minute punctures, becoming

somewhat larger posteriorly. Under surface with small

punctures, even on prosternum. Legs stout, tibise each with

a strong curved apical hook on one side of tarsus, a short

spur on the other side,

Length 44 mm.

Hab, Queensland: Kuranda. .

In general appearance like a small specimen of Stereoderus

macleayi, but the considerably longer scape, very different

front tibiz, and absence of long tufts of hairs from the

478 Mr. A. M. Lea on

mouth-parts, forbid its generic association with that species.

It would probably have been treated as representing a new

genus by the late Mr. Wollaston ; but for the present I

prefer to place it in Stereoborus, from all the Australian

species of which it differs in its shorter rostrum and very

minute punctures of head and prothorax.

Notiosomus rugosipennis, sp. 0.

Black, somewhat shining; antenne, tarsi, and tibial

hooks of a dark dingy red.

Head almost impunctate at base; with rather small but

clearly defined punctures, continued on to rostrum, but

becoming somewhat smaller and denser there ; interocular

fovea very small. Rostrum almost parallel-sided, feebly

dilated at insertion of antennz, about as long as width of

prothorax at base. Prothorax with sides rounded and dilated

towards but not to base; with almost evenly distributed

punctures, scarcely larger than those between eyes. lytra

not much wider than widest part of prothorax, parallel-

sided to beyond the middle; with rows of deep punctures

in narrow striz; interstices wider than strie, with small

punctures and with numerous minute transverse impressions,

giving the surface a rugose appearance, especially posteriorly.

Length 4-5 mm.

Hab. New South Wales: Sydney (G. EH. Bryant and

A. M. Lea), Illawarra (H. J. Carter).

In general appearance close to congener, but with smaller

punctures and median impunctate line on prothorax scarcely

traceable ; major is a larger species, with much coarser

punctures ; australis is unknown to me, but is described as

having the under surface with deep aud coarse punctures,

which the present species certainly has not. On some

specimens the interocular fovea appears to be no larger than

some of the surrounding punctures. The rostrum is about

the same length on both sexes, but is considerably wider on

the male than on the female, so that its length is scarcely

more than twice its width, on the female the length is

about thrice the width. The male also has a shallow de-

pression along the two basal segments of abdomen.

Cossonus nitidirostris, sp. 1.

Black, shining; basal third of elytra (except suture and

margins) of a bright castaneous, tibial claws, tarsi, and

antennz of a more or less dingy red; parts of under surface

obscurely diluted with red.

some Australian Curculionidae. 479

Head with clearly defined punctures, smaller about base

than elsewhere; with a small, isolated, interocular fovea.

Rostrum twice as long as greatest width, which is in front

of antennae, from antenne to base decreasing in width,

and with punctures as on head, in front very shining and

with small and sparse punctures. Prothorav very flat, base

lightly bisinuate and twice the width of apex, which is some-

what elevated in middle ; sides strongly rounded at apex,

gently elsewhere, with numerous, distinct, non-confluent

punctures, of moderate size in middle, and small towards

sides ; with a feeble impunctate space along middle. Elytra

not much, but distinctly wider than prothorax, sides feebly

decreasing in width almost from base ; with rows of fairly

large round punctures, in shallow striz, becoming smaller

posteriorly, but the striz deeper; interstices wider than

strize, each with a row of sparse minute punctures.

Length (excluding rostrum) 44 mm.

Hab. Queensland : Kuranda.

In general appearance fairly close to indigens, but much

more depressed, punctures much smaller, rostrum narrower

and more shining, interocular fovea much smaller, &e. The

description of albertisi is rather unsatisfactory, but its pro-

thoracic punctures are evidently different to those of this

species, as Pascoe says of them, in comparison with those of

basalis, “‘ magis sed irregulariter.”. Those of basalis being

“in medio et lateribus extus grosse.” Albertisi also has

apparently more of the elytra pale, and the two colours less

sharply detined than in the present species.

Dryopthorus corticalis, Payk. Kuranda,

Pentamimus rhyncholiformis, Woll. Cannington.

Position DousBrFrutt.

MESEMBRINOCIS, gen. nov.

Head of moderate size, partly concealed from above. Eyes

rather large, round, coarsely facetted, not close together,

Rostrum slightly longer than prothorax, rather wide, sub-

parallel-sided, lightly curved. Scrobes uarrow, deep, oblique,

open posteriorly, and extending almost to lower edge of eyes.

Antenne moderately thin, inserted about one-third from

apex of rostrum; scape almost straight, slightly shorter

than funicle and club combined ; first joint of funicle long,

second moderately long, the others short; club elliptic-

ovate, almost the length of funicle. Prothorax lightly

480 On some Australian Curculionidee.

transverse, base gently rounded, without ocular lobes.

Scutellum distinct. lytra short, briefly oblong-cordate,

much wider than prothorax. Metasternum moderately long.

Abdomen with the median segments drawn slightly back-

wards at sides. Legs short ; front cox touching ; femora

stout, strongly dentate ; tibiz stout, dilated at apex, with a

small terminal mucro; tarsi rather stout, third joint wide

and deeply bilobed, claws appendiculate.

I am unable to assign this genus with confidence to any

subfamily. The species in appearance is not unlike a Gery-

nassa of the Erirhinides, but the claws are not simple;

when they can be clearly viewed each is seen to have a large

basal appendix, that is abruptly truncated at about one-

third from the apex, with a distinct notch between it and

the apex of the claw proper. This, however, can only be

seen when the claws are viewed from below, from any other

direction they appear to be simple. The pygidium is not

exposed, and although this is regarded as of secondary

importance in the ‘fychides and Anthonomides, other

characters are divergent—for instance, in the Anthonomides

the rostrum is described * as “ long, slender, and cylindrical ”

and the eyes as “small and distant from the prothorax.”

In the Tychiides the abdomen is said to have its median

sutures strongly angulated at the sides; in the present

genus they are but feebly angulated there and several genera

of Erirhinides have these sutures very similar; tbis character,

however, is certainly variable in the Tychiides. ‘The Priono-

merides are stated to have the ventral sutures (other than

those of the first segment) strongly angulated at the sides

and the pygidium exposed.

The fact is that the various classifications of the Curculio-

nide have been made without making sufficient allowance

for Australian ones, and when our species are better known

will need considerable modification. For the present it

seems as well to refer this genus, and a few others, to the

end to a cluster of genera with the heading “ Position

Doubtful.”

Mesembrinocis variegatus, sp. n.

Dark reddish brown, in places almost black; antenne,

tibiz, and tarsi reddish. Densely clothed with fairly stout

scales, varying from almost white to sooty.

Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum with

narrow Carine separating rows of punctures to antenne, but

* Leconte and Horn’s ‘ Classification of the Rhynchophora.’

On new Oriental Pentatomoidea, 481

partially concealed about base, in front of antenne with

subconfluent punctures. Prothoraz not much longer than

wide, sides slightly rounded from base to apical third, and

then decreasing to apex, which is about two-thirds the width

of base; with dense concealed punctures. Elytra about

one-third wider than prothorax, and not thrice as long,

about one-third longer than wide; striate-punctate, but

punctures normally concealed ; interstices gently convex,

with numerous concealed punctrres.

Length (excluding rostrum) 4 mm.

Hab, New South Wales: Illawarra.

On the head and basal half of rostrum the scales are

mostly ochreous, with a few paler spots. On the prothorax

they are mostly ochreous brown or sooty, witha pale oblique

stripe on each side, and a less distinct one along the middle.

On the scutellum they are white. On the elytra they are

mostly of a dingy brown, but on the apical fourth they are

of a rather pale ochreous, bounded anteriorly by a curved

sooty line, across the middle there are some whitish spots,

accentuating some sooty ones, and on the shoulders and

near the scutellum there are also some whitish and sooty

spots. The whitish spots from some directions appear like

feeble fascicles. On the under surface the scales are almost

white, and on the legs they are mostly stramineous. The

type is probably a male.

XL.—New Oviental Pentatomoidea.

By E. Brerarotu, C.M.Z.S.

Fam. Scutelleride.

Coleotichus ornamentifer, sp. n.

Rather broadly obovate, shining. Head a little less than

half the length of pronotum, not quite one-half broader than

long, almost impunctate, laterally a little sinuated somewhat

before the eyes, clypeus slightly passing apex of juga, a

little constricted in the middle, posteriorly reaching slightly

beyond the level of the middle of the eyes ; ocelli a little

over three times more apart from each other than from eyes,

placed immediately behind the level of the posterior margins

of the eyes; inferior margin of bucculz slightly sinuated,

first and second joints of antennz equal in length, third one-

half longer than second, fourth somewhat shorter than second

482 Mr. E. Bergroth on

and third together, fifth as long as fourth ; rostrum not

quite reaching posterior end of metasternum, the last three

joints subequal in length. Pronotum one-half broader than

long, within the slightly rounded and bluntly subelevated

antero-lateral margins with a distinct, rather broad, sub-

angular or a little curved longitudinal impression, the

anterior half of which is almost parallel to the margins and

extended from the apical angles to near the middle of the

margins, whilst the posterior half is parallel to the longi-

tudinal axis of the body; sparsely punctured, lateral borders

and cicatrical areas very remotely so, a longitudinal anteriorly

slightly raised, posteriorly evanescent median line im-

punctate; apical margin moderately sinuate, obliquely

truncate behind the eyes, lateral angles rounded, very

slightly prominent, postero-lateral margins a little sinuate.

Scutellum reaching apex of abdomen, slightly widening from

the base toa little beyond it, then subparallel as far as to

the middle of the fourth connexival segment, then arcuately

narrowing to the broadly and slightly rounded apex, sparsely

punctured, somewhat more thickly and finely so in the apical

fourth ; a transverse posteriorly rounded basal area not quite

reaching the lateral margins very remotely punctured and in

the middle impunctate, a slightly raised impunctate median

line running from the posterior margin of the basal area

backwards, but evanescent before apex. Pectus sparingly

and very irregularly punctate, anterior flaps of prosternum

shaped as in the other species of the subgenus Paracoleotichus,

strongly punctured at their base, almost impunetate toward

their apical margin. Hemelytra slightly pr apex of

scutellum and abdomen ; corium not quite reaching apex

of fourth connexival segment; exocorium remotely and

extremely finely punctulate, mesocorium and especially endo-

corium much more strongly (though sparingly) punctured,

suture between exocorium and mesocorium three times longer

than that between mesocorium and endocorium. Abdomen

beneath rather irregularly strigose, but scarcely punctured,

the middle of the disk and the lateral borders smooth, the

longitudinal median groove very distinct from base of venter

to apex of fifth segment, narrower and less distinct in basal

third of sixth segment, the apical angles of the segments a

little prominent, those of the sixth segment more acute and

tooth-like ; sixth female ventral segment in the middle a

little longer than the two preceding segments together, and

twice longer than its lateral margin (including the apical

tooth), its apical margin broadly bisinuate, the median apical

part of the segment and the female genital segment with a

;

eer >

new Oriental Pentatomoidea. 483

pale suberect pilosity, the median female genital lobes nearly

twice broader than long at their interior margin, but not

reaching lateral angles of basal lobes, apical lobes arcuately

triangular, acute at apex. Colour argillaceous, juga and

Jateral borders of prothorax, of corium, and of abdomen

reddish orange, lateral margins of clypeus, a median basal

fascia to head emitting two vitte to base of clypeus,

four rounded spots placed transversely in anterior part of

ronotum (one at each end of cicatrices), two longitudinal

Ranta near middle of posterior portion of pronotum, three or

four spots between these bands and the lateral margins, a

basal spot to scutellum on each side not far from the angles,

a large scutellar marking resembling a written 3¢ with the

end of the branches strongly dilated, a curved abbreviated

fascia on each side of the 9-shaped marking, a sublateral

vitta to pleure, a broad anteriorly abbreviated vitta to meso-

corium, an interior apical vitta to exocorium, the apical

angles of the abdominal segments, the transverse sublateral

impression behind the spiracles, and a median spot to sixth

ventral segment black; basal area of scutellum (except

the black markings) pale yellow ; membrane fuscous ; all

punctures of the argillaceous parts of pronotum and scutellum

placed in a small round semipellucid spot of a peculiar watery

dark greyish colour not unlike that of diluted ink ; antenna

piceous, first joint, apical half of second, and basal half of

third joint testaceous; rostrum, except first joint, black ;

legs jak testaceous, femora more or less suffused with

fuscous.

Length, 2 14 mm., width 85 mm.

Borneo : Santubong in Sarawak (J. C. Moulton),

Allied to C. artensis, Montr., but differing in the very much

less punctured basal area of scutellum, longer sixth ventral

segment, and several other details, The colowing is pro-

bably variable as in the other species of the genus, but in the

484 Mr. E. Bergroth on

colour-markings of the scutellum none of the numerous

varieties of avtenstis seems to be similar to the single known

specimen of the Bornean species.

The species of Coleotichus principally inhabit the islands

of the Pacific Ocean. One species is known from Sumatra,

but none had previously been found in any of the other great

Sunda islands.

Fam. Pentatomida.

Subfam. Aruinz.

Schouteden has divided Canthecona, Am. §8., into two

genera, separating the Asiatic species as a distinct genus,

Cantheconidea. ‘The latter genus he divides into two sections,

A and B, corresponding to Stal’s division aa and aaa ot

Canthecona. These sections differ much more inter se than

the section B of Cantheconidea differs from Canthecona, and

must in my opinion be regarded as distinct genera with the

following characters :—

The sides of the metasternum strongly cari-

nately raised above the level of the coxe,

freely produced forward and _ backward

between the coxe. Tibiz cylindrical, only

toward the apex flattened or slightly sulcate.

The males with no sericeous patches on the

venter; apical margin of sixth male ventral

segment broadly bisinuate. (Type: C.javana,

Dal) cu ni th ihn de Pom RE Wiig ERE Os Cantheconidea, Schout.

The sides of the metasternum a little raised, but

not produced forward and backward, Tibiz

conspicuously sulcate down their whole

length. The males with a large sericeous

(stridulatory?) patch on each side of the

venter extended through the fourth and fifth

segments ; apical margin of sixth male ventral

segment broadly unisinuate. (Type: C. fur- ;

cillaté, Wolff}? (50d. sUeC as eae seeeeeee Locanthecona, gen. nov.

Asopus chrysopterus, H. Sch., from the island of Guam,

has remained unknown to later authors, but has in all

catalogues been placed in Canthecona, and later in Canthe-

conidea ; yet from the description and figures, and from the

fact that Herrich-Schiaffer placed it in a division characterized

by ‘ Vorderschenkel ohne Dorn,” it is clear that it has

nothing to do with this group of genera. ‘There can be

little doubt that it belongs to an undescribed genus.

new Oriental Pentatomoidea. 485

Eocanthecona eburnea, sp. n.

Ivory-white, lateral margins of juga, upper part of antenni-

ferous tubercles, a spot on each side of vertex enclosing the

ocellus, a transverse pronotal spot outside each cicatrical area

inwardly continued round this area, a subquadrate spot on

the connexival incisures, an irregular spot on propleura and

mesopleura, mesosternum (except the median ridge), posterior

margin of orificial sulcus, a narrow curved sublateral fascia

to metapleura emitting a short branch to the lateral margin, a

spot at base of epipleura, a short transverse sublateral streak

on second ventral segment, a narrow curved sublateral fascia

on the last four ventral segments connecting the basal margins

with a point a little behind the spiracles, a spot at basal

angles of third ventral segment, and a median spot on sixth

ventral segment, shortly continued over the fifth, brassy

greenish black ; humeral processes of prothorax, a deep

triangular fovea at basal angles of scutellum, dorsum of

abdomen, and a median vitta to female genital segment

piceous ; membrane fuscous, an oblong spot on each side

before the apex hyaline. Head above sparsely punctured

with fuscous, an oblique oblong area at anterior part of eyes

impunetate, first three joints of antennz testaceous, apex of

third broadly fuscous, last two joints fuscous black with a

broad basal ochraceous annulation, second, third, and fifth

joints subequal in length, fourth a little longer, rostrum

ivory-white, last joint castaneous. Pronotum, scutellum,

corium, and connexivum smooth and impunctate, with the

following exceptions: pronotum with some punctures be-

tween the cicatrical areas and the apical margin, a row of

punctures immediately within the lateral margins, and

numerous partly thick-set punctures which form a fascia

connecting the humeral processes and emitting from its

middle an irregular continuation forward to a little beyond

the middle of the pronotum; scutellum with scattered

punctures arranged in a tiiangular basal area and an oblong

area on each side near apex of frena ; exocorium with a row

of punctures reaching from the base to beyond the middle,

then irregularly sparsely punctate, mesocorium with an

oblong punctured area behind the middle near the radial vein,

sparsely punctate in its outer apical area, and at the inner

margin with a row of punctures duplicated behind the

middle, endocorium behind the middle with a row of pune-

tures ; connexivum with a few strongly impressed points

in the greenish-black incisural spots, except the hindmost ;

the puncturation of pronotum, scutellum, and corium fuscous,

486 Mr, E. Bergroth on

coarse on pronotum, somewhat finer on scutellum, and still

finer on corium, Prothorax with the antero-lateral margins

sinuate behind the middle, slightly rounded and distinctly

erenulated between the sinuosity and the apical angle,

humeral processes directed outward and a little forward,

their posterior margin with a blunt tooth at some distance

from the acute apex. Hemelytra passing apex of abdomen

by about one-third the length of the membrane, apical

margin of corium somewhat rounded. Pleura strongly and

sparsely punctured with greenish black and fuscous, lateral

and posterior borders of metapleuree impunctate. Abdomen

with the apical angles of the segments a little prominent,

venter finely and remotely punctulate with ferruginous,

spiracles pale brownish. Legs ivory-white, femora dotted

with reddish brown, apex of femora and of tibize, and base of

tibize mottled with greenish black or fuscous, tarsi more or

less infuscated ; fore tibie a little dilated at apex.

Length (excl. membrane), ?,12 mm.

Philippine Islands: Mount Makiling, Luzon (CQ. F.

Baker).

In some specimens the punctures between the cicatrical areas

aud the apical margin of the pronotum, the row of punctures

within the pronotal lateral margins, and the puncturation on .

the outer half of the pleure are lacking.

Very remarkable by having the pronotum, scutellum, and

corium for the most part quite smooth and impunctate, and

in this character differing from all previously known

species.

Subfam. PxH¥LrocePHALINZ.

UDDMANIA, gen. nov.

Body oblong, depressed. Head small, a little broader than

long, rather strongly sinuated before the large prominent

globose eyes, vertex convex, ocelli wide apart, placed near

the eyes, clypeus somewhat bent down in its apical part,

juga a little longer than clypeus, but neither meeting nor

convergent in front of it, rounded exteriorly before apex,

antenniferous tubercles blunt at apex, the greater part of

them visible from above, buccule very strongly elevated, a

little higher behind than before, seen from the side rounded

at anterior end, vertical at posterior end, their inferior

margin straight, rostrum reaching anterior coxe, its second

joint almost reaching posterior end of bucculz, antenna

slender, first joint somewhat incrassated, passing apex of

lead by about half its length, the three following joints

new Oriental Pentatomoidea. 487

subequal in length, each much longer than first (last joint

wanting). Pronotum rather deeply arcuately sinuate at

apex, antero-lateral margins deeply Aiea Aes sinuated

in the middle, owing to the humeral angles being produced

in a subtriangular process directed obliquely forward and

outward, these margins subacute, irregularly denticulated

from pronotal apical angles to base of humeral processes,

these processes not reaching the level of the pronotal apical

angles, their margins entire, not toothed, pronotal basal

margin straight. Scutellum longer than broad, about reach-

ing middle of abdomen, laterally sinuated considerably

behind the middle, postfrenal part narrow, nearly twice as

long as broad, its sides subparallel, apex rounded. Meso-

sternum somewhat convex, keeled in the middle. Orificial

suleus rather short. Hemelytra when closed scarcely

broader than, but entirely covering, the abdomen, coriuam

much longer than scutellum, costal margin slightly rounded,

apical angle acute, apical margin straight, rimula through

a little less than its basal half closely following the radial

vein, then somewhat deviating from it, ending not far behind

middle of corium, membrane with the veins forked, the

outermost and the three interior ones simple. Abdomen

laterally slightly rounded, ventral lateral border a little con-

cave, apical angles of the segments scarcely prominent,

those of the last segment (¢) broadly lobately rounded,

spiracles obliquely transverse, placed in the posterior

declivity of a small callus, more remote from the lateral

than from the apical margin of the segments. Legs rather

slender, fore tibiz beneath with a small indentation in the

apical half preceded by a short spinule, first joint of all tarsi

very slightly longer than the two others together, and more

robust.

This genus is allied to Cressona, Dall., from which it

differs in several details in the structure of the head, the

much shorter, more divergent, and not serrate humeral

processes of the prothorax, Ke.

Named in memory of the first Finnish entomologist, Isaac

Uddman, whose illustrated dissertation ‘Nove insectorum

species” (Abow, 1753), contains for that time very good

descriptions of a hundred species, later specifically named by

Linnzeus and others.

Uddmania vepallida, sp. n.

Dull, above pale ocliraceous, finely and dispersedly punc-

tured with blackish and fuscous, still more finely and remotely

io 2)

Mr. E. Bergroth on

so on head and corium, beneath still paler than above, rather

sparsely but less finely punctured with black ; a narrow

median vitta running from apex of pronotum to apex of

secutellum, a percurrent pleural vitta, a broad ventral vitta

on each side near the middle, and a rather large oval sub-

Jateral area to each ventral segment impunctate, the ventral

vittee, however, with sundry black points arranged in an

indefinite and irregular longitudinal row, venter at the

median basal part and on each side near the median line

here and there tinted with ferruginous or sanguineous ;

antenniferous tubercles above, antero-lateral margins of pro-

notum from apical angles to base of humeral process (including

the teeth), and a small oblong spot behind middle of corium

at apex of rimula black ; membrane pellucid, with scattered

round and shortly linear fuscous-black specks. Head one-

fifth broader than long, juga finely obliquely wrinkled and

with the scanty puncturation very pale brown. Pronotum

feebly transversely rugose, humeral processes slightly

shorter than their basal breadth, their anterior margin

rounded toward the apex, their posterior margin straight,

a little longer than the part of the postero-lateral margin

lying before the base of corium. Scutellum feebly trans-

versely rugose. Hemelytra (¢) slightly passing apex of

abdomen, corium reaching somewhat beyond base of penulti-

mate connexival segment. Abdomen with blackish spiracles,

sixth male ventral segment in the middle slightly shorter

than fifth, male genital segment not quite reaching the apex

of the lateral apical lobes of the last ventral segment, its

apical margin obtusangularly sinuated in the middle. Legs

very remotely and finely dotted with brown.

Length, ¢,19 mm.

Philippine Islands: Mt. Makiling, Luzon (C. F. Baker).

Tetroda denticulijera, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous, thickly and finely concolorously

punctulate, less thickly and more superficially punctate on

the venter, scutellum at the sides from basal angles to apex

of frena with a dark fuscous posteriorly tapering stripe, and

immediately inside this with a transversely rugose whitish

vitta which, behind the frena, occupies the lateral margins

themselves, tapering posteriorly but almost reaching apex,

membrane greyish hyaline with pale brown veins, venter

with a whitish callus immediately before each spiracle.

Head about one-third longer than broad, the lateral margins

With a short acute spine a little in front of the eyes, juga

oa iy SR ia

new Oriental Pentatomoidea. 489

directed straight forward, lanceolate, very narrowly rounded

at apex, their freely projecting part as long as the distance

between the apex of clypeus and a line connecting the ocelli,

and as broad at its base as half the distance between the

ocelli. Pronotum with a low laterally evanescent ridge be-

tween the humeral angles, and between this and the cicatrical

areas with a few transverse ruge, tlie apical processes slightly

passing the level of tle apex of the clypeus. Hemelytra( @ )

somewhat passing base of dorsal genital segment, corium not

quite reaching apex of antepenultimate connexival segment,

its apical margin slightly rounded. Abdomen in the interior

half of the largely exposed connexivum with numerous short,

sublevigate, vermicularly tortuous, impressed, fuscous lines

arranged in a longitudinal band ; beneath on each side a

little within the lateral margins with a longitudinal band,

and somewhat more inwardly at the apical margin of the

segments (except the sixth) with a transverse fascia, all

composed of similar meandering lines ; female dorsal genital

segment somewhat broader than head, its apical margin

broadly and slightly sinuate.

Length, 2,17 mm.

‘Tonkin.

In having a small acute lateral spine a little in front of

the eyes this species is allied to 7’. obtusa, Dall., but the juga

are narrower and less rounded at apex, tle anteocular spines

are concolorous with the head, the scutellum is quite differently

coloured, and the venter is less thickly and less strongly

punctured without the large transverse impunctate lateral

fovez so characteristic of ohtusa.

Subfam. AcayryosroMATINZ.

Proctophantasta minax, sp. n.

Shortly oval, above black; head with the lateral margins

from within the eyes to beyond middle of juga, a longitudi-

nal band on juga, a line in the apical half of clypeus, a spot

inside each eye, an elongate lanceolate spot reaching from

base of clypeus to base of head, and two transverse basal

spots on each side yellow ; pronotum with the antero-lateral

and postero-lateral margins, seven spots (the median one

larger and subquadrate) on the transverse elevated subapical

area, and five spots immediately behind the impressed line

posteriorly terminating that area stramineous, the two outer

ones (on each side) of the latter spots oblique and removed

trom the oblong, somewhat callose median spot; scutellum

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 33

490 Mr. E. Bergroth on

with a spot near the basal angles and a large transversely

oval blotch almost reaching the lateral margins immediately

behind the middle yellow ; corium with the basal part of the

costal margin yellow, and with an elongate triangular whitish

area in the basal half of the mesocorium ; connexivum with

a yellow spot at the apical angles of the four first segments,

fifth and sixth segments entirely stramineous, except their

black apical spines; membrane hyaline, shaded with fus-

cous toward base; ‘head beneath and pectus stramineous,

the former with a narrow fuscous streak before the antenni-

ferous tubercles, middle part of all sterna (except median

keel of mesosternum ), three longitudinal bands on propleuree,

the outermost and innermost of which are transversely con-

tinued inwards from both their ends, a transverse angular

fascia in anterior part of mesopleure together with their

whole exterior and posterior parts, and the metapleuree (except

orificia, posterior border, and posterior half of lateral border)

fuscous black; venter piceous brown, a yellow spot at apical

angles of the first four segments, lateral borders of fifth

segment, the whole sixth segment, and the male genital

segment stramineous; antennz fuscous, first and second

joints (except outer and inner margins of first), and the

extreme base of the following joints dark testaceous ; rostrum

stramineous, last joint fuscous black ; legs fuscous, femora

(except the dusky apex) dark fulvous with a rusty tint, to-

ward the base, together with trochanters and cox, whitish,

a spot on coxe fuscous. Head impunctate, but with an

impressed punctured longitudinal line on each side of vertex

before the ocelli, which are a little more remote from each other

than from the eyes, first joint of antenne passing apex of

head by one-third its length, second joint a little shorter than

third which is at least one-fifth shorter than fourth (fifth

wanting), rostrum reaching apical margin of third ventral

segment. Pronotum strongly and rather thickly punctured,

the elevated subapical area and the pale spots behind it

smooth, lateral margins straight. Scutellum coarsely and

rather thickly punctate, postfrenal part more finely punctured,

the pale areas impunctate, lateral margins straight. Pectus

impunctate, a transverse row of fuscous punctures near apical

margin of prosternum, posterior part of propleure finely and

remotely punctate with fuscous, median keel of mesosternum

low and very narrow, slightly dilated anteriorly between the

fore coxe. Hemelytra passing apex of genital segment by

about one-fourth the length of the membrane, corium as

thickly punctured as the scutellum but less strongly so,

mesocorium in its interior part with three regular rows of

mena!

new Oriental Pentatomoidea. 491

punctures, the outer two rows somewhat curved behind the

middle, exterior part of mesocorium and apical part of exo-

corium remotely punctate. Abdomen impunctate, beneath

bluntly roof-shaped in the male, sixth male ventral segment

in the middle somewhat longer than fifth, its apical spines

rather strongly arcuately upturned from base to apex, almost

sickle-shaped, passing apex of membrane, male genital

segment subtriangular, almost as long as the last two ventral

segments together.

Length (excl. membrane and anal spines), g , 6°38 mm.

Philippine Islands: Mount Banahao, Luzon (C. F.

Baker).

In the colour-pattern of the upper side similar to P. sat-

anas, Bredd., but the second antennal joint is much shorter,

the pronotum more strongly and regularly punctate, the

yellow submedian area of the scutellum not punctured in the

middle, the anal spines are more curved and upturned, and

the underside of the body and the legs somewhat differently

coloured.

Proctophantasta minitabundus, sp. n.

Shortly oval, pale testaceous with the following piceous

markings : interior margin to juga, a narrow sublateral vitta

to juga anteriorly occupying the margin itself and posteriorly

widening into a spot inside anterior part of eyes, two somewhat

outwardly curved vitte on vertex, a spot between ocelli and

eyes, upper side of antenniferous tubercles anda streak before

them, apical border of pronotum, a band inside its antero-

lateral and postero-lateral margins, an irregular transverse

fascia, interiorly widening and enclosing a fulvous spot, on

each side of the transversely elevated pronotal subapical area,

the transverse linear impression posteriorly terminating this

area, an oblique vitta not far from the posterior part of the

-pronotal antero-lateral margins and parallel to them, reaching

the postapical transverse callosity,a spot behind middle of

corium, its interior and apical margins and the apical half

of the costal margin, three vitta on propleure quite similar

to those of P. minar, middle part of mesosternum (except

median keel), a spot at base of middle acetabula, a short

vitta close to exterior margin of mesopleuiz, anterior,

exterior, and posterior margin of the evaporative area, and an

abbreviated transverse fascia a little within the lateral

margins of the ventral segments ; connexivum black, each

segment at the interior margin with two rectangular fulvous

spots, one near base, the other at apex, and at the exterior

33*

492 On new Oriental Pentatomoidea.

margin with an elongate triangular fulvous spot reaching

from apex to beyond middle; membrane hyaline; ventral

segments with a pale yellow spot at the apical angles;

antenne with the first two joints testaceous, the basal one

with a fuscous streak on each side, the last three joints

fuscous black, with the base testaceous; rostrum and legs

pale testaceous, the former with the last joint fuscous. Head

impunctate, but with an impressed punctate area at the

exterior base of the juga and an impressed punctured longi-

tudinal line on each side of vertex before the ocelli, which

are as remote from the eyes as from each other, antennee as

long as the body without the anal spines, first joint distinctly

passing apex of head, second as long as third which isa

little shorter than fourth and conspicuously longer than fifth,

rostrum reaching apical margin of third ventral segment.’

Pronotum, except the smooth transverse elevated subapical

area, strongly but very irregularly punctate, the whole

posterior part (behind the elevated transverse area) with an

anteriorly widened median line, an oblique sublateral vitta, a

rounded spot inside this, and some smaller anterior spots and

waved transverse lines impunctate, pronotal lateral margins

straight. Scutellum coarsely punctate, postfrenal part finely

punctulate, a small callus at the basal angles, a pereurrent

median line, and the apex impunctate, the lateral margins

slightly sinuate at apex of frena. Pectus impunctate, a trans-

verse row of fuscous punctures near apical margin of pro-

sternum, posterior part of propleuree remotely punctured with

fuscous, median keel of mesosternum low and very narrow.

Hemelytra passing apex of genital segment by nearly one-

third the length of the memb:ane, corium strongly punctured,

mesocoiium in the basal half of its exterior border impunctate.

Abdomen impunctate, beneath in the female rather deeply

aud broadly longitudinally sulcate down the middle, the

furrow narrower and less deep in the sixth segment, at the

~ base of which it is narrowly interrupted, apical spinelets of

fifth segment somewhat curved, apical spines of sixth segment

a little longer than genital segment and last ventral segment

taken together, passing apex of membrane, directed straight

backwards, but curved a little outward at the base and a little

upward at the apex.

Length (excl. membrane and anal spines), 2, 7°5 mm.

Philippine Islands : Mt. Banahao, Luzon (C. F. Baker).

More nearly related to P. colaz, Bredd., than to any other

known species, but very distinct in several characters.

To Breddin’s very good generic description I have only to

add that the evaporative area is large, transversely oval,

On the Genus Nyctophilus. 493

occupying the greatest part of the metapleura, and very

slightly sculptured. Distant (Rhynch. Brit. Ind. iv. p. 464)

has also described the genus (under the wrong name “ Proto-

phantasta”) and says in the description: ‘tibia longitudinally

grooved.” Should the tibiw really prove to be sulcated in

the species described by Distant, this would be a most unusual

and aberrant specific character of that species, as the eylin-

drical non-suleate tibiae is one of the principal characters of

the Acanthosomatinaw. Ihave seen no member of this sub-

family with furrowed tibiw.,

Five species of this curious genus were previously known,

one from Ceylon, two from Sumatra, one from Java, and one

~ from Borneo.

XLI.—Notes on the Genus Nyctophilus.

By OLDFIELD ‘l'HOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

WHEN describing the new genus Pharotis last year I pub-

lished * a cursory survey of its ally, Vyctophilus, and finding

out in what direction further material was most urgently

needed, I made an appeal to the authorities of the Australian

Museum, Sydney, for specimens from Eastern Australia.

Through the kindness of Mr. A. R. McCulloch, that

appeal has been most liberally responded to, and I have been

entrusted with their whole collection of the genus, numbering

no less than 42 specimens from various localities, all pre-

served in spirit, thus supplementing the British Museum

material, which is largely in skin.

On studying these spirit-specimens I find that most useful

differential characters may be drawn both from the develop-

ment of the nose-leaf, hitherto supposed to be the same

throughout the genus, and from the structure of the bone

to which I have recently drawn attention in squirrels, the

baculum or penis-bone.

The facial membranes consist, firstly, of a definite semi-

circular leaf surmounting the nostrils, with or without a

median notch in its upper edge, and, secondly, of a rounded

elevation behind it, more or less divided centrally into two

halves, and varying in its development in three different

degrees, which may be briefly described as follows :—

1. Elevation quite low, rounded, nearly uniformly hairy,

division into two scarcely perceptible.

* Ann, & Mag. N. HL. (8) xiv. p. 383,

494 Mr. O. Thomas on

2. Higher, divided in the centre by a notch, the median

line of which tends to be grooved, naked, and of a different

texture to the rest *.

3. Much higher, the two divisions connected with each

other, and surpassed above, by a median, smooth, and naked

membrane, which is folded to form a Y-shaped groove on its

anterior surface fT.

There is, however, a nearly complete continuity of develop-

ment from one extreme to the other, so that the position of

individual specimens may occasionally be in doubt.

The baculum in WVyctophilus has a broad stout bifid base

and a downwardly curved shaft, generally about 24-3 times

the length of the breadth of the base. Its tip may be either

simple and slightly flattened, or bifurcate.

The species are here taken geographically, beginning with

the west and passing first eastwards and then to the north

and north-west.

1. Nyctophilus major, Peters.

Abh. Ak. Berl. 1860, p. 125 (1861), ex Gray, Voy. Ereb, Terr. pl. xxi.

fig. 2 (plates prepared in 1845, not published till 1875).

Size largest of the genus, a skull measuring 19-8 mm. in

greatest length; maxillary tooth-row 73. Bulle fairly

large, 43 mm.

No spirit-specimens available, but the nose-leaf appears

from skins to be of the less-developed type. No bacula

seen.

Hab. Western Australia. ‘Type from Perth. Other

specimens from King George’s Sound, Southern Cross, &e.

Type. B.M. no. 44.7. 9. 20.

2. Nyctophilus geofroyi, Leach.

Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. Ee 78 (1822).

N. australis, Peters, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1860, p. 123, plate (1861).

Size small or medium. Ears proportionally large. Nose-

leaf of the most highly developed type, as described under

3, above. Baculum with the normal broad bifid base and

simple slightly flattened tip. Bulle large.

Three subspecies may be recognized :—

* Dobson’s figure (Catalogue, pl. xi. fig. 7) corresponds to this degree

of development, but is slightly exaggerated towards the third type.

+ Peters’s figure of Nyctophilus australis (Abh. Ak. Berl. 1860, plate,

fig. 2) shows this leaf, but does not indicate the Y-shaped groove seen in

the best-developed specimens.

—

Gsye

the Genus Nyctophilus. 495

a. WV. yeoffroyt geoffroyi.

Synonymy as above.

Size smaller, a skull 14 mm. in condylo-basal length,

maxillary tooth-row 5°5, Bulla 4°0. Colour rather dark.

Hab. West Australia. Type-locality, as identified by

Tomes *, Albany, King George’s Sound,

b. V. geoffroyt pallescens, Thos.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) p. 79 (1913),

Like true geofroyi, but colour much paler. Skull: greatest

length 15°3 mm. ; maxillary tooth-row 57 ; bulla 3-8.

Hab, Arid central region of Australia. ‘lype-locality,

Alexandria, Northern Territory, Other specimens from

Lake Eyre, 8. Australia, and Normanton, N.W. Queensland.

Type. B.M. no. 7.1.4.1.

ce. N. geoffroyi pacificus, Gray.

ig nN pacificus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 8 (1831) (“Islands of the

acific ”).

Nyctophilus unicolor, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 33 (Tasmania).

Averaging rather larger than true geofroy?. Type-skull

15°3 mm. in greatest length; maxillary tooth-row 5:5;

bulla 3°8. Colour dark.

Hab, 5.E. Australia and Tasmania. Exact locality of type

not known, but a specimen from Gippsland agrees closely

with it. A well-preserved series from Mt. Kosciusko in the

Australian Museum.

Type in the British Museum.—Old Collection.

3. Nyctophilus sherrini, sp. n.

Size large, only slightly less than in N. major. Ears of

medium size for the genus. Colour faded in the only speci-

men available. Nose-leaf of a little-developed type, between

Nos. 1 and 2, therefore contrasting with the other Tasmanian

species, NV. geofiroyt (pacificus), which has a No. 3 nose-leaf.

Baculum slender, the shatt but little curved, narrow and high

in section, tapering terminally to a fine point.

Skull shorter than that of .V. major, the brain-case higher

and more rounded. Sagittal crest well developed. Tooth-

row decidedly shorter than in .V, major.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 45 mm.

* Cf. P.Z.S. 1906, p. 470. Specimen now B.M. no. 7. 1. 1. 338,

496 Mr. O. Thomas on

Head and body 55; tail 45 ; ear 26x17°5 ; third finger,

metacarpal 40, first phalanx 16; lower leg and hind foot

(c. u.) 28°3. Baculum 4-4.

Skull: greatest length 18°5; condylo-basal length 17:2 ;

zygomatic breadth 11° i; palato- ‘sinual length 71 ; bulla 4° 2;

maxillary tooth-row 6° 9,

Hab. Tasmania.

Type. Adult male in spirit. B.M. no. 52.1.15.50. Col-

lected and presented by Mr. Ronald Gunn.

This fine species is evidently most nearly related to the

West Australian 1. major, but has a smaller and differently

shaped skull and shorter tooth-row. It is far larger than

the other Tasmanian form, VV. geoffroyi pacificus, of which

‘Tomes’s N. unicolor is a synonym.

It is named in honour of Mr. W. R. Sherrin, to whom

every mammalogist who has visited the Museum is indebted

for assistance, and whose admirable preparation of tiny skulls

and tinier bacula has so immensely helped in the mammalian

work done both by staff and visitors.

4. Nyctophilus gouldi, Tomes.

P. Z. 8. 1858; p. 31.

Size rather large. Ears large. Nose-leaf of middle

development, as 2 above. Baculum stout, little curved, thick

for its basal portion, then abruptly narrowing in its terminal

third to a long point. Bullee larger.

Skull of an adult male from Sydney—greatest length

17°7 mm.; maxillary tooth-row 6 4; bulla 4-2.

Hab. New South Wales and South Queensland. Type-

locality, Moreton Bay. Specimens examined from the

Blue Mountains and Sydney northwards to Gin Gin, near

Bundaberg, Queensland, 25° S. lat.

Type. B.M. no. 7. 1. 1. 339.

5. Nyctophilus bifax, sp. n.

Size fairly large. Lars decidedly smaller than in N. gouldi.

Colour medium, a fresh skin cinnamon-brown above, little

paler below. Nose-leaf of the least degree of development,

No. 1, above. Skull strongly built, with well-developed

ridges ; bulle smaller than in JV. gouldi. Baculum stout,

scarcely tapering for its basal half, then narrowing slightly

to the tip, which is distinctly bifurcate, the prongs parallel,

separated by a semicircular concavity corresponding to the

flattened end in other species.

the Genus Nyctophilus. 497

Dimensions of the type (in spirit) :—

Forearm 41 mm, (range 40-43).

Head and body 54; tail 43; ear 23°5 x15; third finger,

metacarpus 38, first phalanx 15°5; lower leg and hind foot

(c. u.) 27°75. Baculum 3:2.

Skull: greatest length 17-7 ; condylo-basal length 15:8 ;

zygomatic breadth 10°6; palato-sinual length 6°5 ; maxillary

tooth-row 6°53; bulla 3°7.

Hab. North Queensland, within the tropics. Type from

Herberton. Other specimens seen from Gonksanee Cloncurry,

Cape York, and Torres Straits Islands, about 20 in all.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 15. 3. 13. 8. Original

number 529. Presented by the Australian Museum, Sydney.

This species, while readily distinguishable from all the

previous ones by its bifurcate baculum and small bullae, is

somewhat nearly allied to the next, V. microtis. From that,

however, it differs by its rather larger size, heavier skull,

longer palate, and by the considerably greater stoutness of

its baculum. All five of the bacula I have examined are

of similar thickness, and contrast markedly with the slender

bone extracted from the type of VV. microtis.

6. Nyctophilus microtis, Thos.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) ii. p. 226 (1888).

Size rather smaller than in NV. difax. Ear short. Nose-

leaf of medium development. Skull smaller and more

slenderly built than in dijaz. Baculum essentially as in

bifax, but very much more slender.

The typical skull has the palato-sinual length 5°3 mm.,

maxillary tooth-row 5°6. A more perfect skull from the

Aroa River is measured below. Baculum 3°5.

Hab. British New Guinea.

Deceived by the indifferent material then available, I some-

what exaggerated in my original description the shortness of

of the ears of this bat. ‘They are really but little shorter

than those of N. bifax, and do not indicate any near relation-

ship with N. walkert.

Uf this species two colour races may be distinguished :—

a. N. microtis microtis.

Colour brown, about as in N. bifaz; under surface not, or

scarcely, lighter than upper.

Hab, Sogere, Owen Stanley Range.

Type. B.M. no. 88. 4. 14. 1.

498 On the Genus Nyctophilus.

b. N. microtis bicolor, subsp. n.

Colour greyish brown (“ olive-brown”) above. Under

surface strongly contrasted greyish white, the hairs slaty at

their bases, their terminal halves creamy white.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Forearm 40 mm.

Ear (moistened) 21x 14°5. Third finger, metacarpal 37,

first phalanx 14°5; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 25°5.

Skull: greatest length 16°5; palato-sinual length 6 ;

maxillary tooth-row 5:9.

Hab. Aroa River, British New Guinea. Near coast.

Type. B.M. no. 5. 11. 28. 2. Collected 20th December,

1904, by A. S. Meek.

This bat is presumably the representative in the low-lying

coast-country of the N. microtis of the mountains behind. I

lave, however, seen neither spirit-specimen nor baculum of

it, so that it may possibly prove to be more distinct from

JY. microtis than I can now determine.

7. Nyctophilus dedalus, sp. n.

Size fairly large. Ears about as in N, bifaz, smaller than

in gouldi. Colour, of a skin from Melville Island, rich

brown, between Prout’s brown and mummy-brown ; under-

side lighter, near “ Saccardo’s umber.”” Nose-leaf low, little

developed, as No. 1 above. Skull much as in N. bifaz, the

bulla markedly smaller than in N. gouldi. Baculum short,

tapering, flattened terminally, not bifurcate.

Dimensions of the type (in spirit) :—

Forearm 41 mm.

Head and body 52; tail 41; ear 22x15:5; third finger,

metacarpal 37°5, first phalanx 15; lower leg and hind foot

(c. u.) 25. Baculum 3:7.

Skull: greatest length 17°3; condylo-basal length 16;

zygomatic breadth 11°6 ; palato-sinual length 6°6; maxillary

tooth-row 6°5 ; bulle 3°6.

Hab. Northern Territory. Type from the Daly River ;

other specimens from Port Essington and Melville Island.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 97. 4.12.8. Collected

July 1894 by Dr. Dahl. Received in exchange from the

Christiania Museum.

This species differs from N. gouldi by its smaller bulle

— ni developed nose-leaf, and from N. bifazx by its simple

aculum.

On a minute Shrew from Lake Baikal. 499

8. Nyctophilus walker’, Thos.

Ann, & Mag. N, H., (6) ix. p. 405 (1892).

Size conspicuously smaller and ears shorter than in any

other species. Nose-leaf of medium development (No. 2).

Baculum not known.

Skull far smaller than in other species, bull hardly larger

than in ordinary short-eared Vespertilionine bats.

Forearm 33°5 mm.

Skull: greatest length 13; condylo-basal length 12°2;

bulla 2°8; maxillary tootli-row 4°7.

Hab, Northern Territory (Adelaide River).

Type. Adult female. B.M. no, 92.4. 4.1.

No further specimens of this most distinct little species

have as yet been recorded. By its small size, proportionally

small ears, and the correspondingly reduced bulle, it may be

said to be more different from all the other species than any

of them are from each other. But there is nothing to indicate

any superspecific distinction.

XLI.—On a minute Shrew from Lake Baikal.

By OLpFIELv THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Durine his recent expedition to Lake Baikal, unfortunately

interrupted by the outbreak of war, Mr. G. A. Burney

obtained a single specimen of an excessively small shrew,

smaller than any Sorex known, and rivalling in minuteness

the pygmy Pachyure of the hodgsoni group. It would

appear to be allied to the Japanese Sorex hawkert and the

more recently described S. tscherskti, Ognevy*, from the

Ussuri. I would propose to call it

Sorex burneyt, sp. n.

Size excessively minute, less than in any known species

of the genus. Fur of back only about 2°3 mm. in length

(summer). General colour much as in S. hawkeri, light

brown, near sepia, above, sides and under surface dull drabby

whitish, not contrasted with colour of upper parts, and very

far from white. Hands and feet dull brownish white. Tail

* Ann, Mus, St. Petersb. xviii, p. 412 (1913).

5C0 On a minute Shrew from Lake Baikal.

less than half the length of the head and body, light brown

above, darker brown at the tip, white below.

Skull very small and delicate; muzzle not specially

slender or drawn ont. Interorbital region narrow, its sides

evenly converging forwards. Walls of mesopterygoid fossa

slightly imperfect, reticulated, though less definitely than in

Blarinella. Foramina in base of skull behind entopterygoids

unusually large.

Upper unicuspids evenly decreasing in size backwards to

the fourth, the fifth slightly larger than tie latter; all visible

from without.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 50 mm.; tail 23°5 ; hind foot (s. u.) 8.

Skull: greatest length (bone only) 12°5 ; condylo-incisive

length 12-9 ; greatest breadth 5-9 ; interorbital breadth 2°3 ;

palatal length 5:1; breadth between outer corners of m? 3°3 ;

upper tooth-series 53; front of p* to back of m? 2°8.

Hab. Listvineechnoya, on L. Baikal, near Irkutsk. Alt.

1400’.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 15.3.9. 10. Original

number 38. Collected 21st July, 1914, by G. A. Burney.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

* Caught in pit-fall in forest."—G. A. B.

This tiny shrew, the smallest mammal of the Palearctic

region, seems only to be related to Sorex hawkeri and

ischerskit, From the former it differs by its still smaller

size, shorter tail, shorter tooth-row, and smaller unicuspids,

the first three of which are 1°l mm. in length taken together

in hawker’, 0°8 in burneyt. The type-skull of S. hawkeri is

unfortunately crushed, so that no comparison in that respect

is possible.

From the Ussuri species S. burneyi differs by its non-

contrasted drabby underside as compared with the “ merklich

abgegrenzt silbergrau-weisse Unterseite” of that species ;

by its shorter skull, 12°5 instead of 13:4 mm. in length, and

by its markedly narrower interorbital region, 2°3 instead of

3°0 mm. in breadth, a difference fully borne out by the skull-

photograph published by Dr. Ognev.

It is curious that just after the reticulation of the walls of

the mesopterygoid fossa has been described as peculiar to

Blarinella, it should turn up again in this pigmy shrew ;

it does not occur in S. minutus, but is present in certain of

the smaller American species of the genus.

On Costa Rican Heterocera. 5OL

XLIILI.—Notes on Costa Rican Heterocera descrihed in the

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History

By W.

SCHAUS.

Page 402.

Page 404.

Page 415.

Page 418.

Page 582.

Page 34

Page 38

Page 41

Page 54

Page 56

Page 62

Page 7

Page 75

Page 77

Page 187.

Page 282.

Page 284.

Page 613.

Page 211.

Page 224.

Page 230.

Page 586.

Page 593.

Page 600.

Page 35.

Page 39.

Ser. 8, vol. vi. (1910).

Melese sivola=M. punctata, Roths.

Pachydota josefina= P. drucei, Roths.

inermis =P. albiceps, Walk.

nitens=P. rosenbergi, Roths.

Dalcera®? innowia belongs to the Megalopygide.

Cicinnus lacuna=C. joanna, Schs.

Heterocampa hemicera=H. notabilis, Schs.

Ser. 8, vol. vii. (1911).

. Eriopyga rubicundula belongs to the genus Chabuata.

. Speocropia grandimacula = hadenoides (Homoptera),

Walk.

. Heterochroma ligata is a Notodont of the genus Eragisa.

. Sa

minor=S. minta, Schs.=lucilia, Mésch.

. Cenipeta sororia=suttea, Guen.

2. Dyomyx obliquata=var. of jonesi, Schs.

. Capnodes apicata= Hypenaria contracta, Walk.

. Focilla vulgaris=insana, Guen.

. —— laloides; the name must be changed to /aluma, as

a Focilla laloides has been described by Dognin.

Letis albociliata=albifimbria, Walk.

Anita costalis = basipyncta, Schs,

Hemiceras amanda= nigrescens, Schs.

lepida=losa, Druce.

Propyria normant = Ptychoglene aylophila, Druce.

Ser. 8, vol. viii. (1911).

Phobolosia, not Phobalosia.

Oroscopa delicata = Freilla alector, Schs. = privigna,

Mosch.

Generic name should read Glenopteris.

Microgonia singularis is possibly the 2 of Herbita tene-

brica, Dognin.

Herbita divisa=medama, Druce.

Azelina solitaria is the female of alhivena, Warr.

Melanolophia directilinea = Tephrosia intervallata, Warr.

Ser. 8, vol. ix. (1912).

Cosmosoma thia is preoccupied ; change to thiacia.

Turuenna electa: the specimen decribed as a male is a

female and=violascens, Herr.-Schiff. The name

electa can be retained for the female described,

502

Page

Page 209.

Page 210.

Page 211.

Page 212.

Page 214.

Page 428,

Page 538.

Page 669.

Page 232.

Page 237.

Page 292.

Page 304.

Page 310.

Page 518.

Page 524.

Page 526.

Page 531.

Page 1.

Page 6.

Page 17.

Page 255.

Page 262.

Page 371.

Page 374.

Page 381.

Page 386.

40.

41.

46.

51.

Page 208.

On Costa Rican Heterocera.

Turuenna festiva=violascens, Herr.-Schiiff. The name

festiva can be retained for the female described.

Claphe braganzoides = braganza, Schs.

Carthara subrufa 3 =umbrata, Schs.; the Q is possibly

a variety of lividia, Druce.

Meragisa proxima is the female of politioides, Schs.

Scopifera repanda should read Pyrgion repanda,

Rejectaria marginalis belongs to the genus Mamerthes,

and the specific name should be changed to ter-

minalis, as marginalis is preoccupied.

Rejectaria splendida=Narcea atrav, Dognin.

Strathocles funebris should be Rejectaria funebris.

Aristaria vinasalis should be Renia vinasalis.

Neoherminia modestalis should be Rejectaria modestalis.

Tortricodes barbaralis should be Lascoria barbaralis.

Megachyta rona should be Physula rona.

acutipennis should be Upothemia acutipennis.

Hypena cachialis is a form of variabilis, Druce.

devexalis is a form of drucealis, Schs., in which

the medial patch is paler.

Hypena thontes=wenarealis, Walk.

Nelo tamfana=satellitia, Warr.

Cambogia multilunata is preoccupied; change to luna-

tissima.

Stericta apicalis=Jocara apicalis, Schs.

Ser. 8, vol. x. (1912).

Pyrinia rufinaria=sanitaria, Schs.=fridolinata, Obt.

Metanema striolata= Apicia jodea, Druce.

Alcis aglauros = sonicarva, Schs.

Anisodes arastus = Heterephyra fulvescens, Warr.

Perizoma pudens = Psaliodes basiplaga 9.

tetrica = Psaliodes basiplaga ¢.

Dolichoneura squalida=albidentata, Warr.

Argidia aufidia is probably palmipes, Guen.

Capnodes lycaris=tuva, Schs.

Homopyralis albifasciata= Lithacodia merta, Schs.

Elecussa should read Elocussa.

Ser. 8, vol. xi. (1913).

Ostha concinna belongs to the genus Glympis.

Mastigophorus pasithea = Charmodia vectis, Mésch.

Epizeuxis zentium = Bleptina lasea, Druce.

Casuaria angulinea probably =Saccopleura lyceatis, Dyar.

Pionea lagunalis= P. autoclesalis, Walk.

Eupithecia josefina=sellia, Warr.

rufa=anita, Warr.

Dochephora discordans=fumosa, Warr.

Antiplema elipearia= Antiplecta nigripleta, Warr.

‘=. &

Mr, W. L. Distant on undescribed Rhynchota. 503

XLIV.—A few undescribed Rhynchota,

By W. L. Distant.

THE types of the following genera and species are all in the

British Museum :—

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Bolbocoris pretorius, sp. n.

Vertex of head ochraceous, somewhat coarsely punctate,

base between eyes and lateral margins of the central lobe

black ; pronotum pale stramineous, darkly, coarsely punctate,

the anterior margin and a central longitudinal line levigate;

behind the anterior margin is a transverse black fascia con-

taining a small ochraceous spot on each side and medially

divided by the central levigate line; scutellum pale stra-

mineous, darkly punctate, with a central robust longitudinal

ridge, a levigate slightly elevated pale stramineous spot near

each basal angle, between and beyond these spots the colour

is black speckled more or less with testaceous, a testaceous

spot on lateral margin beyond middle ; connexivum pale

stramineous ; body beneath and legs pale stramineous, the

body more or less spotted with black, more largely so on

sternum ; antenne with the first, fourth, and fifth joints

black, second and third ochraceous, fourth moderately incras-

sate, fitth strongly so, fourth much shorter than fifth ; body

elongate, breadth between pronotal angles about equal to

length of scutellum.

Long. 4 mm.

Hab, Transvaal; Pretoria.

Separated from the other species of the genus by its more

elongate form and its distinct coloration and markings.

Carbula recurva, sp. n.

Head and pronotum pale ochraceous, more or less thickly

blackly punctate, the lateral frontal margins levigately

ochraceous, the posteriorly produced lateral pronotal angles

black ; scutellum pale ochraceous, more or less blackly pune-

tate, a large levigate ochraceous spot at each basal angle, the

apex and centre of apical area much less punctate, and there-

fore more pale stramineous in hue ; corium very thickly

blackly punctate ; membrane fuliginous; connexivum pale

ochraceous, with large prominent black spots ; body beneath

504. Mr. W. 1. Distant on undescribed Rhynchota.

and legs pale ochraceous; sternum moderately blackly

punctate, disk of abdomen thickly blackly punctate, almost

unicolorous, remaining area darkly punctate, with a sinuate

longitudinal fascia of black punctures on each side, extreme

lateral margin spotted with black at apices of abdominal

segments; legs ochraceous, with a small black spot near

apices of femora; antennze ochraceous, second and third

joints subequal in length, each shorter than fourth or fifth

joints, which are also subequal; head with the apex broadly

subtruncate, posterior pronotal angles acutely produced, their

apices distinctly curved backwardly.

Long. 6-7 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 44-5 mm.

Hab. Transvaal; Johannesburg (A. Joss); Pretoria,

Waterberg District.

One varietal specimen has the pronotal angles not acutely

produced.

Fam. Lygeide.

Lygeus swynnertoni, sp. n.

Somewhat dark ochraceous ; antennee, apex of vertex of

liead, and a basal spot at inner margin of eyes, broad ante-

rior margin connected with two longitudinal sublateral fasciee

to pronotum, basal margin to scutellum, claval area and a

marginal spot curved backwardly on costa of corium, basal

margin of membrane, sternum, rostrum, and Jegs black or

blackish ; anterior and intermediate femora apically annu-

lated with ochraceous; abdomen beneath ochraceous, the apical

segment black, membrane fuscous brown, reflecting the dark

abdomen beneath; basal joint of antenne reaching or slightly

passing the apex of head, second joint slightly longest, third

and fourth subequal in length; pro-, meso-, and metasterna

each with a prominent black spot near lateral margins, that

on prosternum tuberculous.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab, South Rhodesia (C. F. IL Swynnerton, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to Z. bettoni, Dist.

Fam. Hydrometride.

Subfam. Gerri.

ASCLEPIOS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, conically rounded anteriorly

beyond the insertion of the antenne; eyes longer than broad,

a little obliquely produced over the anterior angles of the

Mr. W. L. Distant on undescribea Rhynchota. — 505

oiaiear > antenne with the first joint longest, about as

ong as the anterior femora, second almost half as long as

first and a little longer than either third or fourth ; rostrum

reaching the anterior coxm ; pronotum considerably shorter

than head, anterior and posterior margins very slightly

sinuate, the lateral margins rounded, moderately, centrally,

longitudinally depressed ; mesonotum about twice the length

of pronotum ; hemelytra rudimentary in all the specimens at

present examined; anterior femora in g only moderately

incrassate, scarcely more so than in 9, but armed with a

broad and distinct spine a little beyond middle, unarmed in ;

anterior tarsus with a distinct curved bristle near base.

The most marked character of this genus is to be found

in the strongly spined femora of the @.

Asclepios annandalet, sp. n. (See text-figure.)

Head above ochraceous, with a broad central longitudinal

spot and the extreme apex black, eyes also black ; antenne

with the first and second joints ochraceous, extreme apex of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 34

506 Mr. W. L. Distant on undescribed Rhynchota.

the second and the whole of the third and fourth joints more

or less blackish ; pronotum ochraceous, with a large, oblique,

dark olivaceous spot on each lateral area; mesonotum oliva-

ceous brown or dark olivaceous, finely greyishly pubescent,

the lateral margins ochraceous, with a posterior dark oliva-

ceous spot ; in the ¢ there are frequently two linear ochra-

ceous spots on the disk; abdomen above olivaceous, the

apex and segmental margins more or less ochraceous ; body

beneath ochraceous, finely greyishly pubescent; legs ochra-

ceous, anterior femora and tibie more or less distinetly

streaked with black, anterior femora with the apex sometimes

black, tibize (and especially the tarsi) more or less infuseated ;

structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., ¢ 3, 9 4mm.

Hab, Salt Lakes near Calcutta and in backwater at Ennar

(Annandale).

Fam. Saldide.

Salda rutherfordi, sp. n.

Body above black; a spot at anterior margins of eyes,

lateral margins of pronotum (attenuated and not quite

reaching basal angles), narrow central posterior margin of

pronotum, base of lateral margins to corium, and large spots

to connexivum ochraceous ; body beneath black, more or less

greyishly tomentose ; segmental and posterior margins to

sternum, costal spots and legs pale ochraceous ; abdomen

with the central margins dark, and lateral marginal spots

pale ochraceous ; vertex of head longer than broad, anteriorly

rounded ; base of rostrum with two transverse central ochra-

ceous lines between the eyes ; head, pronotum, and seutellum

shining, more or less distinctly punctate; corium more

opaquely coloured, and obscurely spotted with greyish blue ;

membrane piceous, the apical margin pale brownish or dark

ochraceous.

Long. 44 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya.

Named after the late Mr. A. Rutherford, the local Govern-

ment Entomologist at Peradeniya.

HOMOPTERA.

am. Cercopide.

Subfam. ApaRroPHorinz.

HINDOLOIDES, gen. nov.

Vertex of head much broader than long, the anterior

—— a

a a ie th mehr

On the African Shrews belonging to Crocidura. — 507

margin angularly subrotundate, the posterior margin more

angulately subconcave, about twice as broad as long, ocelli

near base and on the lateral margins of the central lobe;

face globose, projecting, longer than broad, clypeus short

and broad ; pronotum convex, considerably broader than

long, the anterior margin convex, the posterior margin pro-

foundly concavely sinuate, the lateral margins moderately

oblique, slightly concave near base ; scutellum considerably

longer than broad, the apex acute, the lateral margins

straightly oblique; tegmina more than twice as long as

broad, about basal two-thirds coriaceous and coarsely pune-

tate, apical area subhyaline, the apices broadly rounded,

subapical cells three, the innermost small; posterior tibiae

with two strong spines, posterior tarsi robust, the basal joint

longest.

Allied to the Australian genus [Hindola (= Carystus, nom.

preoce.), but differs by the totally different structure of the

face and the shorter and apically broader tegmina.

Lindoloides indicans, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs ochra-

ceous; tegmina with nearly basal two-thirds ochraceous,

remainder dull subhyaline ; eyes black, with two large black

spots on face between them ; meso- and metasterna sometimes

spotted with black, but this is not a constant character ;

structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm., 33-4 mm.

Hab. Calcutta, on Zizyphus jujuba.

XLV.—On the African Shrews belonging to the Genus

Crocidura. By Guy Dotiman.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue following paper deals with the African members of the

genus Crocidura. The forms russula, r. mauritanica, and

whitakeri are not included, since they belong more to the

European fauna than to the African.

It has not been found possible to prepare a thoroughly

sound key; in the groups ‘‘ medium-sized” and “ small-

sized ” a certain amount of overlapping exists, a few of the

small-sized species possessing either body or cranial dimen-

sions which make it impossible to draw any definite line of

distinction between the two groups,

34*

508 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

As the flesh and skull measurements in this genus are

of such great systematic importance, and in view of the fact

that in certain species a considerable amount of individual

or sexual variation exists in these dimensions, it has been

thought best to give, wherever possible, the measurements

of a series rather than of a single individual. Further, as

regards colour (an almost equally important factor), owing

to the great amount of seasonal variation, it has been found

necessary to deal with the question in considerable detail.

The cranial dimensions used are those usually employed,

with the exception of the depth or height of the brain-case,

which is here taken from the basioccipital to the highest

point of the lambdoidal crest ; the ordinary measurement,

the greatest depth, is very unsatisfactory in this genus, as

so many skulls are imperfect in the auditory region. The

measurement given for the upper tooth-row is taken from

the extreme front of the first incisors to the back of the last

molar.

The arrangement adopted in this paper is necessarily of

rather an artificial nature; the chief object aimed at is to

give some general plan that may assist in the identification

of the species of this unwieldy genus.

It has been found necessary to describe thirty-eight new

forms, many of which are here ranked as races rather than

species; in this manner it is possible to keep the allied

forms together, a point of very considerable importance

when dealing with a genus of such dimensions.

Key to the Species and Subspecies.

A. Caudal bristle-hairs usually numerous and evenly distributed

over proximal two-thirds of tail.

a. Size very large: length of skull more than 33 mm.

a’, Size larger: length of skull 36 mm. ; hair and tail ex-

eeptionally long. (Gold Coast.). (1) giffardi, de Wint.

b'. Size smaller: length of skull 34 mm. or less; hair and

tail not exceptionally long.

a*, Colour deep chocolate-brown. (Sennaar.)

(11) hedenborgiana, Sund.

6*. Colour paler.

a*, Colour above paledrab. (Lagos.)

(2) manni, Pet.

i°, Colour above rich chestnut-brown (dark “ burnt

umber”). (Kilimanjaro.). (12) martiensseni, Neum.

c*, Colour above dark greyish brown. (Gaboon.)

(3) odorata, Leconte.

b. Size large: skull less than 33 mm. in length (hetween 26-

325); head and body 93-140; hind foot 15-22,

a’, Second upper unicuspids smaller than third.

he > a Bes.

Cn igh f-ea*

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 509

a, Caudal bristle-hairs exceptionally numerous and very

long. Colour above dark slaty brown. (Kaffa,

Abyesinia,). v.ccvecsiss sees (28) saphiri, sp. n.

6*. Cavdal bristle-hairs normal, Colour pale umber.

(Raye hiv ssevene sis. (24) oltvieri,. Less.

6’. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in

size.

a*, Lower surface of tail strikingly lighter than upper.

a’, Size larger: skull 284-30 mm. in length. ee

PGT an atetwiwhd tech (21) doriana, Dobs.

6°. Size smaller: skull 26°7-28°6 mm, in length.

(South Africa.) ......... 22) flavescens, Is, Geoff.

b*, Lower surface of tail not conspicuously lighter than

upper.

a’. Colour above dark chocolate-brown.

a‘. Tail longer (70-80 mm.). (Lake Kivu.)

(16) n. kivu, Osg.

b*. Tail shorter (60 mm.). (Kaka, White Nile.)

(13) fuscosa, Thos,

b*. Colour above dull coffee-brown.

a‘, Size larger: head and body 120 mm.; tail 80;

hind foot 21:5; tooth-row 14:8. (Melsetter,

By ROGGE) cbc cccse (18) n. zuleika, subsp. n.

b*, Size smaller: head and body 105 mm. ; tail 65;

hind foot 18; tooth-row 13:1. (Blantyre,

Nyasaland.) .......... (19) n. hera, subsp. n.

e*. Colour above pale buffy drab. Tooth-row 15-

13°3 mm. (Lado.) ...... (20) surure, Hell.

d®, Colour above reddish brown in both new and

worn a

a‘, Colour above reddish umber.

a’, Size larger: head and body 115-140 mm. ;

hind foot 18-20; length of skull 30-32°5,

(Ussoga, Victoria Nyanza.)

(14) nyanse, Neum,

b°, Size smaller: head and body 100 mm, ; hind

foot 18; length of skull 26). (Mt. Gargues,

¥ * Ue (17) x. tatiana, subsp. n.

6‘. Colour above chestnut-brown. Hind foot 19-

22mm. (Kijabe, B.E.A.)

(15) n. kiyabe, Allen.

e*. Colour above dark sepia in new coat, reddish

brown in worn pelage.

a‘. Tail longer (65-82 mm.).

. a’, Colour above dark sepia or reddish brown.

Skull 26°5-29°5 mm, in length. (Gaboon.)

4) occidentalis, Puch.

6°. Colour above sepia or reddish brown, sprinkled

with silvery grey. Skull 293-31 mm. in

length. (Gold Coast.) . (5) 0. spurrelli, Thos,

b‘. Tail shorter (62-63 mm.), Ventral surface paler :

thanina‘. (Angola.) .. (10) Ry 9

f*. Colour above dark greyish brown. Head and

body 106 mm.; hind foot 18; tooth-row 13.

(Jala, Sierra Leone.) ...... (7) 0. cara, subsp. n.

510 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

c, Size medium: head and body 64-115 mm. ; hind foot

11-17 ; length of skull 21-26°5 ; tooth-row 8°5-12.

a’, Third upper unicuspids larger than second.

a’, General colour grey.

a’, Lower surface of body distinctly paler than upper.

Tooth-row 10°2. (Lukenya Hills, B.E.A.)

(81) f. schistacea, Osg.

b°, Lower surface of body only slightly paler than

upper. Tooth-row 1]. (Mt. Gargues, B.E.A.)

(84) ratney?i, Hell.

b°, General colour brownish or blackish.

a’, Third upper unicuspids markedly broader than

second.

a‘, Fur short (56 mm. in length on back) ; third upper

unicuspids oval in transverse section; tooth-

row 10°5. (Chagwe, Uganda.)

(82) f. selina, subsp. n.

b*, Fur long (8 mm. in length on back) ; third upper

unicuspids almost circular in transverse section ;

tooth-row 10°9. (Chiromo, Nyasaland.)

(83) f. gohnstont, subsp. n.

6*, Third upper unicuspids not very markedly broader

than second,

a‘, Colour above sepia-brown mottled with greyish

buff. (Mt. Kenya, B.E.A.)

(79) fumosa, Thos.

b*, Colour above dark slaty black. (Mt. Ruwenzori.)

(80) f. montis, Thos.

b'. Third upper unicuspids about equal in size to second.

a®, Colour above dark brownish or blackish brown.

a®, Caudal bristle-hairs very few in number, restricted

to proximal end. Colour dark blackish brown.

Tooth-row 12. (Como River, Gaboon.)

(60) bates?, sp. n.

°, Caudal bristle-hairs normal.

a‘. Tail shorter, 40 mm. or less.

a’, Colour above almost black. Tail 32 mm. in

length ; hind foot 125. (Angola.)

(51) ¢. angole, subsp. n.

b’. Colour above sepia-brown, speckled with

golden buff. Tail 35-40 mm. in length;

hind foot 18. (Gold Coast.)

(59) p. pamela, subsp. n.

ec’, Colour above brownish black. Tail 40 mm.

in length; hind foot 15. (Liberia.)

(9) biittikofert, Jent.

b‘, Tail longer, more than 40 mm. in length.

a’, Size larger: head and body 98-115 mm.;

length of skull 24°5-26:5; tooth-row 10°6-

115.

a®, Colour above mummy-brown, below greyish

brown. Head and body 115 mm. ; length

of skull 25°5; tooth-row 11°35. (Kampala,

Uganda).... (52) 4, mutese, Tell.

b°, Colour above dark sepia-brown, below

belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 511

greyish brown. Head and body 98 mm. ;

length of skull 26; tooth-row 1176.

(Asaba, Nigeria.) .. (6) 0. nigeria, subsp. n.

e*. Colour above dull coffee-brown, below grev.

Head and body 103-107 mm.; length of

skull 24°5-25°3; tooth-row 10°6-L1. (Beira,

RENEAST: ween tren (25) betre, sp. n.

6°, Size smaller: head and body 80-98 mm. ;

length of skull 21-25; tooth-row 9°1-10°7.

a®. Colour above dull blackish or olive-brown.

- @. Tail shorter: 43:5-56 mm. in length.

a*, Colour above dark blackish brown

speckled with greyish buff, below

greyish. THind foot 14-15; tail 43°5-

50). (Lake Bangweolo.)

(45) turba, Dollm.

b§, Colour above dark olive-brown speck-

led with golden buff, below brownish

grey. Hind foot 14°5-15°5 mm. ; tail

45-51. (Aberdare Mts., B.E.A.)

(48) ¢. provecax, Thos.

e*, Colour above olive-brown. Hind foot

15-155 mm. ; tail 50-56, (Mt. Elgon,

2 ae (49) t. kempi, subsp. n.

d*. Colour above dark clove-brown, under

parts scarcely paler. Hind foot 145

mm.; tail 48. (Lado.)

(53) nilotica, Hell.

b’. Tail longer (56-65 mm.).

a*, Colour above dark blackish brown.

Head and body 98-110 mm.;_ tail

56-65 ; hind foot (c.u.) 17-18. (Nai-

robi, B,E.A.).. (46) t. zaodon, Osy.

6%. Colour above dark blackish brown

finely speckled with buff. Head and

body 94mm. ; tail63°5; hind foot 17.

(Lake Bangweolo.)

(54) zena, sp. n.

__¢e®, Colour above pale clove-brown thickly

sprinkled with silvery grey. Head

and body 91-100 mm.; tail 50-68;

hind foot 15-17. (Chaya, nr. Kivu,

Congo.) ...... (50) t. tarella, subsp. n.

d*. Colour above brownish umber. Head

. and body 98 mm.; tail 59; hind foot

16. (Angola.). (55) ansorge?, sp. n.

e*, Colour above brownish umber finely

speckled with Brey. Head and body

90-95 mm. ; tail 48-56 ; hind foot 15-

15°5. (Liberia.). (8) schweitzeri, Pet.

b*. Colour above dark reddish brown,

a’, Size larger: hind foot 15-16 mm. ; length

of skull 22°9-25.

Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

a*. Colour dark reddish brown above and

below.

a*, Skull longer (24:3-25°1 mm.); tail

47-52; tooth-row 10°6-10'7. (Ny-

ika Plateau, N. Nyasa.)

(26) b. nyike, subsp. n.

6°, Skull shorter (23 mm.); tail 57;

tooth-row 10°4. (Lakiundu R.,

B.E.A.) .. (47) t. lakiunde, Hell.

6°. Colour above dark reddish brown, be-

low grey.

a’, Skull longer (25 mm.). (Old Calabar,

Nigeria.).. (57) p. soricoides, Murray.

b®. Skull shorter (22:99 mm.). (Fer-

nando Po.). (56) poensis, Fras.

6’, Size smaller; hind foot 12-14 mm.;

length of skull 21-21-7. Colour yellowish

brown above, grey blow. (Cameroons.)

(58) p. attila, subsp. n.

6°, Colour above bright cinnamon-buff or dull chestnut,

greyish white below.

a®, Tooth-row longer (9-9'8 mm.).

a‘, Size larger: head and body 83-105 mm.; hin

foot 13-15.

a’. Size larger: skull more than 24 mm. in length.

a®, Upper unicuspids normal.

a’, Colour above rufous cinnamon. (Ma-

chakos, B.E.A.) (82) hindez, Thos.

b*, Colour above cinnamon speckled with

pale grey. (Bahr-el-Abiad.)

(84) sericea, Sund.

b°. pre unicuspids very narrow. Colour

above pale sandy buff. (Lake Chad.)

(33) hindei diana, subsp. n.

b°, Size smaller: skull less than 24 mm. in length.

a°, Colour above cinnamon-brown or grey

speckled with cinnamon or fawn.

a’. Tail longer (51-60 mm.),

a*. Colour above cinnamon-brown or grey-

ish cinnamon, Tooth-row 9-6-10°3.

(Tette.) .... (27) dirta, Pet.

b°. Colour above darker, without grey

speckling. Tooth-row 9-96 mm.

(Pondoland.). (29) h. pondoensis, Roberts.

ce*. Colour above fawn finely speckled with

greyish drab. Tooth-row 9°6 mm,

(Voi, B.E.A.) (87) wxanthippe, Ose.

b". Tail shorter (48-51 mm.), Colour above

rich cinnamon-brown, grey speckling

almost entirely absent in adult pelage.

(Umvolosi, Zululand.) [& Schw.

(28) h. flavidula, Thos.

‘ 6°. Colour dull brownish chestnut.

a", Tail not markedly incrassated at base.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 513

a*, Fur short. Tail not distinctly bicolor.

(Usambara, G.E.A.)

(36) velutina, Thos.

6°. Fur normal. Tail brown above, white

below. (Charnia R., B.E.A.)

(35) beta, sp. n.

6”. Tail markedly incrassated at base. (Jom-

beni Range, B.1.A.)

(40) percivali, sp. n.

b'. Size small: head and body 70-80 mm.; tail

37-40 ; hind foot 12-13; length of skull 21.

a’, Colour above pale buffy brown, fadinggradually

into dirty greyish buff below. (Mozambique.)

(30) sacralis, Pet.

b°, Colour above broccoli-brown, sharply marked

off from greyish white of ventral surface.

2. 3 (37) lutrella, Hell.

&*. Tooth-row shorter (8°6 mm.). Colour above dull

brownish buff, below dirty grey. (Tropic of

Capricorn, 8. Africa.) .... (31) mariquensis, Smith.

a Ganaral colour very pale cinnamon or pale smoky

grey.

a®, Size larger: head and body 92-100 mm.; skull

26 mm. or more in length.

a‘, Tail longer (69 mm.). Broccoli-brown above,

drab-grey below. (Mazeras, B.E.A.)

(45) suahele, Hell.

b*. Tail shorter (48 mm.). Above slaty grey washed

with brownish, below white. (Nguruman,

RP Pals ae oP a s »s > (41) fischeri, Pag.

B®. Size smaller: head and body 64-93 mm.; skull

less than 25 mm. in length.

a‘, Tail longer (45-53 mm.).

a’, Colour above pale snuff or light cinnamon,

white below. (Molopo R., Bechuanaland.)

(38) deserti, Schw.

6°. Colour above slaty, below dull yellowish or

greyish white. (Voi, B.E.A.)

(42) voi, Osg.

b*. Tail shorter (less than 35 mm. in length).

a’. Colour above pale cinnamon-drab, below

creamy grey. Tooth-row 10°3 mm.; upper

unicuspids normal, (Bahr-el-Ghazal.)

(39) butleri, Thos.

b°. Colour above pale smoke-grey, below pure

white. Tooth-row 9°4 mm. ; upper unicuspids

crushed close together. (Somaliland.)

(44) smithi, Thos.

d®, General colour grey or greyish brown.

a*, Colour pale grey or greyish brown,

a‘, Last upper molar well developed.

a’, Size larger: head and body 87-98 mm. ; tail

50-61 ; hind foot 14-16.

a®, Anterior corners of brain-case rounded.

;

}

514 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Colour pale greyish sepia. Tooth-row 11

mm. (Panyam, N, Nigeria.)

(61) foaw, sp. n.

b®. Anterior corners of brain-case square, not

Bete

. Colour above pale grey finely speckled

with snuff-brown; tail greyish white.

(Katanga, 8. Congo.)

_ (67) luna, Dollm.

27, Colour above pale grey washed with dark

brown; tail blackish brown. (Machakos,

B. EAs) he Sesd.. (68) l. umbrosa, subsp. n.

. Colour dark slate lightly washed with

vandyke-brown ; tail greyish white.

(Walamo, Abyssinia. )

(69) 2. macmillant, subsp. n.

b°, Size smaller: head and body 74-85 mm. ; tail

45-64 ; hind foot 12-16.

a®. Tail shorter (45-52 mm.).

a’, Anterior corners of brain-case rounded.

a®, Tooth-row longer (10°6 mm.). (8S. of

Tanganyika.) (78) electa, Dollm.

6°. Tooth-row shorter (89-9'4 mm.),

[Roatan S. Africa.)

(71) argentata, Sund.

ov. Anterior corners of brain-case square.

Colour above light cinnamon over grey.

(Olgerei R., B.E.A.)

(70) zbeana, sp. n,

b°. Tail longer (58-64 mm.). Colour above

dull greyish brown, below grey. (Cape.)

(74) martenst, Dobs.

Bs ae upper molar very small.

. Skull flattened. Colour above pale hair-brown

over grey. Tail54mm.inlength. (Angola.)

(63) erica, sp. n.

b°, Skull not flattened. Colour above cinnamon-

brown over grey. Tail 49 mm. in length.

(Kabwir, N. Nigeria.) (62) arethusa, sp. n.

®, Colour very dark slate-grey. (8. Africa.)

(72) cyanea, Duv.

Pe upper unicuspids smaller than second.

. Colour above dark blackish brown.

a’, Tail longer (65 mm.); hind foot 15-16. ‘Ventral

surface dull brownish grey. (W. of Semliki,

Wong p2) wit:s’e.peeh bts ie (66) niarofusca, Matsch.

&, Tail shorter (52 mm.) ; hind foot 12. Ventral sur-

face grey. (Angola.) . (65) nigricans, Boe.

b?, Colour above light grey washed with pale mummy-

brown; ventral surface whitish. (Titebbi, Welle

River.) Peer eae ee: (68) boydi, sp. 0.

d, Size small: head and body 53-86 mm.; hind foot 11-13-5;

length of skull 18°5-21-1; tooth-row 7°5-9'4,

a’, Tail shorter (40 mm. or ‘less).

a*, Size larger (head and body 84-86 mm.),

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 515

a®, Colour above grey, below white. (Voi, B.E.A.)

(85) parvipes, Osg.

b*, Colour above brownish, below grey. (Zanzibar.)

(86) sansibarica, Neum.

b*, Size smaller (head and body 53 mm.). Skull rather

flattened. (Somaliland.) .. (100) somalica, Thos.

b’. Tail longer (45-62 mm. in length).

a*, Hind foot 12-13°5 mm. in length.

a’, Tail longer (68-62 mm.),

a‘. Colour above light cinnamon-brown, white

below. (Giza, Egypt.). (110) flowert, sp. n.

b*. Colour above dark sepia-brown, below slate-

grey. Skull not flattened. (Mt. Nyiro, E.

8 ES ee (91) macowt, sp. n.

ec‘, Colour above vandyke-brown, below’ drab.

Skull flattened. (Mt. Gargues, B.1.A.)

(98) h. alte, Hell.

b*. Tail shorter (44-53 mm.).

a‘, Third upper unicuspids markedly broader than

second. Colour dark sepia-brown. (Taita

PAM ee rea yO cia sh o'e (93) lutreola, Hell.

b‘, Third upper unicuspids about equal or slightly

broader than second.

a’, Extremities and tail covered with coarse black

hairs. Colour above and below dark brown.

(Transvaal.) ........ (78) pilosa, Dobs.

6°, Extremities and tail normal.

a®, Colour above slaty grey or greyish brown.

a’, Colour above slaty grey, below dull grey.

Length of skull 19°4 mm.; tooth-row 8-2.

(De Kaap, Transvaal.)

(75) silacea, Thos.

b7, Colour above greyish brown, below sil-

very. Length of skull 185mm. ; tooth-

row 75. (Vivi, Lower Congo.)

(76) bover, Dobs.

b°. Colour above reddish brown.

a’. Skulls flattened.

a®, Colour above dull cinnamon-brown,

below greyish ; ventral surface of tail

not strikingly paler than dorsal.

a®, Ventral surface of body dull grey.

Tooth-row 82 mm. (Fort Tall,

PR eee takes (95) hildegardee, Thos.

6°. Ventral surface of body light grey.

Tooth-row 88 mm. (Mt. Lololokui,

B.E.A.) .... (96) A. procera, Hell.

b°, Colour above cinnamon-brown, below

greyish white ; tail distinctly bicolor,

ventral surface white. (Kigezi,S.W.

Uganda.)...... (97) h, rubecula, subsp. n.

c*. Colour above seal-brown. Length of

skull 18:3 mm, (Lado.)

(99) planiceps, Hell.

d, Colour above slaty grey tinged with

516 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

brown. Length of skull 19°3 mm,

(Asaba, Nigeria.)

(101) crossez, Thos.

bo", Skulls not flattened.

a®, Colour above smoky grey mottled with

brown and silver. Length of skull

21 mm.; tooth-row 92. (Ravine,

B.E.A.) .... (88) jacksoni, Thos.

6°. Colour above sepia. Length of head and

body 68 mm. ; skull 20 ; tooth-row 83.

(Amala R., B.E.A.)

(89) j. amale, subsp. n.

ce’, Colour above dark sepia. Length of

head and body 82 mm. ; tooth-row 8°5.

(Kabula, Muliro.)

(94) maanje, Hell.

d*, Colour above dark sepia. Length of

head and body 63 mm. ; skull 206;

tooth-row 9. Anterior corners of

brain-case very rounded. (Ituri

Forest, Congo.)

(90) 7. dentz, subsp. n.

é&, Colour above cinnamon-brown, below

greyish brown. Tail appearing almost

naked. Length of head and body

65 mm.; skull 20; tooth-row 87.

(Mt. Kilimanjaro.)

(92) gracilipes, Pet.

b?, Hind foot 10°7-11 mm. in length.

a*. Colour above pale cinnamon, below white.

(French Gambia.) .... (109) eznderella, Thos.

b°. Colour above dirty greyish olive, below grey.

(Near Cape Town.).... (77) capensoides, Smith.

e. Size very small: head and body 40-67 mm.; hind foot

82-12; length of skull 14:2-17°6; tooth-row 5:9-7°7,

a’. Fur not exceptionally short.

a. Skull not flattened. Colour above dark sepia. (Nai-

wean, BAAS) tieplesawe (102) aller, Osg.

b?. Skull flattened. Colour above reddish brown. (Mt.

Benya.) > <jietoue diepins (103) alpina, Hell.

b'. Fur very short.

a®, Size larger: skulls from 16°8 to 17 mm. in length.

a, Skull exceptionally flat. Colour above greyish

cinnamon. (Mauritania.)

(116) Zusttanaa, sp. n.

b°, Skulls not markedly flattened.

a‘. Colour above slaty brown. (Angola.)

(104) bicolor, Boe.

b*. Colour above brownish, (Victoria Nyanza.)

(107) b. cuninghamet, Thos.

ct, Colour above slaty. (Mt. Elgon, B.E.A.)

(108) &. elgonius, Osg.

d‘. Colour above cinnamon. (Lake Ngami.)

(105) 4. woosnamt, subsp. n.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 5

e‘. Colour above brownish sepia. (Nyasaland.)

(106) b. hendersoni, subsp. n.

b*. Size smaller: skulls from 142 to 16 mm. in length,

Skulls all exceptionally flat.

a*, Colour above dark brownish snuff, greyish white

; below. (Zungeru, N. Nigeria.)

(114) glebula, sp. n.

6°, Colour above mouse-grey, below light grey. Skull

158mm. (Kgypt.) .. (115) religiosa, Geoff.

ce’. Colour above dark grey washed with reddish brown,

below greyish white. Skull 16 mm. (Somali-

7 AO es ae (111) nana, Dobs. y

d’, Colour above slate-grey, below dull greyish white.

Skull 151 mm. (Uganda.)

(112) naniila, Thos.

e*, Colour above pale cinnamon, white below. Skull

144mm. (Atbara R., Sudan.)

(113) pasha, sp. n.

B. Candal bristle-hairs almost entirely absent, only a few |

present at the extreme base of the tail.

a. Size medium: head and body 63-06 mm.; tail 50-84;

hind ae 13-17; length of skull 20-24-1; tooth-row

8-2-1].

a’, Tail very long, 80 mm. or more in length. (Came-

WOQUA Mi atg is POU MIEN wick od ne (117) dolichura, Pet.

'. Tail shorter, less than 70 mm. in length.

a*, Size larger: skull 24 mm. in length.

a*, Colour above dark brown. (KE. shore of Albert

oy Sy ee (122) littoralis, Hell.

*, Colour above dark slate. (Kilimanjaro.)

(121) monax, Thos,

*, Size smaller: skull less than 23 mm. in length.

a’. Hind foot 13 mm. in length (tooth-row 8-2). (Mt.

Eeawenzori.)..5....5.. (119) niobe, Thos.

&*, Hind foot 14 mm. or more.

a‘, Small upper unicuspids very narrow. Tooth-row

D1lmm. (Eutebbe, Uganda.)

(118) maurisca, Thos,

b*, Small upper unicuspids not narrow.

J a’, Colour above reddish brown, Tooth-row 10°2

é mm. (Nyeri Dist., B.E.A.)

(123) ultima, sp. n.

6°. Colour above very dark blackish brown,

a®, Tail almost naked. Tooth-row 91 mm,

(Kafue R., N. Rhodesia.)

(124) neavet, Wrought.

b®. Tail fairly hairy. Tooth-row 9:1-9-4 mm.

(N.E. Transvaal.) (125) sylvia, Thos. & Schw,

6. Size small: head and body 44 mm.; tail 41; hind foot

107; length of skull 15:3; tooth-row 6:3, (N.E. of

PONG TOGOM.) dice scseecsves (120) bottegi, Thos,

518 Mr. G. Dollman on the A/rican Shrews

Group 1 (giffardt).

Size very large. Colour above and below deep chestnut-brown. Fur and

tail very long. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(1) Crocidura giffardi, de Wint.

Crocidura giffardi, de Winton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. ii.

p. 484 (1898).

A very large, dark, long-haired species.

Size larger than in any other African Crocidura, tail very

long.

Pelage different from all the other allied Crocidura; fur

exceptionally glossy and long ; hairs between 7 and 12 mm,

in length on the back. Colour as dark as in hedenborgiana,

but richer and redder, about as in “dark bone-brown ”

mixed with “ vandyke-brown”? (Ridgway, 1912); flanks

and belly a trifle lighter, but not markedly so. Hairs

reddish brown almost throughout their whole length, only

the extreme basal portions pale grey, very different from the

ordinary Crocidura colouring where the grey hair-bases are

very conspicuous. Backs of hands and feet clothed with fairly

long, dark, blackish hairs. Tail exceptionally long and

covered entirely with black hairs ; caudal bristles black and

long.

Skull very large and heavily built, very broad across the

maxillary and cranial regions ; teeth large.

Dimensions of the type (from dried skin) :—

Head and body 130 mm.; tail 95 ; hind foot 23.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 36:1; greatest breadth 14:5 ;

least interorbital breadth 6°9 ; length of palate 15°7; post-

palatal length 15°5 ; greatest maxillary breadth 12; length

of upper tooth-row 17.

Hab. Moshi (or Mossi), near Wagadugu, 500 miles N.E.

of Kumasi, Gold Coast.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 98. 10. 24. 5.

The dark rich colouring, long fur, and exceedingly long

tail readily separate this form from all the other large

species.

Group 2 (mannz).

Size very large. Colour above drab washed with pale cinnamon, below

smoke-grey. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(2) Crocidura manni, Pet.

Crocidura manni, Peters, SB. Ges, naturf. Fr. Berl. p. 19 (1878).

A large species, unusually pale in general colour.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 519

Size a little smaller than in giffardi, considerably larger

than nyanse or occidentalis,

Fur rather harsh and long, not so velvety as is usually

found in this genus. Colour of adult pelage pale cinnamon-

grey (“drab ” mixed « buffy brown ’’), greyer on the flanks

and belly; underparts washed with pale buff (“ smoke-

grey’’); hairs all with slate-grey bases and whitish or buff-

coloured tips. Backs of hands and feet brownish. Tail

cylindrical, less hairy than in giffurdi. Dark brown above,

underside a shade lighter.

Peters, in his preliminary diagnosis of this species,

describes the colour as follows :—‘‘ Crocidura manni, 7. sp.

Cr. supra cano cinnamomeus, subtus cinnamomeocanus, pilis

basi cinereis ; cauda pedibusque ferrugineus .. 2?

Skull large and heavy, rather shorter and blunter than

that of giffardi ; muzzle broad and thick. In length about

equal to hedenborgiana, but broader across the maxillary

region. Teeth large: second and third unicuspids about

equal in size, third slightly overlapping the second.

Dimensions as given by Peters :—

Head and body 120mm. ; tail 83; hind foot (ec. u.) 22-23.

In the Museum Collection there are four topotypes and

one specimen from Asaba preserved in spirits, and a small

series of skins from various localities in Northern and

Southern Nigeria. The following are the dimensions of

the adult individuals :—

mm mm mm mm. mm 6mm, mm.

Head and body .. 130 182 126 120 125 136 128

DMNA cad Veleds ata 84 84 92 82 96 83 75

Hind foot ...... ares aie 223° °° 202° 226 ' et 20

BEE wR 208 os s'i8 12 13 12 125 12 13 ll

Skull-dimensions taken from five thoroughly adult

specimens :—

d. J: d. 2. 2.

Lagos. Asaba, Awka. Lagos. Bauchi,

mn mma. mm mm mm,

Condylo-incisive length .... 332 S42 od4 33 33°2

Greatest breadth .......... 36 13:2 143 13-4 l4

Least interorbital breadth .. 6°8 G4 7 6:2 6

Length of palate ..... ecru ae 15 15:7 145 14:7

Postpalatal length ........ 13°5 14°6 14:3 13°8 13:9

Greatest maxillary breadth., 11 10°2 11 10:7 109

Length of upper tooth-row . 15:7 15:2 145 145 lb-4

There is no marked difference in size between the two

sexes in this species.

520 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Hab. Lagos, Southern Nigeria.

The National Collection possesses specimens of manni

from the following localities :—Lagos, Abutshi (S. Nigeria),

Awka District (S. Nigeria), Asaba (S. Nigeria), Bauchi

Province (N. Nigeria), and Nassarawa Province (N. Ni-

geria).

The pelage of this shrew evidently undergoes a consider-

able colour-change at certain times; in the collection are

three subadult individuals in which the general colour is

dull grey (‘‘ mouse-grey ”’), the slaty bases of the hairs

appearing more conspicuous than the brownish tips. This

cold grey colour may, of course, be an immature character,

but it seems more probable that it represents the true tint

of the coat before bleaching has set in—more material is

necessary before the point can be definitely settled.

Crocidura manni is easily recognized by its large size and

pale cinnamon-grey or greyish colour. It would seem to be

most nearly allied to odorata from the Gaboon.

Group 3 (odorata and occidentalis).

Size very large, large or medium. Colour above either greyish brown or

sepia-brown, the latter usually bleaching to bright reddish or buffy

brown. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(3) Crocidura odorata, Leconte.

Sorex odoratus, Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 11 (1857).

Size as large as in manni; skull long and with narrow

interorbital region ; tail less cylindrical.

The general colour is given by Leconte as “ dark cinereous

brown above inclining to chestnut, beneath slightly paler.”

The only specimen in the Museum Collection which can be

identified with Leconte’s species has been preserved in

spirit for so long that the colour cannot be accurately

described. Backs of hands and feet brownish. Tail less

cylindrical, more slender and tapering than in mann,

covered entirely with short brownish hairs; the caudal

bristles in this spirit-specimen are not very numerous or

conspicuous.

Skull large, about equal in length to that of manni, but

more slender in the interorbital region and with a rather

narrower brain-case.

Dimensions as given by Leconte :—

“ Length 5 inches ; head 1°65; tail 2°6; ear °2.”

Dimensions of spirit-specimen :—

Head and body 129 mm, ; tail 81 ; hind foot 21; ear 11.

eee

rer

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 521

Skull of same specimen: condylo-incisive length 34 ;

greatest breadth 12°9 ; least interorbital breadth 5°7 ; length

of palate 14°6 ; postpalatal length 145; greatest maxillary

breadth 10 ; length of upper tooth-row 15:2.

Hab. Gaboon, West Africa.

The only specimen in the collection which at all re-

sembles Leconte’s brief description is the one from Cette

Cama, Gaboon, the dimensions of which have been given

above.

This large species may be distinguished from manni by its

browner colour, narrower skull, and less cylindrical and more

tapering tail.

(4) Crocidura occidentalis, Puch.

Pachyura occidentalis, Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. Zool. p. 154 (1855) ;

Arch, Mus. x. p. 124, pl. xii. (1861).

Pachyura equatorialis, Pucheran, Rey. et Mag. Zool. p. 154 (1855) ;

Arch, Mus. x. p. 127, pl. xii. (1861).

Crocidura petersi, Dobson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 495 (1890).

Size fairly large, about as in nyanse, smaller than either

manni or odorata.

General colour (in bleached pelage) reddish brown

(“ Prout’s brown”), slightly paler on the flanks. Under-

parts dull grey washed with buff; new unbleached fur

dark sepia-brown (“clove-brown” mixed with “ blackish

brown (1)”), much darker than in the bleached state.

Backs of hands and feet brownish. Tail brown above and

below ; caudal bristles fairly numerous.

Pucheran’s preliminary diagnosis of this species is as

follows :—“‘ Supra rufescens, infra dilutior; cauda, basi

crassi, tertiam corporis partem tantum superante.” In

1861 a fuller description appeared in the ‘Archives du

Muséum,’ in which the following information is given ;—

“L’individu qui nous a servi pour établir cette espéce, est

roussitre sur le dessus et les cotes de la téte, le dessus du

cou, le dos et l’extérieur des membres. Les poils sont

dans toutes ces parties, d’un cendré clair dans presque toute

leur étendue, et roussitre a leurs pointes. Le museau

presque en entier est noiratre. Sur les flancs et en dessous,

depuis Je mentonu jusqu’d la région anale, de méme qu’a

Vintérieur des membres, le fond de couleur, indiqué plus

haut, devient plus terne et plus blanchdtre, par suite de

Vaffaiblissement des teintes dans le mode de coloration

du poil....” It is evident from these descriptions that

the individual on which occidentalis was founded was in

the bleached coat, and not in the new dark sepia-coloured

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 35

522 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

pelage described above. In the Museum Collection there

are some four specimens from the Gaboon, two in spirit

and two skins ; the latter are both in the red pelage. In

a series of skins from the Ja River, Southern Cameroons,

we find specimens both in the red and the dark new pelage ;

the contrast is so striking that a description of this animal

would not be satisfactory without dealing with both

phases.

The dimensions given by Pucheran are as follows :—

Length of head and body (“le lien passant sur le dos”)

134 mm., (“ directement prise”) 82 ; tail 50.

The Gaboon spirit-specimens in the collection have the

following dimensions :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Far.

mm. mm. mm. mm.

100 70 17°5 11

102 64 18 10

The Cameroon series, which may also be accepted as

occidentalis, present the following measurements :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Far.

mm. mm. mm. mim,

g.... 120 75 19 125

So IBD g2 19 12

Fis 186 80 18 12

Sine 120 77 19 12

eee b 78 20 11

ae 65 17 12

Q.... 110 70 175 il

re 0) 4 17 3

Do eae 68 17 125

These measurements were all taken by the collector from

the flesh ; it will be seen that there is a very marked average

difference in size between the two sexes, the males being

considerably larger. This sexual variation is also exhibited

in the skulls, as will be seen from the following figures :—

Males Females

(teeth unworn). (teeth worn).

mm. mm. mm, mm. mm, mm,

Condylo-incisive length .... 29 289 .. 265 27:1 277

Greatest breadth .......... EL gage Eb = pear 115 113 112

Length of palate .......... 18.4 38) a4 117. 1i- ae

Postpalatal length.......... 12) a2 bes 113 119 12

Greatest maxillary breadth... 96 88 9 82 83 865

Length of upper tooth-row .. 185 13:4 13:7 121 122 123

a ea

ome ee

belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 523

The skulls of the two spirit-specimens from the type-

locality give the following measurements :—

(teeth unworn), (teeth worn).

mm, mm,

Condylo-incisive length ........ 20°3 29°65

Greatest breadth ...........00- 11:7 12

Length of palate .............. 129 133

Postpalatal length ............ 12-4 12°1

Greatest maxillary breadth ..... é. ee 95

Length of upper tooth-row ...... 13:7 13:6

There is, then, a certain amount of individual variation, as

well as sexual variation in size, and this, combined with the

great changes in colour which the pelage undergoes, makes

the identification of the species a very difficult matter,

Hab, Gaboon.

The Gold Coast form, spurrelli, is the only one that might

be mistaken for occidentalis, but the colour of the new

pelage is never so dark as in the Gaboon species, and the

latter has none of the silver-grey speckling so conspicuous

in spurrelli.

(5) Crocidura occidentalis spurrelli, Thos.

Crocidura spurrelli, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. vi. p. 427

(1910).

Size rather larger than in occidentalis, but smaller than

mann.

Hair short and close, much shorter and more velvety

than in the large Lagos species.

General colour of unbleached coat dark sepia-brown

sprinkled with silvery grey, resulting effect much as in

**fuscous”? mixed with ‘ fuscous-black”’; flanks a trifle

paler, the tint gradually fading to the greyish buff of the

underparts. In the bleached condition, just when the new

dark fur is appearing, the general colour is very much

lighter and redder (‘“ snuff-brown”’’), more as in nyanse ;

underparts in bleached specimens strongly tinted with

brownish buff. Backs of hands and feet brownish. Tail

cylindrical, appearing almost naked, clothed with minute

blackish-brown hairs, slightly lighter on the ventral surface ;

caudal bristles slender and numerous.

Skull long and narrow, in size about as in ». kivu, much

smaller than in manni, interorbital and maxillary region

narrow ; brain-case small. Unicuspids broader than in the

nyanse group, more circular in section,

524 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Dimensions of the type and five other specimens from the

type-locality (measured in the flesh) :—

O(type. @. 2. go. | Oa

mm mm. mm mm mm. “Mm

Head and body .. 115 129 127 137 140 140

Talley site eee 70 73 63 70 68 65

Hind foot 52 ea 19 19 18°5 20 19 19

Bar \oicg clan ee 5 eee il 12 12 12 12 12

Skull: dimensions of the type and three other thoroughly

adult specimens :—

2 (type). Q. 2: 3.

mm, 5

mm mm mm

Condylo-incisive length .... 298 30°2 dl 3l

Greatest breadth .......... 11:2 118 12:1, “aks

Least interorbital breadth .. 52 5D 53 55

Length of palate .......... 13 13 13:1 138

Postpalatal length ........ 12°7 13 13°3 12°7

Greatest maxillary breadth.. 9°3 9°6 96° “ag

Hab. Bibianaha, Gold Coast.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10.8. 1.1.

The series of skins in the Museum Collection show an

extraordinary amount of variation in general colour, the

tint varying from dark sepia-brown in the unbleached pelage

to bright reddish brown in the old faded coat. Similarly,

the underparts vary from light silvery grey to brownish buff.

(6) Crocidura occidentalis nigeria, subsp. n.

Considerably smaller than either occidentalis or spurrelli,

with much smaller skull.

Hind foot less than 17 mm. in length.

General colour (taken from spirit-specimen) appears

much as in occidentalis, brownish above and below, the

ventral surface rather paler and greyer. Backs of hands

and feet brown. ‘Tail cylindrical, fairly stout, covered with

short dark brown hairs, rather lighter on the ventral surface ;

caudal bristles long and very numerous.

Skull smaller than that of occidentalis or spurrelli. Teeth

considerably smaller.

Dimensions of type (measured from spirit-specimen) :—

Head and body 98 mm.; tail 67; hind foot 15°5;

ear 9°5.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 26 ; greatest breadth 10°5 ;

least interorbital breadth 5°2; length of palate 11:5;

greatest maxillary breadth 8; length of upper tooth-row 11°5.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 525

Hab. Asaba, 150 miles up the Niger.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no. 95. 5.3.2. Presented and

collected by Dr. W. H. Crosse.

The very much smaller skull and teeth immediately sepa-

rate this form from occidentalis, spurrelli, and cara. It is

distinguished from the Liberian battikoferi by its much

longer tail and from the other Liberian species, schweitzert,

by its rather longer tail and larger skull.

(7) Crocidura occidentalis cara, subsp. n.

A long-tailed form with large hind feet and fairly long

skull, allied to schweitzeri.

General colour rather dark, about as in “ fuscous”” mixed

with “mummy-brown”; ventral surface greyer, but very

little lighter (‘‘deep neutral grey” washed with “ wood-

brown”), hairs of belly with grey bases and dull buff tips.

Backs of hands and feet brown. ‘Tail long, dark brown

in colour, a shade lighter underneath; caudal bristles

numerous.

Skull rather large with long palate and fairly large teeth.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 106 mm,; tail 65°5; hind foot 18;

ear 12.

Skull (occipital region broken) : length from basioccipital

suture to front of incisors 22°6; posterior border of lamb-

doidal crest to front of incisors 26°7 ; greatest breadth J1°3 ;

least interorbital breadth 5°5 ; lengthof palate 12°3 ; greatest

maxillary breadth 8°9 ; length of upper tooth-row 13.

Hab. Jala, Sierra Leone.

Type. Adult male. Original number 9. Collected by

R. H. Bunting, Esq.

Mr. Bunting obtained two further specimens of this new

shrew on Mt. Barclay, Liberia, both very like the type in

general colour and proportions.

In the spirit-collection there is a further specimen which

may be referred to this form, collected by Canon F. C.

Smith in Sierra Leone. ‘The following measurements are

taken from these three specimens :—

4 Se Tail. Hind foot, Ear. Upper tooth-

mm. mm. mm, mm. mm.

dio Laberia ...... 105 66 18 11 13-2

ex: MBDETIO Win ces o4 67 19 12 13:2

dg. Sierra Leone . 103 70 18 12 135

The larger size of the hind foot and longer tail distinguish

this form from schweitzeri and biitlikoferi.

526 On the African Shrews belonging to Crocidura.

(8) Crocidura schweitzeri, Pet.

Crocidura schweitzert, Peters, MB. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 187 (1877).

Crocidura stampflii, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. x. p. 47 (1887).

Size rather less than in occidentalis.

Peters, in his preliminary diagnosis, describes this form as

follows :—

“Cr, cinnamomeo-fusca, subtus pallidior, pilis basi schis-

taceis ; cauda tetragona, setis longioribus in parte basali

In the Museum Collection are three specimens from

Sierra Leone, which agree fairly closely with Peters’s de-

scription; the upper parts dull brownish or brownish

cinnamon and the belly greyish or grey washed with brown,

the latter being the older pelage, the condition described by

Jentink for his stampflii, a form I am unable to distinguish

from schweitzeri. Backs of hands and feet brownish white.

Tail rather short, brownish above, lighter below; bristle-

hairs light in colour and fairly numerous.

Dimensions (as given by Peters) :—

Head and body 90 mm.; tail 53; hind foot (c. u.) 15;

ear 10.

Length of upper tooth-row 10°3.

Hab. Liberia.

Dimensions of two specimens from Sierra Leouie :--

Head and body 95, 85 mm.; tail 56, 48; hind foot 15,

lear rear. 11) TO:

The dimensions of stampflii are very similar to these given

by Peters :—

Head and body 94, 79 mm. ; tail 60, 47; hind foot 15,

15; ear 10, 8°5.

The colour-difference is only such as might be due to

the general darkening of the ventral surface, owing to the

hair-tips becoming tinged with brown, as is so often the

case in the worn pelage in this genus.

(9) Crocidura biittikoferi, Jent.

Crocidura biittikoferi, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. x. p. 47

(1887).

Allied to schweitzeri, from which form it is distinguished

by its much shorter tail.

Size of body rather less than in schweitzeri.

Jentink describes the colour as follows :—“ Upper parts

of the body brownish black coloured and the underparts

ee ene

On some Symphyla from Algeria. 527

with silvery tips to the slaty hairs... ,” apparently very

like the other members of this group.

Tail very short; no account is given regarding the tail-

hairs,

In his remarks on the skull, Jentink mentions “a denti-

culation of the lower incisors ’’—a feature very often present

in this genus, but more markedly so in Sy/visorez.

Dimensions of the type (taken from spirit-specimen) :—

Head and body 76 mm.; tail 40; hind foot 15 (ce. u.) ;

ear 7D.

Hab. Robertsport, Liberia.

Type. Adult female in spirit.

The short tail readily separates dittikoferi from the rest

of the occidentalis group. The exact relation which this

form bears to the other members of the group is not at all

clear.

[To be continued. }

XLVI.—On a small Collection of Symphyla from Algeria.

By Ricwarp 8. Baenart, F.L.S.

Some little time ago Mr. 8. Hirst, of the British Museum,

submitted to me, along with other material, a collection of

Symphyla made by himself in Algiers, and containing speci-

mens of Scutigerella armata, Hansen, which Mr. Hirst had

already identified. I am also able to record an example of

S. immaculata taken by Mr. P. A. Buxton of Trinity College,

Cambridge.

Genus Scuriceretia, Ryder.

This genus, as restricted in my memoir on the classifi-

cation of the order (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxxiii. 1913,

pp- 195-199), contains four species, which may be tabulated

as follows :—

1. Setze on legs more numerous, smaller, and

less conspicuous ; a@ series on inner side of

metatarsus of hind leg present. Setw# on

cerci rarely more than 0°18 to 0-2 mm. as

long as the depth of cercus .........+4. 2,

Sete on legs fewer, longer, and more con-

spicuous; the metatarsus of hind leg with

only one longish seta on the inner side at

528 On some Symphyla from Algeria.

distal angle. Seton cerci 0°38 to 0-4 mm,

as long as the depth of cereus, Length

80 to 3:6 mm. —« a dses bin BN To

2, Size larger and more robust (4°5-8:0 mm.).

Tibiz of front pair of legs unarmed...... S. immaculata, Newp.

Sizesmaller. Tibia of front pair of legs each

armed with a distinctive appendage on the

inner margin near middle .............. S. armata, Hansen.

3, 13th scutum normal, 14th scutum sparsely

set with minute dorsal sete. Sete on legs

longer; tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of

hind leg with 1, 3, and 4 (or 5) sete on

outer margin respectively. Legs not so

SELON rie sy bs Wes teie stad Se Sie Se ae S. spinipes, Bagn.

Posterior margin of 13th seutum with a pair

of flap-like processes; dorsal surface of

14th scutum devoid of setee. Hind legs at

least stouter and their seta shorter. Cerci

shorter, broader, and more sparingly setose ; .

tactile hairs unusually long and strong .. S. biseutata, Bagn.

Scutigerella immaculata (Newport).

Hammam Meskutin, E. Algeria, 1st April, 1913 (P. A.

Buxton).

Scutigerella armata, Hansen.

Algiers, March 1911 (S. Hirst). Not yet recorded from

outside Algeria.

Seutigerella spinipes, Bagnall.

A rare species, described in 1911 (‘‘ A Synopsis of the

British Symphyla, with Description of new Species,” Trans.

Nat. Hist. Soc. Nd. & D’ham. ser. 2, vol. iv. pp. 17—41, pl. 1.)

from the North of England. ‘This is the first record of its

occurrence outside the British Isles. The claws of the

Algerian specimen are slightly longer than described in the ~

ty pe-examples. ;

Axcrers, March 1911, one example with eleven pairs of

legs (S. Hirst).

Genus Sympeny era (Silv.), Bagn.

Symphylella vulgaris (Hansen).

Axorers, March 1911, one example (S. Hirst). I do not

think that this species has been recorded previously from —

outside Europe.

= Oe ah Easy

ee ee

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 90. JUNE 1915.

XLVII.—Descriptions and Records of Bees. —LXVIL.

By T. D. A. Cockrre.t, University of Colorado.

Paracolletes versicolor (Smith, 1853).

Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 1300-2300 ft., Jan. 15-Feb. 6,

1913,1 9,2 g (RK. EL. Turner). The female was described

by Smith ; the male is P. spatulatus, Ckll., 1905. In the

same locality, at about the same time, Mr. Turner took a

male P. providellus bacchalis, Ckll., var. a. Both species

were described from the mainland of Australia.

Paracolletes pachyodontus, sp. nu.

3 .—Length 8-9 mm.

Black, with the mandibles red (except at extreme base),

and the abdomen with approximately the lateral thirds of

first three segments, as well as apical bands on the first

four, deep chestnut-red ; hair of head and thorax long and

dull white, abundant on face, but vertex, mesothorax (except

anteriorly), and most of scutellum with dark fuscous hair ;

a little fuscous hair below tegule ; clypeus with sparse

strong punctures ; supraclypeal area prominent, smooth, and

shining ; antenne short and thick, like those of a female,

the flagellum red beneath; vertex strongly punctured ;

mesothorax finely and densely punctured, but glistening;

postscutellum with a thick short median tooth ; tegule

piceous, punctured. Wings with the apical margin broadly

dusky, stigma and nervures piceous; second s.m. small,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xv. 36

530 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

receiving first r. n. a little beyond middle. Legs black, with

thin white hair. Abdomen shining, but the surface finely

rugoso-punctate, first suture impressed ; thin white hair on

dorsal segments, but no bands ; apical plate red, rounded.

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, Noy. 1913, three (R. £.

Turner). British Museum.

A distinct species, somewhat related to P. rhadopus, Ckll.,

but recognizable at once by the colours, short antenna, &e,

Paracolletes viridicinctus, Cockerell, 1905.

Eaglehawk Neck, Tasmania, Feb, 12—March 3, 1913

(R. E. Turner).

Paracolletes obscurus (Smith, 1853).

Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 1300-2300 ft., Jan. 15—Feb. 6,

1913, three (R. HE. Turner).

Nomia submerens, Cockerell, 1914.

Eaglehawk Neck, Tasmania, Feb. 12—-Mar. 3, 1913 (R. FE.

Turner).

Euryglossa latissima, Cockerell, 1914.

This was described from the female, but three males are

now before me, with the same data (Haglehawk Neck,

Tasmania; Turner). The male is somewhat smaller, and

has the abdomen piceous, rufous at extreme apex. Other-

wise there is no conspicuous difference, except that the

antennze are longer, and there is more long, loose, white hair

about the face and mouth. The dark abdomen makes the

male appear superficially like a distinct species.

Megachile tarsatula, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 6 mm.

Black, including the mandibles and long slender antenne,

but all the tarsi bright ferruginous ; anterior tarsi simple,

and coxee with small short spines; head large and round,

face with pale ochreous hair ; clypeus with large punctures,

with shining surface between, on upper part, but lower part

with dense minute punctures ; supraclypeal area very densely

punctured ; vertex with strong large punctures, and thin

pale ochreous hair; mesothorax and scutellum finely and

closely punctured (in complete contrast with vertex), the

Records of Bees. 531

surface between the punctures shining; thorax above with

very thin and short pale ochreous hair, and no distinct

sutural bands ; area of metathorax granular at base and

sides ; tegulz rufo-piceous. Wings hyaline, dusky apically,

stigma large, dark ferruginous. Legs with short pale hair.

Abdomen finely and closely punctured, the bases of the

segments deeply impressed ; first segment with lateral pale

apical hair-patches, third and fourth with conspicuous basal

bands of glittering scale-like pubescence, fifth with the basal

half thinly covered with pale hair, and sixth with even more,

the hair pale ochreous-tinted and glittering; hind margins

of second and following segments very narrowly fuscous ;

sixth segment vertical, the keel feeble, not or barely de-

pressed in middle, a short tooth on each side of apical

margin of segment.

Hab. Cuernos Mts., Negros, Philippine Is. (Baker, 3147,

=type) ; Dapitan, Mindanao (Baker, 3139).

This minute species recalls some of the Australian forms,

but does not resemble them in detail. I do not know any

near relative. The small size and red tarsi readily dis-

tinguish it in the Philippine fauna.

Megachile indianorum, Cockerell, variety a.

A male from Jacksonville, Texas, at Helenium tenuifolium,

Aug. 11, 1906 (Bishopp), represents a new variety with

black legs. It differs in the pubescence and the colour of

legs from Cresson’s description of M. defleva, but it is not

improbable that both this insect and true indianorum repre-

sent varieties or races of defleva. It also seems possible

that M. megagyna, Cockerell, is the female of the present

variety, although it has darker wings, and the strong coarse

sculpture of the clypeus is entirely different. A female

M. megagyna was taken at Ardmore, Okla, July 11 (Jones).

Megachile amica, Cresson.

The male closely resembles that of M. integra, Cresson,

but is certainly distinct, being smaller, with no band in the

suture between scutellum and metathorax, while the apex of

the abdomen beneath presents a sharp median spine, wanting

in integra. ‘The curious claviform hairs beneath the white

fringe on anterior tarsus are characteristic. The species,

however, appears to be remarkably variable. One from

Cotulla, Texas, on Verbesina encelioides, April 27, 1906

(F. C, Pratt), is scarcely 8°5 mm. long, and has the hair of

36*

532 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

head and thorax above strongly ochreous. Another from

Cotulla, at Opuntia, April 16, 1906 (Pratt), is of normal

size, with the normal pallid hair. One from Victoria,

Texas, April 27, 1907 (J. D. Mitchell), is of normal appear-

ance, but differs from the Cotulla form by having the short

stiff brush of hair near the base of the anterior basitarsus

anteriorly dark fuscous instead of light orange.

The female of M. amica has remained unknown, but I

recognized it with some confidence in specimens from

Cotulla, at Monarda punctata, May 12, 1906 (J. C. Craw-

ford) ; San Diego, Texas, April 23 (Afitchell) ; and Corpus

Christi, Texas, at Anogra pallida, April 12, 1906 (Pratt).

This female looks very much like MW. brevis, but is especially

to be recognized by the very long hairs standing out from

the posterior border of the middle tarsus. The ventral

scopa is white, black on last segment ; the last dorsal seg-

ment is somewhat concave in profile, and has coarse, but

rather short, erect, black hair. The hair on the head and

thorax above is white or slightly greyish, sometimes (San

Diego specimen) largely fuscous on vertex. The clypeus is

normal and densely punctured. The reference of this female

to amica is strengthened by the occurrence of similar

characters in the middle tarsi and scopa of J. soledadensis,

Cockerell.

Megachile comata, Cresson.

Described from the male, but two females are before me,

from Albuquerque, New Mexico, Aug. 1894 (Snow). The

female is large and robust, about 16 mm. long; ventral

scopa pale yellowish, becoming white basally ; last dorsal

segment with fine, erect, wholly pale hair ; when abdomen is

seen from above, no black hair projects at sides ; hind basi-

tarsus very broad ; mandibles quadridentate. There is no

light hair-band in the suture anteriorly bounding scutellum.

Megachile candentula, sp. n.

¢ .—Length a little over 7 mm.

Black, including the very long antennz, mandibles,

tegule, and legs; wings strongly smoky, nervures and

stigina rufo-piceous; eyes dark brown; face with short

ochreous hair, not hiding surface, vertex with short sparse

black hair, lower part of cheeks with long abundant pure

white hair; clypeus extremely densely punctured, with a

slender smooth median line; front duli, rngoso-punctate ;

vertex with very large well-separated punctures ; mesothorax

Records of Bees. 533

and seutellum shining, with very strong distinct punctures

and thin short black hair; pale hair-band in scutello-

mesothoracic suture feeble or absent ; postscutellum with

rather long rufo-fuscous hair ; area of metathorax shining ;

tubercles fringed with dense pale ochreous hair; pleura

strongly and closely punctured, and with very thin pale hair.

Legs ordinary, anterior tarsi simple and coxe without

spines ; claws red with black tips. Abdomen short, the

three segments closely and finely punctured, the fourth much

smoother ; first three with red marginal bands, evanescent

in middle, on first reduced to lateral patches, fourth (except

part of disc) and fifth covered with red pubescence, with

scattered black hairs intermixed, the red is a deep orange-

ferruginous ; sixth segment retracted, with red hair at sides,

its keel not at all prominent, feebly bilobed at apex ; no

apical (subventral) teeth or spines. Spurs of hind tibiz

cream-colour.

Hah. Dapitan, Mindanao (Baker, 3140, 3144).

A distinct species, recalling by the colour of the abdomen

M. doanei, Ckll., from Tahiti, but very different structurally.

Megachile hookeri, sp. n.

2 .—Length almost 15 mm.

Robust, black, including mandibles, tarsi, and antenne.

Wings hyaline, faintly dusky, with dark fuscous nervures ;

pubescence greyish white, long and black on vertex, on

middle cf mesothorax mixed with black, only a very few

dark hairs on scutellum. Abdomen with pale hair on first

two segments and basal part of third, but beyond that the

hair is coarse, erect, and black, except that segments 3 to 5

have conspicuous entire white hair-bands, and the sixth,

except basally, has a fine pale pruinose pubescence ; sixth

dorsal segment in outline concave, with the black bristles

very large and conspicuous; ventral scopa entirely clear

white. Mandibles broad, quadridentate, with long golden

hairs arising from beneath the basal half ; white hair of face

and front abundant ; clypeus minutely rugoso-punctate, but

largely concealed by hair, its lower margin straight and

shining ; vertex with small punctures on each side of the

ocelli, but more posteriorly with large punctures ; meso-

thorax and scutellum closely punctured, dise of mesothorax

more sparsely punctured, showing the shining surface ; no

white lines of hair on mesothorax and sutural band ; b. n.

falling short of t.-m.; anterior tarsi with a fringe of long

534 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

white hairs behind ; small joints of middle tarsi moderately

thickened ; posterior basitarsi only moderately broadened.

Hab. Lehi, Utah, Sept. 9, 1905 (W. A. Hooker). U.S.

National Museum.

Superficially just like M. comata, Cress. (¢ from Albu-

querque, New Mexico; Snow), but easily distinguished by

the coarse black hair on apical part of abdomen above. In

this feature it resembles J/. manifesta, Cress., which is much

smaller and otherwise different.

Megachile innupta, sp. n.

9.—Length 12 mm.

Black, robust, with rather abundant silky greyish-white

hair, forming entire and conspicuous bands on abdominal

segments 3 to 5; clypeus with thin inconspicuous hair;

sides of vertex with a small amount of black hair; hair of

thorax above entirely clear white; first two abdominal seg-

ments with copious white hair, third with thin pale hair in

transverse sulcus, and short black hair between that and the

apical band, fourth and fifth (except the bands) with short

black hair, the fourth with a little pale basally, sixth with

thin and rather short, erect, pale hair; ventral scopa white

basally, but clear ferruginous on the last two segments.

Mandibles broad, quadridentate, with golden hairs from the

lower border ; clypeus strongly and densely punctured, with

a thick, shining, essentially straight lower margin, but the

sides of the margin broadly lobed or extended beyond the

level of the central part; antenne black ; sides of vertex

with large scattered punctures on a shining ground; meso-

thorax densely punctured, smooth and shining in the anterior

middle ; no lines of hair or sutural band; tegulze rufo-piceous.

Wings hyaline, faintly dusky, nervures dark rufo-fuscous,

b. n. falling short of t.-m.; anterior tarsi very thick, with

long glittering white hairs behind; small joints of middle

tarsi remarkably thick and short; hind basitarsi much

broadened ; all the claws with a well-developed basal tooth. -

Abdomen finely punctured, sixth dorsal segment in profile

gently concave, without a distinct lip; when the abdomen

is seen from above, there are no conspicuous dark hairs pro-

jecting laterally from the apical segments.

Hab. Pueblo, Colorado, Aug. 10, 1907 (G. M. Hite).

This looks much like J/. nupta, Cress., but is easily

separated by the lack of a distinct lip on the last dorsal

segment, the much more swollen anterior tibie, and the long

hair on anterior tarsi behind. J. nupta has still shorter

middle tarsi, the basitarsi being shorter. The clypeal

Records of Bees. 535

punctures of nupta are larger and not so dense. In the

same locality, on the same day, Mr. Hite took M. cleomis,

Ckil., 2.

Megachile abluta subrixator, subsp. n.

? .—Length 9 mm.

Agrees with the smaller form of M. rixvator, Ckll., except

that the clypeus has very large strong punctures, distinctly

separated near the middle, and, while the median line is

smooth, there is no keel. The end of the abdomen also

differs, in that the last dorsal segment in lateral profile

shows no evident erect hair and the last ventral segment

has the hair entirely black. Ventral scopa very bright

ferruginous, but white at base and black at apex ; antenne

black ; hair of head above reddish fuscous, of thorax above

brownish ochraceous ; conspicuous pale sutural bands in

front and behind scutellum. Easily known from M. abluta,

Ckll., by the much larger and less dense punctures of clypeus

and the bright red ventral scopa.

Hab, Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Is. (Baker, 3148=

type) ; Dapitan, Mindanao (Baker, 3142).

Males from Dapitan do not materially differ from

M. abluta. The whole face is densely covered with pale

golden hair. AZ. abluta and M. rixator were described from

Formosa. Another small Philippine species (Luzon and

Mindanao; Baker), named in manuscript by Friese, is very

close to the Formosan M. tranquilla, Ckll.

Megachile bishoppi, sp. n. (townsendiana, subsp. ?).

3d .—Length about 10°5 mm.

Hair of head and thorax above pale yellowish ; anterior

cox spined ; anterior tarsi simple. A species of the group

of M. parallela, Sm., close to M. townsendiana, Ckll. (having

keel of sixth abdominal segment curved downward), from

which it differs thus: hair of face creamy (instead of pure

white) ; thorax above very hairy, with only a very indistinct

band in scutello-mesothoracie suture ; keel of sixth abdo-

minal segment smaller, less deeply emarginate, with the

lobes on each side of the emargination much smaller,

Hab. Paris, Texas, May 24, 1904, two males (F°. C. Bishopp).

U.S. National Museum.

Megachile mendica coquilletti, subsp. n.

3 .—Length a little over 11 mm.

Pubescence pale greenish ochraceous; small joints of

anterior tarsi light ferruginous ; hair fringing anterior tarsi

536 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

behind very long ; no fuscous hair on thorax above ; keel of

sixth abdominal segment jagged on each side of the rounded

emargination ; apical teeth of abdomen five, the median one

well developed, the lateral ones small, a trifle nearer to the

sublateral than the sublateral are to each other. The

abdomen has conspicuous dark hair on segments 3 to 5.

The scutello-mesothoracic suture is wholly without a light

band.

Hab. Los Angeles County, California (Coquillett). U.S.

National Museum. .

I describe this as a subspecies of M. mendica, but it is

equally close to M. brevis, and until the female is known we

cannot be sure which it should be associated with. Males

collected by Snow in Arizona, which I consider to represent

avariety of brevis, resemble coguilletti in their rather large

size and ochreous hair, but they have dark anterior tarsi,

and the keel of sixth segment only faintly crenulate on each

side of the emargination.

Megachile penicillata, sp. n.

? .—Long and narrow, with the general form and appear-

ance of M. occidentalis.

Black, including the tarsi, mandibles, and antenne ;

wings strongly fuscous. Head large, rounded ; eyes promi-

nent, chocolate-colour ; mandibles quadridentate (quinque-

dentate in occidentalis) ; labrum broad at apex, with two

pencils of red hair directed forwards (vertically to plane of

labrum) ; clypeus strongly subconfluently punctured, with

a slender smooth median line, lower margin very broadly

but shallowly excavated, or it could be described as straight,

with a broad low lobe at each side ; sides of face, and region

above and between antennz, with copious greyish-white

hair; hair of clypeus extremely thin, but not fuscous;

region behind ocelli large, with strong quite close punctures ;

mesothorax strongly and extremely densely punctured, with

very short and sparse pale hair, but a pair of oblique bars of

dense white hair (as in occidentalis, but not so large) in

front, a light band along lateral margins, and a thin one in

scutello-mesothoracic suture ; tubercles densely covered with

creamy-white hair; tegule rufo-piceous. Legs with white

hair, pale yellowish on inner side of tarsi; hind basitarsi

very slender. Abdomen parallel-sided, strongly but not

densely punctured, with narrow white hair-bands on the

first four segments, that on first practically reduced to large

triangular latera] patches; sixth segment broadly hoary at

Mr. R. E, Turner on Possorial [ymenoptera. — 537

base, and without erect hairs ; ventral scopa short and com-

pact, pure white, black on last segment.

Hab, Trinity, Texas, Aug. 30, 1906, two (I. C. Bishopp).

U.S. National Museum.

M. occidentalis, Vox, has the mesothorax much more

finely punctured, and the last dorsal segment with a deep

transverse subapical groove, represented only by a transverse

depression in penicillata,

Bombus rufocinctus, var. castoris, v. 0.

Bombus rufocinctus, Cress., var. 6, Franklin, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soe.

XXXviii. p. 443.

$.—Abdomen with yellowish-fulvous hair on first two

dorsal segments, black on all the others.

Hab. Beaver Creek, Montana, 6300 ft., Aug. 1913 (S. J.

Hunter). The abdomen is coloured as in the male of

B. vagans, Smith. There is much yellow hair on the head

above, and a large yellow patch in the middle of the face.

XLVIII.—WNotes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.a—XVI.

By Row.anp E. ‘Turner, I'.Z.S., F.E.S.

On the Thyunide, Scoliide, and Crabronide of Tasmania.

Tue following list includes all the known species of

Thynnide, Scoliidee, and Crabronide occurring in 'lasmania.

] have already published notes on the Mutillidve of the island

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiv. pp. 429-450), and hope at

a future date to give a list of the Psammocharide. I have

not included the few species known from the islands in

Bass Straits, which are politically part of Tasmania. ‘The

tossorial Hymenoptera are not very numerous in ‘l'asmania,

and a considerable number are common to Australia and

Tasmania, the resemblance to the fauna of the mountainous

districts of 8.2. Australia being very marked. The absence

of the conspicuous coloration of broad orange bands, so

characteristic of Australia, is remarkable; I am not aware

that this plan of colour occurs among the wasps of ‘lasmania,

except in one or two strong-flying Psammocharidee which

have doubtless found their way across from the mainland.

In one case, Crabro tridentatus, Sm., which occurs in

Victoria, has broad orange bands on the abdomen; the

Tasmanian form, QO. tasmanicus, Sm., has narrow yellow

bands, but does not differ appreciably in structure.

538 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Family Thynnide.

Subfamily Dramwurvz.

Diamma bicolor, Westw.

Diamma bicolor, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, iii. p. 53 (1835). 9.

Psammatha chalybea, Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc, London, ii. 1, p, 69

(1887). ¢.

Tachypterus fasciatus, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 2, p. 217 (1839). g.

Not uncommon in Northern Tasmania, but I did not take

specimens in the south. Also common in the south-eastern

portions of Australia from Adelaide to Sydney.

Subfamily Rasereasrzrrvz, Ashm.

Rhagigaster pugionatus, Sauss.

Rhagigaster pugionatus, Sauss. Reise Noy. Zool. ii, Hym. p. 113

(1867) ; Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxii. p. 234 (1907). 9.

Common on Leptospermum blossom at Eaglehawk Neck in

February. I have had a specimen of this species from

Cumberland, N.S.W., but it is certainly not common on the

mainland. I do not know that any other species of the

genus occurs in Tasmania, though forms of R. unicolor, Guér.,

are so plentiful on the mainland. Westwood, however,

mentions a specimen of Ft, unicolor sent to him as coming

from Tasmania. I therefore include it as Tasmanian, though

with doubt.

Rhagigaster unicolor, Guér.

Rhagigaster unicolor, Guér, Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 2, p. 214 (1839). ¢g.

Rhagigaster binotatus, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 105 (1844). 9.

If any form of this occurs in Tasmania, it would probably

be the Victorian subspecies Zyelli, ‘Turn.

Genus Errone, Westw.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

3G.

1. Clypeus without an apical depression or

triangular truncation ; legs black.... 2.

Clypeus with an apical depression or tri-

angular truncation ; legs ferruginous

or bright testaceous brown ..... peo ae

2. Pronotum entirely black ........... ... £E. dispar, Westw.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 539

Anterior and posterior margins of the

pronotum narrowly white.......... FE. evilis, Turn,

3. Pronotum and abdomen black...... wees E. lucida, Sm.

Pronotum marked with yellow on the

anterior margin at least; abdomen

bright ferruginous, sometimes more

or less clouded with black.......... 4.

4. Antenne yellow from the middle of the

ninth joint of the flagellum to the

middle of the twelfth .............. E. celsissima, Turn.

Antenne black or ferruginous.......... 5,

5. Antenne ferruginous; apical depression

GR CRYNOUS BFCUALO ... usc ese vc csnne E, leai, Turn.

Antenne black; clypeus with a trian-

gular surface trom before the middle. Z. ichnewmoniformis, Sin.

First abdominal segment not narrowed to

the base ; sixth dorsal segment with a

0 ES Sy ee E. dispar, Westw.

First abdominal segment narrowed to the

base ; sixth dorsal segment without a

ee A E. celsissima, Turn.

Hirone evilis, sp. n.

3. Black; the mandibles (except at the apex), the ante-

rior and posterior margins of the pronotum narrowly, a spot

on the tegule, the fore tibize in front, and a spot at the base

of the intermediate and hind tibia white. Wings hyaline,

iridescent, nervures fusco-ferruginous. A small spot on each

side above the base of the antennz white. Clypeus slightly

emarginate at the apex, with a carina from the base not quite

reaching the apex. Head finely and closely punctured, a

deep oval depression in the middle of the front, above the

interantennal prominence. ‘Thorax closely punctured, most

finely on the pronotum, scutellum very broadly rounded at

the apex; median segment rounded, shining and sparsely

punctured at the base, more closely elsewhere. Abdomen

shining, sparsely and very shallowly punctured, the segments

not depressed at the base, the apical dorsal segment more

deeply punctured and narrowly rounded at the apex. Second

abscissa of the radius as long as the third, the second

recurrent nervure received just before the middle of the third

cubital cell.

Length 8 mm.

Hab, Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania ; February.

This is allied to tneonspicua, Turn., and less closely to

parca, Turn., and montivaga, Turn., but differs from all of

them in the carinated clypeus as well as in colour,

540 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial [Tymenoptera.

EFirone dispar, Westw.

Eirone dispar, Westw. Are. Ent, ii. p. 144 (1844). ¢ 9.

? Thynnus (Agriomyia) brevicornis, Sm, Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 39

(1859). ¢.

Common on Leptospermum blossom in February at Eagle-

hawk Neck. Westwood’s specimens were from Adelaide,

but I do not think there is any specific difference.

Exrone ichneumoniformis, Sm.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) ichneumoniformis, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.

p- 39 (1859). ¢.

Etrone (Lepteirone) ichneumoniformis, Turn. Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W.

xxxli. p. 252 (1907). dQ.

Hab. Hobart (Lea). Also from Victoria.

The triangular area on the clypeus does not quite extend to

the apex, as stated in my description of the species, the apex

being narrowly transversely depressed.

Eirone celsissima, Turn.

Eirone celsissima, Turn. Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxxviii. p. 609 (1914).

The male is easily recognized by the yellow colour of the

four apical joints of the antenne. It is much larger than

the other Tasmanian species of the genus.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2200 ft.; January to March.

Waratah (Lea).

Evtrone lucida, Sm.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) lucidus, Sm, Cat. Tym. B.M. vii. p. 836 (1859). g.

The female is unknown, but probably resembles that of

the closely allied form £. /uctduda, 'Turn., which represents

the present species on the mainland.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck ; February.

Eirone leai, sp. n.

¢@. Black ; the mandibles (except at the apex), clypeus,

a line on each side on the anterior margin of the pronotum,

and a spot at the apex of the anterior tibize yellow ; the

antennze (except the three apical joints), a line on the inner

margin of the eyes, the legs (except the coxze), and the abdo-

men rufo-ferruginous; tegule fusco-testaceous ; wings sub-

hyaline, nervures fuscous.

Length 8-12 mm.

3g. Clypeus broad, with a broadly arched carina near the

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal ITymenoptera. 541

middle, the apical portion below the carina strongly depressed

and subconcave, truncate at the apex. Antenne long, as

long as the head, thorax, and median segment combined, the

apical joints arcuate beneath; interantennal prominence

bilobed. Head not much produced or narrowed behind the

eyes ; the posterior ocelli as far from the eyes as from the

posterior margin of the head. Finely and closely punctured,

most finely on the median segment; abdomen elongate-

fusiform, sparsely punctured. Hypopygium small, rounded

at the apex, and ciliated. Third abscissa of the radius

shorter than the second by about one-fifth, second recurrent

nervure received just before the middle of the third cubital

cell.

Hab. Waratah, N.W. Tasmania (Zea).

Described from four males.

This is nearest to H. rufopicta, Sm., but in that species

the clypeus is longitudinally carinate before the apical

depression. The clypeus also distinguishes it from carol,

Turn., and other allied species.

Subfamily Tarvvrvz.

Ariphron bicolor, Erichs.

Ariphron bicolor, Erichs. Arch. f. Naturgesch. viii. p. 264, t. v. fig. 1

(1842), 9.

Ariphron rigidulus, Turn. Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxii. p. 274

(1907). ¢.

Hab. Kaglehawk Neck; February. Also from Victoria.

The female seems scarce, and I did not take it. From

the localities in which I took the males I suspect that the

females may associate with ants of the genus M/yrmecia,

Tachynomyia abdominalis, Guér.

Agriomyia (Tachynomyia) abdominalis, Guér, Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 5

(1842). ¢.

Var. a (Tachynomyia) spinole, Guér, Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 6

1842). ¢.

Bees cue, Erichs. Arch. f. Naturges. viii. p. 265 (1842). ¢.

Tachynomyia abdominalis, Turn, Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S. W. xxxii. p. 279

(1907). ¢ 2.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2200 ft.; January. Also from

Victoria.

As far as [am aware, no other species of Tachynomyia

occurs in Tasmania, though several are found in Victoria.

The female is distinguished by the sculpture of the second

dorsal segment, which is without the transverse ruge usual

in the genus.

542 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Genus PHYMATOTHYNNUS, Turn.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

ood.

Tibie and tarsi ferruginous; mandibles, apex of

clypeus, lines on pronotum and on _ post-

scutelluin youlowy iis. gens sivvon's boop uae P. derelictus, Turn.

Entirely black iscsi 20h chee niel ole wisrereine.o P, monilicornis, Sm.

vie.

Pronotum much longer than wide, not subcarinate

in the middle posteriorly...............0.. P. derelictus, Turn.

Pronotum only a little longer than broad, subcari-

nate in the middle on the posterior half .... P. monilicornis, Sm.

Phymatothynnus monilicornis, Sm.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) monilicornis, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 39

(1859). dQ.

This was described from Victoria, but there is a pair in

the British Museum from Tasmania sent by Mr. A. Simson

probably from the Launceston district. I did not see the

species in Southern Tasmania.

Phymatothynnus derelictus, sp. n.

g. Black, with light fulvous pubescence ; the mandibles

(except at the apex), the apical margin of the clypeus broadly,

the margin of the interantennal prominence narrowly, a line

on each side on the anterior margin of the pronotum, and a

spot on the postscutellum pale yellow ; tegule testaceous ;

the tibis, tarsi; and the apex of the femora ferruginous.

Clypeus convex, without a distinct carina, produced and very

narrowly truncate at the apex. Head finely and very closely

punctured, the interantennal prominence fairly well developed

and very broadly rounded at the apex, a short and shallow

longitudinal sulcus on the front. Thorax and median segment

finely and closely punctured; abdomen shining and very

shallowly punctured, flattened, the segments very slightly

constricted at the base, the basal segment slender, very

narrow at the base, half as broad at the apex as the apex of

the second segment. Hypopygium longer than broad, very

slightly widened from the base, tridentate at the apex, the

central tooth long, the lateral ones short but distinct. Wings

subhyaline, nervures fuscous; second recurrent nervure

received just before one-fourth from the base of the third

cubital cell.

Length 12 mm.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 543

?. Fusco-ferruginous, more or less stained with black,

especially on the apical abdominal segments.

Head closely and not very finely punctured, broader ante-

riorly than long, much narrowed posteriorly, the antennz

inserted far apart, the front produced between them and

subtuberculate on each side. Pronotum convex, distinctly

margined laterally, nearly half as long again as the greatest

breadth ; scutellum longer than broad ; dorsal surface of the

median segment about half as long as the pronotum, very

sparsely punctured. Second dorsal segment coarsely trans-

versely rugulose, with a transverse carina near the base and

another at the apex; the dorsal segments punctured, more

closely on the apical segments. Sixth dorsal segment with a

carina from the base almost reaching the apex, not com-

pressed, rounded at the apex, the edges of the ventral segment

produced upwards and forming marginal caring along the

apical half of the dorsal segment.

Length 9 mm.

Hab, Baglehawk Neck; February. Ferntree, Mt. Wel-

lington ; January.

Both sexes are very near P. monilicornis, but the male

differs in the presence of yellow markings, in the colour of

the legs, in the absence of a carina at the base of the clypeus,

and in the greater development of the spines on the hypo~

pygium. ‘lhe female differs in the longer pronotum, which

is also subcarinate longitudinally on the posterior half in

monilicornis, also in the margins of the sixth ventral

segment. These differences I think are specific, though the

species are very closely related.

Psammothynnus depressus, Westw.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) depressus, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 107 (1844).

dQ.

There is a specimen of this species in the British Museum

taken by Commander Walker at Hobart. The type was

taken at Albany, W.A.

Genus ASTHENOTHYNNUS, Turn.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

dd.

Legs and abdomen black marked with pale yel-

low; hypopygium slightly broadened from

the base and truncate at the apex, with a

WOCCME SPINE (ase aipien ss van vias cle otiene’s A, westwoodi, Guér.

544 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Legs and usually abdomen also bright rufo-testa-

ceous ; hypopygium gradually produced into

a long spine ........ sth e sabe ee ee A, maritimus, Turn.

+2.

Anterior margin of the pronotum not raised; the

elevated portion of the first dorsal segment

before the depressed apical margin with a

distinct median emargination ............ A. westwoodi, Guér.

Anterior margin of the pronotum raised, forming

a marginal carina; elevated portion of first

dorsal segment not emarginate, «almost

straight on the posterior margin .......... A, maritimus, Turn,

Asthenothynnus westwoodi, Guér.

Agriomyia westwood, Guér. Mag. de Zool. p. 4 (1842). 3.

Thynnus intricatus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 30 (1859). 4.

Thynnus longiceps, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 46 (1859). 9.

Thynnus nanus, Sm. Descr. New Sp. Hym. p. 171 (1879). ¢.

Hab. Ferntree, Mt. Wellington; January, Eaglehawk

Neck; February. Also from Victoria and New South

Wales. : .

This is acommon Tasmanian species. Guérin’s type was

from Tasmania, also the types of intricatus and longiceps.

The type of nanus also came from Tasmania.

Asthenothynnus maritimus, sp. n.

gd. Black; legs (except the coxze) and abdomen (except

the base of the first segment) bright rufo-testaceous ; man-

dibles, anterior margin of the clypeus, inner margin of the

eyes, margins of the pronotum, a large spot on the mesopleure,

a spot on the tegule and a curved line above them, a small

spot on the posterior margin of the mesonotum, a longitudinal

mark on the scutellum, a transverse band on the postscutellum,

and a spot on the sides of the median segment near the apex

yellow ; a spot on each side on the vertex near the summit

of the eyes dull ferruginous red.

Head and thorax closely and finely punctured, clypeus

with a short longitudinal carina from the base, the inter-

antennal prominence only slightly developed, a very shallow

groove on the front not reaching the anterior ocellus.

Median segment with a shallow groove from the base not

reaching the apex. Abdomen slender and somewhat flat-

tened, the first segment much longer than the second, very

slender at the base, the second at the apex half as broad again

as the apex of the first. Sides of the hypopygium gradually

convergent to the median spine. Wings hyaline, the third

Mr. R. BE. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 545

abscissa of the radius a little longer than the second ; the

third cubital cell receives the second recurrent nervure at

one-quarter from the base.

Length 10 mm.

?. Blackish brown ; mandibles, antennw, and legs paler

brown; pygidium reddish brown, Head shining, smooth,

much narrowed posteriorly, nearly twice as broad anteriorly

as posteriorly, clypeus without a carina; a very short and

shallow frontal sulcus. Pronotum as long as broad, slightly

narrowed posteiiorly, the anterior and lateral margins dis-

tinctly raised, a median sulcus nearly reaching the posterior

margin. Scutellum a little longer than broad, rounded at

the apex. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the first dorsal

segment narrowly depressed at the apex, the raised portion

before the depression straight, not emarginate. Becbad

dorsal segment with three strongly raised transverse carina,

the apical margin also slightly raised, forming another lower

carina. Pygidium elongate-ovate, the dorsal plate truncate

at the apex and not reaching to the apex of the ventral

segment.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February. g 3 tincop. Swan-

sea (Lea).

A male from Eaglehawk Neck has the abdomen, except

the seventh segment and the apex of the sixth, blackish

brown.

Genus NeozELEBORIA, Rohwer.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

dod.

Hypopygium narrowly truncate at the base of the

apical spine; abdomen with lateral yellow

EEG Nee EA Th oan ccccancecscneses N. proxima, Turn.

Hypopygium rounded at the base of the apical Poe aes

spine; abdomen black, immaculate ........ N. carinicollis, Turn.

22.

Pronotum flat, with a sulcus from the anterior

margin to the middle..........-seeeeeeee N. proxima, Turn,

Pronotum strongly elevated along the median

line, the carats broadened anteriorly ;

Without & SUICUB 06. .ccccecesecscseccccce N. carinicollis, Turn,

Neozeleboria carinicollis, sp. n.

9. Head fully half as broad again as long, very strongly

rounded at the posterior angles, shining, sparsely punctured,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 37

546 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

with a short frontal suleus. Pronotum narrower than the

head, as long as broad, raised along the median line into a

strongly elevated carina, which broadens to the anterior

margin ; the dorsal surface on each side of the carina slightly

concave. Sceutellum strongly rounded at the apex, nearly as

long as broad; dorsal surface of the median segment more

than half as long as the pronotum, Thorax and abdomen

subopaque, finely and very closely punctured; first dorsal

segment with a transverse groove before the raised apical

margin; second, dorsal segment with five strongly raised

caring, including the raised apical margin; sixth dorsal

segment elongate-ovate, with a median carina, not compressed

laterally.

Black ; the head ferruginous; flagellum and legs testa-

ceous brown, second and sixth dorsal segments and all the

ventral segments dark ferruginous.

Length 7-9 mm.

3. Black; the mandibles (except at the apex), a trans-

verse line (interrupted in the middle) on the anterior margin

of the pronotum, and a spot on the postscutellum (sometimes

almost obsolete) pale yellow. Wings hyaline, nervures

fuscous.

Clypeus slightly convex, a little advanced in the middle

and truncate broadly at the apex; interantennal prominence

not much developed, only showing as a tubercle above the

base of each antenna. Head and thorax closely punctured

and thinly clothed with long grey pubescence; antenne

longer than the thorax and median segment combined.

Abdomen shining, fusiform, the segments not constricted ;

hypopygium linguiform, rounded at the apex, with a small

apical spine. Third abscissa of the radius nearly half as

long again as the second ; second recurrent nervure received

at about one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.

Length 10-12 mm.

flab. Hobart (Lea).

The pronotum of the female is very different to other

species of the genus, in which a longitudinal sulcus is always —

piesent and no carina; but otherwise there is no remarkable —

difference. The sexes are not marked as taken coupled, but

I have no doubt of the association. ‘The female is the type. —

Neozeleboria proxima, Turn.

Thynnus (Zeleboria) proximus, Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, xxxiii.

p. 99 (1908). ¢2.

Hab. Lewa, N.S.W. Eaglehawk Neck; February

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossoriat ITymenoptera. — 547

A common species. As in some other forms, this species

ranges into the mountain-districts of S.E. Australia.

Agriomyia odyneroides, Westw.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) odyneroides, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 100 (1844).

dg.

Hab. Hobart (J. J. Walker).

This is very near A. maculata, Guér., but differs in the

shape of the head and pronotum in the female, as well as in

the markings on the median segment in the male. It must

therefore be regarded as distinct, and not as a mere variety.

The males in Agriomyia are very difficult to separate when

the females are not available, owing to the want of good

structural differences, and until we have long series it is not

well to depend too much on colour-distinctions. Unfortu-

nately species of this group are not taken coupled nearly so

frequently as most Thynnide,

West ood does not give any locality for odyneroides, but

most of the specimens I have seen are ‘l'asmanian. ‘There

are also males in the British Museum from Adelaide, from

Jindabyne, N.S.W., 3000 ft., and from ‘ Moreton Bay.”

All these have the third abscissa of the radius distinctly longer

than in Tasmanian specimens.

Thynnoturneria decipiens, Westw.

Thynnus decipiens, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 105 (note), p. 124 (1844).

Hab. Hobart (J. J. Walker).

Tmesothynnus humilis, Evichs.

Thynnus humilis, Erichs. Arch. f. Naturges. viii. p. 264 (1842). 9.

g. Black; a spot at the base of the mandibles, the lateral

and apical margins of the clypeus narrowly, a line on each

side at the anterior angles of the pronotum, a spot on the

tegule, and a line on the postscutellum pale whitish yellow ;

the posterior margin of the pronotum luteous. Clypeus

convex, smooth at the apex; head and thorax finely and very

closely punctured, the interantennal prominence only slightly

developed; scutellum strongly convex. Median segment

rounded, shining at the base, finely punctured. Abdomen

sparsely punctured, shining, the segments strongly constricted

at the base, the apical segment strongly punctured, the apical

37*

548 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

margin raised and slightly produced in the middle ; hypo-

pygium tridentate, the lateral teeth short, the margin between

them almost straight except where produced into the long

apical spine. Wings hyaline, nervures blackish. Second

recurrent nervure received by the third cubital cell at a

distance from the base equal to a little more than one-third

of the length of the second transverse cubital nervure.

Length 9 mm.

flab, Kaglehawk Neck; February. Hobart.

A variety of the female has the head red. The conti-

nental form of this species seems to be Z. truncatus, Sm.,

but in that species the clypeus is less convex and more

strongly punctured at the apex; the three spines of the

liypopygium are much less developed, the lateral ones being

almost obsolete, the apical dorsal segment is not produced in

the middle of the apical margin, and the abdomen is more

closely punctured. J'emales taken at Eaglehawk Neck have

the head less punctured than would be expected from

Erichsou’s description, but I think my identification is

correct. A female from Hobart has the head red.

Hemithynnus olivieri, Erichs.

Thynnus olivieri, Erichs. Arch, f. Naturges. viii. p, 262 (1842). ¢ 2.

Thynnus hyalinatus, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 106 (1844). dQ.

This species is also found in the mountainous regions of

S.E. Australia.

The name olivier? has priority, and should be used in

preference to hyalinatus. Erichson gives apterus, Oliv., as

the name for the female of his species, but I think that name

should apply to the female of variabilis, Kirby. _This species

is very close to apterus, which is‘so common in 8.E. Australia,

and may prove to be only a cool-climate form of that species ;

but I think it is distinct,

Lophochetlus niger, Sm.

? Lophocheilus villosus, Guér. Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 12 (1842). ¢.

Thynnus niger, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 30 (1859). ¢. .

Lophocheilus villosus, Turn, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxiii. p. 169 —

(1908). ¢ 9. ‘>

Hab. Huon River (Lea), Eaglehawk Neck; February. —

This species seems to be confined to Tasmania, where it is _

quite plentiful. It is represented in Victoria by an allied

species, L. anilitatis, Sm. I am not at all sure that 1 was

right in sinking Smith’s name as a synonym of villosus,

Mr. R, E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 5AD

Guér., and, as I have not seen Guérin’s type, perhaps it is

better to use Smith’s name pending further information,

Thynnotdes senilis, Erichs.

Thynnus senilis, Erichs, Arch, f, Naturges., viii. p. 263 (1842). ¢.

I have not seen this species from Tasmania, but I have

received Victorian specimens answering to Erichson’s descrip-

tion. I have no doubt that his record of the species as

Tasmanian is quite correct.

Family Scoliide.

Subfamily Awrgozosciryx, Turn.

Anthobosca flavicornis, Sauss.

Cosila ( Callosila) flavicornis, Sauss., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx.

p. 233 (1892). “2.

One female from Tasmania in the British Museum collec-

tion has the tibize fulvous, not black as in the typical Aus-

tralian form. It is also more sparsely punctured. Easily

distinguished by the orange-yellow antenna,

Anthobosca confusa, sp. n.

?. Black, with sparse white pubescence, the spines of the

tarsi testaceous brown. Wings hyaline, nervures black.

Clypeus shining, sparsely punctured, raised in the middle

into a smooth longitudinal carina, which is broadened

towards the apex. Head shining, sparsely punctured,

almost as sparsely and finely on the front as on the vertex,

no pubescence on the front. Thorax shining, very sparsely

punctured, median segment shining, very minutely punc-

tured. Abdomen shining, very shallowly and finely punc-

tured, with sparse larger punctures. Sixth dorsal segment

opaque, rather strongly punctured at the base, very minutely

in the middle, the apical margin smooth and _ testaceous.

The apical portion of the hind femora beneath is strongly

rounded and broad, but there is no well-defined apical lobe.

Radial cell broadly rounded at the apex, almost truncate ;

second abscissa of the radius scarcely longer than the first,

the third longer than the first and second combined. First

recurrent nervure received before the middle of the second

cubital cell, second just before the middle of the third cubital

cell. Tarsal ungues with a blunt basal lobe.

Length 7-12 mm.

550 = Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

$. Opaque black ; mandibles at the base, clypeus, poste-

rior margin of the pronotum, tegule, a transverse spot on the

postscutellum, and the tibize in front pale yellow ; calearia

whitish. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures black.

Clypeus broad, almost transverse at the apex. Antenne

stout, a little shorter than the thorax and median segment

combined. First abdominal segment distinctly, though only

slightly, longer than the second, longer than its apical

breadth, gradually widened from the base. Third abscissa of

the radius as long as the first and second combined, the

second longer than the first. The second recurrent nervure

is received at two-fifths from the base of the third cubital

cell, the first at the middle of the second cubital cell.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February. Mt. Wellington,

1300 ft.; January. Ulverstone (Lea).

Somewhat intermediate in the female between wnicolor,

Sm., and levifrons, Sm. From unicolor it differs in the

absence of the strong puncturation of the front and the long

hairs rising therefrom, also in the position of the second

recurrent nervure ; from devifrons in the puncturation of the

head, in the broadening of the carina of the clypeus, in the

absence of ferruginous colour on the mandibles and antenne ;

and from both in the lesser development of the lobe at the

apex of the hind femora.

The male differs from frencht, Turn., in the longer first

abdominal segment and the yellow clypeus, and from lagardez,

Turn., in the same manner as to the first segment and also

in the absence of yellow markings on the seventh dorsal

segment.

My record of unicolor, Sm., from Tasmania (Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, p. 734, 1912), applied to this species, but

further material has convinced me that it is distinct.

‘The female is the type.

Scolia (Dielis) tasmaniensis, Sauss.

Elis tasmaniensis, Sauss. Mem. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

p. 61 (1854). Q.

Elis (Dielis) formosa, Sauss, et Sich. Cat. Sp. Gen. Scolia, p. 209 (1864).

32; Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. p. 178 (1909) (nec —

Guérin).

I have not seen specimens of this common Australian

species from Tasmania, but have no reason to doubt

Saussure’s record. It has usually been known under the

name formosa, Guér., which is quite a different species, which

does not range south of Cairns in North Queensland.

—

Mr. R. E. Tarner on Fossorial [Tymenoptera, a

Family Crabronide.

Subfamily Pewprrevoyr2.

Spilomena hobartia, Turn.

Spilomena hobartia, Turn. Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W, xxxviii. p. 622

(1914). Q.

Hab, Eaglehawk Neck ; March.

Taken on dead Mucalyptus-trees in which old beetle-holes

were numerous. Doubtless this little wasp makes its nests

in these abandoned holes,

Subfamily Sezecrvx.

Chlorion (Harpactopus) globosus, Sm.

Sphex globosus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 251 (1856). ¢ 9.

Harpactopus australis, Sauss, Reise ‘ Novara,’ Zool. ii, p. 42 (1867).

Hab. Hobart ( Walker).

I have taken this species as far north as Cooktown and

also at Yallingup and Kalamunda in S.W. Australia. It

probably ranges over the whole continent,

Chlorion (Isodontia) obscurellus, Sm,

Sphex obscurella, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M, iv. p. 251 (1856). ¢ 9.

Hub. Hobart (Walker).

This is very near the wide-ranging nigellus, Sm., but has

the petiole distinctly shorter,

Sphex (Psammophila) suspiciosa, Sm,

Ammophila suspiciosa, Sm, Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p, 214 (1856). 9° @.

I have seen Tasmanian specimens of this species, It has 4

wide range in the southern and interior districts of Australia.

Subfamily Bewnecrva.

Bembex furcata, Erichs.

Bembex furcata, Erichs. Arch. f. Naturges, viii. p. 266 (1842). ¢ 9.

Hab, Baglehawk Neck; February. Launceston (Simson).

This species ranges over the whole southern portion of

Australia from Sydney to Perth. It appears to be uncommon

in the west. o other species of the genus occurs in

Tasmania.

552. Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Subfamily Parawyssonrv a.

Sphodrotes punctuosus, Kohl.

Sphodrotes punctuosus, Kohl, Ann. natur. Hofmus. Wien, iv. p. 189

(1889). ¢.

A. single male taken in February on Leptospermum-blossom

at Eaglehawk Neck. Kohl described the species from New

South Wales, and I have seen specimens of the male from

Mt. Kosciusko in the Australian Museum, but no female.

Sericophorus chalybeus, Sm.

Sericophorus chalybeus, Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) vii. p. 82

(1851). 2.

Tachyrrhostus cyaneus, Sauss. Mem. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

p. 1 (1854), 9.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February.

Four females taken burrowing in sand.

Zoyphium iridipenne, Turn.

Zoyphium iridipenne, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiv, p. 356

(1914). @.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck ; February.

On Leptospermum-blossom.

Subfamily Oraproyryz.

Crabro (Solenius) tasmanicus, Sm.

Crabro tasmanicus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 425 (1856). 2.

Hab. Ferntree, 1300 ft.

A pair taken on Leptospermum-blossom in January.

Genus RHOPALUM, Kirby.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

PY.

1. First abdominal segment shorter than the

second ; black, the trochanters yellow;

lenpth 6-9 Mi; <6 aecsa ves ED wes ve. BR. frenchii, Turn,

First abdominal segment as long as or longer

than the second; trochanters black ; length

over minh, 7. Savina as bade os aber een 2.

2. Hind tibie distinctly spinose .......+.. siete. ete

Hind tibize not spinose .....-.scescesserees R. eucalypti, Turn.

3. Three basal segments of abdomen bright red,

tibise and tarsi yellow .........-.eess00% R. tricolor, Sm.

Abdomen wholly black, tarsi more or less yel-

low, fore tibize only yellow on the outside. 2. variitarse, Turn,

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 553

Rhopalum frenchii, Turn.

Crabro (Rhopalum) frenchii, Turn. Proc, Zool. Soc. London, p. 526

(1908). 9.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2300 ft. ; 4 to April.

Eaglehawk Neck; February, Also from Victoria and

S.W. Australia.

Burrowing by the roadside on Mt. Wellington.

Rhopalum variitarse, Turn.

Rhopalum variitarse, Turn. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 89

(1915). 2.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2300 ft.; January. Eaglehawk

Neck ; February.

Rhopalum eucalypti, Turn.

Rhopalum eucalypti, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 90

(1915). .

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; March.

Rhopalum tricolor, Sm.

Crabro tricolor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 394 (1856). ¢.

Crabro (Rhopalum) militarts, Turn. Proc, Zool, Soc. London, p. 523

(1908). ¢

Var. Crabro (Rhopalum) tricolor, Turn. J. c. p. 524 (1908). dQ.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2200 ft.; January.

Neck ; February.

A very common species in sandy districts.

Also from §.E. Australia,

Kaglehawk

Subfamily Lazer.

Genus Larra, Fabr.

Three species which may be referable to this genus have

been taken in ‘l’asmania, but of these I have only taken one

myself, which I identify with much doubt as Tachytes

australis, Sauss. One only of Saussure’s species can be

identified with any certainty, ZL. femorata, Sauss., a species

with ferruginous legs.

Larra femorata, Sauss.

Tachytes femoratus, Sauss. Mem. soc, phys. & hist, nat, Gendye, xiv.

p. 20 (1854). ¢.

Larra femorata, Kohl, Verh. zool,-bot. Ges, Wien, xxxiy, p. 243

(1884).

554 Mr. R, E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

This is given by Saussure as Tasmanian (Reise Nov.,

Zool. ii. p. 74). It is a very common species in North

Queensland, and is also found at Sydney. Though I have

not seen J‘asmanian specimens, I have no reason to doubt the

correctness of the record.

Larra australis, Sauss.

Tachytes australis, Sauss. Mem. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

p. 19 (1854) (nec Sauss. 1867).

Larrada australis, Sauss. Mélang. Hym. ii. p. 69 (1854),

HTab. Eaglehawk Neck ; March.

I am not sure that my identification of this species is

correct. Saussure states that the median segment is as long

as the mesonotum, but in my specimens it is distinctly

longer. Saussure’s figure, however, shows it longer than

the mesonotum.

In my specimens the pronotum is sunk much below the

mesonotum, the middle portion higher than the sides, in this

respect approaching iVotogonia, but the tarsal ungues are

shorter than is usual in that genus.

Larra (?) nigripes, Sauss.

Larrada nigripes, Sauss. Reise Nov., Zool. ii. p. 74 (1867) ; Schulz,

Zool. Ann. iy. p. 191 (1911).

Schulz gives a description of the specimen marked as the

type of this species in the Geneva Museum. But Saussure’s

description is of a @, apparently without a head, whereas

the specimen described by Schulz is a g, with a head.

This causes doubt as to whether the specimen is really the

type or whether the label may not have been accidentally

shifted. Schulz is inclined to place the species in Tachytes,

though carefully pointing out how it differs from that genus:

in the oval posterior ocelli, in the long median segment,

and in the form of the pronotum. I formerly considered the

species identical with L. psdlocera, Kohl, but after Schulz’s

remarks on Saussure’s collection, 1 do not feel that this can

be maintained. I have no evidence that L. psilocera occurs

in Tasmania. I have not seen any species answering to the

description given by Schulz.

The localities given in the Reise d. Novara are not always

reliable, and it cannot be considered at all certain that the

present species is Tasmanian,

Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 555

Genus TACHYSPHEX.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

2 ¢.

1. Median segment smooth............eeeees 2.

Median segment rugose-reticulate ........ T. rugidorsatus, Turn.

2. Second joint of the flagellum longer than the

MOM UO SUG As s'v's v vin tv devas shown T. pacificus, Turn.

Second joint of the flagellum equal to or

shorter than the third ...... (tne owames 3.

3. Second jvint of the flagellum equal to the

third; pygidium strongly compressed

Rae wid coins bx'en shes grhns Cane T. pugnator, Turn.

Second joint of the flagellum shorter than the

third ; pygidium not compressed laterally. 7. discrepans, Turn.

Tachysphex pacificus, Turn.

Tachysphex pacificus, Turn. Proc. Zool, Soc, London, p. 491 (1908). 9.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, 2200 ft.; January. Eaglehawk

Neck ; February.

Originally described from Victoria.

The antenna are rather slender, the second joint of the

flagellum considerably longer than the third.

Tachysphex discrepans, sp. n.

?. Black ; the mandibles at the apex fusco-ferruginous ;

tegule testaceous brown; spines of the anterior tarsi

testaceous.

Clypeus obliquely depressed from below the middle to the

apex, shining and spaisely punctured. Head opaque, the

antenne rather stout, third joint of the flagellum longer than

the second by about one-quarter; eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance equal to about twice the length of the

second joint of the flagellum ; a distinct longitudinal frontal

sulcus reaching the anterior ocellus, a strong depression on

the vertex behind the posterior ocelli. Pronotum very much

depressed below the mesonotum, almost vertical; thorax

shining and only microscopically punctured. Median seg-

ment opaque, smooth, very broadly rounded at the apex, with

a deep groove on the middle of tle posterior slope. Abdomen

shining, microscopically punctured, a band of white pubes-

cence on each side of the apical margin of segments 1-3;

apical segment not compressed laterally, elongate-triangular,

Kirst and third abscissa of the radius about equal in length,

the second distinctly longer, recurrent nervures separated by

556 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

a distance not quite equal to the length of the third abscissa

of the radius. Spines of the fore tarsi long and slender.

Length 8-10 mm. ;

Hab. Baglehawk Neck; February. Mt. Wellington,

2200 ft.; January.

‘This species is near pacisicus, Turn., but may be distin-

enished by the stouter antenna, the different proportions of

the joints of the flagellum, the longer second abscissa of the

radius, which is only equal to the first and third in paeificus,

and by the shorter oblique depression of the clypeus. It is

a smaller species than pugnator, Turn.

Tachysphex pugnator, Turn.

Tachysphex pugnator, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 491 (1908). 2.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February.

Originally described from Adelaide. Tasmanian specimens

have the second and third abscisse of the radius longer than

in the type, but I do not consider this difference a specific

one. The apical segment of the abdomen is strongly com-

pressed laterally, the pygidial area being long and very

narrow. The second and third joints of the flagellum are

about equal in length, but are a little more slender in

‘Tasmanian specimens than in the type.

Tuchysphex rugidorsatus, sp. n.

?. Black ; spines of the tarsi whitish; an apical band of

white pubescence on the sides of dorsal segments 1-3. Wings

hyaline, iridescent, nervures black.

Clypeus minutely punctured, narrowly transyersely de-

pressed at the apex. Head opaque, finely and closely punc-

tured, second joint of the flagellum nearly as long as the

third, eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite

equal to twice the length of the second joint of the flagellum,

a deep depression on the vertex behind the posterior ocelli,

a sulcus from the posterior ocelli almost reaching the occiput,

no distinct frontal sulcus. Pronotum gradually sloped, not

vertical, sunk below the mesonotum ; thorax tinely and very

sparsely punctured, the scutellum shining. Median segment

rugose-reticulate, the sides finely striated. Abdomen shining,

the apical segment not much compressed at the sides, elongate-

triangular. Second abscissa of the radius as long as the first

and third combined, first longer than the third. Recurrent

nervures separated on the cubitus by a distance about equal

to the first abscissa of the radius. Comb of the fore tarsi

long and slender,

Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 5:

Length 8-9 mm.

Hab, Eaglehawk Neck ; February.

This is distinguished from diserepans by the sculpture of

the median segment, the more distinct puncturation of the

head and thorax, and the shorter third abscissa of the radius.

Tachytes tachyrrhostus, Sauss.

Tachytes tachyrrhostus, Sauss. Mem. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Gendve,

xiv. p. 18 (1854). ¢; Sauss. Reise Nov., Zool. ii. p. 73 (1867). ¢;

Schulz, Zool. Ann. iv. p. 189 (1911). ¢.

This is a true Tachytes, as Schulz observes. I have a

specimen of the male from Victoria, but have not myself seen

Yasmanian specimens. There is a female in the British

Museum from New South Wales.

Lyroda michaelseni, Schulz, subsp. tasmanica, Turn.

Lyroda michaelseni, Schulz, Fauna Sudwest Australiens, i. p. 479

(1908).

Lyroda michaelsent, subsp. tasmanica, Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

xxviii. p. 621 (1914).

Hab. Baglehawk Neck; February.

Subfamily Nrrezrz.

Nitela nigricans, Turn,

Nitela nigricans, Turn. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 428 (1910). 9.

This is nearly related to WV. australiensis, Schulz, from

S.W. Australia, but differs in the smaller and shallower

depressions round the base of the antenna, in the lesser

development of the carina on the front and clypeus, and in

the wholly black anterior tibiz, I doubt if these differences

are more than of subspecific value.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck ; March.

Taken on a fallen Eucalyptus log.

Subfamily Trrroxyzivz.

Genus Pison, Jur.

Key to the Tasmanian Species.

hu Loge vod 2% < vucieneaes Gideon Oe disdadee We 2

Legs black... cscsccesscoccccsccecsssccecs 3

2. Three cubital cells ; posterior ocelli nearer to

each other than to the anterior ........ P. rufipes, Schuck.

Two cubital cells; ocelli in an equilateral tri-

ONGlO, .ceccccasocesccusccccse ee ee P, simulans, Turn.

558 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

8. Second recurrent nervure received by the

second cubital cell; posterior ocelli sepa-

rated from the eyes by a distance equal to

less than half their diameter. ength

under'@ gon S45 sok akan sans eee een P. westwoodi, Shuck.

Second recurrent nervure received by the third

cubital cell or interstitial with the second

transverse cubital nervure ; posterior ocelli

separated from the eyes by a distance

fully equal to three-quarters of their dia-

meter. Jength about 14 mm........... P. spinole, Shuck.

Pison rujipes, Shuck.

Pison (Pisonites) rufipes, Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p, 79

(1837). 9.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February. Mt. Wellington,

2200 ft.; January.

This species is also common throughout the southern

portion of Australia.

Pison spinole, Shuck.

Pison spinole, Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p. 76 (1887). 9.

Pison australis, Sauss. Mem. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv. p. 11

(1853).

Pison tasmanicus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 316 (1856).

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February.

Also throughout §.E. Australia, as far north as Toowoomba.

Pison westwoodt, Shuck.

Pison westwoodi, Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p. 77 (1887). Q.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck; February; Mt. Wellington,

2200 ft.; January.

Shuckard states that the carina in the longitudinal groove

on the median segment is obsolete in this species. In a

series of twenty specimens collected by myself the carina is

usually quite distinct near the base of the segment, but there

is considerable variation in this character. I have recorded

the continental form of this species as P. iridipenne, Sm.

(Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 512, 1908), but the form of the clypeus

differs in that Hawaiian species, being broadly and evenly

rounded, whereas in westwood: it is distinctly produced in the

middle. The two forms are, however, very close. The

posterior ocelli are nearer to the eyes in ¢ridipenne than in

typical westwoodi, but North Queensland specimens of west-

woodi come very near iridipenne in this point. P. westwoodi

is probably spread over the whole of Australia.

On Three new Bats from the Sudan. 559

Pison (Parapison) simulans, sp, n.

3. Black, opaque; the tibisw and tarsi ferruginous ; the

hind tarsi alatned with black. Wings hyaline; nervures

fuscous,

Clypeus produced into a short tooth in the middle of the

apical margin ; ocelli in an equilateral triangle, the posterior

pair as far from each other as from the eyes ; second joint

of the flagellum no longer than the third. Pronotum on a

level with the mesonotum, with a distinct dorsal surface.

Median segment as long as the mesonotum, narrowed towards

the apex, as long as broad, finely obliquely striated, with a

deep median groove in which is a well-defined carina, the

surface of the posterior slope almost smooth, with a deep

median groove. Abdomen subopaque, minutely and closely

punctured, the first segment longer than its apical breadth;

the second segment distinctly constricted at the base. Two

cubital cells only, the first abscissa of the radius twice as

long as the second, first recurrent nervure received just

beyond three-fifths from the base of the first cubital cell,

second close to the base of the second cubital cell.

Length 6°5 mm.

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck ; March.

Nearest to Pison (Parapison) erythrocerum, Koll, but

differs in the stronger sculpture of the median segment, in

the colour of the femora and antennez, and in the much

greater length of the second abscissa of the radius. Super-

ficially it closely resembles P. rufipes, Shuck.

XLIX.—On Three new Bats obtained by Mr. Willoughby

Lowe in the Sudan, By OvprieLtp THomas,

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Durine Mr. Abel Chapman’s recent expedition to the Sudan,

Mr. Willoughby Lowe obtained a considerable collection of -

mammals, and among them a number of bats. These include,

besides Coleura afra, Mops demonstrator, and others, ex-

amples of the three following new species :—

Rhinopterus lowei, sp. n.

Larger than R. flowerti ; white instead of buffy below.

General characters as in Zt, flowert, but size, as gauged by

560 Mr. O. Thomas on

skull, distinctly larger. Colour apparently, judged by spirit-

specimens, very much as in 22. flowert above, but the whole

under surface is entirely white, while in the type of R. flowert

it is buffy, “light buff” posteriorly, and “ warm buff” on

the throat and chest.

Skull much larger than in R. flowert, the muzzle less

shortened in proportion to the brain-case.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 40 mm,

Head and body 45; tail 36 ; ear 12°5; third finger, meta-

earpal 36°5, first phalanx 11°5; lower leg and hind foot

(c. a.) 12;

Skull: greatest length 13°5; condyle to front of canine

12-9 ; zygomatic breadth 9 ; interorbital breadth 4°6 ; inter-

temporal breadth 3:2; palato-sinual length 5:3; front of

canine to back of m? 5.

Hab. Sudan. Type from the Blue Nile, 20 miles above

Sennar.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 15. 3.6.70. Collected

13th December, 1913, by Wilioughby P. Lowe.

Mr. Willoughby Lowe obtained five specimens of Rhino-

pterus at different localities on the Blue and White Nile.

On examination of the skulls these prove all to belong to a

larger form of the genus than &. flowerz, living side by side

with the latter in the same area—a phenomenon not unusual

with the smaller bats. The Rhinopterus obtained by Dr. A. F.

Wollaston at Shendi, and referred to in Anderson and

de Winton’s ‘Mammals of Egypt,’ also belongs to this

larger:form. Whether the difference in the colour of the

under surface is constant remains to be seen.

Glauconycteris phalena, sp. n.

Near G. vartegata, but teeth smaller and incisors more

slender.

Size as in G. vartegata. Colour, of a spirit-specimen,

apparently about as in that animal, the head and belly

similarly whitish, but the back hardly so strongly buffy.

The colour is therefore still further from that of the neigh-

bouring G. variegata papilio*, in which both head and belly

* T use this term for my Glauconycteris papilio, as I do not now think

it should be specifically distinguished from variegata. The latter, how-

ever, in nature would simply appear to be a Damara desert race of the

widely spread (Gambia to Beira) papilio, though the rules of nomen-

clature necessitate our putting the name the other way about.

Three new Bats from the Sudan. 561

are more or less strongly buffy. Wings strongly reticulated

as in the allied species.

Skull essentially as in variegata, though the brain-case is

perhaps, a little longer and narrower and the muzzle shorter

but the difference is very slight.

Incisors smaller and lighter than in variegata ; i) slender,

unicuspid in the type, but the presence or absence of a

secondary cusp in this group appears to be variable. J? con-

siderably smaller than in variegata, not crushed between and

touching i} and the canine in front and behind, but clearly

separated from each of them. Molars distinctly smaller than

in variegata and papilio, the combined length on outer edge

of m* and m? in eleven specimens of those forms, including

types of both, being 2°7-2°8 mm., while in the type of

phalena it is only 2°4 mm.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 44 mm.

Head and body 54; tail 44; ear 11°5; third finger, meta-

carpal 40, first phalanx 16; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 28.

Skull: greatest length 13°6 ; condylo-basal length 13°2 ;

interorbital breadth 4°6; breadth of brain-case 8-1; palato-

sinual length 5; front of canine to back of m’ 4°8.

flab. White Nile, near Fashoda.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 15. 3.6.67. Original

number 71. Collected 27th January, 1914, by Willoughby

P. Lowe.

Taphozous sudani, sp. n.

T. perforatus group. No gular sac. Feet comparatively

large.

Size slightly greater than in 7. perforatus. Distribution

of fur about as in that species, except that the longer hairs

are less extended on the thighs and interfemoral membrane.

General colour above and below sepia-brown, the hairs white

for their basal two-thirds. Wing-membranes whitish or

white beyond a line connecting the elbow with the knee ;

rest of the membranes brown, more whitish below. No

ular sac in male or female, nor any trace of it on the skin.

Feet decidedly larger than in 7. perforatus, about 13 mm. in

Jength or upwards, as compared with about 11 mm. in the

allied species. Wing-membrane inserted on the end of the

tibia, instead of the ankle.

Skull in general like that of 7. perforatus, but slightly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv.

562 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

larger and the brain-case more swollen. Male skull de-

cidedly larger than that of the female.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :—

Forearm 64 mm.

Head and body 71; tail 23; ear 17; third finger, meta-

carpal 58; first phalanx 21°5; lower leg and hind foot

(c. u.) 39; hind foot only 13°5.

Skull: greatest length to base of canine 20°2; condyle to

front of canine 19°7; interorbital breadth 6°1; breadth of

brain-case 10; palato-sinual length 6°5; maxillary tooth-

row 8°8.

Hab. Upper Nile. Type from Mongalla, just north of

Lado; other specimens from Khartoum (Major H. N. Dunn)

and Lake No (Willoughby Lowe).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2.7.4.2. Collected and

presented by W. L. 8S. Loat, Esq.

This species is distinguishable from J. perforatus by its

larger feet, more swollen brain-case, and whitened wing-

membranes; from J. hildegardew by its smaller size, the

absence of any gular beard, and generally darker colour.

L.—On the African Shrews belonging to the Genus

Crocidura.—II. By Guy Doiiman.

[Continued from p. 527. ]

Group 4 (hedenborgiana and nyanse@).

Size very large or large. Colour above deep chocolate-brown, reddish

brown, or pale buffy drab; ventral surface dark brownish or grey,

never very distinctly marked off from the brown-tinted flanks; tail

not sharply bicolor, lower side generally only a little paler than

upper. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(10) Crocidura anchiete, Boc.

Crocidura anchiete, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. p. 26 (1889).

About equal to occidentalis in size, but with shorter, less

tapering tail and lighter underparts.

Colour above (from spirit-specimens) dark reddish brown,

rather paler and greyer on the flanks; the lighter under-

parts not distinctly marked off from the brownish tint of

the dorsal surface. Belly slate-grey washed with silvery

cream, lighter than in occidentalis, but not as pale as in

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 563

flavescens. Backs of hands and feet brownish or dirty buff.

Tail rather shorter and not tapering so markedly as in

occidentalis, rather more coarsely haired, brownish above, a

shade paler below; bristle-hairs fairly numerous, but incon-

spicuous.

Skull larger than in flavescens, about equal in size to that

of occidentalis ; tooth-row about the same, second and third

upper unicuspids nearly equal in size, the second slightly

broader and with a rather longer cusp than third. Last

upper molar fairly large.

Dimensions (as given by Bocage) :—

Head and body 116 mm.; tail 63 ; hind foot 17.

Dimensions of co-type and topotype in the Museum

Collection (in spirit) :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Far.

mm. mm, mm. min,

@ (co-type) ...... 112 62 17 12

Q (topotype) .... 107 63 17 115

Skulls of co-type (broken) and topotype : condylo-incisive

length —, 30; greatest breadth —, 12°1 ; least interorbital

breadth 5°7, 5°7; length of palate 12°9, 13; postpalatal

length —, 13; greatest maxillary breadth 10, 9°8; median

depth of brain-case —, 6°7 ; length of upper tooth-row 13°3,

15:2.

Hab. Caconda, Angola.

The co-type in the British Museum is an adult female.

B.M. no. 89. 5. 1.2.

This species would appear to be somewhat intermediate

between the occidentalis and nyanse groups; it is probably

most nearly allied to the nyanse group, but until more up-

to-date material is at hand for examination it is impossible

to decide the exact affinities of this Angolan shrew.

(11) Crocidura hedenborgiana, Sund.

Sorex hedenborgianus, Sundeyall, Vet.-Ak. Handl. Stock. p. 174

(1842).

Size much larger than in fuscosa, about as in manni;

general colour very dark.

General proportions about the same as in manni; tail not

exceptionally long. Hairs of back about 5 mm. in length,

much shorter than in the long-haired giffardi.

Colour dark blackish chocolate (“ aniline-black ” mixed

with “ vandyke-brown”’), a faint shade lighter on the ventral

surface. This is the darkest of all the allied Kast-African

38*

564 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

species, the general colour even darker than in the western

gifardi. Feet and tail dark blackish, very much as in

fuscosa; caudal bristles longer and more conspicuous.

Sundevall describes the general colour as follows :—‘‘ Totum

animale uno colore tinctum; saturate castaneo fuscum vel

chocoladium, vel colore seminis-coffeae ustae. Venter non

pallidior ; cauda et pedes paullulum nigriores.”

Skull long and rather narrow, smaller than that of gifardi,

more as in manni, but maxillary region not so expanded.

Teeth large, second and third unicuspids about equal in

size.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 140 mm. ; tail 52; hind foot 21.

Skull: upper tooth-row 15°3; three lower molars 6°4.

In the Museum Collection is a specimen of hedenborgiana

from Roseires, on the Blue Nile ; the dimensions of this

individual are as follows :—

Head and body 118 mm.; tail 64; hind foot 20 4.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 33 ; greatest breadth 13°7 ;

least interorbital breadth 6:5; length of palate 14°8; post-

palatal length 14; greatest maxillary breadth 10°5; length

of upper tooth-row 15:3.

Hab. Sennaar.

The very dark-coloured pelage and general dimensions of

this shrew render it easily distinguishable from the other

large East-African species.

(12) Crocidura martiensseni, Neum.

Crocidura martienssent, Neumann, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. ayes vol. vi.

p- 544 (1900).

A very large species, equal in size to manni, but considerably

darker in colour.

Colour of dorsal surface rich chestnut-brown. Lénnberg

describes it as between burnt umber no. 2 and no. 4

(Plate 304, ‘Rep. de Couleurs’). Ventral surface dark

greyish washed with brownish.

Skull about equal in size to that of hedenborgiana, slightly

narrower, and with rather smaller teeth.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 140 mm. ; tail 88 ; hind foot (c. u.) 24 ;

ear 9.

Skul] (dimensions of type-skull, published by Lénnberg) :

condylo-incisive length 33°3; greatest breadth 13°2 ; mter-

orbital breadth 5°9 ; length of upper tooth-row 15:1.

Hab, Kilimanjaro and Usambara.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 565

This large East-African shrew is probably most nearly

related to hedenborgiana.

(13) Crocidura fuscosa, Thos.

Crocidura doriana fuscosa, Thomas, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)

vol, xii. p. 90 (1913).

A dark chocolate-coloured species with black feet and

tail, most nearly related to hedenborgiana, but rather lighter

in colour and smaller.

General dimensions distinctly less than in Sundevyall’s

species.

Colour of dorsal surface very dark chocolate (between

“bistre” and “vandyke-brown ”) above and below, the

ventral surface very slightly paler; hairs all with slate-grey

bases and dark brown tips. Backs of hands and feet black,

much darker than in any of the nyanse group. Tail black

above and below, more hairy than in nyanse, with the caudal

bristles black in colour and conspicuous. The skull of the

unique type is unfortunately badly broken, only the brain-

case, interorbital region, a portion of the maxilla, aud man-

dible remaining. In size it is evidently smaller than in

hedenborgiana, having a narrower brain-case and smaller

teeth.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :--

Head and body 114 mm. ; tail 60; hind foot 19; ear 12.

Skull (broken): greatest breadth of brain-case 1277;

combined length of three upper molars 4°8 ; of three lower

molars 5:5.

Hab. Kaka, White Nile.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1. 8. 8. 17.

This species was originally described by Thomas as a race

of doriana ; the great difference in general colour, the uni-

coloured tail, and dark ventral surface seem to indicate that

it must be considered as a form quite distinct from doriana.

Its nearest relation would appear to be hedenborgiana, from

which species fuscosa may be distinguished by its rather

paler colour and smaller size.

(14) Crocidura nyanse, Neum.

Crocidura jflavescens nyanse, Neumann, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst.

vol, vi. p. 544 (1900).

Considerably larger than the South African /lavescens.

Colour darker throughout.

General dimensions large, hind foot, in adult specimens,

measuring 20 mm, in length.

566 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Colour of dorsal surface browner than in flavescens (near

“ Saccardo’s umber ’’), flanks rather paler; the brownish

tint of the upper parts gradually passes into the dirty greyish

brown of the belly, there being no sharp line of demarcation

such as is found in the South-African species and doriana.

Underparts slaty grey washed with either brown or dirty

buff, the effect very conspicuously different from the cold

grey-tinted belly of flavescens. Backs of hands and feet

brown, usually about the same colour as the back or a little

lighter. Tail brownish or brownish black above and below ;

in jflavescens the tail is distinctly bicoloured, the ventral

surface being markedly paler than the upperside.

Skull smaller than in manni, odorata, or hedenborgiana,

about equal to that of spurrelli, but with a rather higher

brain-case, the anterior portion not being depressed. ‘Teeth

a little larger ; small upper unicuspids about equal in size.

Dimensions (as given by Neumann) :—

Head and body 140 mm.; tail 66; hind foot 20.

Dimensions of a series of specimens in the Museum

Collection (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Far.

mm, mm, mm. mim.

o. Entebbe ...... 140 80 20 is

9, Mumiss ...)..6. 120 33 13 11

o. > ee 115 78 19 8

os “eer ae 120 80 20 9

ISON "occ p's Shei 129 79 21 1

Shy eee 124 76 18 12

Ce, &aceaeee 120 77 18 8

DS AMINO ne bs wee 122 91 20 12

Skull-dimensions of six adults :—

2. es OF 3. 2 9;

Elgon. Elgon. Elgon. Entebbe. Entebbe. Mumias.

mm. || 4mm! | “man. Gam, mm. mm.

Condylo-incisive length ...... 325 3805 306 30 80°5 30°5

Greatest breadth ............ 13:2 12:3 12°2 12°6 12°8 12:3

Least interorbital breadth .... 5°8 56 58 55 54 56

Length of palate: 245 s..0.00. 14 132 133° Ast 15°6 13-4

Postpalatal length ........+. 144 13:3 13'2 127 12°7 15

Greatest maxillary breadth.... 10 9:8 99 9:2 99 9-4

Median depth of brain-case.... 7 68 6:9 67 vi i

Length of upper tooth-row.... 14°4 13'9 138 13'5 13°8 13:5

Such variation as exists in these dimensions would appear

to be individual rather than sexual.

Hab. Ussoga, near exit of Nile from the Victoria Nyanza.

This form was originally described by Neumann as a race

of the South African flavescens ; on account of the great

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 567

differences in size, general proportions, colour, and cranial

characters it seems best to consider nyanse as a distinct

species. We are thus able to deal with the large Central

African shrews as a group apart from flavescens and its allies.

In this nyanse group we find the tail always unicoloured

and not, as in flavescens, very much paler below than above.

Further, there is in this group no distinct line of demarca-

tion between the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body,

the transition from the brown-coloured upper parts to the

brownish-grey ventral surface being very gradual and

indistinct. In the Museum Collection is a fairly large series

of specimens which may be taken as representing true

nyanse ; this form would seem to be restricted to the country

around the north end of the Victoria Nyanza. Mr. Kemp

collected it at Kirui on Mt. Elgon, at Kagambah, and

Mbarara, Uganda; there are also specimens from Entebbe,

Mumias, Toro, and Mengo, Uganda.

(15) Crocidura nyanse kijabe, Allen.

Crocidura kijabe, Allen, Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist. xxvi. p. 173

(1909).

Very similar to nyanse, but rather darker throughout.

In the original description Allen writes : “ smaller size,

relatively much longer tail” ; the examination of a con-

siderable series, both of nyanse and the central British

East African form, seems to indicate that such differences

are individual and not of systematic importance ; thus, if the

figures given below be compared with the dimensions given

by Allen and with the dimensions tabulated above for Neu-

mann’s species, it will be seen that nyanse and kijabe are of

about the same size.

The colour-difference is not very marked, but, seen in a

series, the general colour of the central British East African

specimens is decidedly darker than the average colour of the

nyans@ series.

Skull very like that of true nyanse, both in size and

dental characters.

Dimensions of the type (as given by Allen) :—

Head and body 123 mm.,; tail 78; hind foot 19.

Skull : condylo-incisive length 30 ; greatest breadth 12 ;

interorbital breadth 5:2 ; length of upper tooth-row 14.

The following are the flesh-dimensions of eight adult

specimens in the Museum Collection :—

568 Mr. G. Dollman en the African Shrews

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

mm, mm, mm,

GO. Jombeni .....5.i00 130 82 22

do. Aberdare Mts. 126 81 20

GO. Mwerll 5 .ce the ee 123 79 20

&. L. Olbollossat...... 120 81 19

Q. Mt. Kenya ........ 123 82 22

O. Mt, Kenge . 2. fees 112 70 19

The following skull-dimensions are taken from the oldest

individuals of this series :—

L. Olbollossat.

Mweru. Jombeni.

mm. mm. mm. mm.

Condylo-incisive length .,.. 31:6 30 31-4 815

Greatest breadth .......... 125 12 13 18

Least interorbital breadth .. 5:8 56 57 58

Length of palate .......... 13°5 13:3 134 13°4

Postpalatal length.......... 13:4 13:2 13°3 13°6

Greatest maxillary breadth .. 10 9-2 1071 9°8

Median depth of brain-case.. 6°9 67 73 72

Length of upper tooth-row., 14:1 13°7 14:1 14:1

L. Olbollossat.

From these dimensions it is evident that these specimens

are of much the same size as Allen’s type.

flab. Kijabe, British East Africa.

Type. Adult female. American Museum of Natural

History, No. 27890.

In the British Museum Collection there are specimens

from the Aberdare Mountains, Kenya, Jombeni Range,

Mweru, Nyeri, Lake Olbollossat, and Mianzini, which I have

accepted as representing the Kijabe race.

(16) Crocidura nyanse kivu, Osg.

Crocidula flavescens kivu, Osgood, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. v.

p. 870 (1910).

A very richly coloured race of nyanse.

General proportions rather smaller, but not to any marked

extent.

Dorsal surface a rich chocolate-colour (‘light seal-brown ”

mixed with “ vandyke-brown’’), the general effect con-

siderably darker than in both nyanse and kijabe and decidedly

more glossy ; flanks scarcely lighter than back. Under-

parts slate-grey strongly suffused with russet, there being

no sharp transition between the brown-coloured belly and

chocolate flanks. Backs of hands and feet as dark as rest

of dorsal surface. Tail blackish, above and below, rather

belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 569

darker than in nyanse ; caudal hairs as in the other members

of this group.

The skulls of the series in the Museum Collection average

rather smaller than in nyanse@, with smaller brain-case.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 110 mm.; tail 88; hind foot 19; ear 12.

The following are the average, maximum, and minimum

flesh-measurements of thirty adult specimens in the

Collection :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

mim. mm, mm.

Average .....- 110°:7 78 183

Maximum ...... 119 &8 20

Minimum ...... 104 70 17

Skull: dimensions of type and six other adult speci-

meus :—

3 3 3 d- 4 2

Type. Kivu. Kiv ar eu" Kivu. Kivu

orl

mm. mm mm. mm mm. mm.

Condylo-incisive length .. 30°8 29°7 30°6 29 29 28°9

Greatest breadth ........ 12°5 12°2 119 11°8 115 117

Least interorbital breadth . 55 55 53 55 54 54

Length of palate ........ 13°5 132 13°5 15 129 129

Postpalatal length ...... 13 12°5 12°7 121 126 12:2

Greatest maxillary breadth. 92 9 9°3 92 9 9°2

Median depth of brain-case. 6°8 6°6 66 6:7 6-6 67

Length of upper tooth-row . 14-1 13°6 13°8 13°3 13 13°5

There is a considerable amount of individual variation in

the skull-dimensions of this Kivu shrew; the typical speci-

men possesses a skull rather larger than any of the others,

equalling in length some specimens of nyanse.

Hab. Lake Kivu. Altitude 4900 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 7. 6. 14. 24.

In the Museum Collection there are some thirty-five

specimens of this Kivu shrew, all of which possess the same

glossy, chocolate-coloured pelage and russet-tinted under.

parts. The localities where these specimens have been

collected are for the most part quite close to the type-

locality ; Mr. Kemp obtained it at Buhamba, Mukanda,

Kisenyi, Lake Mutanda, Kumba, and Chaya (Congo Belge),

all districts fairly close to Lake Kivu. It has also been

found on Ruwenzori (at altitudes of 5000-7000 feet) and at

Ingezi and Nalasanji, Uganda.

C. nyanse kivu may be at once recognized by its dark

chocolate-coloured glossy coat, both nyanse and kijabe

being lighter and exhibiting none of the glossy sheen so

characteristic of this Kivu race.

570 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

(17) Crocidura nyanse tatiana, subsp. n.

Smaller than nyanse, with considerably smaller and

shorter skull.

Size of body less than in the other members of this

group ; tail fairly long.

In colour very much as in nyanse, dorsal surface liver-

brown (near “ Prout’s brown”) ; flanks slightly paler, the

brown tint gradually passing into the greyish buff of the

ventral surface. Backs of hands and feet brownish buff.

Tail blackish brown above and below, quite as in nyanse,

but rather shorter.

Skull considerably smaller, with much narrower cranium

and smaller teeth.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 100 mm.; tail 67; hind foot 18 ;

ear 12.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 26°9 ; greatest breadth 11 ;

least interorbital breadth 5°8; length of palate 11°5;

postpalatal length 12:1; greatest maxillary breadth 8:7;

length of upper tooth-row 12:3.

Hab. Mt. Gargues (sometimes spelt “ Urguess”), north

of the Mweru District, British East Africa. Altitude

7000 feet.

Type. Old female. B.M.no. 12.7.1.55. Original num-

ber 606. Collected on July 31st, 1911, by A. Blayney

Percival, Esq., and presented by him to the British Museum.

This Guargues race of nyanse@ is easily distinguished from

the allied forms by its smaller size, a feature very evident

when the skulls are examined.

(18) Crocidura nyanse zuleika, subsp. n.

Allied to nyanse, but with larger teeth and darker in

colour.

General proportions of body about as in nyanse; tail

longer.

Colour of dorsal surface dull chocolate-brown (“ warm

sepia” mixed with “ blackish brown (1) 7”), rather darker

than in 2. kivu. Flanks as dark as back. Ventral surface

slate-grey washed with brownish buff; hairs of belly with

pale slaty bases and long brownish-buff tips. Backs of

hands and feet brownish. ‘Tail very long, covered with

short dark hairs above and below.

Skull (occipital region broken) large and heavy, =

large teeth and broad maxillary region.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 571

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 120 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 21°5.

Skull: length of palate 14; least interorbital breadth 6:3 ;

greatest maxillary breadth 10°5; length of upper tooth-

row 14°8.

Hab. Chirinda Forest, Melsetter District, S. Rhodesia.

Type. Adult. B.M.no. 8.7.19.20. Original number 26,

Collected and presented by C. F. M. Swynnerton, Esq.

In general colour this form most resembles kivu, from

which it is at once distinguished by its larger teeth.

(19) Crocidura nyanse hera, subsp. n.

Closely allied to the foregoing form, but smaller in size,

rather paler on the ventral surface, and with considerably

smaller teeth.

Size of body, hind foot, and tail less than in zuleika.

General colour of dorsal surface dark chocolate-brown,

rather less russet in tint than in the Rhodesian race, between

“ clove-brown” and ‘‘ Prout’s brown.” Ventral surface

pale slate-grey washed with pinkish buff, the effect lighter

and less brown than in zu/eika. Backs of hands and feet

dirty white. Tail shorter and a trifle paler in colour.

Skull considerably smaller and narrower, more approaching

that of flavescens in size. Brain-case and maxillary region

narrow. ‘Teeth small, especially the second and third upper

unicuspids,

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 65; hind foot 18;

car ll.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 28°8; greatest breadth 11:7;

least interorbital breadth 5°8 ; length of palate 12°5 ; post-

palatal length 12°5; greatest maxillary breadth 8°8 ; length

of upper tooth-row 13:1.

Hab. Shire Highlands, Blantyre District, Southern Nyasa-

land. Altitude 3000 feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 3, 26.4. Original

number 4. Collected and presented by R. L. Harger, Esq.

The general colour of this race is very near that of

zuleika ; the chief distinguishing difference is in size, espe-

cially of the skull and teeth, hera possessing a much smaller

skull, with smaller teeth.

(20) Crocidura surure, Hell.

Crocidura surur@, Heller, Smith. Misc. Coll. vol. lvi. no. 15, p. 2

(1910).

Colour very much paler than in nyanse,

572 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

General proportions rather less than in the Uganda

species.

Colour of dorsal surface pale drab-buff (‘ hair-brown ” or

“drab” mixed with ‘*wood-brown”) ; flanks paler and

greyer, the tint gradually fading imto the pale greyish

silvery-buff of the ventral surface ; the entire underparts

very much lighter than in nyanse. Backs of hands and feet

dirty buff. Tail rather short and hairy, brownish above,

paler below ; caudal bristles lighter in colour than in nyanse.

Lateral glands conspicuously marked by a growth of short

white hairs.

Skull of the same general form as that of nyanse, but

smaller throughout, with narrower brain-case and smaller

teeth.

Dimensions of the type (hind foot measured when dry,

and therefore slightly shrunken) :—

Head and body 111 mm.; tail 64; hind foot 17.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 28°5 ; greatest breadth 12;

length of upper tooth-row 13.

In the Museum Collection are two specimens collected by

Emin Pasha at Wadelai, and a further one from Mongalla

collected by A. L. Butler, Esq., which I take to represent

this species. In general colour they agree well with Heller’s

description ; the hind feet (18 mm. dried) are slightly larger

and the skulls a trifle longer, but 1 think there can be no

doubt that these specimens represent the Lado species.

The following are the skull-dimensions of one of the

Wadelai shrews and of the specimen from Mongalla :—

Wadelai. Mongalla.

mm. mm.

Condylo-incisive length...........-. 30 33

Greatest breadth. .......--2ecseoes 123 12:3

Least interorbital breadth.......... 6 57

Postpalatal length ............006- 15 129

Greatest maxillary breadth ........ 98 9-4

Length of upper tooth-row ........ 13°3 13°3

The exact relationship of this species is not very clear;

there seems little doubt that it is closely allied to the

nyanse group, as is shown by the general form of the skull ;

but the light grey underparts and bicoloured tail show that

it is also closely related to doriana. On this account it is

here placed between nyanse and doriana.

Hab. Rhino Camp, Lado Enclave.

Type. Adult male. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 164637.

In the Museum Collection there is a very pale-coloured

shrew, of the nyanse group, from Unyoro ; it seems to be in

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 573

some ways intermediate between nyans@ and surure. There

is not, however, sufficient evidence to hand to show that

nyanse gradually becomes paler as it gets farther north,

and, taking into consideration the doriana-like characters of

surure, it seems best to regard this latter form as a distinct

species.

Group 5 (dortava and flavescens),

Size large. Colour above dull brownish red, bright rufous brown, or

yellowish brown; ventral surface pale grey, distinetly marked off

from brown-tinted flanks; tail whitish below. Second and third

upper unicuspids about equal in size.

(21) Crocidura doriana, Dobs.

Crocidura doriana, Dobson, Anu. Mus. St. Nat. Genova, iv. p. 664

(1887).

Size about as in nyanse, but richer coloured, with much

paler and greyer underparts more distinctly marked off

from the dorsal surface ; tail bicoloured.

General proportions much as in the nyanse group.

Colour of dorsal surface rich reddish brown (varies from

“auburn” to “pale cinnamon-brown”’); flanks scarcely

paler, sharply marked off from the greyish-white belly ;

hairs of belly slate-grey, with long white tips, the general

effect much paler than in any of the nyanse group. Backs

of hands and feet brownish white. Tail brown above, lighter

below, where the hairs, especially in the basal region, are

almost white. Spirit-specimens of doriana show that the

tail is very much thicker, blunter, and more hairy than iu

nyans@, in this respect agreeing with flavescens.

Skull larger than in flavescens, averaging slightly smaller

than in nyanse. Tooth-row a trifle shorter ; teeth similar in

shape.

Dimensions (as given by Dobson) :—

3. Q.

PiGGrt BOON DOUY -c.04 binke cnet i cates) 102 95

i ae ee ae ny eee oe, ee Be 73 57

LIMO as ono etera was uue eine oars 185 18

In the Museum Collection is a series from Adis Abeba in

which the hind foot is given by the collector as from 17 to

20 mm. in length. A spirit-specimen from the same locality

has the following body-measurements :—Head and body

112 mm. ; tail 65°5 ; hind foot 18°5 ; ear 11.

574 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews

Skull-dimensions taken from the Adis Abeba specimens :—

; mm mm mm. mm.

Condylo-incisive length .... 30 28°6 28°4 29

Greatest breadth .......... 1S 16 ye Ae 12-2

Length of palate .......... 1271 126 12'3 11-9

Postpalatal length ........ 125 11°8 119 12°9

Greatest maxillary breadth.. 10 9-2 Shi 9°3

Length of upper tooth-row.. 13°6 13 12:7 13°3

Hab. Shoa, Abyssinia.

This species is evidently more nearly related to flavescens

than to the nyanse group, possessing the thick bicoloured

tail, distinet definition between the dorsal and ventral

surfaces of the body, and cold light grey underparts of the

South-African species ; only in its general dimensions is

doriana at all like nyans@ and the allied forms. C. surure,

from Lado, would seem to be rather intermediate between

doriana and the nyanse group.

(22) Crocidura flavescens, Is. Geoff.

Sorex flavescens, Is, Geoff. Dict. Class. xi. p. 324 (1827); Mém. Mus.

xv. p. 126 (1827).

Sorex cinnamomeus, Licht. Verhandl. Ges. Natur. Fr. Berlin, ii. p, 381

(1829).

Sorex capensis, Smith (nec Smuts, nec Geoff.), S. Afr. Quart. Journ.

vol. ii. p. 62 (1833); Ill. Zool. S. Afr. i. pl. xlv. fig. 1 (1849).

Sorex rutdus, Sund. Ofv, Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. p. 119 (1846).

Smaller than nyanse, with much lighter-coloured under-

parts more distinctly marked off from the brownish tint of

the dorsal surface ; tail whitish underneath.

Size of body, hind foot, and tail less than in nyanse.

General colour of upper parts, in new pelage, “ Prout’s

brown” mixed with “ cinnamon-brown.” In the worn state

the fur is very much lighter and more brilliant in colour,

about as in “ Dresden brown.” Flanks a trifle paler than

back, the brownish tint passing fairly abruptly into the light

greyish white of the belly; entire underparts much lighter

and colder in colour than in nyanse, “ pale smoke-grey” or

“ pale neutral grey” in the new pelage, “deep olive-buff ”

in the worn state. Backs of hands and feet dirty white or

buff. Tail rather shorter and more hairy, brownish above,

white or pale buff below; bristle-hairs whitish, sparingly

distributed over proximal two-thirds.

Skull considerably smaller than that of nyanse, with

narrower brain-case and muzzle ; teeth markedly smaller,

second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size.

belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 575

Dimensions (as given by Geoffroy) :—

Head and body 44"; tail 14”.

Dimensions of a series of specimens in the Museum

Collection :—

Head - 4 Condylo- Length of

and = Tail. 7 _ sicher nn Sst u ae

body. 00% length, "7°" tooth-row,

mm. mm mm. mm. mm. mm.

¢d. Transvaal.... 120 59 17 28°6 115 12°8

db 5 ie A FIO ve) Ga 17 28°6 113 125

2 ” St vm (LOGI) Be 15 27 11 12

9) ” cue LIS = tee 16 28 11 12:8

oe, s sees OCT Lar eee 15 27°3 10-4 12°5

preane Sa Ss. 3 108 59 16 xf 11:7 12°6

te a sees whe» 113 51 16 27 113 12

Q. Pondoland .. 113 56 165 265 10:9 119

oe Natal, se «s.. 108 60 15 26 10°5 115

ee. A aladss 102s BB 16 26 10°5 115

d-Zululand.... 106 67 15 27 ll 12

Q. be: «ae 2 4/ROIYT | 62 15 26 10°5 116

East Griqualand.. 110 60 17 27°77 10°9 12:7

A co-type of rutilus, preserved in the Museum Collection,

shows that the animal is apparently identical with what has

here been accepted as flavescens, the skull-dimensions

being :—Condylo-incisive length 26°8 mm. ; greatest breadth

11 ; length of upper tooth-row 12. The only really large

specimen is one from Sir Andrew Smith’s collection, which

is considerably larger than any of the specimens mentioned

above, the tail and hind foot measuring in the dried state

67 and 20 mm. in length respectively ; the tooth-row of this

individual is proportionally greater, measuring 13°2 mm. in

length. The only locality given is “8S. Africa.’ Until

further material comes to hand, I think it best to ignore this

large specimen, there being no means of ascertaining where

it really came from.

For the present I am placing cinnamomea as a synonym of

flavescens ; there would appear to be very little difference in

the descriptions of the two forms except as regards the

general dimensions, which are certainly not reliable.

Hab. “...\a Cafrerie et le pays des Hottentots.”

The smaller size, much lighter-coloured belly, more distinct

differentiation between the dorsal and ventral surfaces, and

light underside of the tail distinguish this South-African

shrew from nyanse and its allies.

[To be continued. }

Mr. O. Thomas on

fs |

for)

LI.—Notes on Bats of the Genus Coleura.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A stupy of the British Museum collection of the genus

Coleura, amounting to nearly sixty specimens from more than

a dozen localities, shows that on the mainland of Africa there

are two species: a north-eastern, inhabiting Suakin, Aden,

Somaliland, and the Upper Nile; and a southern, which

ranges from the Congo to the Zambezi. The former is sepa-

rable into two colour-races.

Then in the Seychelles there are two forms, both distin-

euished from those on the mainland by their proportionally

longer wings.

The genus may thus be arranged as follows :—

A. Wings shorter. Forearm not or little more

than three times as long as the skull-

length *,

a. Larger. Forearm 49-52 mm.; skull 16:0

and upwards; maxillary tooth-row 7:2

andupwards. (Ubangui, Angola, Tette.) 1. C. afra, Pet.

b. Smaller. Forearm 45-48 mm.; skull less

than 16; maxillary tooth-row 6°7-7:1 . 2. C. gallarum, sp. n.

a’. Hairs nearly unicolor, wood-brown.

(Suakin, Aden, Somali.) .......... 2a. C. g. gallarum.

b'. Hairs bicolor, sepia terminally, white

basally. “(Upper Nile) "ot sen eee 2b. C. g. nilosa, subsp. n.

B. Wings longer. Forearm more than 33 times

skull-length, 52 mm. and upwards.

a. Larger. Forearm 55-57 mm. ; skull 15:2;

maxillary tooth-row 7:0. (Seychelles,

probably Mahé Island.) .............. 3. C. seychellensis, Pet.

6. Smaller. Forearm 52-54 mm.; skull

144-147 ; tooth-row 65-67. (Sil-

houette Island, Seychelles.) .......... 4, C. silhouette, sp. n.

It may be noted that the Seychelles species have usually a

median septal ridge in the basial pit, and the mainland species

not, but there are a great many individual exceptions to this

rule. The ridge is always more strongly marked in young

specimens than in old ones.

I fail to find any specific value in the characters used by

* From condyle to front of canine,

Bats of the Genus Coleura. 577

Peters and Dobson, the relative length of the calcar, or the

presence or absence of a groove on tle lower lip.

Descriptions of new forms :—

Coleura gallarum, sp. n.

Size decidedly smaller than in C. afra, the forearm usually

47-48 mm. in length, the skull markedly smaller in all

dimensions. General colour above pale brown—rather

darker than ‘ wood-brown,”—the hairs slightly lighter

towards their bases, but not conspicuously or abruptly bicolor.

Under surface similar in general tone, but the bases of the

hairs not lighter than the tips.

Skull as in C. a/ra, except for its smaller size and smaller

teeth. Position and development of the small premolar

variable.

Dimensions (see table on p. 579).

Hab. Suakin, Somaliland, and Aden. Type from Zeyla,

Somaliland. Sea-level.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 11.8.2.4. Collected 29th

October, 1910, and presented by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman.

Four skins and six skul!s from the type-locality.

Other specimens from Suakin (Anderson, Holled Smiih),

Aden (Yerbury), Sheikh, Somaliland (Drake-Brockman),

Lugh, Somali (Lottego).

Coleura gallarum nilosa, subsp. n.

Essential characters of the Somali C. gallarum, but the

colour, instead of being more or less uniformly pale brown,

is a darker brown—sepia—on the surface, the bases of thie

hairs being strongly contrasted white ; the long hairs of the

nape are white for about 3°5 mm., the terminal 2 mm. being

sepia. Below, the general colour is rather greyer, but the

bases of the hairs are similarly contrasted whitish, the con-

trast showing well in the long hairs of the flanks, which are

almost uniformly coloured in true gallarum,

Dimensions (see table on p. 579).

Hab. Upper Nile. Type-series from near the mouth of

the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 15. 3.6.76. Original

number 77. Collected 3rd February, 1914, by Willoughby

P. Lowe. ‘l'welve specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 39

578 Mr. O. Thomas on

Coleura silhouette, sp. n.

Like C. seychellensis, but smaller.

General proportions as in C. seychellensis, the wings simi-

larly longer than in the mainland species, the forearm about

3% times as long as the skull measured from the condyle to

the front of the canines. Fur rather shorter than in C. gal-

larum and extending less upon the membranes; hairs of

back about 3, of nape 4:5 mm. in length. Colour dark

brown, rather darker than “ bistre,” the bases of the hairs

searcely lighter ; under surface similar in general tone, but

the tips of the hairs are slightly lighter than the bases.

Skull like that of C. seychellensts, but smaller throughout.

A mesial septal ridge generally present in the basial pit.

Dimensions (see table on p. 579).

Hab. Silhouette Island, Seychelles.

T'ype. Adult male (skinned from spirit). B.M. no. 6.3.18. 2.

Collected and presented by Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner. Six

specimens.

The Museum contains two authentic specimens, one of

them a co-type, of Peters’s C. seychellensis, besides a third

from “ Zanzibar.”’ These differ so uniformly from the six

examples obtained by Prof. Gardiner on Silhouette Island

that it is evident that the Seychelles contain different forms

of the genus, no doubt inhabiting different islands. While

it is not definitely recorded on which island Dr, Percival

Wright obtained the typical examples of C. seychellensis,

for he mentions in connection with the species Mahé, Praslin,

and Silhouette, it is presumably from the first of these islands

that he got the specimens, as he says* that “it was very

common in the neighbourhood of the town of Port Victoria,

Mahé,” and it was there that he stayed for most of his time

in the Seychelles, merely making casual visits to Praslin and

Silhouette.

The example from “ Zanzibar” referred to C. seychellensis

by Dobson appears to me to be rightly so named, but I

should think it possible that its asserted locality is erroneous.

It was presented by a captain in the Navy, whose station

would have included the Seychelles, where the bat may have

either been caught or come on board, to be afterwards captured —

at Zanzibar.

As illustrating the greater length of the wing in the

Seychelles species, it will be seen from the table of dimen-

sions that C. si/houette has a smaller skull than C. gallarum,

but yet has an absolutely longer forearm.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ii. p. 487 (1868).

——

579

Bats of the Genus Coleura.

BMOHNOMWOSHHOSOORR

WD 1D 1 AD AD wD 19 19 1H 19.1 1 SH" H'

Bop

8.0

“ue JO youq 04

PAMMADWOOWNSOOWNDM

Bee OCSCe Che keh OOS

*MOI-1[100}

yf Jo quony | Areyixeyy

*(aurEBs

jo quoay

0} et Apuod)

qysuey-T[Nyg

‘WLIBAIO

‘suowuaury fo aqny,

€ ‘81 '€ 9

* G6 8L°E ‘9

TOL ‘OL ‘92

T ‘9 °8°&8

KG 6 ‘69

eT 9 06

‘ON

‘sad.4q-09 10 sod dT, y

“00+ 0 “00+ 80 00+ 00+ 0 0 0+*0 0

“ec

‘ayonoYypIS

«¢ TBCIZURT, ,,

“ “

‘saqaqodag (arpeyy)

“msavq

‘RpoOsuy

‘

“OH.

‘JRIaZ, Ja IUEy

“ “

*puvllpputog “ByAoz

5 ULYyeUg

“

‘muapYy

*£4ITROO'T

‘wninynb unin vinajoa

. “

* ajzanoyps

“ee

aoe mauanoyarer

“ee “

eeeece “

oer eere DAD

psopu ide

“

39*

80 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on

LII.—Note on British Fossil Species of Apodemus.

By Martin A. C. Hinton.

Tue fossil remains of wood-mice before me were obtained

from deposits of four distinct ages. It now appears that

all are members of the Apodemus sylvaticus group. Of

A. agrarius or Micromys no trace has been discovered.

1. CRoMERIAN (Forest Bed).

Apodemus sp.

Mus sylvaticus, Newton, Vert. Forest Bed, p. 93, pl. xiv. fig. 11 (1882).

Horizon. Upper Freshwater Bed of West Runton, Norfolk.

Mr. Newton figured a fragmentary right ramus from this

deposit. Mr. Savin has kindly lent me the material collected

by him since 1882, namely, ten more or less imperfect man-

dibular rami and a fragment of a left maxilla with ™2 in

place; these specimens came from the lower sandy part of

the deposit. Mr. White has lent me a left ™1 and a left qq

from the middle or “ peaty”’ portion, while I found myself a

right @1, with a little of the maxilla adhering to it, in the

upper bed or ‘‘ Monkey gravel.”

The three lower cheek-teeth are present in oneof Mr. Savin’s

specimens, and they measure together 3°6 mm. In pattern

all the teeth found are indistinguishable from those of

A. sylvaticus. The material is, however, quite insufficient

for fine determination, and merely proves that the Cromerian

species was a member of the sylvaticus group. It may, later

on, prove to be identical with the form next described.

2. EARLY PLEISTOCENE.

Apodemus whitei, sp. n.

“ Mus sp. allied to M. sylvuticus,” Hinton, Proc. Geol. Assoc. xxi.

p. 492 (1910).

Horizon. The High Terrace Drift of the Thames at Ingress

Vale, near Greenhithe, Kent.

Characters. Size and dentition essentially as in A. sylvaticus.

Maxillo-palatine suture extending forwards to level of

antero-internal cusp of ™1+; incisive foramina terminating

behind slightly, but distinctly, in advance of the anterior root

oi =,

The only available material from this deposit is that in the

lel BL ot ee

British Fossil Species of Apodemus. 581

collection of Mr. G@. White. It comprises the greater part

of a left maxilla with ™! in place, a number of detached

teeth, including examples of ™1,™?, G7, and the upper and

lower incisor.

The teeth are quite similar in form and size to those of

A. sylvaticus; in ™? cusps 1 and x’ (see Barrett-Hamilton

and Hinton, ‘ British Mammals,’ ii. pl. xxviii.) are normally

developed.

Tn the maxillary fragment the lower portion of the root of

the zygoma is present, and the palatal surface, from the

hinder margin of the incisive foramen to the maxillo-palatine

suture, is complete. The Jatter suture is deeply digitated,

and extends as far forwards as the antero-internal cusp (2’)

of ™1, instead of being situated opposite the hinder part of

this tooth or the front part of ™%, as in recent sylvaticus.

The posterior margin of the incisive foramen is placed

slightly, but distinctly, in front of instead of level with the

anterior root of ™-!, These two small characters distinguish

the fossil from all the many skulls of sylvaticus which I have

examined, and they serve to show that one cannot assert the

fossil to be identical with any living member of the group.

It is, therefore, proposed to regard the High Terrace form as

a distinct species, for which the name A. whitei is used.

Having regard to the faunistic agreement which subsists

between the High Terrace Drift and the Forest Bed, it is by

no means improbable that the fossils from the latter horizon

will prove later on to be referable to A. while: also.

3. MippLeE PLEISTOCENE.

A podemus sp.

Mus sylvaticus, Hinton & Kennard, Essex Naturalist, vol. xi. p. 347

(1900).

Horizon. The Middle Terrace Drift of the Thames at

Grays Thurrock, Essex.

From this deposit numerous detached teeth and a fragment

of a right ramus were obtained by Mr. J. P. Johnson and

Mr..G. White. These remains agree in size and dental

pattern with A. sylvaticus, but they do not permit of precise

determination.

4, LATE PLEISTOCENE.

a) Apodemus sylvaticus, L.

P y

A large number of remains, indistinguishable in size or

582 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on

character from those of this species, have been obtained from

the fissure-deposit of Ightham, Kent, many British and Irish

cavern-deposits of Late Pleistocene age, as well as from

several “submerged forests” and other Holocene accumula-

tions. No tolerably complete skull has, so far as lam aware,

been found hitherto, and, in the absence of such material, no

close comparison with any of the numerous forms of this

plastic species can be made.

(b) Apodemus lewisi, Newton.

Mus abbotti, Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 1. p. 195, pl. xi.

tig. 8 (1894); not M. abbott: of Waterhouse.

Mus lewisi, Newton, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 381.

Based on lower jaws and parts of skulls from the Late

Pleistocene fissure-deposit of Ightham, Kent.

This is a large form which is closely related to, if it be not

identical with, A. flavicollis, Melchior. Mr. Newton states

that the anterior “accessory”? cusp of s:i is very small or

wholly lacking. To this feature no great significance can be

given, because the cusp in question is frequently very small,

or, in slightly worn teeth, apparently absent in the recent

A. flavicollis, as also in some races of A. sylvaticus. The

fossil material is very imperfect, and when fairly complete

skulls come to hand they may show differences from either

of the two western subspecies of flavicoll’s ; in the meantime,

it is better to maintain A. /ew/si as a separate species than to

assert that it is identical with flavicollis.

I have recently referred to A. /ewist specimens from three

other British Late Pleistocene deposits, viz. :—

Kent's Cavern, Torquay.—A right ramus (length 16°5 mm.,

tooth-row 4°3 mm.) in the collection of Mr. Herron. This

was obtained from an upper stratum which yielded typical

Late Pleistocene rodents (Ochotona, Microtus anglicus, ratti-

ceps, and Arvicola abbotti).

Happaway Cave, Torquay.—Anterior part of a skull and

a left ramus (cheek-teeth 4:2 mm.); B.M. no. M. 5806

(Pengelly collection).

Wye Cave, Gloucestershire—Anterior part of a skull;

B.M. no. 7789 (collected by Miss D. M. A. Bate).

In both the Happaway and the Wye cave-skulls the teeth

are much worn; the interorbital margins are sharp, the

superciliary ridges, particularly in the Wye specimen, being

sharply defined. The following dimensions show how

nhas

British Fossil Species of Apodemus. 583

closely these fossils agree with the skulls of equally aged

individuals of the living British A. f. wintoni :—

Happaway Wye A. f. wintoni

Cave. Cave. (3 specimens).

Ros a

Interorbital constriction.... 44 4 4:3 45 44

Diasali width... 5 cosine Shca, 33 33 3'1 3

Palatal length...........- 142 144 137 14 13:9

MR a hans 5 bch 4k wmchie 75 76 74 7°3 73

Incisive foramina, length .. 5*7 55 53 55 5

, va width .. 18 P| 19 18 18

Rostral breadth .......... 54 53 55 53 54

Masseteric plate-width .... 29 2°5 28 2°6 27

Cheok-teeth, .........0008. 3°8 39 4 4 37

From the available evidence, it would appear that a flavi-

collis-like form first appeared in Britain in Late Pleistocene

times, while the sy/vaticus group proper had representatives

here as far back as the Late Pliocene or Cromerian stage.

This would at first sight tend to support Miller’s opinion

(which I share) that flavicollis is really a distinct species

from sylvaticus ; but this support may be negatived by the

following considerations.

Like Evotomys, the Microtus agrestis group, and the early

species of Arvicola, Apodemus was present in this country in

the earlier part of the Middle ‘Terrace stage ; and the torms

found in the Grays brick-earth are more or less clearly the

descendants of Cromerian ancestors. Some of these old

forms appear to have lingered on to the time represented by

the Ilford brick-earth. Now, although many small rodent

bones and teeth have been collected from the later Middle

Terrace deposits of the Vhames at Crayford and Erith, no

trace of either Apodemus or the other rodents named has been

found there; the place of these forms appears at that time

either to have been unoccupied or else to have been taken by

uite new forms. Subsequently, in the Late Pleistocene

(Ightham stage), Hvotomys, the Microtus agrestis and arvalis

groups, Arvicola, and the Apodemus sylvaticus group (now

including a form like flavicollis) make a reappearance by

forms much more clearly and closely allied to the living

species of Western Europe than are those of the older

deposits. Such facts caution us against referring the frag-

mentary fossils from the Forest Bed and earlier Pleistocene

to living species.

I would take this opportunity of correcting a silly error in

584 Dr. W. T. Calman on the

my paper on British Apodemus (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

July 1914). The whole of the last paragraph on p. 130

should be deleted. The young specimen referred to is a

house-mouse, the skin figured by accident as that of a young

Apodemus in the first list (P. Z. 5. 1913, p.836). Later on,

through misreading a label, I associated the skin with the

skull of a young Apodemus.

LII.— The Holotype of Nymphon gracilipes, Miers (Pyeno-

gonida). By W. T. Caiman, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

ALTHOUGH several writers have discussed Nymphon gracilipes,

Miers, since its first description in 1875, no one appears to

have re-examined the holotype, and a good deal of unneces-

sary confusion has therefore gathered round the species. As

a result of comparison of the holotype with other specimens

in the British Museum collection, the following synonymy is

proposed :—

Nymphon gracilipes, Miers.

Nymphon gracilipes, Miers, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 76

(1875, not later than Ist July); ?? Bohm, MB. Akad. Wiss. Berlin

1879, p. 170, pl. i. figs. 1-1e; nec M. gracilipes, Heller, Denkschyr.

math.-nat. K, Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxxv. p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 15, pl. y.

figs. 1 & 2 (1875, later than 19th July).

Nymphon antarcticum, Miers, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. elxyiii. p. 211,

yl. xi. fig. 7 (1879); nec N. antarcticum, Ptetter, Jahrb, Hambure,

Wiss. Anst. vi. 2te Hiilfte, p. 42 (1889). J

Nymphon meridionale, Hoek, Rep. Pycnogonida ‘ Challenger,’ p, 43,

pl. iil. figs. 4-8 (1881).

Nymphon fuscum, Hoek, t. c. p. 48, pl. iv. figs, 8-11,

Description of holotype-—The specimen is a female, with

genital apertures distinct and ova visible within the femora.

Trunk elongated and slender, lateral processes separated by

much more than their own diameter. Cephalic segment as

long as remaining somites together ; neck about two-fifths as

wide as anterior dilatation of cephalon. Ocular tubercle not

higher than wide, rounded or very obtusely pointed, inclined

backward; eyes large.

Proboscis cylindrical, straight, about two-and-a-half times

as long as wide.

Aldomen elevated, bluntly pointed.

Holotype of Nymphon gracilipes, Afters. 585

Chelophores with scape less than five times as long as wide.

Chela as long as scape, palm widening distally, more than

twice as long as its greatest width. Fingers longer than

palm, with large and rather widely-spaced teeth, movable

finger strongly arched. Setose cushion at base of immovable

finger extending one-third of its length.

Pa/ps slender, third segment three-fourths as long as second,

fourth shorter than third or fifth.

Ovigers with fourth segment nearly two-thirds as long as

fifth.

Legs slender, with few seta except on tarsus and propodus.

Second coxa hardly longer than the other two together.

Femur a little shorter than first tibia and more than two-

thirds as long as second. Tarsus longer by one-fourth than

the propodus. Claw less than one-third of length of pro-

podus, auxiliaries more than half as long as main claw.

Measurements in millimetres :—

“4

Ke mae ss)

Sor $2 = em

so HO Be

2, > 4 Sie

3 Sm S23

> eee =

a xq 5

Onsen OF PRObOReIS: 2S... doe. wos 2:08 144 =168

Diameter of proboscis ...........-. aoe 6 6

Length of cephalic segment .......... 256 1:88 2:2

Width of cephalon anteriorly ........ 1-42 96 1:08

hE ge ee ae ‘52 36 36

Bene tly ob trons orc sowie» nucle ei chee 5 6 5:28 3°72 4-4

Width between first and second lateral

DPOCESHOS icici Sot eek + pa ele OPE sem ore Brae “44 “4

Width acroas second lateral process .. 2°8 2°32 24

Leg :—

Wileh GOR. wig ais tne oat os orn RAY 8 6 6

SOCOU BOER: 2 shsdsizer kn see de 2-2 1:76 14

aah Cae e:ids hina novo wns 6 1:2 “72 "84

ROMO 5 5 reies vi AY os Kc ca een sis 72 40 42

Diteh Oe onc eam h hein dete s . 8&0 4:72 50

Mecond Gia: os ass veces de oles 10°4 7-2 7°32

dic Mey ae foreseen ioe Fe te 1:92 1°66 152

Propodus) | 4 i005 5 iiss 06.74 whats 16 152 1°32

CAOWG os on eatin ters aban) 45 & "48 “4 52

EEESIUOTION « cao stay) one tara 28 22 "25

Palp:-—

Second segment ..........+000. We a 85 95

Third segment ......0esescenes 9 6 72

Fourth segment .............00. “a 48 "52

8 45 62

Fifth segment, .....0.escceeeees

586 Dr. W. T. Calman on the

Folotype.-—Female in British Museum, collected at Royal

Sound, Kerguelen, by Rev. A. EK. Eaton. Reg. no. 76. 27.

Remarks.—Miers’s first description of this species was

published “ certainly not later than 1st July, 1875” (as lam

informed by Messrs. Taylor and Francis), and therefore

preceded Heller’s application of the same name to an arctic

species in a paper communicated to the Vienna Academy on

19th July, 1875. Miers’s alteration of the name to JV. ant-

arcticum was unnecessary, but renders invalid Pfeffer’s use of

Nymphon gracilipes, Miers, holotype, dorsal view. Legs and palps

omitted. x 10,

NV. antarcticum for a species from South Georgia, which now

requires anew name. Heller’s species, renamed J. hellert

by Bohm *, is identified by Hoek and others with N. str@miz,

Krdyer, and by Norman f with WV. giganteum, Goodsir.

Miers’s descriptions and figures are quite inadequate, and

* MB. Akad. Wiss, Berlin, 1879, p. 170.

+ Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool, xxx. p. 214 (1908).

Holotype of Nymphon gracilipes, Miers. 587

subsequent writers, such as Hoek and Bouvier, have relied

upon Béhm’s account for the characters of the species.

Bohm, however, figures the ocular tubercle as of very

unusual form, more than twice as tall as wide, and with a

marked “shoulder” below the conical apex. He further

Fig. 2.

Nymphon gracilipes, Miers, holotype, from right side. Legs omitted.

x 10. .

Fig. 3.

Nymphon gracilipes, Miers, holotype. Chela. x 25,

Fig. 4,

Nymphon gracilipes, Miers, holotype. Terminal segments of one of the

legs. x 25.

shows the second segment of the palp as more than twice as

long as the third. Unless these figures are altogether

untrustworthy, he must have been dealing with a different

species.

588 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Hoek described, from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, two

species, NV. fuscum, from 25 fathoms off Royal Sound,

Kerguelen, and IV. meridionale, from 1675 fathoms in the

Antaretic Ocean, which he compared with Miers’s (or, rather,

Bélhm’s) species, in each case mentioning as one of the chief

differences the form of the ocular tubercle. Hodgson * has

recently commented on the difficulty of distinguishing these

species from each other and from N. antarcticum (N. gra-

cilipes). I have compared the types of all three species, and

I am no more able than Mr. Hodgson to indicate satisfactory

distinctions between them. The only difference that seems

at all likely to be of importance is in the form of the chela,

which, in V. gracilipes, is a good deal elongated, the palm

being more than twice as long as wide. In the other two

forms the palm is less than twice as long as wide and the

fingers correspondingly shorter. The other differences in

proportion shown by the measurements given above (including

the relative lengths of tarsus and propodus mentioned by

Hodgson) seem to be insignificant.

LIV.—Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—VI.

By Ricuarp 8. BaGNnat, F.L.8.

Suborder TEREBRANTIA.

Family Thripide.

Genus HoMOTHRIPS, nov.

Head transverse, cheeks diverging posteriorly. Antenns

of usual Thripid type, but having a 3-jointed style which is

not quite so long as the sixth joint. Mouth-cone constricted

near middle, reaching across prosternum; maxillary palpi

Jong, 3-jointed, the middle joint the shortest. A pair of

very long fine inter-ocellar bristles, and four immediately

behind antenne between eyes. Prothorax transverse, with

two long bristles at each hind angle. Fore-legs simple.

Wings well-developed ; fore-wings with both veins regularly

set with sete. Abdomen elongate; last two segments

normal, and bristles on them long.

Type. Homothrips distinctus, mili.

This genus differs from all genera excepting Rhampothrips,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 142 (1915).

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 589

Karny, in the 3-jointed antennal style. From the latter it

may at once be separated by the simple fore-tibiz and tarsi

and the regularly set upper-vein of fore-wing.

Homothrips distinctus, sp. n.

? .—Length 1-4 mm.

General colour yellow ; legs, basal antennal joints, and

abdomen lighter, almost white; tip of abdomen and dise (at

least) of tergites 2-8 slightly tinged with brown; meso-

thorax near juncture with prothorax, the dise of pronotum

and the head (excepting a patch at hind corners, from the eye

broadening posteriorly) brown, Antenne approximate,

joints 3-5 weakly claviform, 6 constricted at base and

broadly united to style; relative length of joints 3 to 9

approximately 15:14: 11 :13:3:8:5. Forked trichomes

on 3and 4. Hyes very largely facetted, and minutely and

sparsely pilose. Ocelli set well back.

Prothorax about as long as head and about 1°6 times as

broad as long, surface sparsely setose. Bristles at posterior

angles about 0°75 the length of the prothorax. Pterothorax

Jonger than broad and broader than the prothorax. Legs

usual, rather stout ; lind-tibiea with a double row of sete

inside for the distal two-thirds of its length. Wings reaching

to abdominal segment 8; seta of fore-wing long; costa,

upper vein, and lower vein furnished with 25, 22 (5 and 17),

and 15 respectively ; lower cilia long. Abdomen long and

linear; segment 9 sharply narrowed to base of 10, and

bristles on these segments strong and considerably longer

than the segment bearing them; 9 furnished with a latero-

dorsal pair in addition to the series at apex.

Hab. SouTH AFrRica, from flowers of “sugar-bush ”

(Proteaciz), gathered at Cape Town, July 13th, 1914

(Professor E. B. Poulton).

A. PHYSOTHRIPS group.

Genus MEGALUROTHRIPS, nov.

Allied to Physothrips. Head with a long and strong pair

of inter-ocellar bristles, maxillary palps...... Bristles

on prothorax ...... Mesonotum with a long bristle

somewhat remote from each shoulder. Both veins of fore-

wing regularly set with sete, Abdominal segments 9 and 10

abnormally large, together longer than the length of head and

prothorax, sharply obconical.

Type. Megalurothrips typicus, mihi.

590 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Megalurothrips typicus, sp. n.

2? —Length about 1-4 mm.

General colour dark brown ; fore-tibize yellowish distally,

and all tarsi yellowish. Antennal joints 3 and 4 yellow, the

latter shaded brown distally, and 5-8 light brown, with 5

yellowish at base. Fore-wings light yellowish-brown, with

a light patch near base and another near tip. Head trans-

verse, l'4 times as wide as long; eyes coarsely facetted,

pilose. A series of minute dorsal setze on a line behind eyes.

Megalurothrips typoeus, gen. et sp.n. End of abdomen, 2. Dotted

line showing ovipositor and sheath.

Ocelli rather large, the hind pair well separated and the

posterior one forwardly directed and protected by a pair of

very long inter-ocellar bristles which ave as long as the two

basal antennal joints together. Antenne about 2°6 times the

length of the head, joint 3 apparently shorter than 4; 5 dis-

tinctly shorter than 3, 4, or 6 ; the style about 0°5 the length

of 6, with the apical joint longer than 7. Trichomes and

bristles long. :

Prothorax 1:4 times as long as the head. It is impossible

to say from the imperfect specimen if there is one or two

long bristles at each hind angle. Legs rather stout. Ptero-

thorax about as long as broad, large. Wings reaching to

the ninth abdominal segment ; costa, upper and lower veins

of fore-wings furnished with approximately 22, 17 (3+ 14),

and 15 longish sete respectively. Abdomen (excluding

segments 9 and 10) elongate-ovate, 9 and 10 subequal in

length and distinctly longer than any of the preceding seg-

ments and sharply obconical ; 10 open above.

Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 591

A pair of straight lateral bristles on 8 reaching beyond

the middle of 9, and 9 and 10 furnished with long bristles,

longer than the segments bearing them, and those on 9 over-

reaching the tip of 10.

Hab. W. Sarawak, Mt. Matang; 1 ? caught on the

wing, December 1913 (G. EL. Bryant).

Teniothrips seticollis, sp. n.

? .—Length 1:3 mm.

Dark grey-brown, thorax yellowish in part, head darker

than the prothorax, Antennze with joint 1 yellowish-brown,

2 lighter, 3 yellow, 4 to 8 greyish-brown, with 4 lighter

basally. All femora yellowish to grey-brown ; tibia yellow,

lightly shaded to grey or grey-brown; tarsi yellowish.

Fore-wings light greyish-brown, basal fourth white.

Head nearly as long as broad, cheeks swollen and eyes

prominent; surface transversely striate. Eyes coarsely

facetted, pilose. Ocellion a prominence, large, posterior pair

placed close to inner margin of eyes and well back, anterior

one forwardly directed.

Antenne at least twice as long as head; joints 3 and 4

fusiform, practically subequal ; 5 about 0°85 the length of 4,

and 6 practically as long as 4, the two-jointed style very

short, only 0°3 the length of joint 6. Forked trichomes

on 3 and 4,

Prothorax slightly longer than the head and about 0°8 as

long as broad; the two long bristles at each hind angle

slender and more than 0°5 the length of prothorax. Surface

and side sparingly set with somewhat longish sete, mostly

curved and directed backwards. Fore-legs stouter than the

others and (with hind and intermediate legs) also set with

rather long curved sete; the hind-tibia furnished for the

length of the inner margin with a double row of straight

sete, terminating distally with a pair of stout yellow spines.

Pterothorax more than twice as long as the pronotum and as

broad across mesonotum as long. Wings long, reaching to

the eighth abdominal segment. Fore-wings pointed distally ;

upper vein furnished with 19 and lower vein with 17 mode-

rately long sete. Sete on costa 27, increasing in length

towards apex of wing ; upper fringe sparse, delicate ; lower

fringe wavy. Abdomen elongate-ovate, broader than the

pterothorax and approximately 2°5 times as long as broad;

segments 8 and 9 sharply narrowed to base of 10 ; 10 open

above. Abdominal bristles light brown, those on 9 and 10

longer than the segments bearing them.

592 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

Hab. W. AusTRALIA; 1 @ taken by Professor E. B.

Poulton, F.R.S., with examples of Jsoneurothrips australis,

sp. 11., from the flowers of asmall tree of Acacia sp. (probably

A. baileyana, F. v. Miill.), Mundaring Weir, Darling

Range, Perth, August 3rd, 1914 (tube 16).

Differs from known species by the fore-vein of fore-wing,

which is regularly set with seta—a character generally

regarded as of generic importance.

B. THRIPS group.

Genus ISONEUROTHRIPS, nov.

With all the characters of Thrips (+ Bagnallia), but

having the whole of the upper-vein of fore-wing regularly

set with sete as well as the lower.

Type. Lsoneurothrips australis, mili.

a. Thrips s. str. type.

Isoneurothrips australis, sp. n.

? .—Length 1-4 mm.

General colour yellow, with dark sete. Head only lightly

tinged with grey, vertex brownish ;_ pronotum yellowish-

brown ; pterothorax tawny, tinged with brown at margin.

Abdomen yellow, segments 9- 10 wholly dark grey-brown,

other tergites light grey-brown and pleurites yellowish.

Legs yellow, tinged with grey. Fore-wings greyish- yellow

with sete and cilia dark. Kyes black and ocelli with crimson

hypodermal crescentic margins. Head transverse, about 0°7

as long as broad ; cheeks arcuate. Hyes prominent, coarsely

facetted, pilose. Some short, erect, genal sete behind eyes

and a dorsal series approximately on a line behind eyes.

Antenne about three times as long as the head ; first joint

yellow, second grey-brown, third yellowish, irregularly

tinged with grey-brown ; fourth and fifth rich purple-grey,

yellow basally, and 6 of the same rich colour in the basal

two-thirds, but with the apical third together with the style

light grey. Joints 3 and 4 fusiform, “and together with 6

approximately subequal; 5 much smaller and style very

short.

Prothorax longer than head, bordered anteriorly ; the two

prothoracic bristles at each hind angle about one-third the

length of the pronotum, stout and almost black ; a series of

shorter postero-marginal sete. Surface sparsely and minutely

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 593

setose. Legs almost as in the previously described species,

but with more minute sete, and the series of sete on inner

side of hind tibiz shorter and stouter and starting at about

the middle. Pterothorax large, at least 1:6 times as broad

as the prothorax and but slightly longer than broad; disc

faintly reticulated. Wings reaching to eighth abdominal

segment; sete of fore-wing short, stout, and very dark.

Costa, upper and lower vein furnished with approximately

38, 28 (8+7+418), and 23 sete respectively, upper fringes

sparse, lower wavy. Abdomen elongate, narrower than

the pterothorax, with sides subparallel to segment 6,

thence faintly narrowing to8; 9 and 10 together obconical,

and the latter open dorsally ; bristles on 9 and 10 long.

A fine, richly coloured species,

flab. W. AUSTRALIA; taken by Professor E. B. Poulton

from the flowers of a small Acacia-tree (probably A. baileyana,

F. v. Mill.). Mundaring Weir, Darling Range, Perth,

Aug. 3rd, 1914 (tube 16), and from the flowers of Acacia

pulchella, R. Br., Cottesloe Beach, near Fremantle, Aug. 31st,

1914 (tube 26).

b. Bagnallia type.

Isoneurothrips ortentalis, sp. n.

2? .—Length approximately 1:4 mm.

Colour dark blackish-brown ; fore-femora lighter brown,

with tibize yellowish, shaded to brown at margins ; inter-

mediate tibiz somewhat lighter distally. Antennal joint 3

yellowish-white, tinged with grey to a light brown, 4 greyish-

white at base and 5 to 7 entirely brown. Head about 0°85

as long as broad, surface transversely striate ; eyes mode-

rately largely facetted, pilose. Ocelli large, placed well

back, and posterior pair touching the inner margin of eyes.

Antenne 2-2 times as long as the head, joints 4 to 7 slender,

3 and 4 constricted near apex ; approximate length and

breadth of 3 to 7 as follows :—

18:19:14:18:

GT 2b 95 =

Wo) or

Prothorax quadrate, scarcely longer than the head; 1°5 times

as broad as long. Sete at hind angles long, 0°5 as long as

the pronotum. Legs much as in J. australis. Wings grey-

brown, setas longer and more ‘slender than in J. australis.

Abdomen long and linear.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv. 40

594 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

g.—Smaller. Sternites 3 to 7 each with a strongly

transverse area much as in Baliothrips dispar, the first two

being the largest.

Hab. W. Sarawak, Mt. Matang, at 1000 feet, December

20th, 1913; 2 9s and 1 ¢g in a white flower (G@. E.

Bryant).

Unfortunately imperfect.

Suborder T'UBULIFERA.

Family Phleothripide.

A. MACROTHRIPS group.

Adiaphorothrips antennatus, sp. n.

Length about 5:0 mm.

Very like A. simplex, Bagn.; head shorter and less than

1-5 times as long as broad, genal sete and the inter-ocellar

bristles distinctly longer and stronger than in sémplea. An-

tennal joints 3 to 5 practically subequal, 3 being apparently

shorter than 4 (approximately 21:23:22, instead of

29: 26:21 in simplex). Male smaller, with the head com-

paratively longer, and the tube only about 1:15 times the

length of the head as compared with 1:3 times the length in

the female. A distinct wart at extreme apex of each fore-

tibia within.

Hab. W. Sarawak; 1 9, Mt. Matang, at 1000 feet,

from under bark of dead tree, Dec. 7, 1913, and 1 g, Quop,

March 28th, 1914(G@. E. Bryant). Mr. Bryant also collected

examples of A. simp/ex from both localities.

B. TRICHOTHRIPS group.

Genus TETRACANTHOTHRIPS, nov.

Comes in Trichothrips group. Size small. Head broader

than long, cheeks arcuate, narrowed to base, and armed with

short strong spines. Mouth-cone.... Antenne....

Prothoracic seta very long. Fore-coxe with one long

strong seta and a few shorter ones. Anterior margin of

mesonotum armed on each side with two stout finger-like

spines and other smaller ones. Tube normal in shape, but

with distinct though somewhat weak longitudinal carinations

basally. ,

The spine-like mesonotal processes are a peculiar feature.

Type. Tetracanthothrips borneensis, m.

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 595

Tetracanthothrips borneensis, sp, n.

3d —Length about 1°6 mn.

Dark brownish-black, shining; pterothorax medianly in

form of an inverted triangle light yellowish-brown ; head

not so dark as prothorax; the two basal antennal joints (rest

broken off in the unique specimen) yellow. Fore-legs

yellow to yellowish-brown, with the femora shaded to brown

basally ; hind and intermediate legs darker, but yellowish

above knees. Tube brownish at apex, Fore-legs incrassate ;

intermediate and hind-femora with some strong spines on the

upper margin near or beyond middle, Bristle at each hind

angle of prothorax longer than the length of the prothorax

through middle. Wings short, vestigial. Abdomen broadly

ovate ; segments strongly transverse. Tube not quite so

Tetracanthrothrips borneensis, gen. et sp. n. Head, pronotum, fore-coxe

and front of mesonotum.

long as the head. Abdominal hairs long; those on segment 9

as long as tube, and on 6 and 7 longer ; mostly dark, but

some on 8 and 9 practically colourless.

Hab. W. Sarawak; 1 brachypterous g, Mt. Matang,

December 1913 (G. £. Bryant).

Allothrips caudatus, sp. n.

& .—Forma macroptera.

Length about 2°3 mm.; breadth of pterothorax 0°45 mm.

Yellowish- to greyish-brown ; head and_pterothorax

yellowish medianly, Abdomen dark grey to black-brown ;

tube reddish, shaded with brown at apex. Fore-legs yellowish,

shaded to grey-brown; outer margin of femora darkest; hind

and intermediate femora dark grey-brown ; all tarsi yellow.

Antennal joint 3 yellow, tinged with grey distally ; 4 and 5

yellowish, shaded with grey-brown basally and distally ;

6 yellowish basally. Head large, as broad as long and nearly

596 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

twice the length of the prothorax; cheeks very slightly

converging posteriorly. Eyes occupying dorsally about one-

third the length of head, finely facetted; postocular bristles

long, pointed. Ocelli large, placed well forward, the posterior

one situated at the apex of raised vertex and forwardly directed.

Mouth-cone short, broadly rounded, and reaching about 0°65

way across the prosternum; labial palps rather long. An-

tenn about twice the length of the head, seven-jointed, joints

3 to 5 claviform and 3 and 4 practically subequal. Relative

lengths and breadths of joints 3 to 5 :—

30 : 32: 28: 24: 28

13 2 Sa 0

Joint 6 constricted apically and truncate distally, and 7 elon-

gate, oviform. Sense-cones long and slender.

Prothorax strongly transverse, more than 2°5 times as broad

as long; all prothoracic sete present, long and pointed, the

postero-marginal pairs about 0°6 the length of prothorax.

Fore-legs incrassate, tarsal tooth stout ; single prominent seta

on each coxa. Pterothorax scarcely broader than the breadth

across fore-coxe, about 0°875 as long as broad. Wings

reaching to abdominal segment 8; cilia smoky brown. Abdo-

men slightly broader than pterothorax, elongate, with segments

strongly transverse; segments 7 to 9 roundly narrowed to

base of tube. Tube a little longer than the head, twice as

broad at base as at apex; more sharply (and somewhat

roundly narrowed) from about middle. Terminal hairs only

about 0°4 the length of tube. Abdominal bristles yellowish,

pointed, some on 7 to 9 long, the longest on 9 being about

0°8 the length of the tube,

Sharply separated from the only other described species,

A. megacephalus, Hood, by its coloration, larger size, the

Jonger antennal joints 3 to 7, the shorter pronotum and

mouth-cone, the long tube, and nature of chetotaxy.

Hab. W. Sarawak; 1 ¢, Mt. Matang, Dec. 11th, 1913

(G. £. Bryant).

Family Ecacanthothripide.

There are evidently several species of Heacanthothrips, and

all available material requires re-examination. #. bryant,

Bagn., E. crassiceps, Karny, E. sanguineus (Bagn.), and

E. steinskyi (Schmutz), have already been described; but in

Mr. Bryant’s very interesting Bornean material is a series of

Ecacanthothrips characterized by the simple fore-coxe of the

male. There appears to be three species—a emall one, a

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 597

medium-sized one with all tibiz clear yellow, and a black

one. I now describe the first two.

Ecacanthothrips coxalis, sp. n.

Length, g 1°75, 2 2°1 mm.

This species (and the following one) has the fore-coxa in

the ¢ simple, and in the shape of tbe fore-femora and teeth

comes nearest to LF. steinskyi (Schmutz), but is only very

minutely pilose. Colour dark reddisi-brown, including the

hind and intermediate tibiew ; fore-tibie greyish-yellow, with

outer and inner margins brownish. Antenne just about

2°0 the length of head, with joints 1 black, 2 to 4 entirely

chestnut-brown, 5 to 8 lighter grey-brown with basal halves

of 5 and 6 yellow, 4 broadly claviform, 5 much narrower

and 3 to 5 subequal in length.

Head inclined to be broadly subcarinate dorsally, 1°65

times as long as broad ; at least two stout genal spines on

each side, postocular bristles not as long as the eyes, and a

pair of knobbed subgenal sete as in bryantt but much

shorter.

Tube short, very stout ; approximately 0°45 the length of

the head.

Hab. W.SaARAWAK, neighbourhood of Mt. Matang; 2 9s

(1 to light), December 1913, and 1 @, February 1914

(G. £. Bryant).

Ecacanthothrips flavipes, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 2°6 mm.

Very dark brown, almost black, shining; all tibize and

tarsi clear yellow. Antennal joints 4 and 5 yellow, shaded

to brown basally and distally ; joints 4 and 6-8 more slender

than in covalis ; 4 and 5 subequal and each apparently longer

than 3.

Head much as in cowalis, with the cheek-spines stouter ;

postocular bristles longer and the subgenal sete distinctly

shorter than in that species. Tube stout, about 0°6 the

length of the head.

Easily separated from cowalis by its larger size, distinctive

coloration of legs and antenne, longer tube, and the stouter

fifth and more slender fourth antennal joints. The sete on

fore-femora are not quite so minute, and the lower tooth is

sharper and not so stout.

Hab, W. Sarawak, Mt. Matang, at 1000 feet; one on a

white flower and three on dead bark, December 1913 (G. £.

Bryant).

598 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 10th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘The Plants of the Late Glacial Deposits of the Lea Valley.’

By Clement Reid, F.R.S., F.L.8., V.P.G.S.

Large collections of plants from the Lea Valley deposits, already

described, have been made by Mr. 8. H. Warren, Mr. E. T. Newton,

and Mr. Wrigley. The localities from which the plants were ob-

tained are Angel Road, Hedge Lane, Ponders End, and Temple Mills.

A list from Ponders End has already been given by Dr. Lewis; but

the new collections include many unrecorded species, several of which

have not previously been noted as British fossils. Although there

are slight differences, the collections from all four localities are so

similar as to leave no doubt that the deposits are contemporaneous.

The whole assemblage points to a very cold climate, though perhaps

not quite so cold as that indicated by the Arctic plants found at

Hoxne, in Suffolk.

Among the more interesting novelties may be mentioned Armeria

arctica, a species of thrift now confined to Aretie America, although.

it has also been recorded as a Pleistocene fossil from the continent

of Europe by Dr. C. A. Weber. Leaves of Salix lapponum are also

abundant, though this species does not seem to have been found

fossil elsewhere. Some delicately-vemed membranes, probably

identical with the ‘petal-like objects’ mentioned by Dr. Lewis,

prove to be pods of the alpine Draba incana. Other shorter forms

are pods of a scurvy-grass, not yet satisfactorily determined.

The extinct forms are a new species of Szlene, near to S. nocti-

flora but quite distinct, and a new Linum with large seeds.

This latter apparently is closely allied to our cultivated flax

(L. usitatissimum), of which the origin is unknown. Jt may be

an ancestor of our common flax, but this latter is unknown far -

north, and will not grow with Arctic plants; the seeds of the two

are perceptibly different. No large-seeded flax is now living in the

Arctic regions.

2. ‘The Genus Lonsdaleia and Dibunophyllum rugosum

(McCoy).’ By Stanley Smith, B.A., M.Se., F.G.S.

The present paper discusses the literature, structural characters

and development, descent, classification, and distribution of the

corals constituting the genus Lonsdaleia; it includes also a de-

seription of Dibunophyllum rugosum (McCoy). The Author's

reasons for including a description of D. rugosum in the paper

are, first, the fact that the species was originally described by

McCoy as Lonsdaleia rugosa; and, secondly, that considerable con-

fusion exists between it and the fasciculate forms of Lonsdaleia.

Lonsdaleia is a compound member of the Clisiophyllide, and

tag

Geological Society. 599

Occurs both as fasciculate and as massive colonies. The chief dis-

tinguishing features of the genus are the wide extrathecal area,

large dissepiments, complex central column, and horizontal and

widely-spaced tabule. Lonsdaleia is an Avonian or Lower Car-

boniferous genus, especially abundant in the highest horizons of

that series (D, and higher beds). The earliest example is

Lonsdaieia prenuntia, from the Syringothyris Zone (C).

A number of species and local forms have been recognized and

are described.

May 12th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On Parka decipiens Fleming.’ By George Hickling, D.Sc.,

F.G.S., and Archibald W. R. Don, B.A., F.G.S.

The paper is a joint statement of originally independent

investigations of this Old Red Sandstone organism. The views

of Fleming, Hugh Miller, Mantell, Lyell, Powrie, Page, and

others are quoted to illustrate the chequered career of this

enigmatical fossil in geological literature. To Dawson and Pen-

hallow, supported by Reid and MacNair, belongs the credit of

making the first serious attempt to obtain definite evidence as

to its nature, and of establishing its vegetable character. The

present account is based on the observation of great numbers of

specimens in the field, and on the microscopic study of impression-

material, of thin sections, and of macerated material.

The plant is most abundant in the Lower Old Red of the

Kincardine—Forfar—Perth area, where it is by far the commonest

fossil, especially in the shale-bands ; Parka is confined to the lower

two-thirds of the Caledonian Series. It is recorded from a few

other localities in Central Scotland, and also from the Upper

Ludlow and Lower Old Red of the ‘ Hereford’ area.

The organism is shown to be a complete cellular thalloid plant,

agreeing generally in its vegetative structure with certain alge,

but differing from all known alge in the production of cuti-

cularized spores. The thallus is closely set with subcireular

swellings (‘discs’), each enclosing a mass of simple spores (homo-

sporous). An investing layer, probably one cell thick, of relativel

large cells surrounds the smaller-celled ‘parenchyma’ of the thallus.

The spore-masses are individually enclosed by the latter tissue, but

there is no indication of a specialized sporangial wall. The growth

of the plant is marginal and indefinite, and mature spores are

found in plants of all sizes—that is, so far as observed, in all plants

that are ina suitable state of preservation. The structure described

by previous writers as an ‘indusium’ is interpreted as the ‘ sole’ of

the thallus in a more or less detached condition. While the general

structure and mode of growth of the plant make it very difficult to

place it higher than the Thallophyta, it must be recognized that

the organism is in some respects unique.

600

INDEX to VOL. XV.

ACHELIA, new species of, 147.

Adiaphorothrips, new species of,

594.

/Higeon, new species of, 210.

/®lothrips, new species of, 317,

Alborhizucha, new species of, 214,

Allodape, new species of, 266.

Allothrips, new species of, 595,

Amea trilobata, remarks on, 54.

Ammothea, new species of, 146.

carolinensis, on the holotype

of, 310.

Ammotrypane aulogaster, remarks

on, 245.

Amphipalemon, new species of, 209.

Amphitrite, notes on species of, 4,

44.

Andrena, new species of, 267.

Annelida, new, 378; on, from the

North Sea, 259.

Anomocis, characters of the new

genus, 401.

Anoplodactylus, new species of, 148.

Anoplura and Mallophaga, on the

relationship between, 256.

Anthoboscea, new species of, 549.

Anthrenocerus, characters of the

new genus, 4453,

Anthrenus, new species of, 445.

Antyllis, new species of, 414.

Apion, new species of, 452.

Apodemus, on British fossil species

of, 580.

Apsectus, new species of, 449.

Aricia cuvieri, remarks on, 243,

Arpactus, new species of, 71.

Arrow, G. J., on the coleopterous

family Dermestidee, 425,

Artacama, new species of, 52.

Artematocis, characters of the new

genus, 44.

Asclepios, characters of the new

genus, 504.

Asthenothynuus,

544.

Aterpus, new species of, 403.

Attagenus, new species of, 427.

Austropallene, characters of the new

genus, 144,

Austrothea, characters of the new

genus, 147.

Baculum, on the, in squirrels, 383.

Bagnall, R.S8.,on new Thysanoptera,

315, 588; on Symphyla from

Algeria, 527.

Balfour-Browne, F., on the British

species of Haliplus, 97.

Barbus, new species of, 203.

Baris, new species of, 475.

Batrachoides, new species of, 130.

Baylis, H. A., on a parasitic oligo-

cheete, and other inhabitants of

the gill-chambers of land-crabs,

378.

Bergroth, E., on new Oriental Pen-

tatomoidea, 481.

Blarinella, new species of, 335.

Bolbocoris, new species of, 503.

Bombus, new variety of, 537.

Borradaile, L. A., notes on Carides,

205.

Boulenger, G. A., on new fishes from

Sierra Leone, 202.

Brada normanni, remarks on, 251.

Buzara, new subspecies of, 300.

Callomelitta, new species of, 345,

Callostracum, note on the genus,

365. :

new species of,

INDEX.

Calman, W. T., on the holotype of

Ammothea carolinensis, 810; on

the holotype of Nymphon graci-

lipes, 584.

Camponotus, new species of, 136,

236.

Capicola, new species of, 342,

Carbula, new species of, 503,

Carides, notes on, 205.

Cassythicola, new species of, 409.

Cerceris, new species of, 66.

Cheetonymphon, new species of, 145.

Charmus, new species of, 224,

Chlorion, new species of, 65.

Cirratulidz, notes on the British, 1.

Cistenides hyperborea, remarks on,

Citellus fulvus, on the geographical

races of, 421.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 261, 341, 529.

Coleoptera, new, 389, 425, 452.

Coleotichus, new species of, 481.

Coleura, new species of, 577.

Corniger, characters of the new sub-

genus, 207.

Cossonus, new species of, 478.

Cox, Dr. A. H., on the geology of

the district between Abereiddy

and Abercastle, 340.

Crabro, new species of, 95.

Crangonoida, notes on the, 205,

Cranothrips, characters of the new

genus, 315.

Craspedopsis, new species of, 299.

Crawley, W. C., on ants from

Australia, 130, 232.

Cristiger, characters of the new sub-

genus, 207.

Crocidura, on the African species of,

507, 562.

Crustacea, new, 141, 205, 224.

Cryptorrhopalum, new species of,

442,

Ctesias, new species of, 433,

Cummings, B, F., on the mouth-

parts in a species of Polyplax,

256,

Cyanothemis, characters of the new

genus, 217.

Cydmea, new species of, 419.

Cynogale bennettii, on some of the

external characters cf, 351.

Cynoglossus, new species of, 129,

Dawson, G., on a bone implement

from Piltdown, 337.

Delias, new species of, 59, 172.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xv.

601

Dermestide, notes on the family,

425,

Diacamma, new variety of, 134.

Diethusa, new species of, 460.

Dinurothrips, new species of, 319.

Diptera, new, 275.

Distant, W. L., on undescribed rhyn-

chota, 508.

Docessissophothrips, new species of,

322.

Dollman, G., on the swamp-rats of

IX. Atrica, 149; on the African

species of Crocidura, 507, 562.

Keacanthothrips, new species of, 320,

597.

Kglisia, note on the genus, 361.

Kirone, new species of, 539,

Klleschodes, new species of, 455.

Embuallonura, new species of, 137.

Empolis, new species of, 410,

Enchytrieus, new species of, 380.

Encosmia, new species of, 408.

Ensiger, characters of the new sub-

genus, 207.

Kocanthecona, characters of the new

genus, 484.

Ephesia gracilis, remarks on, 248.

Ereutho smitti, remarks on, 36.

Eristinus, characters of the new

genus, 412,

Kristus, new species of, 411.

Eubordeta, new species of, 299.

Eumenia jeffreysii, remarks on, 246.

Euponera, new variety of, 133.

Huryglossa, new species of, 348.

Exoneura, new species of, 267.

Falciger, characters of the new sub-

genus, 207,

Fishes, new, 124, 202.

Foraminifera of Gothland, on the,

501.

Geocarcinus lagostoma, on an oligo-

cheete parasitic on, 378.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 180, 260, 337, 424, 598.

Glauconycteris, new species of, 560.

Glycera lapidum, remarks on, 242.

Glycinde nordmanni, remarks on.

241.

Goniada maculata, remarks on, 240.

Goniocolletes, new species of, 345.

Haliplus ruficollis, on the British

species related to, 97.

Haplochilus, new species of, 203.

Haplonyx, new species of, 458.

Heliothrips, new species of, 318.

Heterocarpus, new species of, 208,

602 INDEX.

Ifeterocera, on Costa Rican, 501.

Heteromastix, new species of, 391.

ITeteroptera, new, 481, 505.

Hickling, Dr. G., on Parka decipiens,

599.

Hindoloides, characters of the new

genus, 506.

Hindsiania, new species of, 323.

Hinton, M. A. C., on British fossil

species of Apodemns, 580,

Hirst, S., on a new Indian scorpion,

224.

IIodgson, T. V., on Pyenogonicda

from the Antarctic, 141.

Homoptera, new, 506.

Homothrips, characters of the new

genus, 588,

Hloplunnis, new species of, 126,

Hughes, Prof. T. McK., on the

Shippea Hill man, 260.

Hiymenoptera, new, 62, 130

261, 825, 341, 529, 537.

Hyparinus, new species of, 468.

Ilypattalus, new species of, 392.

Hyperammina, new species of, 304.

Isoneurothrips, characters of the new

genus, 592.

Jackson, J. W., on degeneration in

the teeth of oxen and_ sheep,

291.

Joicey, J. J., on four new Delias and

a new Ornithoptera from New

Guinea, 59; on new heterocera

from New Guinea, 295.

Jones, Prof. O. T., on the geology of

the district round Machynlleth,

338.

Lagena, new species of, 306.

Lamb. C. G., on the female of Palto-

stoma schineri, 195.

Lanassa nordenskiédldi, remarks on,

51.

Land-crabs, on inhabitants of the

gill-chambers of, 378.

Lanice conchilega, remarks on, 15.

Laphania boecki, remarks on, 25.

lea, A. M., on Australian Malaco-

dermide and Curculionide, 389,

452,

Lepidoptera, new, 59, 172, 295.

Lepidotrigla, new species of, 128.

Lepreea lapidaria, remarks on, 23.

Leuconoe, new species of, 170.

Loimia gigantea, remarks on. 17.

L.ycosura, new species of, 397.

Lygeeus, new species of, 504.

Lysmata, new species of, 209,

232

3 5

Lysmatella, characters of the new

genus, 206,

M‘Intosh, Prof.,on the British Spio-

nid and Cirratulide, 1; on the

British Terebellide, 4; on the

Terebellidze dredged by the ‘ Por-

cupine’ and ‘ Knight Errant,’ 43;

on Cheetopteride, Amphictenide,

and Ampharetide from the Gulf

of St. Lawrence, 47 ; on Ampha-~

retidxe and Terebellidee from Nor-

way, 53; on the occurrence of one

of the Pisonide at St, Andrews,

55.

Macrocheta clavicornis, note on, 55.

Mammals, new, 137, 149, 170, 225,

335, 387, 421, 495, 499, 507, 559,

570, 577, 580.

Marr, Dr. J. E., on the Ashgillian

succession to the west of Coniston

Lake, 424.

Meade- Waldo, G., on the Apide in

the British Museum, 325.

Megachile, new species of, 328, 530.

Megalurothrips, characters of the

new genus, 589.

Melanterius, new species of, 464,

Meripherellus, characters of the new

genus, 406,

Meriphus, new species of, 405.

Mesalia, note on the genus, 366.

Mesembrinocis, new species of, 479,

Mesotrichia, new species of, 261.

Micraonychus, new species of, 469.

Milionia, new species of, 296.

Monomorium, new species of, 134,

Myllocerus, new species of, 395.

Neomystucis, new species of, 466,

Neozeleboria, new species of, 545.

Nicholas, T. C., on the trilobite

fauna of the Middle Cambrian of

the St. Tudwall’s peninsula, 180.

Nicolea vennstula, remarks on, 19.

Nikoides, new species of, 209.

Noakes, A., on four new Delias and

a new Ornithoptera from New

Guinea, 59.

Nodosaria, new species of, 307.

Nomada, new species of, 263.

Notiosomus, new species of, 478.

Notoendeis, characters of the new

genus, 141.

Nyctalus, new species of, 225.

Nyctophilus, new species of, 495,

Nymphon, new species of, 142.

gracilipes, on the holotype of,

684.

INDEX.

Nysson, new species of, 81.

Odonata, new, 213.

Odontomachus, new species of, 130,

Omorophius, new species of, 416,

Ornithoptera, new species of, 59.

Orphinus, new species of, 433.

Orthetrum, new species of, 216.

Otomys, on the African species of,

149.

Oxen, on degeneration in the teeth

of, 291.

Oxyops, new species of, 398,

Paleemonella, new species of, 210,

Palemonide, notes on the family,

206.

Pallenopsis, new species of, 145.

Paltostoma schineri, on the early

stages of, 181.

Pandalus, new species of, 208,

Parabesis, new species of, /00.

Paracolletes, new species of, 343,

529.

Paratilapia, new species of, 204,

Pasiphae, new species of, 541.

Penis-bone, ou the, in squirrels, 38°.

Periclimenzeus, characters of the

new genus, 207,

Periclimenes, new species of, 210.

Petrie, Prof. W. M. F., on the palzeo-

lithic age in Egypt, 538.

Phaunzeus, new species of, 417.

Phleoglymma, new species of, 474.

Phloxichilidium, new species of, 145.

Phyllognatbia, characters of the new

genus, 206.

Phymatothynnus, new species of,

542,

Pipistrellus, new species of, 229.

Pison, new species of, 559.

Pista cristata, remarks on, 20.

Platythyrea, new species of, 133,

Pocock, R. L, on some of the ex-

ternal characters of Cynogale

bennettii, 351.

Polycirrus, notes on species of, 33.

Polymnia, notes on species of, 11.

Polyplax, on the mouth-parts in a

species of, 256.

Polyrhachis, new species of, 237.

Pontonia, new species of, 2153.

Pontoniopsis, characters of the new

genus, 207,

Proctophantasta, new species of, 489.

Prosopis, new species of, 266, 347.

Pryde, J. W.,on Annelida Polycheta

from the North Sea, 239.

603

Pseudomacromia, new species of,

221.

Pteropus, new species of, 387.

Puzh, W. J., on the geology of the

district round Machynlleth, 338.

Reyan, C. T., on fishes from Lagos,

124,

Reid, C., on the plants of the late

glacial deposits of the Lea Valley,

598,

Rhaciodes, new species of, 407.

Rhinaria, new species of, 404.

Rhinopterus, new species of, 559,

Rhopalum, new species of, 86.

Rhynchobatus, new species of, 124.

Rhytidoponera, new species of, 131,

232.

Ricardo, Miss G., on the Tabanidas

of the Australian region, 270.

tis, Dr. F., on new dragonflies, 213.

Rothschild, Hon, Walter, notes on

and descriptions of Delias, 172.

Sabellides borealis, remarks on, 48.

Salda, new species of, 506.

Schaus, W., on Costa Rican hetero-

cera, 501,

Scione maculata, remarks on, 23.

Scolecolepis vulgaris, remarks on,

254.

Scott, H., on the early stages of

Paltostoma schineri, 181.

Scutigerella, on Algerian species of,

527.

Sheep, on degeneration in the teeth

of, 291.

Smith, K. A., on the genera Eglisia,

Callostracum, Mesalia, Turritel-

lopsis, and Tachyrhynchus, 360,

Smith, J., on the upper silurian

foraminifera of Gothland, 301.

Smith, 8., on the genus Lonsdaleia

and Dibunophyllum rugosum, 598,

Solea, new species of, 129.

Sorex, new species of, 499,

Spionid:e, notes on the British, 1.

Squirrels, on the penis-bone as a

guide to the classitication of, 383.

Stereoborus, new species of, 477,

Stylarioides plumosa, remarks on,

249.

Symphyla, on Algerian, 527,

Tabanus, new species of, 275,

‘Tachyrhynchus, note on the genus,

373.

Tachysphex, new species of, 555.

‘Teeniothrips, new species of, 591.

604 IN DEX.

‘Talbot, G., on new heterocera from

New Guinea, 295.

Tanystylum, new species of, 148,

Taphozous, new species of, 561.

Teeth of oxen and sheep, on degene-

ration in the, 291.

Telephorus, new species of, 390.

Terebellide, notes on, 4, 45, 55.

Terebellides stroemi, remarks on, 41.

Tetracanthothrips, characters of the

new genus, 594,

‘Tetroda, new species of, 488.

Thalassocaris, new species of, 208.

Thaumaglossa, new species of, 454.

Thaumatosoma duboulayi, note on

the female of, 534,

‘Thelepus, notes on species of, 26.

Thomas, O., notes on Emballonura,

137; on two new species of Leu-

conoe, 170; on bats of the genera

Nyctalus, Tylonycteris, and Pipi-

strellus, 225; on a new species of

Blarinella from Upper - Burma,

335 ; on the penis-bone or baculum

asa guide to the classification of

squirrels, 383; on pteropine bats

from New Guinea, 387; on the

geooraphical races of Citellus

fulvus, 421; on the genus Nycto-

philus, 493; on a minute shrew

from Lake Baikal, 499; on three

new bats from the Sudan, 559; on

bats of the genus Coleura, 576.

Thor, new species of, 208.

Thysanoptera, new, 515, 588.

Timareta, new species of, 394.

Trichobranchus glacialis, remarks on,

39.

Trinodes, new species of, 45].

Trogoderma, new species of, 429.

Turner, R. E., notes on fossorial

hymenoptera, 63, 537.

Turritellopsis, note on the genus,

372.

Tychius, new species of, 455.

‘Tylonycteris, new species of, 227.

Tyrteeosus, new species of, 465.

Uddmania, characters of the new

genus, 486.

Uranoscopus, new species of, 127.

Urocaridella, characters of the new

genus, 207.

Webbina, new species of, 305.

Woodward, Dr. A. §., on a bone

implement from Piltdown, 337.

END OF THE FIFTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.